Canadian Psychology / Psychologie canadienne Volume 47:2a June / juin 2006 Abstracts / Résumés Canadian Psychology Psychologie canadienne
Annual Convention Issue/ Programme du congrès annuel Volume 47:2a, 2006
Abstracts / Résumés
June 8-10, 2006 du 8 au 10 juin 2006
The Westin Calgary, Calgary, Alberta Canadian Psychology/Psychologie canadienne
Thomas Hadjistavropoulos, University of Regina, Editor/Rédacteur en chef Simon Grondin, Université Laval, Associate Editor/Rédacteur en chef adjoint Christine Chambers, Dalhousie University, Book Review Editor/Responsable, comptes rendus de lecture Dan Berman, Managing Editor/Directeur des services de rédaction
Editorial Board Members/Comité de rédaction International Editorial Board Members/Membres internationaux Peter Bieling, McMaster University Martine Bouvard, Hopital neurologique de Lyon, France Stéphane Bouchard, Université du Québec à Hull John T. Cacioppo, University of Chicago, U.S.A. Victor Catano, St. Mary’s University Stephen Gibson, University of Melbourne, Australia Keith Dobson, University of Calgary Gerald P. Koocher, Simmons College, U.S.A. Anna-Beth Doyle, Concordia University Elizabeth Loftus, University of California, Irvine, U.S.A. Pierre Gosselin, Université d'Ottawa Scania de Schonen, Université René Descartes Paris 5, France Terrence Hogan, University of Manitoba Mark Snyder, University of Minnesota, U.S.A. Bryan Kolb, University of Lethbridge Robert J. Sternberg, Yale University, U.S.A. Maryse Lassonde, Université de Montréal Michael I. Posner, University of Oregon, U.S.A. Lisa Lix, University of Manitoba Steven Pinker, Harvard University, U.S.A. Phil Merikle, University of Waterloo Barbara Tabachnick, California State University-Northridge, U.S.A. Patrick O’Neill, Acadia University Daniel Wegner, Harvard University, U.S.A. James Ogloff, Monash University Donald Sharpe, University of Regina William Smythe, University of Regina Sandra E. Trehub, University of Toronto
Raymond Léveillé, Production Assistant/Adjoint à la production Jaime Williams, Editorial Assistant, University of Regina
Canadian Psychology is published by the Canadian Psychologie canadienne est publiée par la Société canadienne Psychological Association; it has a mandate to present de psychologie; son mandat est de présenter des articles generalist articles in areas of theory, research, and prac- d’intérêt général pour tous les psychologues, dans les tice that are potentially of interest to a broad cross-section domaines de la théorie, de la recherche et de la pratique. of psychologists. La revue est publiée avec l’aide financière du Conseil The journal is published with grant support from the de recherches en sciences humaines du Canada. Nous Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of reconnaissons l’aide financière du gouvernement du Canada. We acknowledge the financial assistance of the Canada, par l’entremise du Programme d’aide aux publi- Government of Canada, through the Publications cations (PAP), pour nos dépenses d’envoie postal. Tout le Assistance Program (PAP), toward our mailing costs. All matériel publié dans Psychologie canadienne représente material published in Canadian Psychology represents the l’opinion des auteurs et non pas nécessairement celle de la opinions of the authors and not necessarily those of the Société canadienne de psychologie ou de la rédaction. Les Canadian Psychological Association or the editorial team. énoncés et les opinions exprimés dans la présente revue Statements and opinions expressed in this journal do not ne représentent pas la politique officielle de la Société represent the official policy of the Canadian psychological canadienne de psychologie à moins d’indication contraire. Association unless so stated. Psychologie canadienne est une revue trimestrielle. Canadian Psychology is published quarterly. Annual sub- Abonnement annuel: Canada Individu 75 $ + 5,25 $ TPS = scriptions: Canada Individual $75 + $5.25 GST = $80.25 80,25 $ Institution 115 $ + 8,05 $ = 123,05 $ É.-U.et Institutional $115 + $8.05 GST = $123.05 USA and foreign étranger Individu 75 $ (US) Institution 115 $ (US). Veuillez Individual $75 (US) Institutional $115 (US). Orders and adresser toute commande et correspondance au sujet des correspondence regarding subscriptions, advertisements, abonnements, de la publicité, des changements d’adresse, change of address, purchase of back issues, and permis- de l’achat de parutions antérieures et des droits de repro- sion to reprint should be sent to: Canadian Psychological duction à : Société canadienne de psychologie, 141, Association, 141 Laurier Avenue West, Suite 702, Ottawa avenue Laurier ouest, bureau 702, Ottawa (Ontario) (Ontario) K1P 5J3. K1P 5J3.
© 2006 Canadian Psychological Association/Société canadienne de psychologie. All rights reserved/tous droits réservés. CN ISSN 0708-5591. Indexed in the Canadian Periodical Index, ProQuest, Social Sciences Citation Index, H. W. Wilson, and PsycINFO. Répertoriée dans l'Index des périodiques canadiens, ProQuest, Social Sciences Citation Index, H. W. Wilson et PsycINFO. We acknowledge the assistance of the Government of canada through the Publications Assistance Program toward our mailing costs. PAP registration number 9542 / Numéro d'enregistrement de PAP 9542. Agreement number 40069496 / Numéro de la convention 40069496. Printed in Canada/Imprimé au Canada
See you next year for the CPA 68th Annual Convention OTTAWA 2007 De retour l’an prochain pour le 68e Congrès annuel de la SCP
www.cpa.ca Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
INTRODUCTION TO ABSTRACTS ISSUE
The Special Convention Issue of Canadian Psychology has been prepared as a permanent record of the 67th Annual Convention of the Canadian Psychological Association, co-sponsored by the Psychologists’ Association of Alberta, to be held June 8 – 10, 2006 at The Westin Calgary, Calgary, Alberta. The Convention presentations are listed in chronological order. The journal is tabbed in thirds: one each for presentations on Thursday, Friday and Saturday. All papers relevant to a particular presentation are print- ed together, a summary of a Symposium is given, then the papers within are listed Sy-1,2,3”. Posters are grouped by topic, numbered and listed, Session “A” 1 to 75 and Session “B” 1 to 71, etc. Posters for each day will be on display at the time specified in this publication. The subject index is given according to the “word entry” provided by the author. It can be found, together with the author index, at the back of the book.
The Canadian Psychological Association wishes to acknowledge and thank the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council for its financial support in assisting some students to attend the CPA Annual General Meeting.
This special issue was organized, produced and edited by CPA Convention department: Kathy Lachapelle- Petrin, Convention Manager; Catherine McNeely, Convention Assistant, and the CPA Head Office staff.
PRÉAMBULE AU NUMÉRO DES RÉSUMÉS
Le numéro spécial du congrès de Psychologie canadienne a été préparé dans le but d’offrir un compte rendu permanent du 67e Congrès annuel de la Société canadienne de psychologie, coparrainé par la Psychologists’ Association of Alberta, qui aura lieu du 8 au 10 juin 2006, à l’hôtel Westin Calgary, (Calgary Alberta). Les présentations faites au cours du congrès sont inscrites par ordre chronologique. Ce manuel est divisé en trois parties: une pour chacune des journées - jeudi, vendredi et samedi. Tous les exposés se rapportant à une présentation en particulier sont groupés, c’est-à-dire que l’on présente le sommaire d’un symposium, et les exposés s’y rattachant <
La Société canadienne de psychologie tient à souligner et à remercier l’appui financier du Conseil de recherches en sciences humaines du Canada qui a permis à certains de nos membres étudiants d’assister à l’assemblée générale de la SCP.
Ce numéro spécial a été préparé, produit et édité au siège social, grâce aux efforts conjugués du départe- ment des congrès à la SCP, soit par Kathy Lachapelle-Petrin, directrice des congrès, Catherine McNeely, adjointe au congrès, et le personnel du siège social.
i Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
CPA 67th ANNUAL CONVENTION CO-SPONSORED BY PSYCHOLOGISTS’ ASSOCIATION OF ALBERTA
67e CONGRÈS ANNUEL DE LA SCP COPARRAINÉ PAR LA PSYCHOLOGISTS’ ASSOCIATION OF ALBERTA
BUSINESS MEETINGS AND SPECIAL EVENT RÉUNIONS D’AFFAIRES ET ÉVÉNEMENTS SPÉCIAUX
MONDAY, JUNE 5/MARDI 5 JUIN
Orientation Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lake Louise ...... 4:00pm-8:00pm
TUESDAY, JUNE 6/MARDI 6 JUIN
CPA Board of Directors Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lake Louise ...... 8:30am-5:00pm
WEDNESDAY, JUNE 7/MERCREDI 7 JUIN
CPA Board of Directors Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lake Louise ...... 8:30am-5:00pm
Sections Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 1:00pm-3:00pm
Sections/CPA Board of Directors Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 4:00pm-7:00pm
Clinical Public Lecture ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Nakiska ...... 7:00pm-9:00pm Anxiety Disorders Michel Dugas
Pre-Convention Workshop #1/Atelier précongrès ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Nakiska ...... 9:00am-4:30pm Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy for Obsessions Sponsored by the Clinical Section Presented by: Jack Rachman and Adam Radomsky
Pre-Convention Workshop #2/Atelier précongrès ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 8:30am-4:30pm Conducting Criminal and Violence Risk Assessments Sponsored by the Criminal Justice Section Presented by: Jeremy F. Mills and Daryl G. Kroner
Pre-Convention Workshop #3/Atelier précongrès ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 8:30am-6:00pm Out of the Fire and Into the Frying Pan: Strategies for Indentifying, Addressing, and Preventing Problems in Clinical Supervision Sponsored by the Canadian Council of Professional Psychology Programs (CCPPP) Presented by: Donald Stewart, University of Manitoba
Pre-Convention Workshop #4/Atelier précongrès ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lakeview/ ...... 9:00am-5:00pm Evidence-Based Treatment for Major Depression: ...... Mount Royal An Individualized Cognitive Behavioural Approach Presented by: Randy Paterson
Pre-Convention Workshop #5/Atelier précongrès ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Belaire ...... 8:30am-12:30pm Utilizing the Cognitive Assessment System for Fair Assessment and Educational Placement: An Alternative To Traditional IQ Testing Presented by: Troy Janzen ii Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
THURSDAY, JUNE 8/JEUDI 8 JUIN
First Time Presenters Breakfast/Petit déjeuner ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 8:00am-8:55am à l’intention des conférenciers qui présentent leur première communication
Clinical Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Eau Claire South . . .8:00am-8:55am Military Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Eau Claire North . . .8:00am-8:55am
Welcoming Ceremony/Cérémonie de Bienvenue ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair/Belaire . . . .9:00am-9:55am
Honorary President’s Address/Allocution du ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair/Belaire . .10:00am-10:55am président d’honneur : Daniel Kahneman
CPA Invited Speaker/Conférencière invitée par la SCP ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 11:00am-11:55am Psychotherapy at the Intersection of Multiple Indentities Laura Brown
Poster Session – A – Présentation par affichage ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 11:00am-12:50pm Industrial/Organizational/Psychologie industrielle et organisationnelle Psychology in the Military/Psychologie du milieu militaire Counselling Psychology/Psychologie du counseling
President’s New Researcher’s Award Symposium/ ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Belaire ...... 11:00am-12:55pm Récipiendaires du Prix du nouveau chercheur : Tracy Hech, Elke Reissing, Victoria Talwar
Section/CPA Invited Speaker/Conférencier ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 12:00pm-12:55pm invité par la section et la SCP Seven Steps Toward Becoming a Master Teacher William Buskist
Education & Training Committee Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Manning ...... 12:00pm-1:55pm
Poster Session – B – Présentation par affichage ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 1:00pm-2:50pm Clinical Psychology/psychologie clinique
Professional Award Presentation/Présentation ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Belaire ...... 3:00pm-3:55pm du prix professionnel Credibility Assessment in a Multi-Ethnic Environment Michel Sabourin
Professional Affairs Committee Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Manning ...... 3:00pm-4:00pm
Section/CPA Invited Speaker/Conférencier ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 3:00pm-4:55pm invité par la section et la SCP Exposure in the Treatment of Anxiety : Not as Simple as it Seems…. Michel Dugas
Poster Session – C – Présentation par affichage ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 3:00pm-5:50pm Clinical Psychology/Psychologie clinique Health Psychology/Psychologie de la santé
Presidential Reception & CPA Foundation ...... Met Centre . . . . .Ballroom ...... 6:00pm-8:00pm Silent Auction/Réception présidentielle et enchères silencieuses pour la Fondation de la SCP
iii Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
FRIDAY, JUNE 9/SAMEDI 9 JUIN Scientific Affairs Committee Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Manning ...... 7:30am-8:00am Rural & Northern Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 8:00am-8:55am Psychopharmacology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Rideau ...... 8:00am-8:55am Psychoanalysis Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mount Royal ...... 8:00am-8:55am Women and Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lakeview ...... 8:00am-8:55am Psychophysiology Interest Group Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Banff ...... 8:00am-8:55am Counselling Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lake Louise ...... 8:00am-8:55am Developmental Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Aberhart ...... 8:00am-8:55am Criminal Justice Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Barclay ...... 8:00am-8:55am Community Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Eau Claire South . . .8:00am-8:55am Social & Personality Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Eau Claire North . . .8:00am-8:55am Adult Development & Aging Section Business Meeting ...... Met Centre . . . . .Royal ...... 8:00am-8:55am Students in Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Met Centre . . . . .Plaza ...... 8:00am-8:55am Environmental Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Met Centre . . . . .Strand/Tivoli ...... 8:00am-8:55am
Presidential Address/Allocution présidentielle ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair/Belaire . . . .9:00am-9:55am The Best of Times, The Worst of Times: The Place of Close Relationships in Psychology and our Daily Lives Daniel Perlman
Bring the Family Keynote Address/Discours ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair/Belair . . .10:00am-10:55am Programme pour toute la famille The Automaticity of Every Day Life John Bargh
CPA Invited Speaker/Conférencier invité de la SCP ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 11:00am-11:55am Acculturation: Living Successfully in Two Cultures John Berry
Canadian Psychology Editorial Board Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Manning ...... 11:00am-11:55pm
Poster Session – D – Présentation par affichage ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 11:00am-12:50pm Perception Learning and Cognition/Perception, apprentissage et cognition Brain & Behaviour/Cerveau et comportement Clinical Neuropsychology/Neuropsychologie clinique Psychophysiology Interest Group/Groupe d’intérêt Psychophysiologie Psychopharmacology/Psychopharmacologie Adult Development and Aging/Développement adulte et vieillissement Family Psychology/Psychologie de la famille Community Psychology/Psychology communautaire Religion/Psychologie et religion
Presidential Symposium/Symposium Présidentielle ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Nakiska ...... 11:00am-12:55pm Three Canadian Programs in Close Relationships Research: Couples Facing Stress, Lesbian Headed Families and Gender Differences in Memory Daniel Perlman, Danielle Julien, Anita DeLongis, Diane Holmberg, Susan Boon
International Relations Committee Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Reid ...... 12:00pm-12:55pm
iv Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Psychologists in Education Reception ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Eau Claire North 12:00pm-12:55pm and Section Business Meeting
Environmental Psychology Reception ...... Met Centre . . . . .Strand/Tivoli . .12 :00pm-12:55pm
Counselling Psychology Reception ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lake Louise ...... 12:30pm-1:30pm
Canadian National Committee Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Reid ...... 1:00pm-1:55pm
Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Manning ...... 1:00pm-1:55pm (CJEP) Editorial Board Committee Business Meeting
Section/CPA Invited Speaker/Conférencier ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 1:00pm-1:55pm invité par la Section et la SCP It’s Not All in The Head: Understanding And Treating Excessive Health Anxiety Gordon Asmundson
Education and Training Award Presentation/ ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Belaire ...... 1:00pm-1:55pm Présentation du prix de l’éducation et de la formation Training Psychologists for Evidence Based Practice John Hunsley
Poster Session – E – Présentation par affichage ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 1:00pm-2:50pm Social & Personality/Psychologie sociale et de la personnalité
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science (CJBS) ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Manning ...... 2:00pm-2:55pm Editorial Board Committee Business Meeting
CPA Invited Speaker/Conférencière invitée de la SCP ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 2:00pm-2:55pm Research on Families of Children with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivitity Disorder: Implications for Understanding Both ADHD and Parenting Charlotte Johnston
Women and Psychology Reception ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 2:00pm-2:55pm
Calgary Health Region Hospitality Hour ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Reid ...... 3:30pm-4:55pm for all former Interns of the Region as well as the previous training programs offered by the Foothills Hospital, Calgary General Hospital and the Holy Cross Hospital
Annual General Meeting/Assemblée générale annuelle ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 4:00pm-6:00pm
Social Event/Activité sociale ...... Calgary ...... Heritage Park . . . .7:00pm-10:00pm
SATURDAY, JUNE 10/SAMEDI 10 JUIN Industrial/Organizational Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mayfair ...... 8:00am-8:55am International & Cross-Cultural Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 8:00am-8:55am Health Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Rideau ...... 8:00am-8:55am Teaching of Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mount Royal ...... 8:00am-8:55am Brain and Behavioural Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lakeview ...... 8:00am-8:55am Past President’s Committee Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Brownlee ...... 8:00am-8:55am
v Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Sexual and Orientation & Gender Identity Issues ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lake Louise ...... 8:00am-8:55am Section Business Meeting Disaster & Trauma Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Manning ...... 8:00am-8:55am Sport & Exercise Interest Group Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Aberhart ...... 8:00am-8:55am Perception, Learning & Cognition Section Business Meeting . .Westin Hotel . . . .Barclay ...... 8:00am-8:55am Clinical Neuropsychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Eau Claire South . . .8:00am-8:55am Family Psychology Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Eau Claire North . . .8:00am-8:55am
Poster Session – F – Présentation par affichage ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 9:00am-10:50am Developmental Psychology/Psychologie du développement Clinical Psychology/Psychologie clinique
Canadian Association of School Psychologists ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Reid ...... 9:00am-10 :55am (CASP) Executive Committee Meeting
Poster Session – G – Présentation par affichage ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 11:00am-12 :50pm Criminal Justice/Psychologie et justice pénale Disaster & Trauma/Désastres et traumatismes International & Cross-Cultural/Psychologie internationale et interculturelle
Canadian Association of School Psychologists ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Reid ...... 1:00pm-1:55pm (CASP) Annual General Meeting
Poster Session – H – Présentation par affichage ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Britannia ...... 1:00pm-2 :50pm Psychologists in Education/Psychologie en éducation Student in Psychology/Étudiants en psychologie Teaching of Psychology/ Enseignement de la psychologie Women and Psychology/Femmes et psychologie Sexual Orientation & Gender Indentity Issues/ Orientation sexuelle et identité sexuelle Psychoanalysis/Psychoanalyse Publications Committee Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Brownlee ...... 1:00pm-2:55pm History and Philosophy Section Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Belaire ...... 3:00pm-3:55pm Ethics Committee Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Brownlee ...... 3:00pm-5:00pm International and Cross-Cultural Reception ...... Westin Hotel . . .Mount Royal ...... 3:30pm-4:25pm Health Reception ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 4:00pm-5:25pm Convention Committee Business Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Manning ...... 5:30pm-6:25pm
SUNDAY, JUNE 11/DIMANCHE 11 JUIN
CPA Board of Directors Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Banff ...... 8:30am-2:00pm
CCDP Board of Directors Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Mount Royal/ . . . . .8:30am-5:00pm ...... Rideau
CPAP Board of Directors Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 8:30am-5:00pm
MONDAY, JUNE 12/DIMANCHE 12 JUIN
CPAP Regulators Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Bonavista ...... 8:30am-5:00pm
CPAP Association Meeting ...... Westin Hotel . . . .Lakeview ...... 8:30am-2:00pm
vi Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
PRE-CONVENTION WORKSHOP INSCRIPTIONS AUX ATELIERS REGISTRATION PRÉCONGRÈS
THE WESTIN HOTEL CALGARY THE WESTIN HOTEL CALGARY
Pre-convention workshop participants may pick up their Les participants pour les ateliers précongrès peuvent registration kits at the convention registration desk, on obtenir leurs trousses au comptoir d’inscription à l’étage the conference level of The Westin Calgary. du congrès à l’hôtel Westin Calgary.
Pre-convention participants – Only Les participants du précongrès - seulement Tuesday, June 6, 2006 7:00pm - 9:00pm mardi 6 juin 2006 19 h à 21 h Wednesday, June 7, 2006 7:30am - 8:30am mercredi 7 juin 2006 7 h à 8h30
CONVENTION REGISTRATION INSCRIPTION AU CONGRÈS
THE WESTIN HOTEL CALGARY THE WESTIN HOTEL CALGARY
Registration for participants, exhibitors and companions L’inscription des participants, des exposants et des per- will be located on the conference level. sonnes qui les accompagnent se déroulera sur l’étage du congrès. Registration area will remain open from: Les heures d`inscription sont les suivantes: Wednesday, June 7, 2006 6:00pm - 9:00pm Thursday, June 8, 2006 7:00am - 5:00pm mercredi 7 juin 2006 18 h à 21 h Friday, June 9, 2006 7:30am - 5:00pm jeudi 8 juin 2006 7 h à 17 h Saturday, June 10, 2006 7:30am - 3:00pm vendredi 9 juin 2006 7 h 30 à 17 h samedi 10 juin 2006 7 h 30 à 15 h
NAME BADGES INSIGNES D’IDENTIFICATION
Convention participants must wear and display their Les participants doivent porter en tout temps leur name badges at all times during the convention. They insigne d’identification. Elles ne sont pas transférables. are not transferable under any circumstances. Les insignes d’identification perdues seront remplacées Lost badges will be replaced for a fee of $5.00 au coût de 5 $.
EXHIBITOR SHOW DATE & TIME DATES ET HEURES DES EXPOSITIONS
Thursday, June 8, 2006 11:00am - 6:00pm jeudi 8 juin 2006 11 h à 18 h Friday, June 9, 2006 11:00am - 4:00pm vendredi 9 juin 2006 11 h à 16 h Saturday, June 10, 2006 9:00am – 3:00pm samedi, 10 juin 2006 9 h à 15 h
A special thanks to all of the exhibitors and sponsors for Nos sincères remerciements à tous les exposants et les their support commanditaires pour leur appui.
TRAVEL GRANT SUBVENTION-VOYAGE
Students who have been awarded a CPA/SSHRC Travel Les étudiants qui ont reçu une subvention de voyage Grant can pick up their travel grant cheque at the SCP/CRSH peuvent en prendre possession au comptoir Convention Registration Desk. d’inscription du congrès.
vii Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
SOCIAL ACTIVITIES ACTIVITÉS SOCIALES
FIRST TIME PRESENTERS BREAKFAST PETIT DÉJEUNER À L’ INTENTION DES CONFÉRENCIERS QUI PRÉSENTENT LEUR PREMIÈRE COMMUNICATION (By invitation) (Sur invitation) Thursday, June 8, 2006 8:00am - 8:55am Jeudi 8 juin 2006 Bonavista (Conference Level) 8 h à 8 h 55 The Westin Calgary Bonavista (étage du congrès) L’hôtel Westin Calgary
PRESIDENTIAL RECEPTION/CPA FOUNDATION RÉCEPTION PRÉSIDENTIELLE ET ENCHÈRES SILENT AUCTION SILENCIEUSES POUR LA FONDATION DE LA SCP
(All welcome) (Bienvenue à tous et à toutes) Thursday, June 8, 2006 Jeudi 8 juin 2006 Metropolitan Centre Metropolitan Centre Ballroom Ballroom 6:00 - 8:00 18 h - 20 h
(Directly in front of The Westin Calgary) (Directement devant l’hôtel Westin Calgary) Items to be auctioned off are donated. Les articles mis aux enchères sont des dons.
CPA FUN RUN/WALK COURSE POUR LA SANTÉ (All welcome - Inscription $20) (Bienvenue à tous - Frais d’inscriptions ; 20 $)
Friday, June 9, 2006 Vendredi 9 juin 2006
Please meet in the main lobby of Rencontre l’entrée principale de l’hôtel The Westin Calgary no later than 7:15 a.m. Westin Calgary au plus tard 7h15. * All proceeds go the the Stephen Lewis Foundation. * Tous les fonds iront à la Fondation Stephen Lewis.
WESTERN BUFFET DINNER BUFFET OCCIDENTAL AU PARC HERRITAGE LE HERITAGE PARK HISTORICAL VILLAGE VILLAGE HISTORIQUE
FRIDAY, JUNE 9, 2006 VENDREDI 9 JUIN 2006
(Ticket holders only) (détenteurs de billet seulement) Please meet in the main lobby of The Westin Calgary no Rencontre à l’entrée principale de l’hôtel Westin later than 7:00pm. Buses will be available Calgary au plus tard 19 h. Un service d’autobus sera disponible
JOB OPPORTUNITIES OPPORTUNITÉ D’EMPLOI
Check the job opportunities (binder and poster board at Jetez un coup d’oeil sur les possibilités d’emploi (dans le the CPA registration desk). cahier et sur les panneaux d’affichage comptoir d’in- scription).
viii Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 2006 EXHIBITORS - EXPOSANTS BOOTH # 1 / Stand no 1 BOOTH # 7/ Stand no 7 John Wiley & Sons Canada Revenue Agency Karen Simpson, Sales & Marketing Randa El-Kadi 400-5353 Dundas St. West Sr. Programs Officer Etoicoke, ON M9B 6M8 4th Floor - 750 Heron Road Tel: 416-646-4565 Ottawa ON K1A 0L5 Fax: 416-236-4446 Tel: 613-946-1431 [email protected] Fax: 613-941-6120 [email protected] BOOTH # 2/ Stand no 2 Psychologists’ Association of Alberta BOOTH # 8 / Stand no 8 Pierre Bérubé, Executive Director MHS Calgary, Alberta Cindy Arnett, Events Coordinator Tel: 780-424-0294 3770 Victoria Park Ave. Fax: 780-423-4048 Toronto ON M2H 3M6 [email protected] Tel: 416-492-2627 Fax: 416-492-3343 BOOTH # 3/ Stand no 3 [email protected] Scotiabank John Jamieson, Assistant Gen. Manager BOOTH # 9/ Stand no 9 National Sales & Alliances Al-Anon Family Groups th 10 floor-44 King Street West Vergell Ann Bastien Toronto, Ontario M5H 1H1 Public Outreach Secretary Tel: (416) 933-2550 1600 Corporate Landing Parkway Fax: (416) 529-5512 Virginia Beach, VA 23454-5617 [email protected] Tel: 757-563-1600 Fax: 757-563-1655 BOOTH # 4/ Stand no 4 [email protected] McFarlan Rowlands Dr. Rodney Hancock BOOTH # 10/ Stand no 10 380 York Street, SHL London, Ontario Colleen Mooney, Market Manager N6B 1P9 200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 1350 [email protected] Chicago, IL, U.S.A. 60606 Tel: 312-655-8420 BOOTH # 5/ Stand no 5 Fax: 312-655-8421 McGraw-Hill Ryerson Ltd. E-mail: [email protected] Janet Henderson, Marketing Co-coordinator 300 Water Street BOOTH # 11/ Stand no 11 Whitby, Ontario Psycan Tel: 905-430-5078 Tom Rayner, Director Fax: 905-430-5172 12-120 West Beaver Creek Road [email protected] Richmond Hill, ON L4B 1L2 Tel: 905-731-8795 BOOTH # 6/ Stand no 6 Fax: 905-731-5029 Worth Publishers [email protected] Jacqueline Seltzer, Manager 41 Madison Avenue New York, New York 10010 Tel: 212-576-9400 Fax: 212-689-2383 [email protected]
ix Canadian Psychology, 45:2a, 2004 2005 EXHIBITORS - EXPOSANTS
BOOTH # 12/ Stand no 12 BOOTH # 17-18/ Stand no 17-18 Health Sciences Centre Harcourt Assessment Maureen Barbeau, Admin. Assistant Claudie Smith, Conference Coordinator University of Manitoba 55 Horner Avenue PZ328-771 Bannatyne Ave. Toronto Ontario M8Z 4X6 Winnipeg Manitoba R3E 3N4 Tel: 800-387-7278 Tel: 204-787-7168 Fax : 866-335-8405 Fax: 204-787-3755 [email protected] [email protected] BOOTH # 19/ Stand no 19 o BOOTH # 13/ Stand n 13 IPAT Inc. The Personal Insurance Kathi Keyes, Marketing Manager Kathy Link, Project Manager 1801 Woodfield Drive 10th Floor-3 Robert Speck Parkway Savoy IL 61874 Mississauga Ontario LZ4 3Z9 Tel: 217-352-4739 Tel: 905-306-5364 Fax: 217-352-9674 Fax: 905-306-5264 [email protected] [email protected] BOOTH # 20 / Stand no 20 o BOOTH # 14/ Stand n 14 Canadian Psychological Association Thought Technology Ltd Société canadienne de psychologie Lawrence Klein, Vice-President 141, avenue Laurier Ave. West, Suite 702 Ottawa, 2180 Belgrave Avenue Ontario K1P 5J3 Montreal Quebec H4A 2L8 Toll Free: 1-888-472-0657 ext. 330 Tel: 514-489-8256 Fax: 613-237-1674 Fax: 514-489-8255 email: [email protected] [email protected] Website : www.cpa.ca
o BOOTH # 15/ Stand n 15 OPEN TABLE #1/ Table ouverte no 1 Thomson Nelson Schizophrenia Digest Kristy Sward, Event Co-coordinator Davis Rettenmaier, Associate Editor 1120 Birchmount Rd. 27 Queen Street Toronto, Ontario M1K 5G4 Fort Erie Ontario Tel: 1-800-668-0671 L2A 1T6 [email protected] [email protected]
o BOOTH # 16/ Stand n 16 OPEN TABLE #2/ Table ouverte no2 Pearson Education Canada Thomson Nelson Marketing Coordinator Kristy Sward, Event Co-coordinator 26 Prince Andrew Place 1120 Birchmount Rd. Toronto Ontario Toronto, Ontario M1K 5G4 Tel: 416-386-3472 Tel: 1-800-668-0671 Fax: 416-447-7755 [email protected] [email protected] OPEN TABLE #3/ Table ouverte no3 Laurence Erlbaum Associates Margaret Onesios, Exhibitor Coordinator 10 Industrial Ave Mahwah, NJ 07430 [email protected]
x Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
09:00 - 09:55 - MAYFAIR/BELAIRE 09:00 - 09:55
Welcoming Ceremony/Cérémonie de bienvenue THURSDAY / JEUDI
HONOURING OUR BEST / HOMMAGE AU MÉRITE
Welcome to the 67th Annual Convention of the Canadian Psychological Association! Our co-sponsor, Psychologists’ Association of Alberta, will bring greetings as we open the convention with a session in which we honour the best of the disci- pline and the profession by bestowing the following awards on our friends and colleagues:
Bienvenue au 67ième congrès annuel de la Société canadienne de psychologie! À titre d’hôte, la Psychologists’ Association of Alberta présentera un mot de bienvenue à cette cérémonie où seront honorés les grands de la discipline et de la profession. Les prix suivants seront décernés:
• CPA Gold Medal Award for Distinguished Lifetime Contributions to Canadian Psychology /Prix de la médaille d’or pour contributions remarquables à la psychologie canadienne au cours de l’ensemble de la carrière: Wallace Lambert • CPA Award for Distinguished Contributions to Public or Community Service/Prix pour contributions remarquables au ser- vice public ou communautaire: Donald Taylor • CPA Award for Distinguished Contributions to Psychology as a Profession/Prix professionnel: Michel Sabourin • CPA Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education and Training in Psychology/Prix de l’éducation et de la formation: John Hunsley • CPA Donald O. Hebb Award for Distinguished Contributions to Psychology as a Science/Prix Donald O. Hebb: Patrick McGrath • Distinguished Practitioner Award/Prix pour contributions remarquables à l’exercice de la psychologie : Audrey Ho • Member of the Year Award/Prix du membre de l’année: Carole Sinclair • CPA Fellows: Lorraine Breault, Deborah Dewey,Victoria Esses, Beverley Fehr, Ronald Fisher, Peter Graf, David Hodgins, Ronald Holden, Andrea Kowaz, Catherine Mateer, Luc Pelletier, Regina Schuller, Ester Strauss, Jennifer Veitch • President’s New Researcher Awards Recipients/Récipiendaires du Prix du nouveau chercheur: Tracy Hecht, Elke Reissing, Victoria Talwar
10:00 - 10:55 - MAYFAIR/BELAIRE 10:00 - 10:55
Honorary President’s THE MARVELS AND THE FLAWS OF INTUITIVE THINKING Address/ Allocution du Daniel Kahneman, University of Alberta président d’honneur
The topics of intuitive judgment and intuitive choice have recently attracted considerable interest, and they may create the erro- neous impression of a controversy. On the one hand, there are compelling demonstrations of feats of expert intuition in many domains, and also of excellent decisions that appear to be made with little or no conscious reflection. On the other hand, there are equally compelling demonstrations of situations in which experts exhibit a high level of confidence in judgments and fore- casts that are not more accurate than those of non-experts. There is also a rich body of evidence showing systematic errors and biases in intuitive judgment and choice. Different scholars have tended to focus their attention on the marvels of intuition or on its deficiencies, contributing to the common view of a deep controversy. In fact, there may be no mystery. In most cases feats of intuitive judgment and choice are made possible by a learning process that is reasonably well understood, and dependent on the quality and timing of feedback about the quality of initial impressions. When the conditions for learning do not exist, experts are likely to develop confidence that is not matched by accuracy, because they are able to understand a posteriori many phenom- ena that they are not capable of predicting a priori. Other apparent controversies about intuitive judgment and choice are resolved in straightforward fashion in the context of the “two-system” model of cognition that is gaining widespread acceptance in different fields of psychology. Basic principles of perceptual function provide a key to understanding the workings of intu- itive thought.
11:00 - 12:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de “TRANS”CENDING QUEER AFFIRMATIVE PRACTICES: travail INSIGHTS INTO PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE MENTAL HEALTH Counselling Psychology RELATIONSHIPS Robert Roughley, Campus Alberta Applied Counselling Initiative; Ben Maze, Mount Royal College - Department of Social Work
Emerson once wrote, “What we have learned from others becomes our own by reflection” (Frank, 2001, p. 449). This reflective workshop presents educators, clinicians, and other members of the queer and allied communities with insight into the current
1 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
health needs of trans people within a uniquely Canadian context. Access to culturally sensitive services is often limited to practi- tioners who specialize within this community thereby leaving many trans people as the recipients of culturally insensitive health- care. As primary mental health care providers, we must question our past and current practices, while adequately planning for the future. The time has come for the implementation of trans-affirmative practices in therapeutic relationships. Participants of this workshop will be introduced to elements of theory and practice that will provide them with the ability to investigate and implement strategies for care and competence through confirmatory practices with trans people. This workshop will urge partici- pants to take their knowledge, skills and awareness to a higher level. Experiential components will be offered in the forms of individual and small group activities. Opportunities for debriefing will follow this workshop.
11:00 - 12:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium THE APPLICATION OF META-ANALYSES TO CORRECTIONAL TREATMENT: Criminal Justice AND NOW THE DETAILS Psychology Stephen Wormith, University of Saskatchewan; Duyen Luong, University of Saskatchewan;
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY Dena Derkzen, University of Saskatchewan; Jonathan Brown, The University of British Columbia Okanagan; Karen Parhar, University of Saskatchewan; Albert Brews, University of Saskatchewan
Beginning with Andrews et al., (1990), meta-analyses have solidified our understanding of correctional treatment and shaped the development and delivery of correctional programming, generally, throughout North America and abroad. With the growing number of empirically evaluated correctional services, we are now in a position to conduct more specific meta-analyses and to use these results to further enhance the effectiveness of service delivery. This symposium presents meta–analyses of five correc- tional treatment related topics. The first study examines the effectiveness of sex offender treatment programs on their ability to reduce violent, sexual and any recidivism. The second review assesses the efficacy of psychological interventions addressing violent behaviour. The third study examines the effect of Motivational Interviewing in treating substance use. The fourth study aims to determine whether mandated or non-mandated treatment is more effective in reducing recidivism through analyzing over 125 studies of correctional treatment programs. The fifth study discusses the effectiveness of restorative justice practices across different paradigms. Collectively, these studies highlight the utility of a meta-analytic approach to assessing correctional treat- ment.
#1 THE EFFECTIVENESS OF MOTIVATIONAL INTERVIEWING IN TREATING SUBSTANCE USE: A META-ANALYSIS Jonathan Brown, The University of British Columbia Okanagan; Stephen Wormith, University of Saskatchewan
Meta-analytic procedures were used to assess the effectiveness of motivational interviewing (MI; W. R. Miller, 1983) in treating substance use. Following established inclusion and exclusion criteria, a total of 34 studies were analyzed. Unit-free effect sizes were calculated and used to compare across all studies. The effectiveness of MI was evaluated in relation to four outcomes: level of substance use, abstinence, problems resulting from substance use, and adherence to treatment. Results found MI to pro- duce positive observed effects by reducing substance use (ESM = .24), reducing the problems associated with substance use (ESM = .13), and increasing adherence to treatment (ESM = .28). In regards to abstinence, MI did not produce an overall signif- icant positive effect (ESM = .11). With respect to the four outcomes, differences in treatment dose, time of follow-up, and whether the study compared MI to a no-treatment control group, or an alternative treatment group had no affect on observed effect sizes. Overall, MI consistently demonstrated positive effects across all studies and outcomes.
#2 META-ANALYTIC REVIEW OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL SEX OFFENDER TREATMENT Duyen Luong, University of Saskatchewan
Individual studies evaluating sex offender treatment effectiveness often do not have sufficient power to detect real treatment effects. The present study is a meta-analysis of 31 studies with a total of 10 839 offenders that was undertaken to examine whether psychological treatment reduces sexual, violent, or any recidivism among adult male sex offenders. Effects were ana- lyzed separately according to research design, treatment setting and modality, and follow-up period. Overall, treatment was asso- ciated with significant reductions in sexual (odds ratio = 0.80, p < .01) and any recidivism (odds ratio = 0.85, p < .05). Significant treatment effects on sexual and any recidivism were found for institutional treatment, cognitive-behavioural treat- ment orientation, and studies that used incidental assignment of offenders to treatment and control groups and follow-up periods over 5 years. The treatment effect for studies that used a follow-up of 5 years or less was significant for sexual recidivism only. No significant effects were found for non-sexual violent recidivism.
2 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#3 COERCING OFFENDERS TO ATTEND CORRECTIONAL TREATMENT: DOES IT WORK?
Karen Parhar, University of Saskatchewan; Stephen Wormith, University of Saskatchewan; THURSDAY / JEUDI Dena Derkzen, University of Saskatchewan; Adele Beauregard, University of Saskatchewan
Legally mandated treatment for offenders is becoming increasingly popular. However, there are mixed findings and opinions regarding the effectiveness of this kind of ‘forced’ treatment. A meta-analysis of studies of mandated and nonmandated correc- tional treatment programs was conducted in order to determine whether offenders required to attend correctional treatment differ from those who are not mandated to correctional treatment in terms of their subsequent recidivism. A search of computerized databases was conducted to identify articles with recidivism data, a control/comparison group, and some indication of whether the treated offenders were mandated or volunteered to treatment. More than 500 articles were reviewed, 125 of which met the inclusion criteria. The sample contained roughly equal representation of both mandated and non-mandated correctional treatment programs. Results indicate that both mandated and non-mandated treatment was effective in reducing recidivism. However, non- mandated treatment produced stronger effect sizes than mandated treatment overall. This result was maintained for specific kinds of treatment, such as sexual offending. Implications for motivating treatment participants to volunteer to participate in cor- rectional treatment programs are discussed.
#4 A META-ANALYSIS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL INTERVENTIONS FOR VIOLENT BEHAVIOUR: ARE WE GETTING ANYWHERE? Dena Derkzen, University of Saskatchewan
The popularity of correctional treatment programs targeting violent behaviour has grown in recent years. However, there have been few attempts to quantitatively estimate the effectiveness of these treatment programs despite the societal cost of violence and the preoccupation with research in understanding its genesis. This meta-analytic review examines the findings of 21 studies evaluating treatment efficacy for psychological interventions addressing violent behaviour. A search of databases was conducted to collect articles with recidivism data, a control/comparison group and an indication of psychological treatment targeting violent behaviour. This outcome literature of controlled quasi-experimental and experimental studies was reviewed to assess the impact of various treatment types (e.g., CBT, MST) on subsequent recidivism. Overall, treatment programs addressing violent behav- iour were associated with significant reductions in recidivism relative to their comparison group(s) (OR = +0.40, p < .05). As well as providing an evaluation of the overall outcome, this analysis provides an exploratory examination of the various types of programs available and an inspection of factors which may influence treatment success, such as program setting and treatment modality. The implications of these findings for the broader literature and directions for future research are provided.
#5 A META-ANALYSIS OF RESTORATIVE ALTERNATIVES TO CONVENTIONAL JUSTICE Albert Brews, University of Saskatchewan; Stephen Wormith, University of Saskatchewan
Restorative justice practice, as an alternative judicial measure, seeks to repair the relationship between the offender and the vic- tim (and/or the community), as well as to encourage behavioural change in the offender in order to reduce recidivism. This meta-analysis examines the current literature on the restorative justice alternatives, victim-offender mediation, restitution and circles. A total of 20 separate studies were found that, one, had an identifiable control group that was engaged in conventional judicial measures, two, reported an outcome measure of recidivism, victim satisfaction or offender satisfaction and three, con- tained enough information to determine an effect size between treatment and control conditions. It is encouraging to note that this study found a positive effect of restorative justice on recidivism rates. There was an overall positive effect for those who participated in restorative justice programs as compared to those in control groups [OR= +0.61 (95% CI 0.50-0.75, p < .0001)]. A mixed type of restorative justice, one that incorporated elements of victim-offender mediation and restitution, was also found to be more effective than victim-offender mediation or restitution alone [F(2, 26) = 6.719, MSE =.063, p = .004]. Future direc- tions and methodological issues will be discussed.
11:00 - 12:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium WHEN I SPEAK, DO YOU HEAR ME? BIASED PERCEPTIONS OF Community Psychology STIGMATIZED GROUPS Megan Wing, University of Windsor
As researchers, we have the ability to generate knowledge and potentially influence the perceptions of various groups within society. This is particularly important for stigmatized groups who may lack the power to construct accurate representations of their lives within the dominant culture. By engaging in collaborative relationships with these individuals, we gain a critical understanding of their experiences and provide a forum for their perspectives to emerge. In this session, four papers reflect on the voices of those stigmatized within Western society and explore how they define their experiences within the broader social
3 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
context. The first paper discusses a participatory research process which challenges the dominant portrayal of sexual minority youths as victims by examining their agency. The second paper counters the dominant discourse of Afghan women by present- ing the lived experiences of these women during the Taliban regime as articulated by the women themselves. The third paper discusses conflicting beliefs regarding functional illness among patients and physicians, and the impact of these differential viewpoints on care provision and patient well-being. The fourth paper presents the difficulties of accurately representing the views and diversity of persons living with HIV/AIDS in a political context where different models compete for government funding.
#1 OVERCOMING PERCEPTIONS OF VICTIMIZATION BY ENGAGING IN RESISTANCE: PARTICIPATORY ACTION RESEARCH WITH SEXUAL MINORITY YOUTH Stephanie Gee, University of Windsor; Kathryn Lafreniere, University of Windsor
Over the past twenty years, increasing attention has been given to the experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and questioning (LGBTQ) youth. In particular, the victimization, isolation, and subsequent poor mental health of these youth have
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY been of prominent concern among academics and service providers. While acknowledging these aspects of LGBTQ youths’ experiences can be instrumental in securing appropriate interventions, this exclusive focus on negative consequences of sexual minority status has also contributed to the depiction of these youths as victims. Recently researchers have begun to acknowledge the resiliency of LGBTQ youth and to document the positive experiences and sources of support in their lives. However, LGBTQ youth still remain predominantly portrayed as passive subjects who are either victimized by or protected from the het- erosexist world in which they live. The present paper examines the process of engaging in participatory action research with LGBTQ youth to explore their perceptions of their agency. Discussion will focus on the benefits and challenges of conducting participatory action research and how this research approach impacts LGBTQ youths’ perceptions of their ability to oppose dominant structures and engage in resistance.
#2 COUNTERING THE DOMINANT DISCOURSE: AFGHAN WOMEN SPEAK Beheshta Jaghori, University of Windsor; Kathryn Lafreniere, University of Windsor
A plethora of research has depicted Afghan women during the Taliban regime in a variety of ways ranging from oppressed “vic- tims of the burqa” to heroic “social actors”. This paper describes a research investigation that examined the lived experiences of Afghan women during the Taliban regime as articulated by ordinary women themselves. Employing qualitative methodology, a retrospective study of Afghan women in the Greater Toronto Area who resided in Afghanistan during the Taliban regime was conducted. Women’s narrative accounts will be discussed in relation to the dominant discourse evident in mainstream Western media as well as scholarly literature (e.g., sensationalization of burqa). In order to preserve the authenticity of women’s voices, a collaborative approach was adopted; the benefits as well as challenges associated with this process will be reviewed.
#3 THE ROLE OF THE PHYSICIAN-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP IN THE COPING AND WELL-BEING OF INDIVIDUALS WITH FUNCTIONAL SOMATIC SYNDROMES Sabrina Voci, University of Windsor; Fuschia Sirois, University of Windsor
Functional somatic syndromes (FSS) are a category of illnesses for which there are no known physiological causes, generating debate and skepticism within the medical community on whether these illnesses represent actual disease. Individuals with FSS view themselves as suffering from a chronic and often debilitating illness, yet they feel the message they receive from physicians is that nothing is wrong with them. Patient health and well-being are likely to be affected when doctors and patients hold very different beliefs about the patient’s symptoms and illness. To investigate the impact of the physician-patient relationship on patient health and well-being individuals with chronic fatigue syndrome, irritable bowel syndrome, and fibromyalgia recruited from the internet responded to one of four different randomly presented vignettes depicting a physician-patient interaction. Vignettes differed on two dimensions: (1) model of physician care (patient-centered vs. traditional), and (2) physician attribu- tions for symptoms (physical vs. psychological). Participants indicated the degree to which their own physician resembled the physician in the vignette and completed measures of coping and well-being. Lower well-being was associated with traditional models and psychological symptom attributions. Relevance for patient empowerment and self-management of illness is dis- cussed.
11:00 - 11:55 - MAYFAIR 11:00 - 11:55
CPA Invited Speaker/ PSYCHOTHERAPY AT THE INTERSECTION OF MULTIPLE IDENTITIES Conférencier invité par Laura Brown, Argosy University, Seattle la SCP Women and Psychology (Section Program)
4 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Feminist practice has long asserted that clients must be understood in the social and political contexts which inform their identi- ties and ways of being in the world. This talk will expand on evolving work that addresses issues of multiple and often conflict-
ing identities faced by clients, and explore how a feminist psychotherapy paradigm informs therapist and client in deepening THURSDAY / JEUDI understanding and respect for those multiple identities.
11:00 - 12:55 - BELAIRE 11:00 - 12:55 Symposium PRESIDENT’S NEW RESEARCHERS’ AWARD/ RÉCIPIENDAIRES DU PRIX DU NOUVEAU CHERCHEUR Daniel Perlman, University of British Columbia
#1 PAIN, FEAR, AND AVOIDANCE: WHY A WOMAN’S BODY SAYS NO TO SEX Elke Reissing, University of Ottawa
Sexual pain disorders are classified in the DSM IV-TR as dyspareunia and vaginismus. While research in dyspareunia has seen phenomenal growth in the past decade, vaginismus remains a comparatively neglected and ill-understood womens health prob- lem. This presentation will summarize our current understanding of vaginismus. In particular, data demonstrating the significant shortcomings of current diagnostic criteria and the neglected role of pain will be presented. The clinical use of the term vaginis- mus will be discussed and promising, multidisciplinary treatment options will be presented. In addition, preliminary data from an ongoing, online survey study on etiological variables will be discussed.
#2 EXPLORING LINKS BETWEEN POLYCHRONICITY AND WELL-BEING FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF PERSON-JOB FIT: DOES IT MATTER IF YOU PREFER TO DO ONLY ONE THING AT A TIME? Tracy Hecht, John Molson School of Business, Concordia University
This research examined polychronicity, which refers to an individuals preference for working on many things simultaneously as opposed to one at a time. It was hypothesized that supplies-values fit on this temporal variable is related to well-being. Specifically, it was predicted that deficient and excess polychronicity supplies are associated with poorer well-being, and that well- being is uniformly high along the continuum of polychronicity fit. It was also hypothesized that fit effects are stronger for individ- uals who place high importance on how their time is allocated than for individuals who place low importance on that dimension. Participants in Study 1, a laboratory experiment, were students (N = 266); participants in Study 2, conducted in a field setting, were employees of Canadian organizations (N = 746). No fit effects were observed in Study 1. Consistent with the hypotheses, however, fit on the dimension of polychronicity was related to job satisfaction, self-efficacy, and psychological strain in Study 2. The role of value importance as a moderator of the relation between supplies-values fit and well-being was not supported.
#3 PROSOCIAL LYING IN CHILDREN: FROM CONCEPT TO ACTION Victoria Talwar, McGill University
Lying is a common social behaviour and lies told not only to benefit ourselves but also to benefit others. While “antisocial lies” are self-centered (i.e., told to protect oneself from harm or for personal gain) and are not socially sanctioned, “prosocial lies” are told to benefit others (i.e., to be polite or to protect another) and are perceived as more socially acceptable. Children may even be encouraged to tell such lies in order to be polite and avoid hurting someone’s feelings. However, of the few studies which have examined children’s actual lie-telling behaviour, most have only studied younger children’s trickery lies or lies to conceal trans- gressions. There has been little examination of children’s prosocial lies. The aim of this talk will be to review the current find- ings about children’s lie-telling behaviour and present several studies examining children’s prosocial lie-telling behaviour. First, the emergence and development of children’s prosocial lie-telling behaviour will be discussed. Second, children’s use of display rules to regulate their verbal and non-verbal behaviours while lying will be examined. Children’s ability to maintain their lie in their facial expressions is important to avoid detection and lie successfully. Third, the relation between children’s moral under- standing of lies and their actual behaviour will be examined.
11:00 - 12:50 - BRITANNIA 11:00 - 12:50 POSTER SESSION “A” PRÉSENTATION PAR AFFICHAGE (INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL, MILITARY AND COUNSELLING) (Psychologie industrielle et organisationnelle, du millieu militaire et counseling)
5 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
(Industrial/ Organizational – Psychologie industrielle et organisationnelle #1-36) #1 CONSULTING ACROSS THE BORDER: WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN CANADIAN AND US WORKERS? Cheryl Boglarsky, Human Synergistics International; Catherine Kwantes, University of Windsor
Although a World Values Survey found that Canada and the United States are more alike than distinct, there is still reluctance for Canadian workers to “buy into” valid and reliable training instruments developed in the United States. To investigate the dif- ferences between Canadian and US workers, a group of 284 workers from Canada (n-142) and the United States (n = 142) were surveyed using a popular instrument used for individual development in the workplace, the Life Styles Inventory™ (LSI). The LSI consists of 240 words and phrases that respondents indicate as being “essentially unlike you,” “like you quite often,” or “like you most of the time.” The instrument produces results on 12 different thinking and behavioral styles that cluster into three groups of four types of thinking and behavior: The Constructive styles (self-enhancing thinking and behavior); The Passive/Defensive styles (self-protecting thinking and behavior); and The Aggressive/Defensive styles (self-promoting thinking and behavior). The results indicated that although the workers from both nations have similar thinking and behavioral styles,
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY they reported different levels of job satisfaction and self-perceptions. These results run contrary to the LSI framework.Results are discussed in terms of enhancing personal, as well as work related, well-being.
#2 THE DEVELOPMENT OF A TRAIT-BASED SCALE TO ASSESS SAFETY-RELATED BEHAVIOURS Zehra LeRoy, University of British Columbia; Ralph Hakstian, University of British Columbia
The authors developed a trait-based predictor scale to assess safety-related behaviours in the workplace to assist in HR-related interventions directed at reducing occupational accidents. The sample consisted of 617 undergraduates (128 males and 489 females) who completed the BIODATA-250, a new 250-item personality inventory, and the Criterion Hazardous-Behaviour Scale, a self-report criterion measure used to assess frequency of engagement in unsafe behaviours. The Safety-Orientation pre- dictor scale was empirically derived by correlating the criterion scale with each of the BIODATA-250 items. On the basis of high item-criterion correlations (with Type I error appropriately controlled) and meaningful item content, 51 items were retained for the Safety-Orientation predictor scale. The internal-consistency of the scale was .87, the test-retest estimate was .93, and the average cross-validity estimate was .44. A common-factor analysis revealed six oblique factors: Risk-taking, Absentmindedness, Assertiveness, Gregariousness, Planfulness/Orderliness, and Counterproductivity. Correlations of the Safety-Orientation predic- tor scale and subscales with BIODATA-250 Big Five measures provided evidence of construct validity for the overall measure and its constituent factor measures.
#3 THE DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF THE EMOTIONAL ABILITY RATING SCALES (EARS) Sonya Melnyk, Saint Mary's University; Arla Day, Saint Mary's University; Victor Catano, Saint Mary's University; E. Kevin Kelloway, Saint Mary's University
Due to the popularization of emotional intelligence (EI) in the mid-1990s (e.g., Goleman, 1995), organizations are using emo- tional intelligence to inform many human resources functions, including selection, promotion and training. Although emotional intelligence has been found to be related to performance in various professions (e.g., Cage, Daus, & Saul, 2004; Lopes, 2004) the current literature does not substantiate the widespread use of EI inventories to predict job performance (Mayer, 1999). In addition, many organizations that use EI inventories have failed to independently demonstrate evidence that EI is required for job performance. One way of demonstrating this relationship is through job analysis. Building on the work by Day, Cantano and Kelloway (working manuscript) we have developed job analysis tool designed specifically to assess emotional intelligence abili- ty as defined by Mayer, Salovey and colleagues (e.g., Mayer & Salovey, 1997; Mayer, Salovey, & Caruso, 1999; Mayer, Salovey, & Caruso, 2000; Mayer, Salovey & Caruso, 2002). Structured after the Fleishman Job Analysis Survey (F-JAS; Fleishman, 1993), the Emotional Intelligence Ability Scales (EARS) uses behaviourally anchored rating scales to determine the extent to which 4 emotional abilities (i.e., emotional perception, emotional management, emotional understanding, and emotion- al facilitation of thought) are required for job performance. EARS was validated using groups of participants from a range of professions. Results and implications will be discussed.
#4 ORGANIZATIONAL JUSTICE AND EXPERIENCE OF LOSS Mahin Tavakoli, Carleton University
In order to explore the experience of loss and its correlates, and in order to find how three types of organizational justice (i.e., procedural, distributive, and interactional justice) affects experience of loss, the content of semi-structured interviews with 18 adults who shared their experiences of losing in an important competition were analysed. The results show experience of losing an important contest in all participants was followed by negative feelings of sadness, anger, frustration, and a tendency to criti- cize the decision-makers who chose another applicant. 65% participants, also, tended to withdraw from future similar competi-
6 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 tions. These negative feelings motivated all respondents to engage in social comparison to see who won, and use the comparison to judge whether the decision-making process was fair. Social comparisons that led to a perception of being unfairly treated, and
showing preference of decision-makers towards less-qualified applicants, intensified negative feelings of competitors towards THURSDAY / JEUDI the decision-makers in the organizations and retarded recovering from negative feelings and thoughts associated with the loss. To overcome negative feelings involved with the loss, all the participants adopted coping strategies such as finding meaning or benefit in the loss, choosing alternatives such as other competitions as a compensation or replacement of that loss. Long-standing negative feelings were related to receiving impolite, disrespectful, and insufficient feedback about the result of contest.
#5 RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF A NEW MEASURE OF SAFETY CLIMATE Natasha Wentzell, Saint Mary's University; Mark Fleming, Saint Mary's University; Bernadette Gatien, Saint Mary's University
Typically, safety climate is measured using questionnaires; more recently new methods have been developed such as card sort- ing. The validity and reliability of these methods is currently unknown. This research was designed to test the reliability and con- current validity of a safety climate card sorting measure which consists of six elements: leadership, supervisors’ commitment, trust, communication and workforce involvement. To perform the card sorting measure participants are given five cards describ- ing various levels of safety climate. For each element they are asked to choose the card that best describes their perception of safety. The current research consists of two studies; the first study examined the reliability of the card sorting task. Participants consisted of 75 undergraduate students who completed the card sorting task and returned two weeks later to complete the same task. Results indicated that time one and time two were significantly correlated (from .478 to .670). The second study was designed to measure an organizations safety climate using both the card sorting task and a safety climate questionnaire that mea- sured the same six elements of safety climate. Results indicate that there is a significant correlation between the card sorting task and the questionnaire on all elements of safety climate.
#6 REACTIONS TO INJUSTICE AND SELF-ESTEEM Joan Finegan, University of Western Ontario; Harjinder Gill, University of Guelph; Dana Golding, University of Western Ontario
This study explored the possibility that reactions to injustice could cover a broader range of responses than is typically consid- ered. Thus, rather than reacting to injustice negatively and destructively, people could respond positively and try to correct the situation. Undergraduates (n=140) completed Rosenberg’s self-esteem questionnaire and then read a scenario in which a student received either a favourable or unfavourable grade. Within each condition, half were told that the marking scheme was accurate and the other half were told it was inaccurate. Negative reactions are typically found in situations where the outcome is unfavourable and has been determined unfairly. Unlike these studies, the two independent variables in our study did not interact. Participants predicted that they would be more likely to withdraw from the situation, become destructive or try to correct the sit- uation either when the test was not marked fairly or when the target person did not get the outcome deserved. Individuals with high self-esteem were no more likely to try to correct the situation than those with low self esteem. This laboratory analogue suggests that researchers should consider the entire range of reactions to injustice, not just negative ones, and that there are situa- tions where the impact of outcome and procedures are independent.
#7 TRUST IS A MUST: SOURCE TRUSTWORTHINESS AS A PREDICTOR OF INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE-RELATED FEEDBACK-SEEKING BEHAVIOUR Joe Krasman, Schulich School of Business, York University
This study examined the influence of source trustworthiness on people’s performance-related feedback-seeking behaviour. Sources are the persons/objects from whom/which people seek feedback. The study focused on two types of performance feed- back – process and outcome. Source trustworthiness was proposed to positively predict feedback-seeking using overt tactics (e.g., direct inquiry) and negatively predict feedback-seeking using covert tactics (e.g., reflective appraisal, comparative appraisal, indirect inquiry). Goal interdependence – a contextual variable reflecting the way in which people’s work goals are linked – was proposed to moderate these relationships; cooperative goal interdependence to weaken them and competitive goal interdependence to strengthen them. Results of a survey administered to full-time workers showed that source trustworthiness positively predicted overt feedback-seeking from coworkers and was unrelated to covert feedback-seeking. Goal interdepen- dence was shown to have independent rather than interaction effects suggesting an interesting area for future research.
#8 MENTAL HEALTH PROMOTION IN ORGANIZATIONS: A MULTI-AXIAL CLASSIFICATION OF INTERVENTIONS Olivier Loiselle, Sherbrooke University; François Courcy, Sherbrooke University; Steve Harvey, Bishops University; Alexandre Morin, Sherbrooke University; Micheal Teed, Bishops University; André Petit, Sherbrooke University
Many scholars underscore the need to increase the attention devoted to mental health promotion in organizations. To this end, an integrated literature review of over 660 scientific papers was conducted. The relevant papers were located through the
7 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
PsychInfo, Proquest, Medline and search engines. This review allowed for the identification of many risk and protective factors that were related to mental health in organizations as well as for the localization of many programs designed to promote mental health in organizations. First, the programs where selected if their efficacy was quantitatively evaluated and if their content was sufficiently described to ensure that their results could be replicated. The five axis model was derived from an adaptation of the grounded theory analysis method. The first part of this paper proposes a conceptual model designed to categorize and evaluate these various programs. The second part focuses on the classification of the programs using the proposed model’s five axis: 1- Staff support 2-Staff information 3-Education 4-Empowerment 5-Job reorganization and link them to various risk factors they can target. Methodological limits and practical implications of the various studies will be underlined to allow for the identifica- tion of the main challenges awaiting organizational efforts to promote mental health.
#9 WORK ENGAGEMENT AND SELF-EFFICACY AS PREDICTORS OF PRODUCTIVITY John Yardley, Brock University; Mokhtar Noka, Brock University
The study is based on health-care workers in a south-western Ontario hospital (n = 606). We regressed three measures of pro-
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY ductivity: Sick Absenteeism (single item, how many days sick absent in past year), Presenteeism (Koopman et al., 2002) and Work Impairment (Reilly Associates Health Outcomes Research, 2004) on Work Engagement (UWES - 9 item version, Schaufeli et al., 2002) and a slightly modified (“work” was added to each item) Self-efficacy scale (Chen, Gully and Eden, 2001). Three negative items were used from the 5-item version of the Stanford/American Health Association Presenteeism Scale, due to a two-factor split on negative and positive items. Preliminary hierarchical moderated regression analyses, with cen- tred variables as specified by Jaccard, Turrisi, and Wan (1990), revealed significant main effects (p < 0.05) for Work Engagement with Presenteeism and Work Impairment. We only found a significant main effect (p < 0.05) for Work Self-effica- cy with Work Impairment. Most importantly, however, the interaction term (i.e., multiplicative values of the centred Work Engagement and Work Self Efficacy) were significant (p < 0.05) with Presenteeism and Work Impairment. The breakdown of the SAHAPS, the findings: main effects, significant interactions and lack of significance with absence will be discussed in the context of work engagement and productivity literature.
#10 LEADERSHIP SUCCESSION: DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES & COMMITMENT Rebecca Slan Jerusalim, University of Guelph; Peter Hausdorf, University of Guelph
Succession management is becoming an important activity for organizations to ensure the retention and development of talented, critical managers. These programs can also have an impact on manager attitudes because of the signals that they communicate to them (e.g., informing managers that they are valued by the company; e.g., Wells, 2003). Meyer & Smith (2000) assessed the relationship between perceptions of career development opportunities and organizational commitment and found that these opportunities predicted affective commitment through the mediating role of perceived organizational support. More recently, Slan & Hausdorf (2005) found that specific characteristics of high potential identification programs (a type of succession man- agement system) related to procedural justice (e.g., through input into the program). The present study attempts to integrate these two studies by investigating the relationship between specific management development activities and organizational commit- ment. A survey was administered to 400 organizational managers to assess a) the relationship between specific developmental activities and commitment for all managers in the sample and b) the role that high potential identification plays, if any, in these relationships. Implications for research and practice are discussed in the context of succession management activities.
#11 AN EXAMINATION OF REVIEWS OF ORGANIZATIONAL INTERVENTIONS ON OCCUPATIONAL STRESS Michael Teed, Bishop's University; Olivier Loiselle, Université de Sherbrooke; Steve Harvey, Bishop's University; François Courcy, Université de Sherbrooke; André Petit, Université de Sherbrooke; Alexandre Morin, Université de Sherbrooke
Workplace stress has been a considerably large and growing problem, costing Canadians an estimated $12 billion dollars a year. Over the last two decades, an increasing amount of research has examined or questioned the effectiveness of various stress inter- vention techniques within an organizational context. This paper offers a critical overview of recommendations that have been reported in four key publications that examine and review workplace interventions (Cartwright & Cooper, 2005; Hurrell, 2005; Beacons, 2003, and Parkes & Sparkes, 1998). Several of these recommendations have implications for Canadian researchers and psychologists in particular. Accordingly, suggestions for future research are summarized as are implications for Canadian psychologists.
#12 SAFETY CLIMATE IN A CANADIAN CRANE COMPANY Bernadette Gatien, Saint Mary's University; Mark Fleming, Saint Mary's University; Natasha Wentzell, Saint Mary's University
Safety climate is a growing area of research and to date the survey instruments developed are industry specific. The main goals of the current study were to investigate whether the content of a safety climate survey were transferable across industries and to
8 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 examine the psychometric properties of the climate questionnaire. The following study examined the safety climate of a large Canadian crane company from four provinces across Canada and one US state. The current study tested the relationship between
specific areas of the safety climate (leadership, supervisor visible commitment, workforce involvement, trust, communication THURSDAY / JEUDI production pressure), and self report incidents and safety related behaviours. A total of 318 individuals participated in the sur- vey including 253 males and 43 females in various occupations. As expected results indicated that employee safety climate per- ceptions explained 34% of the variance in self report safety behaviours, and significantly predicted self reported incidents.
#13 MULTISOURCE FEEDBACK SYSTEMS: A SIX-COUNTRY COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS Stephane Brutus, John Molson School of Business; Merhdad Derayeh, University of Waterloo
In the past few years, few human resource practices have received as much attention as multisource feedback systems (MSFS). In the United States, it is estimated that over one third of organizations are using some form of MSFS and recent surveys show that this practice is still gaining popularity. Concurrently, a substantial amount of literature has focused on the effectiveness of this performance management practice. However, while few would dispute the popularity of MSFS, relatively little has been published on the use of these systems outside of North America and thus little is known about their form and effectiveness in international contexts. This paper outlines the results of an international survey of multi-source feedback systems (MSFS). Interview data from HR managers and consultants from Argentina, Australia, China, Slovakia, Spain, and the United Kingdom demonstrate that MSFS are being implemented, in slightly different ways, in each of these six countries. The main challenges in the application of MSFS in these various countries are the communication efforts necessary before and after implementation, and the inherent difficulty in giving and receiving feedback. The results of this study also provide data as to the perceived future of MSFS in each of the country surveyed.
#14 PREDICTING PROCEDURAL JUSTICE WTH DISPOSITIONAL EMPATHY: A SCENARIO STUDY Joanna Heathcote, The University of Western Ontario; John Meyer, The University of Western Ontario
Research suggests that empathy can be manipulated such that it decreases the likelihood of making a procedurally fair decision (Batson, Klein, Highberger, Shaw, 1995). Our study tested whether dispositional empathy had a similar effect on procedural jus- tice in a work context. We also examined whether two situational factors moderated the relationship. University students (N = 103) read a scenario about a manager charged with the task of creating a holiday schedule that meets his employees’ needs and then coping with one employee’s plea for special consideration. It was expected that participants high on dispositional empathy would make procedurally unfair decisions more often than those low on empathy. In addition, two moderators, publicity of the decision and reminder of others affected, were expected to mitigate the negative effects of empathy. A sequential logistic regres- sion was conducted with the criterion of decision answer (Yes/No) and three predictors: dispositional empathy, publicity (private versus public), and reminder (reminder versus no reminder of others). The results indicated that people high on dispositional empathy were more likely to make unfair decisions than those low in empathy. Further, this unfairness bias seemed to be resis- tant to the manipulation of the situational variables. The theoretical and practical implications will be discussed.
#15 VERBAL AND COVERT HARASSMENT - DIFFERENCES IN COPING RESPONSES Hilary Randall, University of New Brunswick
Coping with workplace sexual harassment has been the focus of several studies (Stockdale, 1998, Weiss & Lalonde, 2001). However, research on the responses people choose to deal with non-sexual harassment in the workplace (HIW) is sparse. The perceived severity of HIW incident(s) has been found to predict which response that targets of HIW choose to cope with the problem (Randall & Spinner, 2005). The present study uses six brief scenarios depicting HIW, reflecting a fully-crossed design, varying in whether (a) they present overt verbal HIW or covert forms of HIW, and (b) whether the HIW depicted is of low, mod- erate or high severity. Participants read the scenarios and imagined themselves as the victim of the HIW incident described. They then rated possible responses to the harassment (Tucker, 1993). Results are discussed with respect to response differences in coping between verbal and covert scenarios, gender of respondents and the perceived severity of the harassing incidents described, with particular attention paid to the factors that predict the reporting of workplace harassment. Implications of these results for workplace policy makers are also discussed.
#16 AGGRESSION IN CUSTOMER SERVICE SETTINGS: A QUALITATIVE INVESTIGATION Camilla Holmvall, Saint Mary's University; Krystle Chafe, Saint Mary's University; Aaron Schat, DeGroote School of Business, McMaster University
Research examining workplace aggression has typically focused on organizational members (e.g., coworkers, supervisors) as instigators of aggression (e.g., LeBlanc & Barling, 2004), despite evidence that aggression is more often instigated by organiza-
9 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
tional outsiders, such as customers (Schat, Frone, & Kelloway, in press). Recently, researchers have begun to investigate the nature, antecedents, and consequences of customer aggression (e.g., Grandey, Dickter, & Sin, 2004). However, more research is needed. In this presentation, we will outline the results of a study involving focus group interviews with part-time customer ser- vice employees. The purpose of this study (for which data collection is currently in progress) is twofold: First, we will build on work by Dormann and Zapf (2004) to develop a comprehensive measure of customer aggression. Second, drawing on research by Heuer, Blumenthal, Douglas, and Weinblatt (1999) that demonstrates a link between deservingness and fairness judgments, we will investigate whether employees perceive that some forms of aggression (e.g., expressions of anger) are justified in certain circumstances (e.g., if the employee made a mistake on a customer order) and whether, in such cases, the negative effects of aggression on employees may be mitigated. Preliminary findings and future research directions will be discussed.
#17 WHEN WILL LEADERS DISPLAY INTERACTIONALLY FAIR BEHAVIOURS? TESTING PREDICTIONS FROM RECIPROCITY THEORY Camilla Holmvall, Saint Mary's University; Natasha Chestnut, Saint Mary's University
Considerable research has examined how employees’ perceptions of the quality of the interpersonal treatment they receive from
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY leaders, termed interactional justice (Bies & Moag, 1986), impacts attitudes and behaviours. Extant research generally supports the positive effects of interactional justice on a variety of outcomes (e.g., leader trust, citizenship behaviour; Colquitt, Conlon, Wesson, Porter, & Ng, 2001). Little research, however, has examined factors that impact whether leaders display high quality interpersonal treatment toward employees. Drawing on reciprocity theory (e.g., Gouldner, 1960), we hypothesized that, when communicating a negative decision, leaders will be more likely to display interactional justice to an employee who has exhibited polite (versus rude) behaviour in the past. We conducted a between-subjects experiment in which students (N = 82) assumed the role of a manager and completed an in-basket exercise. As expected, results showed that participants were more likely to offer explanations and exhibit sensitive treatment when communicating a layoff decision to an employee who had been polite to them in the past compared with an employee who had been rude. Our results suggest that employees’ past behaviour may influence the level of interactional justice they receive from leaders. Further implications and limitations of our findings will be discussed.
#18 EXAMINING THE ANTECEDENTS OF INTERPERSONAL FAIRNESS DURING THE DELIVERY OF A NEGATIVE OUTCOME: WHO IS MORE SENSITIVE? Katrina Goreham, University of Waterloo
Past research indicates that negative outcomes are judged as more fair when they are delivered in an interpersonally sensitive (versus insensitive) manner (Folger, 1977; Van den Bos, Lind, Vermut, & Wilke, 1997). Paradoxically, managers may be least sensitive when delivering negative outcomes to their employees (Folger & Skarlicki, 1998; 2001). Given a paucity of research on antecedents, we investigated the effects of dispositional Positive Affect (PA), dispositional Negative Affect (NA), and gender on participant’s interpersonal sensitivity when delivering a negative outcome. Fifty-four undergraduates (23 male, 31 female) participated in a managerial in-basket exercise. As part of the in-basket, participants were asked to assume the role of a manager and write a performance appraisal letter to an underperforming employee. Based on the content of participant’s responses, a cod- ing scheme was developed to identify categories of interpersonally sensitive and insensitive elements within the performance appraisal letters. Letters were then coded on the frequency of sensitive and insensitive elements by two independent coders (inter-rater reliability for the 11 elements ranged from .88 to 1.00). Although PA and NA failed to influence interpersonal sensi- tivity, the results showed that male participants were less likely to be interpersonally sensitive than female participants.
#19 THE INTERVENING ROLES OF FEAR AND RUMINATION BETWEEN ABUSIVE ENCOUNTERS AT WORK AND THEIR POTENTIAL OUTCOMES Steve Harvey, Bishop's University; Lissa McRae, Bishop's University
The occurrence of interpersonally abusive conduct within the workplace is known to have implications for individual’s health and well-being as well as the organization’s effective functioning (e.g., Fox & Spector, 2005). Research is now called for that examines the process by which such abuse might have the noted effects on individuals and organizations. Accordingly, this study examines the mediating role of work-related fear and rumination as two intermediary responses to abusive conduct that serve as conduits to the more distal behavioural and attitudinal responses observed in past research. Specifically, in a sample of 227 working students we examined the hypothesized role of work-related fears and rumination as mediators between abuse at work and job satisfaction, organizational commitment, psychological strain, emotional exhaustion and intentions to quit. These relationships were examined across two possible sources of abuse — coworkers and supervisors. Findings of multiple regres- sion analyses support the notion that both work-related fears and rumination explain significant variance between abusive con- duct from both sources and the various outcomes. However, these mediation effects seem to vary in importance across the sources and the outcomes studied. These results and the avenues for future research they present are discussed.
10 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#20 PROPENSITIES FOR REVENGE AT WORK: RELATIONSHIPS AMONG REVENGE, RETALIATORY INTENT, VENGEANCE, NEGATIVE RECIPROCITY, NEGATIVE
AFFECTIVITY, AGREEABLENESS, AND HONESTY THURSDAY / JEUDI David Jones, University of Vermont
Revenge in the workplace has been the subject of increasing scholarly attention. Revenge refers to an intentional infliction of harm in return for some perceived wrong-doing or offence. Researchers have tended to focus on perceptions of the work envi- ronment (e.g., perceived unfairness) and cognitions (e.g., attributions of blame) as predictors of revenge behavior. In this study, I focused on potential relationships among various personality constructs with revenge attitudes, intentions, and behavior. Over 100 individuals completed measures of negative affectivity, personality-based endorsement of negative reciprocity norms, and two factors from the HEXACO-PI: agreeableness and its facets (forgiveness, gentleness, flexibility, and patience) and honesty- humility and its facets (sincerity, fairness, greed avoidance, and humility). Participants also reported their attitudes toward vengeance, future-oriented retaliatory intentions, and prior revenge at work. Results provide insight into the independence of, and relationships between, various personality constructs that theoretically relate to revenge. Results also provide support for the relationships between personality constructs with revenge attitudes, intentions, and behavior.
#21 CULTURE AS A PREDICTOR OF PSYCHOLOGICAL HARASSMENT CONDUCTS (PHC) Catherine-Emmanuelle Drapeau, Université de Sherbrooke
Psychological harassment (PH) represents a key concern in modern work settings: in 2003, 90 000 Canadian workers were vic- tims of PH. Previous authors underlined the need of taking into account individual (IC) and organizational culture (OC) when elaborating intervention and prevention programs for PH. In this study, culture is defined according to the 4 dimensions of Hofstede’s framework (1980): individualism/collectivism, masculinity/feminity, power distance, and uncertainty avoidance. The main objective of this study is thus to determine the impact of both forms of cultural differences on PH. Over 200 Canadian workers were evaluated within their work settings and completed 3 questionnaires: (a) Measurement of independent and interde- pendent self-construals (Singelis, 1994); (b) Generalized Workplace Harassment Questionnaire (Richman & Rospenda, 2004); (c) Organizational Culture Inventory (Cooke & Lafferty, 1989). A hierarchical multiple regression analysis was used to estimate the contribution of the two independent variables (IC & OC) to the prediction of PH while controlling for gender. The moderat- ing role of IC in the OC-PH relationship was also investigated. The obtained results clearly mark the importance of considering cultural variables while elaborating preventive programs. The main limits of this study and directions for future research will also be underlined.
#22 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND THE HUMAN SYNERGISTICS’ CIRCUMPLEX MODEL FOR CORPORATE DIRECTORS/CEOS Teal McAteer Early, McMaster University, CPA (SIOP), HRPAO, ASAC
This research is designed to compare and contrast the relationships between the Emotional Intelligence (EI) framework (Goleman, 1998) and the Human Synergistics’ Circumplex model (Lafferty, 1989) utilizing a sample of 114 Directors/CEOs representing Canadian private and public sector organizations. The EI framework measures both Personal and Social Competencies that contribute to an individual’s effectiveness at work. The Circumplex model measures 12 distinct thinking styles that either contribute to or hinder an individual’s effectiveness at work and life satisfaction in general. Results show that leaders demonstrating Constructive thinking, such as achievement, self-actualizing, humanistic-encouraging and affiliative are associated with high levels of emotional intelligence. Passive/Defensive thinking, such as approval, conventional, dependent and avoidance are associated with low levels of emotional intelligence. Aggressive/Defensive thinking, such as oppositional, power, competitive, and perfectionist are associated with moderate levels of emotional intelligence. This study has implications for organizational leaders in terms of understanding how thinking styles contribute to levels of emotional intelligence which in turn affect a variety of behaviours related to success such as career derailment, quality of interpersonal relationships, and work/non- work life balance.
#23 USING JOB ANALYSIS TO IDENTIFY COMPETENCIES RELATED TO TEACHING EFFECTIVENESS AND TO DEVELOP A NEW TEACHING PERFORMANCE MEASURE Victor Catano, Saint Mary's University; Paul Angelopoulos, Saint Mary' University; Sebatien Blanc, Saint Mary's University; Cinthia Branco, Saint Mary's University; Sebastien Houde, Saint Mary's University; Carla MacLean, Saint Mary's University; Chris Mahar, Saint Mary's University; Tammy Mahar, Saint Mary's University; Karene Saad, Saint Mary's University
Universities commonly use student evaluations of teachers (SETs) in providing feedback about teaching performance. As well, many schools use SETs in making formative decisions related to faculty retention, promotion, tenure, and merit pay. This latter use is controversial in that the majority of rating forms used to obtain the SETs have unknown or problematic psychometric
11 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
properties and may not measure what they purport to measure. Many of these SETs are not content relevant and do not provide adequate coverage of the teaching performance. This study presents a new SET based on a job analysis of the teaching perfor- mance domain. 75 subject matter experts generated 338 critical incidents that were grouped into nine competencies related to teaching effectiveness: availability, communication, conscientiousness, creativity, feedback, individual consideration, profes- sionalism, problem-solving, and social awareness. Next, behavioral summary scales were developed for each competency based on the critical incidents. We present the defined competencies, their behavioral summary scales and implications and recommen- dations for future research.
#24 JUDGMENTS OF PROCEDURAL FAIRNESS: WHICH RULES MATTER? Natalya Parfyonova, University of Western Ontario; Douglas Maynard, The State University of New York at New Paltz
When making decisions about fairness of organizational procedures, employees rely on structural and interactional rules of pro- cedural justice. Using policy-capturing methodology, this study examined relative contributions of voice, consistency, reconsid- eration, interpersonal sensitivity, and explanation provision to the overall individual judgments about fairness of the organiza-
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY tional procedure. High (satisfaction) and low (violation) levels of these rules were manipulated in a set of 32 scenarios that described an increase in the length of the work week in an organization. Forty-one students from a university in the United States participated in the study (M = 21.61; SD = 3.94). The findings suggest that individuals combine information from five rules of justice in an idiosyncratic way, focusing on two or three of them at a time. Interpersonal sensitivity of treatment and opportunity for reconsideration carried more weight in the individual judgments, relative to other rules of justice. The cluster analysis of par- ticipants’ decision strategies revealed five groups of participants who used different strategies for weighing information in mak- ing final judgments. It is suggested that future research explore personality traits and cultural values as possible moderators of the relationship between the structural and interactional rules and judgments of procedural fairness.
#25 CAPTURING INDIVIDUAL DEFINITIONS OF TEAMS: RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF TASK AND OUTCOME INTERDEPENDENCE, COMMUNICATION AND COMPLEMENTARY SKILL Natalya Parfyonova, University of Western Ontario; Sarah Ross, University of Western Ontario; Tamar Tal, University of Western Ontario; Natalie Allen, University of Western Ontario
As the use of teams increases in organizations, it is important to understand employees’ inherent definitions and perceptions of what constitutes a team. This policy-capturing study focused on four potential team characteristics (i.e., task interdependence, outcome interdependence, communication, and complementary skill) and the importance of these characteristics in participants’ inherent team definitions. Participants were 165 university students (37.6 % male, 62.4 % female), with an average age of 19.28 years (SD = 5.01). Participants read descriptions of employees having varying levels of task and outcome interdependence, communication with co-workers and complementary skill. After reading each scenario, participants responded to questions about the extent to which the employees in each description represented a team. Results suggest that individuals hold unique decision policies regarding how they combine defining features of the team in their overall judgments, but that many participants defined teams as having high levels of interaction and high levels of task interdependence. Outcome interdependence and com- plementary skill did not matter much in participants’ team perceptions. Using employee perceptions of important team features will allow organizations to design better teams.
#26 TESTING THE INTEGRATIVE MODEL OF COMMITMENT AND MOTIVATION Elyse Maltin, University of Western Ontario; Ayca Kumsar, University of Western Ontario; Timothy Jackson, University of Western Ontario; Kate McInnis, University of Western Ontario; Craig Chevrier, University of Western Ontario; John Meyer
Commitment as described by the three-component model (e.g., Meyer & Allen, 1997) and motivation as described by self-deter- mination theory (e.g., Ryan & Deci, 2000) show much conceptual overlap. Despite their similarities, theory and research on the two phenomena have developed relatively independently (Meyer, Becker, & Vandenberghe, 2004). Recently, researchers have endeavoured to integrate the two literatures and investigate the similarities and differences between the concepts (Meyer, Becker, & Vandenberghe, 2004; Gagné & Deci, 2005). The present study sought to provide preliminary empirical evidence for the integrative model proposed by Meyer, Becker, and Vandenberghe (2004). Three-hundred-and-fifteen undergraduate students completed one paper-and-pencil survey at the beginning of the school year, and two follow-up surveys in the following 6 weeks. Relationships between commitment towards a university education and academic motivation at each time point and across time will be discussed. Practical and theoretical implications of the conceptual overlap between motivation and commitment for both academic and work settings will also be considered.
12 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#27 COME FOR THE MONEY, LEAVE FOR THE MONEY? THE EFFECT OF SIGN-ON BONUSES ON TURNOVER INTENTION THURSDAY / JEUDI Janet Mantler, Carleton University; Marjorie Armstrong-Stassen, University of Windsor; Sheila Cameron, University of Windsor; Martha Horsburgh, University of Alberta
Many organizations in industries with a shortage of workers offer sign-on bonuses to attract new employees. Senior employees, however, often distrust people who take the incentives; a common belief is that they come just for the bonus and will not stay after their required service ends. To test this perception, we surveyed junior nurses (i.e., with 6 or fewer years experience) to ask whether receiving a sign-on bonus had an effect on their intention to leave. Respondents were 69 nurses from Saskatchewan and 97 from Newfoundland and Labrador (40% response rate), of whom 52% had received a sign-on bonus. Turnover intention was relatively high, consistent with research that many people change jobs early in their careers. Receiving a sign-on bonus, howev- er, was unrelated to turnover intention or looking for work. Instead, turnover intention was highest for people with the shorter job tenure and those with the lowest professional identity. Turnover intention was not associated with organizational support or job stressors. Although sign-on bonuses may not uniquely contribute to turnover, new employees are the most likely to receive these incentives and are also the most likely to change jobs, often for career development. Their colleagues, however, may attribute the departure to the incentives rather than a normal career pattern, resulting in a reluctance to socialize new employees.
#28 WORKPLACE SUPPORT AS A PREDICTOR OF CONSTRUCTIVE AND DESTRUCTIVE REACTIONS TO ORGANIZATIONAL INJUSTICE: A VIGNETTE STUDY Harjinder Gill, The University of Guelph; Joan Finegan, The University of Western Ontario
Research has linked employee perceptions of unfair treatment to negative workplace behaviours, such as workplace aggression (e.g., Baron & Neuman, 1996), however, researchers have largely ignored other reactions to injustice. To address this gap in the literature, our study examined constructive as well as destructive reactions to injustice. In addition, workplace support was examined as a moderator of the relation between justice and reactions. It was predicted that a supportive work environment would encourage constructive reactions and discourage destructive reactions. Undergraduate students (N = 125) read one of eight possible vignettes in a 2 (low vs. high procedural justice) x 2 (low vs. high interactional justice) x 2 (low vs. high work- place support) ANOVA between-subjects factorial design. Participants were asked to respond to a measure of reactions to injus- tice as if they were the employee described in the vignette. Results indicated that participants were more likely to anticipate destructive reactions when interactional justice was low than high. Interactional justice interacted with workplace support to predict constructive reactions. When interactional justice was low, participants were more likely to react with constructive reac- tions when workplace support was high rather than low. Theoretical and practical implications of the findings are discussed.
#29 JOB INSECURITY AND JOB RELATED AFFECTIVE WELL-BEING: A TEST OF A STRUCTURAL MODEL Patrick O’Neill, Curtin University of Technology; Greg Sears, Public Service Commission of Canada
In the context of widespread downsizing and restructuring, job insecurity has emerged as a construct with vital implications for individual well-being and organizational effectiveness. Although research suggests that job insecurity is negatively related to various indices of mental health, fewer studies have examined the causal process by which job insecurity develops and affects individuals. The present study uses cross-sectional data from a Canadian private sector organization (N = 283) to investigate the predictive relationships between a newly developed three-dimensional measure of job insecurity (employment uncertainty, growth climate and managerial distance) and Warr’s (1990) three components of job specific well-being (intrinsic job satisfac- tion, negative job carry-over, and job-related depression and anxiety). After statistically controlling for negative affectivity, structural equations modelling indicated that the effects of employment uncertainty on specific facets of well-being were mediat- ed by growth climate and managerial distance. Implications for future research and strategies for combating job insecurity and enhancing well-being in the workplace are discussed.
#30 CORRELATES OF SPENCE AND ROBBINS’ WORKAHOLISM COMPONENTS: REPLICATION AND EXTENSION Ronald Burke, York University
Although the concept of workaholism has attracted considerable attention in the popular press, very little empirical research has been conducted to advance our understanding of the construct. In this study, we explored the nomological network surrounding workaholism. Extending earlier work by Spence and Robbins (1992), we examined potential antecedents and consequences of three components of workaholism: Work Involvement, Feeling Driven to Work, and Work Enjoyment. Based on a sample of human resource professionals in a large financial services firm, results indicated that the three components of workaholism tend to be differentially related to the various predictor and outcome variables. Although positively correlated, Feeling Driven to Work and Work Enjoyment had opposite relationships with specific individual difference (e.g., impatience-irritability) and well-
13 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
being measures (e.g., job stress, psychosomatic symptoms). Overall, findings suggest a nuanced perspective on workaholism is needed. Workaholism may be linked to both positive and negative motivations; in turn, engendering both positive and negative outcomes. Implications for research and practice are discussed.
#31 THE PROMOTIONAL EXAM: DO EMPLOYEE REACTIONS REALLY MATTER? Coreen Hrabluik, Rotman School of Management, University of Toronto
Candidate reactions to selection procedures have been found to have substantial consequences for individuals and organizations, such as performance detriments and reduced levels of organizational attractiveness. It is therefore surprising that researchers have not examined the types of reactions that are experienced by employees applying for promotional positions. Moreover, researchers have not explored the process by which these reactions influence performance. This study addresses these gaps by examining the reactions of 157 police officers completing promotional exams. Qualitative and quantitative results revealed that officer reactions to the exam were not favorable, with feelings of anger, frustration and disappointment emerging as common themes. Additionally, multiple regression analyses revealed that test-taking motivation was the strongest predictor of exam per- formance. Structural equation modeling was used to assess the mediating role of interference in the relations between anxiety,
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY motivation and performance. Based on existing theories, interference was conceptualized as on-task, off-task, peripheral and self-regulatory behaviors. Results revealed that, among other things, motivation was positively linked, and anxiety was negative- ly linked, to on-task behavior. On-task behavior, in turn, exhibited a strong relation with exam performance. Implications are discussed.
#32 THE INTERPERSONAL BEHAVIOUR OF LEADERS: EFFECTS ON EMPLOYEE MOTIVATION Marylène Gagné, John Molson School of Business, Concordia University; David Goodridge, John Molson School of Business
Although there has been much research on the effects of leadership on employee performance and attitudes, very little research has examined the effects of leadership style on follower work motivation. We examined the relations between different leader- ship styles and different forms of motivation to work. We also examined the interpersonal behaviour of leaders and its effect on subordinate motivation. Twenty-two managers completed the Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire. Twenty-two managers each asked 2 to 3 of their subordinates to complete the Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire, the Motivation at Work Scale and the Social Behavior Inventory. Results showed that transformational leadership was positively related to dominant and agreeable interpersonal behaviour, and negatively related to quarrelsome behaviour. Contingent reward leadership style was positively related to dominant and agreeable behaviour. Management by exception and laissez-faire styles were negatively related to sub- missive and agreeable behaviour, and positively related with quarrelsome behaviour. Results also showed that subordinate assessments of leadership style were related to their motivation. Dominant and agreeable leader behaviour was positively related to subordinate intrinsic motivation, the effects of which were partly mediated by transformational and contingent reward leader- ship.
#33 MOTIVATIONAL EFFECTS OF PARTICIPATION IN VISIONING Ivona Hideg, University of Waterloo
The present study examines the effect of participation in leadership visioning. Presumably if people get involved in a meaningful way in creating a vision, they would be more motivated to support the vision. The hypotheses were: (1) Participation in the visioning process increases motivation to promote a vision, and (2) Mediators of voice, control, respect, and identification explain this association between participation and motivation to promote a vision. There were two experimental conditions: a high and a low participation condition. Referring back to the mediators, the high participation condition offered an experience of all four mediators: voice, control, identification and respect/dignity, whereas the low participation condition presumably only offered an experience of voice and respect. The results for the first hypothesis were promising but mixed. It revealed a pattern of higher vision promoting in the high participation condition compared to the low condition. Regarding the second hypothesis, a formal mediation analysis was impractical due to the small sample size, at N = 44. However, the significant differences for the four proposed mediators were consistent with the prediction that they are the mediators of the association between participation and vision promoting. Direction for future studies is a replication of the present study with a much larger N.
#34 PERSONALITY AS A PREDICTOR OF TEAMWORK: A BUSINESS SIMULATOR STUDY Thomas O’Neill, University of Western Ontario; Theresa Kline, University of Calgary
Personnel ion and placement systems are concerned with identifying valid predictors of team performance. The present study considers several big five personality dimensions thought to be associated with task performance and team cohesion. Specifically, 78 college students worked in 10 distinct long-standing teams competing in a business simulation. Extraversion, conscientiousness, emotional stability, agreeableness, and predisposition to be a team player were analyzed for their effects on task performance and social cohesion. Individual regression analyses revealed no significant effects for extraversion and consci-
14 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 entiousness, while emotional stability predicted task performance and agreeableness predicted cohesion. Further, predisposition to be a team player predicted both task performance and cohesion. The implications of these results for researchers and practi-
tioners are discussed. THURSDAY / JEUDI
(Psychology in the Military - Psychologie du milieu militaire #35-36) #35 ATTITUDES TOWARDS EMPLOYMENT EQUITY AND GENDER INTEGRATION IN THE CANADIAN FORCES Irina Goldenberg, Department of National Defense
The purpose of the Employment Equity Act is to achieve equality in the workplace with respect to employment opportunities and benefits for designated group members, including women, Aboriginal people, members of visible minorities, and persons with disabilities. Surveys were completed by 2169 Canadian Forces (CF) members in the Regular Force, assessing their atti- tudes towards diversity and gender integration in the Canadian military. Further, CF members’ knowledge and attitudes con- cerning employment equity-related policies and practices, particularly in the areas of enrolment, training, promotion, and reten- tion, were examined. Differences between designated group members and non-designated group members’ attitudes were assessed and recommendations were made with respect to employment equity policy and practice in the CF, as well as with respect to training and communication on diversity-related issues.
#36 THE ROLE OF SOCIALIZATION AND SELF-SELECTION IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF SDO AND RWA Kathleen Boies, John Molson School of Business, Concordia University; Adelheid Nicol, RMC; Danielle Charbonneau, RMC
Three studies examined the role of self-selection and military socialization on the development of Social Dominance Orientation (SDO Pratto et al., 1994) and Right-Wing Authoritarianism (RWA Altemeyer, 1998). The first study compared students who had applied to join a military officer training program with those who had not applied. The second study, a cross-sectional design, compared first year and final year military and civilian university students. The third study was a longitudinal study that examined changes on the measures over a period of four years. The results from Study 1 demonstrated that students who applied to join the military had lower SDO scores than students who did not apply to join the military. Study 2 revealed higher SDO scores for 4th year military students compared to 1st year, no differences were found for the civilian samples. Finally, the longi- tudinal study revealed increases in SDO for both civilian and military students. In the three studies, no significant differences were observed with RWA. The findings from this research suggest a renewed examination is required of civilian and military differences regarding SDO and RWA. Furthermore, military socialization, and not self-selection, can potentially explain why the military score high on SDO. These results suggest that military and/or educational training experiences could increase SDO scores.
(Counselling Psychology - Psychologie du counseling #37-75) #37 THE CAREER GOALS AND MAJOR CAREER INFLUENCERS OF GRADUATE STUDENTS IN THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CALGARY: AN EXPLORATORY STUDY Anoosha Aghakhani, University of Calgary
Career goals are the outcome of several factors, including but not limited to: gender, health, beliefs, self-concept, skills, interests, family influences, peer influences, historical events, socioeconomic circumstances, workplace trends, employment market, etc. The present study explored the key influencing factors impacting graduate students’ enrolled in the Faculty of Education at the University of Calgary career goals at three points in their program: entering, mid-point and exiting. A short online survey was developed from an examination of the relevant research literature by the authors and validated on a small sample of thirty gradu- ate students. Content analysis was used to explore the key helping and hindering influencers during this career transition time. Results demonstrated a commitment to a Western cultural value of upward career mobility, as they moved into, through and out of their professional development programs. The nature of this participant groups’ experiences upon entrance into their graduate programs, as they moved through these programs, and as they prepared to exit them, appears to have been strongly influenced by a number of personal and environmental factors. Recommendations as they pertain to the key career influencers as they relate to the nature of the ‘career’ transition, the context in which it is taking place, and the personal characteristics of the individual going through this transition and the manner in which they deal with the stresses encountered are discussed.
#38 USE OF ROUTINE OUTCOME MEASURES IN COUNSELLING: ACCEPTABILITY AND VALUE Sharon Cairns, University of Calgary; Sharon Crozier, University of Calgary; Jeffrey Vander Werf, University of Calgary
Agencies are increasingly being called upon to demonstrate accountability and to show that counselling does what it purports to do. Routine use of outcome measures is one method of accomplishing this, but some counsellors are concerned about the poten-
15 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
tial negative impact on the client or counselling process and about the additional time demands. Four counsellors at a university counselling centre invited all new clients during one semester to participate in a research project examining this question. Participants completed the CORE-OM at the beginning and end of counselling as well as alternating short forms of the CORE- OM every session in between. At the end of counselling, both the client and counsellor completed questionnaires regarding the use of the measures. Client and counsellor evaluations of the use of the CORE-OM are presented along with change scores. Implications for routine use of outcome measures are discussed.
#39 UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS ON ACADEMIC PROBATION: THEIR EXPERIENCE IN A COURSE-BASED INTERVENTION Anna-Lisa Ciccocioppo, University of Calgary
This study had two primary purposes: (a) to learn more about the experiences and perceptions of students in science-related fields that have been placed on academic probation or academic warning, and (b) to learn about the impact of a course-based combined cognitive and career intervention on students’ grade point averages, learning and study skills, and career decision- making self-efficacy. Participants (N = 21) were second- to fourth-year students in a science-related faculty who were currently
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY on academic probation (i.e., successfully appealed their “required to withdraw” status due to unsatisfactory standing) or academ- ic warning (those with marginal academic standing) and completed an intervention course. A matched-peer group of students from the previous academic year when the course was not available comprised the control group. Quantitative data collection included pre-, post-, and follow-up measures of participants’ grade point averages (GPAs), scores on the Learning and Study Strategies Inventory (LASSI), and the Career Decision-Making Self-Efficacy Scale (CDMSE). Qualitative data collection included semi-structured interviews with a subset of participants (N = 13) as well as a pre-course questionnaire and a qualitative course evaluation. Quantitative and qualitative findings are discussed with reference to implications for theory, education, coun- selling, and further research.
#40 RESILIENT SELF-TALK: IS BOUNCING BACK FROM ADVERSITY RELATED TO HOW WE TALK TO OURSELVES? Ronaye Coulson, University of Calgary
Resilience is an individual’s overall ability and disposition to positively adjust (“bounce back” ) when facing a major adversity. O’Leary and Ickovics (1995) and Carver (1998) have suggested four different outcomes after facing a major challenge: suc- cumbing, surviving, recovering, and thriving. No research has examined the relationship between how we talk to ourselves dur- ing difficult times and to what degree we are able to “bounce back” from adversity. Given the potentially powerful effects of our internal dialogue, it is important to understand (a) what role self-talk may play in helping us “bounce back” from negative events, and (b) how self-talk may be related to various characteristics associated with resilience. Undergraduate students (N = 304) completed a web-based questionnaire that assessed (1) demographics (e.g., age, gender, ethnicity); (2) the kinds, frequency and importance of resilient self-talk; (3) participants’ resilient characteristics (e.g., problem-solving skills, optimism, social sup- port); and (4) their self-perception of their own level of resilience. The relative and significant contributions of variables 1-3 to perception of resilience are discussed as well as the variables related to participants’ engaging in resilient self-talk. The results will be discussed in terms of their theoretical and practical implications.
#41 THE ACCULTURATION OF FORMER YUGOSLAVIAN REFUGEES Ivana Djuraskovic, Student
The process of acculturation is a complex and multidimensional event for former Yugoslavian refugees. As newcomers in Canada, former Yugoslavian refugees face numerous challenges such as: cultural shock, loss of identity, loss of family and social ties, and changes in the occupational status. These along with many other factors influence their successful and/or unsuc- cessful acculturation and ethnic identity reconstruction. The qualitative heuristic method was used to explore the experience of acculturation and ethnic identity reconstruction of former Yugoslavian refugees as well as the implications for organizations and agencies that work with refugees. Interviews were conducted with 6 co-researchers, who were between 18 and 25 years of age at the time of arrival in Canada and who identified themselves as former Yugoslavian refugees. Transcript analysis included identi- fying common themes and the essence of the acculturation experience for former Yugoslavian refugees, after which the compos- ite depiction and creative synthesis were created. The value of the common themes along with other findings wll be the focus of this poster presentation. The presentation will allow the audience to learn about the issue of forced migration and cross-cultural challenges refugees face in the new society.
#42 PERFECTIONISM, HASSLES, COPING, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTRESS IN UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS Joshua Dunn, University of Alberta; William Whelton, University of Alberta; Donald Sharpe, University of Regina
This study examined the roles of hassles, avoidant and problem-focused coping, and perceived social support as mediating the relationship between maladaptive and adaptive perfectionism and psychological distress in a sample of university professors
16 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
(194 males and 165 females). Structural equation modeling results indicated that hassles and avoidant coping both partially mediated a strong association between maladaptive perfectionism and psychological distress. These results are discussed in
terms of the need to better understand how coping styles and social support are associated with the negative impact of perfec- THURSDAY / JEUDI tionism on the lives of university professors. The implications of these findings for counseling practice are also explored.
#43 EXPLORATION OF SELF-MUTILATION IN YOUNG ADULTS Sandra Hall, University of Alberta; Barbara Paulson, University of Alberta
Recent studies have suggested that self-mutilation is increasing in prevalence within the general population (e.g., Gratz, 2001). Most of the research has been directed at understanding self-mutilation in adolescents even though young adults are at a high risk to engage in the behavoiur as well. Although the majority of research in this area has provided a general understanding of self-mutilation, there is still a void in the literature. The aim of the present qualitative research was to add to the current literature by providing a thick, rich description that would contribute to a deeper understanding of self-mutilation in young adults. Eight participants consented to being interviewed about their experiences of self-mutilation. Interview questions were used to elicit the thoughts and feelings experienced before, during, and after self-mutilation. Data analysis of the interview transcripts has identi- fied conceptual themes such as Control, Internal Argument, Re-integration of Self, Stepping Outside of Self, and Feeling Overwhelmed. The discussion will highlight the participants’ experiences of self-mutilation and how they converge or diverge from previous findings. In addition, the discussion will include the implications of the findings for counselling individuals who self-mutilate.
#44 FINDING HELP ON THE INTERNET Elaine Greidanus, University of Alberta; Robin Everall, University of Alberta
The research on Internet-based support groups has been limited and not focused on adolescents or issues related to suicide. There are Internet websites available to adolescents that focus on suicide prevention. One prevention strategy is to provide social sup- port online. This study examined an online message board using qualitative methodology to reveal how the participants experi- enced the process of seeking support for issues related to suicide and providing support to others. Content-based analysis was also used to identify the major themes of the participants’ experiences, including: self harm, depression/anxiety, developmental issues (finding purpose and identity development), family relationships, peer relationships, and romantic/intimate relationships. General themes of support seeking included narrative expression and community development. The responses of the supportive members of the online community were also summarized. The implications of these findings serve to expand the present under- standing of issues that contribute to suicidal behaviour and highlight how the Internet can be used to facilitate suicide prevention.
#45 NARRATIVE INQUIRY ILLUMINATES COUNSELLING: STORIES OF COHERENCE Julie Henkelman, Counselling Psychology
This narrative inquiry discusses the integral presence of narrative as the shaping force in how people make meaning of experience. Using the idea that people develop coherent narratives to make sense of their lives, personal narrative formation and its influence on the counselling process is considered. Counselling, and hindering experiences in particular, can be understood in the context of the client’s narrative of identity. The process of seeking narrative coherence is strongly related to counselling, and the uniqueness of each person’s life story and their position within that story needs to be attended to in the counselling process. Three narrative accounts of counselling are presented that reveal the implications for counselling of the process of seeking narrative coherence.
#46 THERAPEUTIC FILMMAKING: AN EXPLORATORY PILOT STUDY J. Lauren Johnson, Graduate Student
Filmmakers and theorists have explored the relationship between film and psychology since the turn of the 19th century, yet this connection has largely been ignored from a psychological perspective. The present study aims to bridge that disconnect with the creation of a new form of therapy: therapeutic filmmaking. College students seeking therapy for depression participated in a six- week qualitative pilot study exploring a novel form of therapy that combines traditional talk therapy with a therapeutic filmmak- ing process. Combining aspects of art and narrative therapies, therapeutic filmmaking is a unique contribution to therapeutic practice. The purpose of this phenomenological study is to explore the experiences of participants undergoing this creative form of therapy. The results are discussed and the participants’ experiences are compared to those of other available treatments for depression. This exploratory study introduces and evaluates an experimental form of therapy for the treatment of depression and lays the foundation for a new contribution to the field of counselling psychology.
#47 PROFESSIONALS’ POSITIVE EXPERIENCES WORKING WITH SURVIVORS OF SEXUAL VIOLENCE Michaela Kadambi, University of Alberta; Derek Truscott, Unvsersity of Albetra
Much research has been focused on the experiences of professionals working with survivors of sexual violence. Historically, this attention has typically been directed towards exploring how work with this population may negatively impact the helping
17 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
professional. Comparatively little empirical attention has been given to the positive experiences this professional group may encounter via their clinical work. Concept mapping (a combined qualitative/quantitative approach) was used to help clarify and understand helping professionals’ positive experiences in their work providing counselling to survivors of sexual violence. Counselling professionals (N = 88) working within Canadian Sexual Assault Centres responded to the question: What are the positive aspects of your work that motivate you to provide counselling/psychotherapy to survivors of sexual violence? From these responses, statements were generated, sorted and their importance rated, by counsellors working with survivors of sexual violence. Using a statistical program to analyze the participants’ sorting of statements, a concept map was then generated, visu- ally depicting conceptually similar groups of sorted statements. Seven distinct themes relating to positive experiences for pro- fessionals working with survivors were identified. The individual and organizational implications of these results are presented.
#48 ADOLESCENT ONLINE HELP SEEKING: PROMOTING WELL-BEING VIA THE INTERNET Mirjam Knapik, University of Calgary
Adolescents’ patterns of Internet use (Gould, Munfakh, Lubell, Kleinman, Parker, 2002) indicate helping professionals should
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY evaluate the potential of this medium for engaging youths in need of information and support. The anonymity afforded by such exchanges is considered particularly attractive for young people who might otherwise be hesitant to seek needed help. One recently developed website is reminiscent of the ‘advice column’ popularized in newspapers and magazines. Youths engage in anonymous exchanges with professionally supervised peer counsellors by submitting a query online. They then view their sub- mission and the counsellor’s response on a public website. Since these exchanges are also intended as a resource for others, they potentially have a broad impact. Internet conversations have been described as offering conversational and relational experiences that can lead to new understandings and perspectives (Talamo & Ligorio, 2001; Turkle, 1997). However, there is a dearth of sys- tematic analyses to indicate what interactants actually accomplish and what systems of meaning and other discursive resources participants draw on to go on with each other in this text-only social space. I present here preliminary findings of a discursive analysis of online peer-counselling interactions and discuss the implications of these observations for online counselling.
#49 A QUALITATIVE INQUIRY INTO THE EXPERIENCES OF CHINESE IMMIGRANT CHILDREN IN CANADA: ADULT REFLECTIONS ON CHILDHOOD EXPERIENCES Lori Mac, University of Calgary
This study explored the experience of Chinese immigrant children in Canada as told by adults who immigrated as children. Eleven adults participated in this study. All participants were currently over the age of 18, and had immigrated to Canada from Northeast or Central Asia, including China and Taiwan between the ages of 6 and 15 years, and were able to understand and speak English fluently. Phenomenological inquiry in the form of a semi-structured interview with each participant was used to gather the data. Transcripts were analyzed using Colaizzi’s (1978) method of data analysis. Eight categories emerged: culture, family, language, environment, friendships, self and identity, moderating variables, and aggravating variables, each with its own themes and sub-themes. Findings indicated that an acculturative growth process was occurring during participants’ adjustment experience, whereby both moderating and aggravating variables acted upon participants as they dealt with a number of issues present in, and represented by, the themes and sub-themes contained in the eight emergent categories. Overall the findings point to a need to address cultural diversity and adjustment issues with special attention to language, family and peer relations, as well as the school system.
#50 USING A STORY TECHNIQUE TO FACILITATE HEALTHY BEREAVEMENT IN CHILDREN Claire Malcolm, Hospice Calgary; Anne McKeough, University of Calgary
An exploratory study was conducted with 15 children between the ages of 6 and 11 years who were bereaved between 1 and 36 months. Children’s bereavement experiences were recorded using a story technique. A storybook consisting of open-ended prompts and blank spaces was used to invite the storying of the children’s loss experiences. Prompts in the book elicited descrip- tions of the children, their feelings, family activities, wishes, and changes related to their experience. Descriptive analysis identi- fied a gradual improvement over time in the children’s emotional description and an accelerated ability to interpret meaning related to their loss. Content analysis of facilitating counsellors’ journals indicated the technique was developmentally appropri- ate and appeared to infuse a sense of order and control into the child’s recall of this chaotic experience.Following the study the technique has been used and adapted for use in a clinical setting. Clinical observations support the perception and benefits of infusing the story with order and decreasing confusion around events. Other observations suggest the technique can be useful in overcoming feelings of abandonment and exclusion related to the loss. The workshop will introduce the technique in the origi- nal and adjusted format and accompanying counselling questions to facilitate healthy adjustment. Clinical examples presented.
18 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#51 A NARRATIVE STUDY OF THE SPOUSES OF SOLDIERS HEALING FROM POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS
Holly McLean, University of British Columbia THURSDAY / JEUDI
The purpose of this study is to provide an inclusive portrait of the experience of spouses living with Canadian peacekeeping sol- diers healing from Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). By facilitating the articulation of the spouses’ stories this research gives a voice and fosters appreciation for this neglected population. As well, this study helps clarify the needs and possible ther- apeutic interventions for families of soldiers in psychotherapy for PTSD. Research has revealed that as many as 35% of soldiers deployed on peacekeeping missions will develop PTSD with profound implications for both the soldiers and their families. Although recently there has been an increased focus on addressing PTSD in soldiers, there has been comparatively little research and clinical attention given to the soldiers’ families. For this study, in-depth interviews were conducted with six spouses of for- mer peacekeeping soldiers who received group therapy for PTSD. Using the Life Story interview method a spontaneous picture of the spouses’ experiences was elicited as part of a comprehensive relationship narrative. This provided the opportunity for understanding the experience of living with a soldier in treatment for PTSD within a couple relationship and a larger social con- text. Vignettes from the narrative summaries are presented along with thematic results.
#52 WOMEN’S EXPERIENCE OF MAKING THE DECISION TO LEAVE A PSYCHOLOGICALLY ABUSIVE, CHILDLESS MARRIAGE Tracy Murphy, NA; Sharon Robertson, University of Calgary
Psychological abuse can be defined as an ongoing process which involves a consistent pattern of efforts to control and demean another person. Research on women in psychologically abusive marital relationships suggests that such abuse has serious, adverse physical and psychological effects. However, little is known about the experiences of women while in such relation- ships or their experiences leading up to the decision to leave the relationship. We will present the findings of a phenomenologi- cal study aimed at describing and understanding women’s experience of making the decision to leave a psychologically abusive, childless marriage. In depth interviews were carried out with five women who had left their psychologically abusive, childless marriage at least one year prior to participation in the study. Results will be discussed in terms of themes arising from experi- ences in the marriage (e.g., sense of loss, questioning the abuse), experiences leading up to the decision to leave (e.g., validation, gaining a new perspective, taking back control), and experiences after leaving the marriage (e.g., regaining self and life). Implications for research and counselling practice will be presented.
#53 THE EXPERIENCE OF SIBLING BEREAVEMENT IN YOUNG ADULT WOMEN Sharon Robertson, University of Calgary; Susann Laverty, University of Calgary; Mirjam Knapik, University of Calgary
Although the experience of having a brother or sister is common and such a relationship is expected to be one of the longest and sometimes most intimate relationships of a lifetime, there has been a startling lack of research about sibling relationships in life or in death. The need to research such relationships appears to be particularly pressing as the impact of the unanticipated loss of a sibling through illness (e.g., HIV/AIDS) and violence (e.g., war, terrorism, murder) is felt on a global scale. Sibling death in young adulthood would appear to be particularly important as this is a time when individuals are faced with a number of signifi- cant psychosocial and educational tasks as well as critical emotional and relational development. We will present the results of a hermeneutic phenomenological study involving interviews with 15 women between the ages of 18 and 25, who had experienced the death of a sibling within the past six months to two years. The purposes of the study were (1) to understand the experience of sibling bereavement in young adult women; (2) to explore cultural, gender and societal traditions and values that influence the bereavement experience; and (3) to explore what these women find helpful and hindering in coping with the loss. Implications for theory, research, and counselling practice will be addressed.
#54 THE VALUE OF VIPASSANA (MINDFULNESS) MEDITATION FOR FEMALE SURVIVORS OF DOMESTIC ABUSE: A PHENOMENOLOGICAL STUDY Stephanie Sikorski, University of Calgary
In recent years, there have been many studies documenting the efficacy of Vipassana (mindfulness) meditation in enhancing individuals’ well-being while reducing physical and psychological distress. This interactive presentation will discuss the results of phenomenological research that explored the experiences of a small sample of female survivors of domestic abuse who prac- ticed mindfulness meditation. The focus of this research was to uncover the effectiveness or ineffectiveness of this practice for this population. The value of mindfulness meditation for survivors of domestic abuse will be considered along with potential counselling implications.
#55 AN INTERPRETIVE STUDY OF LIVING WITH TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY Mary Westcott, University of Calgary; Sharon Robertson, University of Calgary
Traumatic brain injury (TBI) is the number one killer and disabler of young Canadians under the age of 40 (National Brain Injury Association, 2001). Survivors face a host of possible challenges that can make it difficult to establish a sense of well-
19 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
being after injury. I explored living with TBI using an interpretive research approach that invited survivors into the conversation of this phenomenon. The central theme of this investigation was to explore the question: What is living with TBI like for adult survivors in Western Canadian society at this time in history? I asked six adult survivors of TBI to tell the stories of their lives and experiences after injury during a series of in-depth narrative interviews. I analyzed the transcribed interview data using a hermeneutic phenomenological process and gave participants the opportunity to reflect on the emergent ideas. Rich narratives of the emotional, physical, and cognitive challenges emerged in our conversations along with an exploration of the uncertainty, iso- lation, and paradoxes of living with a TBI. Recommendations for counselling psychologists became apparent as I delved deeper into the survivors’ rehabilitation experiences and the relevant literature. Overall, the findings from this investigation promote an in-depth understanding of living with TBI and inform rehabilitation counselling practice.
#56 SELF-CRITICISM, ATTACHMENT, PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTRESS, AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF A THERAPEUTIC RELATIONSHIP William Whelton, University of Alberta; Barbara Paulson, University of Alberta; Christopher Marusiak, University of Alberta
Change in therapy generally requires that the client feel that they have a caring and helpful relationship with their therapist, a bond THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY usually referred to as the “working alliance”. Therefore, it is crucial to identify possible obstacles to the formation of such an alliance in order to enhance the effectiveness of psychotherapy. Recent research conducted in our clinic has investigated the per- sonality trait of self-criticism in therapy clients, and found that it can be an impediment to the formation of a strong working alliance. While this finding is becoming fairly robust, the processes underlying these interpersonal difficulties remain poorly understood. In order to better understand the influence of self-criticism on the development of a therapeutic relationship, the pre- sent study investigates the relationship between self-criticism and the working alliance as mediated by the client’s interpersonal perceptions and attachment style. Measures of self-criticism, attachment, psychological distress, interpersonal perceptions, and the working alliance were administered to adult therapy clients prior to, during, and following attendance in individual therapy. Initial path analyses indicate that interpersonal perception is a mediator between self-criticism and the working alliance in therapy.
#57 COUNSELLING APPROACHES FOR CHINESE CANADIAN IMMIGRANTS WITH MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENTS Yuk Shuen Wong, Chinese University of Hong Kong
This study examined the traumatic experiences and needs of Canadian Chinese immigrants from Hong Kong, Mainland China and Taiwan who had motor vehicle accidents in Vancouver, Canada. Co-investigators were motor vehicle accident victims who were categorized as dealing with at least one of the following issues: post-trauma stress disorder (PTSD), depression, anxiety, multiple acute issues, and complicated grief. 10 females and 5 males, age from 15 to 65 were interviewed face-to-face by a regis- tered counselling psychologist in Cantonese and Mandarin. The study sought to find out in what ways the trauma victims’ needs for changes and recovery were met and how thier human resources were used within the Canadian context. Different counselling approaches for post-traumatic growth were discussed with case illustrations.
#58 LIVING WITH HOPE: PERCEPTIONS OF HOPE AND HOPE-FOSTERING STRATEGIES OF ELDERLY PALLIATIVE CARE CANCER PATIENTS Karen Wright, University of Saskatchewan; Wendy Duggleby, University of Saskatchewan
This presentation will focus on results of a study of perceptions of elderly palliative care cancer patients’ descriptions of hope and their strategies to foster their hope. Using a qualitative research design, sixteen face to face interviews were conducted with 10 advanced cancer patients receving palliative home care. Participants described their hope for “not suffering more”, “living life to the fullest in the time I have left”, “a peaceful death”, “anticipating life after death”, and hope for a better life in the future for their family”. Using Lubrosky’s thematic analysis of the participants’ interviews, strategies for fostering their hope emerged. Discussion of these strategies and implications and application for clinical practice will be described.
#59 STUDENT PERSPECTIVES ON A TRAINING PROGRAM IN INDIGENOUS COUNSELLING: A CURRICULAR MODEL AND PROCESS EVALUATION Mira Kim, Trinity Western University; Paul Kim, Trinity Western University; Marvin McDonald, Trinity Western University
Weaknesses in research on the cultural contexts of counselling have led to debates on the proper applications of guidelines for multicultural counselling and training. Theoretically guided research offers an important strategy for advancing our understand- ing of culture, counselling, and helping roles. This poster outlines a curriculum model for Korean language counselling training based in a recent Korean immigrant community of British Columbia. Process evaluation of a pilot program is summarized. A spectrum of student objectives and helping roles are described in relation to community values, international professional mobil- ity, disciplinary identity, and Canadian system of helping professions. A critical cultural psychology approach is developed as a framework for community advocacy.
20 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#60 PROMISES AND CHALLENGES IN INDIVIDUALIZING MULTICULTURAL ASSESSMENT IN A KOREAN IMMIGRANT COMMUNITY
Marvin McDonald, Trinity Western University THURSDAY / JEUDI
The challenges of multicultural assessment practices are intensified by language barriers in communities of recent immigrants. Fischer’s model of collaborative assessment is applied to extend multicultural assessment practices and is illustrated with case material. Strategies are illustrated for bilingual consultation, supervision, and adaptations to address specific assessment needs. Limitations and utility of assessment procedures are summarized in relation to culturally sensitive standards. APA Division 17’s principles of empirically supported interventions are drawn upon to formulate an ecologically-grounded assessment model.
#61 THE EFFECT OF PSYCHOLOGICAL SEPARATION-INDIVIDUATION ON ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT: GENDER AND CULTURAL DIFFERENCES Mohsen Haghbin, Carleton University; Parirokh Dadsetan, Tehran University; Mohamad R. H. Tavakoly, Tehran University; Saeideh Bazaziyan, Tehran University
This study investigates the status of psychological separation-individuation in 174 male and female Iranian students and its effects on their academic achievement. The Hoffman Psychological Separation Inventory (PSI) was applied to obtain four dimensions of psychological separation-individuation: emotional, functional, conflictual and attitudinal independence. Using a factor analysis, we created the Academic Achievement Index (AAI), based on GPA data covering the subjects’ academic careers. Since cultural difference is a significant factor, the results were compared with data from American and Greek students, reported in Hoffman (1984) and Geozain et. al. (1999). This study indicates four main findings: (1) psychological separation sta- tus significantly explains 13 percent of academic achievement variance; (2) the dimensions of emotional independence has sig- nificant relationship with academic achievement; (3) males, in comparison with females, show a significantly higher degree of independence on overall score of psychological separation, particularly on emotional independence; (4) the comparison of Iranian with American students indicates a lower level of conflictual and functional independence and a higher level of attitudi- nal independence in Iranian students. These findings suggest the importance of considering the above gender and cultural differ- ences in helping students to conquer their potential academic failures or maladjustments.
#62 COUNSELLORS IN THE SCHOOLS: EXPERIENCES WITH ADOLESCENT SELF-INJURY Erin Beettam, McGill University; Jessica Toste, McGill University; Elana Bloom, McGill University; Jack Destefano, McGill University; Nancy Heath, McGill University
Self-injury (SI) is a deliberate destruction of body tissue without suicidal intent. Within the school setting, the prevalence rate of adolescent SI has been documented at 14%, and recent studies indicate this behaviour is increasing. SI is a growing concern for professionals working with youth and particularly, school counsellors will often see students where SI is the presenting problem. However, minimal research has examined therapeutic interventions used by counsellors working with youth who SI. This study explores the knowledge, beliefs, and practices of novice counsellors regarding SI within a school context. Semi-structured inter- views were conducted with counsellors interning in secondary schools or junior colleges. Counsellors discussed general therapy techniques, but did not report using interventions specific to SI. Additionally, counsellors had theoretical knowledge about why youth SI (viewing it as a coping mechanism or a way to seek attention) but had difficulty transferring their knowledge into clini- cal practice. Counsellors expressed accepting or neutral attitudes about clients who SI but felt that they were lacking in SI-relat- ed clinical experience. Implications for workshops and training sessions should focus on shifting knowledge from theory to clini- cal practice, by providing specific interventions for counselling youth who engage in SI behaviour.
#63 EGO STRENGTH AND ITS RELATION TO ANXIETY SYMPTOMATOLOGY Berkley Staite, Student non-member; Trevor Olson, Student Member; Michelle Presniak, Student member; Michael MacGregor, Professor
Ego Strength has been related to many aspects of psychological functioning, including one’s ability to maintain a positive sense of self-worth and resiliency to negative experiences (e.g., failure, rejection). This study investigated the relation between ego strength and anxiety. Method: Participants completed the Personality Assessment Inventory (as a measure of anxiety) and the Ego Strength scale from the MMPI-2. Participants scoring in the top third of scores on the Ego Strength scale were labelled High Ego Strength and those scoring in the bottom third were labelled Low Ego Strength. The High Ego Strength group scored significantly lower on the total anxiety score as well as on the cognitive, affective, and physiological subscales of the PAI than did the Low Ego Strength group. Conclusion: Those with high ego strength, and thus a more stable sense of self-worth, reported lower levels of anxiety. Perhaps those with a more stable sense of themselves (i.e., greater ego strength) are able to ward off anx- iety. These findings display a link between anxiety and ego strength that may aid clinicians in helping people better deal with anxiety through treatment and addressing issues related to ego strength.
21 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#64 CULTURAL TRANSITIONING: EDUCATIONAL AND SOCIETAL BARRIERS CONFRONTED BY NEW IMMIGRANTS Ada Sinacore, McGill University
The goal of this paper is to discuss the results of a phenomenological study examining the educational and societal challenges and barriers faced by immigrants upon their arrival to Canada. Participants were twenty immigrants from Argentina, France, the Former Soviet Union and Israel who have been living in Canada for less than five years. Cultural transitioning, which is defined as immigrants who are able to find economic, occupational and social security within the new culture, is central to successful integration of immigrants into Canadian society. Predominant factors that influence successful transition from one culture to the next are education and employment. The unemployment rate of immigrant populations is significantly higher than that of indi- viduals born in Canada. This may be due to the fact that immigrants who have trained in their country of origin, educational cre- dentials are often not accepted or recognized in Canada. As a result, many of these individuals re-train at post-secondary institu- tions or seek out alternative occupations. Thus, the goal of this paper is to address the educational, institutional and societal bar- riers faced by immigrants and the resulting social and psychological effects. Implications for practice and future research will be explored. THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY #65 THE EFFECTIVENESS OF A GROUP-BASED COUNSELLING INTERVENTION FOR FACILITATING PERSONAL AND CAREER TRANSITION AMONG FORMER PEACEKEEPING SOLDIERS Douglas Cave, University of British Columbia; Holly McLean, University of British Columbia
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is arguably the greatest health risk that soldiers face on peacekeeping tours. Left without effective treatment, PTSD can result in increased aggressive behaviour, poor functioning in relationships, substance abuse, and depression. The purpose of this research was to evaluate the Transition Program for Canadian Soldiers, a group-based coun- selling program designed to assist military personnel’s transition back into Canadian society by aiding with their personal and career re-adjustment. The program has various components but specifically utilizes therapeutic enactment as a primary treatment intervention. Eighteen former peacekeeping soldiers with PTSD participated in the program and were administered standard measures of traumatic stress symptoms, depression and self-esteem before, immediately after, and 3 months post-program com- pletion. In-depth interviews were also conducted with participants pre- and 3 months post-program completion. Converging evi- dence showed that program participation resulted in a significant reduction in traumatic stress and depressive symptoms, increased self-esteem, and assisted participants in achieving more productive and fulfilling experiences in work and relation- ships. Along with research results, an overview of the program is presented and recommendations for practitioners working with soldiers with PTSD.
#66 “IT GIVES ME A KIND OF GROUNDING”: HOPE IN COUNSELLOR EDUCATOR WORK-LIFE Denise Larsen, University of Alberta
Hope offers sustenance on the often parched landscape of academic work-life. Focusing on counsellor educators, this study reveals professors’ personal reflections on hope at work. Hope is endemic to counselling itself. Like an underground stream, hope flows through counselling conversations. Sometimes its presence is explicit, sometimes implicit. For many counsellor educators, career choice is also rooted in hope - in dreams of what being a counsellor educator will mean and what the career can offer to a needy world. In contrast, the university is most often described as a difficult workplace — demanding, competitive, unhealthy. Since hope is linked strongly with well-being and engagement in life, this study explored counsellor educator work-life accounts of hope. Five tenure-track faculty members from across Canada shared experiences of hope and work. Employing basic interpre- tive inquiry, five categories central to hope in counsellor educator work-life were identified. Participants stories reflect: (a) deeply held career hopes, (b) personal descriptions of hope, (c) threats to and sources of hope at work, and (d) reflections on the value of talking about hope. Hope appears to be a potent and under-examined experience in counsellor educator work-life.
#67 NARRATIVES OF DEPRESSION AND THE CLINICAL ENCOUNTER Jeffrey Letourneau, University of Saskatchewan
Biomedicine is the dominant form of medicine that most people in North America are familiar with. It is a reductionist approach to illness that focuses on the origin of disease which can then presumably be discovered and treated. The effects of mental ill- ness, and specifically depression, do not typically make themselves known physically, but rather socially and emotionally. These are elements that biomedicine is ill-equipped and indeed unable to deal with. The purpose of this exploratory research was to qualitatively gain understanding about how the clinical encounter influences the experience of depression. Semi-structured inter- views were used to gather the narratives of depression from 5 participants, 1 male and 4 females. Findings are discussed in light of the process of the clinical encounter under the auspices of biomedicine, the language used within this encounter, and the rela- tionship between clinician and patient. Overall, biomedicine did indeed have a role in the treatment of depression, however, the participants were unable to accept it within their day to day lives as a suitable long term option.
22 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#68 COGNITIVE PROCESSING THERAPY AND ONE EYE INTEGRATION:
TAILORING TREATMENTS FOR FEMALE SURVIVORS OF SEXUAL ASSAULT THURSDAY / JEUDI Jessica Houghton, Trinity Western University
In treating people who suffer from post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), the effectiveness of ‘talk therapy’ may be hindered by the physiology of trauma. Specifically, brain functioning in Broca’s area may be inhibited, which interferes with verbal process- ing of information. The subjective experience of two trauma therapies was examined qualitatively – a neurologically-based treat- ment One Eye Integration (OEI); and a primarily verbal treatment, Cognitive Processing Therapy (CPT). Eight female survivors of sexual assault were interviewed about their perceptions of how each therapy affected their lives and general functioning. The women all entered the study with a diagnosis of PTSD, and received three 60-minute sessions of either OEI or CPT. Data were collected via semi-structured interviews three months after receiving treatment, and analyzed using Gilligan’s Listening Guide approach. Preliminary findings suggested that OEI was experienced as being highly useful for reducing PTSD symptoms, where- as CPT contributed to building positive self-esteem and equipping participants with effective coping strategies. Potential impli- cations of these findings for PTSD treatment include the ability to tailor therapeutic interventions to target specific aspects of the disorder, subsequently allowing for more effective processing of residual thoughts and beliefs from the impacts of trauma.
#69 WHERE IS MY SISTER? THE RELATIONAL EFFECTS OF HAVING A MISSING SIBLING ON CHILDREN Tamara Williams, Trinity Western University
In 2002, 66,532 missing children reports were filed in Canada (Dalley, 2003). Although our ability to locate missing children has evolved through research and technological advancement, the support rendered to the families suffering these losses has not advanced. This is due, in part, to the lack of research evidence available to practitioners and the community. The present study is the first Canadian study to investigate the effects of having a missing sibling on children’s well-being. Semi-structured, in-depth interviews were conducted with three individuals to investigate the relational effects of being the sibling of a currently missing child. Interviews were analyzed using content analysis. Analytic codes were created both in response to participant statements, and a priori from grief literature. Despite some similarities to other forms of grief, the suspended grief experienced in these fami- lies was clearly a distinct phenomenon. Suspended grief had no closure and no promise that closure would ever occur. Participants also simultaneously experienced both a continued hope for a reunion, and a mental preparation for a funeral. The importance of providing these families with a voice in the psychological community and a language with which to express their experiences are discussed, along with implications for counselling practice.
#70 THE MEANING OF LIFE CALLING DURING YOUNG ADULTHOOD Jared French, Trinity Western University
This study is a qualitative exploration of the meaning of life calling (LC) among university students. LC is defined as peoples’ expression of the essence of their self through the work that they engage in. Although some research has delineated the nature of LC in adults looking back on their lives, no previous study has explored the experiences of those who are embarking on living out their LC, during young adulthood (18-25). This developmental period is a time when questions about career, purpose, and identity become highly salient, making it a very suitable time in which to explore the emergence of LC as a link between one’s true expression of the self and the world of work. The sample consisted of four university students, aged 18 - 25, who were pur- posively selected for having a strong sense of LC (as measured by a scale designed to assess the factors of identity, purpose, and direction). These participants were interviewed about their LC, through semi-structured interviews. Interview transcripts were then analyzed using Richards’ (2005) qualitative analytic coding scheme. External auditing and member checking were used to enhance the trustworthiness of the process. Findings included descriptions of the (a) nature of individuals’ LC; (b) links between LC and identity; and (c) role of LC in peoples’ career planning. Implications for career counseling are discussed.
#71 TRANSFERABLE LIFE SKILLS LEARNED THROUGH SPORT PARTICIPATION Sumerlee Samuels, University of British-Columbia
The purpose of this study was to identify transferable life skills that are learned via sports participation. The orienting question of this focus group research was “I would like you to talk about some of the life skills you have learned through participating in sport.” A qualitative design enabled information to be collected on specific life skills athletes deemed transferable. Focus groups were used, because they allow participants to engage in a focused discussion and to share perceptions without the pressure to reach a consensus (Krueger, 2000). Five focus groups comprised of from three to six, male and female participants, aged 19-29, who have participated in sport at a university or college level were interviewed. Data were analyzed using six steps offered by Krueger. Examples of themes that emerged from the data included time management, ability to work with a group of people, work ethic, responsibility for behavior and the ability to set goals. These themes are discussed in relation to the relevant litera- ture in the field and practical implications are presented.
23 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#72 CAREER DEVELOPMENT IN ROMANTIC COUPLES AS JOINT PHENOMENON: AN ACTION THEORY PERSPECTIVE Bradley Kauffman, Trinity Western University; Elise Wouterloot, Trinity Western University; José Domene, Trinity Western University
This study used Young et al.’s (1996, 2005) action theory framework to examine ways that people in romantic relationships jointly negotiate and achieve their career plans. Career development has traditionally been studied from an individual perspec- tive, where career decisions are made in an autonomous manner. For persons in committed romantic relationships, however, relational elements penetrate their actions and plans, making career development a joint venture between both members of the couple. Conceptualizing career development as a joint phenomenon, the ways in which relational and career processes intersect were explored during a critical period of life: the transition from university to work. The action-project method was used to describe the career projects (i.e., plans for their future) and joint actions undertaken to negotiate those projects, for eight romanti- cally involved couples who were in their final year of completing a post-secondary degree. This involved (a) conducting inter- views, observation of couples’ conversations, and eliciting participants’ self-reflections, and (b) a team-based, hermeneutic qual- itative analysis to identify themes and patterns of action. The nature of couples’ career projects, links between career and rela-
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY tional projects, and actions undertaken to achieve those projects were delineated. Implications for career counselling are dis- cussed.
#73 THE POTENTIAL OF ONLINE MEDIA FOR CONDUCTING QUALITATIVE RESEARCH INTERVIEWS José Domene, Trinity Western University; Jocelyn Thorp, Trinity Western University; Nathan To, Trinity Western University
Although there is an emerging body of knowledge about the use of the internet as a tool for collecting data in psychology, previ- ous research has focused almost exclusively on surveys and other quantitative methods. This study is a preliminary effort to examine the suitability of the internet as a tool for conducting qualitative research; specifically, the suitability of Instant Messenger (IM) for conducting open-ended, qualitative interviews about participants’ immigration experiences. The sample con- sisted of 30 english-speaking adults who have immigrated to Canada from South Aftrica. The quality of the data obtained from 15 traditional, in-person interviews were compared with data obtained from 15 interviews conducted via IM, along a number of important dimensions. Preliminary result suggest that the groups were equivalent in terms of interview length, the major themes that were identified, and the number of prompts and follow-up questions that were used. However, online interviews yielded responses that were less detailed and “shallower” in terms of descriptive quality, and interviewers experienced less rapport and emotional connection with the participants in the online condition. Finally, online interviewing was found to be more convenient and cost-effective. The potential benefits and limitations of using IM as a medium for conducting qualitative research are dis- cussed.
#74 RESILIENCY IN YOUNG ADULT CHILDREN OF ALCOHOLICS: THE RELATION BETWEEN SELF-FORGIVENESS AND DEPRESSIVE SYMPTOMATOLOGY Becki Cornock, University of Windsor; R. Robert Orr, University of Windsor
The purpose of the present study was to examine forgiveness as a resiliency factor in a sample of adult children of alcoholics (COAs). Resiliency was defined in terms of level of self-reported depressive symptomatology (DS). The study explored the rela- tion between DS and forgiveness in a sample of COAs that had not been exposed to a forgiveness intervention. Results were also compared to a sample of non-COA participants. Of the total sample of 204 participants, 43 participants (21 females, 22 males) met the criteria for COA status. Results indicated that self-forgiveness and self-esteem were the most significant predictors of COAs’ and non-COAs’ level of self-reported DS. The relation between willingness to forgive and DS over time was explored by asking participants to rate both forgiveness and depression at three time periods (Past, Present, and Future). COAs’ forgiveness ratings increased significantly across each time period (i.e., COAs rated themselves as least forgiving in the Past, with consis- tently increasing levels of forgiveness for the Present and Future time periods). Depression ratings for COAs were stable from Past to Present time periods, but decreased significantly for the Future time period. Non-COAs’ results were similar. Results are discussed in relation to the importance of incorporating self- and other-forgiveness in research and clinical work.
#75 CONTINUOUS QUALITY IMPROVEMENT IN CHILD AND YOUTH MENTAL HEALTH Sean Latimer, Trinity Western University
In 2003 the British Columbia cabinet approved the first provincial Child and Youth Mental Health (CYMH) Plan, which set out a vision for change in the delivery of mental health services to children and youth - first known plan of its kind in Canada. The province will improve treatment and support services, improve performance, reduce risk, and build capacity. The Fraser Region of the Ministry for Children and Family Development (MCFD) spearheaded a Continuous Quality Improvement (CQI) project to improve performance and service. However, there appeared to be no one model of CQI within Canada that all mental health clin- icians in CYMH could use to ensure their clients received the best care possible. This study addresses this void by establishing a
24 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 set of outcome measures for such a CQI model, and creates knowledge of these elements from a group of 103 subject matter expert clinicians as participants. The mixed methods design, the Delphi method, is consultative and consensual, and in keeping
with the nature of CQI (Linstone & Turoff, 1975). This research benefits the participants, and other CYMH clinicians in Canada, THURSDAY / JEUDI by building a knowledge base of group consensual opinion on CQI measures for CYMH. This presentation shows the design, methods and results of the study and outlines the CQI measures for CYMH from the body of clinicians, with the means and inter-quartile ranges.
11:00 - 12:55 - BONAVISTA 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium PART I OF: MULTIPLE CULTURES - MULTIPLE METHODS: International and EXPLORATION OF THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCULTURATION AND IDENTITY Cross-cultural WITHIN THE CANADIAN CULTURAL MOSAIC THROUGH QUANTITATIVE EPISTEMOLOGIES James Cresswell, University of Alberta; Stephanie Pantel, OISE, University of Toronto
Segall et al. (1998) note that the study of culture and psychology can be an endeavor fraught with tension between epistemolo- gies representing top-down (uncovering the workings of universals) as opposed to bottom-up approaches (understanding partici- pants in their own terms). This symposium explores traditional top-down explanations of the psychology of acculturation and identity. Dere & Kirmayer begin the symposium with a discussion of the foundational understanding of what constitutes an appropriate model of acculturation. They argue for a bidimensional model of acculturation which accounts for the diverse com- plexities entailed in the acculturative process. From the general theory of acculturation, Shaughnessy & Tafarodi’s paper address complexity of identity by exploring the changeable nature of identity in the acculturative context of international students. Samure et al. pick up this theme in their psychometric discussion regarding the Situated Ethnic Identity Scale. The final paper presented by Lau et al. provides a discussion the motivations underlying second language acquisition, a central issue in both identity and acculturation. The symposium concludes with a brief discussion of the underlying principles and tenets unifying and underlying the papers presented.
#1 EXAMINING A BIDIMENSIONAL MODEL OF ACCULTURATION ACROSS THREE DOMAINS OF CULTURAL CHANGE IN A MULTI-ETHNIC COMMUNITY SAMPLE Jessica Dere, McGill University; Laurence Kirmayer, McGill University
Acculturation is widely recognized as a crucial concept in understanding the experiences of immigrant groups. However, debate continues to exist regarding the validity of unidimensional versus bidimensional models of acculturation. This study proposed a bidimensional model, where identification with one’s defined ethnicity is assessed independently of identification with one’s new cultural milieu. This model was examined across three domains – ethnic loyalty, ethnic behaviour, and situational ethnic identity. The sample consisted of Caribbean (n =109), Vietnamese (n = 97), and Filipino (n = 109) immigrants, who were con- tacted as part of a large community survey conducted in Montreal. Correlational analysis provided strong support for the bidi- mensional model in all three domains, across all three groups. For ethnic behaviour and situational ethnic identity, identification with one’s defined ethnic group was unrelated to identification with the Canadian society. For ethnic loyalty, loyalty to one’s defined ethnic group was positively related to loyalty to Canadians. Factor analysis with oblique rotation revealed two largely orthogonal factors for each ethnic group (r < .14) accounting for 67% to 75% of the total variance. The results support the validi- ty of a bidimensional model of acculturation, and suggest the importance of assessing multiple domains of acculturation inde- pendently.
#2 PROMOTING THE MOTIVATION OF EAST ASIAN LEARNERS OF ENGLISH: THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF AUTONOMY AND RELATEDNESS Megan Lau, University of Alberta; Kimberly Noels, University of Alberta; Kristie Saumure, University of Alberta
A great deal of research has examined the relationship between motivation, orientations and attitudes with regards to second lan- guage acquisition. Recently, Noels (2001) and her colleagues have suggested that Deci and Ryan’s (1985) Self Determination Theory (SDT) may be a useful framework for understanding motivation for language learning. Previous research on Self- Determination Theory has demonstrated that self-determined motivation is facilitated through the fulfillment of three psycholog- ical needs- autonomy, competence and relatedness. While all three needs are deemed necessary for fostering self-determination, it has been asserted that autonomy is the most important psychological need. Much of the research on SDT comes from Western nations with an individualistic nature. This study examined several tenets of SDT (as applied to motivation for language learn- ing) to an East Asian sample (N = 43) with collectivistic characteristics in order to conduct an introductory evaluation of whether SDT can be assumed to be culturally universal. The results tentatively support the hypothesis that autonomy is not the most important in fostering self-determined motivation, instead suggesting a prominent role for relatedness. Implications for cultural- ly relevant strategies to facilitate self-determined motivation for second language will be discussed.
25 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 EXAMINING THE VALIDITY AND RELIABILITY OF THE SITUATED ETHNIC IDENTITY SCALE Kristie Saumure, University of Alberta; Tory Pino, University of Alberta; Kimberly Noels, University of Alberta
Clément and Noels (1992) have suggested that because different social situations are associated with varying amounts of contact with members of other ethnic groups, identification with one’s heritage culture and with other relevant ethnic groups may vary depending on the intimacy of the situation. The Situated Ethnic Identity Scale (SEIS) was developed to assess ethnic identifica- tion with one’s culture of origin and another relevant ethnic group in differentially intimate situations (Noels, Saumure, & Clément, 2004). This study’s purpose was to examine the validity and reliability of the SEIS. First and second generation immi- grants (n = 514) from introductory Psychology classes were randomly distributed one of five versions of the SEIS, along with Phinney’s Multi Ethnic Identity Measure (MEIM), Luhtanen and Crocker’s Collective Self-Esteem Scale (CSES), and relevant demographic questions. ANOVAs assessed the consistency of response patterns across the five versions and revealed that sur- vey version does not change the identity patterns across the different domains. The predictive and concurrent validity of the SEIS was determined by correlating the SEIS with the MEIM and the CSES. The results support the validity of the SEIS. On
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY the whole, the results suggest that the SEIS is an appropriate tool for measuring ethnic identity across situations.
#4 ACCULTURATION OF THE SELF: AN EXAMINATION OF THE INTERNATIONAL STUDENT EXPERIENCE Sarah Shaughnessy, University of Toronto; Romin Tafarodi, University of Toronto
International students are known to experience adjustment difficulties while acculturating to a new and often confusing social environment. Using a three-wave, multi-part questionnaire, we are examining how cultural difference and change in aspects of personal identity relate to psychological and social adjustment for these newcomers to Canada. The questionnaire includes sever- al scales to assess college adjustment, acculturation, and general experiences of the self. The first wave of data was collected from over 3000 domestic and international student respondents shortly before they began their first year of undergraduate studies in September of 2005. The second and third waves of data will be collected in December and April of the same school year. This talk will address aspects of the East Asian experience of the self, in comparison with Euro-Canadians and non-East-Asian inter- national students. Past research indicates that East Asians tend to experience less consistency of the inner self, express the inner self in fewer domains, and are more tolerant toward inconsistency of identity, thought, and action. We will also discuss, 1) the predictive relations of personal identity to acculturation and change in psychological adjustment; 2) systematic change in these aspects of self during this same period; and 3) the relation of (1) and (2) to the cultural origin of the student.
11:00 - 12:55 - RIDEAU 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium CANADIAN RESEARCH ON GLBTQ ISSUES Sexual Orientation and Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan Gender Identity Issues
GLBTQ research in Canada has gained considerable momentum over the course of the past 5 years, and this symposium will mark the fourth installment designed to provide a broad overview of current research on GLBTQ issues conducted nationally. The first paper will provide insight into the predictors of mental and physical health when perceiving social network support among same-sex and opposite-sex couples. The second paper investigates the frequency with which high-school teachers wit- ness anti-gay/anti-lesbian behaviours in their educational institutions, and seeks to provide thematic analyses as to why teachers may be disinclined to intervene. The third paper explores biological factors that may contribute to understanding sexual orienta- tion issues; specifically, handedness and number of brothers in one’s familial line. Finally, the fourth paper investigates contem- porary stereotypes directed toward gay and lesbian persons and determines the degree of similarity between participants’ cultural awareness and personal endorsement of said stereotypes.
#1 ARE SEXUAL MINORITY STUDENTS WELCOME IN HIGH SCHOOLS? TEACHERS’ PERCEPTIONS OF SCHOOL CLIMATE FOR GLBT STUDENTS Lisa Jewell, University of Saskatchewan; Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan; Ann Chinnery, University of Saskatchewan; Randy Wimmer, University of Saskatchewan; Don Cochrane, University of Saskatchewan
Little research has explored school climate for gay, lesbian, bisexual and transgender (GLBT) students attending Canadian high schools. Teachers (N = 111) from across Saskatchewan, working in public and Catholic schools, completed a questionnaire assessing the extent to which GLBT students are welcome in their schools. Results indicated that teachers’ perceptions of GLBT students’ safety and acceptance are polarized, with 40.5% and 29.7% of teachers, respectively, believing that GLBT students would feel quite safe or quite unsafe at school. Approximately 38% of teachers indicated that both students and faculty are responsible for making insulting comments about GLBT students, and only 43% of teachers (n=107) reported that either they or
26 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 someone else always or usually intervenes when hearing derogatory comments. Teachers who are older are significantly more likely to intervene than younger teachers. Qualitative responses articulating teachers’ reasons for choosing whether to intervene
were also analyzed. Implications and future directions will be discussed. THURSDAY / JEUDI
#2 HANDEDNESS, BROTHERS, AND SEXUAL ORIENTATION Anthony Bogaert, Brock University; Catherine Fawcett, Brock University
Two of the most consistent correlates of sexual orientation in men are handedness and fraternal birth order (i.e., number of older brothers). In the present study, the relationship among handedness, older brothers, and sexual orientation was studied in four samples of heterosexual and homosexual men (N = 944). Unlike previous studies, which have only observed an increased rate of nonright handedness in gay men relative to heterosexual men, an elevated rate of extreme right handedness was found in gay men relative to heterosexual men. The results also demonstrated that older brothers moderate the relationship between handed- ness and sexual orientation. Specifically, older brothers increase the odds of homosexuality in moderate right handers only; in both nonright handers and extreme right handers, older brothers do not affect (or decrease) the odds of homosexuality. The results have implications for an early neurodevelopmental origin to sexual orientation in men.
#3 CONTEMPORARY CULTURAL REPRESENTATIONS OF GAY MEN AND LESBIAN WOMEN IN CANADA: A CONTENT EXAMINATION Rebecca Harriman, University of Saskatchewan; Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan; Paula Brochu, University of Western Ontario; Kimberly Work, University of Saskatchewan
Homosexuality has gained increasing popularity and acceptance in contemporary mainstream North American media representa- tions, as evinced in the success of television shows such as “Will and Grace” and “Queer Eye for the Straight Guy” . Further, there have been recent legal and political advances in Canada such as the legalization of gay marriage. On the surface, it appears that there is an increase in the acceptance of homosexuals; however, recent attitudinal assessments provide evidence to the con- trary. Although negative attitudes continue to be documented, the content of the cultural stereotypes of gay men and lesbian women are infrequently assessed. The present study addressed this limitation. Participants were 144 (31 male; 113 female) undergraduate students from a variety of disciplines. Respondents completed trait checklists to provide insight into their cultural awareness of the stereotypes associated with gay men and lesbian women, as well as the degree to which they personally endorse these stereotypes. Results indicate that there are both positive and negative stereotypes ascribed to gay men and lesbian women, the latter of which raises the question of whether the media representations are, in fact, debunking the stereotypes ascribed to these social groups. Finally, the comparisons between individuals’ awareness and personal endorsement are presented.
#4 PERCEIVED SOCIAL NETWORK SUPPORT AS A PREDICTOR OF MENTAL & PHYSICAL HEALTH IN SAME-SEX VS. OPPOSITE-SEX RELATIONSHIPS Karen Blair, Acadia University; Diane Holmberg, Acadia University
This paper will discuss a longitudinal study which examines the links between social network support for intimate relationships and the impact such support has on the health of the relationship, as well as the mental and physical health of the individuals within the relationship. In particular, the study has examined these issues in the context of opposite-sex and same-sex relation- ships. More than 1000 participants from Canada, the United States and other International locations are taking part in a 2 year longitudinal study that collects self-report survey data on social network support, mental health, physical health, sexual identity and sexual behaviour. Through an examination of the strengths and weaknesses of existing social networks and the impact that such factors have on physical, mental and relationship health, the results of this study shed light on risk factors for mental and physical health problems within the gay and lesbian community due to deficiencies in social support levels. Armed with specific knowledge about the unique stressors associated with same-sex relationships, practitioners treating men and women in same-sex relationships may be better prepared to identity risk factors and to recommend early prevention strategies.
11:00 - 12:55 - MOUNT ROYAL 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium SYMPOSIUM ON THE SELF IN MODERN PSYCHOLOGY Social and Personality Aubrey Litvack, York University
Research into the self has often existed under a changing rubric with many titles and connections to disparate areas of psycholo- gy. Some of psychologies most prolific researchers have tackled the idea of self from their own differing perspectives - James, Jung, Horney & Allport to name a few. This symposium will explore some of the more current forms that research into the self has taken. An overview of the literature will be presented by Stokes, and will briefly introduce many of the concepts that the following speakers will go into greater detail. Litvack will present research exploring regulation and emotion as it relates to the self, discussing briefly some interpersonal implications. Mann & Kang will examine self-esteem and social categories through the use of modern social cognitive methodology. Mears will go onto explore what happens when things go wrong, looking at
27 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
maladaptive functioning in the self, and vulnerabilities to psychopathology. Tsui & Kazoleas will discuss some of the social implications for certain views of the self and sexuality. Together these speakers will offer a current and astute view of the self in modern psychological research.
#1 THE SELF: AN OVERVIEW OF CURRENT THEORY AND RESEARCH Pamela Stokes, York University; Doug McCann, York University
This first presentation will provide an overview to introduce the concept of the self, review the major developments in the theo- retical and empirical literature in this area, and situate the forefront research to be presented in this symposium. The importance of the concept of the self, as well as theoretical and empirical complications in conceptualizing the self will be discussed. A broad framework of self literature will be presented. This framework will be founded in influential and broadly applicable theo- retical literature, including Baumister’s (1998) roots of selfhood: the reflexive consciousness, the executive function, and the interpersonal aspect of selfhood. The research introduced in this symposium, including the self in context; the self in vulnerable and invulnerable people; self-esteem and the morphing self; and self and sexual identity, will be situated within the larger frame- work. The usefulness of the concept of self in research and clinical applications will be considered. In particular, the universality
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY of the concept of self, and the importance of self research in the understanding of psychopathology will be touched upon.
#2 IN MY PLACE: THE SELF IN CONTEXT Aubrey Litvack, York University; Doug McCann, York University
In the present research we explored how contextual information can influence the impact of negative events on the self. More specifically, the encoding of the self following a failure can take on significantly different forms depending on whether or not individuals choose to include contextual information in that encoding procedure. The literature provides ample evidence for the importance of self-conception in maintaining healthy affect; as such the content and organization of the self can play a major role in attaining this goal. Participants were exposed to failures and then primed to self-encode in either a contextualized or de- contextualized manner. The implications for self-encoding strategies as methods of affect regulation will be discussed, the self as memory and possible cultural connections to regulation strategies will also be probed.
#3 THE EFFECT OF SOCIAL INCLUSION AND SELF-ESTEEM ON ASSIMILATION TO SOCIAL CATEGORIES So-Jin Kang, York University; Nikki Mann, York University; Kerry Kawakami, York University
In the present research, we investigated whether perceived social inclusion and self-esteem influence implicit identification with East Asians and Euro-Canadians. Participants first completed a self-esteem scale and then were randomly assigned to either receive social inclusion, social exclusion, or misfortune (control) feedback. Subsequently, they were primed with one of two social categories (East Asian or Euro-Canadian) via a categorization task. Finally, all participants completed an Implicit Association Test (IAT) that measured the speed with which they associated the self with East Asian and Euro-Canadian cate- gories. Preliminary analyses of participants IAT responses indicate that following social inclusion feedback, low self-esteem individuals assimilated to primed social categories, but high self-esteem individuals contrasted away from primed social cate- gories. In other research, we examine the possibility that assimilation to salient categories in response to social inclusion and exclusion may occur for different reasons, depending on self-esteem.
#4 MOTIVATED SELF-DEFINITION: THE PERSON PERCEIVED AS HALF-FULL VS. HALF-EMPTY Stephanie Mears, York University; Jennifer Graesser, York University; Toru Sato, Shippensburg University; Doug McCann, York University
How the self is defined influences thoughts, emotions, and behaviours (Markus & Kitayama, 1991). Whereas an adaptive focus on agency and communion might fall under the rubric of self-construal, a maladaptive commitment to either may be considered a vulnerability to psychopathology (Beck, 1983; Blatt & Blass, 1996; see Blatt & Zuroff, 1992 and Coyne & Whiffen, 1995, for reviews). Our research explores ways of being that differentiate functional selves from those that create human suffering. In a factor analysis of self-construal (Singelis, 1994), and personality vulnerability measures, Sato & McCann (1998), found four fac- tors separated vulnerable and invulnerable personality constellations: interpersonal sensitivity, attachment, autonomy/insensitivi- ty, and independence/achievement. We are turning our attention currently to investigation of self-motives. A preliminary study provided us with evidence that a self-validating (Dykman, 1998) approach to life characterizes dysfunctional forms of agentic and communal self-conception. Conversely, a self-improvement orientation was associated with balanced self-construal.
28 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#5 SEXUAL SELVES: RETHINKING TRADITIONAL APPROACHES TO SEX RESEARCH
Lily Tsui, University of Alberta; Veronica Kazoleas, York University THURSDAY / JEUDI
Discourse in research psychology generally studies sexuality as a problem behavior in young people rather than as a normal developmental event. Sexual activity is assumed to be negative (often categorized with other problem behaviors such as drug and alcohol use), without consideration for sexuality as an arena for self-expression and self-exploration. In this talk, we will briefly outline the negative impact this limited view of sexuality has on self-identity and how this research orientation reinforces the very limited and taboo arena of sexuality in our culture. Finally, we will argue for a broader approach to psychological research in the area of sex that brings back the role of individual choice and experience into its study. Implications for individual research study design and broader social implications will be discussed.
11:00 - 11:55 - LAKEVIEW 11:00 - 11:55
Conversation Session/ SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY TRAINING IN CANADA: ISSUES AND DIRECTIONS Séance de conversation Jac Andrews, University of Calgary; Donald Saklofske, University of Calgary; Vicki Psychologists in Schwean, University of Calgary; Hank Janzen, University of Alberta; William McKee, University Education of British Columbia; Laurie Ford, University of British Columbia; Gerry Sande, Univeristy of (Section Program) Manitoba; Barry Mallin, University of Manitoba; Judith Wiener, OISE, University of Toronto; Fred; French, Mt. Saint Vincent University; Elizabeth Church, Mt. Saint Vincent University
There have been a number of recent developments in school psychology programs in universities across Canada. This session will bring together university trainers to discuss these developments. Main themes of discussion will inculde an examination of current school psychology graduate training programs, accreditation (CPA, APA, NASP), and the preparation of school psychol- ogists to meet the changing demands of the work environment. The primary purpose of this session is to exchange information and facilitate communication between university trainers, CASP, and CPA.
11:00 - 12:55 - BANFF 11:00 - 12:55
Paper Session/ Séance de EMERGING PERSPECTIVES présentation orale Sean Moore, University of Alberta Social and Personality
#1 WHOSE FAULT IS IT, ANYWAY? ATTRIBUTIONS OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR INNU YOUTH SOLVENT ABUSE Megan Nicholson, University of Guelph
When shocking images and accounts of Innu children inhaling solvents gained international media attention in 2000, one of the first questions asked was, “How could this happen?” Explanations in six weeks of newspaper coverage from a national daily, a local daily and a weekly community publication were examined using a discourse analytic approach. The issue of who and/or what was responsible for the “gas-sniffing crisis” was taken up by Innu leaders and government officials at various levels, including: responsibility for youth solvent abuse, responsibility for solving the problem, and responsibility for the success or failure of solutions. Innu leaders were found to attribute the issue to a variety of factors (e.g., limited resources and authority, and substandard living conditions). The provincial and federal governments, however, primarily defined the matter in terms of the limitations of Innu parents (e.g., alcoholism, neglect). The discursive approach was found to offer insights into the ways attributions can be bolstered through the use of discursive devices such as lists, contrasts, and extreme case formulations. The subtly racist implications of attributing the problems faced by Innu communities to parents’ internal characteristics are consid- ered, and suggestions for how marginalized groups in general can approach interactions with the news media are made.
#2 EXAMINING EVERYDAY UNDERSTANDINGS OF EVIL Ashleigh Yule, University of Calgary; John Ellard, University of Calgary
Everyday understandings of evil have important implications for reactions to victims, perpetrators, and extreme acts of harm. For instance, deciding a person is evil may have important implications for determining appropriate responses to harms he or she commits. However, little systematic evidence exists with respect to how ordinary people think about and understand evil. The aim of this study was to outline how people define, explain, and experience evil in everyday contexts. A qualitative research methodology (Grounded Theory) was employed to explore participants’ perspectives and understandings of evil. Findings con- firm, challenge, and extend existing thought in the area with respect to such issues as criteria used to define evil, prototypical evil features, and the relation between evil character and behaviour. Findings also suggest a possible relationship between men- tal illness discourses and everyday understandings of evil. In light of findings, implications for how people make sense of and react to people and events they perceive as evil are considered. Directions for future research are also explored.
29 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 “OUTSIDER” AND “INSIDER” PERSPECTIVES ON INTERRACIAL RELATIONSHIPS Rebecca Malhi, University of Calgary; Susan Boon, University of Calgary
Interracial relationships qualitatively differ from other romantic relationships in many ways. They are statistically rare and inter- racial couples may experience psychological hardships that other couples do not. For example, they often encounter resistance to their unions from family and friends as well as societal resistance, such as discrimination and negative attention in public. Previous research, mainly originating from the United States, has tended to privilege an “outsider’s perspective” that views inter- racial relationships as anomalous, deviant, or unstable. An “insider’s perspective”, the view of the relationship that is held by its members, has rarely been represented. This paper examines some of the challenges and issues faced by Canadian interracial cou- ples from both “outsider” and “insider” perspectives. For example, observers of interracial couples may perceive them to have very different motivations (rejecting ethnic heritage, sexually motivated, etc.) than the couples themselves report (common inter- ests, falling in love, etc.). Also, I utilize two interdisciplinary theoretical frameworks, feminist/ecosystemic theory and postcolo- nial theory, to gain insights into interracial relationships. Together, these approaches permit an analysis of an individual’s experi- ences and also challenge society’s assumptions about interracial couples and families.
#4 “SO WHAT’S A STEREOTYPE” IN EVERYDAY DISCOURSE THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY Tanya Darisi, University of Guelph
“Stereotype”, as it is commonly used, is an over-generalized and frequently inaccurate characterizations of a group. As a psycho- logical construct, “stereotype” is traditionally understood to be a cognitive structure that relates to prejudicial attitudes and dis- criminatory behaviour. However, Discursive Psychology reconceptualizes the conventional understanding of “stereotype”, emphasizing the ways in which group characterizations are the production of everyday interactions. From this perspective, stereotypes and categories are held to be social practices that are relational, dynamic, multi-faceted, and variable. This Discourse Analytic study looks at the ways in which “stereotype” is constructed and used within a group discussion. In the discussion recorded, young mothers talk about a book written by a Métis woman. The analysis focuses on their variable treatment of “stereotype”, as participants are positioned as members or nonmembers of the groups they discuss. In their discourse, stereotype is treated as a social threat, as a rhetorically effective way to undermine an account, and as a way to distance oneself from cate- gory-based identity.
#5 WHAT IS AN ATTITUDE? TOWARD AN INTEGRATED THEORY OF ATTITUDES William Huggon, University of Toronto; Jay Van Bavel, University of Toronto
Social psychology has long been considered the scientific study of attitudes (Allport, 1935). Attitudes have traditionally been conceptualized as a combination of affective, behavioural, and cognitive components. The problem with attitude research today is the ambiguity within the definitions of attitude, affect, behaviour, and cognition. Competing theories of attitudes have evolved slightly different definitions of these terms obscuring the differences between attitude theories and confusing the results of empirical studies. We offer an integration of attitude theory to provide a common framework and language for the ongoing study of attitudes. This interdisciplinary endeavour draws on recent developments in social and personality psychology, cognitive sci- ence, neuroscience, computational modeling and developmental perspectives. We hope that precise and shared definitions of attitude components will allow for the resolution of historical conflicts in the attitude literature, including ambivalence, attitude- behaviour relations, and the dissociation between automatic and controlled attitudes.
11:00 - 12:55 - LAKE LOUISE 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium EXPLORING NOVEL CLINICAL AND THEORETICAL APPROACHES TO Clinical Psychology COGNITIVE BEHAVIOURAL THERAPY WITH OLDER ADULTS Corey Mackenzie, OISE, University of Toronto; David Myran, Baycrest Centre for Geriatric Care; Nina Josefowitz, OISE, University of Toronto; Nasreen Khatri, Baycrest Centre for Geriatric Care; Candace Konnert, University of Calgary; Keith Dobson, University of Calgary; Liza Stelmach, Carewest, Calgary Health Region
Whereas cognitive and behavioural therapies have attracted substantial and growing interest from mental health professionals and researchers since their introduction in the 1960s and 1970s, their application to older adults is much more recent. As a result, many more questions than answers currently exist concerning the effectiveness of this therapeutic approach with growing num- bers of older individuals. This symposium will discuss attempts to bridge this gap using novel clinical and theoretical approach- es. The first of four presentations provides an overview of reasons why CBT might need to be adapted in order to meet the needs of older clients, and what those adaptations might consist of. The second presentation focuses on identifying and treating risk factors for relapse among older patients who have recovered from major depression, using CBT to treat residual sleep problems in order to prevent the onset of subsequent depressive episodes. The third presentation concerns the application of CBT to a high risk population of spouse caregivers of older adults suffering from Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia. The fourth and final presentation describes a successful randomized controlled trial of CBT to prevent depression among nursing home resi- dents. Together, these presentations represent new and exciting directions for the use of CBT with older adults.
30 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#1 BETTER BUT NOT WELL: CBT FOR RESIDUAL SYMPTOMS IN DEPRESSION IN THE ELDERLY
Nasreen Khatri, Baycrest Centre for Geriatric Care THURSDAY / JEUDI
Many individuals with major depression continue to experience depressive symptoms (e.g., insomnia, fatigue, loss of interest) after treatment. These residual symptoms are common among those with partial response, as well as those who meet criteria for remission. Up to one third of patients treated for major depression have persistent residual symptoms; a finding that is compara- ble for geriatric, adult and adolescent populations. High prevalence rates of residual symptoms are significant not only in terms of the negative effect they have on the individual’s quality of life, but also with regard to their contribution to relapse. Residual symptoms in general, and insomnia specifically, can increase the likelihood of recurrence of depression and decrease the dura- tion of remission. A number of studies have found that cognitive-behaviour therapy (CBT) for residual symptoms delays further depressive episodes, but studies have not assessed the effect of CBT for insomnia as a residual symptom. The focus of this pre- sentation will be a proposed study that will prospectively examine this question by comparing 6-month outcomes for elderly patients with recurrent depression and residual insomnia, half of whom are treated for their insomnia with CBT, while the other half receive only monitoring.
#2 ADAPTING COGNITIVE BEHAVIOURAL THERAPY TO AN AGING POPULATION David Myran, Baycrest Centre for Geriatric Care; Nina Josefowitz, OISE/University of Toronto
This presentation will focus on how CBT may require modification when used to treat older adults. Some of the issues that will be highlighted include the high prevalence of medical and psychiatric co-morbidity in late life, changes in information process- ing associated with aging, and diversity within the current cohort of elderly patients. Ways in which elderly patients come to seek treatment will be discussed, as will the implications of helpseeking for therapy. Particular challenges in working with older adults include the potential for stereotypical ageist beliefs regarding their capacity to change, difficulty understanding a cogni- tive-behavioral formulation, and additional time needed to socialize patients to treatment. Older adults may be accustomed to a more traditional doctor/patient relationship and find the collaborative approach used in CBT unfamiliar. Suitability factors for CBT that are particular to an elderly population, such as sensory functioning, memory performance, and physical health, as well as more traditional suitability factors will be reviewed. How CBT can be adapted when conducting group therapy with the elder- ly will be discussed. In addition to examining process variables in therapy, specific concerns when working with older adults, such as health concerns, loneliness, and loss will also be reviewed.
#3 THE PREVENTION OF DEPRESSION IN NURSING HOME RESIDENTS: A RANDOMIZED CLINICAL TRIAL OF COGNITIVE-BEHAVIOURAL THERAPY Candace Konnert, University of Calgary; Keith Dobson, University of Calgary; Liza Stelmach, Carewest, Calgary Health Region
This study represents the first randomized clinical trial of a cognitive-behavioral intervention to prevent depression in nursing home residents. Two hundred and eighty-eight potential participants were identified and approached to participate in the study. Participants were required to have an elevated score on the Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS), but not to meet diagnostic criteria for Major Depression. In addition, participants had to achieve a Mini Mental State Exam (MMSE) score of 21 or higher. The intervention consisted of 13 group-based cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) sessions. The alternative possible random assign- ment was treatment as usual (TAU). Of the eligible participants who were deemed to meet study criteria and gave consent for participation, 43 (20 in CBT and 23 in TAU) completed the study. Results indicate that there were no significant differences between groups at pretest. Over the course of treatment, and at 1-, 3-, and 6-month follow-up, there were significant decreases in GDS scores (p < .001) for the CBT group, while GDS scores in the TAU group remained stable. Results of other outcome vari- ables (e.g., perceived support, residents’ satisfaction with the group experience) will be discussed, as will some of the method- ological, clinical, and ethical issues that emerged during the course of the study.
#4 ENHANCING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF CBT FOR DISTRESSED CAREGIVERS OF OLDER ADULTS WITH DEMENTIA Corey Mackenzie, OISE/University of Toronto
An estimated 250,000 Canadians suffer from Alzheimer’s disease and other dementias, with 600,000 cases expected by the year 2021 as a result of dramatic increases in the number of older Canadians in the coming decades. An important consequence of increasing rates of dementia is increasing numbers of caregivers, who, as a result of the chronic and unpredictable nature of care- giving, are at increased risk for financial hardship, cognitive impairment, and mental and physical health problems. Unfortunately, despite the large and growing need for interventions to support caregivers, literature reviews and meta-analyses suggest that these treatments tend to be only modestly effective in reducing caregiver distress. This presentation will outline the causes and consequences of caregiver stress, and then provide an overview of a CBT intervention, which is currently in the pilot testing phase, that will address three factors thought to limit the effectiveness of previous caregiver interventions: (1) A general
31 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
absence of theoretical approaches to understanding and combating caregiver stress, (2) recruitment of heterogeneous caregivers, including those with only mild to moderate levels of distress, and (3) failure to measure participants’ readiness to engage in intensive treatments, even though doing so has been shown to predict treatment success in psychotherapy studies.
11:00 - 12:55 - NAKISKA 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de PREPARING FOR YOUR INTERNSHIP TRAINING: INFORMATION, travail PERSPECTIVES AND OPPORTUNITIES Clinical Psychology Kerry Mothersill, Calgary Health Region
Internship Committees place an emphasis on selecting interns who are well matched with the training opportunities offered by the program. They tend to review applications with an eye for depth, breadth and quality of practicum experiences, acquisition of applied skills, academic progress, research productivity, interpersonal skills and ability to conceptualize assessments and inter- ventions. Although preparation for internship training is best started early in graduate training (e.g., ensuring that there is a rea-
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY sonable balance between assessment, therapy and modality specific experiences during the course of practicum experiences), the applicant can take specific steps to increase the likelihood of obtaining an internship that is consistent with her or his training and practical needs. This workshop will be lead by an internship director and a former clinical academic director. Practical strategies for applying to internships and coping with the process as well as ways of preparing for the transition will be presented along with an opportunity for participants to exchange information, share perspectives, dispel myths, etc. Following the presen- tation, a number of Internship Training Directors will be present in order to answer specific questions about the training opportu- nities offered by their programs.
11:00 - 12:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de COLLABORATIVE PRACTICE: NEW ‘OUT OF COURT’ travail INTERDISCIPLINARY PROCESSES PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE SUPPORT FOR Family Psychology ALL FAMILY MEMBERS DURING MARITAL TRANSITIONS Susan Gamache, Hycroft Medical Centre
Collaborative Practice opens the door to the development of new theoretical perspectives, clinical approaches and research pro- grams regarding family members experiencing parental separation and divorce, especially children. Interdisciplinary teams of collaborative family lawyers (contracted for settlement only) together with divorce coaches (psychologists) and financial coun- selors work together in ‘out of court’ processes that bring together the best of family law, individual and family research and clinical practice, child development, mediation and financial counseling to address the unique needs of the family. Collaborative Practice has the potential to fulfill children’s best interest during parental divorce. While settling contentious issues is necessary, it may not be sufficient. Given the empirical literature on children’s risk and resiliency through parental marital transitions, addressing children’s best interest also requires all possible efforts be made to encourage the highest possible level of family functioning in the post-separation family environment, including strong and stable parent-child relationships, the minimal level of conflict and the maximum level of cooperation between households. Collaborative Practice offers new process choices, inter- disciplinary alliances and supported forums for families which encourage the best possible post-separation family environment for parents and their children.
11:00 - 11:25 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 11:00 - 11:25
Paper Session/ Séance de EVOLVING EPISTEMOLOGY présentation orale Angelina Baydala, University of Regina History and Philosophy #1 WRITING PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH: THE RHETORICAL CONSTRUCTION OF THE EMPIRICAL PAPER Richard Walsh-Bowers, Wilfrid Laurier University
When scientists compose empirical papers intended for journal publication, they endeavour to convince editors, reviewers, and readers that they have met acceptable standards of research and are advancing knowledge. Effective scientific communication of this sort enhances scientists’ intellectual and career goals. All scientific communication uses rhetoric, the art of persuasion. Moreover, heightened consciousness of scientific rhetoric facilitates wiser rhetorical choices. In analyzing the rhetorical con- struction of empirical papers in psychology from historical and philosophical perspectives, I examine the evolution of scientific rhetoric and its epistemological assumptions. Then I review psychologists’ rhetorical standards for format and style, as pre- scribed by the conventions, colloquially known as “APA style.” The re-emergence of qualitative research methods in psychology provides an opportunity for psychologists to return to the use of rhetorical diversity in their research papers.
32 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 THE DISCOURSE OF CRITICAL THINKING: TAKING UP THE RHETORIC Dane Burns, University of Calgary THURSDAY / JEUDI Although all educational institutions aspire to teach “critical thinking,” there is little consensus on the nature of the processes constituting critical thought. Furthermore, it is not at all obvious to students, the putative recipients of attempts to teach critical thinking, what this is or how they are to understand critical enquiry. Given the lack of consensus amongst researchers and edu- cators, coupled with its importance as an educational ideal, two studies were carried out using a qualitative methodology to see how students take up and use notions of critical thinking. In the first study group interviews were conducted and then analyzed according to a grounded theory methodology to construct a coherent, organized classification system of how student used critical thinking in their talk. In the second study, interviews were conducted and analyzed using discourse analysis to identify how notions of critical thinking operate to construct versions of educational experience. Students speak in multiple ways about criti- cal thinking and no single position characterizes their stance. However, they acknowledge that it is possible and sometimes nec- essary to complete university by ‘absorbing’ knowledge and being ‘uncritical.’ The implications for the understanding and teaching of critical thinking are discussed.
#3 WHAT IS EPISTEMOLOGICAL VIOLENCE IN EMPIRICAL PSYCHOLOGY? Thomas Teo, York University
Based on historical and theoretical reflections it is suggested that speculation cannot be eradicated from empirical psychology when it comes to the interpretation of data. The term epistemic violence was developed by Spivak to identify the various acade- mic projects through which the colonial subject has been constituted as the “Other.” In order to do justice to the methodological nature of the problem in empirical psychology the term epistemological violence is introduced. Epistemological violence is a practice that is executed in empirical articles and books in psychology, when interpretative speculations of data construct the “Other” as problematic. The “Other” denotes groups of human beings such as women, visible minorities, gays and lesbians, per- sons with disabilities, etc., who have been marginalized in society. The term epistemological emphasizes that interpretative spec- ulations are framed as knowledge although they are speculative interpretations regarding data. The term violence denotes that this “knowledge” has a negative impact on the “Other” and that speculations are produced to the detriment of the “Other.” The negative impact can range from misrepresentations and distortions, to a neglect of the voices of the “Other,” to statements of inferiority, and to recommendations of adverse practices or infringements. Examples from the history of psychology are provid- ed.
11:00 - 12:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES ON COUNSELING: ACCULTURATION, ETHICS, International and TRAINING AND PRACTICE Cross-cultural Randal Tonks, Camosun College
This symposium examines various aspects of the practice of counseling and psychotherapy in a cultured world. Whether practic- ing at home in Canada or abroad, issues of cultural diversity and difference come to the forefront while training, consulting or facilitating in the field. Beginning with the case of when the therapist is an immigrant, we start with an examination of the processes of acculturation and their impact on the adjusting therapist. This is followed by a paper that questions therapeutic assumptions and pragmatics as they have been put to test in psychotherapy with individuals from South Asian communities. Continuing with a closer examination of the principles of ethical practice laid out in the CPA code, our third paper addresses the role of ethics in guiding the processes and relationships of psychotherapy. Also considering the role of ethics in psychological practice, the next paper brings this critical enquiry the specific context of therapy with Iranian persons using indigenous con- structs. Finally we take a look at the application of training and psychotherapy in the field where we have an account of counsel- ing in the aftermath of a natural disaster, the Tsunami in Indonesia.
#1 WHEN THE PSYCHOLOGIST IS THE IMMIGRANT Janet Krantz, Memorial University
What it is like to be an immigrant who is a psychologist, specifically when you do not have a visible mark of difference. The experience of looking foolish when things are perfectly clear to others, including the process of assimilation/acculturation for the clinician and the impact on professional relationships.
#2 CULTURAL CONTEXTS AND LIFE TRAUMAS - PERSPECTIVE FROM THE FIELD Kamaljit Sidhu, Private Practice
The aim of this presentation will be to share treatment insights gained from working in private practice with minority ethnic indi- viduals who have experienced a variety of different life traumas impacting their physical and psychological functioning. The presenter will address issues such as: Can Western psychotherapy approaches be useful in working with individuals from non-
33 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Western cultures?; What client, therapist, and psychotherapy process variables have been relevant to psychotherapy outcome in working with these clients?; and, How is the psychotherapy process and outcome impacted if an individual refers herself/himself directly or is referred by a third party payer?
#3 ADAPTATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL ETHICS IN CROSS-CULTURAL COUNSELLING Chrsitine Wihak, University of Calgary; Noorfarah Merali, University of Alberta
Despite significant cultural diversity among client populations in Canada, the ethical codes counselling psychologists are expect- ed to adhere to in their practice are based on the perspective of the dominant culture (Cottone, 2001; Meara, Schmidt, & Day, 1996; Sadeghi, Fischer, & House, 2003). These codes identify guiding principles for counselling that assign primacy to individ- ual needs and goals over those of the family or community (Pedersen, 1999). They also tend to encourage counselor behaviors that are valued by the dominant group, such as establishing firm personal boundaries and promoting client independence (Cottone; Meara et al.; Pedersen). The ethics code of the Canadian Psychological Association (2000) explicitly states that psy- chologists should conduct their work in a manner that is respectful of clients’ cultural norms and values, but does not provide any guidance related to the cross-cultural application of ethical principles. The qualitative research to be presented focuses on
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY the experiences of 8 counsellors from the dominant group who resettled in Nunavut to work with Inuit clients. The research identified critical incidents and situations of ethical ambiguity that challenged their professional training in ethics, and uncovered their use of a social constructivism approach to redefine ethical practice in the Nunavut context.
#4 CROSS-CULTURAL COUNSELLING ISSUES: TRAINING RECOVERY WORKERS AND PSYCHOLOGISTS IN POST-TSUNAMI INDONESIA Beth Hedva, Institute for Transpersonal Psychology
It was in the cross cultural environment of Indonesia – a string of 3000 tropical, mountainous and volcanic islands with a cultur- ally diverse population of 200 million people speaking 250 languages and dialects – where some of the limitations of contempo- rary western psychology were confronted. Dr. Beth Hedva will discuss her experiences training local psychologists and recovery workers at Tarumanagara University, and in Aceh, where spiritual practices – both modern and ancient –may have exposed both the need for and the success of integrating spirituality and intuition into western clinical psychology and counselling practices.
#5 ETHICAL AND PRACTICE IMPLICATIONS: COUNSELLING IRANIANS IN CANADA Anoosha Aghakhani, University of Calgary
Counselling is a Western concept that is largely unrecognized in Iran. The purpose of this session is to present the ethical and practice difficulties a counsellor unfamiliar with Iranian culture may encounter when working with Iranian clients. A brief intro- duction to Iran and differences among Iranians with respect to ethnicity, religion, gender, and help-seeking behaviour will be provided. Formality and tarof, which are central to Iranian culture, will be reviewed. The remainder of this session will focus on specific ethical and practice considerations, including confidentiality, informed consent, multiple relationships, the therapeutic relationship, communication barriers, and interventions.
12:00 - 12:55 - MAYFAIR 12:00 - 12:55
Section/ CPA Invited SEVEN STEPS TOWARD BECOMING A MASTER TEACHER Speaker/ Conférencier William Buskist, Auburn University invité par la SCP et la section Teaching of Psychology (Section Program)
This presentation will outline in detail seven strategies and tactics that will help university and college teachers to become highly effective in the classroom. Attendees will be challenged to reflect upon their present teaching practices and to discover ways in which they can improve their teaching.
34 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
12:00 - 12:55 - LAKEVIEW 12:00 - 12:55
Conversation Session/ MEETING THE NEEDS OF SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGISTS IN CANADA THURSDAY / JEUDI Séance de conversation Joseph Snyder, Concordia University; Donald Saklofske, University of Calgary; Juanita Psychologists in Mureika, New Brunswick Dept. of Family & Community Services; Vicki Schwean, University of Education Calgary (Section Program)
This conversation session is intended to bring together school psychologists to discuss their most outstanding needs related to professional practice issues. Particular attention will be directed to the role of professional associations such as CASP and the Psychologists in Education section of CPA, and the position of school psychology within the provincial regulatory associations. Other issues related to credentialling, continuing professional education, and the changing role of school psychologists will be examined and discussed.
12:30 - 12:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 12:30 - 12:55
Theory Review Session/ WHEN THE MIND MEETS THE HEART: THE IMPORTANCE OF INCLUDING Séance de revue PSYCHOLOGICAL INTERVENTIONS IN CARDIAC REHABILITATION théorique George Kaoukis, University of Manitoba; Alan Lipson, Kinsmen Reh-Fit Centre; Kevin Health Psychology Saunders, Seven Oaks General Hospital
This paper discusses several lines of evidence that underscore the importance of including psychological interventions in cardiac rehabilitation (CR), and that were used to develop a regional psychological screening program for CR patients in Winnipeg, Manitoba. Medical research is increasingly showing a relationship between negative emotional states and pathophysiological processes thought to underlie cardiovascular disease such as platelet abnormalities and endothelial dysfunction. A significant number of cardiac patients experience clinical levels of anxiety and depression that persist 6 to 12 months after their event, and have an adverse impact on their health outcomes as well as their adherence to lifestyle changes. Adding psychological interven- tions to standard cardiac care has been associated with reductions in cardiac morbidity and mortality risk rates comparable to those obtained by many medical treatments, and with potential savings to the health care system. Preliminary data (n =1154) from the Winnipeg regional psychological screening program indicate that 29% of CR patients experience clinically significant levels of psychological distress and require different levels and modalities of psychological treatment.
13:00 - 13:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 13:00 - 13:55
Symposium “COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGICAL ETHICS” Janel Gauthier, University Laval
#1 “A COMPARISON OF NORTH AMERICAN AND BRITISH CODES OF ETHICS FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS” Eric Drogin, President, American Board of Forensic Psychology, Chair, Division of Life & Physical Sciences, American Bar Association
As consultants to the British Psychological Society’s (BPS) recent revision of its Code of Ethics and Conduct, the presenters were struck by the user-friendly nature of the initial BPS draft when compared to the American Psychological Association’s (APA) Ethical Principles of Psychologists and Code of Conduct. The BPS draft was broad in scope, normative in focus, and presumed a solid foundation of professionalism, while the APA code was highly directive and specific, several times the length of its British counterpart, and mentioned some form of the words “law” or “legal” no less than 52 times. It transpired that the best qualities of the BPS code were attributable to its patterning after the Canadian Psychological Association’s (CPA) Canadian Code of Ethics for Psychologists. With no APA or CPA model to use for inspiration, however, the BPS had earlier used a free- standing U.S. committee’s Specialty Guidelines for Forensic Psychologists as a “template” for its own Ethical Guidelines on Forensic Psychology, only to find that the U.S. version was itself substantially revised soon thereafter. This presentation com- pares related provisions of the British and North American codes, with a particular focus upon legal as well as ethical issues in both domestic and international practice.
#2 REFLECTION ON CODES OF ETHICS AND THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PROFESSIONALISM, RESPONSIBILITY TO SOCIETY, AND THE LAW Carole Sinclair, The Hincks-Dellcrest Treatment Centre, Toronto
The emphasis in the Canadian Code of Ethics for Psychologists on ethical decision making, and the Code’s provision of a frame- work organized around ethical principles, has captured the interest of several psychology communities around the world, and has
35 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
influenced the development of codes of ethics for psychologists in many countries. In this presentation, reasons for such interest will be explored, with particular attention to the significance of the attempt in the Canadian Code to balance the relationship between professionalism, personal integrity, personal responsibility, and responsibility to society (including respect for law). The history of the relationship of professions to society and to the law through the centuries, the differences between codes of ethics and codes of conduct, and efforts to develop codes that go across national boundaries will be explored. Examples will be drawn from the codes of other countries, other regions, and other disciplines.
13:00 - 14:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 13:00 - 14:55
Workshop/ Atelier de THE PSYCHOLOGY OF CONFLICT: PUTTING THEORY INTO PRACTICE Travail Larry Axelrod, The Neutral Zone Coaching and Consulting, Vancouver Industrial/ Organizational
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY Whether working in academics, clinical practice or business, psychology professionals often play a key role in supporting oth- ers’ attempts to understand and resolve conflict in their professional or personal lives. We will also encounter conflicts of our own that can test our ability to maintain collaborative and productive professional relationships. In fact, conflict is a major source of stress and anxiety in many people’s lives, and, if mishandled, can impair individual and organizational achievement and personal health. As detailed in the recently released book, Turning Conflict Into Profit (The University of Alberta Press), participants in this workshop will initially consider the psychological, interpersonal and cultural underpinnings of conflict. Participants will then explore the dynamics of conflict and discuss why people so often find themselves trapped in a cycle of denial, despair and detachment in response to conflict. Finally, participants will learn the advanced strategies and skills needed to successfully transform conflict into opportunities for learning, growth and achievement. Participants will leave this workshop with a deeper understanding of conflict and an enhanced ability to help others and themselves resolve even the most challenging of conflict situations.
13:00 - 14:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium CONTEMPORARY PSYCHOLOGY IN IRAN International and Mahin Tavakoli, Carleton University Cross-cultural
Though psychology is now flourishing in Iran, few Westerners know about current Iranian psychology. This symposium attempts to introduce Iranian psychological research, education, and applications to Canadian psychologists, and to explore some exciting possibilities and unique challenges for collaborative, cross-cultural research. In her presentation, Ms Tavakoli will address the education of Iranian psychologists and the application of psychology in education in Iran. Dr. Hatami will focus on the application of psychology in making childrens television programs. Dr. Aryan will discuss the link between psychology and religion in Iran. Dr. Thorngate will discuss Canadian-Iranian cross-cultural research, and Dr Rudmin, will elaborate on cross-cul- tural implications of presenters discussions and experiences.
#1 PSYCHOLOGISTS AND PSYCHOLOGY IN IRANIAN SCHOOLS AND UNIVERSITIES Mahin Tavakoli, Carleton University
Psychology is closely tied to education in Iran, and psychologists play different roles in Iranian universities, elementary and high schools than they do in Canada. In addition, the education of psychologists in Iran is somewhat different than in the West and psychological research in Iran has different emphases than in the West. In my presentation, I will discuss current research themes in Iranian psychology, the education of Iranian psychologists, the role of psychologists in Iranian schools and universi- ties, as well as the ties between psychology and education.
#2 LINKING PSYCHOLOGY AND TELEVISION IN IRAN Javad Hatami, Tehran University, Iran
In addition to my work as a professor of psychology, I have also been the principal producer, editor, and consultant of youth and children’s television in Iran. The links between psychology and television programming are very strong in Iran. My presentation discusses many of these links, giving examples of how psychological research and consultation is used in developing television programs for children and youth. I will also discuss various opportunities for communication between the young people and psy- chologists provided by Iranian television.
36 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#3 RELIGIOUS PSYCHOLOGY AND COUNSELLING IN IRAN Khadijeh Aryan, Allameh Tabatabaee University, London, England THURSDAY / JEUDI The psychological study of religion in religious societies is central for cultural understanding. My presentation will discuss the nature of religious psychology and counselling in the Islamic culture of Iran. I will also discuss the psychological schools of thought related to religion, and the links between Islamic beliefs and clinical and counselling practices.
#4 DOING CROSS CULTURAL RESEARCH IN IRAN Warren Thorngate, Carleton University
Iran offers Western psychologists many unique opportunities to test ideas about the links between psychology and culture. Concepts such as individualism and collectivism do not map well into the complexities and contradictions of Iranian culture, nor do they address the rapid changes and increasing stresses within Iran. My own observations of daily Iranian life suggest new ways of looking at all cultures based on the elucidation of fundamental dilemmas and paradoxes. I will outline some of these observations and the paradoxes they reveal, and discuss how Canadian psychologists might collaborate with Iranian psycholo- gists in cross-cultural research projects.
#5 DISCUSSION Floyd Rudmin, University of Tromsø, Norway
Taking a cross-cultural perspective, my discussion attempts to make a connection between the presenters’ experiences of psy- chology in Iran and Western psychologists’ needs. It will also address the positive and negative aspects of psychology in Iran. In summarizing the talks, I will argue why Western psychologists need to understand psychology in the Middle East in its own con- text and not from a Western point of view.
13:00 - 13:55 - MAYFAIR 13:00 - 13:55
Conversation Session/ CAN DISABILITY MANAGEMENT BE “SUCCESSFUL” WITHOUT Séance de conversation INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY? Industrial/ Gabrielle McHugh, University of Northern British Columbia; Henry Harder, University of Organizational Northern British Columbia
Disability Management (DM) has emerged as a proactive, employer based intervention strategy aimed at mitigating the effect of disability when it impacts workplace activity. The principles of DM emphasize the involvement of employers in securing job retention and workplace accommodation for injured workers. Success of DM is typically measured in terms of financial con- tainment of related disability costs. Recent studies question the validity of this measure and look more to the effect of DM on long-term employability of injured workers - the back end of DM, if you will. My interest is in the front end of DM. DM research acknowledges workplace culture as an influential force shaping the acceptance/rejection of DM. DM also recognizes that an integral contextual aspect for successful DM is a cooperative work environment. This context however, is limited to labour-management policy agreements ignoring any underlying dynamics of organizational change. My preliminary research suggests that employer perception towards DM is a good predictor of the presence of DM strategies. My current research is looking at the notion of resilience to DM by examining the congruence of attitudes towards DM among workers across various levels of an organization. Would I-O round out the multidisciplinary approach required for DM to make the biggest impact on the employability of injured workers?
13:00 - 14:55 - BELAIRE 13:00 - 14:55
Keynote Speaker/ THEORETICAL CONTINUITY ACROSS PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT, Conférencier de section PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, AND THE THERAPEUTIC PROCESS Psychoanalysis Sidney Blatt, Yale University (Section Program)
Interpersonal relatedness and self-definition, or communion and agency, are central dimensions in many theories of personality. This presentation will review many of the ways these two contstructs appear in personality theories and demonstrate how these two constructs provide the basis for establishing links among personality development, personality organization, concepts of psychopathology, and mechanisms of therapeutic change. Particular emphasis will be placed on demonstrating the validity of these formulations, especially in studies of therapeutic change in both brief and in long-term intensive treatment.
37 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
13:00 - 14:50 - BRITANNIA 13:00 - 14:50 POSTER SESSION “B” PRÉSENTATION PAR AFFICHAGE (CLINICAL - CLINIQUE)
(Clinical Psychology – Psychologie clinique #1-71) #1 THE ILLUSION OF CONTROL AND SKILL ORIENTATION IN PROBLEM GAMBLING Carmen Wheeler, Lakehead University; Dwight Mazmanian, Lakehead University; John Jamieson, Lakehead University
Recreational gamblers (n = 33), problem gamblers as defined by both the South Oaks Gambling Screen (Lesieur & Blume, 1987, 1993) and the DSM-IV Based Problem Gambling Questionnaire (Beaudoin & Cox, 1999; Cox, Enns, & Michaud, 2004) (n = 20), as well as a group of non-gamblers (n = 22) participated in two simulated gambling activities in a laboratory. The gambling activities were designed to elicit the illusion of control by manipulating participant involvement and choice. Problem gamblers showed significantly more confidence in their ability to win and rated their skill at winning higher than the other two groups
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY across all the conditions. Unexpectedly, conditions in which gamblers had the illusion of more control did not affect either their confidence in winning or their amount wagered. As well, the groups did not differ in their perceived locus of control as mea- sured by the Internal-External Control Scale (Rotter, 1966). Thus beliefs about their gambling skill and confidence in winning appear to better distinguish recreational gamblers from problem gamblers than the illusion of control phenomenon.
#2 THE ROLE OF IMPRESSION MANAGEMENT AND SELF-DECEPTION IN SELF-REPORTS OF PROBLEM GAMBLING Emily King, Lakehead University; Dwight Mazmanian, Lakehead University; John Jamieson, Lakehead University; Ashley Kallos, Lakehead University
A number of studies have demonstrated that problem gamblers provide inaccurate or biased reports of their gambling behav- iours. It is not clear whether this response bias represents a conscious or deliberate attempt to “look good” to others (i.e., impres- sion management), or if problem gamblers believe their reports to be accurate (i.e., self-deception). In this study we examined the role of these two response styles on self-reports of gambling behaviour in 75 adult gamblers and non-gamblers. Using South Oaks Gambling Screen cut-off scores (Lesieur & Blume, 1987), 20 of the participants were classified as problem gamblers, 33 as social gamblers, and 22 were non-gamblers. All participants completed the South Oaks Gambling Screen, the DSM-IV Based Problem Gambling Questionnaire (Beaudoin & Cox, 1999; Cox, Enns, & Michaud, 2004), and the Balanced Inventory of Desirable Responding (Paulhus, 1984). Contrary to predictions, negative correlations were obtained between impression man- agement and the two indices of problem gambling (rs = -.28, -.29, p < .05). Self-deception failed to correlate with either index. Similar findings were obtained when sub-group analyses were conducted (type of gambler, sex). Contrary to what has been sug- gested in the literature, these findings suggest that impression management and self-deception may not be related to self-reports of gambling behaviour.
#3 PERCEPTIONS OF PARENTS AND PERSONALITY VULNERABILITY TO DEPRESSION Valerie Whiffen, University of Ottawa; Kidest Mengistu, University of Ottawa
A large body of research links adult depression to perceptions of parents during childhood. A separate literature has shown that personality (i.e., sociotropy, self-criticism, perfectionism and attachment insecurity) can act as a risk factor for depression. In previous research, recollections of parents have been linked consistently only to self-criticism. The first goal of the present study was to develop a more comprehensive measure of the parenting behaviours that might be implicated in personality vulner- ability to depression. The second goal was to evaluate the links between specific dimensions of parenting and personality vul- nerability. The participants were 120 men and 305 women, aged 18-25 years, who completed questionnaires on line. For both sexes, more sociotropic individuals perceived their parents as having been more demanding and critical during childhood. The remaining personality vulnerabilities were linked either to perceiving parents as indifferent or to perceiving them as both indif- ferent and demanding. A parent who does not show interest in a child creates uncertainty about what it takes to get his/her love. One who also is demanding has high expectations for the child but gives little feedback about whether the child is meeting those expectations. Our findings highlight the importance of a previously neglected parenting characteristic: indifference.
#4 USING EXPECTED P-VALUES TO COMPARE TESTS OF EQUIVALENCE Robert Cribbie, York University; Chantal Arpin-Cribbie, York University
Researchers in clinical psychology are often interested in determining if the means of two or more conditions are equivalent. For example, a researcher may be interested in whether the effect of one therapy for depression is equivalent to the effects of a sec- ond therapy for depression (e.g., comparing the effects of an existing therapy to a newly recommended therapy). The most appropriate inferential procedure for determining if two independent means are equivalent is an equivalence test (e.g., Schuirmann’s test of equivalence), where a critical difference between means is established for declaring two means equivalent.
38 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
However, researchers frequently adopt nonequivalence tests (e.g., independent samples t-test) even though these tests are not appropriate for assessing equivalence (given that the alternative hypothesis relates to the nonequivalence of the means and there-
fore more power implies a greater probability of finding the means to be different). Procedures for determining if two means are THURSDAY / JEUDI equivalent have been proposed by Schuirmann, Tryon, etc. but there has been little research into which test is most appropriate (either globally or for specific data characteristics such as variance heterogeneity). The goal of this study is to use a Monte Carlo study to compare available equivalence tests for a wide variety of data conditions including nonnormal data and unequal vari- ances. The equivalence tests will be compared using expected p-values, which allow direct comparisons of the procedures at spe- cific points under the alternative hypotheses.
#5 USING A GROUP FORMAT TO TEACH PATIENTS FUNDAMENTAL COGNITIVE-BEHAVIOURAL SKILLS Sophie Macrodimitris, Calgary Health Region; Kate Hamilton, Calgary Health Region; Barb Backs-Dermott, Calgary Health Region
The purpose of this project was to determine whether the core concepts of CBT could be effectively and efficiently taught through a psychoeducational group to enhance patient preparedness for more focused individual CBT. We also explored whether the psychoeducational group alone could result in a reduction in negative mood. Patients were accepted to the group program, entitled “CBT Basics,” following an assessment with a CBT therapist, who remained their contact person in the event of a crisis. Patients were required to meet criteria for a mood or anxiety disorder with no current acute crisis and to be willing to attend a group program. Patients completed the Beck Depression Inventory, Beck Anxiety Inventory, Automatic Thoughts Questionnaire, and Cognitive Therapy Awareness Scale in the first and last sessions of the six-session group. Preliminary find- ings with four groups of 6-8 patients suggest that CBT Basics is an effective teaching tool that results in an increase in knowl- edge of cognitive therapy skills. It also resulted in a reduction in negative mood. Future directions for this innovative program are discussed, including expanding it for use with specific populations (e.g., forensic, neurological) and using it as a training tool for students learning CBT.
#6 EVALUATING THE PSYCHOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF THE YOUNG SCHEMA QUESTIONNAIRE IN AN ADOLESCENT SAMPLE Margaret Lumley, Queen's University; Kate Harkness, Queen's University
Adolescence is a time when risk for the onset of depression increases considerably. Thus, research into vulnerability factors for the disorder in adolescents is particularly important. Beck and colleagues’ Cognitive Theory of depression states that negative cognitive schemas are particularly important risk factors for the disorder, and act as potential mediators between negative early life experiences and later depression onset. The Young Schema Questionnaire-Short Form (YSQ-SF; Young, 1994) measures 15 specific early maladaptive schemas of theorized importance to the development and maintenance of various forms of psy- chopathology, including depression. In this first psychometric examination of the YSQ-SF in an adolescent sample, a total of 172 boys and girls (89 depressed, 10 anxious, 73 control; DSM-IV diagnoses) completed the YSQ-SF at time 1 and again one year later. Participants also completed several other measures of mood and cognition. The internal consistency, test-retest relia- bility will be reported. Also, the YSQ-SF’s concurrent validity with respect to other measures of negative cognitive schemas and with respect to psychopathology at time 1 and 2 will be discussed. The longitudinal design of this study provides an excel- lent opportunity to analyze the stability of early maladaptive schemas over time in an adolescent sample.
#7 THE EFFECTS OF DEPRESSION ON POST-ADOLESCENT SMOKING INITIATION AND ESCALATION Jessica McLachlan, Univeristy of Calgary; Shawn Currie, University of Calgary; JianLi Wang, University of Calgary
Although teenage smoking remains a significant public health concern, research indicates a second wave of smoking initiation occurs in young adults. The relationship between depression and smoking initiation and escalation was studied using the National Population Health Survey (NPHS), a longitudinal study of the determinants of health in Canadians. This longitudinal analysis is an improvement over previous retrospective or cross-sectional studies that have attempted to draw a casual relation- ship between depression and smoking. Based on the high rate of depression seen in this age group (18-25 years) and the high comorbidity between nicotine dependence and depressive symptoms, we hypothesized that major depression would predict post- adolescent smoking initiation and escalation. Participants (N = 1,434) consisted of individuals who were nonsmokers or occa- sional smokers at cycle 1 (1994-95). Results will relate both baseline depression and variables that may influence smoking status (i.e., sex, socioeconomic status, recent life events, and stress) to smoking initiation and escalation in the 1996-97 and the 1998- 99 cohort data. Findings from the present study can contribute to understanding the mechanisms of post-adolescent smoking ini- tiation and escalation. Findings may also contribute to the development of appropriate and accurate models of addiction and smoking prevention.
39 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#8 THE EFFECTIVENESS OF INDIVIDUAL COMMUNITY REINFORCEMENT AND FAMILY TRAINING (CRAFT) WITH CONCERNED SIGNIFICANT OTHERS OF PROBLEM GAMBLERS Nicole Peden, University of Calgary; David Hodgins, University of Calgary
Treatment options for concerned significant others (CSOs) of problem gamblers are limited and available treatments focus exclusively on the CSOs distress. Community Reinforcement and Family Training (CRAFT) is one approach that has been shown to reduce CSO distress in addition to the addict’s behaviour (i.e., alcohol or drug use). CRAFT capitalizes on the well- documented fact that family members have considerable influence on an addict’s decision to enter treatment. The CRAFT approach was modified into a self-help format for CSOs of problem gamblers and showed empirical success in reducing gam- bling behaviour, but did not reduce CSO distress or improve treatment entry rates for gamblers. Many CSOs reported the need for more guidance in implementing the strategies and procedures. The present study will modify the CRAFT approach into an individual treatment format and examine its efficacy in comparison to the self-help workbook in a randomized clinical trial. It is predicted that individuals who receive the CRAFT individual intervention will have improved outcomes compared to those who receive the CRAFT self-help intervention. THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY #9 ANXIETY SENSITIVITY AS A VULNERABILITY TO ANXIETY IN A LONGITUDINAL COMMUNITY SAMPLE Ian Clara, University of Manitoba; Brian Cox, University of Manitoba; Murray Enns, University of Manitoba; Steven Taylor, University of British Columbia
Anxiety sensitivity (AS) is defined as the fear of anxiety symptoms based on a belief that anxiety sensations have harmful physi- cal, psychological, or social consequences. Identifying AS as a psychological vulnerability for panic-related anxiety has import for intervention and prevention purposes but much of this research has been studied with college or clinical samples. There is a paucity of research on the impact of AS in a community sample. The current study used a large community sample (N = 705) assessed prospectively over a one-year period. Regression models were used to determine if AS could predict increases in Time 2 anxiety symptoms, based on Beck Anxiety scores, after controlling for Time 1 Beck Anxiety and Neuroticism. AS at Time 1 was significantly positively related to Time 2 Beck Anxiety scores as a main effect. AS at Time 1 remained significantly related to Time 2 Beck Anxiety after controlling for Neuroticism and baseline symptoms of anxiety. AS showed predictive validity over and above Neuroticism, highlighting the role that this lower-order personality factor has in its prospective prediction of anxiety.
#10 THE STRUCTURE OF FEARED SOCIAL SITUATIONS IN A NATIONALLY REPRESENTATIVE CANADIAN SAMPLE Ian Clara, University of Manitoba; Brian Cox, University of Manitoba; Murray Stein, University of California - San Diego; John Walker, University of Manitoba
Social anxiety disorder is a commonly occurring disorder that carries considerable impairment. Separate patterns may exist within this condition. There is a paucity of research on the covariation and hierarchic structure of social fears in nationally rep- resentative samples. The current study used the Canadian Community Health Survey Cycle 1.2 (N = 36,984), a cross-sectional multistage sampling of the general Canadian population aged 15 and older. A set of 13 feared social situations were assessed in the CCHS 1.2. Exploratory and confirmatory factor analyses were employed with split-half samples to delineate the multidi- mensional structure and hierarchic organization of the 13 feared situations assessed by structured interview. A three factor model, consisting of Interaction Fears (e.g., uneasy meeting people), Speaking Fears (e.g., uneasy performing or giving a talk), and Observational Fears (e.g., uneasy working while being watched) showed the best fit to the data. Findings with respect to other psychological variables and implications of these general population findings will be discussed.
#11 A META-ANALYSIS OF PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC APPROACHES USED IN THE TREATMENT OF BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER Jaime Williams, University of Regina; Thomas Hadjistavropoulos, University of Regina; Donald Sharpe, University of Regina
Many approaches for the treatment of Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) have been developed (e.g., Linehan et al., 1991; 2002; Meares et al., 1999). Dialectical Behaviour Therapy (DBT) has been shown to be effective in the amelioration of BPD- related symptoms (e.g., Linehan et al., 1991; Verhuel et al., 2003). It is unclear whether other psychological treatments demon- strate similar efficacy to DBT because they have not received the same research attention. The purpose of this meta-analysis was to evaluate the overall effectiveness of psychological treatments for BPD, to ascertain whether DBT has an advantage over other psychotherapeutic approaches, and to identify aspects of DBT that may contribute to treatment success rates (e.g., length of treatment; inpatient vs. outpatient population). Our findings support the effectiveness of psychotherapeutic approaches in general and DBT in particular. These findings require cross-validation through large-scale clinical trials comparing DBT with alternative forms of psychotherapy.
40 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#12 THE EFFECTS OF DIFFERENT ADVERTISING APPEALS AND MEDIA ON THE RECRUITMENT OF HEALTHY SUBJECTS FOR PARTICIPATION IN PEDIATRIC
PSYCHOLOGY RESEARCH THURSDAY / JEUDI Kate Abbott, Dalhousie University; Lauren Macaulay, Dalhousie University and IWK Health Centre; Christine Chambers, Dalhousie University and IWK Health Centre
Although many psychological studies require the participation of human subjects, little is known about effective strategies for participant recruitment. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of three different advertising appeals and three different forms of advertising media on the recruitment of healthy research subjects for participation in pediatric psycholo- gy research. Advertising appeals were created based on literature examining motivations for research participation. The first appeal focused on altruistic motivations; the second on personal gain motivations. A control appeal, the standard advertising material used in the lab, was also employed. Each appeal was implemented using three different media vehicles: still television (TV) advertising with audio, targeted community mail-outs, and posters in the community. A total of 65 households responded to the various advertisements during the four month study period. Results indicated that the personal gain appeal was significant- ly more effective in generating contacts to the lab than the altruistic appeal. The targeted community mail-out was significantly more effective in generating contacts than the TV and poster media. Implications of these results for the recruitment of subjects for participation in psychological research will be discussed.
#13 EARLY MALADAPTIVE SCHEMAS AND ADAPTIVE AND MALADAPTIVE HUMOUR STYLES David Dozois, University of Western Ontario; Rod Martin, University of Western Ontario; Peter Bieling, St. Joseph's Healthcare
Early maladaptive schemas (EMSs) are underlying cognitive structures that are thought to create vulnerability to various forms of psychopathology. A number of different EMSs have been identified (Young, 1999). These schemas are thought to act as tem- plates for information processing which influence individuals’ emotional reactions to life situations and their styles of interper- sonal relating. One type of social-emotional behaviour that might be affected by EMSs is individuals’ style of humour, which can be expressed in both adaptive and maladaptive ways. This study examined correlations between subscales of the Young Schema Questionnaire (YSQ) and the Humor Styles Questionnaire (HSQ). Results revealed that a number of EMSs (e.g., Emotional Deprivation, Mistrust/Abuse, Dependence/Incompetence) are associated with reduced use of adaptive affiliative and self-enhancing humor styles and increased use of maladaptive self-defeating humor. In addition, the Entitlement EMS is associ- ated with a more aggressive humour style. Analyses also suggest that the relationship between various EMSs and depressed mood (as measured by the BDI-II) is mediated by both self-enhancing and self-defeating humour styles. These findings have implications for our understanding of the way cognitive vulnerabilities for psychopathology may be mediated by social and emo- tional behaviour such as humour styles.
#14 COGNITIVE ORGANIZATION IN PREVIOUSLY DEPRESSED INDIVIDUALS AND NONPSYCHIATRIC CONTROLS: A PRIMING STUDY David Dozois, University of Western Ontario
Previously depressed persons tend to show increased maladaptive thinking and information processing biases following a nega- tive mood induction. These findings support the idea that there may be stable cognitive vulnerability factors for depression. This study assessed information processing and cognitive organization before and after a mood prime. A sample of previously depressed individuals and nonpsychiatric controls completed initial cognitive tasks. Participants were then administered a mood priming manipulation and were randomly assigned to one of two task conditions (to complete an alternate form of either the emotional Stroop task or a cognitive organization task). Two parallel lists of positive and negative interpersonal- and achievement-related adjectives were used for these tasks. Between-group differences were expected on indices of cognitive organization prior to the mood prime. It was also predicted that priming would contribute to a shift in information processing for individuals who experienced depression in the past; however, no significant within-subject differences were expected on cognitive organization. Previously depressed individuals showed greater interconnectedness of negative content and less inter- connectedness of positive content than controls. Although cognitive organization remained stable, as predicted, group differ- ences were not found post-priming.
#15 EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE IN ANXIETY DISORDERS Patricia Kloosterman, Trent University; Laura Summerfeldt, Trent University & Anxiety Treatment and Research Centre, St. Joseph's Healthcare, Hamilton; Martin Antony, McMaster University & Anxiety Treatment and Research Centre, St. Joseph's Healthcare, Hamilton; Randi McCabe, McMaster University and Anxiety Treatment and Research Centre, St. Joseph's Healthcare, Hamilton; James Parker, Trent University
The relationship between emotional intelligence and anxiety disorders was examined in 317 clinical outpatients with obsessive- compulsive disorder (OCD), panic disorder (PD), and social phobia (SP), as well as 317 nonclinical controls, using the Emotional Quotient Inventory short (EQ-I-S). Patients in all anxiety disorder groups reported lower emotional intelligence than
41 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
did controls. However, as predicted, differences existed among the anxiety disorder groups, with the SP group displaying lower levels of global emotional intelligence than both the OCD and PD groups. Post-hoc analyses revealed that the SP group scored lower than both other clinical groups on 2 of the 4 subscales of the EQ-I-S (intrapersonal and interpersonal). These findings not only support a negative relationship between anxiety disorders and emotional intelligence, but also point to theoretically mean- ingful differences in emotional intelligence among the disorders. Results are discussed in light of the literature on social and emotional competencies in SP.
#16 MEMORY FOR INTERNAL CUES OF THREAT IN SOCIAL ANXIETY Andrea Ashbaugh, Concordia University; Oded Greemberg, Concordia University; Adam Radomsky, Concordia University
Social anxiety may be associated with a memory bias for internal physiological sensations associated with anxiety (e.g., blush- ing) rather than external cues of social threat (e.g., critical faces). Using a novel paradigm, participants will be asked to monitor their physiology as they give a short speech. They, will be told that their physiology is being measured by a computer. Half the participants will be told that stable physiology reflects a successful performance (Threat Condition), whereas remaining partici-
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY pants will be told that physiology is unrelated to performance (Non-Threat Condition). Memory for computer-displayed images associated with increasing, decreasing, and stable physiology will be assessed. We hypothesize that participants who are told to interpret their physiology in a threatening manner will remember more images representing physiological cues associated with poor performance (e.g., increasing or decreasing physiology) than participants told not to interpret their physiology in a threaten- ing manner. Preliminary data suggests that individuals in the Threat Condition remember more images related to increasing, decreasing, and stable physiology compared to individuals in the Non-Threat Condition. Implications will be discussed in rela- tion to cognitive-behavioural models of social anxiety disorder.
#17 PREDICTORS OF MOTHERS’ PROBLEM RECOGNITION DURING EARLY ADOLESCENCE Heather Sheppard, University of New Brunswick; Heather Sears, University of New Brunswick
Parents’ problem recognition represents the most salient way in which adolescents access informal and professional sources of help, yet little is known about this process (Logan & King, 2001). According to help-seeking models (e.g., Srebnik, Cause, & Baydar, 1996), many factors influence problem recognition, including an individual’s predisposing characteristics. However, few predisposing characteristics have been examined in relation to parental problem recognition. To address this limitation, Belsky’s parenting model (1984) was used to identify parental characteristics that relate to mothers’ problem recognition. Situational appraisals (normalcy, stability, severity,and controllability) were also examined as potential mediators. A sample of 160 mothers of early adolescents was used to assess the relationships between mothers’ emotional competence, psychological well-being, and parental-self efficacy and their ratings of hypothetical vignettes reflecting normative family or peer situations as problematic. Mothers’ emotional competence significantly related to their problem ratings, and this relationship was mediated by mothers’ appraisals of the situation’s severity. Theoretical implications of this project are provided, including the importance of conceptualizing parental-facilitated help-seeking as a normative parenting task during adolescence.
#18 PERFECTIONISM RELATED COGNITIONS AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTRESS Chantal Arpin-Cribbie, York University
There currently exist various conceptualizations of perfectionism and how it can impact one’s adjustment. Many studies have been designed to foster a greater understanding of the psychological distress of post-secondary students, as it relates to the high prevalence of perfectionistic tendencies in academic settings. A perfectionist’s tendencies to engage in behavior or to adopt cog- nitive frameworks such as setting/striving for extremely high standards, critically evaluating themselves harshly, overgeneraliz- ing failure, and adhering to all-or-none thinking have been associated with adjustment difficulties. Multiple studies examining perfectionism clearly highlight the need to focus aspects of any intervention on the various dimensions and processes involved in perfectionism. The purpose of the present randomized control study is to assess the relative effectiveness of two interventions (a general stress management protocol and a cognitive behavioural protocol aiming to modify the effects of perfectionistic beliefs) in attempting to decrease levels of psychological distress in post-secondary students endorsing elevated levels of pre-morbid per- fectionism. It is expected that this study will help advance our understanding about how to help students better cope with perfec- tionistic attitudes.
#19 DEPRESSIVE AND AVOIDANT PERSONALITY DISORDERS: CAN FACETS OF THE FFM ASSIST WITH A DIFFICULT DISTINCTION? Angela Ring, Concordia University; Andrew Ryder, Concordia; Donald Watanabe, Concordia University; R. Bagby, University of Toronto
Depressive Personality Disorder (DPD) remains controversial due to high overlap with other personality disorders (PDs), partic- ularly Avoidant Personality Disorder (APD) (Ryder et. al, 2002). Although some researchers have proposed using the Five-
42 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Factor Model of Personality (FFM) to make difficult distinctions among PDs, DPD and APD correlate with a large and overlap- ping group of facets (Bagby, et. al, 2004). No studies have examined the capacity of individual facets to predict PDs after con-
trolling for the remainder of the FFM. Psychiatric outpatients (N = 419) completed the NEO PI-R and SCID-II. Multiple regres- THURSDAY / JEUDI sion analyses, controlling for the entire FFM other than the target facet, revealed that both high depression (.49;.23) and low trust (-.19; -.18) each predicted symptoms of both DPD and APD, respectively. High anxiety (.23) predicted only DPD symptoms, while high self-consciousness (.34), low warmth (-.21), and low gregariousness (-.26) predicted only APD symptoms. Outpatients with formal diagnoses of either DPD or APD (n = 43) were considered separately using Discriminant Function Analysis of the aforementioned facets. The resulting function correctly classified 83% of DPD cases and 79% of APD cases. Implications for PD psychopathology, as well as differential assessment and treatment planning, will be discussed.
#20 RE-EVALUATION OF THE CENTER FOR EPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDIES – DEPRESSION SCALE Trevor Olson, University of Saskatchewan; Cherie Peterson, University of Saskatchewan; Michelle Presniak, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
In 2000, Schroevers and colleagues evaluated the psychometric properties of a Dutch version of the Center for Epidemiological Studies – Depression (CES-D). They specifically assessed the validity of 4 reverse-scored items assessing positive affect. They found that a 16-item version of the CES-D scale, which removed the 4 reverse-scored items, was a more valid measure of depression than a 20-item version which retained the 4 items. The present study further investigated the validity of the 16 and 20 item versions of the CES-D scale in a Canadian university sample. Based on the original article, principle component and correlational analyses were conduced. Both the 16 and the 20 item versions of the CES-D scale were compared to measures of psychosocial functioning (e.g., the five factors of personality, defense mechanisms, anxiety, other measures of depression, etc.). Contrary to the Schroevers and colleague’s (2000) findings, the original 20-item CES-D scale showed stronger and more theoret- ically consistent relations to the outcome measures than the 16-item version. Specific results will be presented and discussed. The present results indicate that the 20-item version of the CES-D is a more valid measure of depressive symptomatology than the 16-item version in a Canadian university sample.
#21 IN SEARCH OF HELP: HELP-SEEKING ATTITUDES AND BEHAVIOUR AMONG PROBLEM GAMBLERS Chrystal Mansley, University of Calgary; David Hodgins, University of Calgary; Kelly Rose, University of Calgary
As most problem gamblers (PGs) do not seek help for their problems, existing services can only be helpful to the small minority of PGs who actually seek formal assistance. An understanding of factors that affect help-seeking behaviour is vital for the improvement of service provision and utilization. The purpose of this study was to provide descriptive and exploratory informa- tion about help-seeking behaviour and attitudes among PGs. Preliminary results indicate that most PGs were aware of gambling- specific resources in their community, could name at least one resource, and felt gambling resources would be accessible. Despite knowledge and accessibility, less than a third of the sample had sought help for gambling problems from a formal help provider. Compared to those who did not seek help, PGs who had sought formal help for gambling had significantly more severe gambling problems. Help-seekers perceived their gambling problems as causing greater impairment and scored higher on a measure of readiness to change gambling behaviour. PGs who had sought formal help for gambling had more positive attitudes towards treat- ment, including significantly greater confidence in the mental health system and a higher recognition of need for treatment. Results of this research will have the potential to inform the development of interventions for PGs who do not to seek help.
#22 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ANXIETY DISORDERS AND SUICIDAL BEHAVIORS AMONG INDIVIDUALS WITH A MOOD DISORDER: RESULTS FROM A LARGE COMMUNITY SURVEY Shay-Lee Belik, University of Manitoba; Brian Cox, University of Manitoba; Murray Enns, University of Manitoba; Jitender Sareen, University of Manitoba
Controversy exists around whether anxiety disorders are independently associated with suicidal behavior. However, investiga- tions in this area have been limited due to the fact that personality disorders, known to be comorbid with anxiety disorders, were not assessed. This study aims to replicate and extend findings around whether anxiety disorders are associated with suicidal behaviors in individuals with a mood disorder in a large, population-based study. Data were from the National Epidemiologic Survey of Alcoholism and Related Conditions (NESARC), the largest nationally-representative comorbidity survey ever con- ducted (N = 43,093). The Alcohol Use Disorder and Associated Disabilities Interview Schedule was used to assess lifetime diag- noses of DSM-IV mental disorders. Multiple logistic regression analyses were conducted to examine whether the presence of a comorbid anxiety disorder would increase the likelihood of suicidal behaviors among those with a mood disorder. After adjust- ing for sociodemographic factors, personality disorders, and all other mental disorders assessed in the survey, presence of any anxiety disorder in combination with a mood disorder was associated with a higher likelihood of suicidal ideation and suicide attempts in comparison with a mood disorder alone. This is the first study to demonstrate this relationship.
43 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#23 TESTING THE MORAL COMPONENT OF MENTAL CONTAMINATION Joanna Herba, University of British Columbia; Corinna Elliott, University of British Columbia; Stanley Rachman, University of British Columbia
Mental contamination refers to feelings of contamination that arise in the absence of any physical contact with a polluting sub- stance. For example, some victims of sexual assault feel tarnished by the experience and feel dirty and want to wash whenever reminded of it. Previous research has demonstrated that mental contamination can be evoked in the laboratory by asking women to imagine experiencing a forced kiss by an undesirable man. The purpose of the present study is: a) to test the proposition that a morally disgusting stimulus (that is physically clean) is sufficient to produce feelings of mental contamination, and b) to determine the predictive validity of 3 newly developed measures of mental contamination. Female undergraduates will listen to a tape and imagine having a kiss forced upon them by a physically clean, but morally undesirable, man. Women in the control condition will imagine a consensual kiss. It is hypothesized that a) women in the forced condition will experience stronger feelings of dirtiness and urge to wash than women in the consensual condition, and b) questionnaires assessing experiences with mental contamination, contamination thought-action fusion and sensitivity to contamination will predict individual differences in mental contamination.
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY #24 CHARACTERISTICS OF CAREGIVERS WHO ENROL IN INTERVENTION STUDIES AND REASONS FOR NON-PARTICIPATION Ursula Wiprzycka, OISE, University of Toronto; Limor Zomer, OISE, University of Toronto; Corey Mackenzie, OISE, University of Toronto
Family caregivers of older adults with dementia experience elevated rates of physical and mental health problems as a result of their challenging care responsibilities. Unfortunately, the majority of these individuals do not access services available to them. Reasons why they do not seek help are poorly understood. There is some evidence that those who refuse participation in pro- grams experience excessive caregiving demands and higher levels of caregiver stress. The goal of the current study was to explore the influence of caregiver stress and other barriers to participation in a stress reduction intervention offered at a large geriatric teaching hospital. Telephone surveys were conducted with participants who chose not to participate. Of the 77 care- givers who were eligible to participate in an expressive writing intervention, 67.5% refused to take part in the study. There were no differences between the two groups in levels of stress, age, education, or average daily contact with care recipients. The two primary reasons cited for non-participation included being too busy or stressed (40.4%) and not perceiving oneself as a caregiver (25%). Other reasons included lack of interest, lack of stress, skepticism about potential benefits of the program, and age and health limitations. Implications for recruitment of caregivers for intervention studies will be discussed.
#25 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SOCIOTROPY AND AUTONOMY AND INTERPERSONAL STYLE IN COLLEGE ROOMMATES Lorna Scott, University of New Brunswick; David Clark, University of New Brunswick
The purpose of the present study is to further investigate some of the interpersonal aspects of the cognitive personality constructs of sociotropy and autonomy. College roomates living in university dormitories were asked to rate both themselves and their roommates on two measures of interpersonal functioning, as well as complete self-report measures of the personality constructs of sociotropy and autonomy, and a measure of depression. The results presented here represent the Time 1 cross-sectional data of a larger longitudinal study investigating a model of interpersonal style, cognitive vulnerabilities, stress, and mood. The Inventory of Interpersonal Problems - 64 (IIP-64), the Checklist of Interpersonal Transactions - Revised (CLOIT-R), the Personal Style Inventory (PSI), and the Beck Depression Inventory - II (BDI-II) were completed by 103 college roommate pairs during the fall term. Findings revealed that there appear to be distinct interpersonal patterns associated with the cognitive person- ality vulnerability constructs of sociotropy and autonomy.
#26 SEASONAL MOOD, WEIGHT AND SLEEP VARIATIONS AS RISK FACTORS FOR POSTPARTUM DEPRESSION Maria Corral, University of British Columbia; Andrea Wardrop, St. Paul's Hospital; Hongbin Zhang, St. Paul's Hospital
Seasonality is the degree to which symptoms or behaviour change with the seasons. Studies have shown that seasonal mood vari- ation is associated with a variety of disorders, including bipolar disorder, premenstrual dysphoric disorder and postpartum depression (PPD). A possible contribution of seasonality to PPD may have implications for choice of treatment and pregnancy planning. The objectives of this pilot study were to examine whether women with seasonal mood changes as recorded by the Seasonal Pattern Assessment Questionnaire (SPAQ; Rosenthal et al., 1987) demonstrated a greater incidence of PPD, and to see if seasonality scores were predictive of PPD. In our sample, seasonal mood fluctuation and PPD were found to be marginally associated (odds ratio 2.513; 95% CI [0.954, 6.622], p = 0.062). Logistic regression analysis revealed that PPD was associated specifically with seasonal weight change (for 1 kg increase, odds ratio 1.114; 95% CI [1.012, 1.225], p = 0.027), and decreased sleep in the Spring and Summer (for 1 hour increase, odds ratio 0.69; 95% CI [0.492, 0.992], p = 0.045 and 0.70; 95%CI [0.502, 0.976], p = 0.035 respectively). However, seasonality was not found to be predictive of PPD. These results suggest that there is a link between seasonal mood, weight and sleep variations and PPD. The clinical implications of these findings will be reviewed.
44 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#27 CROSS-SECTIONAL ASSOCIATIONS AMONG SLEEP PROBLEMS, FATIGUE, AND PSYCHOPATHOLOGY IN A REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLE OF HEALTHY
ONTARIO CHILDREN THURSDAY / JEUDI J. Aimee Coulombe, University of Western Ontario; Graham Reid, University of Western Ontario; Michael Boyle, Mc Master University, Offord Centre for Child Studies; Yvonne Racine, McMaster University, Offord Centre for Child Studies
Studies have demonstrated consistent associations between children’s sleep problems and psychopathology. Established risk fac- tors that might underlie these relations have not been accounted for. The study at hand examined the relation between children’s sleep problems and psychopathology in a representative sample of healthy Ontario children (n = 3294), controlling for gender, family adversity, and family dysfunction. Secondary analysis of the first wave of the Ontario Child Health Study was conducted. Fatigue was investigated as a mediator of the relation between sleep problems and psychopathology. Parent-rated sleep problems accounted for a small, but significant proportion of variance in parent-rated, but not teacher-rated, conduct problems, hyperactiv- ity, and emotional problems, once gender, family adversity, and family dysfunction were accounted for. Fatigue was significant- ly associated with ratings of psychopathology across raters and ages, but did not mediate the relation between sleep problems and parent-rated psychopathology. The relations among sleep problems, fatigue, and psychopathology cannot be explained by the presence of underlying common risk factors. Sleep problems and fatigue appear to be independently related to psychopathol- ogy; the implications of these relations are discussed.
#28 CORRELATES OF EMPATHY IN MEN SEXUAL ABUSERS Anne-Marie Houle, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières; Audrey Brassard, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières; Yvan Lussier, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières
Incidence of child sexual abuse in the general population is estimated at 7,9% (Gorey & Leslie, 1997). Impacts of sexual abuse include low self-esteem and lack of empathy toward people (Carson et al., 1990). Most treatment programs for perpetrators of sexual abuse focus on the cognitive understanding of other’s feelings (Quinsey & Earls, 1990) Creation of intern barriers among abusers will prevent rationalization in the face of deviant fantasies (Lussier et al., 2002). The goal of this study was to examine the correlates of empathy in men sexual abusers. A sample of 60 fathers who had sexually abused their child responded to a sociodemographic questionnaire, the NEO Five Factor Inventory (Costa & McCrae, 1992), the Molest and Rape Scales (Bumby, 1996), and the Interpersonal Reactivity Index (Davis, 1980) that assesses dimensions of empathy (perspective taking, empathic concern, personal distress, and fantasy). Results showed the mediational role of agreeableness in the relationship between the presence of sexual abuse during childhood and low perspective taking. A moderator effect of cognitive distortions in the link between agreeableness and perspective taking was found. Finally, personal distress was predicted by agreeableness, neuroticism, and sexual abuse in childhood. Implications of these findings for the development of sexual abuse treatment programs are dis- cussed.
#29 ASIAN AND WESTERN SHYNESS: FEAR OF NEGATIVE SOCIAL EVALUATION VERSUS FEAR OF CAUSING DISTRESS IN OTHERS Donald Watanabe, Concordia University; Andrew Ryder, Concordia University; Irene Vitoroulis, Concordia University; Neil Rector, Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; Jian Yang, Mount Sinai Hospital
Social anxieties can be found worldwide, but they do not present identically in every culture. Whereas Western cultures tend to view shyness as a problematic fear of negative social evaluation, Asian cultures have a more mixed view, viewing shyness as excessive, but prosocial, concern for the comfort of others. This research investigates cultural differences in the presentation and underlying reasons for shyness. Data for Study 1 were drawn from a larger cross-cultural study of symptom presentation, con- ducted in Changsha, China (N = 175) and Toronto, Canada (N = 107). Psychiatric outpatients completed measures of social anxi- ety designed from a Western perspective (i.e., assessing fear of negative social evaluation) and an Asian perspective (i.e., assess- ing fear of causing discomfort to others). Results suggest that both fears can be found in both settings, suggesting that Western scientific models of shyness are incomplete. Further analysis limited to outpatients with social phobia found significantly more concern with others’ distress in the Chinese sample. Study 2 (in progress) is investigating the relation between shyness and self- concept in a sample of Asian-Canadians. We are testing the hypothesis that less exposure to Asian heritage culture will predict a reduced interdependent sense of self, which in turn will predict fewer social concerns involving distress to others.
#30 THE PREDICTION OF ANXIETY AND PUBLIC SPEAKING PERFORMANCE IN SOCIAL ANXIETY Oded Greemberg, Concordia University; Andrea Ashbaugh, Concordia University; Adam Radomsky, Concordia University
Previous research suggests that people overpredict the amount of fear they will experience when confronting a fearful situation. Research has yet to examine if this prediction bias occurs in response to anxiety provoking social situations, such as public speaking. Additionally, it has yet to be determined if overprediction extends to self-ratings of negative and positive behaviours.
45 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Undergraduate students will be asked to give a three-minute video-taped speech. Just before the speech, participants will be asked to rate their predictions of the extent to which they think they will exhibit 7 positive and 10 negative behaviours, and to what extent they will be anxious during their speech. Immediately after the speech, participants will be asked to what extent they showed the same characteristics, and to what extent they were anxious during their speech. Preliminary results suggest that, on average, participants overpredict their negative behaviours and underpredict their positive behaviours. However, it appears that these prediction errors are weaker in individuals reporting higher levels of social anxiety. These findings will be discussed in terms of Rachman’s match-mismatch model of fear, and cognitive-behavioural models of social anxiety.
#31 FAMILY-CENTRED CHILDREN’S MENTAL HEALTH SERVICE PLANNING: A DISCRETE CHOICE CONJOINT EXPERIMENT MODELING PARENTAL PREFERENCES FOR FAMILY HELP AS A WAITING LIST REDUCTION STRATEGY Charles Cunningham, McMaster University
In Ontario, children often wait 6 months for mental health services. We used methods from health economics and marketing
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY research to simulate the response of parents to alternative waiting list options. Using themes from qualitative (grounded theoret- ical) analysis of 6 focus groups of parents of children with mental health- problems, we derived 20 4-level service delivery attributes. 845 parents of children with mental health problems completed a discrete choice conjoint experiment consisting of 25 choice tasks presenting different service delivery attribute combinations. We segmented the data using latent class analysis. 41% were in an “action oriented” segment interested in self-paced, active learning solutions to behavioral and emotional prob- lems. 39% were in an “information oriented” segment interested in a better understanding of their child’s problems. 20% were in an “overwhelmed” segment rejected either option. We computed individual parameter estimates using hierarchical Bayes analysis and used multinomial logit to derive attribute level part-worth utility values and importance scores for each segment. We used randomized first choice simulations to model the willingness of each segment to use an interim service option in which families work through a weekly series of interactive videotapes with the help of telephone calls from paraprofessional coaches. Simulations predicted that approximately 60% of the referrals to children’s mental health service providers would use this option. Given data on the effectiveness of self-paced coach-supported interventions, this is a cost-effective waiting list alterna- tive.
#32 PHYSICAL HEALTH CONDITIONS ARE POSITIVELY ASSOCIATED WITH MAJOR DEPRESSIVE DISORDER AND ANXIETY DISORDERS Laura Foss, Acadia University; Lachlan McWilliams, Acadia University
Epidemiological research has demonstrated that there are strong positive associations between physical health conditions and psychopathology. While a wide range of health conditions have been examined, Major Depressive Disorder has typically been the only form of psychopathology investigated in these studies. A few recent studies have found many health conditions are also highly comorbid with anxiety disorders. This study attempted to replicate these findings using data from a large epidemiological survey (N = 3032) of adults aged 25 to 74 years of age. Past-year psychiatric conditions (Major Depressive Disorder, Panic Attacks, and Generalized Anxiety Disorder) were assessed using the short form of the Composite International Diagnostic Interview. The presence of 20 health conditions (e.g., asthma and high blood pressure) during the past year was assessed using a brief questionnaire. Logistic regression analyses were used to examine the associations between the health conditions and the psychiatric conditions. Major Depressive Disorder had significant positive associations with a majority (80%) of the health con- ditions considered. The patterns of findings were highly similar when Panic Attacks and Generalized Anxiety Disorder were considered.
#33 AN INVESTIGATION OF AVOIDANCE IN CLINICAL DEPRESSION: RELATION TO ESTABLISHED RISK FACTORS FOR DEPRESSION AND CONCURRENT AND LONGITUDINAL DEPRESSION OUTCOME MEASURES Nicole Ottenbreit, University of Calgary; Keith Dobson, University of Calgary
Despite early theory postulating a central role for avoidance in depressive disorders (Ferster, 1973), the construct of avoidance has only recently begun to receive attention in the depression literature. The present study examined whether avoidance, as mea- sured by the Cognitive-Behavioral Avoidance Scale (CBAS; Ottenbreit & Dobson, 2002), was related to depression and anxiety symptoms in a sample of clinically depressed women (N = 60) both concurrently and over time. In addition, the relationship between avoidance and established risk factors for depression (ie sociotropy, autonomy, rumination) was investigated. Correlational analyses revealed that avoidance, as measured by the CBAS, showed significant relationships with both depressive and anxious symptoms and with established psychosocial risk factors for depression. Avoidance was also found to predict depressive outcome measures over time. The present study suggests that avoidance deserves more attention in psychosocial models of depression and its treatment.
46 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#34 WHY DO ADULTS WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES VISIT THE HOSPITAL FOR PSYCHIATRIC EMERGENCIES?: CLIENT, CAREGIVER, AND
HOSPITAL STAFF PERSPECTIVES THURSDAY / JEUDI Maaike Canrinus, Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; Yona Lunsky, University of Toronto; Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; Sara Cohen-Gelfand, University of Toronto; Jennifer Puddicombe, Centre for Addiction and Mental Health
In Canada and other parts of the world, psychiatric services for individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) were once provided through institutions. Deinstitutionalization has meant that individuals with ID have been directed to the generic mental health system for their psychiatric needs, and there are now minimal specialized health services for this population. The lack of equi- table and timely access to mental health services for this particularly complex and vulnerable population can lead to psychiatric or behavioural crises resulting in visits to the hospital emergency room. Little is known about these hospital visits and there is a need to understand the relevant issues and factors that lead to the visits and the possible admissions that result. This study includ- ed focus groups of clients with ID, their caregivers, and hospital staff. Participants were asked about their experiences with ID and psychiatric emergency hospital visits, focusing on their perceptions of what factors contributed to the visits and/or admis- sions. Results are presented in terms of major themes, and highlight relevant clinical need, enabling, and systemic factors. These focus groups constituted a pilot study for further empirical research on psychiatric crises and ID.
#35 TESTING THREE COGNITIVE DIATHESES FOR DEPRESSION IN CHILDREN Alanna Bruce, Vanderbilt University; Amy Folmer, Vanderbilt University
This study examined the relation of three cognitive diatheses to children’s depression: Beck’s (1963, 1972) concept of cognitive triad, Cole’s (1990) concept of low self-perceived competence, and Abramson et al.’s (1978, 1988) concept of attributional style. 515 children, in grades 2 through 6 at the beginning of the study, completed questionnaire measures of diatheses and depressive symptoms. Parents also completed measures of their children’s depressive symptoms. This procedure was repeated over 3 con- secutive years. All cognitive measures were related to self-reported depression in cross-sectional analyses; these results generally replicated across multiple waves and were not due to grade or gender effects. These results also replicated using parent-reports of child depression across all diatheses except attributional style. These correlations suggest a concurrent relation between depressive cognitions and depressive symptoms, but tell us nothing about whether or not these cognitions actually precede depression, hence serving as diatheses. Longitudinal analyses controlling for prior depression revealed that the predictive value of each of diathesis became non-significant in longitudinal analyses when controlling for prior depression level. This suggests that the cognitive variables are concomitant and symptomatic of depression in children rather than diatheses.
#36 PHYSIOLOGICAL, EMOTIONAL, AND MEMORY CHANGES ASSOCIATED WITH EYE MOVEMENTS: IMPLICATIONS FOR EMDR Robert Dew, Lakehead University; Kirsten Oinonen, Lakehead University
This study was designed to investigate a theorized mechanism of action in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy. In EMDR, clients track laterally sweeping hand movements across their visual field while simultaneously thinking about distressing problems. One theory posits that therapeutic gains associated with EMDR result from orientation reflexes elicited by eye movements. The orientation reflex (OR) occurs when an organism aligns their attention to unexpected or novel stimuli. EMDR critics theorize that it is imaginal exposure that is inherent in the EMDR protocol that causes EMDR’s therapeutic outcome. In the present study participants thought of distressing memories during three eye movement conditions: (a) reflexive eye movements (to elicit the OR), (b) smooth pursuit eye movements (to simulate the current EMDR protocol), and (c) no eye movements (to simulate imaginal exposure). Participants were assessed on changes in variables including a physiolog- ical index of the orientation reflex (i.e., heart rate), emotional indices (i.e., Positive and Negative Affect Scale and Subjective Units of Distress), and the emotionality of troubling memories. Results revealed no significant differences (pre-post change scores) between the eye movement conditions. The results suggest that eye movements do not provide any therapeutic benefit beyond imaginal exposure.
#37 TRAIT PERFECTIONISM, PERFECTIONISTIC SELF-PRESENTATION, AND DISORDERED PERSONALITY Jeffrey Letourneau, University of Saskatchewan; Simon Sherry, University of Saskatchewan; Paul Hewitt, University of British Columbia; Gordon Flett, York University; Dayna Lee-Baggley, University of British Columbia; Peter Hall, University of Saskatchewan
Past research has suggested that perfectionism occurs alongside personality pathology (PP), and indeed contributes to its devel- opment and exacerbation (Hewitt & Flett, 1991). This study investigated the extent to which dimensions of trait perfectionism and perfectionistic self-presentation account for PP in a university sample (N = 350) using Livesley, Jackson, and Schroeder’s (1992) dimensional model of personality pathology. Socially prescribed perfectionism and nondisplay of imperfection were both associated with emotional dysregulation. Other-oriented perfectionism and perfectionistic self-promotion were positively corre- lated with dissocial behaviour. Lastly, nondisclosure of imperfection was related to inhibition, and self-oriented perfectionism
47 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
was positively correlated with compulsivity. Regression analysis suggested that dimensions of perfectionism uniquely predicted higher-order domains of PP over and above gender and two established predictors of PP (i.e., conscientiousness and neuroti- cism). For some domains of PP (e.g., compulsivity), perfectionism dimensions may operate as a central factor that drives core elements of the pathology. For other domains of PP (e.g., dissocial behaviour), perfectionism may function as a peripheral fea- ture that reinforces aspects of the pathology.
#38 THE RELATIVE EFFECTIVENESS OF AEROBIC EXERCISE AND YOGA IN REDUCING DEPRESSIVE SYMPTOMS AMONG A FEMALE CLINICAL SAMPLE Tara Mac Donald, Acadia University; Peter McLeod, Acadia University
Data from an ongoing study will examine the effectiveness of aerobic exercise and yoga in reducing depressive symptoms among a female clinical sample. Research has consistently shown that aerobic exercise can reduce symptoms of depression. However, there is little research comparing the anti-depressant effects of different forms of physical activity. A community sam- ple of females who have sought treatment for depression will be randomly assigned to one of three groups: an aerobic exercise, yoga, or control group. Both the aerobic exercise and yoga groups will meet for hourly classes twice a week for five weeks. The
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY questionnaire package (Beck Depression Inventory-II, State Trait Anxiety Inventory-State Version, and Depression Coping Self- Efficacy Scale) will be administered at week one, three, five, and at the three month follow-up. It is hypothesized that: (a) both aerobic exercise and yoga interventions will be associated with a reduction in depressive symptoms and state anxiety relative to the wait-list control group, (b) both aerobic exercise and yoga interventions will be associated with an increase in coping self- efficacy relative to the wait-list control group. As no previous research has compared aerobic exercise to yoga in the reduction of depressive symptoms, no specific hypothesis is given regarding the differential efficacy of the two exercise programs.
#39 CONTINGENCIES OF SELF-WORTH AS MEDIATORS OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TRAIT PERFECTIONISM AND LOW SELF-ESTEEM Jeffrey Letourneau, University of Saskatchewan; Simon Sherry, University of Saskatchewan; Dayna Lee-Baggley, University of British Columbia; Paul Hewitt, University of British Columbia; Gordon Flett, York University; Ada Law, University of Waterloo
Evidence suggests the link between perfectionism and distress operates through low self-esteem. However, little is known about what factors generate (i.e., mediate) the relation between perfectionism and low self-esteem. In an effort to fill this void, this study examined contingencies of self-worth (i.e., domains upon which self-esteem is based) as mediators of the link between trait perfectionism and low self-esteem in 533 undergraduates. It was hypothesised that perfectionists are likely to holdóbut unlikely to satisfyóunrealistic contingencies for self-worth, thereby predisposing themselves to low self-esteem. Two facets of trait perfectionism were examined: self-oriented perfectionism (SOP; demanding perfection of oneself) and socially-prescribed perfectionism (SPP; perceiving that others are demanding perfection of oneself). Performance-oriented contingencies for self- worth (e.g., self-worth based on academic performance) mediated the relation between SOP and low self-esteem, whereas inter- personally-oriented contingencies for self-worth (e.g., self-worth based on others’ approval) mediated the link between SPP and low self-esteem. Perfectionists appear in a difficult predicament with respect to self-esteem: They possess excessive and inflexi- ble contingencies for self-worth as well as tendencies that undermine the pursuit and the attainment of such contingencies.
#40 WHY WOULD A UNIVERSITY STUDENT WANT TO ATTEMPT SUICIDE? Michelle DeLisle, Clinical; Ricardo Flamenbaum, Clinical; Ronald Holden, Clinical
The Reasons for Attempting Suicide Questionnaire (RASQ; R. Holden, P. Kerr, J. Mendonca, & V. Velamoor, 1998) was administered to1336 university undergraduates between 1997 and 2005 to determine the reasons that motivate individuals to attempt suicide. Each of the 14 RASQ items represents a distinct reason for attempting suicide, and participants rate their endorsement of each suicidal motivation on a Likert scale ranging from 1 = completely disagree to 5 = completely agree. Validity for the RASQ has been demonstrated with students, inmates, and psychiatric inpatients for indicating suicidality. Descriptive analyses and post hoc pairwise comparisons using a Bonferroni adjustment were conducted separately for the overall sample and for a subsample of 111 students with a previous history of suicide attempts. Overall, 8% to 10% of university under- graduates strongly endorsed items pertaining to escaping unbearable distress, while endorsement of items relating to seeking help, punishing oneself or others, and frightening or influencing others ranged between 2% and 8%. In contrast, 22% to 31% of suicide attempters completely agreed with items relating to escaping unbearable distress, while endorsement of other motivations fell between 2% and 16%. Implications for the assessment of suicide risk and the need for early intervention are presented.
#41 APPLICATION OF A TOKEN EXCHANGE SYSTEM IN THE TREATMENT OF OBSESSIVE TOUCHING BEHAVIOR James Edigar, St. Amant Centre; Heather Simister-Firth, University of Manitoba
Traditionally, behavioral self-control programs have involved the reinforcement of self-observing behavior and low rates of the undesired behavior. The present study demonstrates the acquisition of self-control for obsessive touching behavior by a young woman with an intellectual disability using a Token Exchange System (TES) applied within the context of competing reinforce-
48 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 ment schedules. During baseline, the rate of inappropriate touching behavior per hour was determined. Treatment involved giv- ing the client a set number of tokens each hour of the day, corresponding to baseline rates of inappropriate touching, which she
could either cash-in during that hour for the opportunity to touch or save to cash-in later in the day for highly preferred backup THURSDAY / JEUDI reinforcement. The number of tokens required for the backup reinforcement was gradually increased to the point that all tokens received throughout a day were required to access backup reinforcement. Data indicated a rapid reduction in inappropriate touching behavior as the number of tokens required for the back-up reinforcement increased. The clinical validity of the proce- dure was corroborated by verbal reports from care providers who commented on the drastic changes in the client’s behavior. The use of competing reinforcement schedules in the training of self-control is discussed.
#42 MODALITY EFFECTS IN THE TIMELINE FOLLOW-BACK METHOD OF ASSESSING BINGE DRINKING IN UNIVERSITY STUDENTS Janelle Schmidt, Calgary Health Region
Binge drinking on college and university campuses is considered a major health and social problem in Canada. Studying the impact of prevention efforts will depend on finding accurate, cost-effective methods of assessing alcohol use in this high risk population. A self-report version of the Timeline Follow-back (TLFB) interview is gaining popularity as a means of assessing alcohol in large samples but may have limitations when the target group is composed of heavy, episodic drinkers. Therefore, we assessed the concordance between the TLFB interview, considered the gold standard method, and self-report TLFB within a sample of university students. In sessions separated by an average of 9 days, 78 students (45 females and 35 males) were admin- istered both the interview and paper-and-pencil versions of the TLFB using the previous 90 days as the reference period. Reports of total alcohol consumption, number of drinking days,and average drinks per drinking day were similar for both TLFB versions, regardless of the drinker category (hazardous vs. non-hazardous) or frequency of binge drinking (zero, low, or high). High corre- lations were obtained between methods for all drinking variables (rs = .85 to .94). These findings suggest the self-report version of TLFB provides the same drinking data as the interview method in a heavy drinking university population.
#43 ESTRADIOL AND PROGESTERONE LEVELS DURING PREGNANCY AND THE POSTPARTUM PERIOD PREDICT POSTPARTUM EPISODE RISK AND SYMPTOM SEVERITY IN WOMEN WITH BIPOLAR DISORDER Verinder Sharma, Regional Mental Health Care, London; Angela Smith, Regional Mental Health Care London; Dwight Mazmanian, Lakehead University
The role of gonadal hormone levels during pregnancy and the postpartum period was investigated prospectively in a group of 33 female bipolar patients (mean age = 30.3 years, SD = 6.01). Eleven (33.3%) women met the diagnostic criteria for bipolar I dis- order, and 22 (66.7%) met the diagnostic criteria for bipolar II. Hormonal assays for estradiol and progesterone levels were con- ducted during each trimester and at regular intervals for 12 months postpartum. Estradiol to progesterone ratios, and difference scores (trimester 1 to postpartum, trimester 3 to postpartum) were also computed. Participants were interviewed and rated by clinicians (Hamilton Depression Rating Scale), and completed psychological tests (Beck Depression Inventory-II) during each of these periods. Hormone levels during pregnancy and the immediate postpartum period correctly classified 90.5% of the women (mood episode vs. no episode) during the first four weeks postpartum (p < .01), and 81.8% of women in the first three months postpartum (p < .05). Hormone levels predicted clinician-rated symptom severity (R2 = .927, p < .01) and self-reported severity (R2 = .916, p < .01) at four weeks postpartum. Estradiol and progesterone levels during pregnancy and in the postpartum period appear to play an important role in the risk of mood episodes and symptom severity in women with bipolar disorder.
#44 COURSE AND OUTCOME OF BIPOLAR DISORDER DURING PREGNANCY AND THE POSTPARTUM PERIOD: A PROSPECTIVE STUDY Verinder Sharma, Regional Mental Health Care, London; Angela Smith, Regional Mental Health Care, London; Dwight Mazmanian, Lakehead University
Preliminary findings from a prospective study examining the course and outcome of bipolar disorder during pregnancy and the postpartum period are presented. Thirty-three females participated in the study (mean age = 30.3 years, SD = 6.01). Eleven (33.3%) women met the diagnostic criteria for bipolar I disorder, and 22 (66.7%) met the diagnostic criteria for bipolar II. Information on course during the 12 months prior to conception was obtained retrospectively. Clinical interviews, hormonal assays, and psychological testing were conducted prospectively during each trimester and for 12 months postpartum. Twenty- three (76.3%) of the women experienced at least one mood episode in the 12 months prior to conception. Fourteen (46.7%) women experienced at least one episode during the first trimester, four (13.%) during the second, and 7 (23.3%) during the third. Twenty-two (73.3%) women experienced at least one episode during the postpartum period. The number of mood episodes dur- ing pregnancy was significantly lower during pregnancy than during equivalent periods prior to conception or in the postpartum period (p < .001). These findings suggest that pregnancy may act as a protective factor in women with bipolar disorder.
49 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#45 EMPOWERMENT AND WELLNESS OF ABORIGINAL ELDERS Elisabeth Brass, University of Regina - Faculty of Graduate Studies and Research
This qualitative study explored how Elders of a particular First Nation have experienced empowerment in their roles as Elders and how their experiences have affected their health and wellness. Seven First Nation Elders were asked about their experiences of empowerment and how their experiences are connected with health and wellness. Grounded theory methods were utilised to analyse the interview data and to facilitate understanding of the experiences of empowerment, health, and wellness for this par- ticular group of First Nation Elders. Results of data analysis suggest there is a four-stage process theory, the Aboriginal Wellness Empowerment Process Theory (AWEPT). The AWEPT suggests that the Elders have retained traditional aboriginal cultural con- structs, which are the foundation for the Elders’ strength and direction in empowering themselves to maintain community well- ness, restore traditional values in the community, and restore traditional perceptions of Elders and Elder roles. There is also a subsidiary theme of individual wellness that interacts with the stages of the process in the matrix. The stages are interactive and interconnected and the Elders simultaneously move through the stages to continue to empower themselves and maintain commu- nity wellness.
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY #46 RISK FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH SELF-INJURY AMONG DEPRESSED BC YOUTH Cindy Hardy, University of Northern British Columbia
In this population-based prospective cohort study risk factors associated with self-injury among depressed youth were evaluated. From BC Medical Services Plan linked administrative data, all youth (N = 7457) aged less than 25 years who used the health care system in BC for treatment of depression during the fiscal year 1991/92 were identified using ICD9-CM categories for mood disorders involving depressive episodes. Self-injury was defined as any hospital admission where self-injury with intent was recorded as a primary reason for admission. The cohort of youth thus identified was followed for 10 years to ascertain sui- cide risk factors that were observable in the linked administrative dataset, with the goal of developing a profile that would allow health care workers and parents to identify depressed youth at increased risk of intentionally self-injuring badly enough to war- rant hospitalization. A wide variety of demographic, socioeconomic, health care utilization and familial variables were evaluated in multivariate models predicting hospitalizations for self-injury. The presence of diagnoses of mental disorders (odds ratio 2.3) and injury (odds ratio 1.712), and residence in local health authorities with low average income for female lone parents (odds ratio 1.46) were associated with increased risk of intentional self-injury in depressed youth. The presence of diagnoses of mus- culoskeletal disorder was associated with decreased risk of intentional self-injury (odds ratio .79).
#47 EFFECTIVENESS OF CALDER CENTRE’S RESIDENTIAL ADULT ADDICTION TREATMENT PROGRAM Gerald Block, Saskatoon Health Region
The purpose of this study was to determine whether residential treatment services provided by Calder Centre’s Adult Program were effective in the treatment of severe addiction for which outpatient treatment services had been tried and found to be insuffi- cient. Effectiveness studies assess whether treatment programs work under complicated real-world condition. Method: Structured interviews were conducted using the Addiction Severity Index (ASI; McLellan et al., 1992) during admission and at 6- and 12-month follow-up intervals. The ASI assesses problems experienced in seven domains (i.e., Alcohol, Drugs, Psychiatric, Medical, Employment, Family, Legal). The follow-up sample consisted of 67 participants. Results & Conclusion: There was a significant reduction in all ASI composite scores from baseline to the 6-month follow-up assessment, and improve- ments were maintained at the 12-month follow-up. Surprisingly, 40% of participants reported abstinence from alcohol in the previous 30 days at both 6- and 12-month follow-up assessments. Twelve percent reported asymptomatic use (i.e., not to intoxi- cation) and 31% reported relapse. These findings provide support for the effectiveness of Calder Centre’s Adult Addiction Treatment Program with regarding to both reducing alcohol use and related problems. Findings are compared to other effective- ness studies.
#48 IMPACT OF REVICTIMIZATION ON ADULT ATTACHMENT Stephanie Sinclair, University of Manitoba
Revictimization is defined as the experience of both childhood sexual abuse and later adult sexual, physical, or psychological abuse. Research indicates that women who were sexually abused as children are more likely to experience abuse as adults, in comparison to women who were not victimized as children. Since abuse occurs within an environment of human relationships, it is thought to disrupt the normal developmental processes, including how to form trusting secure relationships. This study examined the relationship between revictimization and adult attachment. Undergraduate students completed self-report ques- tionnaires designed to measure adult attachment, child sexual abuse, adult sexual assault, adult physical abuse, and adult psycho- logical maltreatment. Results relative to the relationship between adult attachment and revictimization are discussed. Future directions for research are addressed.
#49 DO CLIENT PERSONALITY CHARACTERISTICS PREDICT SATISFACTION
50 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
WITH COGNITIVE BEHAVIOUR THERAPY? Sheryl Green, University of Regina; Thomas Hadjistavropoulos, University of Regina THURSDAY / JEUDI Documenting ratings of treatment satisfaction allows participants to provide their unique personal perspective of the benefits and adverse affects of treatment. Treatment satisfaction continues to be a variable of growing importance as an evaluation instrument and predictor of treatment outcome for various medical and psychological treatments, with chronic pain in particular (Turk et al., 2003). Our goal was to determine whether satisfaction with cognitive behaviour therapy sessions varied as a function of person- ality characteristics in a sample of forty older adults (average age 71.9 years, SD = 7.9) participating in a psychosocial pain man- agement therapy program with a cognitive behavioural orientation. Participants completed the NEO-FFI Inventory prior to the commencement of treatment and a psychometrically valid questionnaire, assessing satisfaction with psychological therapy, after each session. Our results show that the core personality dimensions of neuroticism, agreeableness and extraversion were predic- tive of aspects of satisfaction with therapy. Our findings have the potential of being useful to clinicians concerned with the pre- diction of response to therapy.
#50 MOOD, MOTIVE, AND GENDER EFFECTS ON ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION Cheryl Birch, Dalhousie University
High levels of internal or emotional motives for alcohol consumption, such as enhancement motives (EM; drinking to enhance happiness) or coping motives (CM; drinking to relieve sadness), is well known to be more strongly associated with problematic drinking patterns than external or social motives (cf. Cooper, 1994). This research was conducted to identify the unique emotion- al antecedents of alcohol consumption for individuals with “risky” EM or CM. Undergraduates (n = 73) who endorsed extreme EM or CM were randomly assigned to listen to positive or negative musical mood induction procedures. Following a mood manipulation check, they were then asked to complete a mock taste-rating task, an excellent unobtrusive measure of drinking behavior. As hypothesized, EM drinkers in the positive mood group (vs. other groups) had significantly higher levels of average alcohol (but not non-alcohol) consumed. Unexpectedly, however, this effect was only significant for males. Also as hypothe- sized, CM drinkers in the negative mood group (vs. other groups) had a significantly higher ratio of alcohol consumed, as a func- tion of total beverage consumed. Unexpectedly, however, this effect was only significant for females. Findings suggest that mood-drinking relations cannot be adequately understood without a consideration of both drinking motives and gender. Clinical implications will be discussed.
#51 ANXIETY DISORDER SPECIFICITY OF ANXIETY SENSITIVITY IN A COMMUNITY SAMPLE OF YOUNG WOMEN Lachan McWilliams, Acadia University
Anxiety sensitivity (AS) is an individual difference variable characterized by a fear of anxiety-related symptoms (Reiss, 1991). AS was originally proposed as a specific vulnerability for panic disorder and anxiety. Consistent with this conceptualization, longitudinal studies have found baseline AS levels to predict the development of panic attacks and anxiety symptoms. The speci- ficity of AS as a vulnerability for anxiety has been questioned because associations between AS and symptoms of depression have also been found. To date, studies investigating this issue have relied on self-report measures of psychopathology. The goal of the present study was to determine whether AS possesses specificity to anxiety-related psychopathology when investigated using specific disorders as dependent variables. A large community sample (N = 1867) of young women completed the Anxiety Sensitivity Index and a diagnostic interview. Associations between elevated AS levels and psychiatric disorders were examined using logistic regression analyses. Large significant associations were found between AS and the anxiety disorders. In contrast, AS was only weakly associated with depression and was not significantly associated with dysthymia. These findings are consis- tent with those of previous studies utilizing self-reports of psychopathology and support the hypothesis that AS is a specific vul- nerability for panic and anxiety.
#52 AN EXAMINATION OF PHYSICIAN BELIEFS REGARDING THE PROVISION OF OPTIMAL CARE FOR PATIENTS WITH DEPRESSION Cheryl Kruper, Malaspina University College
The purpose of this study is to examine whether physicians believe patients with depression are receiving optimal care and to identify any barriers to treatment. Nine physicians participated in a semi-structured qualitative interview process that elicited comments on treatment practises, barriers to optimal treatment, and suggestions for improvement. Treatment practises are inconsistent among these physicians however, recurring barriers and suggestions for improvement emerged. Barriers that pre- vent physicians from providing optimal treatment include lack of psychiatric access, lack of time, insufficient compensation, inadequate training, and lack of collaboration among mental health professionals. Barriers that physicians believe prevent patients from receiving optimal treatment include lack of affordable psychotherapy and stigma of depression. Thus, physicians support allocating resources to provide more psychiatrists for consultation and ongoing management, and more publicly funded mental health professionals for psychotherapy. This study suggests that the current system should be restructured in order to facilitate physicians’ abilities to provide optimal care for patients with depression.
51 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#53 EFFICACY OF COGNITIVE-BEHAVIORAL THERAPY FOR BIPOLAR DISORDER IN PATIENTS WITH MODERATE TO SEVERE DEPRESSIVE SYMPTOMS: AN OPEN TRIAL Martin Provencher, Hôtel-Dieu de Lévis; Julie St-Amand, Centre-Hospitalier Robert-Giffard; Martin Lafleur, Centre-Hospitalier Robert-Giffard
Several randomized controlled studies have shown that Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (CBT) can be useful as adjunct treatment to pharmacotherapy in the treatment of bipolar disorder (for a review, see Craighead, Miklowitz, Frank, & Vajk, 2002; Provencher, 2004). However, patients included in these studies began CBT when symptoms had significantly diminished, and patients were relatively euthymic. Thus, little is known about the efficacy of CBT for patients with significant depressive symp- toms. In the present study, we administered CBT to 24 patients diagnosed with Bipolar Disorder type I or II, with moderate to severe depressive symptoms as measured by the Beck Depression Inventory – Second Edition (Beck, Steer, & Brown, 1994). Patients received between 15 and 25 individual sessions of CBT based on procedures outlined in two treatment manuals (Basco & Rush, 1996; Lam, Jones, Hayward, & Bright, 1999). Patients completed self-report questionnaires measuring mood symptoms
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY at pre-test, mid-treatment, and post-test. Results showed a significant decrease in depressive symptoms, anxiety symptoms, and hopelessness following treatment. Patients reported an overall improvement rate of 66% and were very satisfied with therapy. Given the significant challenges associated with treatment of bipolar depression, results are discussed in terms of the usefulness of CBT in the management of bipolar disorder for patients typically seen in mental health settings.
#54 CANADIAN MASS MEDIA REPRESENTATIONS OF THE “PSYCHOPATH” : IMPLICATIONS FOR FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGICAL TREATMENT AND CONSULTATION Matthew Burnett, University of Saskatchewan; Lucinda Presse, University of Saskatchewan
Within forensic psychology, psychopathy is rigorously defined/objectified. Outside this field, however, dominant cultural scripts prevail, and the term “psychopath” appears to operate as an evocative and meaning-laden construct. This research explores the cultural scripts that define the psychopath, as represented within the mainstream newspaper media. Using ethnographic content analysis as the sampling method, the country’s national and major municipal newspaper archives were examined for a one-year period; all articles containing the term “psychopath” were selected (328 articles). Macroscopic discourse analysis of these arti- cles was used to examine how the psychopath is conceptualized therein. Results suggest that media sources construct the psy- chopath as mentally ill, sexually deviant, and incurable. Media sources also tend to situate the psychopath within a discourse of religious evil, depicting the psychopath as a modern folk devil. These cultural scripts likely shape the treatment of those individ- uals labeled as psychopaths. Moreover, as forensic psychologists communicate about so-labeled individuals, be it with allied professionals, political decision-makers, etc., these cultural scripts, as opposed to the findings of relevant research, are potential- ly activated. Forensic clinicians must, therefore, attend to such scripts within their treatment/consultative activities.
#55 HUMOR, COPING AND MOOD Maggie Phillips, Acadia University; Kristen Travers, Acadia University; Peter McLeod, Acadia University
Humor and coping styles have been demonstrated to be related to several areas of health (e.g., Abel, 1998). Further, research has demonstrated a relation between humor styles and coping styles, whereby high levels of humor are related to more adaptive cognitive appraisals of stressors, leading to more productive ways of coping (Kuipar, McKenzie, & Belanger, 1995). How the different types of humor and coping styles might interact to predict symptoms of mood disorders, however, is not known. The goal of the present study is to explore the statistical relations among humor styles, coping styles and measures of depression and anxiety. A sample of undergraduate university students participated in this ongoing cross-sectional investigation. Correlational analyses will be presented among the four Humor Styles Questionnaire (HSQ) subscales, the Coping Inventory for Stressful Situations (CISS), the Beck Depression Inventory-II (BDI-II), and the Endler Multidimensional Anxiety Scale (EMAS). These data will help suggest possible roles humor styles may play in the development, persistence, treatment and prevention of depres- sion and anxiety.
#56 FACTOR ANALYSIS OF THE PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT INVENTORY (PAI) IN A CHRONIC PAIN SAMPLE Crystal Fletcher, University of Regina; Regan Shercliffe, University of Regina; Tom Robinson, University of Regina; Gordon Asmundson, University of Regina; Iqbal Husain, University of Regina
This study investigated the Personality Assessment Inventory (PAI) of 394 chronic pain patients referred for a multidisciplinary assessment. Patients also completed subscales from the Multidimensional Pain Inventory (MPI), the Pain Anxiety Symptom Scale (PASS-20), and the Center for Epidemiological Studies Depression Scale (CES-D). We conducted a principle component factor analysis and correlated the factor scores with the other instruments. We found that the factor structure differed based on
52 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 gender as females (n = 194)generated a 3 factor solution (psychological distress, substance abuse, quality of relationships) and males (n = 200) generated a 4 factor solution (psychological distress, aggression, substance abuse, level of trust). The factor
scores displayed moderate correlations with the other pain specific measures. the results suggest that the PAI identifies clincial THURSDAY / JEUDI and personality correlates of chronic pain patients that differ based on gender. Assessment and treatment implications are dis- cussed.
#57 ARE THERE EMOTION-CONGRUENT EFFECTS ON THE INTERPRETATION OF AMBIGUITY? Suzie Bisson, University of Calgary; Kate Neilsen, University of Calgary; Christopher Sears, University of Calgary
What is the effect of negative mood on the interpretation of ambiguous information? Are depressed individuals biased to inter- pret ambiguous information in a negative manner? In the present study, we used a cross-modal priming task to look for evidence of a negative interpretative bias. Participants listened to ambiguous sentences (e.g., “My boyfriend said that I am unlike his past girlfriends”) and responded to target words presented immediately after the sentence offset or after a delay of 1000 ms. The tar- gets were semantically related or semantically unrelated to the ambiguous sentences, and for the semantically related targets, the target was positively-related (“attractive”), negatively-related (“jealous”), or neutrally-related (“relationship”) to the sentence prime. The participants’ task was to indicate, as quickly as possible, whether or not the target was related to the sentence (yes or no). High negative affect and Low negative affect groups were created using scores on the Beck Depression Inventory and the Positive and Negative Affect Scale. The expectation was that depressed participants would be more likely to choose the negative interpretations of the ambiguous sentences, and thus would be faster to respond “yes” to negatively-related targets. Our results are discussed in terms of the interpretative biases thought to be associated with dysphoria and depression.
#58 FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH MULTIPLE VERSUS SINGLE EPISODE SUICIDE ATTEMPTS IN A NATIONALLY REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLE Jina Pagura, University of Manitoba; Brian Cox, University of Manitoba; Murray Enns, University of Manitoba; Jitender Sareen, University of Manitoba
This study sought to examine the psychiatric, personality, and environmental correlates of multiple suicide attempts in a nation- ally representative sample. Data came from the US National Comorbidity Survey (N = 5,877; age 15-54; response rate = 82.4%). Diagnoses were based on DSM-III-R criteria and assessed by the Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI). We used multiple logistic regression to compare multiple suicide attempters to single episode suicide attempters on sociodemo- graphics, psychiatric diagnoses, psychological factors, and childhood adversities. After adjusting for sociodemographics, multi- ple suicide attempters had higher odds of simple phobia (odds ratio (OR) = 2.24), panic disorder (OR = 3.46), panic attacks (OR = 2.34), agoraphobia (OR = 2.64), any anxiety disorder (OR = 1.94), comorbidity of three or more disorders (OR = 9.46), high neuroticism (OR = 2.30), physical assault (OR = 6.99) and shock as a result of hearing about a traumatic event (OR = 3.11). This study, the first to examine correlates of multiple suicide attempts in a nationally representative sample, replicates and extends past research on recurrent suicide attempts by providing a profile of multiple suicide attempters in the general population. Results are discussed in light of current theory and potential etiologic mechanisms.
#59 NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL FUNCTIONING IN PATHOLOGICAL GAMBLERS Alice Holub, University of Calgary; David Hodgins, University of Calgary
Pathological gambling is characterized by lack of control over gambling behaviour, despite negative consequences. Research has shown that pathological gamblers score high on measures of impulsivity and have higher rates of childhood Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder than non-gamblers. However, impulsivity alone cannot account for the pattern of disadvantageous deci- sion-making characterized by gamblers and some research has implicated cognitive deficits. As the frontal cortex is associated with such neuropsychological functions as cognitive flexibility, forethought in behaviour planning, and self-regulation of impulses, dysfunction in these executive domains could produce the pattern of poorly controlled behaviour seen in pathological gamblers. Indeed, a study using the Wisconsin Card Sorting Task (WCST), found deficits in executive attention functions in a sample of pathological gamblers. The current study investigates the contribution of several cognitive factors, including neu- ropsychological functioning, decision-making and impulsivity to pathological gambling. Cognitive performance in 100 gamblers was assessed using neuropsychological tests, historical information, and an analogue gambling task. Results will be discussed with respect to the pattern of cognitive performance and historical factors such as substance abuse or history of attention deficit disorder.
#60 GROUP TREATMENT PROGRAM FOR SEXUALLY ABUSED CHILDREN Jennifer Czincz, University of Ottawa
The sexual abuse of children remains a serious societal problem. Approximately one third of sexual assault victims are between 6 and 11 years. The increased risk of mental health difficulties in children who have experienced sexual abuse makes the devel- opment and dissemination of effective treatments imperative. The first objective of the study is to review the evidence for empir-
53 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
ically-supported childhood sexual abuse treatment and, in particular, to present the trauma-focused cognitive behavioural treat- ment approach (TF-CBT) developed by Deblinger and Heflin (1996). The study’s second objective is to present our TF-CBT based approach for childhood sexual abuse, adapted for a group format. Specifically, we will present the objectives of our manu- al-based group treatment program for both children and their non-offending parents. This program addresses two gaps in the lit- erature: whether group treatment is an effective intervention, and if there are added benefits to including non-offending parents in treatment. The study’s third objective is to present preliminary results of the treatment program for girls aged 8 to 10 years who experienced sexual abuse. There is a need to develop efficacious treatments for sexually abused children: this study will attempt to empirically validate an intervention that could then be implemented to individuals in the community in need of treat- ment.
#61 THE LINKS BETWEEN CHILD-REARING DISAGREEMENTS AND PARENTAL SATISFACTION Krista Luedemann, University of Ottawa; Catherine Lee, University of Ottawa; Veronica Asgary, University of Ottawa; Karen Bax, University of Ottawa; Christine Beauregard, University of Ottawa THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY One possible manner of explaining the links between child-related disagreements and parenting satisfaction is to explore a posi- tive aspect of the coparental relationship, the parental alliance. This construct, which was first defined by Weissman and Cohen (1985), reflects the quality of communication, teamwork and respect one partner has for the other with respect to the other par- ent’s involvement with the child (Abidin & Konold, 1999). We examined the mediating effects of the parental alliance on the relation between child-related disagreements and parental satisfaction. Dual income parents (N = 122 couples) with an oldest child aged 18-60 months old completed the Child-Rearing Disagreements Scale (E.N. Jouriles et al., 1991), the Parenting Alliance Measure (Abidin & Brunner, 1995), and the Parental Satisfaction Scale (Guidubaldi & Cleminshaw, 1994). The results of this study will provide a better understanding of co-parenting will have important implications for the development of inter- ventions designed to preserve and promote satisfactory family relationships.
#62 INTOLERANCE OF UNCERTAINTY IN ANALOGUE GENERALIZED ANXIETY DISORDER AND OBSESSIVE-COMPULSIVE DISORDER: REPLICATION AND EXTENSION Nicole Roberts, Concordia University; Nicole Gervais, Concordia University; Michel Dugas, Concordia University
Intolerance of uncertainty (IU) is a dispositional characteristic resulting from a set of negative beliefs about uncertainty and its implications (Dugas et al., 2005). The bulk of the research on IU shows that it is specifically related to worry and generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) (Dugas, Marchand, & Ladouceur, 2005; Dugas, Schwartz, & Francis, 2004). However, Holoway, Heimberg and Coles (in press) recently found that nonclinical individuals meeting diagnostic criteria for GAD or obsessive-com- pulsive disorder (OCD) had similar levels of IU. These findings call into question the specificity of the relationship between IU and GAD. The goal of this ongoing study is to further examine levels of IU in analogue GAD and OCD samples by replicating and extending the Holaway et al. study. The refinements of the present study include the use of additional measures of GAD and OCD, as well as the use of a more sophisticated data analysis strategy. The results will be discussed in terms of their implica- tions for current cognitive-behavioural models of GAD and OCD, which include processes at both the general and specific lev- els.
#63 UNFULFILLED NEEDS AS MEDIATORS BETWEEN PERFECTIONISM AND SHNEIDMAN’S CONCEPT OF PSYCHACHE Ricardo Flamenbaum, Queen's University; Ronald Holden, Queen's University
Shneidman (1993) has postulated that psychache, or intense psychological pain, is the direct cause of suicide, such that it medi- ates the effects of all other relevant psychological factors. Psychache itself is caused by unfulfilled psychological needs. The relationship between perfectionism and suicidality has been shown to be fully mediated by psychache (Flamenbaum, 2005). The association between perfectionism and psychache was explored in more detail in order to determine whether it was mediated by unfulfilled needs. A sample of 264 undergraduate students completed measures of multidimensional perfectionism, psychache, and psychache needs. Mediation analyses were conducted using a nonparametric bootstrapping approach. Both self-oriented and socially prescribed perfectionism were associated with increased psychache. Given the different motivational component under- lying these forms of perfectionism, it was hypothesized that the relationship between these perfectionistic dimensions and psy- chache would be mediated by different sets of needs. Results partially supported the hypothesis, though unfulfilled needs for affiliation and autonomy emerged as mediators for both types of perfectionism. Implications and opportunities for intervention are discussed.
54 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#64 IMPLEMENTING MODIFIED INTERACTION GUIDANCE WITH A PARAPROFESSIONAL CLINICIAN: A CASE STUDY
Loriann Quinlan, University of Northern British Columbia THURSDAY / JEUDI
Infants with disorganized attachment relationships are frightened by their primary caregivers and exhibit behaviours that are dis- organized and disoriented (Main & Solomon, 1986). Lyons-Ruth, Bronfman, and Parsons (1999) proposed that parents’ affective communication errors, such as laughing when the infant cries, produce disorganized attachment. Modified Interaction Guidance (MIG; Benoit, Madigan, Leece, Shea, & Goldberg, 2001) is designed to promote sensitive responsiveness and minimize affec- tive communication errors displayed by the caregiver when interacting with the infant. Although MIG has been shown to be effective when delivered by an expert in attachment (Benoit et al., 2001), generalizability to different contexts needs to be evalu- ated. The purpose of the present study was to document learning and therapeutic processes when a paraprofessional conducted MIG with a parent-child dyad under supervision of a psychologist. Data for this case study were collected from the clinician, the parent, the clinician’s program manager, and the supervising psychologist. Open-ended questionnaires, semi-structured inter- views, videotapes of parent-child and parent-clinician interactions, and a journal kept by the clinician were analyzed using the- matic analysis. Preliminary results suggest that in this case, a paraprofessional was able to deliver MIG safely with adequate supervision. Several issues in learning and supervisory processes were identified including the need for mechanisms and proce- dures to ensure client safety and maximize the effectiveness of the clinician’s learning process.
#65 THE ROLE OF SAFETY BEHAVIOUR IN THE TREATMENT OF SPECIFIC PHOBIA Irena Milosevic, Concordia University; Monique Lahoud, Concordia University; Adam Radomsky, Concordia University
Safety behaviour, actions and/or covert behaviour (thoughts) that fearful individuals use to reduce their anxiety, can potentially interfere with the progress of exposure therapy. However, other hypotheses suggest that it may not be entirely detrimental to treatment efficacy. In the present study, we investigate the role of safety behaviour in the treatment of specific phobia. Undergraduate students highly fearful of snakes are randomly assigned to one of two treatment conditions, where they use either safety gear, such as gloves, or do not use any safety gear at all during 45 minutes of exposure therapy to a live snake. Pre- and post-treatment measures are administered to assess the participants’ anxiety level, cognitions, and closest distance to the snake. Preliminary analyses (n = 20) suggest that relative to the control group, participants in the safety behaviour condition were able to increase their proximity to the snake more quickly, and were less anxious while doing so, during the first half of the exposure session. At post-treatment, the safety behaviour group did not, however, get as close to the snake during a behavioural approach task compared to the control group, although both groups experienced similar declines in anxiety relative to baseline measures. Results and implications will be discussed in terms of cognitive-behavioural treatments for anxiety disorders.
#66 META-PERCEPTIVE ACCURACY IN SOCIAL ANXIETY Jason Ediger, University of Manitoba; Edward Johnson, University of Manitoba
Meta-perceptions (MPs) are the beliefs that people hold regarding the way others view them. Cognitive therapists suggest that socially anxious persons hold inaccurate MPs because they derive them from beliefs about themselves, whereas non-anxious persons have accurate MPs because they base them on the observations of others. Social psychologists argue that even non- anxious persons derive MPs from self-perceptions. The relationship between self-perceptions, self-focused attention and meta- perception was examined across the spectrum of social anxiety to determine which model was most applicable. Interpersonal rat- ings of self, other, and meta-perceptions of anxiety and likeability were collected. Self-report measures of trait social anxiety, focus of attention were also used. Analyses employed the Social Relations Model to determine that MPs were accurate for rat- ings of anxiety. A lack of consensus by social partners prevented the testing of accuracy for ratings of likeability. Social anxiety and attentional focus had no significant influence on accuracy. Self-perceptions were the primary significant determinant of MPs for all participants. These results support the social psychological model and suggest that socially anxious people use the same processing strategies as their non-anxious peers. It is differences in their self-perception that skew their beliefs.
#67 IMAGINAL CONFRONTATION VERSUS EVOCATIVE EMPATHY IN THE CONTEXT OF EMOTION FOCUSED THERAPY FOR ADULT SURVIVORS OF CHILDHOOD ABUSE Margaret Ralston, University of Windsor
This study is part of a larger, ongoing study comparing two versions of Emotion Focused Therapy for Adult Survivors of child- hood abuse. In one version, trauma material is explored solely by evocative empathy (EE). The other version additionally uti- lizes imaginal confrontation (IC). It was proposed that the two interventions use different routes to client change, that is, that IC is more powerful but also more stressful and EE is less stressful but also less powerful. The present study is an exploratory study designed to reveal similarities and differences between IC and EE by examining client processes associated with produc- tive psychotherapy, specifically experiencing, emotional arousal, and therapeutic alliance (N = 30). In general, the two interven- tions were equally effective in promoting client processes and in producing positive client change. EE was somewhat less evocative than was IC, especially at late treatment, but this did not interfere with resolution of trauma issues. There were no
55 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
overall group differences regarding reported distress or therapeutic alliance ratings. Associations between client characteristics and processes and contributions of process variables to outcome were also explored. Meaningful patterns of associations and differential group effects were revealed that warrant future investigation.
#68 THE ROLE OF PARENTING STYLE IN MODERATING THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ADOLESCENT EXPOSURE TO VIOLENCE AND ADOLESCENT PROBLEM BEHAVIOUR Kofi-len Belfon, University of Guelph; Michael Grand, University of Guelph; Karl Hennig, University of Guelph; Chantal Regis, McMaster Univeristy
The community violence literature suggests that exposure to pervasive violence in the community is positively correlated with adolescent externalizing and internalizing behaviour. The current study explored factors that protected adolescents from suc- cumbing to the effects of community violence exposure. Using linear regression modelling, the role of parenting in moderating this relationship was examined. Adolescents (n = 64) aged 11 to 18 years and their parents, who lived in Eastern Toronto, partic- ipated in the study. Measures of parent and adolescent perceptions of violence exposure and adolescent problem behaviour were
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY obtained. Parents also self reported their emotionality surrounding their adolescents’ safety in the community and their parenting style. Results suggested that restrictive and demanding parenting moderated the effects of violence exposure on internalizing behaviour. Although parents’ negative perceptions of violence exposure predicted less demanding parenting, their emotionality did not affect or predict parenting style.
#69 APPLYING EMPIRICALLY SUPPORTED TREATMENT TO GENERALIZED ANXIETY DISORDER : DO WE NEED ADHERENCE TO TREATMENT MANUAL? Christine Mercure, Université de Sherbrooke
The importance of using empirically supported treatments (ESTs) has been well documented. However, ESTs continue to be underutilized by practitioners who often hold the belief that adherence to treatment manuals can hinder treatment effectiveness, or that the use of ESTs is impractical in clinical practice. The purpose of the study was to compare a standardized version of an empirically supported treatment for generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) with a clinically flexible version of the same treatment. Twenty-six patients, who met the DSM-IV-TR criteria for GAD as a principal diagnosis, were randomly assigned to one of two treatment conditions: (1) standardized cognitive-behavioural treatment (n = 15) and (2) clinically flexible cognitive-behavioural treatment (n = 11). In the standardized treatment condition, subjects received 14 weekly sessions of cognitive-behaviour therapy based on treatment components that have been empirically supported in the treatment of GAD. In the clinically flexible treat- ment condition, treatment components were the same. However, treatment plans were individually-tailored to the needs of indi- viduals based on clinical judgment. Subjects were assessed before and after treatment. Results showed that there was a signifi- cant difference between the two treatment conditions at posttreatment, where the standardized group proved to be most success- ful.
#70 GENDER DIFFERENCES IN PSYCHOPATHIC EXPRESSION: “CLUSTER B” PERSONALITY DISORDERS Kristin Stevens, University of Windsor; Stephen Hibbard, University of Windsor
Previous research on the construct of psychopathy has suggested that it may be expressed differentially by gender. In addition, research has suggested that the ‘Cluster B’ personality disorders (Histrionic (HPD), Borderline (BPD), Antisocial (ASPD), and Narcissistic Personality Disorders (NPD)) are diagnosed differentially between genders. Given the similarities in these personali- ty disorders to the gendered expressions of psychopathy, this research examines the interaction of gender/gender roles and psy- chopathy in the expression of the ‘Cluster B’ personality disorders. This research tests the following hypotheses: 1) psychopathy underlies all four ‘Cluster B’ disorders, 2) psychopathic traits (e.g., manipulativeness, Machiavellianism, and interpersonal cal- lousness) will be more predictive of HPD and/or BPD in females, and ASPD and/or NPD in males, and 3) psychopathic traits will be more predictive of HPD and/or BPD in feminine individuals, and ASPD and/or NPD in masculine individuals. Participants were 350 undergraduate psychology students at the University of Windsor. Regression analyses were used to test the hypotheses. Results are discussed in terms of their implications on diagnosis and treatment. The importance of these findings to the current research base on psychopathy and personality disorders is also discussed.
#71 ATTENTIONAL BIASES AND DYSPHORIA: AN INVESTIGATION OF STROOP RESPONSES TO RUMINATION AND DISTRACTION Lauren Haubert, University of Calgary; Keith Dobson, University of Calgary
Although the association between rumination and depression is well-documented, little research has examined the mechanisms by which rumination may influence information processing and lead to increased risk of depression. This study examined the consequences of two coping styles, rumination and distraction, on information processing and mood in individuals who recently experienced a distressing relationship breakup. Female undergraduate participants (N = 106) completed an initial assessment of mood and rumination self-report measures and then were randomly assigned to either a rumination or distraction induction. All
56 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 participants completed a modified Stroop task that included both positive and negative interpersonal (schema-congruent) and non-interpersonal adjective stimuli, and attentional biases towards schema congruent adjectives were assessed. Ruminators evi-
denced a significant decrease in mood relative to participants in the distraction condition. Contrary to predictions, however, a THURSDAY / JEUDI split-plot analysis of variance revealed that participants instructed to ruminate did not show biased attention towards negative interpersonal stimuli, relative to those in the distraction condition. Potential explanations for this lack of biased attention will be discussed. Future research directions and implications for the use of the Stroop task in depression will also be addressed.
13:00 - 14:55 - BONAVISTA 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium PART II OF: MULTIPLE CULTURES – MULTIPLE METHODS: International and EXPLORATION OF THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCULTURATION AND IDENTITY Cross-cultural WITHIN THE CANADIAN CULTURAL MOSAIC THROUGH QUALITATIVE EPISTEMOLOGIES James Cresswell, University of Alberta
Segall et al. (1998) note that the study of culture and psychology can be an endeavor fraught with tension between epistemolo- gies representing top-down (uncovering the workings of universals) as opposed to bottom-up approaches (understanding partici- pants in their own terms). This symposium explores non-traditional bottom-up understandings of the psychology of acculturation and identity. Mac’s opening presentation commences the discussion with an exploration of the experience of Chinese immi- grants to Canada. She concludes with a discussion of the necessity of addressing cultural diversity and adjustment issues. Lepine & Baerveldt’s paper addresses this necessity outlined by Mac in their critical discussion of identity and the importance of understanding identity “from the mouths” of the First Nations peoples themselves. Oulanova et al. address acculturation and cul- tural transmission from the perspective of the way culture is conveyed from generation to generation in Polish immigrants. The symposium concludes with a brief discussion of the differences inherent in differing epistemologies that stresses the importance of dialogue and mutual understanding.
#1 A QUALITATIVE INQUIRY INTO THE EXPERIENCES OF CHINESE IMMIGRANT CHILDREN IN CANADA: ADULT REFLECTIONS ON CHILDHOOD EXPERIENCES Lori Mac, University of Calgary
This study explored the experience of Chinese immigrant children in Canada as told by adults who immigrated as children. Eleven adults participated in this study. All participants were currently over the age of 18, and had immigrated to Canada from Northeast or Central Asia, including China and Taiwan between the ages of 6 and 15 years, and were able to understand and speak English fluently. Phenomenological inquiry in the form of a semi-structured interview with each participant was used to gather the data. Transcripts were analyzed using Colaizzi’s (1978) method of data analysis. Eight categories emerged: Culture, family, language, environment, friendships, self and identity, moderating variables, and aggravating variables, each with its own themes and sub- themes. Findings indicated that an acculturative growth process was occurring during participants’ adjustment experience, where- by both moderating and aggravating variables acted upon participants as they dealt with a number of issues present in, and repre- sented by, the themes and sub-themes contained in the eight emergent categories. Overall the findings point to a need to address cultural diversity and adjustment issues with special attention to language, family and peer relations, as well as the school system.
#2 CULTURAL IDENTITY IN PRACTICE: BEYOND ATTITUDES AND SELF-IDENTIFICATION Chris Lepine, University of Alberta; Cor Baerveldt, University of Alberta
An operationally narrow concept of what it means to be identifiable as a First Nations or Aboriginal person in Canada has prolif- erated in the social sciences. Traditionally, this conceptualization of “identity” in cross-cultural psychology involves the self- report of attitudes held by self-identified members of ethnic groups. This paper will discuss the importance of broadening our understanding of “identity” through an empirical analysis of interviews conducted with members of a northern Alberta Aboriginal community in 2005; focusing upon the socially constructed, dialogically authenticated and narrative nature of identi- ty. The analysis will be structured through a discussion of theorists such as Harré (1983), Sarbin (1986), Bourdieu (1990), and Harré & van Langenhove (1999) in a discursive framework that highlights the importance of cultural practices and dialogue in empirical and theoretical studies of identity.
#3 FIRST-GENERATION POLISH IMMIGRANTS AS “CULTURAL CONNOISSEURS” Olga Oulanova, University of Alberta; James Cresswell, University of Alberta; Cor Baerveldt, University of Alberta
Psychologists commonly assume presence of shared universal mechanisms that are identical across cultures. This supposition is problematic because it fails to recognize the mutually constitutitive relationship between culture and psychology. To address this
57 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
limitation, we explored an alternative approach based upon the role of social norms. We examined how norms pertaining to common cultural issues manifest in talk by addressing the question: How do first and second generation (FGI and SGI) Polish immigrants enact social norms in conversations? In four triadic interviews, SGIs and FGIs were simultaneously presented with vignettes depicting familiar situations that involved cultural practices. Resulting conversation among interlocutors was analyzed via Grounded Theory and Conversation Analysis. Findings revealed that FGIs employ an array of rhetorical strategies in the conversation to convey normative practices and cultural values to SGIs. These findings are discussed with regard to the broader context of immigrant adjustment and settlement.
13:00 - 14:55 - RIDEAU 13:00 - 14:55
Workshop/ Atelier de PARADIGMS OF QUEER ISSUES IN EDUCATION: IMPLICATIONS FOR Travail EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE IN THE PROMOTION OF MENTAL HEALTH Sexual Orientation and WELLNESS FOR LGBTT YOUTH Gender Identity Issues Robert Roughley, Campus Alberta Applied Counselling Initiative; Ray Harrison, Calgary Health Region THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY As we enter the multicultural millennium, the harsh reality remains that lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, two-spirited and Questioning (LGBTTQ) youth are still at risk for suicide, abuse from peers and educators, decreased academic achievement, low self-esteem and self-concept, and numerous other life-stressors that jeopardize and limit their abilities in establishing and main- taining positive queer identities. Why is it that our schools still remain one of the central cores for the perpetuation of homopho- bia and heterosexism at personal, interpersonal, and institutional levels? Paradigms for education include but are not limited to issues of safety, equity, and critical theory.Peers, parents, educators, guidance counselors, and administrators must recognize and willingly fill the cultural gaps that neglect and marginalize our precious and vulnerable LGBTTQ youth. This interactive work- shop draws on the collaborative efforts of numerous community-based advocate groups in Calgary, Alberta and presents suc- cessful means of establishing allied health initiatives in facilitating the health and wellness needs of LGBTTQ youth through evi- dence-based practice. 13:00 - 14:55 - MOUNT ROYAL 13:00 - 14:55
Paper Session/ Séance de FORGIVENESS “A” (UNFORGIVENESS/REVENGE) présentation orale Sean Moore, University of Alberta Social and Personality
#1 AN EXPLORATORY INVESTIGATION OF THE PSYCHOLOGY OF UNFORGIVENESS Susan Boon, University of Calgary; Debbie Rapske, University of Calgary
According to Worthington & Wade (1999), forgiving an offender is just one of many ways people reduce the feelings of unfor- giveness that often accompany experiences of injury or offense. The bulk of the psychological literature, in contrast, presumes that forgiveness and unforgiveness are polar opposites. Indeed, forgiveness is often defined in terms that equate it with the reduction of the kinds of feelings (i.e., bitterness, hostility, desires for revenge) that constitute unforgiveness (e.g., McCullough, Rachal, et al., 1998). Adopting Worthington & Wade’s view that there are important distinctions between forgiveness and unfor- giveness, the present study examined people’s responses to interpersonal exchanges that constituted important unforgiven trans- gressions in their lives. Our goal was to explore the experience of unforgiveness in some depth, with a particular focus on identi- fying the kinds of events that people are unable/unwilling to forgive, the emotions they experience in response to these events, their repertoire of strategies for coping with these feelings, and their views concerning how these events have affected their lives. Results demonstrate links between rumination, vengeful desires, and the extent to which participants feel comfortable with not forgiving their offenders. Results will be discussed in relation to Worthington & Wade’s theorizing on unforgiveness.
#2 REVENGE: THE INFLUENCE OF GENDER, RESPONSE SEVERITY, AND GROUP DISCUSSION ON THE SOCIAL ACCEPTABILITY OF ACTS OF RETALIATION Stacey Nairn, University of Prince Edward Island; Sarah Fowler, University of Prince Edward Island; Jeffrey Villard, University of Prince Edward Island; Amy Douglas, University of Prince Edward Island; Katie Harris, University of Prince Edward Island; Megan Rooney, University of Prince Edward Island; Darcy Lewis, University of Prince Edward Island; France Arsenault, University of Prince Edward Island; Patricia Gallant, University of Prince Edward Island; Jessica White, University of Prince Edward Island; Jillian Carr, University of Prince Edward, Island; Paige Richards, University of Prince Edward Island; Charlotte Pye, University of Prince Edward Island; Trisha Tran, University of Prince Edward Island; Stephanie Connolly, University of Prince Edward Island
What variables influence the social desirability of revenge? Study One involved a 2 (initial transgressor gender) x 2 (“revenger” gender) x 2 (participant gender) between-subjects design in which participants were asked to evaluate the social acceptability of
58 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 retaliatory responses to a transgression between friends. Results indicate that the gender of the initial offender, the “revenger”, and the participant do affect assessments of acceptability in ways that support gender stereotypes. Using a within-subjects
design, Study Two examined how the level of revenge enacted would influence its perceived acceptability. Reading one base THURSDAY / JEUDI transgression scenario and three different responses to that event, participants evaluated the “eye for an eye” or restoration of justice form of retaliation as being most acceptable while no retaliatory response was preferred over “going too far”. Study Three used a pre-post within-subjects design to determine whether group discussion of a transgression and potential responses to it would affect participants’ evaluations of the desirability of retaliation. Contrary to group polarization theory but in keeping with the suggestion that venting may be a positive way to respond to transgression, study three found that group discussion resulted in less desire for revenge than the same participants had indicated in their individual assessments.
#3 TENDENCIES TOWARDS UNDERHELPING FOLLOWING A MILD PROVOCATION: A BEHAVIOURAL INVESTIGATION INTO THE NATURE OF REVENGE BETWEEN STRANGERS VERSUS INTIMATES Alishia Alibhai, University of Calgary; Susan Boon, University of Calgary
The purpose of this study was to provide a direct behavioural measure of whether people would be more or less likely to seek revenge against a romantic partner or a stranger following a provocation. Dating couples attended the sessions and were led to believe they were playing two computer games either with their own romantic partner or a stranger. In actuality, all participants played both games with a pre-programmed computer. Crossed with the manipulation of game playing partner, half of the partici- pants were provoked in the first game and the other half were not. The second game provided participants with an opportunity to retaliate in the form of an “underhelping” behaviour. The results demonstrated that regardless of who they believed their game partner was, provoked participants retaliated to a greater extent than not provoked participants. Furthermore, independent of whether they were provoked or not, participants were less likely to underhelp their romantic partners than strangers. This study demonstrated that intimates and strangers indeed get even with each other, that people are just as likely to get even with strangers as their romantic partners, and that compared to strangers, romantic partners are more generous with each other. Theoretical implications of these findings will be discussed.
#4 DISPOSITIONS TOWARD FORGIVENESS AND REVENGE IN RELATION TO STRESS APPRAISALS, COPING STYLES, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL-BEING Renate Ysseldyk, Carleton University; Kim Matheson, Carleton University; Hymie Anisman, Carleton University
Although we are often faced with the choice to forgive or to exact revenge in response to relationship conflicts, some individuals may be predisposed to be more forgiving or vengeful from the outset. These predispositions may influence appraisals and coping strategies when individuals are confronted with relationship stressors and hence may have implications for well-being. Male and female undergraduates (64 men, 140 women) completed measures assessing dispositional forgiveness and vengeance, appraisals and coping strategies adopted in response to a relationship conflict, life satisfaction and depressive affect. Regression analyses revealed that forgiveness was positively related with life satisfaction and negatively related with depressive symptoms, whereas vengefulness had the opposite relations with well-being. Moreover, the relations between forgiveness and both life satisfaction and depressive affect were partially accounted for by the decreased propensity of high dispositional forgivers to appraise the conflict as threatening or to endorse emotion-approach strategies or ruminative brooding. The relations between vengefulness and well-being, however, were not mediated by appraisal and coping processes. These findings suggest that, although forgive- ness and vengeance may be related, their impacts on promoting or undermining well-being reflect distinct underlying mecha- nisms.
13:00 - 14:55 - LAKEVIEW 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium ISSUES IN POST-SECONDARY ASSESSMENTS AND LEARNING DISABILITY Psychologists in SERVICES Education Pamela Morel, Cambrian College
Students with learning disabilities are entering post-secondary institutions at ever increasing rates. Enhanced services including; transition programs, psycho-educational assessments, learning strategies and assistive technology training have allowed for more successful learning outcomes. This symposium will address current practices in learning disability assessments, accommodations and services at the post-secondary level.
#1 LD SCREENING TOOL: ANALYSIS OF THE DELTA SCREENER Alana Holmes, Cambrian College; Pamela Morel, Cambrian College
The Delta Screener was developed by the Learning Disability Special Interest Group of the College Committee on Disability Issues (CCDI) as a screening tool for adults at risk for learning disabilities. It was designed to be used as part of a guided inter-
59 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
view to collect detailed historical information to assist in the decision making process about whether or not to refer a client for a psycho-educational assessment and whether to commence interim support services. These assessments can play a crucial role in helping individuals with LD learn to cope more effectively with their learning challenges. The Northern Ontario Assessment and Resource Centre (NOARC) operating out of Cambrian College has been mandated to provide psychological assessments to post- secondary students with suspected learning disabilities. NOARC has adopted the Delta Screener as part of its referral process. A statistical analysis of the questionnaire was conducted with the goal of identifying items which are most predictive of an eventu- al diagnosis of a learning disability. Preliminary results suggest that those individuals with a long-standing history of academic challenges are those most likely to be diagnosed with a learning disability. This presentation will discuss possible implications for the identification of high risk individuals and the provision of interim accommodations.
#2 ON-LINE TRANSITION PROGRAMMING FOR STUDENTS WITH LEARNING DISABILITIES: RESULTS FROM A 3 YEAR PILOT Allyson Harrison, Queen’s University
The transition from high school to college or university is a potentially challenging one for young adults with learning disabili-
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY ties (LDs). “Online to Success” is an innovative, web-based, 6-week summer course developed by teams from Queen’s University in Kingston and Loyalist College in Belleville. Its goal is to assist Ontario students with LDs to succeed at the post- secondary level by offering sessions dealing with LD awareness, adaptive technology, learning strategies, self-advocacy, and other topics relevant to the transition to college or university. The structure of the program involved on-site weekend opening and closing sessions, and a 4-week web-based program to all students from across the province to participate in transition pro- gramming while maintaining summer employment. In 2003 and 2004, a total of 34 participants successfully completed the pro- gram, which was delivered through four modules: “Know About Yourself,” “Your Program and You,” “Tools for Success,” and “Self-Advocacy.” In 2005, this program was piloted in four local school boards, and students were given credit for their partici- pation. Student ratings and feedback were generally positive, and support the value of continuing to offer the “Online to Success” program. In 2006, this program was expanded to serve 6 school districts in the province of Ontario.
#3 LD DOCUMENTATION AND RECOMMENDED ACCOMMODATIONS FOR POST SECONDARY STUDENTS WITH LEARNING DISABILITIES Pamela Morel, Cambrian College; Allyson Harrison, Queen's University; Alana Holmes, Cambrian College
The creation of the Regional Assessment Centres in Ontario provided an opportunity for psychological practitioners to work col- laboratively in the provision of assessment services for post-secondary students with suspected learning disabilities. Part of the mandate of the Centres was to provide training opportunities for practitioners who wished to expand their practice into the area of learning disabilities or to older client groups. Working collaboratively towards developing “best practice” assessments for the post-secondary sector, an assessment template was developed. The template was designed to provide guidance and structure, while still remaining flexible enough to accommodate the individual styles of each practitioner. Template guidelines outline nec- essary criteria for diagnosing a learning disability and suggest appropriate accommodations and support services for post-sec- ondary students. A variety of issues related to LD documentation and post-secondary assessments will be presented.
13:00 - 14:55 - BANFF 13:00 - 14:55
Paper Session/ Séance de SOCIAL COGNITION présentation orale Sean Moore, University of Alberta Social and Personality
#1 SO FAR AWAY: ARE SUBJECTIVELY DISTANT FUTURE GOALS LESS MOTIVATING THAN SUBJECTIVELY IMMINENT GOALS? Anne Wilson, Wilfrid Laurier University; Erin Strahan, Wilfrid Laurier University Brantford; Johanna Peetz, Wilfrid Laurier University
Some upcoming events feel as though they are still in the far off future whereas others feel temporally imminent, regardless of how far in the future they actually are. In the current study we successfully manipulated people’s perceptions of temporal distance until university graduation (an average of 3 years away), making it seem quite close or very remote from the present. We expected that inducing a perception of temporal imminence would cause people to feel more motivated to work hard toward their goal (suc- cessful graduation), whereas those who felt graduation was far-off would be less likely to perceive action as urgent. We found that participants who felt close to the future goal reported greater approach and avoidance motivation than those who saw graduation as distant. Those who felt close to graduation were also more likely to focus on the process, or steps they needed to take, to suc- ceed at graduation whereas those in the distant condition were more likely to focus on the outcome itself (their imagined success at graduation) without dwelling on the work needed to achieve their goal. These findings have implications for procrastination: When a goal or deadline seems far-off, it may feel less pressing to “get started” than when it feels imminent.
60 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 ATTENUATING THE GUILTY BY ASSOCIATION EFFECT Ian Newby-Clark, University of Guelph; Jennifer Fortune, University of Guelph THURSDAY / JEUDI Recently we obtained evidence that people erroneously anticipate being judged “guilty by association” when their friend com- mits a social offence. A means of attenuating this effect was sought. We hypothesized that instructing people to take the perspec- tive of an observer would weaken the effect because they would realize that an observer would focus almost exclusively on the person committing the offence. Participants viewed a personality report about themselves and a separate report about their friend, both of which were to be shown to an observer. The personality reports were ostensibly based on information gathered earlier. In fact, the content of the reports was systematically varied to include/not include mention of inappropriate behaviour on the part of the friend. That is, the report either did or did not mention that the friend had committed academic misconduct. Before reading the reports, half of the participants in each of the misconduct conditions were randomly assigned to hear perspec- tive-taking instructions from the experimenter. The other half of participants heard no such instructions. All participants then predicted how an observer would rate them on an honesty scale. As hypothesized, participants in the academic misconduct/no perspective-taking condition anticipated lower honesty ratings than did participants in the other three conditions, p < .05.
#3 WHERE TO COMPARE? INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES IN TEMPORAL AND SOCIAL COMPARISON Angela Pye, Wilfrid Laurier University
Most research examining people’s preference for social comparison (with other people) or temporal comparison (with past selves) has focused on contextual or motivational factors that predict comparison choice. In the current research we developed and validated a temporal comparison orientation measure (TCO) that conceptually mirrors Gibbons and Buunk’s (1999) social comparison orientation scale (SCO) and examined these two orientations in relation to one another and to other psychological constructs. A measure of individual difference in temporal comparison orientation does not currently exist in the literature. Nearly 2000 respondents participated including Canadian and Chinese young adults and older Canadians. Both orientations show good internal consistency and temporal stability. TCO and SCO, although positively related, load consistently on separate factors and relate differently to personality measures. Whereas high SCO is linked to aspects of other-orientation (self monitor- ing, social anxiety, etc.), negative affectivity (stress) and greater uncertainty (less self concept clarity, etc.), high TCO is associ- ated with aspects of self-orientation (private self consciousness, self reflection, etc.) and temporal orientation (nostalgia, genera- tivity, etc.). Finally, SCO and TCO predicted greater use of, and impact from, social and temporal comparison information, respectively.
13:00 - 14:55 - LAKE LOUISE 13:00 - 14:55
Workshop/ Atelier de EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE: TRACKING CLIENT OUTCOMES WITH travail INFORMAL DATA Counselling Psychology Bryan Hiebert, University of Calgary
Recent surveys of counsellor practice suggests that most counsellors believe that they are effective in their work with clients, however, most counsellors were unable to produce evidence to support this belief because they did not systematically evaluate their work with clients. This session will focus on using informal (non-standardized) assessment procedures to evaluate client progress in counselling. It will present a framework for approaching the task of demonstrating the value of counselling and docu- menting a causal link between counselling process and outcome.
13:00 - 14:55 - NAKISKA 13:00 - 14:55 Workshop/ Atelier de CULTURE-INFUSED COUNSELLING: A NEW MODEL FOR ENHANCING travail PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE Counselling Psychology Nancy Arthur, University of Calgary; Sandra Collins, Athabasca University
In the past several decades, multicultural counselling has emerged as a major focus in the counselling psychology literature. There are many new concepts, frameworks of multicultural competencies, ethical debates, and recommendations for working with clients who are culturally diverse. The growth in the field may leave students and practitioners wondering how to make sense of it all and how to enhance their multicultural competence for working with diverse clients in diverse practice contexts. This session will introduce our new model to illustrate how psychologists can infuse culture in their applied practice with clients, and in ways to promote systemic change. A practical tool for cultural auditing will be introduced to help practitioners consider the ways that culture is infused in practice with all clients. A case study will illustrate how psychologists can use cultural audit- ing to enhance the therapeutic alliance, increase understanding of client needs, and negotiate appropriate therapeutic interven- tions. The practice of psychology occurs within organizational contexts and attention also needs to be paid to the policies and procedures that impact client access and service delivery. Examples from a cultural auditing process will be given to show how psychologists can support organizational change on behalf of their clients.
61 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
13:00 - 14:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND EDUCATION: NEW DIRECTIONS IN Psychologists in ASSESSMENT AND INTERVENTION Education James Parker, Trent University
The relationship between emotional intelligence (EI) and education continues to attract growing interest. This symposium explores new directions in assessment and intervention issues. Using data with the most widely used self-report EI measure, Gallant and Sitarenios examine the generalizability of the EI construct in 3 different cultural groups. Emphasising the need to have multi-methods available for assessing EI, Logan and colleagues describe the development and psychometric properties of the new youth form for the Mayer-Salovey-Caruso Emotional Intelligence Testóthe most widely used ability measure in the area. Expanding on previous Canadian research, Parker and colleagues report on a recent longitudinal study examining EI and the suc- cessful transition from high school to university. In addition, this research team examines the efficacy (better retention rates) of a new intervention tool designed to promote specific EI dimensions in 1st-year post-secondary students. In an effort to better explain the impact of EI on achievement in post-secondary students, Saklofske and colleagues explore the relationship between
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY EI and various indicators of health and well-being. This group also explores the conceptual relationship between EI and basic levels of personality, suggesting that EI might better be viewed as a ‘meta-ability’.
#1 CULTURAL STABILITY OF THE EMOTIONAL QUOTIENT INVENTORY Stephen Gallant, Multi-Health Systems, Toronto; Gill Sitarenios, Multi-Health Systems, Toronto
The BarOn Emotional Quotient Inventory (EQ-i) is a widely used measure of the social and emotional competencies related to the construct of Emotional Intelligence. The EQ-i is psychometrically sound and possesses an international and multicultural focus. The present report aims to highlight both of these distinctions by discussing the stability of the psychometric properties of the EQ-i across representative samples from three distinct cultures: South Africa (n = 9,892), Mexico (n = 9,994) and Singapore (n = 534). The EQ-i norms of each of the three cultural groups will be compared to those of the North American normative sam- ple in order to highlight possible similarities or differences in Emotional Intelligence. Also, the factorial validity, reliability (internal consistency and interscale correlations), norm stability, measurement error, and demographic effects (age and gender) will be examined within all three samples. Similarities and differences across cultural groups in regards to the above-mentioned analyses will also be discussed.
#2 CREATION OF AN ABILITY BASED MEASURE OF YOUTH EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE Deena Logan, Multi-Health Systems, Toronto; Peter Papadogiannis, Multi-Health Systems, Toronto; Gill Sitarenios, Multi-Health Systems, Toronto
Research conducted in the field of emotional intelligence has generally investigated the EI performance of adults, however, there is much to be learned about emotional intelligence in youth. The MSCEIT:YV&; is the youth version (ages 10 to 18 inclusive) of the Mayer-Salovey-Caruso Emotional Intelligence Test (MSCEIT). The youth version measures the same principal areas of emotional intelligence as the adult version, namely Perceiving Emotions, Facilitating Thought, Understanding Emotions, and Managing Emotions. This presentation describes the normative database (N = 2000), development, and psychometric properties of the MSCEIT:YV. Expert and General Consensus scoring criteria are described, and the results obtained from the two scoring options are compared. Gender, age, and ethnicity effects are also examined. Correlational analyses, as well as group comparisons showed that the older respondents performed better on all scales, providing some support for the notion that emotional intelli- gence is an ability that can be learned.
#3 TEACHING EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE: A MENTORING PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS AT-RISK OF ACADEMIC FAILURE Laura Wood, Trent University; James Parker, Trent University; Alexia Rowbotham, Trent University; Robyn Taylor, Trent University; Jennifer Eastabrook, Trent University
This study examines the use of a new measure of emotional and social competencies, the College Achievement Inventory (CAI), for predicting academic success and retention in university and college samples. This study also examines the efficacy of a stu- dent mentoring program that promotes several specific emotional and social competencies in post-secondary students at-risk of academic failure. Approximately 1000 first-year undergraduate students completed the CAI at the beginning of their first-year of post-secondary study. Based on their responses on the CAI, approximately 250 students were identified as most at-risk of acade- mic failure. At the end of term (April) these at risk students were invited to participate in a student mentoring program that was delivered via the phone and/or internet over the summer. The mentoring program is described and the results of the study are discussed in the context of why emotional intelligence is important for academic success in a post-secondary environment.
62 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#4 ASSOCIATIONS OF EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE WITH HEALTH AND HEALTH-RELATED BEHAVIOURS
Donald Saklofske, University of Calgary; Elizabeth Austin, University of Edinburgh; THURSDAY / JEUDI Betty Rohr, University of Saskatchewan; Jac Andrews, University of Calgary
Two studies of the associations between self-report emotional intelligence and personality (five factor model) to measures of general health and health behaviours are presented. Study 1 (N = 500) found that high vs. low EI scorers reported healthier eat- ing and were more likely to exercise and use alternative health treatments. EI was also positively correlated with rational coping and internal health locus of control and negatively correlated with emotion coping and chance health locus of control. Study 2 (N = 497) found that EI mediated the association between personality traits and exercise behaviour but was unrelated to attitudes to exercise.
#5 EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE: EVIDENCE FOR DIFFERENTIATION AND NEW THEORETICAL DIRECTION Donald Saklofske, University of Calgary; Marty Bonus, University of Edinburgh; Elizabeth Austin, University of Edinburgh
Current trait or ability Emotional Intelligence (EI) tacitly assumes a linear relationship between EI score level and dispositional tendencies or individual EI skill (e.g., empathy, mood regulation) abilities. It was proposed that EI may be better viewed as a ‘meta-ability’: higher EI individuals are better at suiting the use of particular EI skills to a given situation. Further grounded in Spearman’s ‘law of diminishing returns’ (i.e., differentiation) in IQ, extensions of Spearman’s law to personality, and the poten- tial causes of differentiation, this study examined EI differentiation by EI level. Data were obtained from five samples which took four different EI tests (one ability, three trait). The differences in variance were robust across samples and tests and provide preliminary support for the ‘meta-ability’ theory by showing that EI test responses are more variable in high-EI participants.
13:00 - 14:25 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 14:25
Symposium UNNATURAL PSYCHOLOGY AND THE CARE OF THE SOUL History and Philosophy Cor Baerveldt, University of Alberta; Leo Mos, University of Alberta; Christopher Peet, The King's University College
The mainstream of psychological research, as dominated by American experimental practice and neo-positivist theory, has increasingly ‘naturalized’ the soul. Against this trend numerous criticisms have been leveled: feminist, constructionist, cultural. ‘The order of the soul’ appears to be stretched precariously across these divides. First, we will argue that psychology ought to be about human action and expression in its irreducibly normative qualities. The inherent normativity of human life has been gener- ally overlooked by biologically and culturally informed psychologists alike. This lack lays at the basis of the discipline’s inabili- ty to devise a properly ‘cultural’ psychology. Second, we will make a case for a psychology that recognizes human psychologi- cal life as simultaneously agentic through its being grounded in a living tradition. The disciplinary specialization, development of technical expertise, and self-enclosed professionalism that currently fragments intellectual life prevents the kind of systemic, cross-disciplinary theorizing necessary to conceptualize agency. Finally, we will argue that a naturalist psychology is an abstrac- tion from the “lived” world of historically enfolding experience and as such is an endeavor that must find its justification in “being lived”.Yet, a properly historical situated psychology need not to adhere to an ideology of historicism.
#1 THE IRREDUCIBLE NORMATIVITY OF EMOTION AND IDENTITY Cor Baerveldt, University of Alberta
In this paper we will argue that psychology ought to be about human action and expression in its irreducibly normative qualities. The inherent normativity of human life has been generally overlooked by biologically and culturally informed psychologists alike. This lack lays at the basis of the discipline’s inability to devise a properly ‘cultural’ psychology. In this paper the argument will be made that only by recognizing the normative dimension of ‘identity’ and ‘emotion’ psychology can overcome the current impasse of the ‘universalism ‘versus ‘relativism ‘ debate that is hampering an adequate cultural psychological account of bi-culturalism.
#2 PSYCHOLOGY BETWEEN NATURALISM AND TRANSCENDENTALISM Leo Mos, Professor
Leo Mos will argue that a naturalist psychology is an abstraction from the “lived” world of historically enfolding experience and as such is an endeavor that must find its justification in “being lived”. Yet, a properly historical situated psychology need not to adhere to an ideology of historicism, rather psychology is invited to make its contributions relevant to a historiography that moves beyond worldviews in an effort that takes seriously the limits of “time as history”. Psychology as that discipline con- cerned with the understanding of persons is at the crossing-point between naturalism and transcendentalism and cannot escape the historical presuppositions that inform both.
63 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 AGENCY AND TRADITION: TRANSCENDING THE DISCIPLINARY DIVIDES Christopher Peet, The King’s University College
I will make a case for a psychology that recognizes human psychological life as simultaneously agentic through its being grounded in a living tradition. The disciplinary specialization, development of technical expertise, and self-enclosed profession- alism that currently fragments intellectual life prevents the kind of systemic, cross-disciplinary theorizing necessary to conceptu- alize agency. These conditions also mark the demise of the hold of tradition over thought. Does this mean it can only be through a renewal of tradition that an adequate understanding of agency can be articulated?
13:00 - 14:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 14:55
Workshop/ Atelier de GETTING THE MOST OUT YOUR INTERNSHIP/PRACTICUM EXPERIENCES: A travail WORKSHOP FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS IN COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY Students in Psychology Robert Roughley, Campus Alberta Applied Counselling Initiative; Jenny Keller, Western
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY Michigan University
Internship and practicum experiences bring forth significant learning opportunities to explore individual aspects of self as learn- er, human being, and counselling practitioner-in-training. Often as students transitioning from theoretical frameworks to the practical application of our skills, elements of both excitement and trepidation can exist. Some questions that often arise during the initial stages of preparation include: What will the practicum/internship be like? What should I expect from my supervision? How do I negotiate my own learning needs to maximize the erudition process? Topics for exploration include: (a) finding a site that fits for you, (b) self-awareness, (c) supervision relationship, (d) assessment of competencies, (e) professional challenges, (f) ethical dilemmas, and (g) integrating new learning into future practice. This interactive workshop uses both reflection and expe- riential components to explore the successes and complexities that can occur during practical learning opportunities. The central goal of this workshop is to provide participants with a foundation from which to build a self-rewarding practicum/internship placement. Participants should be prepared to engage in both individual and group-based learning activities.
14:00 - 15:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 14:00 - 15:55
Symposium VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN: PERCEPTIONS AND PREVENTION Women and Psychology Surbhi Bhanot, University of Windsor
Twelve percent of Canadian women aged 18-24 experience at least one incident of violence by an intimate partner in a one year period (Bunge & Levett, 1998). This disturbing statistic highlights the need for research. The Health Research Centre for the Study of Violence Against Women has recently been created at the University of Windsor. As faculty and graduate students affiliated with the centre, we bring a variety of methodological and theoretical approaches to the study of violence against women. In this symposium, we will discuss the findings from recent research projects covering a wide range of topics and approaches, and relating to sexual, physical and psychological forms of violence against women. Researchers conducting studies relating to sexual forms of violence will discuss findings related to the theoretical underpinnings of effective rape resistance edu- cation, the influence that social roles have on attitudes towards sexual harassment and the factors influencing men’s reactions to being confronted about sexual harassment. Researchers examining physical and psychological forms of violence will discuss how popular ideas about love may support the development of and continuation of intimate partner violence and how perpetra- tion related experiences may influence perceptions about the prevalence of partner aggression.
#1 RAPE RESISTANCE EDUCATION FOR UNIVERSITY WOMEN: A PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF A THEORETICALLY DRIVEN PROGRAM Charlene Senn, University of Windsor; Stephanie Gee, University of Windsor; Kristin Saunders, University of Windsor
The level of sexual coercion on university campuses is startling with between 11 and 18 % of university women assaulted by men they know within any 3 to 4 month period. This study lays the groundwork for the development and assessment of the long- term effectiveness of theoretically grounded rape resistance education programs. In this first phase of the project, a 3 session program based on the cutting edge “AAA: Assess, Acknowledge, and Act” model developed by Rozee & Koss (2001) was developed. Each piece of the model addresses the steps in a woman’s cognitive processes as she encounters a man she knows who is acting in a way that makes sexual coercion more likely. Thirty women received the new program and were compared to 40 women who did not. The short term effectiveness of the program was assessed. Effectiveness was defined as an increase in rape resistant attitudes, beliefs, skills, and behaviours from pre- to post-program beyond control group changes. Focus groups and post-session evaluations provided additional insight into participants’ reactions to and experiences of the program content. The findings of this pilot study are discussed in the context of the revisions necessary to provide truly effective programs for University women.
64 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 LIVING A DUAL ROLE: HOW DO GRADUATE STUDENTS PERCEIVE CONTRAPOWER SEXUAL HARASSMENT?
Charmaine Mohipp, University of Windsor; Charlene Senn, University of Windsor THURSDAY / JEUDI
Contrapower sexual harassment involves the harassment of individuals with more organizational power (women) by others with less organizational power (men). This study examined graduate students’ attitudes toward contrapower harassment in academia. One hundred and seventy-two participants completed a number of measures and received a sexual harassment scenario in which the role of the graduate student (victim or perpetrator), as well as the type of harassment (contrapower or traditional) was varied. They rated how likely it was that the scenario was sexual harassment, and made judgments about the responsibility of the victim and perpetrator. Attitudes toward sexual harassment and previous sexual harassment experience were related to perceptions of sexual harassment. However, beyond those effects, sexual harassment was taken less seriously in situations involving con- trapower sexual harassment. Furthermore, it is possible that teaching experience makes one more aware of the power differen- tials involved in sexual harassment situations. Those with teaching experience perceived the situations in the scenarios as more indicative of sexual harassment than those without and this was particularly important for male students. The findings are dis- cussed in the context of dual social roles and social power.
#3 UNIVERSITY MEN’S REACTIONS TO HYPOTHETICAL CONFRONTATIONS OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT Kristin Saunders, University of Windsor; Charlene Senn, University of Windsor
Recent research in the area of sexual harassment has revealed that women do not confront male perpetrators of sexual harass- ment because they are afraid of possible negative social costs. In order to determine the degree to which women’s fears of con- frontation are justified, this study investigated how men react to hypothetical confrontations of sexual harassment. Men were asked to imagine themselves as the male character in a vignette depicting a high cost sexually harassing situation in which the male character harasses a woman and she confronts him. The experimental vignette varied by type of harassment (gender harass- ment or unwanted sexual attention) and type of confrontation style (none, hostile assertive, non-hostile assertive, exclamation, humour). The participants then rated the woman who confronted them, and their own emotional, behavioural and cognitive reac- tions to her confrontation. The findings are discussed in the context of the real world repercussions women experience when they report or confront sexual harassment.
#4 AGGRESSIVE COLLEGE STUDENTS’ PERCEPTIONS OF THE PREVALENCE WITH WHICH PARTNER AGGRESSION OCCURS IN ROMANTIC RELATIONSHIPS OF SAME-AGED PEERS Patti Fritz, University of Windsor
Attitudes associated with partner aggression have been studied extensively. However, no published studies have investigated individuals’ perceptions of the frequency with which partner aggression occurs in same-aged peers’ romantic relationships. This question is addressed in the present study. In a sample of nearly 100 partner aggressive college students attending a northeastern U.S. university, perceptions regarding the prevalence of psychological and physical dating aggression in peers’ dating relation- ships are investigated. Males’ and females’ perceptions are examined separately. Bivariate correlations between male and female students’ perceptions of use of partner aggression in others’ relationships and reports of both their and their partners’ use of aggression in their current dating relationships are also presented. Preliminary results indicate that college students’ perceptions of the prevalence of partner aggression in others’ romantic relationships is significantly positively related to their and their part- ners’ use of various forms of psychological and physical dating aggression, with slightly different patterns emerging for males and females. Perceived levels of use of partner aggression in others’ romantic relationships will be compared with survey data reported in the literature. Clinical implications of these findings will be discussed.
#5 WHAT’S LOVE GOT TO DO WITH IT? A REVIEW OF HOW POPULAR IDEAS ABOUT LOVE RELATE TO INTIMATE PARTNER VIOLENCE Surbhi Bhanot, University of Windsor
Researchers have traditionally assumed that love and intimate partner violence are completely separate and unrelated phenome- na. This traditional perspective has recently been challenged by research which suggests that popular ideas about love may sup- port the development of, continuation of and tolerance of intimate partner violence (Fraser, 2005; Jackson, 2001; Towns & Adams, 2000). In this presentation, I will argue that love and intimate partner violence are related phenomena, and that as such researchers need to understand the relationship between the two to fully understand intimate partner violence. I will discuss how prevailing ideas about love found in mainstream Western heterosexual love narratives and psychological theories may support the values and perceptions underlying intimate partner violence. I will further discuss how this relationship between love and intimate partner violence has implications for future empirical research in this area.
65 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
14:00 - 14:55 - MAYFAIR 14:00 - 14:55
Conversation Session/ THE UTILITY OF MENTORING RELATIONSHIPS FOR PRIMARY PREVENTION Séance de conversation WITH ADOLESCENT GIRLS Women and Psychology Toupey Luft, Independent Scholar, Provisional Psychologist (AB)
My work on girls and mentoring arose from a gradual realization that the “hopeless” and “helpless” image, so often portrayed in both academic research and popular representations of girls, did not represent the full picture of girls’ lived realities. In fact, it seemed like a “lowest common denominator” approach to attempt to paint girls’ lives with the same negative brush strokes. For my doctoral dissertation, I explored what the experience of mentoring is like from the viewpoint of young women involved in such relationships. Many of the young women who participated in the work had life experiences that were less than ideal (e.g., they had lived on the street, they had been addicted to drugs, they had been drawn into prostitution). It was inspiring to hear about how female mentors played a role in helping them overcome these obstacles and to function more fully in society. I would like to discuss the role that mentors played in the lives of the research participants, as well as imagining how mentoring pro- grams might help prevent mental health problems and decrease behaviours that are regarded as “high-risk”, particulary for ado-
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY lescent girls. How, if at all, can the practice of mentoring contribute to empowering young women?
14:30 - 15:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 14:30 - 15:55
Paper Session/ Séance de SHAPING THE PROFESSION: MÜSTERBERG, MYERS & présentation orale BEHAVIOURIST THROUGHT History and Philosophy Judith Misbach, University of Calgary
#1 C. ROGER MYERS (1906-1985): ACTIVIST & ARCHIVIST FOR CANADIAN PSYCHOLOGY John Connors, Canadian University College & University of Alberta
Charles Roger Myers (1906-1985) was considered Mr. Psychology in Canada at mid century. Born in Calgary, Alberta, his schooling was in Ontario. He was trained as a clinical psychologist, worked as a consulting psychologist with mentally retarded children, psychiatric patients, and the Royal Air Force during WWII. He taught at the University of Toronto under E. Bott and later succeeded him as Chair during the formative years of the Dept (1956-1965). He pioneered passing legislation which was significant to professional psychologists in Ontario, Canada, and internationally. His vision of the psychologist as a scientist- practitioner began with his particpation at the Boulder Conference in 1949. His research interests ranged from working with the retarded to measures of scientific eminence. His later years were devoted to documenting the history of Canadian psychology.
#2 INFLUENTIAL NEGLECT: HERBERT LANGFELD, E. G. BORING AND MÜNSTERBERG’S (1916) “THE PHOTOPLAY” Annabel Cohen, University of Prince Edward Island
The first book on the psychology of film, “The Photoplay” (Münsterberg, 1916), has been generally ignored by psychology. The present paper traces this neglect to eminent psychologists Herbert Langfeld and E.G. Boring. Langfeld was Hugo Münsterberg ’s assistant at the Harvard Psychology Laboratory when Münsterberg suddenly died in 1916. In his book, “The Aesthetic Attitude”, Langfeld (1920) quotes and misquotes Münsterberg’s (1904) “The Principles of Art Education”. He does not however refer to “The Photoplay”, although he refers to photoplay (film) in general. Langfeld’s copy of “The Photoplay” (available with his other books in the UPEI Julian Jaynes Collection, curated by Scott Greer) was a personally inscribed gift from Münsterberg. E. G. Boring, who, in 1923, became the first director of the Harvard laboratory after Münsterberg, was also silent about “The Photoplay”. Yet Boring (1915) had published a paper on the use of film to study eyewitness testimony. Had even mild interest replaced the neglect, what might the psychology of film be today? Merit of “The Photoplay” in the context of reasons for silence about it provides psychological historiography with an example of the negative impact of influential neglect on progress for a new subdiscipline.
#3 LEARNING TO DO DRUGS: THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF BEHAVIORISM AND NEOBEHAVIORISM TO OUR UNDERSTANDING OF DRUG AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE Ann Marie Pagliaro, University of Alberta
Several hundred theories have been published over the modern period (1840-2000) in an effort to explain why people use the various drugs and substances of abuse. Of the theories produced, a large number have been contributioned by theorists embrac- ing behaviorism and neobehaviorism, including: John Conger (1956), The Tension Reduction Hypothesis; Albert Bandura (1969), Social Learning Theory; T. Thompson (1973), Operant Approach to Controlling Drug Use; Gordon E. Barnes (1979), Theoretical (Causal) Model of Adolescent Solvent Abuse; G. Allan Marlatt (1978), Cognitive-Behavioral Model of Relapse;
66 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
William F. McAuliffe and Robert A. Gordon (1980), Combination-of-Effects Theory; Muriel Vogel-Sproutt (1992), Theory of Learned Tolerance; and Aaron T. Beck (1993), Cognitive Model of Addiction. This paper presents the contributions of these and
other theorists who have embraced behaviorism or neobehaviorism in an effort to increase our understanding of why people use THURSDAY / JEUDI drugs and substances of abuse. Their claims to fact, research methods, and clinical practice techniques are presented with atten- tion to future directions for further knowledge production.
15:00 - 16:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 15:00 - 16:55
Symposium ON THE STATE OF POLICE PSYCHOLOGY AND POLICE SERVICES’ Criminal Justice UTILIZATION OF PSYCHOLOGY IN CANADA TODAY Psychology Dorothy Cotton, Queen’s University
Reacting to the media’s new interest in forensics and investigative psychology, a recent study sought to clarify the role and sta- tus of psychology and psychologists working with police services. We argue that in order to continue to best protect the interests of the public and support the work of their own members, police services must not only seek to ensure that services rendered by psychologists meet the standard of practice in the field but also that police services have an obligation to attempt to use the full gamut of knowledge and skills in this area.While the majority of police services in Canada make some use of psychological ser- vices, the field occupies a curious position between clinical psychology on the one hand and industrial/organization psychology on the other. This symposium will not only report on the results of a national survey of police utilization of psychological ser- vices, arguably the first step in understanding the current state of police psychology in Canada, but it will also include informa- tion from researchers in this field, as well as the comments of police themselves. Thus the symposium will include researchers and practitioners from three areas of psychology: clinical, industrial/organizational, and legal, forensic and investigative psy- chology.
#1 POLICE ORGANIZATIONS’ UTILIZATION OF PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES AND EXPERTISE John Tivendell, Université de Moncton; Dorothy Cotton, Queen's University
While the majority of police services in Canada make some use of psychological services, the field occupies a curious position between Clinical psychology on the one hand and Industrial/Organisational psychology on the other. This paper will report on the results of a national survey of police utilization of psychological services. In this the first step in understanding the current state of police psychology in Canada, we obtained information about the use of psychology in personality screening at the pre- employment and speciality assignment levels, for both police and civilian staff; in Employee Assisstance Programs; in fitness for duty, crisis intervention and crisis negotiation services; and in a variety of management development and consulting roles. The collected data reflect the practices of police services employing more than 85% of all police officers in Canada. While it appears that at least half of all police services report the use of psychological services in conjunction with their activites, there does not appear to be a uniform approach and there is evidence of some misunderstanding and confusion on the part of police services about what psychologists do and how they might best be utilized. Both police and psychologists report the need for increased training and orientation for each system in making the best use of each others skills.
#2 COMMUNITY SUPPORTS FOR PERSONS WITH A MENTAL ILLNESS: SOCIAL SUPPORT IN INTERACTIONS WITH POLICE OFFICERS Joan Nandlal, Centre for Addiction and Mental health; Terry Coleman, Moose Jaw Police Service; Dorothy Cotton, Queen's University
When viewed as part of a comprehensive system of community supports for Persons with Mental Illness, police officers are seen as having a pivotal role in supporting Persons with Mental Illness, with police contact often being the means by which Persons with Mental Illness access treatment and other support services. Research on contacts between Persons with Mental Illness and police officers has focused on officers’ knowledge of and beliefs about mental illness and their attitudes towards and decision- making regarding Persons with Mental Illness. Thus, research has focused on officer characteristics and propensities rather than on the nature of their role and behaviours, in particular the ways in which their actions constitute forms of social support for Persons with Mental Illness. Drawing on Cutrona and Russell’s (1990) framework that posits five types of supportive behaviours (emotional, social integration or network, esteem, tangible aid, and informational), this paper presents preliminary findings of an exploratory qualitative study of forms of social support provided by police officers to Persons with Mental Illness. Interviews were conducted with 16 police officers from two Ontario police agencies and analyzed using a grounded theory approach that involves the constant comparative method of analysis (see Strauss & Corbin, 1998). Findings are presented demonstrating that officers provide all five forms of social support and are discussed in light of community policing principles and supports for Persons with Mental Illness.
67 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 USING PSYCHOLOGICAL THEORY TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF POLICE TRAINING Craig Bennell, Carleton University
Providing adequate training to police officers is a priority for all police agencies in Canada. The fundamental goal of this train- ing is to impart the skills police officers require to deal effectively with the range of situations they face while on duty. Unfortunately, many of the training programs currently being offered in Canada are not grounded in a psychological understand- ing of what makes training effective and, thus, there is the potential for much of this training to be deficient in important ways. In this presentation, I will focus on one particular type of training that is receiving a great deal of attention in Canada, that is the use of computer simulators to train police officers how to make appropriate use-of-force decisions. I will highlight several prob- lems with the current training approach in terms of practice, feedback, and fidelity-related issues, and will argue that existing, psychologically based theories of instructional design can be used to rectify these problems in a cost-effective manner. The pre- sentation will conclude with a list of general training recommendations that, if adopted, have the potential to increase the likeli- hood that police training programs will achieve their objectives, specifically the long-term retention of skills that are transferable to the real world. THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY #4 THE ROLE OF THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGIST IN A LARGE POLICE SERVICE Denis Lapalme, Ontario Provincial Police
This first objective of this symposium is to represent the contribution of psychologists to Canada’s police services, and in doing so help identify any other needs and resources that are or could be offered to the police, to police organisations and to those researchers and practitioners working in police psychology. The Ontario Provincial Police (OPP) is the second largest and one of the most modern police forces in Canada today and I shall endeavour to discuss some of the activities that I as a psychologist am involved in with them. The basic elements of such a position include pre-employment screening, counselling and crisis assistance but in addition, there are many areas open to further investigation. For instance, one current activity involves the classification of officers applying for special assigments, usually some form of under cover units. This means getting involved in job analyses as well as psychometric testing and interviewing, in order to learn about the demands, stressors, difficulties and rewards of each job.
#5 THE ROLES OF INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY WITHIN THE RCMP: ONE ASPECT OF POLICE PSYCHOLOGY Sunjeev Prakash, RCMP
The Royal Canadian Mounted Police employs a number of people from different areas of psychology. This presentation will provide an overview of the current contribution of Industrial/Organizational psychology within the RCMP. A group of internal consultants provide I/O advice during the planning of selection systems, and develop and maintain assessment tools that are used in recruiting and promotionprocesses within the RCMP.
15:00 - 16:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 15:00 - 16:55
Symposium WHEN CULTURES CLASH—AN ETHICAL PERSPECTIVE International and Lee Handy, University of Calgary Cross-cultural
As psychologists we have embraced the many positive values of diversity. We have also been increasingly diligent in fostering ethical practice. This presentation will explore some of the dilemmas occurring when differing cultural values are involved.
#1 HOW HELPFULL ARE PSYCHOLOGY’S ETHICAL GUIDELINES IN ADDRESSING MULTICULTURAL PRACTICE Jean Pettifor, University of Calgary
Recent years have seen a significant increase in the attention that professional associations pay to respecting diversity. Much has been written on multicultural competencies. These changes are reflected in revisions to codes of ethics and in special guidelines. However, critics suggest that the professions continue to be ethnocentric in imposing their western world view on others. Must there be a clash of cultures in multicultural counselling? Some of the changes in national and international guidelines will be reviewed. The one who practices across cultures may belong to either the majority or minority population, and the developing world psychologist who is trained in the west may also face differences in cultural beliefs. Reference will be made to commonal- ities in Eastern and Western professional values over the centuries. Comment will be made on the recent project to develop a Universal Declaration of Ethical Principles for Psychologists. Cross-cultural practitioners will find guidance in adhering to a moral framework of respect and caring that goes beyond differences in culture-specific rules of behaviour. Also invaluable is a value-based process for ethical decision making. The good to which psychologists aspire must expand beyond the individual to the larger society.
68 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 WHAT IF WE TOOK MULTICULTURAL COUNSELLING ETHICS SERIOUSLY? Nancy Arthur, University of Calgary THURSDAY / JEUDI One of the central arguments made in the rationale for multicultural counselling is to promote the provision of ethical profes- sional practices. Students and practitioners who join professional associations are required to be well informed about the codes of ethics that regulate their practice. However, professional codes of ethics tend to be underutilized as a guide for discussing some of the realities, challenges, and learning involved in multicultural counselling. Beyond serving as an educational tool for students in graduate programs, codes of ethics pertaining to cultural diversity are useful planning tools to facilitate continuing professional education and for enhancing multicultural counselling competence. This presentation will outline some of the key principles in professional codes of ethics pertaining to cultural diversity that are relevant for multicultural counselling. Three important questions will be introduced in this presentation to promote discussion about ethics in multicultural counselling, a) What does it mean to be a culturally competent psychologist?, b) How is cultural competence defined through professional codes of ethics?, and, c) Are ethical standards of practice meant to be applied universally or can they be adapted across clients and across cultures? Examples from codes of ethics will be highlighted to discuss some of the dilemmas involved in applying ethical principles of practice in multicultural counselling.
#3 WHEN CULTURES CLASH: ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS IN THE AREA OF CAREER AND LIFE PLANNING Kathy Offet-Gartner, Mount Royal College
Career and life planning does not occur outside of the client’s cultural experience, but brings with it a richness of beliefs, values, aspirations and considerations that may clash or be outside the experience of the counsellor, the theories that inform our practice or the tools we employ. This session will raise some of the ethical considerations that might assist the counsellor to enhance our cultural competence and efficacy when considering career and life planning. Practical examples from actual practice will be highlighted.
#4 ETHICAL DILEMMAS IN MUTICULTURAL PRACTICE Lee Handy, University of Calgary
Further addressing the question of whether ethical standards of practice can, or should, be applied universally or do they require adaptation; illustrative case examples will be presented for consideration of this issue. In keeping with the prior presentations, these practice dilemmas will be dealt with from the perspective of the current Canadian Psychological Association’s Code of Ethics. The question of the priorities inherent in our four basic principleswill be explred from a different cultural view and com- patibility will be examined. The question of the “rights” of the domnant resident culture will be addressed. The interplay of eth- ical and legal considerations, requirements, and expectations will also be discussed.
15:00 - 16:55 - MAYFAIR 15:00 - 16:55
Section/ CPA Invited EXPOSURE IN THE TREATMENT OF ANXIETY: NOT AS SIMPLE AS IT Speaker/ Conférencier SEEMS invité par la SCP et la Michel Dugas, Concordia University section Clinical Psychology (Section Program)
Exposure, in one form or another, is acknowledged to be an essential treatment strategy for most, if not all, anxiety disorders. Although the principles of exposure are relatively simple, the use of exposure when treating anxious patients presents many con- siderable challenges. In our clinical research program, we have developed and validated an anxiety disorder treatment protocol that includes cognitive exposure to feared outcomes. Over the years, we have come across a number of unique challenges in implementing cognitive exposure in our clinical trials. For example, some patients believe that imaginal exposure will lead to dangerous or even life-threatening levels of anxiety, whereas others believe that exposure will actually provoke the feared out- comes. In this workshop, I will illustrate, via various role plays, therapist interventions for patients who are reluctant or even frightened to engage in cognitive exposure. The workshop will also demonstrate intervention strategies that help patients to develop a greater sense of self-efficacy by ascribing their treatment gains to exposure rather than to external therapy factors. The overarching goal of the workshop is to illustrate how therapists need to “think on their feet” when using empirically-supported treatment strategies such as exposure and “go beyond” what is typically spelled out in anxiety disorder treatment manuals.
69 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
15:00 - 15:55 - BELAIRE 15:00 - 15:55
Professional Award / Présentation du prix professionnel
Prix pour contributions remarquables à la psychologie en tant que profession Award for Distinguished Contributions to Psychology as a Profession: MICHEL SABOURIN
Détenteur d’un Ph.D. en psychologie clinique de l’Université de Montréal, Michel Sabourin est professeur titulaire et directeur du Département de psychologie de l’Université de Montréal, où il enseigne depuis 1970. Après plusieurs années consacrées à des recherches fondamentales sur les corrélats psychophysiologiques des états de conscience, recherches qui lui ont mérité plusieurs prix, le professeur Sabourin réoriente sa carrière au milieu des années 80 et il est à l’origine du développement québé- cois de la psychologie légale en tant que domaine de recherche et d’application professionnelle. Auteur de plus de 80 articles et chapitres de livres dans divers domaines de la psychologie, le professeur Sabourin a fait plus d’une centaine de présentations et de conférences sur invitation dans des congrès nationaux et internationaux en Amérique du Nord, en Europe et un peu partout à
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY travers le monde. Parmi ses nombreuses activités professionnelles autant sur les scènes provinciale, nationale qu’ internationale, il a été deux fois président de l’Ordre des psychologues du Québec, président de la Société canadienne de psychologie et il est , depuis 1993, trésorier et membre du Comité exécutif de l’Union internationale de psychologie scientifique Le professeur Sabourin a entre autres reçu en 1996 le “Karl F. Heiser Presidential Award” de l’APA pour sa contribution au développement de la psychologie professionnelle et est devenu en l’an 2000 le premier récipiendaire du Prix de la Société canadienne de psycholo- gie (SCP) pour contributions remarquables à l’avancement international de la psychologie.
CREDIBILITY ASSESSMENT IN A MULTI-ETHNIC ENVIRONMENT Michel Sabourin, Université de Montréal
Credibility assessment involves the ability to distinguish a liar from a truthful person. In the traditional homogeneous societies, we can find some relatively strong consensus, as well as common learned indicators, that enable the participants in legal proce- dures to use more or less similar factors to assess the credibility of the testimonies given. Now, what about our current multi- ethnic societies where the different actors don’t always have the same ethnic background and do not necessarily share the same cultural values? Can we find a similar consensus as well as common indicators? After examining what contemporary research tells us about the concept of credibility and its assessment, we will undertake to explain how truth and deception are distin- guished in a multi-ethnic context , and we will look at the accuracy rates of such judgments. Are they be better or worse than judgments made by people of the same ethnic background? What criteria are used? The same or different ones? The answer to these questions will be derived from two related studies done in our lab that dealt, first, with the effects of ethnicity on the behavioural and verbal correlates of credibility and second, with the accuracy rates of police officers in their ability to distin- guish false from true testimonies in a multi-ethnic context. We will conclude by examining how familiarity with the specific aspects of different cultures can produce more adequate judgments of credibility.
15:00 - 16:50 - BRITANNIA 15:00 - 16:50
POSTER SESSION “C” PRÉSENTATION PAR AFFICHAGE (CLINICAL & HEALTH – CLINIQUE ET SANTÉ)
(Clinical Psychology – Psychologie clinique #1-11) #1 DISORDERED EATING AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE IN TEENAGE GIRLS: A UNIQUE ASSOCIATION? Kristin von Ranson, University of Calgary; Erin Moss, The University of Calgary; William Iacono, The University of Minnesota; Matthew McGue, The University of Minnesota
Substance misuse and disordered eating symptoms are frequently co-morbid. The addiction model of eating disorders suggests that these two disorders result from similar underlying addictive processes. However, the uniqueness of this relationship is unclear, as other forms of psychopathology also commonly co-occur with eating disorders. The purpose of the present study was to examine the relative strength of associations of disordered eating symptoms with lifetime substance abuse or dependence, major depression and childhood and adult anxiety disorders. Participants were 672 17-year-old girls taking part in the epidemio- logical Minnesota Twin Family study. Substance use disorders, depression, and anxiety disorders were assessed by structured interviews, whereas the Minnesota Eating Behavior Survey assessed disordered eating. Correlations between disordered eating and substance misuse were weak to modest and positive (range = .04 - .28), as were correlations of disordered eating with depression and anxiety disorders (range = .05 - .23). Thus, associations between disordered eating and substance misuse were comparable in direction and strength to correlations between disordered eating and depression and anxiety disorders. Eating pathology does not appear to share a unique link with substance misuse, which casts doubt on the validity of the addiction model of eating disorders.
70 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 THINNESS ATTAINABILITY BELIEFS, DIETARY RESTRAINT STATUS, AND EXPOSURE TO THIN MEDIA IMAGES: THE PSYCHOLOGICAL EFFECTS ON
YOUNG WOMEN AND THEIR EATING BEHAVIOUR THURSDAY / JEUDI Nicole Witton, York University; Jennifer Mills, York University
The current study investigated how young women would respond to thin, media-portrayed female body images, and how beliefs about thinness attainability and dietary restraint status would moderate their responses. We predicted that restrained eaters would exhibit self-enhancement (i.e., improved mood, body image, self-esteem, and subsequent dietary disinhibition) upon exposure to specific media content. 112 young women (ages 18-25) participated in the study. Mood, body image, self-esteem, and eating behaviour were measured after participants read a magazine article (suggesting attainability of thinness as high vs low) and were exposed to magazine images (thin-body vs neutral object-only). Data analysis involved a series of 3-way ANOVAs. Unexpectedly, both restrained and unrestrained eaters revealed worsened mood states, but improved body image and self-esteem upon their exposure to thin media. Furthermore, restrained eaters reported worse body image and self-esteem than did unre- strained eaters, and demonstrated dietary disinhibition upon media exposure. Women report negative mood states, but may also experience improved body image and self-esteem upon their exposure to thin media images. Potential explanations for these findings and the relevance of this research to the development and maintenance of clinical eating disorders are discussed.
#3 INTERPERSONAL PROBLEMS IN INDIVIDUALS WITH CHRONIC EATING DISORDERS Megan Jones, St. Paul's Hospital; Krista E. Brown, St. Paul's Hospital; Sarah J. Cockell, St. Paul's Hospital; Josie Geller, University of British Columbia
Individuals with eating disorders have been described as experiencing relationship challenges and research suggests that symp- toms may be a way of coping with interpersonal difficulties in this population. This study examined the nature of interpersonal problems in individuals with chronic eating disorders (mean duration = 18.3 years) at the time of admission to tertiary care inpa- tient treatment. The relations between interpersonal style and clinical features associated with eating disorders were also exam- ined. Participants completed the Inventory of Interpersonal Problems, which provides eight interpersonal difficulty scores. Measures of eating disorder symptomatology, psychiatric symptoms, quality of life, shape and weight based self-esteem, and readiness and motivation for change were also completed. Preliminary findings (n = 32) indicate that the interpersonal styles predominant in this group are socially inhibited, nonassertive, and overly accommodating. An intrusive/needy interpersonal style was associated with lower motivation for change, higher bulimia scores, and placing increased value on appearance. Furthermore, a nonassertive interpersonal style was associated with lower internal motivation for change. Finding are discussed with regard to treatment of individuals with chronic eating disorders.
#4 SUBCLINICAL EATING DISORDERS AND THE EATING DISORDER CONTINUUM: IS THE CONTINUUM CONTINUOUS? Lana Hawkins, Simon Fraser University
The present study sought to determine whether the psychopathology characteristic of the eating disorders anorexia nervosa and bulimia is found to a lesser degree in individuals exhibiting less severe dieting and weight-control practices. A longstanding debate has emerged in the literature with respect to the role of certain psychological variables (particularly those originally pro- posed by Hilde Bruch, including perfectionism, ineffectiveness, and maturity fears) in terms of the etiology of eating disorder syndromes. The “continuum model” proposes that eating disorders represent an extreme endpoint on a continuum of weight- related concerns and behaviors on which all individuals lie. The psychopathology associated with anorexia and bulimia are pre- sumed from this perspective to be solely direct effects of the starvation process. Alternatively, the discontinuity model asserts that while dieting and certain behaviors associated with eating disorders may exist on a continuum, the distinguishing psycholog- ical features of the eating exist on a separate dimension which is not continuous in nature. These presence of these psychologi- cal features then represent the diathesis in a stress-diathesis etiological model, and the presence of these features would render some individuals vulnerable to the development of eating disorders while other individuals not in possession of these features, even when they restrict their eating, will remain “normal dieters.” To further test the continuity and the discontinuity hypothe- ses, female adolescents from both public and private schools, as well as adolescents currently receiving treatment for either anorexia nervosa or bulimia nervosa, were placed on a continuum of eating disordered symptoms based upon their responses to the Health Information Questionnaire (HIQ), which provides a measure of current weight-control practices and allows for a DSM-IV diagnosis of eating disorders. Eating disordered related psychopathology was assessed by the Eating Disorder Inventory-2 (EDI-2). A discriminant function analysis was then performed to determine how many dimensions were required to best distinguish the individuals as they are rated on the eating disordered continuum. Results are described with respect to the two-component model of eating disorders originally proposed by Garner, Olmstead, and Garfinkel (1983). Implications for pre- vention, assessment, and intervention are discussed.
71 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#5 COGNITIVE BIAS AND EXTREME RESPONSE PATTERNS IN EATING DISORDERS AND BODY DISSATISFACTION Meagan Bone, Lakehead University; Ron Davis, Lakehead University
Attentional biases and extreme attitudes have been linked to schematic functioning and the development of depression and eating disorders. Previous research concerning attentional biases toward schema-congruent material in depression and eating disorders, for the most part, focused on negatively valenced material concerning body weight/shape and emotions respectively. The present study employs a stimulus word list comprised of 52 words to assess extreme attitudes toward schema congruent material. The sample is comprised of high school and university aged females who participated in the video series Turning Points for Teens: Ontario Community-Based Treatment for Adolescent Eating Disorders (Davis et al., 2004-2006). Each participant rated each word according to valence (very positive to very negative). These valence ratings, in combination with several measures of depressive and eating disorder symptomatology serve as a predictor for treatment response. In addition to examining the role of extreme atti- tudes in predicting treatment outcome, this study further examines the relationship between depression, body dissatisfaction and attentional biases. Finally, this study also serves as a program evaluation of the Turning Points program that continues to receive funding from the Ontario Ministry of Health and Long-Term Care from the Health Canada Primary Care Health Transition Fund. THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY #6 SPORTS CARS AND SWIMSUIT MODELS: COGNITIVE PROCESSING OF WOMEN AT RISK FOR EATING DISORDERS FOLLOWING A PRIMING PROCEDURE Stephanie Cassin, University of Calgary; Kristin von Ranson, University of Calgary; Simone Whiteford, University of Calgary
Studies examining the cognitive processing of women at risk for eating disorders suggest that their cognitive processing may be qualitatively different from women with diagnosable eating disorders. However, one possible explanation to account for the lack of cognitive biases in high risk non-patient samples is that their schemas (i.e., pathological body concerns) were not activat- ed prior to engaging in the cognitive task. This study examined whether undergraduate women with high thin-ideal internaliza- tion, a substantiated risk factor for eating disorders, would exhibit attentional biases to body and appearance-related words fol- lowing priming of their body and appearance concerns. Female undergraduates (N = 186) viewed photos of either sports cars or attractive swimsuit models (priming task), then completed a computerized Lexical Decision Test and a questionnaire assessing thin-ideal internalization. High thin-ideal internalizers did not exhibit attentional biases typical of individuals with diagnosable eating disorders, even when their body and appearance concerns were primed by exposure to attractive models. The cognitive processing of women with risk factors for eating disorders appears to be qualitatively different from those with diagnosable eat- ing disorders, even following schematic activation.
#7 DISORDERED EATING ATTITUDES AND BEHAVIOUR I: PREVALENCE FINDINGS FROM THE CANADIAN COMMUNITY HEALTH SURVEY Amanda McMahan, Lakehead University; Ron Davis, Lakehead University
The Canadian Community Health Survey Cycle 1.2 (Statistics Canada, 2003) employed a stratified survey method to identify a representative sample of approximately 37,000 Canadians 15 years of age and older who were interviewed to determine epi- demiological indices and correlates of mental and physical health. Among the indicators was the interviewer-based administra- tion of Eating Attitudes Test (EAT-26 item version; Garner, Olmsted, Bohr, & Garfinkel, 1982) to the 19% of the total sample that endorsed in the affirmative to the question “During the past 12 months, did you have a strong fear or a great deal of concern about being too fat or overweight?” An EAT-26 score of 21 or greater (high-EAT) is used to identify cases at risk for having an eating disorder. Total cases so identified were n = 651; 85% of the population weighted sample of cases were female. This translates to a 12-month prevalence rate for high-EAT of 0.5% for males and 2.8% for females; or 7 male versus 46 female cases per 100,000 Canadian adults age 15 and older. Factorial analyses of EAT scores reveals important variations in the profile of disordered eating attitudes and behaviour that should be taken into consideration when conceptualizing the meaning of such dis- turbances across the lifespan.
#8 PERCEPTION OF TREATMENT BY WOMEN LIVING WITH EATING DISORDERS Olga Heath, Eastern Health; Natalie Beausoleil, Memorial University; Ann Ryan, Memorial University
Two focus groups were conducted (N = 12; Grp 1 = 7; Grp 2 = 5) with women (ages 16-53) who were being treated for an Eating Disorder. Five participants were diagnosed with Anorexia Nervosa (restricting type), 4 with Anorexia Nervosa (purging type) and 3 with Bulimia Nervosa. Ten of the 12 participants had been hospitalized for treatment of their Eating Disorder and many had been admitted multiple times.The focus group participants were asked three questions about their experience of living with and being treated for an Eating Disorder. The quantity of interaction amongst the participants and the richness of qualita- tive material produced were surprising. Clearly, these women felt strongly about their experiences.The themes that were raised around the impact of living with an Eating Disorder, the experience of the treatment received and the participants’ perception of what would constitute ideal treatment are presented, illustrated with quotes. The implications of these findings, particularly for the development of Eating Disorder services, are presented.
72 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#9 EFFECTS OF THIN MEDIA IMAGES ON BINGE EATING, AFFECT AND BODY DISSATISFACTION
Sabreena Bola, Lakehead University; Josee Jarry, University of Windsor; Amy Kossert, THURSDAY / JEUDI University of Windsor
The sociocultural pressure to be thin is a known risk factor for the development of BED. Previous research has shown that women eat less when exposed to thin media images compared to neutral images. A large portion of the literature also indicates that thin images cause women to have negative affect and body dissatisfaction. Recently, some research has shown that for dieters, thin images appear to have self-enhancement effects. Currently, there are no published findings examining the impact of thin media images on binge eaters. This study explored the effects of thin media images on the affect, body dissatisfaction and eating behaviour of binge eaters. Sixty-four female undergraduate students participated in the study. Binge eaters and non-binge eaters were exposed to either thin or neutral images. Binge eaters were found to eat significantly more than non-binge eaters when exposed to thin images rather than neutral [F(1,63) = 5.45, p < .023]. In addition, a significant interaction for positive affect was found such that binge eaters reported an increase in positive affect and non-binge eaters reported a decrease in posi- tive affect when exposed to thin media images compared to neutral images [F(1,60) = 5.23, p < .026]. These findings suggest that binge eaters may be inspired by thin media images, resulting in further internalization of the thin ideal, and negative eating behaviours.
#10 DISORDERED EATING ATTITUDES AND BEHAVIOUR II: CORRELATES AND COMORBIDITIES Ron Davis, Lakehead University; Amanda McMahan, Lakehead University
Prevalence rates for selected DSM-IV Axis I disorders among high-EAT (Eating Attitudes Test; Garner, Olmsted, Bohr, & Garfinkel, 1982) cases so identified in the Canadian Community Health Survey (Statistics Canada, 2003) were compared to pop- ulation base rates obtained from that survey through use of the Odds Ratio. The 12-month comorbidity rates were significantly elevated over base rates for Major Depressive Disorder, Panic Disorder, Social Phobia, and Substance Use Disorder. These comorbidities were particularly high among younger persons, and decreasing with advancing age. Adverse indices of quality of life, impairment, and distress among high-EAT cases were more pronounced in the context of an associated Axis I comorbidity. Such persons were also more likely to engage in help seeking. These findings highlight the importance of comorbidities in understanding the psychological impairment and mental health needs of persons who evidence extreme levels of disordered eat- ing attitudes and behaviour.
#11 AN EXPLORATION OF SUPPORTIVE-EXPRESSIVE GROUP THERAPY IN WOMEN’S CANCER POPULATIONS Theanna Bischoff, University of Calgary; Shannon Jones, University of Calgary
A qualitative study is being undertaken to examine the lived experience of women diagnosed with ovarian cancer currently partic- ipating in Supportive-Expressive Therapy Group (SEGT) at the Tom Baker Cancer Center. This is premised on inconclusive and contradictory findings of quantitative studies that have analyzed the utility of such groups. Voluntary in-depth interviews are cur- rently being conducted, following participants’ completion of brief questionnaires based on the nine goals of SEGT. This study aims to examine the experience, benefits, weaknesses and overall utility of this therapy for an ovarian cancer population in a way that has proved nonviable through quantitative means. An additional study is being carried out to explore specifically how feel- ings of isolation and the seeking of social support are primary motivators for joining/continuing participation in SEGT for advanced breast cancer patients. This is based on research that claims women may feel isolated from their existing social network following a cancer diagnosis. Participants will complete a Confidante Support Scale and will be interviewed regarding the topics of isolation and social support. The study hopes to understand whether these topics are important for women attending, how suc- cessful the group is at meeting these related needs and whether group dynamics offer unique support not available elsewhere.
(Health Psychology – Psychologie de la santé #12-67) #12 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN BODY MODIFICATION, SELF ESTEEM, SELF IMAGE AND VARIOUS HEALTH RELATED RISKY BEHAVIOURS Bree Barnes, University of Regina; Becky Schick, University of Regina; Robert Moore, University of Regina
The intent of the present research was to replicate, clarify and expand upon the relationship between body modifications and self-esteem, body image, and various health-related risky activities. The study tested the hypothesis that individuals who partici- pate in body modification practices also participate in other high-risk health related behaviours. Participants were 113 female and 36 male undergraduate students at a Western Canadian University. Each completed the Rosenberg Self Esteem Scale, a body image scale, the Cognitive Appraisal of Risky Events-Revised, and a questionnaire regarding participation in body modifi- cation practices. It was found that men had more body modifications than woman. Women reported a lower self-image than men. As well, when compared to those without tattoos or piercings, individuals with body modifications participated in signifi- cantly more alcohol related risky activities, and saw more benefits to alcohol-related risky activities. An understanding of this
73 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
study may help emerging adults make more informed decisions about participation in body modification and other high-risk health-related activities. As well, with a better understanding of some of the reasons individuals participate in risky activities, one may be better equipped to educate young adults about the dangers involved. A closer examination of the relationship between religion and participation in risky activities could shed some light on why emerging adults are such high risk-takers.
#13 MEASURING THE OUTCOMES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TREATMENT FOR INSOMNIA: AN IDIOGRAPHIC APPROACH TO QUANTIFY “INSOMNIA SENSITIVITY” Christopher Bilsbury, Queen Elizabeth II Health Sciences Centre, Halifax, Nova Scotia; Steven Jefferson, Queen Elizabeth II Health Sciences Centre, Halifax, Nova Scotia; Malgorzata Rajda, Dalhousie University
A variety of instruments are necessary to track the outcomes of psychological treatment for insomnia. Elemental information (bed and arising times, latency, wake-after-sleep-onset, amount slept, time in bed) can be approximated via a sleep log. The tar- gets of psychological treatment, however, transcend alterations in such basic data, as when a patient reports, after successful
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY treatment, diminished over-preoccupation about sleep, less frustration, or a better perceived quality of sleep. Each individual with insomnia has a unique amalgam of cognitive and affective experience that has been termed “insomnia sensitivity.” Being individual-specific, insomnia sensitivity is difficult to track with any single scale. A solution is the use of a quantitative idio- graphic methodology. Each patient’s description of insomnia sensitivity is formatted into their unique set of four clinically staged paragraphs, ranging from the worst manifestation to a state of remission. Next, a scoring algorithm (Discan) is adminis- trated in conjunction with that patient’s material. A 14-point output scale is generated (with a reliability check through internal consistency). The text of these paragraphs is illustrated in a case series of ten treated patients. Their pre/post-treatment Discan scores are shown in relation to their scores from the other established scales.
#14 TEACHING COMMUNICATION SKILLS: IMPLEMENTATION AND EVALUATION OF A PILOT COMMUNICATION TRAINING PROGRAM FOR OBSTETRICS RESIDENTS Melissa Burgess Moser, Ottawa General Hospital, University of Ottawa; Kerri Ritchie, Ottawa Hospital- General Campus; George Tasca, Ottawa Hospital -General Campus and University of Ottawa; Sharon Caughey, Ottawa Hospital General Campus; Andrée Gruslin, Ottawa Hospital- General Campus; Ann Sprague, Ottawa Hospital - General Hospital; Cathy Beach, Ottawa Hospital - General Hospital; Janet Brownlee, Ottawa Hospital General Campus; Carl Nimrod, Ottawa Hospital General Campus
The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada has identified resident and physician communication as a core compe- tency to ensure patient safety and satisfaction (RCPSC, 2005). Effective communication skills among residents and physicians have also been shown to increase patients’ overall physical and emotional health outcomes, and decrease residents’ and physi- cians’ reports of workplace stress (Freeborn, 2001; Stewart, 1999). Academic centres have begun implementing communication training within their medical programs (e.g., Laidlaw et al., 2002).However, Cegala and colleagues (2002) contend that the majority of programs have not been properly evaluated, leading to little information about their effectiveness. The current study implemented communication training workshops with Obstetrical Residents at the Ottawa Hospital in order to 1) to evaluate pro- gram effectiveness by measuring pre- and post-workshop communication using the Medical Communication Competency Scale during Objective Standardized Clinical Examinations, and 2) to determine how personality and interpersonal characteristics, as measured by the NEO-Five Factor Inventory and Attachment Style Questionnaire influence residents’ level of change and work- shop outcomes. The results of this study and implications for the use of psychometric testing in program development and train- ing will be discussed.
#15 PRENATAL SERVICE EXPERIENCES THAT HELP AND HINDER PREGNANT WOMEN’S SELF-CARE Carmen Dodsworth, TWU Counselling Psychology Program
Fifteen new mothers were interviewed about the nature of their experiences with prenatal healthcare services. Specifically, partici- pants were asked to share how these experiences either helped or hindered their prenatal self-care efforts. Critical incident method from a soft feminist perspective was used to guide the analysis process and allow for the richness of the data to emerge. Thematic analysis and development of a shared narrative focused on commonalities in the experiences of the pregnant women, in order to give voice to the women as a first step of justice. Six major themes emerged from the collective voice of the women interviewed. These included: “Accessibility of professionals and services needs to be obvious and within reach;” “Service System Practices that Normalize Pregnancy and Delivery;” “Relationship with Professionals Should be a Personal Connection;” “Power and Empowerment;” “Life Experiences that Influence Women’s Care Choices;” and “Advice.” The ecology of women’s voice,or the ways in which women access healthcare services emerged as a critical piece of understanding needed in order to reach women more effectively. While the shared narrative gives voice to women, there is also a diversity in the data which can be acknowledged in future by asking questions of multiplicity of voice. Motivational Interviewing was assessed as a prenatal care approach.
74 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#16 THE INFLUENCE OF CARE RECIPIENT ON CAREGIVER QUALITY OF LIFE AND REACTIONS TO CAREGIVING
Harpreet Chattha, Lakehead University THURSDAY / JEUDI
The responsibilities and duties placed upon a caregiver an result in associated deterioration to one’s physical and mental health. It is likely that these responsibilities are contingent on the specific needs of the care recipient, however, there is a paucity in the researchinvestigating this issue. The objective of the current study was to examine the relationship between caregiver health and well-being and the nature of the care ecipient’s health problems. A sample of sixty caregivers were administered measures examining self-reported quality of life and caregiver experiences. After removing the variance associated with caregiver age on the outcome measures, it was found that caregivers providing care to adults and elderly individuals with physical, mental or cog- nitive limitations reported greater limitations on their finances, F(2,56) = 6.95, p < .01, and daily routines, F(2,56) = 6.02, p < .01, than individuals caring for mentally or physically disabled children. In addition, caregivers of adult and elderly care recipi- ents reported significantly more health difficulties, F(2,56) = 11.14, p < .001. These findings suggest that individuals caring for certain populations may be vulnerable to specific declines in health and quality of life.
#17 EFFECTS OF A PSYCHOSOCIAL RETREAT PROGRAM ON THE MARITAL RELATIONSHIP AND QUALITY OF LIFE OF PALLIATIVE CANCER PATIENTS AND THEIR PARTNERS Sheila Garland, University of Calgary; Linda Carlson, University of Calgary; Steve Simpson, University of Calgary
Distress is a common result of a cancer diagnosis and is highest in patients with untreatable cancer. This distress also affects the quality of life (QL) of their partner. Programs tailored to meet the needs of patients at the end of life and their partners are absent in practice or in the research literature. This study examines the relationship between marital satisfaction and QL in cou- ples who chose to attend a retreat based psycho-educational program compared to non-attendees. Patients completed question- naires related to QL and marital satisfaction at baseline and one month after baseline or the retreat. Twenty-three couples con- sented to the study and of these, 10 attended the retreat. Patients and spouses who chose to attend the retreat expressed signifi- cantly more dissatisfaction with their relationships (p<.05) and had a lower QL (p<.05) compared to patients and spouses who chose not to attend the program. Marital satisfaction was significantly (p<.01) related to QL for the patients and partners in both groups. Improvement in marital satisfaction approached significance (p<.10) for the partners of patients who attended the retreat. Patients with poor quality of life and marital dissatisfaction and their partners are vulnerable groups that may be open to interventions addressing end of life issues. Longitudinal follow up will further clarify these results.
#18 CHRONIC PAIN ACCEPTANCE IN CHRONIC PAIN PATIENTS Jackie Good, Student; Martin Mrazik, Clinical Director
Individuals suffering from chronic pain are often treated within the context of multi-disciplinary rehabilitation programs. Traditionally, the focus of these programs is to increase an individual’s adaptation to and management of pain. The concept of acceptance is receiving increased attention as an alternate approach to the suffering of individual’s diagnosed with chronic pain (McCracken, 2005). The emphasis of “acceptance” does not principally focus on reducing pain but on reducing the distressing and disabling influences of pain. The Chronic Pain Acceptance Questionnaire (CPAQ; Geiser, 1992) is a self-report instrument that quantifies acceptance of pain. Fifty-two individuals attending an interdisciplinary rehabilitation pain program completed the CPAQ, Beck Depression Inventory, (BDI-2) and the Pain Disability Index (PDI) before and after the program. Results demon- strated a significant change (p < 0.05) in the total score and on both domains (Activities Engagement and Pain Willingness) of the CPAQ. Furthermore, mild statistically significant relationships were found in correlations between pain acceptance and levels of depression (r = -0.25, p < 0.05) and pain acceptance and pain disability rating (r = -0.31, p < 0.05). The results provide further evidence of the relationship between pain acceptance, mood improvements, and pain adaptation in chronic pain populations.
#19 THE RELATION BETWEEN EGO STRENGTH, DEPRESSION, AND BODY DISSATISFACTION Tessa Halldorson, , University of Saskatchewan; Michelle Presniak, University of Saskatchewan; Trevor Olson, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
Research has shown that ego strength and depression are associated with body dissatisfaction. This study examined the extent that ego strength and depression contribute to our understanding of body dissatisfaction. Participants completed the Eating Disorder Inventory-2, Ego Strength scale (from the MMPI), and Personality Assessment Inventory (PAI). Hierarchical regres- sion analyses were performed with body dissatisfaction as the dependent variable, ego strength as block one of the predictor variables, and depression (from the PAI) as block two of the predictor variables. Results indicate that ego strength accounts for a significant amount of variance in body dissatisfaction. Furthermore, depression accounts for a significant amount of unique variance in body dissatisfaction over that accounted for by ego strength. Ego strength can contribute to our understanding of body dissatisfaction. Furthermore, depression can add unique information to our understanding of body dissatisfaction in addi- tion to that gained by depression.
75 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#20 CHILDHOOD SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS IS ASSOCIATED WITH ADULT NIGHTTIME BLOOD PRESSURE DIPPING Brenda Key, University of Calgary; Alana Ireland, University of Calgary; Simon Bacon, Concordia University; Blaine Ditto, McGill University; Tavis Campbell, University of Calgary
Socioeconomic status (SES) has been related to poor health outcomes, in particular cardiovascular morbidity and mortality. Recent cross-sectional research has also linked low levels of socioeconomic status with several cardiovascular risk factors including poor nighttime blood pressure (BP) dipping. This study examined the prognostic significance of early SES on 24-hour blood pressure during early adulthood. One hundred and seventy four undergraduate university students whose childhood SES was assessed by highest level of education completed by their parents underwent 24-hour ambulatory blood pressure monitoring. Initial correlation analyses revealed positive associations between parental education and BP dipping, indicating that lower lev- els of parental education were associated with less systolic BP dipping (r = .29, p < .01) and diastolic BP dipping (r = .42, p < .01). Multiple regression analysis indicated that childhood socioeconomic status explained variance in systolic BP dipping over and above standard risk factors for poor BP dipping (body mass index, alcohol use, smoking, current socioeconomic status and gender) (p < .05). These findings suggest that childhood socioeconomic status may have lasting health implications regardless
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY of the level of adulthood achievement.
#21 SELF-SILENCING AND SELF-CARE AFTER A CARDIAC EVENT Maria Medved, University of Manitoba
Many of the theoretical models on which cardiac programs are based were originally developed to reflect the experiences of males. I use relational theory, which emphasizes interpersonal beliefs, as one way to address this concern. Particularly for females, these beliefs may include those based on the idea that anger suppression, self-silencing, basing one’s esteem on external standards and sacrifice of self-care are needed to maintain intimate relationships. This study explored whether self-silencing was predictive of post-cardiac psychological adjustment and self-care activities for both genders. Adults enrolled in a cardiac treat- ment program completed standardized questionnaires to assess psychological adjustment. Self-care was based on self-reported behavior the previous week. Self-silencing was assessed using The Silencing the Self Scale. Multiple regression analyses indi- cated that a high endorsement of such beliefs was predictive of anxiety, anger-in and depression symptoms. Females who endorsed high levels of self-silencing were less likely to participate in self-care activities; this relationship was not present in males. The findings suggest that when suffering from cardiac illness, it is important to believe that one can express one’s needs and emotions, and that for females, a gender-sensitive stance might be helpful in promoting self-care.
#22 COGNITIVE EFFECTS OF TAMOXIFEN IN PREMENOPAUSAL WOMEN WITH BREAST CANCER COMPARED TO HEALTHY CONTROLS Jaime Palmer, University of Calgary; Linda Carlson, University of Calgary; Tara Power, Tom Baker Cancer Centre, Alberta Cancer Board; Theresa Trotter, University of Calgary
The anti-estrogen, Tamoxifen (TAM), is one of the most frequently prescribed drugs for the adjuvant treatment of breast cancer; however, its effects on the cognition of users have not been adequately studied. Although TAM is effective in blocking estrogen receptors that may fuel the growth of tumour cells in the breast tissue, it will also influence the activity of other target estrogen sites, including the brain. The nature of this interaction is currently unknown. A cross-sectional design was used to compare the cognitive task performance of two treatment groups: 1) women engaged in TAM adjuvant therapy for the treatment of early breast cancer; and 2) age-matched, healthy women who are not using TAM. All participants were pre-menopausal, and TAM users had been diagnosed with early stage, node negative, receptor-positive breast cancer. Recipients of chemotherapy were excluded from the study. TAM users were recruited from the Tom Baker Cancer Centre, Calgary, AB. It was hypothesized that: 1) TAM use would be associated with lower performance in the following domains: a) immediate and delayed verbal memory, b) visual memory, c) hand and finger dexterity, d) spatial memory, e) working memory, f) perceptual speed; and 2) TAM use would be associated with higher performance on a spatial task of mental rotation. The results obtained will be described in greater detail.
#23 A MODEL OF STRESS, DEPRESSION AND CIGARETTE SMOKING INITIATION DURING ADOLESCENCE Amy Porath-Waller, Carleton University; Mary Gick, Carleton University
The nature of the relationship among stress, depression, and smoking initiation during adolescence has emerged as an important area of inquiry. Although popular belief has it that smoking helps to alleviate psychological distress, the simple fact that smok- ers believe this to be true does not render it a valid conceptualization. Four hypotheses have been developed to account for the smoking-distress relationship, including the self-medication, use-to-distress, non-causal, and reciprocal hypotheses. However, no real consensus has been reached as to which of these hypotheses most accurately account for this relationship. Drawing upon existing empirical research, this paper proposes a theoretical model that links psychological distress with smoking initiation. According to this model, the experience of stress and depression during adolescence has the potential to influence the uptake of smoking, but the degree to which this outcome is manifested is dependent upon a number of biological, psychological, social,
76 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 and behavioural factors that may possibly be serving as partial mediating variables. This paper also describes the major mecha- nisms by which these potential mediating factors may operate in the stress-smoking relationship. Areas requiring further
research are also noted. Finally, applications to other aspects of psychological distress, such as anxiety, are suggested. THURSDAY / JEUDI
#24 THE MEDIATING ROLE OF ATTACHMENT STYLES AND SELF-SCHEMAS IN THE RELATION BETWEEN CHILD MALTREATMENT AND EATING DISORDERS IN ADULT WOMEN Alla Skomorovsky, Carleton University
Child maltreatment has been found to be an important contributor to the development of eating disorders in adulthood, although the mechanisms linking these factors are not well understood. It was argued in the present study that child maltreatment would be associated with insecure attachment styles, which later in life are translated into maladaptive other- and self-schemas, such as high dependency and fear of abandonment, which reflect, confusion about closeness in relationships. These schemas, in turn, are expressed in disordered eating behaviours. Female university students (N = 242) completed measures of Child Maltreatment (Demare, 1996), Attachment (Griffin & Bartholomew, 1994), Schemas (Young, 1994) and Eating Attitudes (Garner, Olmsted, Bohr & Garfinkel, 1982). Hierarchical regression analyses were conducted and followed up with Sobel’s procedures to test for mediating models. The results indicated that insecure attachment strongly mediated the development of disordered eating among child abuse survivors. Furthermore, maladaptive schemas were found to be related to insecure attachment styles. Although mal- adaptive schemas were found to mediate abusive experiences in relation to disordered eating symptoms, they did not contribute over and above attachment styles. It was concluded that excessive avoidance and dependence issues in interpersonal relation- ships, may be expressed in disturbed eating patterns, and need to be addressed when treating women with eating disorders.
#25 GENDER DIFFERENCES IN SELF-REPORTED HEALTH AMONG CAREGIVERS OF INDIVIDUALS WITH ALZHEIMER DISEASE Mun Tran, PhD student; Michel Bedard, Canada Research Chair in Aging and Health; Joy Creese, Graduate Student; Kevin Brazil, Associate professor; Lori Chambers, Associate Professor; Bruce Weaver, Assistant professor
Caring for an individual with Alzheimer disease may negatively impact the physical health of caregivers, possibly due to changes in health practices. The dedication of time to providing care may preclude normal patterns of diet, exercise, and other health promoting activities. This finding is even more disturbing given that 72% of informal caregivers in Canada are women. The aim of the current study is to further investigate the relationship of gender to caregiver burden, physical health, and health- promoting behaviors, as well as to assess how this relationship changes over time, using data from 70 spousal caregivers. Interim analyses indicate that female caregivers reported having a poorer health status (mean SF-12 = 40.00 vs. 49.60, p = .009), more depression symptoms (mean CES-D = 10.2 vs. 18.4, p = .001), and engaging in fewer health-promoting behaviors than male caregivers (mean HPLP = 102.70 vs. 116.70, p = .042). Furthermore, while we found that greater engagement in health- promoting behaviors was associated with fewer depression symptoms for females (r = -.38), it was not for male caregivers (r = .00). Follow-up data will be collected to examine whether these gender differences persist over time. These results suggest that the caregiving trajectories may be very different for men and women.
#26 MINDFULNESS-BASED STRESS REDUCTION AND ACUTE STRESS RESPONSES IN WOMEN WITH CANCER Laura Van Wielingen, University of Calgary; Linda Carlson, University of Calgary; Tavis Campbell, University of Calgary
We conducted a waitlist trial investigating the impact of an 8-week Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction (MBSR) program on the acute cardiovascular and neuroendocrine stress responses of cancer patients. Women with a diagnosis of cancer were recruit- ed from the Tom Baker Cancer Centre. Participants were either registered for immediate MBSR participation, or were waiting for the next program. Physiological responses (cardiovascular and neuroendocrine) to a series of standard laboratory stressors were assessed both before and after participation in the immediate MBSR program, or before and after the 8-week waiting peri- od. It was hypothesized that there would be significant changes in the stress response after MBSR group participation, which might reflect increased regulation of HPA axis and autonomic system function. Paired sample t-tests on baseline data for the MBSR group (n = 12) revealed significant increases in blood pressure in response to the math (systolic, t = 3.22, p = .008; dias- tolic, t = 3.34, p = .007) and public speaking (systolic, t = 6.54, p < .001; diastolic, t = 4.9, p < .001) stressors. Multivariate analyses of covariance will be conducted to assess for significant group differences in terms of pre- to post-intervention change in physiological responses. The present study is the first to evaluate the efficacy of MBSR to reduce acute stress responses asso- ciated with both the physiological and psychological symptoms of cancer and its treatment.
77 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#27 SATISFACTION WITH SOCIAL SUPPORT IN CLINICAL AND NON-CLINICAL GROUPS Ajitpaul Mangat, University of Manitoba - Psychology; Heather Tiede, None; Linda Murray, None; Murray Enns, None; Sid Frankel, None; John Walker, None
Satisfaction with social support (SS) was measured in two clinical groups (n = 110, hospital population (PX2); n = 147, self help group (SELF)) and two non-clinical groups (n = 106, Winnipeg area survey (WAS); n = 289, student population (ST)). Satisfaction with SS was measured using a 1-item, 10-point Likert scale (“0” indicating very dissatisfied to “10” indicating very satisfied) in the two clinical groups and the WAS group. The ST population first completed the Sarason Social Support Questionnaire (SSQ: Sarason et al., 1983), in the original 27-item form and shorter 6-item form, which was converted to the 1- item measure. The 27-item and 6-item forms were shown to be highly correlated (r = 0.83, p < 0.0001). The 1-item measure was also shown to be highly correlated with both the 27-item (r = 0.57, p < 0.0001) and 6-item (r = 0.58, p < 0.0001) forms of the Sarason SSQ, thus demonstrating validity between the two measures. No difference was found between the two clinical groups (t = -0.50, p > 0.60) nor between the two non-clinical groups (t = -0.52, p > 0.60) in satisfaction with SS. Importantly, the clini- cal groups reported less satisfaction in SS than the non-clinical groups (t = -4.34, p < 0.0001), suggesting that persons with men- THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY tal illness report fewer support persons available, and experience less satisfaction with that support, compared to people with good mental health.
#28 EFFECTS OF COGNITIVE INTERVENTION TO REDUCE CATASTROPHIC THOUGHTS IN HIGH PAIN CATASTROHPHIZING INDIVIDUALS Carrie Ng, Queen's University; Paul Davidson, Queen's University; Dean Tripp, Queen's University; Annie Hsieh, Queen's University
Research shows that pain catastrophizing greatly impacts pain severity ratings, pain tolerance and threshold (Sullivan et al., 1995). Thorn et al. (2002) suggest that catastrophizing results from distorted cognitions creating extra attention to pain. While cognitive interventions are effective in treating chronic pain, there have been few studies examining cognitive interventions for catastrophizing in acute pain. The purpose of this study is to investigate an intervention to decrease the level of catastrophizing during an acute pain episode and examine the impact of cognitive strategies on measures of pain responses. We hypothesize that cognitive intervention will be most effective in reducing the impact of pain in people with high scores on the Pain Catastrophizing Scale. Forty female undergraduate students will be recruited. Half of them will be selected as high pain catastro- phizing and the other half as low pain catastrophizing. Participants will undergo a painful stimulus (cold pressor) twice. Between the pain episodes participants will view either a video clip with cognitive interventions or a nature film (control condition). Pain threshold, tolerance, and severity will be measured before and after the intervention. Pain responses will be analyzed in separate 2 x 2 repeated measures analysis of variance.
#29 THE CONTRIBUTION OF DEMOGRAPHIC, FAMILY, AND SOCIAL VARIABLES, TO CHILDREN’S HAPPINESS Tabatha Freimuth, UBC-Okanagan; Mark Holder, UBC-Okanagan; Ben Coleman, Okanagan College; Andrea Welder, UBC - Okanagan
The predictors of happiness in 9-12 year old children were examined. Four hundred and thirty-two children and their parents par- ticipated in the study. Happiness was assessed using self-rating scales, parental ratings, and the Happiness/Satisfaction Subscale from the Piers-Harris Children’s Self-Concept Scale, Second Edition (Piers, Harris & Herzberg, 2002). The present study demonstrated that children’s happiness was correlated with, and predicted by both family and social variables (e.g., agreement or disagreement with statements such as “I am an important member of my family” and “I feel left out of things” were predictive of their happiness, as did aspects of their friendships). Demographic variables (e.g., socio-economic status and marital status of par- ents) were only weakly associated with children’s happiness. These results provide new understandings and a refined insight into the variables that contribute to happiness in children.
#30 A PSYCHOMETRIC ANALYSIS OF THE HOOKED ON NICOTINE CHECKLIST WITH AN EYE TOWARDS GENDER ITEM BIAS Cornelia Zeisser, University of British Columbia; Bruno Zumbo, University of British Columbia
Gender differences in self-reported nicotine dependence (ND) are commonly found among adolescents; yet little work has inves- tigated whether these gender differences are confounded by item and eventually scale-level bias. The present study investigated gender item bias in a widely used measure of ND in adolescents, the Hooked on Nicotine Checklist (HONC). The respondents were 251 female and 250 male adolescents. Analyses were performed using nonparametric item response theory (NIRT; TestGraf). Graphical displays were obtained to investigate the presence and magnitude of gender bias for each item and further- more to investigate how each item operates at different levels of ND. Seven of the ten HONC items displayed gender item bias. Next, given the item results, scale-level bias was also investigated using NIRT. At the scale score level, it was found that, depending on the scale score value, female respondents were consistently self-reporting higher levels of ND compared to their
78 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
ND-matched male counterparts. The gender differences reported in the literature may therefore be due to construct-irrelevant variance associated with the gender of the respondent. The results are discussed in terms of the possible role of gender in item
responding and the implications for scale score interpretation. THURSDAY / JEUDI
#31 PUTTING HAZARD PERCEPTIONS INTO CONTEXT: A COMPARISON OF PUBLIC PERCEPTIONS AND DECISIONS REGARDING FIVE HEALTH HAZARDS Jennifer Lee, University of Ottawa; Louise Lemyre, University of Ottawa; Christine Dallaire, University of Ottawa; Daniel Krewski, University of Ottawa
In research on health risk perception, an appreciation of how individuals perceive health hazards is considered integral to achiev- ing a better understanding of their response to risk. Specifically, perceptions of the consequences, controllability, and level of uncertainty surrounding hazards have been identified as useful predictors of individuals’ health decisions. Although research linking health risk perceptions and decisions has covered numerous hazards, studies have tended to focus on one hazard at a time, making it difficult to place findings within their larger context. In the current study, Canadians’ perceptions surrounding five potential health hazardsómotor vehicles, climate change, cellular phones, recreational physical activity, and terrorismówere compared using data from a national survey (N = 1503). Multivariate analyses demonstrated that Canadians’ perceptions differed considerably across the five hazards. To examine more closely the link between hazard perceptions and decisions, data from pre- vious qualitative interviews (N = 73) on the same hazard set were reanalyzed and triangulated with survey findings. Decisions regarding hazards were frequently justified by perceptions of high controllability and health risk. Results are discussed in rela- tion to their implications for public health risk management and education.
#32 CULTURAL DIFFERENCES IN PAIN BELIEFS AND PAIN RESPONSES BETWEEN CHINESE AND CAUCASIAN CANADIANS Annie Hsieh, Queen's University; Dean Tripp, Queen's University; Samantha Waxman, Queen's University
Research shows that there are cross-cultural differences in health care delivery and acute and chronic pain management practices (e.g., Green, 2004). Recent studies using experimental pain paradigms have demonstrated differences among cultural groups in pain experience. However, many of these studies did not explain why such differences exist or how cultural beliefs about pain may affect the expression of pain. Furthermore, most of the cross-cultural research in experimental pain has studied African Americans and Hispanics with little data available for Asian groups. Therefore, this study will investigate differences in pain beliefs and pain responses between Chinese and Caucasian Canadians. We hypothesize that cultural groups will moderate the relation between pain beliefs and pain responses. Fifty Caucasian and fifty Chinese undergraduate students underwent the Cold Pressor (CP) task (2°C water bath into which participants immerse their arm). Questionnaire on pain beliefs was administered prior to the CP task. Participants provided pain intensity ratings during the CP task and pain unpleasantness ratings after the task. ANOVA will be conducted to examine pain responses and pain beliefs between the two groups. Multiple regression analysis will be conducted to test the moderating effect of cultural group on pain responses. Clinical implications will be discussed.
#33 ITEM PROPERTIES OF THE HEALTH BEHAVIOR CHECKLIST AS PREDICTORS OF ITEM QUALITY Elisabeth Whaley, Queen's University; G. Cynthia Fekken, Queen's University
This study examines the relationship between a number of test question parameters and question quality as it pertains to the self- report Health Behavior Checklist (HBC; Vickers et al., 1990), using the question as the unit of analysis. It was hypothesized that question complexity (length and negativity), question content (risk or prevention), and saturation with social desirability will impact question validity and reliability. Empirically derived question characteristics (social desirability saturation, reliability and validity) were obtained from a two-phase study. Participants in the first phase were 42 same-sex pairs of university roommates. Estimates of validity derived from the first phase used roommates’ ratings as criteria. The second phase included 122 undergrad- uate students. In this case the criteria were diary records. As hypothesized, validity and the influence of social desirability increased for questions with risk content. Questions containing prevention content were more reliable. No correlation was found between question length and validity. Contrary to previous studies, more valid questions had more negativity. Overall, question properties of the HBC impacted question quality. By determining the characteristics of a question that increase validity and relia- bility, it is possible to interpret self-reported health behaviour with more clarity and accuracy.
#34 THE DEVELOPMENT OF A DENTAL FEAR SCALE Deborah Flynn, Nipissing University; Mario Lemay, Nipissing University; Jennifer Peace-Hall, Nipissing University; Nikki Atkins, Nipissing University
The increasing number of people who do not visit their dentist because of fear has become a concern to health psychologists. The present scale was developed to offer a more comprehensive option to the available dental fear scales which provide little information beyond the level of fear or anxiety being experienced by the patient. Five hundred and sixty-four people filled out the forty-six item questionnaire. A factor analysis revealed four independent factors each dealing with specific areas of the den-
79 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
tal experience. These data will be used as the first step in designing customized treatment programs for those individuals suffer- ing from dental fear in the hope of improving their oral care.
#35 WEIGHT LOSS SELF-EFFICACY AND MODELLED BEHAVIOUR: GAINING COMPETENCE THROUGH EXAMPLE Benjamin Schulz, Trinity Western University; Marvin McDonald, Trinity Western University
Weight loss self-efficacy and physical activity indices were obtained from 125 volunteers, both male and female, aged 17-61 years, who experienced a video modelling intervention. In a brief therapy workshop, treatment group participants viewed moti- vational videos, while a second group viewed relaxation videos serving as a generic intervention control. The Weight Efficacy Life-Style Questionnaire (WEL) and International Physical Activity Questionnaire (IPAQ) assessed self-efficacy and physical activity, respectively. Hypotheses predicted that (a) WEL scores would increase after witnessing models who successfully lost weight, (b) WEL scores would increase for the modelling group most strongly for participants with take-home videos, and (c) IPAQ scores would increase at a two month follow-up and correlate with WEL scores. Results yielded an interaction showing
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY that weight loss self-efficacy can be increased by watching modelling videos and taking them home. However, physical activity did not increase, showing that self-efficacy can be improved apart from personal accomplishments.
#36 INDENTIFYING SOURCES OF BURNOUT IN A UNIVERSITY STUDENT POPULATION Deborah Flynn, Nipissing University; Amy Dashineau, Nipissing University
The topic of university student stress has become more important with the ever increasing need to have a university education to be competitive in our knowledged based society. It is believed that under extreme stress one may experience burnout which is indicated by high levels of emotional exhaustion, depersonalization and low levels of personal accomplishment. In the present study the authors developed a scale to identify the major sources of stress reported by students and determined which of those sources of stress contibuted significantly to student burnout. Students were administered the Maslach Burnout Inventory (Maslach & Jackson, 1981) which was revised to address student issues. Students also answered a 68 item university stress scale developed by the authors which addressed various possible sources of stress (i.e., finances, academics, relationships). A factor analysis yeilded four distinct categories of sources of stress. Factor scores were entered into a multiple regression, using the revised Maslach burnout scale as the dependent variable, to determine which of the factors contributed significantly to burnout.
#37 THE CONTRIBUTION OF THE FIVE-FACTOR MODEL AND EGO STRENGTH TO UNDERSTANDING EATING DISORDERS Cindy Mac, undergraduate student; Michelle Presniak, Graduate Student; Trevor Olson, Graduate Student; Michael McGregor, Professor, University of Saskatchewan
Previous research has demonstrated that eating disorders are associated with personality variables such as the five factors of per- sonality and ego strength. This study examined the extent to which ego strength could account for unique variance in eating dis- orders, over and above variance accounted by the five factors of personality. 282 participants completed the Ego Strength Scale (from MMPI), Big Five Inventory-54 (as measure of five factors of personality) and Eating Disorder Inventory-2 (EDI-2). Two hierarchical regression analyses were performed with the Anorexia and Bulimia scale of the EDI-2 serving as the dependent variables. The five factors of personality and ego strength served as the predictor variables. Ego Strength accounted for a signif- icant amount of unique variance over and above that accounted by the five factors of personality for a number of aspects of eat- ing disorders assessed by the EDI-2. For example, Ego Strength accounted for 4% of the variability in Anorexia over and above the 23.2% accounted by five factors of personality. Results demonstrate that Ego Strength can add unique information to our understanding of eating disorders in addition to that gained by the five factors of personality.
#38 THE INFLUENCE OF EMPATHY ON THE PERCEPTIONS OF OTHERS PAIN Amanda Green, University of British-Columbia
Pain communication serves important social functions for both the sender and the observer. The interpretation of pain behaviours can be influenced by a number of cognitive, behavioural and contextual variables. Recent data have suggested that empathic “mirroring” of another’s pain state may influence the observers perceptions of that pain. This study examines the roles of empa- thy, gender, and facial pain behaviours in inferring others’ pain. Participants were shown the videotaped facial expressions of individuals in pain and asked to estimate the pain experienced by that person. This estimate was compared to the video subjects’ actual pain ratings as a measure of estimator accuracy. All video clips were balanced on gender. Correlations and regression analyses determined the impact of empathy, gender, and the duration of painful facial expressions on participant rating accuracy. Higher levels of empathy predicted an overall increase in pain estimate accuracy, and this relationship was not mediated by the duration of painful facial expressions (i.e., pain behaviour). Neither the gender of the observer or the video subject influenced the accuracy of pain ratings. The potential role of empathy in clinical assessment, caregiver-patient relationships, and pain appraisals are discussed
80 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#39 THE SAME... BUT DIFFERENT: FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH IN-PERSON AND ON-LINE SUPPORT GROUP USE ACROSS THREE CHRONIC
ILLNESS GROUPS THURSDAY / JEUDI Fuschia Sirois, University of Windsor; Rebecca Purc-Stephenson, University of Windsor
For individuals living with a chronic illness social resources may be eroded over time and prompt some to turn to in-person or online illness support groups. However, research examining the factors associated with support group use is limited. We exam- ined the factors associated with in-person and online support group use across three different illness groups. Individuals with arthritis (N = 141), inflammatory bowel disease (IBD; N = 112), and mixed chronic conditions (N = 118) were recruited from the Internet and the community. Regression analyses revealed that lower perceived social support and more years living with their conditions were associated with greater in-person support group use among individuals with IBD and mixed conditions. For individuals with arthritis, the number of chronic conditions was associated with greater in-person support group use whereas dis- ease severity was associated with less online support group use and posting to online groups. Higher perceived social support and well-being were related to more frequent online posting to for this group suggesting that support was given and not just received. Our findings highlight how illness characteristics may differentially influence support group use and underscore the need to view support group use as a helping transaction.
#40 NEEDS ASSESSMENT OF A CHILD WEIGHT CONTROL PROGRAM AT THE CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL OF EASTERN ONTARIO (CHEO) Deanna Drahovzal, Children's Hospital of Eastern Ontario; Stephanie Leclair, University of Ottawa; Garry Goldfield, CHEO Research Institute; Stacia Hadjiyannakis, Children's Hospital of Eastern Ontario
Paediatric obesity is a rising concern in Canada due to its increasing prevalence among children and adolescents and its associat- ed health and psychosocial consequences. Unfortunately, there is a dearth of empirically supported treatment programs in Canada. The objectives of this needs assessment were twofold: (1) to assess the nature and scope of the clinical problem (e.g., identification and ratings), consumer priorities and preferences (e.g., desired services and professionals), and potential barriers to receiving services; and (2) to develop recommendations for program development, planning, and possible implementation of an obesity program at CHEO in order to match the needs of the consumer. Participants were 13 obese youth (Mean age-adjusted BMI = 37.9, SD = 10.2; Mean age = 13.7, SD = 2.6; 73% Female) and their primary caregiver from CHEO’s Endocrinology Clinic. They were mainly English-speaking and Caucasian (91%), and fit a good distribution of Hollingshead SES. Each youth and their parent took part in separate 45-minute, semi-structured telephone interviews. Analyses revealed that families were highly dissatisfied with the current availability of services for paediatric obesity in Eastern Ontario, and strongly supported the need for multi-disciplinary obesity services. Practical implications for intervention and treatment will be discussed.
#41 DOES PERSONALITY MATTER? THE ASSOCIATION BETWEEN PERSONALITY AND REASONS FOR USING COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE Rebecca Purc-Stephenson, University of Windsor; Fuschia Sirois, University of Windsor
Research has found that individuals with certain personality types may be more inclined to seek out complementary and alterna- tive medicine (CAM). While research in this area is limited, Sirois and Gick (2002) found that new/infrequent CAM users were more open to new experiences than were conventional medicine users. In addition, little is known about how personality is relat- ed to the reasons why CAM might be appealing to conventional medicine users. We examined the reasons for CAM use and its association with personality among new/infrequent users, established users, and conventional medicine users. Data collected from the community (N = 195) showed that new/infrequent users tended to be desperate to find something to help their health condition whereas established users tended to value a holistic approach and active role to health care; both types of users tended to be open to new experiences. For conventional medicine users, those high on extroversion, openness or neuroticism would use CAM if orthodox medicine failed to give relief for a health condition whereas those high on conscientiousness would only use CAM if their doctor recommended it. The findings highlight the complex relationships between personality and CAM use and contribute to our understanding of why individuals might be “pulled or pushed” towards CAM.
#42 CHALLENGING BEHAVIOURS IN LONG TERM CARE: A CLINICAL CASE STUDY Bette Brazier, Saskatoon Health Region: Continuing Care and Geriatrics
The Behaviour Transition Program (BTP) is an initiative of the Saskatoon Health Region. Its goals are to provide interdiscipli- nary assessment, treatment, and care planning for residents whose behaviours are challenging to staff in Long Term Care facili- ties. Single case designs with pre- and post-tests are utilised to measure intervention efficacy. One clinical case study is present- ed which illustrates the client-focused nature of the program. This presentation details the goals, interventions, staff training, and outcomes of an individualised program. The discussion focuses on the impact of the Behaviour Transition Program on resi- dent placement, and the challenges to successful programming for residents who are considered difficult to serve.
81 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#43 FEAR AVOIDANCE BELIEFS PREDICTS RANGE OF MOTION IN CHRONIC NECK AND SHOULDER PAIN PATIENTS UNDERGOING FUNCTIONAL RESTORATION Monique Savoie, Université de Moncton; Douglas French, Université de Moncton; Thomas Evens, Atlantic Pain Clinic; Julie French, Université de Moncton
Fear of painful movement (kinesiophobia) and pain catastrophizing are reliable predictors of subjective disability and avoidance on experimental pain tasks. The extent to which subjective fear-avoidance beliefs predict physical movement outside of the labo- ratory is less clear. Accordingly, the goal of the present study was to examine the extent to which fear-avoidance beliefs relate to performance on neck and shoulder range of motion testing. One hundred and four patients reporting chronic neck and shoulder pain (n = 104; 68 females, 38 males) who were presenting for functional restoration at an interdisciplinary treatment centre com- pleted the Tampa Scale for Kinesiophobia, the Pain Catastrophizing Scale and the Million Visual Analog Scale. Range of motion was assed using standardised inclinometer methodology for the following movements: neck flexion and extension, neck lateral bending, neck rotation, shoulder abduction, shoulder external rotation, shoulder internal rotation and shoulder extension. Hierarchical multiple regression analyses revealed that both kinesiophobia and pain catastrophizing added unique variance over 2
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY and above the contribution of clinical pain to subjective disability (total R = .32) and an aggregate measure of overall range of motion (total R2 = .21). These results expand existing findings by highlighting the importance of fear-avoidance beliefs in both laboratory and naturalistic testing environments.
#44 A QUALITATIVE STUDY EXAMINING PSYCHOSOCIAL DISTRESS, COPING AND SOCIAL SUPPORT ACROSS THE STAGES AND PHASES OF EPITHELIAL OVARIAN CANCER Jenelle Power, Carleton University
Research has shown that ovarian cancer patients experience high levels of anxiety and depression, yet there is little research regarding the coping and support of this population. This study examined the experiences of women during the diagnosis and treatment of ovarian cancer, including their social support, coping, and communication with healthcare professionals, using N = 30 semi-structured interviews. The interviews were analysed qualitatively for salient themes. There were five main themes that were evident after analysis using NVIVO were: (1) extreme blunting regarding disease status, including an aversion to seeing other, more advanced stage ovarian cancer patients; (2) having a ‘forgotten cancer’; (3) the traumatic surprise of diagnosis; (4) the highs and lows regarding healthcare received; and (5) the support gap experienced post-diagnosis. At this time, there is no centralized, readily accessible psychosocial/educational information source for epithelial ovarian cancer patients, though there is a clear need for such a service. It is likely that, based on the information obtained in this study and previous research with simi- lar populations, that a telephone intervention, preferably one delivered by an ovarian cancer survivor, would be the most effec- tive intervention.
#45 GENDER, INTERPERSONAL TRANSACTIONS AND PAIN: AN EXPERIMENTAL ANALYSIS WITH AUSTRALIAN WOMEN AND MEN Todd Jackson, James Cook University, Australia
This study assessed how interpersonal transactions affect responses to noxious stimulation among healthy women and men. One hundred twenty Australian undergraduates were randomly assigned to one of four conditions prior to engaging in a cold pressor test: 1) a No Transaction (NT) condition wherein they were required to cope alone during the task, 2) a Distraction Transaction (DT) condition wherein an experimenter asked participants about their lives to divert attention from pain, 3) a Pain-Monitoring (PM) condition wherein an experimenter directed participants to track increases in current pain and commented on its noxious- ness after participants responded, or 4) a Re-interpretation transaction (RT) condition in which participants tracked their pain level but were advised to focus on and re-interpret sensations into less painful ones. The Gender x Transaction interaction revealed that men did not differ in pain tolerance as a function of transaction group, but that women in NT and DT groups had lower tolerance than men in these groups and women in RT and PM conditions. Similar patterns of findings were observed when pain intensity and catastrophizing served as dependent measures. Together, findings support the proposition that the nature of interpersonal transactions may have a comparatively greater impact on women’s responses to noxious experimental stimuli than those of men.
#46 RISK PERCEPTION AND CONCERN ABOUT PROBABLE AND IMPROBABLE HEALTH RISKS: A REVERSAL THEORY APPROACH Kathryn Lafreniere, University of Windsor; Jennifer Out, Greater Essex County District School Board; Kenneth Cramer, University of Windsor
Despite the abundance of health information available, people often make irrational decisions about their health. Reversal theo- ry, which emphasizes individual and intraindividual differences in goal-directed behaviour, seems particularly well suited to the study of paradoxical thinking and behaviour concerning health. The present study examined the relationship between reversal theory’s construct of “telic/paratelic dominance” (i.e., reflecting a goal-directed, serious minded tendency versus a spontaneous
82 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 and playful orientation) and risk perception in an experiment in which 53 undergraduate students in a Health Psychology course were presented with various health scenarios that varied risk probability (high incidence vs. low incidence health risks) and
health risk latency (imminent vs. long-term health threats). Based on previous reversal theory research, it was expected that THURSDAY / JEUDI paratelic dominant individuals would be more likely than telic dominant individuals to perceive greater risk from more imminent health threats, while telic dominant individuals would be less likely to differentiate between imminent and long-term health threats in appraising risk. While telic dominance did not moderate risk perception for health risk probability or imminence of occurrence, it did predict greater concern about health risks and greater intention to take action to avoid them.
#47 IS THERE A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SELF- AND OBSERVER-REPORT MEASURES OF ANGER? Kristin Calverley, University of Saskatchewan; Trevor Olson, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
Verbal constructive anger behaviour has been related to lower resting blood pressure (BP). Research has shown that lowered resting BP is related to reduced risk for cardiovascular disease which affects over one-third of the Canadian population. This study examined how people deal with anger, how that may affect their outcome on other measures of anger, and whether there is a difference between self- and observer-reported levels of anger/hostility. Participants completed self-report measures of anger including the Constructive Anger Behaviour (CAB-V) Scale. In addition, participants’ anger behaviour was observationally assessed by trained coders using a number of measures. One-way ANOVA analyses were performed to understand the differ- ences between high and low scores on the CAB-V Scale and participants’ anger (both self- and observer-rated). Findings indi- cate that there were differences on how people responded on other anger/hostility measures depending on if they were high or low on the CAB-V Scales. These results were generally consistent for self- and observer-reported scores of anger. Level of CAB-V expression may contribute to our understanding of anger behaviour, how it is expressed, how it is perceived, and its overall relation to cardiovascular health.
#48 ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION AND SEXUAL RISK-TAKING BEHAVIOURS IN YOUNG ADULTS Becky Schick, University of Regina; Bree Barnes, University of Regina; Robert Moore, University of Regina
The intent of the present research was to further examine the role of alcohol as a contributing factor in sexual risk-taking behav- iour in young adults. It was hypothesized that, when compared to young adults who do not consume alcohol, those who do will tend to focus more on the perceived benefits of sexual risk-taking rather than the perceived risks. Participants were 113 female and 36 male undergraduates at a Western Canadian University. They completed questionnaires assessing the benefits and risks of unsafe sexual behaviour (Fromme, Katz, & Rivet, 1997) and drinking frequency/volume (Collins, Parks, & Marlatt, 1985). Participants who engaged in risky sexual behaviours were more inclined to view the positive consequences (benefits) of risky sexual behaviour as more likely than the negative consequences (risks). Males, when compared to females, consumed more alco- hol and were more likely to perceive benefits than risks in sexually risky-behaviour. The association between alcohol use and the involvement in sexual risk-taking behaviours reflected a tendency to minimize the likelihood of the negative consequences asso- ciated with such behaviours, likely because alcohol interferes with the processing of negative consequences that are more often delayed than the positive consequences, that are often more immediate. Possible intervention implications are presented.
#49 INDIVIDUAL ZONES OF OPTIMAL FUNCTIONING (IZOF) IN VARSITY SOCCER PLAYERS Paul Murphy, Saint Francis Xavier University; Margo Watt, Saint Francis Xavier Universty
Research in sport psychology has investigated the effects of various psychobiological dimensions in maximizing performance levels in elite athletes. One of the most widely used and empirically documented models for the assessment of performance is the Individual Zones of Optimal Functioning (IZOF; Hanin, 1996). Originally designed to account for variations in state anxiety among athletes, the IZOF model has evolved to allow for prediction of performance based on an athlete’s pre-competition emo- tion. The present study proposed to extend the IZOF model by investigating the role of cognitions, as well as affective and phys- iological features, in the optimal performance of male and female varsity soccer players. Measures included the IZOF profile, Hanin, 2000); Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI; Peterson & Reiss, 1992); Competitive Trait Anxiety Inventory-2 (CTAI-2; Jones & Swain, 1995); and author-constructed measure of cognitions. Preliminary findings indicate that female athletes report signifi- cantly more cognitive anxiety and less self-confidence than male athletes. ASI scores correlate significantly and positively with cognitive, but not somatic, anxiety. Individuals with higher (vs. lower) scores on the ASI are significantly more apt to endorse cognitions that indicate feeling like they must perform well and should play better or risk feeling like a loser.
83 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#50 SUBSTANCE ABUSE HISTORY AND PAIN RELIEF INFLUENCE NURSING STUDENTS: PERCEPTIONS OF POST-SURGICAL PAIN IN A HYPOTHETICAL PATIENT (HP) Paula Miceli, York University; Joel Katz, York University
To examine the role of substance abuse history (SAH) and pain relief (PR) on perceptions of postoperative pain and addiction risk. This study used a 2 x 2 factorial between-subjects design in which participants were randomized to read one of four vignettes: The HP, a 45-yr old male who underwent hip replacement, was described as (i) experiencing adequate [inadequate] PR AND (ii.) having [not having] a SAH. Dependent variables were perceived addiction risk (0%-100% VAS), and Pain Difference Scores (PDS; reported minus experienced pain). 108 nursing students consented to participate (84% completed). The sample was divided into first vs. senior program yr (PY). A 2 (PY) x 2 (SAH) x 2 (PR) MANOVA showed a significant effect for PY (p = .006) and SAH x PY interaction effect (p = .049). First year students perceived significantly greater addiction risk (p = .001) vs. senior students. SAH influenced perception of PDS, but only under conditions of adequate PR (p = .019). With inadequate PR, PDS were similar in SAH present and absent groups. With adequate PR, PDS were significantly less in the SAH absent group (-7.6 °À 3.2) compared to the SAH present group (4.7 °À 3.7; p = .013). The relationship between analgesia and
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY pain is understood differently when substance abuse is suspected.
#51 SOCIAL SUPPORT AND MAJOR DEPRESSION IN CANCER PATIENTS Eric Chan, University of Calgary; Kendice Limoges, University of Calgary
Social support (SS) is a form of coping and can protect people with medical illnesses from negative mental health outcomes. The prevalence of major depression (MD) among cancer patients is high (22%). We investigated the influence of different types of social support on MD in cancer patients. The sample was 1,366 adult cancer patients (599 males and 767 females, age ranged from 20-24 to 80 and over) extracted from the Canadian Community Health Survey 2000/01 (CCHS 1.1) dataset. SS was mea- sured by the Medical Outcomes Study (MOS) Social Support Survey (Sherbourne & Stewart, 1991) and MD was measured by the World Health Organization Composite International Diagnostic Interview – Short Form (CIDI-SF; Kessler et al., 1998). Four types of SS were measured: Tangible, affectionate, positive social interaction, and emotional/informational. Results showed that patients with major depression had lower SS scores than did patients with no depression. No sex and interaction (sex X depression) effects emerged. Of the four types of SS, only tangible social support and positive social interaction predict- ed MD. Certain types of structural and functional support appear to be better predictors of MD among cancer patients. Providing tangible support and social interaction may protect cancer patients from developing MD.
#52 DYADIC ADJUSTMENT AND CHRONIC PELVIC PAIN SYNDROME Kelly Smith, Queen's University; Caroline Pukall, Queen's University; Dean Tripp, Queen's University; Curtis Nickel, Queen's University
Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome (CPPS) is a urological condition in men associated with recurrent pelvic pain and sexual dysfunc- tion. Research indicates that men with CPPS experience disrupted intimate relationships and are less likely to be married or cohabiting compared to patients with other chronic pain conditions. Consequently, little research has examined the relationships of men with CPPS who are involved in significant partnerships. Furthermore, no controlled investigations have examined specif- ic aspects of such relationships. The current study examined the marital adjustment of patients with CPPS and their female part- ners. Participants were 38 couples in which the male partner had CPPS, and 37 healthy control couples. All couples completed the well-established Dyadic Adjustment Scale (DAS) (Spanier, 1976), and were assessed on overall marital quality and subscales of relationship affection, satisfaction, cohesion, and consensus. Contrary to expectations, men with CPPS did not differ from control males on any aspect of marital adjustment, although there was a trend for patients to report less relationship satisfaction. Partners of men with CPPS, however, reported less satisfaction, cohesion, consensus, and overall marital adjustment compared to control women. The implications of this research and the potential impact of CPPS on spousal marital adjustment are dis- cussed.
#53 PROFILING THE “AT RISK” GAMBLER IN CANADA: AN EXPLORATION OF PHYSICAL, MENTAL AND PSYCHOSOCIAL HEALTH STATUS Ken Fowler, Memorial University of Newfoundland; Terri-Lynn Stack, Memorial University of Newfoundland
Using the Canadian Problem Gambling Index captured in the Canadian Community Health Survey: Cycle 1.2 - Mental Health and Well-Being (2002), this study explored demographic, health and social variables associated with those deemed to be at vary- ing degrees of risk for problem gambling. In particular, low risk (n = 1017), medium risk (n = 542) and problem gamblers (n = 200) were compared to determine which factors were dependent on the type of gambler. While sex and age were found to be independent of gambler-type, differences were observed in the frequency of playing various games of chance, with problem gamblers reporting more frequent VLT use. In terms of health status, problem gamblers perceived their health to be poorer, and reported contemplating and attempting suicide more often than those deemed to be of lower risk. With respect to associated
84 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 problem behaviours, problem gamblers also reported more frequent alcohol and/or drug use, particularly while gambling. It was also observed that problem gamblers were more likely to have had another family member with a gambling problem.
Implications for these findings are discussed. THURSDAY / JEUDI
#54 SOCIAL SUPPORT AND ADJUSTMENT OF WIVES OF MEN WITH PROSTATE CANCER: IS IT MORE BLESSED TO GIVE THAN TO RECEIVE? Jaime-Lee Brown, University of Guelph
This study investigated the receipt and provision of partner support as potential determinants of psychosocial adjustment in wives of men with prostate cancer. Wives of prostate cancer patients face a major dilemma. On one hand, wives are typically the primary source of support for their husbands, and must find ways of rendering relevant support while not disrupting their hus- bands’ style of coping with cancer and its repercussions. On the other hand, the wives are also in need of their husbands’ support to moderate their own distress about the disease’s ramifications. Thirty wives of men recently diagnosed with prostate cancer were recruited through a urology practice. Wives completed measures assessing psychosocial adjustment, amounts of support received from and provided to husbands, and fulfillment of support receipt and provision needs. Hierarchical regression analyses were conducted. Results supported hypotheses. Fulfillment of wives’ support needs significantly accounted for unique variance in adjustment in comparison to descriptions of amounts of support. Fulfillment of wives’ needs regarding the support they pro- vided to husbands was a stronger predictor of wives’ adjustment than fulfillment of needs regarding the support they received from their husbands. Implications and limitations of these preliminary findings and suggestions for future research are discussed.
#55 PSYCHOSOCIAL FACTORS AS PREDICTORS OF RELATIONSHIP SATISFACTION IN CHRONIC LOW BACK PAIN Samantha Waxman, Queen's University; Dean Tripp, Queen's University; Annie Hsieh, Queen's University
Chronic pain is a leading health issue for Canadians, and chronic low back pain (CLBP) is one of the most commonly experi- enced forms of chronic pain. CLBP negatively impacts an individual’s life, as indicated by decreased quality of life and interper- sonal relationships, and increased disability and psychosocial difficulties (Lamé et al., 2005; Moulin et al., 2002). However, little information is available regarding the role of the psychosocial environment in the prediction of relationship satisfaction. The purpose of this study is to examine the contribution of various psychosocial variables in the prediction of relationship satisfac- tion in patients with CLBP. We hypothesized that relationship satisfaction will be negatively associated with catastrophizing, pain-related fear, and depression, and positively associated with sexual satisfaction. Seventy patients with CLBP completed a series of measures assessing physical and psychological functioning. Hierarchical regression will be used to test the unique con- tribution of psychosocial variables to relationship satisfaction over and above demographic and medical variables. This study will provide a better understanding of the factors that play a crucial role in the decline of relationship quality among CLBP patients. The study is ongoing and final results, as well as clinical implications, will be discussed.
#56 STRUCTURED WRITING ABOUT CURRENT STRESSORS: THE BENEFITS OF DEVELOPING PLANS Olivia Lestideau, University of Northern British Columbia; Loraine Lavallee, University of Northern British Columbia
To investigate whether structured writing about everyday stressors would be beneficial for emotional and physical health, seven- ty-six undergraduates selected a stressful event with which they were currently dealing, and wrote about it at home on three occasions in one week. Two forms of writing were manipulated: expressive writing — documenting thoughts and emotional reactions to the stressor; and planful writing — developing a plan to deal with the problem. Appraisals of control and efficacy were investigated as possible mediators of the writing – health relation. Planful writers, relative to non-planners, felt less control over their emotions and less efficacy in dealing with their problems, but nevertheless reported significantly better physical health and reduced negative affect. Expressive writing yielded no health benefits.
#57 VALIDATION OF TWO POSTPARTUM SCREENING SCALES IN A SAMPLE OF SASKATCHEWAN FIRST NATIONS AND METIS WOMEN Pamela Clarke, University of Regina
Postpartum depression in women is found in approximately 10-20% of the population in both industrialized and developing countries; however, no data currently exists on prevalence of postpartum depression in First Nations and Metis women in Canada. The present study examined the validity of the Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS; Cox, Holden & Sagovsky, 1987) and the Postpartum Depression Screening Scale (PDSS; Beck & Gable, 2000) in a sample of Saskatchewan First Nations and Metis women. One hundred and three First Nations and Metis postpartum women completed the Beck Depression Inventory-II (BDI-II; Beck, Steer & Brown, 1996), EPDS, PDSS and were interviewed using the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Axis I Disorders (SCID; First, Spitzer, Gibbon & Williams, 1997). Sixteen percent of 103 mothers (n = 17) were diagnosed with major postpartum depression. Although the EPDS yielded slightly better utility than the PDSS, both the
85 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
EPDS and the PDSS were found to be useful as general screening tools to detect postpartum depression in a sample of Saskatchewan First Nations and Metis women. The results of this study support the need for primary healthcare professionals to offer prenatal and postnatal screening for women who may be at risk for suffering from depression.
#58 WHAT ROLE DOES HEALTH ANXIETY PLAY IN COPING WITH MS? Melissa Kehler, University of Regina
Multiple Sclerosis (MS) is a disease in which patients experience a variety of sensory and motor disturbances. MS is associated with adjustment problems, such as a high rate of anxiety, distress, and depressive symptoms; therefore, effectively coping with the illness is important. Research shows that MS patients are less likely than the general population to engage in problem- focused coping or seek social support and are more likely to use a detached coping style. Although researchers have examined emotional adjustment in MS patients, few researchers have focused on anxiety that patients with MS experience about their health. Health anxiety is conceptualized as a continuous construct with little or no concern about health at one extreme and excessive preoccupation with health at the other. Research on other conditions, such as chronic pain, shows that health anxiety plays a role in the effectiveness of coping with pain. In this poster presentation, relevant literature will be reviewed that suggests
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY health anxiety should be evaluated among MS patients. Furthermore, challenges and benefits of collecting data from MS patients over the Internet will be highlighted. Results from this literature provide the foundation for creating an intervention to help patients with MS cope with health anxiety.
#59 SCALE DEVELOPMENT OF AN INSTRUMENT TO MEASURE SELF-CONCEPT AND CHANGE AFTER THERAPY IN ADULTS DIAGNOSED WITH FAMILIAL ADENOMATOUS POLYPOSIS Noreen Stuckless, York University; Mary Jane Esplen, Toronto General Hospital; Terri Berk, Mount Sinai Hospital; Kate Butler, Toronto General Hospital; Paola Ardiles, Toronto General Hospital; Steve Gallinger, Mount Sinai Hospital
Familial Adenomatous Polyposis (FAP) is an inherited disorder characterized by multiple colorectal adenomas and associated with a 100% risk of early colorectal cancer without removal of the large bowel. Being diagnosed with FAP may alter one’s self- concept, which in turn may impact on one’s wellbeing and screening behaviors. This study’s purpose was to develop & validate a scale for measuring the impact of being diagnosed with FAP. The study was conducted in two phases: 1) Item generation and refinement, and 2) Scale selection and initial validation. During Phase 1, a priori themes and scale items were generated through 8 individual interviews and 2 focus groups of 6 to 8 men and women diagnosed with FAP. The 50 items were reviewed, scored and reduced to 41 items by experts and FAP patients. In Phase 2, 132 of 200 adults in a Canadian polyposis registry completed the 41 item candidate scale and a battery of validating measures. Participants’ mean age was 48 (range 21 - 74), 57% were female, 72% were married and 69% were Anglo-Canadian. Factor analysis resulted in a psychometrically sound 23 item, 3 fac- tor solution, with a Cronbach’s alpha = .92 and inter-item correlation = .34, explaining 52.6% of the total variance. The mean scores of the scale did not vary by gender, age or time since diagnosis, had a low correlation with social desirability, and expect- ed relationships with other validating measures
#60 THE APPLICATION OF THE ECOLOGY OF THE SELF MODEL TO UNDERSTANDING SELF-CONCEPT CHANGES IN INDIVIDUALS WITH CHRONIC ILLNESS Andrea Lee, University of Florida; Gary Poole, University of British Columbia
The aim of this study was to describe the self-concept changes that resulted from the chronic illness experience. Fifteen adults from British Columbia were involved in this study through purposive sampling. The sample consisted of 6 males and 9 females, ranging in age from 22 to 81. The research participants represented varied chronic illnesses: diabetes, chronic fatigue syndrome, heart disease, multiple sclerosis, fibromyalgia, Crohn’s disease, scleroderma, hypothyroidism, neuropathy of the feet, and vari- ous forms of arthritis. Participants were individually interviewed to obtain chronic illness narratives. Narrative data were ana- lyzed using a combination of holistic-content and categorical-content approaches, in which broad themes were determined for each individual narrative and common themes were assessed across narratives. Participants’ changes to self-concept were understood under the model of the ecology of the self, which describes one’s relationship to his or her environment, objects, and relationships. Changes to one’s ecology resulted in an altered self-concept for the individuals in this study. It was determined that the relationship between the ecology of the self and self-concept were reciprocal, as well as interdependent. Furthermore, factors such as self-esteem and behaviours also influenced self-concept in a reciprocal fashion.
#61 THE EFFECTS OF FAMILIAR MUSIC ON PERFORMANCE AMONG BOTH YOUNG ADULTS AND RESIDENTS OF A LONG-TERM CARE FACILITY Elysia Iversen, Red Deer College; Jane MacNeil, Red Deer College
Music is a salient influence on an individual’s physical, psychological, and emotional levels of consciousness. The underlying mechanism to explain the well documented physical and psychological effects of music is unclear; however music has been uti-
86 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 lized as a nonpharmacological therapeutic option in the treatment of clinical disorders such as Parkinson’s disease and Alzheimer’s type dementia. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of music therapy. Phase one of the
study showed that the genre of familiar music in a background soundscape can affect cognitive performance among young THURSDAY / JEUDI adults. Phase two examined the present use of music therapy in a long term care facility. Activity, cognition, communication and hostility were recorded using various scales. Findings showed that residents’ agitation levels were decreased both during and after attendance of the music sessions. During the music sessions, positive activities increased; and, negative activities decreased. The purpose of phase two was to develop a best practice, evidence-based program for continuing care incorporating musical therapeutic techniques. The results indicate that music therapy programs could be improved with the incorporation of individualized music therapy and the extension of the therapy sessions to nonambulatory patients.
#62 THE TRANSITION TO UNIVERSITY: ADAPTATION AND ADJUSTMENT Melanie Smith, University of Saskatchewan; Patricia McDougall, St. Thomas More College – University of Saskatchewan
The purpose of this study was to examine the relation between risk and protective factors during the first semester of university. Participants (N = 229, men n = 50 and women n =179, age M = 18.46, SD = 1) contributed data via online questionnaires. Correlations among psychosocial factors (adaptive coping and social support) and health behaviours (problematic alcohol con- sumption and physical activity) were investigated in relation to adjustment to university and transition experience. Students who adjusted well to the first term of university (academically, socially and personally) reported higher involvement in vigorous physical activity and frequent use of adaptive coping strategies. Greater sports team participation was correlated with more fre- quent vigorous physical activity, higher levels of adaptive coping and better social adjustment to university. Higher levels of adaptive coping and more social support were found to be positively related to adjustment to university and a more positive tran- sition experience. While the relationship between physical activity and adjustment to university tends to be positive, in this study, sports team participation was also related to more problem drinking (All p<.05). Further research is needed to better understand the complex relationship between health behaviours and adjustment to university.
#63 LAY PERCEPTIONS OF GENETIC TESTING Holly Etchegary, University of Ottawa; Julia Frei, University of Ottawa; Isabelle Boland, University of Ottawa; Beth Potter, University of Ottawa; Natasha O'Reilly, University of Ottawa; Mario Cappelli, University of Ottawa; Ian Graham, Ontario Health Research Institute; Mark Walker, Ontario Health Research Institute; Doug Coyle, University of Ottawa; Brenda J. Wilson, University of Ottawa
The new genetics raise complex social and ethical questions with which publics and policymakers must grapple. The complexity of issues has prompted calls for public debate and greater public involvement in decision-making about the new genetics. However, despite the sophistication of scientific knowledge implied in understanding new genetics, it may be too simplistic to resort to a “deficit model” of public understanding in which experts consider the public ignorant, and even uninterested in sci- ence. Drawing upon interviews with women offered prenatal testing, this study explored lay understanding of ‘genetics’ and genetic testing. Qualitative data analysis revealed that regardless of level of technical knowledge, women critically engaged with difficult issues raised by genetic testing, including acceptable uses of testing, the value of testing at the expense of prevention or cure, access to testing, abortion and quality of life. Moving beyond their personal experiences of testing, women recognized the wider social context within which testing was offered, noting the potential for stigma and discrimination. Results provide sup- port for greater lay involvement in policy discussions and decision-making about the new genetics and other emerging technolo- gies. Suggestions for increasing public participation are provided.
#64 LIVING WITH GENETIC RISK: RESPONSIBILITY AND THREAT Holly Etchegary, University of Ottawa
Predictive genetic testing creates a new social category of people, namely the ‘at risk.’ Few empirical studies have explored the subjective meanings of living ‘at risk’ for individuals and their families. Drawing upon 24 semi-structured interviews with at risk persons and their family members, this study explored the meanings associated with genetic risk for the adult-onset disorder, Huntington disease (HD). Qualitative data analysis revealed that genetic risk for HD was not understood as an objective numeri- cal fact. Rather, genetic risk was a negatively-charged concept, experienced as a personal or familial threat. Genetic risk had a moral dimension, related to notions of responsibility and blame. Tested participants, in particular, felt a responsibility to the next generation, to current and future partners, to plan for their futures and to communicate their risk to others. Implications of these findings for research and clinical practice are discussed.
87 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#65 ADHD IN YOUNG ADULTHOOD: A RISK FACTOR FOR PATHOLOGICAL GAMBLING Laura Wood, Trent University; Robyn Taylor, Trent University; James Parker, Trent University
The relationship between attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) symptomatology and pathological gambling was examined in 1,189 post-secondary students living in close proximity to several gambling venues. Students completed the Conners’ Adult ADHD Rating Scale (CAARS) and the South Oaks Gambling Screen (SOGS). Approximately 7.5% of the sam- ple consisted of probable pathological gamblers. These individuals were found to have significantly higher levels of ADHD symptomatology (hyperactive/impulsive and inattentive) than non-problem gamblers. The results of the present study suggest that ADHD is associated with pathological gambling and may be a risk factor among post-secondary students for developing severe gambling problems.
#66 ATTACHMENT STYLE AND TREATMENT SEEKING FOR PHYSICAL HEALTH PROBLEMS
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY Mary Gick, Carleton University; Stephanie Leclair, University
An exploratory study examined the role of attachment in treatment seeking for physical health problems. 74 female introductory psychology students aged 17 to 31 completed self-report measures of attachment style, social support, physical health problems, and medical treatment seeking. The treatment seeking measure included questions about emergency room treatment and comple- mentary medicine (e.g., acupuncture) in addition to regular medical visits (e.g., family doctor); emergency and regular medical visits were combined for a total score of medical care seeking. Confidence in Relationships (related to secure attachment) was positively associated with total medical treatment seeking, and Discomfort with Closeness (related to avoidant attachment) was positively associated with complementary care seeking. The relationship between Confidence in Relationships and medical care seeking was not accounted for by social support or the total number or severity of health problems experienced. The relationship between Discomfort with Closeness and complementary care seeking was not related to number or severity of health problems; however, both Discomfort with Closeness and complementary medical seeking were both negatively related to social integra- tion, which indicates a sense of belonging. Results are discussed with respect to attachment theory and treatment seeking.
#67 AN EMPIRICAL INVESTIGATION OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF MINDFULNESS-BASED AND RELAXATION-BASED STRESS MANAGEMENT INTERVENTIONS FOR NURSES AND NURSE AIDES Patricia Poulin, University of Toronto; Corey Mackenzie, OISE/University of Toronto; Margaret Schneider, University of Toronto
High levels of stress among nurses and nurse aides are associated with health and mental health problems, decreased quality of patient care, increased absenteeism and increased turnover. This study examined the efficacy of two brief stress-management interventions: Mindfulness training and relaxation training. Participants were assigned to a mindfulness group (n = 16), a relax- ation group (n = 14) or a control group (n = 10). Before and after training, participants completed questionnaires measuring burnout (i.e., emotional exhaustion, depersonalization, and personal accomplishment), life satisfaction, and relaxation. Despite the modest number of participants, there were statistically significant differences between groups over time in relaxation (F = 3.96, p < .05) and life satisfaction (F = 4.12, p < .05). Mindfulness and relaxation training groups were similar to one another and superior to the control group in increasing relaxation and life satisfaction. Interestingly, while group differences over time regarding burnout were not statistically significant, trends in the data suggest that mindfulness training may be especially effec- tive in reducing burnout in general, and emotional exhaustion in particular. Methodological challenges and recommendations for implementation and evaluation of stress-management interventions with nurses and nurse aides are also briefly discussed.
15:00 - 15:55 - BONAVISTA 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ MEETING ON MIDDLE GROUND: EFFECTIVE KNOWLEDGE SHARING Séance de conversation PRACTICES Community Psychology Lily Tsui, University of Alberta
The Community-University Partnership at the University of Alberta conducts and facilitates community-based research projects related to children, youth and families. A significant portion of this work is working with researchers, service providers, and pol- icy-makers to ensure that the research process leads not only to increased knowledge, but also practical implications for those involved that can make a real difference in the lives of children, youth and families. For this to be successful, effective knowl- edge sharing must occur; however, it is unclear exactly who is responsible for this process. This conversation session will hope- fully bring together researchers, practitioners, policy-makers, and anyone else interested incommunity-based research to discuss effective knowledge sharing practices, the roles and responsibilities of those engaged in community-based research, and the con- texts within which knowledge sharing occurs.
88 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
15:00 - 15:55 - RIDEAU 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ GAY MEN AND THE POST-HETEROSEXUAL MARRIAGE METAMORPHOSIS: THURSDAY / JEUDI Séance de conversation EMPOWERING THE FAMILIAL JOURNEY THROUGH CULTURE-CENTERED AND Family Psychology DIVERSITY COUNSELLING Robert Roughley, Campus Alberta Applied Counselling Initiative
The coming out experiences of gay men often represents a time of both self-reflection and sexual identity negotiation. Historically speaking, many gay men identifying as bisexual, gay, or even heterosexual, married opposite sex partners in order to meet societal expectations and norms; resulting in later emotionally turbulent coming out experiences. What happens to the nuclear family structure subsequent to the coming out process? The central objective of this conversation session is to provide an interactive opportunity where discussion and ideas can be exchanged in meeting the cultured-centered needs of gay men and their nuclear families during the pre and post coming out process.
15:00 - 15:55 - LAKEVIEW 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ ASSESSMENT OF POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS WITH LEARNING Séance de conversation DISABILITIES:ISSUES AND BEST PRACTICES Psychologists in Marilyn Samuels, University of Calgary; Mary Westcott, University of Calgary Education
In recent years, large numbers of students diagnosed with Learning Disabilities and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder have been entering post-secondary institutions. Others are diagnosed while there when they encounter difficulties. To obtain accommodations and other supports, students must have a recent psycho-educational assessment. There are some unique chal- lenges in doing assessment of young adults in the post-secondary system. Questions abound about effective assessment tools and practices. The validity of many of the currently used standardized measures for determining students’ needs is just one example. Does a low score on a reading comprehension test necessarily mean that the student cannot do university level reading? Other questions relate to criteria for the diagnosis of a learning disability and the relationship between test results and recom- mendations. If a student scores in the high average or superior range on most tests but performs at the average range on one or two subtests, is this just normal variability or a learning disability. Which tests can provide data about how much time a student needs to complete examinations? When does a student need to use a computer in written examinations? In this conversation ses- sion, these and other questions pertaining to assessments of students in post-secondary settings will be discussed.
15:00 - 15:55 - BANFF 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ DO THE DATA SHOW BICULTURAL INTEGRATION TO BE BENEFICIAL? Séance de conversation Floyd Rudmin, University of Tromsø, Norway International and Cross-cultural
Many scholars involved in cross-cultural psychology are focussed on the problem of minorities and how they fit, or do not fit, into the larger society. For almost one century, most scholars from the Anglo-Saxon settler societies (USA, Australia, Canada) have been recommending bicultural integration as the most beneficial, least distressing mode of acculturation. In the past 30 years, psychometric studies have tried to examine this. The common claim is that the data show biculturalism to be preferred and to be most adaptive for the minorities. However, much if not most of the data, in fact, do not support this claim. This pre- sentation will review the history and evidence, and will engage discussion on why this has been happening. The author’s argu- ment will be that this arises from a liberalist ideology that is widely shared by academics, favoring claims of freedom, choice, and minimization of harm.
15:00 - 15:55 - LAKE LOUISE 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ THE IMPACT OF PREGNANCY AND MOTHERHOOD ON CLINICAL PRACTICE Séance de conversation Lana Shimp, Chartier, Arnold, Brock & Associates; Sarah Hillis, Royal University Women and Psychology Hospital; Dawn Phillips, Royal University Hospital
Therapist pregnancy and motherhood can have a significant impact on the therapeutic process, although these issues are rarely addressed in clinical training programs or the clinical literature. This session will focus on the practical, clinical, and theoretical issues related to psychologists’ pregnancy and motherhood. Topics discussed will include issues specific to private and public practice, clinical issues arising from the developmental changes in the life of the psychologist, and the reciprocal impact that clinical work and clinicians’ parenthood / family life have on each other. Boundary issues, termination and transfer of patients
89 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
for maternity leave, impact of working with specific clinical populations, and maintaining a healthy balance between work and home will be addressed. Attendees are encouraged to bring clinical scenarios regarding their own experiences for discussion in this session. It is hoped that this session will facilitate more open dialogue and awareness of how to manage the multitude of issues that can be raised by therapists’ experience of pregnancy and parenthood.
15:00 - 16:55 - NAKISKA 15:00 - 16:55
Symposium THE ROLE OF PSYCHOLOGY IN THE LONG TERM RECOVERY PROCESS FROM Counselling Psychology NATURAL DISASTERS: CONNECTING RESEARCH, PRACTICE AND COMMUNITY (Section Program) Jennifer Nicol, University of Saskatchewan; John Service, Canadian Psychological Association
As the magnitude of the psychosocial and economic impacts of natural disasters increases worldwide, there has been a renewed interest in developing prevention and intervention strategies to reduce vulnerabilities and foster the well-being of individuals and
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY communities during the extended recovery period. While emergency planning in Canada has shifted increasingly towards resiliency based models, much of this work continues to inadequately integrate the psychological and emotional implications of disasters, or the role of psychological factors in fostering and sustaining effective coping and resilience in individuals and com- munities during the short- and long- recovery periods. This symposium brings together disaster-researchers from across Canada to examine the acute and chronic psychosocial effects and health implications of various natural disasters in the Canadian con- text. Panelists will draw on disaster research and practice to respond to the questions: (a) What are the longer-term psychosocial effects of natural disasters? And (b) What role can psychologists and other mental health professionals play in supporting the resilience and well-being of survivors?
#1 BEYOND PTSD: A LONGITUDINAL STUDY OF THE PSYCHOSOCIAL RECOVERY PROCESS FOLLOWING THE BC FIRESTORM, 2003 Robin Cox, University of British Columbia
This paper outlines the results from a critical, multi-sited ethnographic study of the discursive practices of disaster recovery in two communities devastated by a forest fire during Firestorm 2003, BC. Analysis of interview and news media texts identified a social-psychological process in which degrees of loss, gender, socio-economic status, leadership, and place influenced shifts in individual and community identities. The dominant practices of disaster recovery reflected a bias towards an economic and material framing of the disaster that neglected gender and other socially constructed differences and inequalities. The concurrent minimizing and sequestering of the psychosocial effects of the fire constrained and limited opportunities for individual and social capacity building. The findings suggest that adopting a complex systems and critical perspective could result in more flex- ible and empowering approaches to supporting the health of individuals and communities following a disaster. The implications for psychologists and other mental health professionals are discussed.
#2 PSYCHOSOCIAL AFFECTS OF A NATURAL DISASTER: A POST-FLOOD ASSESSMENT IN THE RED RIVER VALLEY David Hutton, Public Health Agency of Canada
This presentation examines the longer-term psychosocial affects of the 1997 Red River Flood in Manitoba, Canada. Three years after flood, 178 individuals living in two of the more heavily damaged communities were surveyed. The respondents showed a slightly higher rate of psychological distress than reported in the 1994/95 Canadian National Population Health Survey. However, the rate of distress was not significantly related to either flood damage or financial loss, although these factors did have a positive association. More indicative of psychological distress were the socio-demographic variables of household income, gender, age and education. Respondents who found the flood more stressful, and who perceived themselves to be worse off than others, also exhibited higher levels of distress. The need to examine the psychosocial and mental impacts of natural haz- ards and disasters within a population health perspective, and the implications of this approach for psychologists and mental health professionals, are discussed.
#3 LONG-TERM EFFECTS OF A DISASTER ON PSYCHOLOGICAL HEALTH : LONGITUDINAL STUDY OF FLOOD VICTIMS AND NON-VICTIMS Danielle Maltais, Université du Québec à Chicoutimi
In July 1996, floods disrupted the lives of thousands of people living in rural and urban communities in the Saguenay area of Quebec. Data collected three years after the events showed that flood victims experienced more precarious psychological health, with various factors being controlled including sex, age, and life events. Flood victims demonstrated more post-traumatic symp- toms, somatic symptoms, social dysfunctions, and depressive symptoms than non-victims. Victims also showed significantly lower levels of psychological well-being than non-victims. In order to identify the long-term impacts of flood exposure, a second study was conducted eight years after the event with the same groups of victims (N=129) and non-victims (N=89). Variance
90 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 analyses show that urban survivors obtained improved scores on scales measuring PTSD, and depression yet remained signifi- cantly more affected than non-victims. Over time, victims also obtained improved scores on the GHQ-28 and the Affect Balance
Scale yet also remained significantly different from non-victims on the GHQ-28. Rural victims improved their GHQ scores over THURSDAY / JEUDI time as well, yet maintained significant differences with rural non-victims for the PTSD score. No significant differences were observed over time (time 1 and time 2) or between groups (victims and non-victims) regarding psychological well-being and depressive symptoms in rural area.
#4 DISCUSSANT John Service, Canadian Psychological Association
Interdisciplinary collaboration in health care in Canada has been on federal, provincial and territorial governments’ agendas for the past decade. Canada has just come through a period of significant activity as a result of initiatives such as the $800 million Primary Health Care Transition Fund, a federal government transfer to the provinces and territories to support primary health care renewal across the country. Psychology has been instrumental in leading several multi-million dollar initiatives, a leadership position that would have been unheard of ten to fifteen years ago. At the same time, the discipline has been marginalized to a significant extent. Psychology has a long history of collaboration. It is not new to us but rather a normal and expected way of providing services. The exclusion of psychology is a serious systemic issue. This exclusion is sometimes intentional and all too often a negative unintended consequence of government policy. This talk will provide a brief overview of psychology’s involve- ment in collaborative practice and look at ways psychology and psychologists can become more involved in collaborative prac- tices in the future.
15:00 - 14:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 15:00 - 14:55
Symposium NEW APPLICATIONS FOR I/O PSYCHOLOGY Industrial/ Gary Latham, University of Toronto Organizational
Technological and societal changes influence what we as I/O psychologists study, and the methods we use in our research. This symposium reviews a range of topics that represent new or emerging fields for I/O psychologists. Marie-Hélène Budworth will discuss the design and implementation of emergency management training. This topic is timely due to recent national and inter- national events. Jack Duffy will focus on selecting individuals for work in isolated environments such as the Antarctica. His work will be related to the goal setting and goal orientation literatures. Janel Gauthier will use Bandura’s social cognitive theory of moral agency as a conceptual framework for analyzing business ethics. He will apply his ideas to recent events in the popular press. Gary Latham will discuss how recent developments in neuroscience, which have been applied to marketing, have ramifi- cations for future research on motivation in the workplace. Finally, Peter Suedfeld will present his work on space psychology related to managing cultural diversity, organizational differences, and mission transformation.
#1 I/O PSYCHOLOGY APPLIED TO EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TRAINING Marie-Helene Budworth, York University
Recent national events including SARS, the Winnipeg flood, and the 2003 power outage as well as international events such as the World Trade Center, Hurricane Katrina, and the earthquake in Southeast Asia illustrate the serious economic, psychological and health impacts emergencies can have on our lives. As a result, numerous emergency management training programs have been developed by universities, hospitals and governments. I/O psychologists have long been interested in developing, and eval- uating training programs. The training literature is applied to the emergency management context. Specifically, methods for conducting needs analysis, program design and transfer of training are reviewed with respect to this important topic.
#2 I/O APPLIED TO ISOLATED ENVIRONMENTS John Duffy, Dalhousie University
Numerous examples of selecting applicants out of assignments for isolated environments exist. In my presentation, I will describe a procedure for selecting applicants in to projects. Fundamentals of selection are applied not only to the job the appli- cant will fill but also the leisure time activities that applicant will pursue while on the assignment. This would include selecting based on past experiences with leisure time goal setting as well as goal orientation, and variety of interests. If we can develop an “ideal profile” of the total applicant we might be able to train applicants on any of the gaps they have. I/O psychologist would be seen as counselors rather than gate keepers.
91 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 APPLYING THE SOCIAL COGNITIVE THEORY OF MORAL AGENCY TO BUSINESS ETHICS Janel Gauthier, University Laval
Some corporations are involved in violations of law and moral rules that produce organizational practices and products that take a toll on the public. It is a well-known phenomenon in today’s business world. It has become a major socio-political problem both in developed and developing countries. It is committed not by dangerous criminally-oriented mavericks, but by eminent members of the business community who break rules ostensibly in the interests of their companies and their own. Bandura’s social cognitive theory of moral agency will be used as a conceptual framework for explaining why otherwise good managers engage in dirty busi- ness and why their conscience never bothers them. Various mechanisms of moral disengagement will be described. Then, an attempt will be made to document moral disengagement in some famous cases of corporate transgressions. Finally, some implica- tions for business ethics on how to counteract organizational use of moral disengagement strategies will be discussed.
#4 STEALING IDEAS FROM MARKETING: APPLICATIONS OF NEUROSCIENCE TO MOTIVATION
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY Gary Latham, University of Toronto
There are preliminary findings in the field of marketing that suggest that I/O psychology researchers may soon be immersed in neuroscience as a way to increase a person’s motivation in the workplace. Marketing researchers are already pursuing what they call neuromarketing, that is, the use of brain scans to determine what makes the brain’s pleasure centres light-up. The purpose is to discover what creates a positive emotional response, and how to boost that feeling so that they can influence a person’s emo- tional visceral responses to sundry stimuli. Future ethical issues around management gaining and using this knowledge to moti- vate employees are as enormous as are those regarding their use of this knowledge to influence the buying habits of consumers. So far, neuromarketing research is in the infancy stage. The limitations of the current scanning technology means the informa- tion yield from the data is fuzzy. In the distant future, as advances in this scanning technology occurs, neuromotivation research may allow managers to know when and how to “push the right buttons” to ensure a person chooses to exert maximum effort to persist until high goals are attained. Brain scans may reveal ways to design organizational environments that stimulate the left prefrontal cortex, the locus of joy, so as to overwhelm activity in the right prefrontal cortex, the locus of anxiety.
15:00 - 15:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ RURAL AND NORTHERN PSYCHOLOGY IN CANADA Séance de conversation Cindy Hardy, University of Northern British Columbia; Karen Dyck, University of Rural and Northern Manitoba; Henry Harder, University of Northern British Columbia Psychology (Section Program)
Approximately one quarter of Canadians live in rural or northern areas under-served by psychology. The mission of the newly established Rural and Northern Section of CPA is to promote and develop the science and practice of rural and northern psychol- ogy in Canada. Participants in this conversation hour will discuss strategies for developing training and research activities focused on rural and northern psychology in Canada. Topics to be discussed include: curriculum content for undergraduate, graduate, and post-graduate training; practical training opportunities; research strategies, opportunities, and challenges; and strategies for promoting awareness of issues unique to psychological work in rural and northern Canada.
17:00 - 17:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 17:00 - 17:55
Conversation Session/ OUT OF THE SHADOWS AT LAST: SENATE OF CANADA’S REPORT ON Séance de conversation MENTAL HEALTH John Service, Canadian Psychological Association; Karen Cohen, Canadian Psychological Association
The Senate Report is the first comprehensive examination of mental health in Canadian history. As such, it is a very important document. The Senate Standing Committee on Social Affairs, Science, and Technology spent two years conducting hearings, research, and international comparisons that resulted in Out of the Shadows at Last. The Report is broad and comprehensive. It examines service delivery, research, community and patient involvement, the Federal Government’s activities in their areas of responsibility etc and it makes over one hundred recommendations. As with any wide ranging report, there are flaws and disap- pointments. These apply to psychology. However, on the whole, the Report makes some very important recommendations that need support. These include the Canadian Mental Health Commission, the Mental Health Transition Fund, increased funding for research, more co-ordination of services between health, social services, education, criminal justice, an emphasis on the work- place etc. This session will review the report followed by a discussion of the implications and opportunities for psychology.
92 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
16:00 - 17:55 - BELAIRE 16:00 - 17:55
Keynote Speaker/ DEVELOPING AND REFINING A REFLECTIVE APPROACH TO TEACHING THURSDAY / JEUDI Conférencier de section William Buskist, Auburn University; Nicholas Skinner, King’s University College Teaching of Psychology (Section Program)
The purpose of this interactive workshop is to help participants develop and refine their philosophy of teaching, and by so doing become more reflective in their approach to teaching. By the end of the workshop, through a series of didactic and written exer- cises, attendees will have constructed a useful working outline of their teaching philosophy. Detailed handouts covering all facets of developing and refining a statement of teaching philosophy will be distributed.
16:00 - 17:55 - BONAVISTA 16:00 - 17:55
Workshop/ Atelier de PREDICTING TERRORISM AND THE TERRORIST CHARACTERISTICS travail Wadgy Loza, Correctional Service of Canada Developmental Psychology
Terrorism is not a new phenomenon. The causes of terrorism are multi-dimensional and complicated. It is often misunderstood. After a brief historical overview, the religious, sociological, cultural, and psychological dimensions will be discussed. More emphasis will be given to the personal characteristics of the terrorists. Psychology can do much more to help with this phenome- non that is expected to increase over time.
16:00 - 17:55 - RIDEAU 16:00 - 17:55
Symposium SOCIAL ACTION IN PRACTICE: BRINGING SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY TO BEAR Social and Personality ON SOCIAL ISSUES AND PUBLIC POLICY Jay Van Bavel, University of Toronto; Ben Giguère, York University
Social Psychologists have a history of examining social issues and informing public policy. Keeping with the Lewinian tradition of action research, this symposium links empirical research to public policy and social action. The speakers in this symposium share their expertise on social issues, including compensation of Aboriginal people for colonization, how changes in public poli- cy can influence social action, factors that lead people to accept government regulation, racial discrimination in the courtroom, and the effect of media on legal proceedings. Caouette explains why some Canadians are motivated to compensate Aboriginal people for the harmful effects of colonization. Giguère investigates the identity threatening impacts of social policy change as well as its influence on social action. Markon describes urban vs. rural differences in willingness to rely on government regula- tion as a function of perceived control and probability of bioenvironmental health risks. Kazoleas explores the complications in minimizing racial discrimination in the Canadian criminal justice system. Finally, Smith examines the “CSI Effect”, whereby popular TV programs focusing on crime investigation affect legal proceedings in Canada. In all, this symposium offers insights into the operation and amelioration of contemporary social issues and public policy.
#1 A SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF MAINSTREAM CANADIANS’ ATTITUDES TOWARDS COMPENSATING ABORIGINAL PEOPLES FOR THE HARMFUL EFFECTS OF THEIR INTERNAL COLONIZATION Julie Caouette, McGill University; Donald Taylor, McGill University
Today many advantaged societies are being asked to make amends for their colonial past (Barkan, 2000). In Canada, for exam- ple Aboriginal peoples have asked for reparation for their internal colonization. Our research has focused on the collective guilt that may arise when mainstream Canadians become aware of the negative repercussions of their colonial past (Caouette & Taylor, 2005; see also Branscombe et al., 2002). Surprisingly, although Canadians value egalitarianism, Aboriginal peoples cur- rently experience profound inequality. This seeming contradiction is nevertheless consistent with traditional social psychological theory. A major theme is that advantaged group members, such as mainstream Canadians, are motivated to maintain their rela- tive power (Wright, 2001). The challenge is to explain those few advantaged group members who champion the interests of Aboriginal peoples. Our results reveal that most mainstream Canadians do value egalitarianism highly, but only those few who define egalitarianism in terms of social responsibility experience collective guilt and support compensation. Most mainstream Canadians reject responsibility and feel they are being blamed unjustly. For example, although all participants agree that the col- onization of Aboriginal peoples in the past was unfair and illegitimate, most participants feel they have not benefited from this past injustice and that they are not responsible to correct any harmful effects. We will discuss how different interpretations of egalitarianism, feelings of responsibility, blame and collective guilt interplay in Canadians’ motivation to sympathize with Aboriginal peoples’ demands for fair treatment.
93 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#2 CHANGE IN PUBLIC POLICY AS A GROUP THREAT: THE CASE OF QUEBEC’S 2005 STUDENT STRIKE Ben Giguère, York University; Richard Lalonde, York University
In early 2005 the Quebec provincial government was in the midst of changes to its post-secondary loans and bursary program; changes that were associated with a reduction of 103 million dollars in funding. This change in public policy was followed by significant social protests that were characterized by student union strike. The strike reached its pinnacle when a large majority of the post-secondary students in the province were no longer attending classes and many of them took different types of actions (e.g., occupying governmental offices and public places). 182 post-secondary students, from all of the universities in Quebec as well as the major CEGEPs, were recruited to complete a survey during the height of the strike. The study explored the relation- ship between perceptions of public policy changes as a group threat and support of different categories of collective action (e.g., actions that disturb public order or not). In addition, the roles of social identification and group status (both educational program status and individual social economic status) as well as other social identity theory moderators of collective action (e.g., per- ceived legitimacy of the social situation) were examined in the prediction of collective action. The results and the implications for future changes in public policy will be discussed. THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY #3 COMPARING RURAL AND URBAN COMMUNITIES ON HEALTH RISK PERCEPTIONS: IMPLICATIONS FOR POLICY Marie-Pierre Markon, University of Ottawa; Jennifer Lee, University of Ottawa; Louise Lemyre, University of Ottawa; Daniel Krewski, University of Ottawa
Findings from numerous studies suggest that public health risk perceptions reflect a vast array of considerations such as control- lability or the catastrophic potential of the hazard. Evidence also points in favor of public health risk perception differentials across communities. Above the clear importance of geographical factors in such differentials, personal control over health risks has also been assumed to play a role. However, less is known on whether varying degrees of willingness to rely on governmental regulation of health risks may also play a part. In the current study, rural and urban Canadian residents were compared in terms of their perceived risk of various health hazards. Data from a national telephone-based survey were examined (N = 1,503) revealing higher bioenvironmental risk perceptions among rural residents. Regression analyses using data from urban residents demonstrated that bioenvironmental health risk perceptions were strongly associated with both personal control and willingness to rely on government regulations, whereas they were only associated with personal control among rural residents. Results are discussed in relation to the need to address vertical connections between communities and the government in health risk percep- tion management.
#4 EQUALITY FOR ALL? THE EFFECTS OF CHALLENGE FOR CAUSE IN RACE-CONGRUENT CRIMES Veronica Kazoleas, York University; Regina Schuller, York University; Kerry Kawakami, York University
Despite legislative pressures to grant equality to minorities, unequal legal processing remains one of the most concerning prob- lems facing the Canadian criminal justice system. In light of this, Ontario courts have ruled that the challenge for cause proce- dure (i.e., questioning prospective jurors about partiality resulting from the race of the defendant and removing those who demonstrate the potential for bias) must be invoked upon request in any trial involving a Black defendant. Here, the courts assume that a by-product of the process may be to sensitize potential jurors to the need to ensure that racial bias does not affect their verdict. The present study tested this assumption by examining the effects of challenge for cause and race-crime congruen- cy on White mock jurors’ case evaluations in trials depicting either a Black or a White defendant charged with embezzlement or drug trafficking. The results indicated that when challenge for cause was present for a Black defendant, a rebound effect was demonstrated and jurors were more likely to discriminate. This research suggests, then, that the effects of challenge for cause are complex and that much work remains to be done before Canadian courts can ensure equality for Black defendants. The implica- tions for law and public policy will be discussed.
16:00 - 17:55 - MOUNT ROYAL 16:00 - 17:55
Paper Session/ Séance de FORGIVENESS “B” présentation orale Sean Moore, University of Alberta Social and Personality
#1 FORGIVENESS IN RELATIONSHIPS: PERSONALITY AND FORGIVENESS Mark Troniak, University of Calgary; Susan Boon, University of Calgary; Giacomo Bono, University of Miami
Research strongly suggests thatóat least in the context of close relationshipsóforgiving is the best way to both ameliorate the negative effects of conflict and repair the damage caused by transgressions (McCullough et al., 1997, 1998). Based on the
94 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 premise that stable, supportive relationships confer a range of benefits to the parties involved (Fredrickson, 1998; McCullough & Snyder, 2000; Seligman & Csikszentmihayli, 2001), this study sought to explore some of the factors that may facilitate the
process of forgiveness and thereby serve to maintain/restore important relationships in the aftermath of the inevitable breaches of THURSDAY / JEUDI good relational conduct that will occur. Undergraduate students at the University of Calgary completed a series of questionnaires containing a variety of personality measures (e.g., trait empathy, dispositional forgivingness, narcissism) and then made a variety of judgments about a transgression they had experienced in an important relationship (e.g., transgression painfulness, motives for forgiving, the degree to which the transgression had intruded on the self, the perpetrator’s actions in the wake of the transgres- sion). Findings support models of forgiveness which stress the importance of empathy in the forgiveness process (e.g., McCullough et al., 1998) and link personality traits to individuals’ willingness/ability to both empathize and forgive.
#2 WHY DO PEOPLE FORGIVE? PERSONALITY PREDICTORS OF MOTIVATIONS TO FORGIVE Kerri Michalica, Brock University; Kathy Belicki, Brock University; Nancy DeCourville, Brock University
Previous studies have examined the relations of forgiveness to personality. What has not been examined is why people forgive, and whether people with different personality traits are motivated to forgive for different reasons. Participants were 142 under- graduate students recruited from a first year psychology class at Brock University. In addition to both dispositional and state questionnaires of empathy and forgiveness, they completed measures of absorption, propensity to mystical experience, dissocia- tion, and the “Big Five” traits plus honesty, which was found by Lee and Ashton (2002) to be a sixth, basic trait. The partici- pants were asked to also fill out a questionnaire designed for this study to measure varying motivations to forgive. An explorato- ry factor analysis yielded the following six factor solution: To Promote Reconciliation, Forgiveness for Religious Reasons, To Feel Better, To Assert Moral Superiority over the Injurer, To Reduce Fear, and Forgiveness for Altruistic Reasons. As expected, the motivations showed different patterns of correlation with the personality traits, as well as with the sheer likelihood of forgiv- ing.
#3 SEX DIFFERENCES IN FORGIVENESS: THE IMPORTANCE OF ATTACHMENT AND AFFECT Colin Perrier, Brock University; Michelle Green, Brock University; Nancy DeCourville, Brock University; Stanley Sadava, Brock University
Sex differences in the tendency to forgive appear to be rooted in differential sensitivity to interpersonal hurts. We explore the nature of individual differences in the tendency to forgive by focusing on adult attachment (anxiety and avoidance) and affect (positive and negative). We demonstrate, with a sample of 749 young adults, that for women the propensity to forgive is predict- ed by both positive and negative affect, as well as an interaction between attachment anxiety and avoidance. For men, however, forgiveness is only associated with attachment anxiety. Thus, it appears women take more of an other oriented emotional approach to forgiveness, whereas forgiveness in men is rooted in a focus on the self. Implications for developing effective clini- cal interventions are discussed.
16:00 - 17:55 - LAKEVIEW 16:00 - 17:55
Symposium ASSESSING UNIVERSITY STUDENTS ENCOUNTERING LEARNING Psychologists in DIFFICULTIES Education Marilyn Samuels, University of Calgary; Eriko Fukuda, University of Calgary; Mary Westcott, University of Calgary; Meghan Mak, University of Calgary; Kathryn Holleran, University of Calgary
Issues surrounding the validity of many standardized assessment tools for the assessment of students in postsecondary settings has led to research on more effective approaches for this population. In this symposium, research focusing on assessing students with learning and attention difficulties will be presented. Four papers will examine different tools and approaches for doing meaningful assessments with this population. The first paper will look at which assessment tools, including ones assessing exec- utive functioning are most helpful for understanding the difficulties of students diagnosed with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. The second paper will discuss the Rey Complex Figure Test, used dynamically, as a psychoeducational tool with stu- dents with learning and psychiatric disabilities. The third paper will examine the assessment of written language difficulties and the validity of asking students to hand write when word processing is their usual mode of communication. The fourth paper pre- sents a case study of a student with a severe mathematics disability that challenges traditional ideas about assessment, interven- tion and the meaning of disability. The discussant will focus on what these studies suggest about effective assessment practices as well as what it means to have a learning disability.
95 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#1 ASSESSMENT OF UNIVERSITY STUDENTS WITH ATTENTION DIFFICULTIES Eriko Fukuda, University of Calgary
A study investigating current and new tools used in the assessment of postsecondary students suspected of having Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) will be presented. Assessment reports of students previously diagnosed with ADHD were examined to determine the tools used for the assessment and the results most predictive of students with ADHD. Assessment reports from students diagnosed with Learning Disabilities and Psychiatric Disabilities were used for comparison purposes. Results suggest that some tests of executive functioning and some attention rating scales distinguish between students diagnosed as ADHD and those with other disabilities. Some test results were similar for all students and others presented incon- sistently. Suggestions for effective assessment of postsecondary students presenting with attention difficulties will be discussed.
#2 A DYNAMIC APPROACH TO THE REY COMPLEX FIGURE TEST WITH POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS Mary Westcott, University of Calgary
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY The Rey Complex Figure Test (RCFT) is widely used by neuropsychologists both in clinical and research settings; however, lit- tle is known about this measure as a psycho-educational assessment tool. The use of the RCFT from a dynamic approach with post-secondary students with learning and psychiatric disabilities will be explored and discussed.
#3 ASSESSMENT OF WRITTEN LANGUAGE IN POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS Meghan Mak, University of Calgary
Currently, there are few standardized measures of assessment related to written language that have norms for Canadian post-sec- ondary students. One commonly used measure is the Written Expression subtest of the Wechsler Individual Achievement Test–II. Part of this subtest involves writing an essay in the form of a letter to the editor of a newspaper. The standardized for- mat of the subtest requires that the letter be written by hand. However, there has been a steady increase in the use of computers for writing in the educational context. As well, one common accommodation for students with learning disabilities in the post- secondary setting is being allowed to complete exams and in-class assignments on a computer. When completing a psycho-edu- cational assessment with post-secondary students, it is evident that one of the primary objectives is to recommend effective strategies for the student. In the present study, the use of a computer-based word processing program as part of the assessment of written language (essay) on the WIAT-II will be examined. Students were administered the essay in its traditional form and on a computer. Students were interviewed and data analyzed qualitatively with respect to the computer vs. the handwritten for- mat. The results will be discussed in terms of the assessment process and with respect to recommending academic accommoda- tions.
#4 A VISION OF HOPE: A CASE STUDY EXPLORING THE EXPERIENCE OF FINDING Kathryn Holleran, University of Calgary
Andrea, a post-secondary student with a Learning Disability, has never been able to learn basic math. Following an assessment that diagnosed her with a learning disability in mathematics, an intervention program was undertaken. The goals of the interven- tion were to improve visual spatial processing and organization as well as improving basic mathematical skills by using her strong verbal skills. Reassessment was done after approximately 6 months. Beliefs about the inability to do math, living with a severe visual spatial difficulty into adulthood and the motivation to learn basic mathematics skills as a job requirement all figure in this case. This case illustrates how Andrea was able to discover her math ability and challenges our beliefs about learning dis- abilities.
16:00 - 17:55 - BANFF 16:00 - 17:55
Symposium PREJUDICE AND DISCRIMINATION: AWARENESS OF BIASES, Social and Personality JUSTIFICATIONS OF BEHAVIOR, AND STRATEGIES TO REDUCE Leah Hamilton, University of Guelph
This symposium focuses on the prejudice-to-discrimination relation, including: the importance of using both explicit and implicit measures to assess prejudice, expressions and justifications of prejudice and discrimination, awareness of biases, and prejudice reduction. First, Son Hing will present findings from a series of studies that expand traditional conceptualizations of aversive and modern racism by demonstrating the importance of using both explicit and implicit measures. Second, Hamilton will discuss how explicit and implicit prejudice toward gay men interact to predict both controllable and uncontrollable discrimination in a mock employment setting. Third, Jackson will present an examination of the prejudice-to-discrimination relation in the context of Canada’s legal system, exploring how individuals’ awareness of their ability to be unbiased affects subsequent prejudice and discrimination. Fourth, Hodson will discuss the mental strategies that prejudiced individuals use to rationalize inter-group bias.
96 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
He will also discuss some of the causes of prejudice, and ways to reduce prejudice in highly biased individuals. Finally, Wright will present research examining two sets of mechanisms underlying the extended contact effect – how knowledge of cross-group
friendships can improve inter-group attitudes and ultimately serve to reduce prejudice. THURSDAY / JEUDI
#1 TESTING AVERSIVE AND MODERN RACISM THEORIES: THE IMPORTANCE OF EMPLOYING IMPLICIT AND EXPLICIT PREJUDICE Leanne Son Hing, University of Guelph; Greg Chung-Yan, University of Guelph; Leah Hamilton, University of Guelph; Mark Zanna, University of Waterloo
It has been theorized that both aversive racists and modern racists maintain egalitarian self-images because they discriminate only when such behavior cannot be readily attributed to prejudice (e.g., when a non-race-related justification exists). However, past findings that support this hypothesis cannot be clearly ascribed to aversive racists or modern racists because no individual difference measure distinguished them. As such, we employed measures of explicit and implicit prejudice to differentiate aver- sive racists (those low in explicit but high in implicit prejudice) from modern racists (those high in explicit and implicit preju- dice). We found a significant effect of manipulating whether there was a justification to discriminate on participants’ hiring rec- ommendations for an Asian target among aversive racists but not among truly low-prejudiced participants (those low in explicit and implicit prejudice) in Study 1 and among modern racists but not among principled objectors (those high in explicit but low in implicit prejudice) in Study 2. In Study 3, aversive and modern racists were differentiated by investigating levels of conser- vatism and generalized prejudice (i.e., SDO and RWA). Results demonstrated the importance of considering: justification to dis- criminate, as well as individuals’ level of implicit prejudice when investigating modern or aversive racism effects.
#2 AN INVESTIGATION OF THE INTERACTIVE EFFECTS OF EXPLICIT AND IMPLICIT PREJUDICE ON DISCRIMINATION AGAINST GAY MEN Leah Hamilton, University of Guelph; Leanne Son Hing, University of Guelph
There is a paucity of research directly examining the prejudice-to-discrimination relation with gays and lesbians. As such, the current research seeks to understand: How do individual differences in explicit (deliberate, controlled) and implicit (automatic, uncontrolled) prejudice toward gay men interact to predict both controllable and uncontrollable discrimination against gay men in a mock employment setting? Research to be presented should contribute to the literature by 1) examining the interactive effects of explicit and implicit attitudes on discrimination, 2) extending past research on prejudice and discrimination against ethnic minorities and women by examining a new target group: gay men, and 3) employing an interaction study wherein Introductory Psychology students interact with a straight male confederate whose responses are designed in a way to provide cues that he is gay. Implications of these results for the theory of dual attitudes, and for understanding whether subtle, yet injuri- ous forms of discrimination continue to oppress gay men will be addressed.
#3 PREJUDICE AND DISCRIMINATION IN THE CANADIAN LEGAL SYSTEM: EFFECTIVENESS OF TECHNIQUES FOR SCREENING JURORS FOR BIAS Lynne Jackson, King's University College at the University of Western Ontario
This research examines the relation between prejudice and discrimination in the context of the Canadian legal system. In an effort to minimize discrimination against disadvantaged group members in decisions made by juries, trial judges in Canada often chal- lenge potential jurors with the Parks question – a question that asks potential jurors if they are able to be impartial. Individuals who admit the possibility of bias are excused from service. Research to be presented tests the effectiveness of this screening tool. Pilot research using the Parks question in a mock legal case found that individuals who expressed confidence in their impartiality were more likely to rate a minority defendant guilty than where those who acknowledged some possibility of bias, suggesting that the screening procedure may not be effective. Additional research to be presented examines this issue further by assessing the rela- tion between people’s responses to the Parks question, standard measures of prejudice, and inclination to discriminate in convic- tions and sentencing recommendations in a mock legal case involving an Aboriginal (or non-Aboriginal) defendant. Implications for understanding the relation between prejudice and discrimination in the context of legal judgments will be discussed.
#4 PEEKING INTO THE MIND OF THE PREJUDICED INDIVIDUAL: BASES FOR “RATIONALIZED” PREJUDICE Gordon Hodson, Brock University
Recently we have witnessed a resurgence in individual difference accounts of prejudice and discrimination. Social dominance orientation (SDO) and right-wing authoritarianism (RWA) are particularly pertinent in light of their focus on dominance, sub- mission, and aggression. Given that contemporary social trends limit the direct expression of intergroup bias, however, preju- diced individuals have presumably developed mental strategies that serve to rationalize, or justify, intergroup bias. These processes are the focus of the present paper. In Study 1, intergroup threat perceptions are examined as mediators of resistance to immigration to Canada in the wake of the September 11th terrorist attacks. Study 2 explores beliefs pertaining to the causes of and solutions to ethnic prejudice, and how such beliefs may serve to rationalize bias for those high in prejudice. In a follow up study, a path analysis directly examines how beliefs about the inevitability of and justification for prejudice mediate the expres-
97 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
sion of prejudicial attitudes for those high in SDO and RWA (Study 3). Strategies to reduce prejudice in these highly biased individuals include exploring intergroup contact (Studies 4 & 5), even in settings characterized by heightened intergroup conflict (e.g., prison). The implications of individual difference approaches to prejudice are explored.
#5 THE EXTENDED CONTACT EFFECT: HOW KNOWLEDGE OF CROSS-GROUP FRIENDSHIPS CAN IMPROVE INTERGROUP ATTITUDES Stephen Wright, Simon Fraser University; Monica Toews, Simon Fraser University; Joseph Comeau, Simon Fraser University; Leo Kiu, Simon Fraser University; Art Aron, State University of New York, Stony Brook
The intergroup contact hypothesis –interaction between members of two groups, under proscribed conditions, can lead to improved attitudes about the outgroup – is perhaps the most enduring perspective in psychological study of intergroup relations. Wright et al, (1997) tested a novel extension, the extended contact effect, which holds that intergroup attitudes can be improved by awareness that another member of your group has an outgroup friend. While several researchers have replicated the effect, little research has directly tested the mechanisms underlying it. We will describe data from recent studies that test two sets of
THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY mechanisms – the inclusion of the outgroup in self (IOS) and the norm/exemplar (NE) mechanisms. IOS suggests that because ingroup members are included in self, close friendships between ingroup and outgroup members provides a conduit for observers to include the outgroup member in self. Thus, the outgroup member (and by extension the outgroup) is accorded some of the positive treatment usually reserved for self. The NE mechanism holds that a cross-group friendship can demonstrate 3 positive group norms that should reduce prejudice: (a) the ingroup member models tolerant ingroup norms; (b) the outgroup friend mod- els outgroup norms of friendliness towards the ingroup; (c) the friendship itself models positive relations between groups.
16:00 - 17:55 - LAKE LOUISE 16:00 - 17:55
Workshop/ Atelier de ATTENTION DEFICIT HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER IN ADOLESCENCE: WHAT travail IS THE DIFFERENCE? Clinical Psychology Karen Ghelani, Hospital for Sick Children; Maggie Toplak, York University
Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is a common mental health problem in childhood, estimated to affect 5 to 7% of the population. Over 60% of these children will go on to experience symptoms in adolescence and adulthood. ADHD symp- toms manifest differently across the life span. Inattentive symptoms, for example, are more salient than hyperactive/impulsive symptoms during adolescence. Normal developmental challenges coupled with difficulties with executive functions such as working memory, organization, planning, and sustaining mental effort place these adolescents at increased risk for academic and social problems. This workshop will share information about the YEARS (Youth, Education, Assessment, and Research Study) at the Hospital for Sick Children which offers assessments of adolescents with ADHD. The session will provide a current view of the multiple etiologies of ADHD as well as the frequent overlap between ADHD and other disorders and the challenges of differential diagnosis. A review of recent studies describing cognitive processing difficulties in ADHD which has important implications for diagnosis, assessment, and academic interventions, will be given. Particular reference will be made to how inat- tentive symptoms may be more predictive of poor neuropsychological performance (e.g., working memory difficulties) and learning difficulties. Case studies will be presented.
16:00 - 16:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 16:00 - 16:55
Paper Session/ Séance de PSYCHOLOGY OF CONFLICT présentation orale Judith Misbach, University of Calgary History and Philosophy
#1 DANIEL DROBA DAY (1898-1998): ATTITUDES TOWARDS WAR AS A CAUSE OF WAR Floyd Rudmin, University of Tromsø, Norway
Militarism and pacificism were the topics of some of the earliest empirical studies of attitudes undertaken by psychologists. This was the research focus of Daniel Droba Day under the tutelage of L. L. Thurstone at the University of Chicago in the 1920s. The motivations for this work must, in part, have arisen from a desire to take actions to prevent war. During the 1930s, when war was on the horizon, Day (1933d; 1934c, p. 516) argued that “attitudes toward war are the fundamental cause of war.” The research career of Daniel Day should be of interest to contemporary psychologists, particularly those engaged in research to pre- vent more war. The biographies of psychologists active in peace research can inspire contemporary psychologists and can lead to meta-historical conceptions of the psychological aspects of peace and war (Rudmin, 1990). There are several mysteries in the career of Daniel Droba Day, including the circumstances of his PhD studies, his employment in the 1930s, the reasons for his name change, his role as an ordained minister and anti-war researcher in the US Army during World War II, his long silence
98 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 after the War. Nevertheless, Daniel Droba Day should be acknowledged for opening the political psychology of militarism and pacifism to robust psychometric measure. THURSDAY / JEUDI #2 CIVILIZATION AND IS FATE Jon Mills, Adler School of Graduate Studies, Ajax, Ontario
We may be generally suspicious of global speculations regarding the future of humanity, but in our contemporary socio-political climate of aggression, violence, and hate, prejudice and its derivatives continue to grip world attention thus subjugating any hope of their abolition to the bleak forecast of pessimism. This presentation addresses the role of conflict and destruction in the process of civilization and explores the degree to which the positive significance of the negative may inform new valuation practices that in turn improve human relations and world accord. Juxtaposed to psychoanalytic anthropology, Hegel’s dialectic becomes the logical model for examining the possibility of global amelioration of the pernicious forces that beset the fate of humankind.
16:00 - 17:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 16:00 - 17:55
Workshop/ Atelier de A RESILIENCE-BASED INTERVENTION MODEL FOR YOUTH WITH FETAL travail ALCOHOL SPECTRUM DISORDER Health Psychology Helen Massfeller, University of Calgary; Diane McGregor, University of Calgary
This presentation will provide an overview of a resilience model used in a community heath setting with youth and young adults (aged 16-25 years). The pathways of resilience adaptation for individuals living with and in spite of FASD are fraught with many barriers. The developmental challenges faced during the transition from adolescence into young adulthood can be particu- larly daunting. The ability of individuals with FASD to successfully grapple with the tasks associated with completing their high school education and securing steady employment are indicative of adaptive developmental outcomes. Our multi-modal, resilience-based approach focuses on building psychosocial competence, nurturing hope and enabling possibility. We will dis- cuss the results of an innovative intervention program (Kaleidoscope) that was piloted from May 2005 to April 2006. This inter- vention integrates service coordination, case management, guided self-advocacy, experiential learning and peer mentorship to assist the participants with the transition from school-life into the workforce. We will discuss the challenges and success we encountered across the trajectory of our intervention and provide examples of the innovative strategies used to facilitate positive adaptation in these young adults with FASD. 17:00 - 17:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 17:00 - 17:55
Conversation Session/ LET’S TALK TRAINING: ISSUES IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE PSYCHOLOGY Séance de conversation Andrew Starzomski, East Coast Forensic Hospital, Dartmouth, Nova Scotia Criminal Justice Psychology
The 2005 year was the first for a special assignment within the executive of CPA’s Criminal Justice Section, namely to formal- ize and advance the agenda of clinical training. This session will survey some of the main ideas that have come up during the year and look at training issues both for those coming into the field as well as ‘veterans’ looking for continuing education and ongoing skill expansion. Discussion of the issues related to both youth and adult systems will take place. The session will also highlight training implications and issues of work with different populations and settings (e.g., males versus females, correction- al versus forensic psychiatric, institutional versus community). The session will serve as a chance to set priorities and directions for coalescing the training scene in Canadian criminal justice psychology in the years ahead. This could involve discussion of relationships between such agencies as training sites, CCPPP, the CPA accreditation committee, APPIC and provincial profes- sional-licensing bodies. To make this as productive a session as possible and to optimally serve the interests of the section and the many stakeholders affected by its optimal functioning, a robust interplay between presenters and the audience will be facili- tated.
17:00 - 17:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 17:00 - 17:55
Conversation Session/ POPULATION HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY: A TIME WHOSE COME (?) Séance de conversation Cameron Norman, University of British Columbia Community Psychology
Can psychology move from focusing on individuals to thinking about populations? Despite attempts to provoke interest in bring- ing together community psychology, clinical health psychology, and public health to advance the wellbeing of communities (e.g., Arnett, 2005; Campbell & Murray, 2004; Murphy & Bennett, 2004; Norman, 2005; Shenassa & Earls, 2001), a population health approach has not taken hold in professional psychology. The reluctance to adopt this perspective has taken place in spite of public policy shifts advocating for broad-based solutions to health problems, increasing budgets for population health
99 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
research, and demand for evidence in health promotion, prevention and early intervention. Is psychology squandering a chance to contribute to population health and health reform? How can our own behaviour change and community development theories help us shift our thinking on this issue? Or is psychology simply not ready (or willing) to adapt its perspective? This conversa- tion session will provide a forum to discuss these questions and examine the relationship between psychology and population health. It will also seek to find ways that community psychology and other sub-disciplines can lead the way in advancing a popu- lation health perspective within professional psychology.
17:00 - 17:55 - NAKISKA 17:00 - 17:55
Conversation Session/ THERAPEUTIC CONTEXTS OF MEANING-MAKING: RESOURCES, PROCESSES Séance de conversation AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS Counselling Psychology Tom Strong, University of Calgary; Nathan Pyle, University of Calgary; Allison Foskett, University of Calgary; Cecile DeVries, University of Calgary; Dawn Johnston, University of Calgary THURSDAY / JEUDI THURSDAY We regard individuals as active meaning-makers using different resources and processes to promote their personal well-being. In this presentation we report on studies of meaning-making efforts across five contexts: in therapeutic dialogue, in therapy-related correspondence, via self-help reading, via writing for personal development, and through a reflective exploration of spiritual development. Using different methods - discourse analysis, thematic analysis, hermeneutic phenomenology and autoethnography – we examined therapeutic meaning-making with an eye to how individuals make personally relevant meaning within and beyond psychotherapy. Our findings show resources and processes individuals used to enhance the meanings by which they lived and looked upon their futures. We discuss the implications of our findings, and the utility of our research methods as approaches to meaning-making, as these relate to furthering efforts at personally helpful meaning-making.
17:00 - 17:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 17:00 - 17:55
Conversation Session/ EXPLORING THE INTEGRATION OF RESEARCH AND PRACTICE: Séance de conversation IMPLICATIONS FOR I/O PSYCHOLOGY Industrial/ Peter Hausdorf, University of Guelph Organizational
Most I/O psychologists would agree that the dual role of research and practice are foundational for the discipline. Despite this agreement, it is not clear how research and practice are currently integrated in I/O Psychology and if this integration is the most effective approach. Integration will be discussed at three levels: the teaching of I/O Psychology, the work of I/O Psychologists, and the dissemination of I/O knowledge. This conversation session hopes to clarify the integrative model of research and prac- tice conceptually, to assess the current state of integration in Canada, and to identify future opportunities to strengthen I/O Psychology as a profession through the integration of research and practice.
17:00 - 17:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 17:00 - 17:55
Conversation Session/ THE CRISIS IN PSYCHOLOGICAL MENTAL HEALTHCARE TRAINING IN Séance de conversation CANADA History and Philosophy Jon Mills, Adler School of Graduate Studies, Ajax, Ontario
This presentation is largely an indictment of mental health-care in Canada. In my many years of clincal practice,I have observed with increasing dismay the egregious inadequacy and fraudulent nature of mental health service delivery maintained by orga- nized medicine, pharmaceutical manufacturers, and the insurance industry, each advocating a quick fix treatment mentality that continues to be spoon-fed unscrupulously to the masses. As a result, there has been a wholesale brainwash by the new drug cul- ture within contemporary society that has been received with open arms by a passive public in search of a fast cure. These propa- gandizing efforts have paid off, for the public shows little interest to change. They are discontent but manipulated by persuasive medical professionals to take drugs rather than face their suffering more directly andeffectively. They pine for help but are offered few alternatives. Mainstream medicine advocates for chemicals, and this appeal to authority is hard to resist. This is fur- ther due to a collective identification based on the wishful fantasy to have all their problems magically disappear. The pill unconsciously symbolizes this fantasy. What is equally troubling is that academic psychology contributes to this crisis by advo- cating a model of practice that supports a quick fix philosophy that belies the public and hurts our profession as a whole.
100 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
09:00 - 09:55 - MAYFAIR/BELAIRE 09:00 - 09:55
CPAPresidential THE BEST OF TIMES, THE WORST OF TIMES: THE PLACE OF CLOSE Address/ Allocution RELATIONSHIPS IN PSYCHOLOGY AND OUR DAILY LIVES Présidentielle Daniel Perlman, University of British Columbia
In this address, I will consider the place of relationships in our daily lives and in the field of psychology. I will begin by assert- ing the centrality of relationships for humans and argue for the importance of an interpersonal perspective in various specialties within psychology. I will then examine a paradox about relationships: they are both among the most positive, uplifting of life experiences and yet they can also be among life’s darkest aspects. Several domains of research on the positive and negative aspects of relationships exist. For example, on the positive side are physical and emotional well-being. On the dark side, nega- tive aspects of relationships can be classified into four categories: the entrance and departure from relationships, problematic relationships, communication and interaction in relationships, and abuse. I will discuss evidence on whether bad or good is more powerful in our lives and comment on such questions as: are there factors that exacerbate the dark side of relationships? if dark- ness is such a key aspect of relationship, why do so many people report high levels of relational satisfaction? what factors are associated with having positive as opposed to negative relational experiences? I will end by identifying practical implications for the enhancement of relationship and personal well-being.
10:00 - 10:55 - MAYFAIR/BELAIRE 10:00 - 10:55
Bring The Family in THE AUTOMATICITY OF EVERYDAY LIFE Psychology Together John Bargh, Yale University FRIDAY / VENDREDI Keynote Address
Social psychological research into the automatic or nonconscious influences on daily life has uncovered their pervasive effects across a wide variety of psychological phenomena: whether we like something or not, our behavior within social interactions, and our motivated goal pursuits are all driven by mental processes put in motion by external environmental stimuli. The adap- tive value of these nonconscious self-regulatory systems will be discussed, as well as how well these laboratory demonstrations extend into the real world and one’s real life, and what they imply about the purpose and role of consciousness.
11:00 - 12:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de SURVIVAL ANALYSIS: A TRAINING WORKSHOP travail Gillian Stanley, University of Guelph; Andrea Brown, University of Guelph; Elisabeth Developmental Psychology Wells, University of Guelph
Researchers in psychology are often interested in predicting future events, such as recidivism, therapy cessation, and participant mortality. Techniques involving average times or regression models are commonly used to address such issues. However, these statistical approaches ignore important information regarding the length of time until target events occur. Although not generally used in psychology, survival analyses are potentially powerful techniques for examining questions involving duration data. Survival analysis techniques are nonparametric, can accommodate censored data without bias, and allows for event nonoccur- rence within both large and small data sets. The goal of this workshop is to provide researchers with a theoretical overview of survival analysis. The workshop will cover the basic survival function, the type of research questions addressed by survival analyses, and demonstrate examples (using SPSS) in which analysis through a survival function is appropriate.
11:00 - 11:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 11:55
Conversation Session/ PSYCHOTHERAPY ACROSS CULTURAL CONTEXTS Séance de conversation Roger Frie, Columbia University Psychoanalysis
Psychotherapy is increasingly undertaken with patients from multiple cultural, political, religious, ethnic, and linguistic back- grounds. To be successful, therapy must do more than address the cause of symptoms and the means of reducing them. It must take into account the multiple, and sometimes opposing contexts in which the therapy takes place. This will require psycholo- gists to address and attend to differences between their own backgrounds and experiences, and those of their patients. Using a series of clinical case studies, I will argue that a psychodynamic perspective in therapy is especially helpful in addressing cross- cultural issues because it is sensitive to the dynamics at work in the therapist-patient relationship and because it provides the means to address these issues as the therapy progresses.
101 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
11:00 - 11:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 11:55
Keynote Speaker/ SPEAKING WITH THE DEVILS: ARE THERE GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL Conférencier de section PROBLEMS OR NOT? Environmental Psychology Robert Gifford, University of Victoria (Section Program)
The standard view among environmental psychologists is that global environmental problems such as resource shortages and pollution exist and are worsening. Only important behavioural shifts, it is thought, will allow spaceship earth and its inhabitants to survive. This view is taken to extremes by groups such as Earth First, which includes activists willing to engage in illegal acts to save the earth. At the other extreme, some economists, such as the late Julian Simon and the young Bjorn Lomborg, cogently argue that these global problems are exaggerated or nonexistent. Despite being a career-long card-carrying environmental psy- chologist who has spent years developing a comprehensive model of behaviour in the commons, I will attempt to deal fairly with the wide spectrum of opinion on whether “the end is near” (if we don’t change now) or the earth’s “demise been greatly exagger- ated.”
11:00 - 11:55 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 11:00 - 11:55
Conversation Session/ SHOW-DOWN IN FORENSIC PRACTICE: IS MANUAL-DIRECTED THERAPY, Séance de conversation SIMILAR IN FORMAT TO ACTUARIAL ASSESSMENT, A RIGHTFUL Criminal Justice REPLACING OF INSPIRED CLINICAL INTERVENTION OR A WRONGFUL Psychology DUMBING-DOWN OF THERAPY? Robert Konopasky, Saint Mary’s University; Andrew Starzomski, East Coast Forensic Hospital
Many argue that the debate regarding clinical versus actuarial assessment of violence risk favors the actuarial format. There is a new criminal justice psychology debate: Some clinicians believe their inspired interventions are better than manual-directed treatment and rail against fixed therapeutic agendas; also, they worry that manuals, or, “Therapy for Dummies”, de-professional- izes treatment.Is treatment so different from assessment that it cannot also profit from standardization, simplification, and clearly written rules for intervention? Is this a regrettable dumbing-down of treatment, one side of the debate, or the clear-cut opera- tionalizing of treatment required for rigorous scientific study, the other side? If we train clinicians to follow a rule-book of inter- vention, are we setting the bar too low, or are we improving training? Following the rules (of manuals) or not has ethical and lia- bility implications: If I do not closely follow the manual and subsequently offenders recidivate, am I at risk for complaint, for law suit? Conversely, am I at risk if, contrary to my clinical experience, I do closely follow the manual? The session seeks a dia- logue on the parallels between actuarial assessment and manual-directed treatment, whether manual-directed treatment dumbs- down therapy, and whether manual-directed creates additional create ethical issues and liability. FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY 11:00 - 11:55 - MAYFAIR 11:00 - 11:55
CPA Invited Speaker/ ACCULTURATION : LIVING SUCCESSFULLY IN TWO CULTURES Conférencier invité par John Berry, Queen’s University la SCP International and Cross-cultural (Section Program)
The concept of acculturation has been employed for over a century, to refer to the cultural changes that result from intercultural contact, and to psychological changes among individual members of both cultural groups. In these contact situations, individuals have to learn to deal with more that one set of values, one language, and one behavioral repertoire. They also have to develop attitudes, identities and strategies that enable them to meet their needs. There are large individual differences in how individuals acculturate; there are four variations in these strategies termed assimilation, integration, separation and marginalization. There are also large individual differences in how well individuals manage to meet their needs; these adaptations including psycholog- ical, social, cultural, economic, and marital aspects. Of particular importance is a third issue: are there any systematic relation- ships between how individuals acculturate, and how well they adapt? In my view, there is sufficient evidence to claim that indi- viduals who are involved in, and receive support from, both cultures (rather than being involved with one or the other, or with neither). In addition to individual differences in these two sets of phenomena and their relationship, it is becoming apparent that there are also cultural and ethnic group differences in them: it matters which groups are in contact, and how their power relation- ships are structured. These three issues will be illustrated with a summary of findings from a study of immigrant youth from over 30 cultural backgrounds, now settled in 13 societies.
102 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
11:00 - 12:55 - BELAIRE 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL TEST FEEDBACK: EFFECTIVENESS AND ETHICAL Clinical Neuropsychology ISSUES R. Stewart Longman, Calgary Health Region
Presenting feedback from a neuropsychological assessment is a critical role for the neuropsychologist, in all settings. This ses- sion will review research and concerns in particular settings, but may be generalized to most areas of practice. Settings include children’s mental health, rehabilitation services, and the civil forensic setting, addressing the issues of increasing caregiver knowledge, identifying appropriate expectations and strategies, and providing appropriate feedback when motivational factors affect assessment. These issues are critical in our practice, and an important focus for training.
#1 NEUROPSYCHOLOGY PARENT FEEDBACK AS A FRONTLINE TREATMENT INVENTION IN A CHILDREN’S MENTAL HEALTH SETTING John Strang, Windsor Regional Children's Centre; Cory Saunders, Windsor Regional Children's Centre
The majority of children who exhibit learning, social, and behavioural adjustment problems have underlying neuropsychological disorders. A cornerstone of effective treatment intervention includes modifying expectations, approaches, and supports in the child’s home and school, guided by the child’s level and pattern of neuropsychological strengths and weaknesses. This presenta- tion describes a three-step neuropsychology parent feedback protocol employed in our clinical setting, designed to promote improved learning, behavioural adjustment and outcomes for children with neuropsychological disorders.
#2 PRESENTING FEEDBACK AFTER EVIDENCE OF POOR EFFORT ON FRIDAY / VENDREDI NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION Gregor Jason, Private practice
Evaluation of response validity is essential in neuropsychological assessments of individuals seeking financial benefits, and a number of such individuals are found to have exerted incomplete effort and produced invalid test results. Presenting feedback to such individuals raises a number of challenging issues which are the subject of this presentation. Topics addressed include lay- ing the groundwork for understanding what invalid test performance means, staying on solid ground by focusing on test results rather than motivation, considerations for repeat testing, maintaining the usefulness of response validity measures, and personal security.
#3 FEEDBACK ON YOUR FEEDBACK – THE FEEDBACK SESSION ON THE PATIENT’S NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL TEST RESULTS MAKES A SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE TO THE STROKE CAREGIVER Marian Belciug, McMaster University; David Streiner, Baycrest Centre for Geriatric Care
Following participation in the feedback on the neuropsychological test results of the patients with stroke, 45 family caregivers rated their pre-feedback and post-feedback understanding of the patients’ neurocognitive functioning on a series of 7-point scales. Results indicated that the feedback significantly enhances the caregivers’ understanding of the patients’ neurocognitive strengths and weaknesses. Also, the caregivers’ post-feedback understanding of the patients’ neurocognitive strengths and weaknesses correlates positively with their understanding of how the cerebrovascular accident affects the patients’ everyday functioning, and negatively with their confidence that the patients will be able to resume driving. The role of the family caregiv- er in the rehabilitation of the patient with stroke, and the value of the neuropsychological feedback for the education of the stroke caregiver are discussed.
11:00 - 12:50 - BRITANNIA 11:00 - 12:50 POSTER SESSION “D” PRÉSENTATION PAR AFFICHAGE (Perception Learning and Cognition/Perception,apprentissage et cognition Brain & Behaviour/Cerveau et comportement Clinical Neuropsychology/Neuropsychologie clinique Psychophysiology Interest Group/Groupe d’intérêt Psychophysiologie Psychopharmacology/Psychopharmacologie Adult Development and Aging/Développement adulte et vieillissement Family Psychology/Psychologie de la famille Community Psychology/Psychology communautaire Religion/Psychologie et religion)
103 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
(Perception, Learning and Cognition – Perception, apprentissage et cognition #1-15) #1 COMPARING RECOVERED AND CONTINUOUS MEMORIES: AN EXPERIMENTAL PARADIGM Aarin Frigon, University of British Columbia Okanagan; Barbara Rutherford, University of British Columbia Okanagan
A key issue under debate by legal professionals and clinical and cognitive professionals is whether recovered memories are more likely due to a unique memory process or processes common to continuous memories. A difficulty with investigating this question lies in the nature of recovered memories, which typically are fraught with emotion. Clearly, ethical codes deny the experimental induction of such memories; however, just as clear is the need for an experimental paradigm that will shed light on the debate. The current research developed such a paradigm. Sixty students studied lists of words from the Deese/Roediger and McDermott para- digm under the directed-forgetting procedure, where participants are instructed to either remember or forget some of the lists, fol- lowed by a test of recall and then recognition. The procedure was effective in inducing recovered memories (words that the partic- ipants recognized but could not recall) and continuous memories (words that the participants both recognized and recalled). Moreover, each retrieval of a word could be verified as true (a word that was on a list) or false (a word associated to a list but not presented). Critical to the debate is the proportion of memories that were true and false did not differ as a function of the type of memory suggesting that the recovered memories engaged processes consistent with the continuous memories.
#2 IMAGERY: AN ELABORATIVE STUDY STRATEGY FOR STUDENTS WITH LEARNING DISABILITIES Krista Redden, McGill University; Sonya Symons, Acadia University; Melissa McGonnell, Dalhousie University
Cognitive strategies and self-regulation are crucial skills for learners in every academic area (Mercer, & Mercer, 1993). Students with learning disabilities have difficulty with employing cognitive strategies and with self-regulation of such strategies (Kuhn, 2000). Pavio’s (1971, 1986) dual-coding theory states that there are two distinct systems for representing and processing infor- mation. One system is visual (image-based) and is specialized for visualizable objects and events. This study asked (a) Is imagery an effective study strategy for students with learning disabilities; and (b) What do students visualize when they employ this strategy? Thirty-two students with learning disabilities (20 males, 12 females) used imagery or repetition to study factual sentences about animals via a talk-aloud procedure. Imagery participants recalled more facts than students who studied via repe- tition (F (1,30) = 8.71, p < .01). Quality of image was based on the participant stating the relationship expressed in the sentence, and the generation of descriptive words to enhance and their image. Quality of image did not predict probability of recall. Verbatim transcripts described students’ engagement with imagery. Forming an image allows students to actively integrate new information; this is a skill that students with learning disabilities can learn and employ independently.
#3 LATERALIZATION OF ATTENTION ORIENTATION BY EMOTIONAL FACES Cory Gerritsen, York University; Alexandra Frischen, York University; John Eastwood,
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY York University
A growing body of research has demonstrated that emotionally expressive faces bias the deployment of attention. Our previous findings suggest that faces expressing negative emotion guide or attract focal attention more effectively than faces expressing positive emotion. Given the evidence that emotional face perception as well as visual search itself are lateralized processes, it is likely that the attention orienting effects of emotional faces depend on the side of visual space in which they are presented. The data presented here suggest that hemifield differences do indeed exist in attentional orientation by emotional faces. A visual search task was conducted using neutral faces that acquired a positive or negative valence when paired with the words ‘peaceful’ and ‘hostile’ in an associative training procedure. Targets were presented in either the left or right visual hemifield and the effi- ciency of the search for each target type within each hemifield was measured. It was found that the previously observed advan- tage for searching for negative faces was only present in trials in which the target was presented in the right visual field, while left visual field presentations yielded no such difference. The findings suggest differential performance of the brain hemispheres in this task and are discussed in terms of the hemispheric lateralization of face processing and attention.
#4 TRUNK ORIENTATION AFFECTS RESPONSE PREPARATION, BUT DOES NOT INDUCE NEGLECT-LIKE BEHAVIOUR David Westwood, Dalhousie University; Raymond Klein, Dalhousie University
Hemispatial neglect is a disorder in which patients are impaired at detecting and/or responding to stimuli in one half of space. A hallmark of neglect is the “disengage deficit”, in which patients are particularly impaired at detecting targets in the neglected field when these are preceded by a cue in the spared field. Grubb & Reed (2002) reported that a neglect-like disengage deficit could be induced in healthy participants by rotating their trunk (but not eyes or head) 15 degrees leftwards; significantly slowed responses were seen for targets in the left region of space that were preceded by cues in the right side of space. In 4 studies using similar methods to those of Grubb & Reed, we fail to replicate this finding. We do, however, find some evidence that left- wards (and indeed rightwards) trunk rotation can facilitate the preparation of motor responses towards the congruent side of
104 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 space. Our results suggest that trunk-centered frames of reference are relevant for response preparation but not for the deploy- ment of spatial attention. This conclusion is consistent with the view that control of action depends on the transformation of tar- get information from retinotopic (eye-centered) to other body-centered frames of reference.
#5 L’IMAGERIE MENTALE : APPLICATION DANS L’ENTRAÎNEMENT DES FUTURS OFFICIERS MILITAIRES Khaled Taktek, Collège Militaire Royal du Canada; Bob St-John, Collège militaire royal du Canada
Cet article a comme objectifs de : (a) comparer les effets des stratégies d’entraînement sur l’apprentissage d’une habileté motrice ouverte chez des futurs officiers militaires; (b) déterminer le paramètre (temps, force ou espace) du mouvement qui a le plus d’impact sur la précision des tirs; et (c) vérifier la relation entre la vivacité de l’image du mouvement et la performance motrice. Les participants (n = 60), des étudiants du Collège militaire royal du Canada, furent répartis en six groupes expérimentaux. La t‚che expérimentale consistait à tirer des balles (avec une arme de type ‘Rifle’) dans une cible mobile composée de cercles con- centriques. Les performances relatives au nombre de points et au groupement (en mm) ont été mesurées lors de différentes phas- es d’expérimentation (pré-test, traitement, post-test et transfert). Les résultats ont démontré que les performances obtenues par les participants de la stratégie d’imagerie mentale combinée à la pratique physique ont été tantôt équivalentes et tantôt significa- tivement supérieures à celles obtenues par les stratégies de pratique physique spécifique et contrôle. Les résultats furent discutés à la lumière de la théorie du Triple Codes d’Ahsen (1984) comme stratégie active et efficace d’imagerie mentale et de psy- chophysiologie désignée pour le développement des habiletés motrices.
#6 ANALYZING A META ANALYSIS OF SEX DIFFERENCES, HUMAN AUDITION AND LATERALITY Michael Bradley, University of New Brunswick, Saint John; Lisa Best, University of New Brunswick, Saint John FRIDAY / VENDREDI
An exhaustive meta analytic review of auditory laterality studies found limited support indicating that males were laterally more asymmetrical than females (Hiscock, Perachio & Inch, 2001). Our analytical approach agrees that any effect is miniscule and raises the possibility that the findings are a collection of Type I errors. Supportive F values were transformed and gave an aver- age z score of .21. Weighting large sample studies more heavily than small sample studies reduced the z to .12. A large sample best single estimate resulted in z = -.11. An inverted funnel graph of effect size (eta) on the x axis and sample size (n) on the y axis showed a tilted funnel shape indicating a collection of underpowered tests. The correlation between n and eta was .97. Adjustment of the mean eta by subtracting the proportion of eta variance due to n and converting to z gave an estimate of .002. A chart (Bradley, Smith & Stoica, 2002) of just significant values for various sample and effect sizes indicated a zero effect. Other data on male and female main effects in audition and on specific higher level interaction effects are consistent with near to zero effects.
#7 THE PERCEPTION OF EMOTION IN CHILDREN WITH AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS Kerry Wells, York University
According to the DSM-IV-TR impairments in social interaction is one of the defining characteristics of autism and other perva- sive developmental disorders, which collectively are often referred to as autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). Common among this population are inappropriate emotional reactions, a lack of any emotional display, and the inability to react to the affective state of others. Some researchers have suggested that perceptual impairments may underlie such abnormalities. Difficulties per- ceiving affect in others could lead to some of the social impairments characteristic of the disorder.This study examined the abili- ty of children with ASDs to perceive affect via the preferential looking paradigm, in which two side-by-side visual displays are presented to the participant along with a single soundtrack. These displays differ only in the affective content of the message, and are otherwise identical. The soundtrack matches only one of the visual displays. By preferring to look at one screen or the other, it is implied that the participants are able to detect a difference between the displays and therefore the emotional content of the message. Data analysis is still being completed, but initial analyses indicate that the children with autism are less sensitive to variations in stimuli with higher affective content than lower.
#8 IS IT FUNNIER IF I MOCK YOU DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY? Jill Green, University of Alberta; Penny Pexman, University of Calgary
Past research claims are inconsistent regarding what factors maximize a participant’s perception of humour in verbal irony. This study examined 3 variables affecting the humour function in verbal irony: statement type (direct/indirect), relationship type (close/distant), and context type (strong/weakly negative) for literal and ironic statements. Participants were asked to read short vignettes and rate them on 5 dimensions: humour, mocking, sarcasm, cleverness, and production likelihood. Results indicate that context and statement type have the largest effect on humour ratings for ironic statements, such that higher humour ratings were recorded when irony was produced in a strongly negative context, and when the statement was indirect. Relationship type did not significantly affect humour ratings. These findings provide support for several different claims.
105 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#9 EXPLORING MACH BANDS: NEW VARIATIONS Donald Stubbs, University of Maine; Lisa Best, University of New Brunswick-Saint John; Laurence Smith, University of Maine
When there is a gradual change in light intensity from lower to higher intensity, Mach bands occur when an illusory bright band appears on the lighter side and a dark illusory band on the darker side. In a search for classroom demonstrations, we began exploring different variations on Mach band illusions. Over the past ten years this line of research has (a) uncovered some strik- ing new effects such as the “sunburst effect”, (b) resulted in combinations of Mach bands and other effects including the scintil- lating illusion and the BBC illusion, and (c) produced stronger effects that clarify the nature of different phenomena such as illu- sory contours. However, the research has also produced variations that raise questions about explanations for Mach band effects. In addition, the findings address issues of art and science in the study of visual phenomena and connections between them.
#10 TEACHING STRUCTURED TROUBLESHOOTING: THE DECSAR METHOD Craig Ross, University of Windsor; Kathleen Dindoff, Fanshawe College
Troubleshooting skills are essential for those who regularly interact with computers. However, many users of technology lack the skills necessary to troubleshoot effectively.In order to investigate the impact of explicitly teaching troubleshooting tech- niques, the DECSAR Method was developed and integrated into a college-level information technology program. The DECSAR Method is a combination of a number of standard troubleshooting methods (including Rational’s Unified Process) which have been integrated into a student-centred approach. This method encourages students to follow a prescribed sequence of steps in order to effectively solve problems, and provides memory/thinking aids to help reduce the cognitive load of troubleshooting.Testing of the troubleshooting method was conducted using the full version of the Social Problem Solving Inventory-Revised (D’Zurilla, Nezu, & Mayeu-Olivares, 2002). Students were tested first at the beginning of the semester, before troubleshooting training began, and then again at the end of the semester. Results on the SPSI-R:L indicated that perfor- mance on the Rational Problem Solving (RPS) scale increased significantly. The RPS assesses the rational and systematic appli- cation of troubleshooting techniques and represents the skills which are most significant for solving problems related to technol- ogy.
#11 A PICTURE IS WORTH 1000 WORDS: AN ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION OF GRAPH PERCEPTION Lisa Best, University of New Brunswick; Aaron Adams, University of New Brunswick; Elizabeth Hickman, University of New Brunswick; Aren Hunter, University of New Brunswick; Stephanie Jones, University of New Brunswick; Amber LeBlanc, University of New Brunswick; Brandie Stewart, University of New Brunswick; Jennifer Woodland, University of New Brunswick
Researchers in the fields of graphical perception and cognition have focused on determining whether specific graph elements lead to better comprehension and whether graphical displays can be used to aid learning. In spite of this interest, there has been FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY no research on how graphs are interpreted by the brain. The purpose of this study was to examine how the brain processes graphs and to determine if graphs are processed in the same way as other images. Electroencephalograph (EEG) recordings were used to record electrical activity in the parietal, temporal, and frontal lobes while participants viewed pictures of graphs (bar chart, line graph, scatterplot, pie chart) and images (pencil, apple, teacup, apple). The resulting event-related potentials (ERPs) taken during graph and image presentation were compared. Initial processing of graphs and images was similar and there were no evi- dent amplitude or time course differences. There were differences in later processing in frontal lobe sites, the time course of processing was similar but everyday images produced higher amplitudes. Thus, at the basic perceptual level, graphs and images are processed in similarly but, at higher brain centres, the processing differs (possibly due to the fact that graphs involve more spatial processing than images).
#12 EXAMINING FACTORS RELATED TO THE LEGIBILITY OF OVER-THE-COUNTER MEDICATIONS Diana Nguyen, University of Windsor
The production of over-the-counter (OTC) medications is on the rise and poses several risk factors to consumers concerning leg- ibility issues of medication labels, especially to the aging population of baby-boomers. This study explored the relationship of variables of text size, contrast and layout design and their association with legibility. Twenty-eight undergraduate students at the University of Guelph rated their perceived levels of legibility and contrast for 20 OTC medication labels against baseline mea- sures. Their reading times were also measured to predict a good layout design. Pearson correlations were run and factors of text size and contrast were found to positively correlate with legibility ratings but surface area, legibility and contrast were not relat- ed to reading times. Other results indicate that there should be worry that OTC medications are misused due to poor layout designs and that users’ safety can be increased by addressing these factors in the manufacturing of these packagings.
106 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#13 EFFECTS OF SOURCE MEMORY ON THE CURSE OF KNOWLEDGE BIAS IN ADULTS Silvia Liu, Susan Birch, University of British Columbia
The ability to reason about what others know is necessary to make sense of human behavior and to communicate effectively. Previous research has identified a cognitive bias - the ‘curse of knowledge’ - in which our current knowledge interferes with our ability to judge what others are likely to know. Little is known, however, about the factors that mediate this bias. We asked 78 undergraduates to answer trivia questions and judge the percentage of peers who would know each answer. They were also asked to recall how and when they learned the answers (i.e., source memory). Half of the participants were asked to recall the source before judging their peers’ knowledge, whereas half recalled the source after making the judgment. The results indicated that participants who knew the answer tended to overestimate their peers’ knowledge of the answer compared to participants who did not know the answer. Also, participants are less likely to think that others will share their knowledge when their source memory is specific than when their source memory is vague. Lastly, participants whose source memory was brought to con- scious awareness before making the judgment more accurately assessed their peers’ knowledge than participants who knew the source but were not asked to think about it before making the judgment. These findings have important implications for improv- ing perspective-taking.
#14 THE INFLUENCE OF SPECIFICITY ON CAUSAL REASONING Andrea Burnett, University of British Columbia
Case studies provide an opportunity for students to evaluate potential causal relationships between problem elements. To do this, case studies typically provide two pieces of information for the reasoner: (1) content material (material for which people may have preexisting beliefs regarding the problem elements), and (2) statistical evidence (data regarding the degree to which the
problem elements covary). Research has shown that people have difficulty reasoning about statistical evidence in an atheoretical FRIDAY / VENDREDI manner (e.g., Kahneman & Tversky, 1996) and that reasoners are biased to reason from their beliefs. We examine the degree to which the belief-bias effect is modulated by the specificity of the case studies. We presented 156 students with a series of health- related case studies varying in terms of (1) believability of the causal relationship, (2) observed statistical covariation, and (3) specificity of the problem elements (specific or general physical/mental health-related case studies). A strong belief-bias effect was observed, indicating that people weigh the statistical evidence more when the evidence is consistent with pre-existing beliefs. We also observed that the belief-bias effect was smaller for specific health-related case studies, suggesting that people can reason using more normative standards when case studies constrain the number of possible causal hypotheses.
#15 RECOGNIZING NATIONAL HOCKEY LEAGUE GREATNESS WITH AN IGNORANCE-BASED HEURISTIC Brent Snook, Memorial University of Newfoundland; Richard Cullen, Memorial University of Newfoundland
This study examined whether people adhered to the recognition heuristic (i.e., inferred that a recognized hockey player had more total career points than an unrecognized player) and whether using this heuristic could yield accurate decisions. On paired com- parisons, having participants report whether they recognized each player plus any knowledge they had about each player permit- ted players to be classified as either unrecognized (UR), merely recognized (MR), or recognized with additional knowledge (RK), thus producing six possible trial types. Participants adhered to the recognition heuristic on 95% of MR-UR trials and were accurate on 81% of those trials. They chose the recognized player on 98% of RK-UR trials, yielding 94% accuracy. Women had less knowledge and recognized fewer players than men, yet they were nearly as accurate as men. Future research should examine the conditions under which the recognition heuristic is an adaptive strategy.
(Brain and Behaviour – Cerveau et comportement #16-20) #16 SEX-RELATED DIFFERENCES AND WORKING MEMORY: UNDER WHICH CONDITIONS DOES EACH SEX DEMONSTRATE AN ADVANTAGE ON N-BACK TASKS? Lisa Lejbak, University of Saskatchewan, Margaret Crossley, University of Saskatchewan
Speck et al. (2000) found a female advantage for verbal working memory using verbal versions of the “n-back” task, as females were faster and more accurate than males across conditions. The present study investigated sex-related differences in verbal, object, and location working memory using the 2-back version of the n-back task. Eighteen male and 18 female undergraduates completed all 3 versions of the task on the computer. A mixed ANOVA was performed, with sex as the between subjects factor, and condition (letters, objects, and locations) as the within-subjects repeated measure. Contrary to the hypothesis, males were more accurate than females across tasks (F(1, 34) = 7.14, p = .01), however, a significant Sex x Condition interaction, F(1, 34) = 5.18, p =.01, revealed that males were more accurate on the object and location conditions, whereas there were no sex-related differences in accuracy on the verbal condition. The findings from the present study are inconsistent with past research showing a female advantage on verbal n-back tasks. Task difficulty resulted in scores below chance in 5 females and 1 male who were
107 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
consequently screened out of the analyses. Future studies will investigate whether the male advantage for object and location working memory occurs using less difficult versions of the n-back task, and whether the female advantage for verbal working memory
#17 SEX-RELATED DIFFERENCES AND WORKING MEMORY: A FEMALE ADVANTAGE FOR A COMPUTERIZED VERSION OF THE “CONCENTRATION” TASK Lisa Lejbak, Margaret Crossley, University of Saskatchewan; Mirna Vrbancic
A female advantage for working memory tasks has been documented (e.g., Duff & Hampson, 2001; Speck et al., 2000); for example, Duff and Hampson found that females make fewer working memory errors and are faster than males on a manual working memory task that requires working memory for objects (colours or shapes) in various locations. The present study investigated whether the female advantage for working memory exists in conditions that are difficult to verbalize, as females typically have an advantage over males for verbal ability, and whether the female advantage exists on computerized version of the task. Twenty female and 20 male undergraduate students were required to perform the working memory task both manually and on the computer using 1) objects that were easy to verbalize, 2) novel shapes that were difficult to verbalize, and 3) basic geometric shapes that were similar to Duff and Hampson’s. A mixed ANOVA was performed with sex as a between-subjects factor, and version (manual or computer) and stimuli (objects, shapes and novel shapes) as within-subjects repeated measures. Overall, females made significantly fewer working memory errors compared to males (F(1, 38) = 6.36, p = .02) and there was a significant Sex x Version interaction for time to completion (F(1, 38) = 4.03, p =.05), as females were faster on the manual ver- sion, and males were faster on the compute
#18 ANTHROPOMETRIC FLUCTUATION AS A FUNCTION OF PHASE OF THE MENSTRUAL CYCLE IN WOMEN Jennifer Patola, Lakehead University; Kirsten Oinonen, Lakehead University; Dwight Mazmanian, Lakehead University
The occurrence of ovulation is generally considered a concealed event in human females. The current study investigated whether four physical characteristics (fluctuating asymmetry [FA], waist-to-hip ratio [WHR], digit ratio [2D:4D], and body mass index [BMI]) change over the menstrual cycle. It was hypothesized that women’s bodies change over the cycle in such a way as to make them more attractive during ovulation, and thus to make reproduction more likely. Such a finding would suggest that ovu- lation is not as concealed as has long been believed, and that the changes have evolved as useful mechanisms in human sexual selection. The results showed that in the preovulatory phase, women had lower overall FA but higher digit 4 FA than in the men- strual phase. Women in the menstrual phase had lower overall FA and digit 4 FA than in the luteal phase. Progesterone findings indicated that as progesterone increases across the menstrual cycle, BMI decreases, 2D:4D increases, and overall hand FA increases. Overall, the study suggests that bodily symmetry may act as a cue to ovulation and that, despite the belief that 2D:4D is fixed at birth, 2D:4D actually changes with progesterone levels across the menstrual cycle.
#19 STIMULUS DEPENDENCE OF TEMPORAL CODING IN AUDITORY CORTEX FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY Stephanie Hastings, University of Western Ontario
Many of the sounds we encounter on a daily basis are interpreted via temporal coding in the auditory cortex. Thirty-four cats were exposed to a 5-6 KHz pure tone trauma at 115-120 dB SPL and compared to twenty-seven control cats. Both were present- ed with click trains and amplitude-modulated (AM) noise, and the unit’s responses were assessed by recording from electrodes in the primary auditory cortex. The noise exposure resulted in higher limiting rates for both clicks and noise compared to control cats. The limiting rate for AM noise was higher than for click trains in the trauma condition. The results suggest the involvement of decreased post-activation suppression, increased threshold, and enhanced temporal processing.
#20 THE PREFRONTAL CORTEX AND LATE ADOLESCENCE: A TEST OF SPECIFICITY IN EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS Danielle Dyke, Brock University
Neuropsychological models of frontal lobe functioning have led to a greater appreciation of dissociations among various aspects of prefrontal cortex (PFC) function. This study involves (1) an examination of various psychometric & experimental indices of executive functions (EFs) for coherence as one would predict on the basis of highly developed neurophysiological models of PFC function, particularly those aspects of EF that involve predominantly cognitive abilities vs. processes characterized by affect regulation & (2) investigation of the relations between risk-taking, attentional abilities & their associated characteristics using a neurophysiological model of PFC functions addressed in (1). Participants completed a battery of measures involving self-report, experimental & behavioural measures designed to assess particular aspects of prefrontal & executive functioning. As predicted, factor analysis supported the grouping of executive process by type (primarily cognitive or affective), conforming to the orbitofrontal (OF) vs. dorsolateral (DL) typology: risk-taking & associated characteristics were associated more with the OF than the DL factor, whereas attentional & planning abilities tended to correlate more strongly with the DL factor. Results are viewed in light of future assessment, investigation & understanding of complex human decision-making & executive functions.
108 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
(Clinical Neuropsychology – Neuropsychologie clinique #21-32) #21 NÉGLIGENCE ET FONCTIONS EXÉCUTIVES SELON L’APPROCHE DE ZELAZO Marie-Eve Nadeau, Groupe de Recherche en Développement de l'Enfant et de la Famille (GREDEF); Marie-France Gobeil, Groupe de Recherche en Développement de l'Enfant et de la Famille (GREDEF); Isabelle Frigon, Groupe de Recherche en Développement de l'Enfant et de la Famille (GREDEF); Pierre Nolin, Groupe de Recherche en Développement de l'Enfant et de la Famille
L’intégrité du lobe frontal, responsable de la gestion des fonctions exécutives, est essentielle au développement cognitif et émo- tionnel des enfants. Actuellement, le terme « fonction exécutive » fait état de controverse. Zelazo (2005) s’est penché sur ce con- struit en proposant une approche théorique d’aspect anatomique incluant la terminologie « hot » pour décrire les fonctions régies par les régions orbito-frontales et ventro-médianes et « cool » pour exposer les fonctions gérées par la région dorso-latérale. Les enfants négligés présentent davantage de déficits au niveau de l’attention, des comportements, etc., se distinguant ainsi de la population normale (De Billis, 2005). L’objectif de cette étude est de comparer l’intégrité des fonctions exécutives chez une pop- ulation d’enfants normaux et négligés en utilisant l’approche proposée par Zelazo. Un groupe de 30 enfants négligés a été recruté par les Centres Jeunesses (Mauricie) ainsi qu’un groupe témoin composé de 30 enfants appariés selon l’âge, le genre, le degré de scolarité et le niveau socio-économique a été sélectionné. Ces groupes ont été comparés sur certains sous-tests du NEPSY et du D-KEFS, ainsi que sur le CBCL et le BRIEF. Les analyses statistiques démontrent des différences significatives selon l’apparte- nance au groupe. Les éléments de discussion porteront sur l’effet des milieux stressants chez les enfants.
#22 NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL FUNCTIONING IN PERSONS UNDERGOING DEEP BRAIN STIMULATION FOR TREATMENT REFRACTORY MAJOR DEPRESSION: CHANGES OVER THE FIRST YEAR Heather McNeely, McMaster University & St. Joseph's Healthcare, Hamilton; Helen Mayberg, FRIDAY / VENDREDI Emory University School of Medicine; Andres Lozano, University Health Network, TWH; Sidney Kennedy, University Health Network, TGH
Neuropsychological function was tracked over one year in 6 patients undergoing Deep Brain Stimulation (DBS) of the subgenu- al cingulate (Cg25) for refractory major depression. Testing was done prior to implantation, and at 3, 6 and 12 months post-onset of DBS. Among DBS responders (n = 4), marked improvement in mood was not evident until 12 months, however, improve- ments in several aspects of frontal function were seen by 3 months. Motor speed, verbal memory, perseverative WCST respons- es, and object alternation were all below average at baseline, but normalized immediately after DBS. However, DBS did not have an ameliorating effect on aspects of frontal function that involved an emotional response. Inhibition of depressive informa- tion on an emotional Stroop was impaired at baseline, 3, and 6 months but was normalized by 12 months. Risk taking as mea- sured by the Iowa gambling task was impaired at baseline, and was the only deficit that persisted throughout the one-year period despite improved mood. Results suggest that surgery and onset of DBS did not have a deleterious effect on cognition, and in fact, appear to have had a beneficial effect distinct from changes in mood. However, the results also suggest that depressed mood has a selective negative impact on the processing of emotional information despite concurrent beneficial effects of DBS on other aspects of frontal function.
#23 FONCTIONS EXÉCUTIVES CHEZ LES ENFANTS; VERS LA DÉFINITION D’UN CONSTRUIT Isabelle Frigon, Groupe de Recherche en Développement de l'Enfant et de la Famille (GREDEF); Marie-Eve Nadeau, Groupe de Recherche en Développement de l'Enfant et de la Famille (GREDEF); Marie-France Gobeil, Groupe de Recherche en Développement de l'Enfant et de la Famille (GREDEF); Pierre Nolin, Groupe de Recherche en Développement de l'Enfant et de la Famille
Les fonctions exécutives sont essentielles au développement des enfants puisqu’elles leur permettent de s’adapter et de s’investir avec succès dans des comportements orientés vers un but. Certains auteurs ont associé les fonctions exécutives à des com- posantes variées qui interagissent entre elles : abstraction, anticipation, inhibition, flexibilité, planification, mémoire de travail, etc. (Lezak, 1995; Shallice, 1990). D’autres auteurs préconisent une approche hiérarchique o? l’inhibition ou l’interaction entre l’inhibition et la mémoire de travail seraient les deux composantes centrales responsables du développement ultérieur des fonc- tions (Barkley, 1887; Pennington, 1996). Or, il n’y a pas de consensus quant à la définition exacte des fonctions exécutives et à l’interdépendance de ses composantes. Ainsi, l’objectif de la présente étude consiste en l’investigation des liens unissant les dif- férentes composantes des fonctions exécutives par une approche factorielle. Pour ce faire, 161 enfants ont été recrutés dans des écoles régulières de la Mauricie. Des sous-tests du NEPSY (Korkman, Kirk & Kemp, 1998) et du D-KEFS (Delis & Kaplan, 2001) ont été administrés. Le sexe et le niveau socio-économique ont été pris en considération pour assurer la représentativité de l’échantillon. Des analyses factorielles ont permis d’identifier un nombre de facteurs inférieurs au nombre de fonction
109 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#24 NEW DISCREPANCY SCORES FOR THE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT BATTERY Grant Iverson, University of British Columbia; Brian Brooks, Riverview Hospital; Travis White, Psychological Assessment Resources, Inc.
The purpose of this study is to provide comprehensive base rate tables of discrepancy scores between the Reynolds Intellectual Screening Test (RIST) and the Neuropsychological Assessment Battery (NAB). Participants were the 1,448 adults comprising the NAB demographically corrected standardization sample. The domain scores for the NAB include Attention, Language, Memory, Spatial, Executive Functions, and a total score. For the entire standardization sample, the median RIST-NAB discrep- ancy score was either 5 or 6 points across the five domain scores and the total score. Stratifying the sample by level of intelli- gence, however, yielded different results. Participants with low average (80-89) or average (90-109) intellectual abilities had, on average, comparable neuropsychological abilities. The big differences emerged in participants with high average (110-119) or superior (120+) intellectual abilities. These individuals, on average, have much lower neuropsychological domain scores. These data suggest that people with high average or superior intelligence are not expected to have comparably high scores across a bat- tery of neuropsychological tests.
#25 BASE RATES OF LOW SCORES ON THE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT BATTERY (NAB) Grant Iverson, University of British Columbia; Travis White, Psychological Assessment Resources, Inc.; Brian Brooks, Riverview Hospital
The Neuropsychological Assessment Battery (NAB; White & Stern, 2003) is a comprehensive modular battery of tests. The pur- pose of this study is to provide (a) base rates of the number of scores falling below specific cutoff scores when the 5 domain scores are considered simultaneously, and (b) base rates of the number of scores falling below specific cutoff scores (i.e., less than 1SD, below the 10th percentile, less than or equal to the 5th percentile, and less than 2SDs) when the 36 individual subtest scores are considered simultaneously. Participants were the 1,448 adults comprising the demographically corrected normative sample. When the 5 domain scores are considered simultaneously (i.e., Attention, Language, Memory, Spatial, and Executive Functions), 38% of healthy adults had 1 or more scores falling below 1SD from the mean (T < 40) and 15.5% had 1 or more scores falling at or below the 5th percentile. Low scores were much more common when the 36 subtests were considered simul- taneously. Using 1SD below the mean as a cutoff for impairment (i.e., T < 40), approximately 80% of the sample had 2 or more, 46% had 5 or more, and approximately 20% had 9 or more impaired scores. Using 2SDs below the mean as a cutoff for impair- ment (i.e., T < 30), approximately 45% had at least 1 impaired score and 8% had 4 or more impaired scores. Clinical cases illus- trating the tables will be presented.
#26 OBSESSIVE COMPULSIVE DISORDERS- SPECIFIC NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL DEFICITS Adarsh Kohli, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research,Chandigarh, India;
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY Manreet Kaur, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research,Chandigarh, India; Parthasarthy Biswas, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research,Chandigarh, India; Nitin Gupta, Postgraduate Institute of Medical Education and Research,Chandigarh, India
ABSTRACTIn the recent years evidence has mounted that Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) is a disorder of brain dys- function associated with distinct patterns of cognitive impairment. The aim of the study was to assess specific cognitive deficits using a battery of neuropsychological tests. Twenty-five outpatients with ICD-10 diagnosis of OCD, of either sex, in the age range of 18-55 years, with at least ten educational years, and stable for at least 3 months prior to assessment were recruited from psychiatry outpatient clinic of the Department of Psychiatry, Post Graduate Institute of Medical Education and Research, Chandigarh, INDIA. Twenty-five normal controls matched on age, education, gender and handedness were recruited as a com- parative group. Both the groups were administered a battery of neuropsychological tests comprising of performance intelligence tests, test for memory, maze learning test, Trail Making Test, perceptual diagnostic test and Wisconsin Card Sorting Test. The detailed neuropsychological profile in terms of mean and SD’s of the OCD patients and the normal controls were obtained. There were significant differences between the two groups on frontal lobe tests (Wisconsin Card Sorting Test and Trail Making Test), subtests of Wechsler Memory Scale and performance test of Wechsler Intelligence Scale. Further the neuropsychological variables were correlated with the clinical variables (age of onset, duration of illness, and dose of current drug). The implications of the results will be discussed.
110 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#27 MENTALIZATION AND TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY: TOWARDS THE CONCEPTUALIZATION OF AN ‘ACQUIRED’ QUALITY OF MENTALIZATION AND ITS LINKS TO EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS, BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER AND OBJECT RELATION, AMONG A TBI POPULATION Anaïs Lavarenne, Université de Montréal; Marc-André Bouchard, Université de Montréal; Jean Gagnon, Institut de réadaptation de Montréal; Constant Rainville, Université de Montréal
Embedded in the emerging field of neuro-psychoanalysis that promotes the inter-connexion of psychoanalytic and neuro-scien- tific knowledge, this study investigates among a Traumatically Brain Injured (TBI) population the quality of mentalization, defined by Marty (1990) as the ego’s function of transforming somatic excitations into mental representations. The executive functions (EF), the borderline personality disorder (BPD), the maturity of object relation (OR), and the quality of mentalization of 60 participants (30 TBI; 30 controls) have been respectively measured by the “go no-go” paradigm, the Diagnostic Interview for Borderlines-Revised (DIB-R), the Social Cognition and Object Relation Scale (SCORS), and the MSRS-TAT, the Mental States Rating System version adapted to the SCORS’ TAT narrative protocols. Results showed a significant difference in the quality of mentalization in TBI versus control group (˜2(2, N = 60) = 8.21, p < .05), the first being less mentalized; but showed none of the expected correlations between mentalization and respectively EF, BPD and OR. This led to the emergence of the acquired mentalization concept, distinct from the traditionally thought developmental mentalization concept. As discussed, results give post-TBI psychoanalytic-type therapies, focussing on the improvement of mentalizing abilities, credit for helping TBI patients’ rehabilitation.
#28 ÉTUDE DE LA DÉPRESSION CHEZ LES DÉMENTS DE TYPE ALZHEIMER EN PHASE INITIALE Sarah Pakzad, Moncton University; Paul Bourque, Canadian Psychology Association FRIDAY / VENDREDI
Étude de la dépression chez les déments de type Alzheimer en phase initialeSarah Pakzad et Paul BourqueDe nombreuses études laissent penser que la maladie d’Alzheimer est à l’origine de la dépression chez les sujets atteints (Alexopoulos, Borson, Cuthbert, Devanand, Mulsant, Olin, et Oslin, 2002 Habib, Joanette et Puel, 1991 Hake, Schneider, Tariot, et Farlow, 2004 Heun, Kockler et Ptok, 2002).Afin de mieux connaître les rapports entre l’apparition de la démence de type Alzheimer et les premiers signes de la dépression, nous avons soumis les patients en phase initiale à un questionnaire sur la dépression et sur leur traite- ment éventuel contre la dépression.L’hypothèse générale consiste à supposer que la dépression est une manifestation précoce de la maladie d’Alzheimer, bien avant que cette dernière soit diagnostiquée.Pour mener cette étude, nous avons testé 30 patients (es). Chaque patient (e) a participé une seule fois à cette expérience et la passation du questionnaire a duré environ 15 minutes. Les résultats sont discutés.
#29 TREATMENT OF PSYCHOGENIC NON-EPILEPTIC SEIZURES IN PEDIATRIC POPULATION: A RETROSPECTIVE STUDY Andrea Krawczyk, McGill University; Tina Wang, B.C. Children’s Hospital; Audrey Ho, B.C. Children’s Hospital; Cindy Hanna, B.C. Children’s Hospital
Psychogenic non-epileptic seizures (PNES) are a physical manifestation of psychological distress that resemble epileptic seizures but do not have a detectable organic cause. PNES occurs in approximately 20% of pediatric patients seen at epilepsy clinics, but has received little attention. Limited awareness may contribute to improper management and poor outcome of this condition. The present study reports on retrospective chart review of the psychological interventions of 30 patients, aged 9 to 16 years, with PNES symptoms ranging from 3 weeks to 2 years. All patients were seen at a tertiary care centre. All had a history of significant trauma. Patients’ medical history and comorbid diagnoses are presented. This study describes the psychotherapeutic interventions, level of socio-emotional functioning reported by patients and their families before and after the treatment as well as underlying stressors that may contribute to symptomatology. After treatment, all patients showed complete remission or sig- nificant decrease in frequency and intensity of PNES symptoms. All patients reported a significant level of improvement in socio-emotional functioning. Future directions for research on PNES assessment, treatment and outcome in children are dis- cussed.
#30 THE DILEMMA OF ECOLOGICAL VALIDITY: IMPULSIVITY AND RISKY SEXUAL BEHAVIOUR Kate Williamson, University of Manitoba; Dorothy Cotton, Queen's University; Dean Tripp, Queen's University
While the concept of impulsivity is implicated in many problem behaviours, including risky sexual behaviour, there is little information in the literature about the ecological validity of neuropsychological measures of impulsivity. This study’s goal was to assess the ecological validity of two commonly used neuropsychological measures of impulsivitythe Stroop Test and the Connors Continuous Performance test (CPT) by comparing them to a general self report measure of impulsivity (the Barratt Impulsivity Scale (BIS)) and to self reports of specific risky sexual behaviors (age of first intercourse, number of partners, use
111 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
of contraception, etc). The results show few correlations between the neuropsychological measures and self-report measures. Specifically, no correlation was found between the Stroop and the CPT, with the exception of total time on the Stroop and the CPT reaction time. The BIS motor score was related to risky sexual behaviour overall and to age of first sexual experience. Finally, total time on the Stroop significantly predicted the total BIS motor score. These results have significant implications for the assessment of impulsivity in clinical practice and research and raise questions about the coherence of the concept of impul- sivity, as these measures appear to be assessing different characteristics.
#31 MOTOR COORDINATION AND PRAXIS IN CHILDREN WITH AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS Deborah Dewey, University of Calgary
Motor coordination and praxis of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders(ASD) was compared to that of children with Developmental Coordination Disorder (DCD), and children without motor coordination problems (nonDCD). Participants included 49 children with ASD (43 males, 6 females, mean age = 10.2 years), 21 children with DCD only (12 males, 9 females, mean age = 11.1 years), 38 children with DCD and ADHD (26 males, 12 females, mean age = 11.3 years), and 78 nonDCD chil- dren (59 males, 19 females, mean age = 11.3 years). Children were assessed with the Bruininks Oseretsky Test of Motor Performance Short Form (BOTMP-SF), a measure of motor coordination, and a praxis battery that included transitive and intran- sitive gestures performed to command and imitation. The children with ASD, DCD only and DCD+ADHD scored significantly lower than the nonDCD children on the BOTMP-SF. The children in the ASD group scored significantly lower than the children in the other three groups on the praxis battery. Children with ASD and DCD showed similar levels of dysfunction on motor coordination tasks, however, only the children with ASD showed deficits in praxis. These findings suggest that the deficits in gestural performance displayed by the children with ASD were not attributable to deficits in motor coordination.
(Psychopharmacology -Psychopharmacologie) #32 PREVENTION INFORMATION AND UNCONCIOUS INFLUENCES ON ALCOHOL COGNITIONS AND EXPECTANCIES Tara Schoenfeld, University of British Columbia Okanagan
Recent evidence suggests that expected outcomes and other associations with alcohol contribute to decisions about drinking. The present study examined the effects of prevention style information on high-school students alcohol associations. From a cogni- tive perspective, the manner of presentation influences the processing of information and may have unexpected effects. Using simulated prevention materials, students were presented with information statements about the effects of alcohol. Some of the statements were presented as facts and others as myths about alcohol’s effects. In subsequent tests of alcohol outcome expectan- cies, participants endorsed more alcohol outcomes seen as facts than similar unseen items. Paradoxically, however, items seen as myths were as likely to be reported as facts. Such an effect is contrary to the goals of prevention materials that are often directed at dispelling the myths of alcohol. The results replicate earlier findings by Krank and Swift (1994) and support their assertion that when information about alcohol effects is incompletely processed, such information can have unconscious effects on the
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY cognitions that govern decisions to use alcohol. This observation confirms the need to pay close attention to cognitive processing in the development of prevention materials.
(Psychophysiology Interest Group – Groupe d’intérêts - psychophysiologie) #33 TOTAL SLEEP DEPRIVATION AND INHIBITORY PROCESSES: A GO/NOGO ERP STUDY Anik Gosselin, Université d'Ottawa; Joseph De Koninck, Université d'Ottawa
Mounting evidence suggests that the prefrontal cortex (PFC) might be particularly vulnerable to sleep deprivation (SD). The inhibition of prepotent but irrelevant responses is regulated by the PFC. In a Go/NoGo task, the detection of rare targets elicits a Go P3, which maximizes over posterior regions of the scalp while the inhibition of response elicits a more anteriorly distributed P3. We hypothesized that SD would have a larger impact on inhibitory processes because they are regulated by the PFC, result- ing in a smaller NoGo P3 in anterior during SD compared to the Go P3, with a return to baseline levels after recovery sleep (RS). A Go/NoGo task was administered to 11 participants at six different times during 37 h of SD and once again one hour after wak- ing up from 10 h of RS. EEG was recorded from Fz, Cz and Pz. While Go P3 declined as a function of practice, NoGo P3 declined as a function of SD. Following RS, only NoGo P3 was larger at Cz when compared to 19 h, 25 h and 37 h of SD. The smaller NoGo P3 in the anterior region of the scalp was correlated with increases in false detections. However, NoGo P3 was also sensitive to practice and to time-of-day. The present results nonetheless support the notion that inhibitory processes, involv- ing the PFC, are particularly impaired by SD, and that NoGo P3 is a good neurophysiological marker of this phenomenon.
112 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
(Psychopharmacology – Psychopharmacologie) #34 HEALTH TRENDS IN THE MEDICATION OF OLDER ADULTS IN THE CENTRAL ALBERTA COMMUNITY Scott Oddie, Red Deer College; Sarah Hovind, Red Deer College; Lori Sacrey, University of Calgary; Kim Goddard, Red Deer College
Polypharmacy refers to the use of multiple-medications by an individual, and also describes the negative consequences (e.g., cognitive deficits) arising from adverse drug interactions (ADIs) between multiple-medications. ADIs have been shown to account for a significant proportion of hospital admissions, prolonged hospital stays, and increased morbidity and mortality for the older adult population. In primary care settings, it has been estimated that physicians and nurses detect only a minority of ongoing ADIs (approximately 15%). Studies conducted in health care settings show that patients over 60 years of age use an average of 2 to 8 prescribed medications and 1 to 4 non-prescribed medications; thus this age group is at increased risk for ADIs. However, few studies have examined the relationship between polypharmacy and ADIs among older adults living in the commu- nity or the effects of polypharmacy on cognition. This pilot research investigated the number of medications used by older, community-dwelling adults in Central Alberta. Structured interviews provided quantitative and qualitative information that examined the administration trends of both prescribed and non-prescribed medications, and their therapeutic and potential adverse cognitive effects. Standardized tests assessing neuropsychological function and general cognitive status (MMSE) were also administered to participants to explore the relationship between medication trends and cognitive functioning. The results are discussed in terms of the prevalence of ADIs resulting from medications that are problematic for this population, as well as the relationship between ADIs and cognitive functioning.
(Adult Development and Aging – Développement adulte et vieillissement #36-45) #35 PHYSICIAN’S PERCEPTIONS OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING IN GERIATRIC MEDICINE FRIDAY / VENDREDI Kim Goddard, Red Deer College; Andrea Forhan, University of Calgary; Lisa Grover, Red Deer College; Tricia Hogan, Red Deer College; Scott Oddie, Red Deer College
Polypharmacy refers to the use of multiple medications by individuals, and describes the negative consequences (e.g., cognitive deficits) arising from adverse drug interactions (ADIs) between these medications. ADIs have been shown to account for a sig- nificant number of hospital admissions, prolonged hospital stays, and increased morbidity and mortality. Research shows that older adults are prescribed more medications than are younger adults, a trend that continues beyond 80 years of age, and can increase the risk of ADIs and polypharamcy-induced cognitive disorders. Interestingly, physicians themselves have reported that they have had inadequate training in prescribing medications for older adults. Accordingly, the purpose of this study was to examine physicians’ perceptions of their knowledge and training in geriatric medicine. Physicians in the David Thompson Health Region completed a survey questionnaire asking about: 1) their knowledge in geriatric medicine, 2) the current status of geriatric training in medical schools, 3) their ongoing professional development needs in geriatrics, and 4) general concerns of older adults in their care. The findings are discussed in terms of physician-identified educational needs in geriatric medicine, as well as suggestions for developing practices of continual drug and disease monitoring with regard to ADIs among older adults.
#36 THE IMPACT OF SITUATIONAL FACTORS UPON THE DRIVER/PASSENGER RELATIONSHIP Owen Marks, Lakehead University
It has been suggested that whether a passenger is effective in reducing one’s crash risk may depend on certain situational factors. The current study examined the effects of a passenger during various times of the day, weather conditions, and lighting condi- tions. Data from the U.S. Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) database through 1975-2003 was examined. We used Odds Ratios (OR) and confidence intervals (CI) to examine how passengers affected a driver’s risk for experiencing any nega- tive driver factor (e.g., speeding). Only accidents for which a single passenger was present and in the front seat were analyzed. It was found that passengers were slightly more effective in rainy weather (OR = 0.888, 99% CI = 0.842, 0.938) and in dark con- ditions (OR = 0.753, 99% CI = 0.703, 0.807). However, passengers were less effective in snowy weather (OR = 1.203, 99% CI = 1.081, 1.340) and icy road conditions (OR = 1.357, 99% CI = 1.211, 1.520). These results were reasonably consistent across young (16-19) middle age (30-60) and elderly (65 plus) drivers. It is suggested that passengers may be most beneficial under optimum driving difficulties. Possible explanations for these findings are discussed.
#37 AN EXAMINATION OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PASSENGER AND DRIVER CHARACTERISTICS IN FATAL CRASHES Owen Marks, Lakehead University
Passenger presence is one factor that has been shown to be both an obstruction and an aid in affecting one’s risk of a fatal crash. The current study sought to determine how driver and passenger age/gender affected whether a driver committed an unsafe dri- ving action (e.g., speeding). Data from the U.S. Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) database through 1975-2003 was examined. We calculated Odds Ratios (OR) and confidence intervals (CI) for experiencing a driver factor when a single passen-
113 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
ger was present in comparison to driving alone. In relation to driving alone, younger drivers (16-19 years of age) were most at risk for experiencing an unsafe driving action when a male driver was with a young male passenger (OR = 2.066, 99% CI = 1.960, 2.179). Additionally it was found that a male driver (30-60 years of age) was also at an increased risk when a young male passenger (OR = 1.286, 99% CI = 1.188, 1.392) or older male passenger was present (OR = 1.328, 99% CI = 1.328, 1.245, 1.416). Passenger type did not appear to be an important factor for drivers above 65 years of age. These findings suggest that it is possible that male passengers may be more likely to encourage young and middle age males to commit such unsafe driving behaviours as reckless driving and speeding. Explanations for these findings are discussed.
#38 MOOD AND PAIN LEVELS AMONG TERMINALLY-ILL SENIORS RECEIVING PALLIATIVE HOME-CARE SERVICES Ronald Martin, University of Regina; Thomas Hadjistavropoulos, University of Regina
Frequently, terminal illnesses are accompanied by undermanaged pain. There is a paucity of research regardingmood and pain among seniors receiving palliative home-care services. This study involved the assessment of mood and pain on four occasions over a 2-month period in a sample ofpalliative home-care patients aged 60 years and over. Fifty-seven percent of our participants were receiving opioid pain medications. Mood was assessed using the Geriatric Depression Scale. Pain was assessed using the McGill Pain Questionnaire (MPQ) and the Brief Pain Inventory (BPI). Average MPQ total scores ranged between 20.83 and 26.52 out of a possible 78, and average pain intensity scores (BPI subscale) ranged from 3.38 to 4.14 outof a possible 10. Despite carrying the burden of a terminal illness, mood levels were found to be satisfactory (i.e., the number of symptoms endorsed on the GDS was below the cutoff that signals possible depression) and most of our participants reported having a posi- tive outlook on life. While there is always room for improvement in pain management, terminally-ill seniors can experience a satisfactory quality of life when their health care needs are addressed.
#39 DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF THE SUCCESSFUL AGING QUIZ Christine Knight, Calgary Health Region
The purpose of this study was to evaluate the reliability, validity and responsiveness of the Successful Aging Quiz (SAQ), a 70- item, self-administered, multi-dimensional instrument designed to measure domains related to healthy aging. Four studies designed to elicit relevant psychometric information were conducted. Results revealed a 4-factor solution for the SAQ - Negative Orientation, Positive Orientation, Activity and Health factors. The factors were stable, had good internal consistency and were found to discriminate between hospital patients and active community residents in the expected directions. While not responsive to changes in the health status of these participants over time at the factor level, two SAQ items were found to be sensitive to change. There was high test-retest reliability over a one-week period and the factors demonstrated convergent validity with a widely-used generic indicator of health status. An interviewer-administered version and a computerized version of the SAQ were developed, and found to be equivalent to the traditional pencil-and-paper SAQ. Finally, the implementation of an Internet-based SAQ provided strong convergent validity for the 4-factor model with a large and diverse sample of online users. In conclusion, the SAQ was found to be a useful tool for the brief assessment of healthy aging status of older adults across settings. FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY #40 SELF-KNOWLEDGE ACROSS ADULTHOOD Jessica Byblow, University of Manitoba; Edward Johnson, University of Manitoba
Self-knowledge has not generally been a mainstream topic in psychology (Wilson & Dunn, 2004) and has only recently begun to be systematically explored. This study investigates self-knowledge and its relation to adult development and personality. Participants ranged in age from 18 to 95. Three types of self-knowledge were measured using the Frequency of Self-Knowledge Questionnaire (Johnson, 2004). Big 5 personality traits were measured using the NEO-Five Factor Inventory. As expected, reflective self-knowledge was found to correlate with Openness, and ruminative self-knowledge was found to correlate with Neuroticism. Both of these types of self-knowledge showed a decline with age. No relationship was found between narrative self-knowledge and age. These results suggest that self-knowledge is an important pursuit throughout adulthood, though the form of it changes as an individual ages.
#41 EVALUATION OF A NEW TRAINING PROGRAM FOR OLDER DRIVERS Julie Riendeau, Lakehead University
One approach to support safe driving among older adults is to enhance their driving skills by providing new training. To accom- plish this goal, we evaluated the effectiveness of a driver-training program combining the 55 Alive program (developed by AARP) and two thirty-minute on-road training sessions with a licensed driving instructor. Using a randomized controlled design, we compared a control group to an intervention group by way of on-road evaluation scores derived from demerit points (lower scores are better). Furthermore, knowledge change in the intervention group was examined based on a short questionnaire (maxi- mum score of 15; higher scores are better) administered at the beginning and end of class sessions (55 Alive program). Interim analyses reveal that at post-intervention, participants in the intervention group displayed a reduction of 40.5 demerit points (SEM = 17.6) compared to only 17.5 demerit points (SEM = 17.6) for participants in the control group. Further, questionnaire means for those participating in the classroom component (55 Alive Program) of the program, increased from 9.9 (SEM = 1.2) at
114 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 baseline to 12.9 (SEM = 0.6) at post-intervention. These results suggest that the combination of an in-class and on-road educa- tion program may help to improve safety among older drivers as well as aid in the prevention of collisions.
#42 COPING AND ADJUSTMENT TO HEALTH PROBLEMS AMONG OLDER ADULTS Michelle Bourgault-Fagnou, University of Regina; Heather Hadjistavropoulos, University of Regina
Models of stress and coping, particularly Lazarus and Folkman’s (1984) transactional model, are commonly used to examine adjustment to illness. Within this framework, coping is conceptualized as a mediator between poor health and illness and emo- tional adjustment. One significant limitation of the coping and health literature has been the underrepresentation of the older adult population. Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine whether emotion-focused and problem-focused coping strate- gies mediated the relationship between frailty and depression, anxiety, health anxiety, and pain. Data were collected from 127 participants, 65 years of age and older, who were receiving home care services in Regina. Through a personal interview, partici- pants were asked about their physical health, activities of daily living, medications, mood, anxiety levels, cognitive status, pain, and health-related coping. Specific emotion focused coping strategies (i.e., Escape/Avoidance and Emotional Preoccupation Coping) mediated the relationship between frailty, and the negative outcomes of depression, anxiety, health anxiety, and pain, thus revealing support for the Transactional Model of Coping. Implications of the findings and research directions are discussed.
#43 STORIES OF CARE: EXPERIENCES OF LATE-LIFE CAREGIVING Cheryl Placsko, University of Regina; Angelina Baydala, University of Regina
In light of the fact that Canada’s population is aging and that the majority of care received by older adults is provided by family it is becoming increasingly important to understand and support the experience of providing care to senior family members. While past research has revealed much about the emotional and physical demands of caregiving, very little research has been conducted to explore and understand the caregiving experience from the perspective of caregivers themselves.This research FRIDAY / VENDREDI explores the meaning of “care” in the context of a caregiving relationship, and the factors that influence these relationships. The experiences of eight individuals caring for family members with physical and/or cognitive impairments were investigated using the qualitative method of naturalistic inquiry. Narrative analysis was used to explore meaning, insight, and understanding of late-life caregiving relationships.The significance of this research is three-fold. First, it serves to generate and communicate a greater understanding of the experience of late-life caregiving from both social and psychological perspectives. Second, it pro- vides a voice for caregivers whose experiences and wisdom have much to offer in both service development and social policy reform. Finally, this research has the potential to inform and advance theoretical perspectives of late-life care.
#44 ASSESSMENT OF OLDER DRIVERS IN SIMULATED HIGH CRASH RISK SCENARIOS Andrée-Ann Cyr, University of Ottawa
Older drivers demonstrate low absolute numbers of crashes but they have been reported to have relatively high crash rates and fatality rates when distance driven is considered . Crash analysis studies indicate that older drivers often tend to be at fault when involved in collisions (suggesting that impaired processing of road-related information occurred), that crashes are most frequent at intersections, and that they are also over represented in multi-vehicle crash (situations where cognitive demands are likely higher).We examined the reaction of older drivers when confronted with challenging road situations in a simulated environment. We also assessed the cognitive load associated with the challenging events as a potential cause of impaired perception, process- ing or response to driving-related information. Method: 20 older adults and 20 experienced younger drivers were recruited. After a training session in a simulator, drivers were exposed 4 times to a 6 km route. However, each scenario contained a challenging road event to which reactions were recorded. Also, subjects performed a secondary task throughout and the NASA TLX was administered, both to assess cognitive load.Results:Older adults reactions to surprising events appeared to be slower than those of younger adults. However, they showed better speed control. Cognitive load data will be presented.
(Family Psychology – Psychologie de la famille #45-59) #45 THE IMPACT OF ANTENATAL PSYCHOTROPIC MEDICATION EXPOSURE AND MATERNAL SYMPTOMS OF DEPRESSION AND ANXIETY ON MOTHER-CHILD INTERACTION Shaila Misri, University of British Columbia; Kristin Kendrick, University of British Columbia; Lianne Tomfohr, St. Paul's Hospital; Pratibha Reebye, University of British Columbia; Tim Oberlander, University of British Columbia
A strong relationship has been demonstrated between depression in mothers and diminished interaction with their children. Further, exposure to maternal depression in the early postpartum months has been shown to have lasting consequences on the children’s behavior with their mothers (Murray, Sinclair, Cooper, Ducournau, Turner, & Stein, 1999). Previous studies of ani- mals as well as humans have suggested the possibility that prenatal exposure to SSRI medications may change central prenatal 5HT levels at times of neural development and lead to altered serotonin-mediated behaviors. Therefore, the present study inves- tigated the impact of prenatal SSRI exposure and maternal mood on interactions between mothers and their preschool-aged chil-
115 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
dren. A trained clinician, using the Crowell procedure, assessed aspects of mother-child interaction, and the Hamilton Rating Scales for Depression and Anxiety were utilized as measures of maternal mood. Results will be discussed in terms of implica- tions for both the mother and child.
#46 THE PARENTING STYLES SELF-TEST: REVISIONS AND PSYCHOMETRICS Jacqueline Goodwin, University of Windsor; Julie Hakim-Larson, University of Windsor; Sylvia Voelker, University of Windsor; Anne-Marie Depape, University of Windsor; Jennifer Ellwood, University of Windsor; Rosa Inglesi, Psychology; Holly Stack, University of Windsor
Parental meta-emotion philosophy refers to parents’ feelings and thoughts about their own and their children’s emotions (Gottman, Katz, & Hooven, 1996). The MEP styles include emotion coaching (valuing emotions as opportunities for socializa- tion), laissez-faire (acceptance of children’s emotions with little teaching of emotional regulation), dismissing (minimization of children’s emotions with little teaching of emotion problem-solving), and disapproving (punishment of children’s emotions with overemphasis on control) (Gottman, 1997). As MEP styles are linked to child socio-emotional, academic, and physiological adjustment (Katz & Windecker-Nelson, 2004), they are important constructs for furthering understanding of emotion socializa- tion. MEP has been typically determined through a lengthy parent interview requiring intensive training to score. Gottman (1997) published a self-report questionnaire derived from this interview; however, its psychometric properties were not evaluat- ed. Hakim-Larson, Parker, Lee, Goodwin, and Voelker (2005) established preliminary psychometric support for the Parenting Styles Self-Test among a sample of parents with preschool children. As replication of these findings will substantiate this mea- sure’s utility, the current, larger study of 52 parents with 6- to 8-year-olds presents important evidence regarding the psychomet- rics of this measure.
#47 PARENTAL BELIEFS AND PSYCHOLOGICAL CONTROL Bobbi Walling, University of Manitoba; Leanne Mak, University of Manitoba; Rosemary Mills, University of Manitoba; Wendy Freeman, University of Manitoba
Psychological control is a pattern of parenting that is intrusive and manipulative of children’s thoughts, feelings, and attachment to parents. While little is known about its determinants, it has been suggested that parental psychological control reflects self- focused concerns that heighten threat perception and increase negative affect toward the child. In this study, we hypothesized that several beliefs linked to threat perception would be associated with the use of psychological control: a sense of low power in parent-child interaction, sensitivity to rejection, and a disapproving approach to emotions. Mother-father differences and moderating associations with child gender and temperament were also examined. Participants were 241 mothers and 198 fathers of 3- and 4-year-olds (132 boys, 109 girls; M age = 4.10 years, SD = 0.26). Parents completed self-report measures of psycho- logical control and parental beliefs. Parents with more threat-oriented beliefs reported more psychological control, especially when they had a child low in negative affectivity. Child temperament was a moderating factor for mothers more than for fathers. Low perceived power was associated with psychological control only for mothers of boys.
#48 EMOTIONAL EXPRESSION IN MOTHERS’ CONVERSATIONS WITH FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY DAUGHTERS AND FRIENDS Shannon Wagner, University of Northern British Columbia
Twenty-four women participated in 20-minute discussions about conflict issues with their daughters and their same-gender friends (order counterbalanced). Twelve women were mothers of preadolescent daughters (M age = 11.6 years), and 12 women were mothers of adolescent daughters (M age = 16.4 years). Audio taped discussions were coded for a range of emotional expressions. Analyses of rates of emotions as a function of age group, partner type and speaker revealed that significantly more neutral, disgust and affection, but less interest, was produced in the mother/daughter conversations than in the mother/friend con- versations. Furthermore, mothers produced significantly more neutral, disgust and affection with their daughters than with their friends. In the mother/daughter conversations, mothers expressed significantly fewer neutral and disgust emotions, but more affection, than did their daughters. Finally, there was significantly more disgust expressed in the adolescent mother/daughter dyads as compared to either the preadolescent mother/daughter dyads or the mother/friend dyads.
#49 SOCIAL SUPPORT AND GRIEF AS EXPERIENCED BY SIBLINGS AND PARENTS OF A PERSON WITH SCHIZOPHRENIA Heather Eritz, University of Regina
Grief experienced by family members of a person with schizophrenia occurs cyclically rather than linearly, following the pat- terns of exacerbation and remission of symptoms. Social support has been found to reduce subjective burden experienced by family members (Solomon & Drain, 1995). Although parents are most often the caregivers for their son or daughter with schizo- phrenia, as parents pass away, siblings are more likely to become involved in the care of their brother or sister with schizophre- nia. The purpose of this study was to determine the differences between parents and siblings in their experiences of grief and perceived social support as well as the relationship between grief and social support. It was found that parents are experiencing more grief than siblings and perceive less social support. Perceived social support was not related to grief. Level of grief was also not related to the number of years since diagnosis.
116 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#50 PRESENTATION OF PRELIMINARY RESULTS: INTERACTION EFFECTS BETWEEN THE QUALITY OF THE PARENT-CHILD RELATIONSHIP AND CORRELATES OF INTERNALIZED MENTAL HEALTH PROBLEMS IN ADOLESCENTS IN QUEBEC Andrea Martin, York University; Nicole Smolla, Service de Recherche Hôpital Rivière des Prairies; Michel Tousignant, Université du Québec à Montréal; Lise Bergeron, Service de Recherche Hôpital Rivière des Prairies; Claude Berthiaume, Service de recherche Hôpital Rivière des Prairies
Objectives: The study involves an evaluation of interaction effects between the parent-child relationship and correlates of inter- nalized disorders in adolescents. Very few studies have examined these effects in a representative sample. Method: A sub-sam- ple of adolescents (n = 825) was taken from the Quebec Child Mental Health Survey (QCMHS, 1992, n = 2,400). The following mental health problems were evaluated by the parent and the adolescent using DSM-III-R criteria and were regrouped to form an internalized disorder category: simple phobia, separation anxiety disorder, overanxious disorder, generalised anxiety, depression, and dysthymia. Three levels of adolescent characteristics were included: individual, family and socio-demographic. Results: The following will be reported: (1) the distribution of variables, (2) prevalence of internalizing disorders (3) strength of the bivariate associations, (4) identification of collinearity between variables, (5) significant bivariate logistic regression models (parent-child relationship in association with predictor variables). These results will allow for the selection of variables to be used in the con- struction of two multivariate regression models according to informant type (adolescent, parent). Conclusion: The preliminary results will be discussed with respect to their relevance to the literature.
#51 PREDICTING THE QUALITY OF INFANT-PARENT RELATIONSHIPS: A STUDY OF FIRST TIME PARENTS Maureen Thompson, Univeristy of Regina; Lynn Loutzenhiser, University of Regina FRIDAY / VENDREDI This study employs a family systems perspective to investigate the relationships amongst family functioning, marital satisfac- tion, infant temperament and the quality of parent-infant interactions. Participants in this study will be 73 couples and their 3- month old infants. Parents will complete self-report measures of family functioning, marital satisfaction and infant tempera- ment. The quality of the parent-infant relationship will be assessed through the coding of videotaped parent-child interactions. It is hypothesized that family functioning, marital satisfaction and infant temperament will predict the quality of parent-infant relationships for both mothers and fathers.
#52 THE ROLE OF SUBJECTIVE STRESS IN THE PREDICTION OF RELATIONSHIP STABILITY : A COMPARISON BETWEEN MARRIED AND COHABITATING COUPLES Stéphanie Thibodeau, Université de Moncton; Geneviève Bouchard, Université de Moncton
During the past decades, cohabitation has become a popular alternative to marriage for canadian couples. Despite this, most studies on relationship stability focus almost exclusively on married couples, often generalizing their results to cohabitating indi- viduals. Considering the fact that these two types of couples possess different characteristics, the results emerging from those studies could be misleading. The purpose of the present research is to determine the predictive power of two measures of sub- jective stress, one related to life in general and the other to conjugal life in particular, on the relationship stability of both married and cohabitating couples. A total of 194 canadian couples (106 married and 88 cohabitating) completed measures of cognitive appraisals of dyadic difficulties and of perceived stress. Four years later, the couples were contacted for a follow up assessment of their relationship stability. The results of logistic regression showed that conjugal stress predicted only the stability of cohab- iting women, whereas general stress in life predicted only the stability of married women. The results obtained here confirm the importance of considering the conjugal status when predicting relationship dissolution.
#53 TEACHING EMPATHY TO PRESCHOOLERS: MATERNAL SOCIALIZATION THROUGH NARRATIVE STORYTELLING Kendall Soucie, University of Windsor.
Mothers (N = 37) read one of two text-free picture storybooks, Frog Where Are You? (Mayer, 1969) or One Frog Too Many (Mayer & Mayer, 1975), with their preschool child (18 female, 19 male; M = 3.9 years old). The interactions were tape recorded and transcribed. Empathy codes were derived based on Davis’s (1983) Interpersonal Reactivity Index, which included categories of empathetic concern, personal distress, and perspective taking. Inter-rater reliability for the coding system was 94%. Parenting style was assessed using Gottman’s (1997) classification (i.e., disapproving, dismissing, laissez-faire, emotion coaching). Correlational analyses indicated that the emotion coaching style was associated with fostering empathy through encouraging per- spective taking. Both empathetic concern and personal distress were negatively correlated with the dismissing/disapproving style. Overall, the most frequently coded category was personal distress, which is consistent with the children’s developmental status. Implications for the developmental course of empathy socialization are discussed.
117 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#54 ADOLESCENT INFORMATION MANAGEMENT WITH PARENTS: THE ROLE OF FRIENDS Adam Easterbrook, University of British Columbia; Adena Miller, University of British Columbia; Sheila Marshall, University of British Columbia
Recent reformulations of parental monitoring (Stattin & Kerr, 2000) suggest that adolescent disclosure of information accounts for the most variance in parental knowledge about their children’s whereabouts and activities. Research findings suggest that adolescents tend to refrain from disclosing information to their parents about their own misconduct (Marshall et al., 2005). It is unclear if, in adolescence, friends’ behaviour contributes to variance in disclosure of information to parents about whereabouts and activities. Using survey data from 562 adolescents (mean age = 14.86), two assessments of adolescents’ friends (prosocial; socially less desirable) were employed as independent variables in OLS regressions predicting disclosure about whereabouts and activities to parents. Controlling for adolescents’ age and sex, the two assessments of friends independently (prosocial, ? = .28, p < . 001; socially less desirable, ? = -.18, p < . 001) accounted for variance in adolescent disclosure of information to mother [F(4, 550) = 41.61, p < . 001] and father [prosocial, ? = .23, p < . 001; socially less desirable, ? = -.18, p < . 001, F(4, 550) = 41.61, p < . 001]. Discussion focuses on adolescents’ perceptions of friends and its relation to adolescents’ regulation of their parents’ knowledge.
#55 PERCEIVED SIBLING DIFFERENCES IN ADJUSTMENT IN INTACT AND DIVORCED FAMILIES Laura Young, University of Victoria; Marion Ehrenberg, University of Victoria
Young adults’ perceptions of how past family processes influence perceived differences between siblings in present adjustment are examined in a sample of young adults from divorced (N = 100) and intact families (N = 100). Participants completed online questionnaires regarding their perceptions of their and their sibling’s present adjustment, past parental differential treatment (PDT) and its fairness, the quality of parenting they and their sibling received while growing up, and the degree to which they and their sibling were exposed to interparental conflict. Three hypotheses are investigated. 1) Higher levels of PDT and differen- tial exposure to interparental conflict will be related to greater differences between siblings in present adjustment. The sibling who receives more negative parental treatment and is exposed to more interparental conflict will exhibit poorer adjustment. 2) PDT will be most strongly related to poor adjustment when it is perceived as unfair. 3) Participants from divorced families will perceive higher levels of PDT (due to increased parental stress), more unfairness of PDT, and higher levels of exposure to inter- parental conflict, and will exhibit poorer adjustment than those from intact families. The contributions of PDT and differences in frequency of conflict exposure to sibling differences in adjustment are compared between intact and divorced families.
#56 THE LINK BETWEEN CHILD-RELATED DISAGREEMENTS AND CHILD BEHAVIOUR PROBLEMS: DOES THE PARENTAL ALLIANCE ACT AS A BUFFER? Veronica Asgary, University of Ottawa; Catherine Lee, University of Ottawa; Krista Luedemann, University of Ottawa; Christine Beauregard, University of Ottawa; Karen Bax,
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY University of Ottawa
Although children are sensitive to all types of conflict, they may be most affected by disagreements that are related to them (Grych & Fincham, 1990). Parents often hold divergent opinions regarding their children’s behaviour (Duhig et al., 2000), as well as differing beliefs about child-rearing practices (Beitel & Parke, 1998). Consequently, child-related disputes can be antici- pated. Research has consistently demonstrated a link between child rearing disagreement and child adjustment. However, it is possible that aspects of the co-parental relationship, such as the parental alliance, may buffer children from the effects of parental conflicts (Abidin & Brunner, 1995). In this study, we will examine the moderating effects of the parental alliance on the link between child-related disagreements and child behaviour problems in a low risk community sample.Dual-income parents (N = 122 couples) with an oldest child 18-60 months of age completed the Child-Rearing Disagreement Scale (Jouriles et al., 1991), the Child Behavior Checklist (Achenbach & Rescorla, 2000), and the Parental Alliance Measure (Abidin & Brunner, 1995). Multiple regression analyses will be used to test the moderating effects of the parental alliance. The results will highlight poten- tial protective factors that could be strengthened and vulnerabilities that could identify families in need of services.
#57 TRANSITION TO PARENTHOOD AND CONJUGAL LIFE: THE COMPLEX ROLE OF UNION LENGTH Amanda Goguen, Université de Moncton; Geneviève Bouchard, Université de Moncton
Now more than ever, couples undergoing the transition to parenthood differ for instance in terms of the length of their union and conjugal status (marriage or cohabitation). It is widely recognized that the arrival of a first child is often accompanied by nega- tive changes in the relationship quality. Therefore, the purpose of this investigation is to assess the impact of the transition to parenthood on the conjugal relationship of new parents in function of the length of their union. This longitudinal study collected data at two points in time. More specifically, 166 couples completed the Dyadic Adjustment Scale (DAS) during the third semester of pregnancy and at 6 months postpartum. Polynomial hierarchical regression analysis, controlling for demographic variables such as conjugal status and age, showed that the global dyadic adjustment score declined more for couples who were in
118 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 their middle years (7-8 years), than for other couples. Concerning the four subscales scores of the DAS, regression analysis revealed that individuals who were in the middle years of their relationship experienced a greater decline on consensus, affective expression (women only), and cohesion (men only). In sum, these results demonstrate the importance of taking length of union into consideration in studies examining the transition to parenthood.
#58 ARRESTED FAMILY DEVELOPMENT: ATTACHMENT STYLES AND SOCIAL PROVISIONS CONTRIBUTING TO ADOLESCENTS’ RELATIONSHIPS WITH MOTHER, FATHER, AND SAME-SEX FRIENDS Kelly Schwartz, Nazarene University College; Greg Fouts, University of Calgary
The nature of the relationship between family, namely parents, and adolescent children is the subject of frequent public debate and increasing scholarly inquiry. With the elevated prominence of age-appropriate friends, the place and purpose of parents dur- ing this period of life may be called into question. Acknowledging that this developmental phenomenon affects millions of fam- ilies, however, there is a surprising paucity of scholarly research related to the purported structure of parent and friend relation- ships during adolescence. The present study utilized two relationship systems, attachment and social provisions, to explore the unique and complementary structure of relationships with mother, father, and same-sex friend. Results indicated that there was more consistency in parent and friend relationships using the attachment styles than was present using social provisions; for example, secure attachment to one or both parents contributed significantly to secure attachment with same-sex friends, while social provisions from parents (e.g., intimacy, reliable alliance) only partially predicted the presence of similar social provisions from friends. Results are discussed in terms of how attachment styles and social provisions inform the presence of independent and interdependent constructs both within and between the familial and friendship dyads during adolescence.
#59 PARENT-ADOLESCENT CONFLICT WITHIN THE SOUTH ASIAN COMMUNITY Surita Jassal, University of British Columbia FRIDAY / VENDREDI
For South Asians (SA), adolescence can be a tumultuous time as a result of the conflicting expectations from two different cul- tural ideologies: North America and India. In studies examining generational conflict among SA, these youth were found to experience guilt, anxiety, somatization disorders, and loneliness (Handa, 2003). While conflict during adolescence is not a new phenomenon, parent-adolescent conflicts in the South Asian community are having a detrimental effect on the families. In this qualitative study, parent-adolescent conflicts in five South Asian families were explored using the following questions: how are parent-adolescent relationships perceived regarding conflict; how are conflicts handled; and how do parent-adolescent conflicts affect the familial unit. Using a content analysis to examine the interviews. The results suggest parenting style and lack of trust play a major role in the affect that conflicts have on the parent-adolescent dyad and the family unit. The inconsistency in disci- pline and socialization rules created further tension within the dyad, as there was uncertainty as to what was an appropriate and inappropriate request. Thus creating divergent perceptions of the conflict for both parties. Furthermore, parents cultural concerns often played a prominent role in how parents handled the conflict.
(Community Psychology – Psychology communautaire #60-75) #60 YO MAMA’S AT-RISK, BOOYAH SUCKA! AN ETHNOGRAPHIC EVALUATION OF A CAREER DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM SERVING AT-RISK YOUTH Gavin Elder, University of Northern British Columbia; Jane Allen, University of Northern British Columbia; M. Kyle Matsuba, University of Northern British Columbia
Career development programs for youth typically help them to develop skills that will allow them to succeed in the adult work- place. However, few programs cater to at-risk youth, those in the greatest need given their limited literacy skills and employ- ment experiences, and the barriers they face (e.g., drug dependency, single parent, welfare, and criminal record) (Barr & Parrett, 1995). The program evaluation research we conducted evaluated a career development program designed for at-risk, adjudicated youth living in a northern, urban area of Western Canada. This program served 15 youth (aged 15-18) by helping them with career skills development (e.g., skills-based workshops and work experiences) and personal development (e.g., anger manage- ment). Using an enthnographic approach, we immersed ourselves into the program in order to evaluate its effectiveness from the “inside.” We also interviewed staff, participants, and peripheral support people to gain a broad array of views. Through analyz- ing and interpreting the data, themes emerged including the importance of leadership, cognitive functional maturity of the youth, and the necessity of a formal program structure. These thematic findings may be useful in the design of future programs dealing with similar populations.
#61 FETAL ALCOHOL SYNDROME ASSESSMENT AND DIAGNOSIS: A BC INTERIOR HEALTH AUTHORITY PILOT PROJECT Andrea Welder, University of British Columbia-Okanagan; Tavi Nicholson, Interior Health Authority of British Columbia
As prenatal alcohol exposure may result in life-long challenges with respect to learning, behaviour, socialization, and employ- ment, it is important that at risk individuals are identified and assessed as soon as possible. Responding to the need for regional
119 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
assessment, the Interior Health Authority of BC initiated a pilot project for the assessment of a small group of children identified as having been prenatally exposed to alcohol and as having related developmental challenges. An interdisciplinary team was assembled. A wide array of assessment tools was utilized and a comprehensive report was written for each child evaluated. Upon completion, a satisfaction survey was provided to caregivers. Children ranged in age from 4 to 16 years and most were male. All received a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder diagnosis. Close to 70% of caregivers indicated that the assessment increased understanding of their child. The post-assessment feedback meeting was rated as most helpful. Anecdotal comments focused on the deeper understanding caregivers had developed for their child and how hopeful they were that the assessment would bring a greater level of services to their child. Some caregivers expressed concern that required services would be unavailable in their school/community. Overall, the assessment process was rated very highly.
#62 IMPLEMENTATION EVALUATION OF THE STUDENT WELLNESS INITIATIVE TOWARD COMMUNITY HEALTH (SWITCH) Dena Derkzen, University of Saskatchewan; Maxine Holmqvist, University of Saskatchewan; Melanie Smith, University of Saskatchewan; Karen Lawson, University of Saskatchewan
The Student Wellness Initiative Toward Community Health (SWITCH) is a student-managed interprofessional wellness initia- tive to provide health services to the underserved populations in Saskatoon’s core neighborhoods. Students from four universi- ties/colleges representing nine health disciplines volunteer alongside professional staff, mentors and Aboriginal advisors and/or elders. SWITCH’s goals are to improve the health of the community, the education of future health professionals and the rela- tionship between academia and the community at large. The purpose of this study is to evaluate and measure the implementa- tion of the SWITCH initiative. The evaluation was designed to answer the following questions: 1) Does SWITCH serve the intended population?; 2) Does SWITCH have the needed resources to operate as intended?; 3) Are SWITCH activities being implemented as intended?; 4) Are clients satisfied with SWITCH? The evaluation methodology included sharing circles with the community population, focus groups with student volunteers and review of program documentation. Results will summarize the findings, challenges and conclusions of the implementation evaluation. Recommendations for ongoing development and improvement of this ambitious and innovative student-run health initiative will also be presented.
#63 EVALUATION OF OUTCOME MONITORING TOOLS FOR CENTRETOWN COMMUNITY HEALTH CENTRE’S MINDFULNESS AND STRESS REDUCTION PROGRAM Leigh Karavasilis, University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on Community Services; Rebecca Crabb, University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on Community Services; Tiffany Hunt-Shanks, University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on Community Services; Sandra Naaman, University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on Community Services; Tim Aubry, University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on Community Services
Background: The Centertown Community Health Centre (CCHC) solicited the services of the Centre for Research on Community Services (CRCS) of the University of Ottawa to evaluate the suitability of outcome monitoring measures currently
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY being used as part of a Stress Reduction Program. Methods: A team of researchers developed a set of parameters against which the measures were evaluated. The parameters included validity, reliability, relevance to program goals and simplicity/brevity. Results: A total of four measures currently used by the Stress Reduction Program were assessed by research group members. Measures included the Burns Anxiety Inventory, Burn Depression Checklist, Body Pain Map and Satisfaction Questionnaire. Evaluation ratings ranged from poor to excellent. Recommendations: Based on an empirical literature review, another set of out- come measures was proposed and assessed using the same criteria. These measures included the McGill Pain Questionnaire, SF- 36, Mindful Attention Awareness Scale, Outcome Questionnaire and the Psychological Stress Measure. Evaluation ratings for this latter set of outcome measures ranged from fair/good to excellent. In order to circumvent some of the shortcomings inherent in the currently used set of outcome measures, it was recommended that the latter set of outcome measures be used either to replace or supplement currently used tools.
#64 UNBUNDLING AS EMPOWERMENT: LEGAL AID USERS DO NOT AGREE! Nansy Jean-Baptiste, University of Windsor; Cathryn Button, Memorial University of Newfoundland
There is little published on the topic of access to legal aid while Western society is becoming increasingly legalised (Epp, 2000). Some new organizations are looking at using ‘unbundling’ to increase access to legal services (Mosten & Borden, 2000).With unbundling, the client is empowered by participating in their own case, by researching information, writing drafts of documents, etc. (Mosten & Borden). Residents of a city in England were polled and interviewed regarding their needs for legal aid services. The results presented are based on naturalistic observations, questionnaire responses, interviews and focus groups. The barriers to access reported by service users were categorized and compared with the reports by lawyers and front line service workers. It is clear from this research that unbundling does not help in making legal services more accessible to persons needing legal aid, and that service provider attitude is not conducive to such collaboration. Although unbundling may help middle class and highly educated persons, it is not the case for persons with lower education and lower incomes. It seems that, at a basic level, poverty itself excludes persons from participating in services. Implications for the Canadian context are discussed.
120 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#65 THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF SOCIAL CAPITAL TO SUBJECTIVE RATINGS OF MENTAL HEALTH: A STUDY IN THREE MIDDLE CLASS BRITISH COLUMBIA NEIGHBOURHOODS Jason Ramsay, St. Michael’s Hospital
The World Health Organization reports that major depression is responsible for 11 percent of all disability worldwide, more than any other single physical or mental disorder. Emile Durkheim was among the first to propose that the structure of society had an effect on psychological health. Recent research has sought to link risk for poor mental health to the absence of specific social structures. A growing body of research suggests that social capital, as measured by social support and participation in social net- works may mitigate against risk for depression. We investigated the contribution of social capital to risk of major depression from a cross-sectional survey of 2,536 households in three cities in British Columbia. Logistic regression was used to examine the influence of demographic, social integration, social support and lifestyle characteristics on the likelihood of major depression among respondents. Social capital was measured by individual response to several yes/no survey questions about level of social integration and social support. Risk of depression was measured with a 5 item scale. Risk for depression was related to age and income level as well as levels of daily stress. Social group participation protected against risk for depression. This study shows that even in relatively stable communities, social capital is an important contributor to mental health.
#66 FASD: SCREENING FOR SUCCESS Chantelle Wilson, University of Northern British Columbia; Cindy Hardy, University of Northern British Columbia
The Structured for Success Project (SFSP) is a pilot program with a mandate to develop appropriate parenting support services for parents who might be affected by fetal alcohol spectrum disorders (FASD). In this paper, psychometric properties of the SFSP screening tool are evaluated. Because formal diagnoses are rarely available for this client population and program funding FRIDAY / VENDREDI does not permit psychological assessments, SFSP developed a screening tool to identify parents who might have FASD. The tool consists of 4 qualitative sections evaluating Strengths, Additional Factors, Health, and Support Network, and 2 quantitative scales evaluating Primary Characteristics and Secondary Characteristics. The Primary Characteristics scale contains 24 items reflecting behaviours that result directly from organic brain damage, such as difficulties with memory. The Secondary Characteristics scale contains 19 items reflecting behaviours thought to develop over time in response to the strains of living with brain damage, such as being easily fatigued. The screening tool is designed to be completed by the referral agency staff person most knowledgeable about the parent. Preliminary results based on n = 64 completed screening tools reveal satisfactory item statistics and alpha estimates of .843 for the Primary Characteristics scale and .854 for the Secondary Characteristics scale. Of 43 corrected item-total correlations, all but 4 were greater than .30. Evaluation of one month test-retest stability is in progress.
#67 BELIEFS, CHOICE AND COPING: EXAMINING THE ROLE OF AGENCY IN WOMEN’S CAREGIVING EXPERIENCES Cyndi Brannen, Dalhousie University
This study analyzed existing data from the Healthy Balance Research Program. The goal was to examine connections between women’s beliefs about caregiving and their well-being. Focus groups included immigrant women, aboriginal women, women caregivers with disabilities, women providing care for disabled individuals, and rural women. Analyses identified themes around gender role beliefs, well-being, coping, and agency. Adaptive coping strategies were problem focused and included accessing support from others, the community and organizations. Linkages were found between the strength of beliefs in the gendered nature of caregiving and perceived lack of agency over their caregiving situations. This, in turn, was associated with more nega- tive statements about their physical and mental health. However, problem focused coping strategies provided a buffer against powerful gender role expectations and feelings of helplessness. African Nova Scotian women reported health benefits of a pro- tective community support network while Caucasian urban women did not discuss such a safety net. The findings are interpreted using the reformulated learned helplessness model (Abramson, Seligman, & Teasdale, 1978). Implications for labeling “help- lessness” as a reason for women’s experiences of stressful caregiving and inability to access community support from individu- als or services are discussed.
#68 ADJUSTMENT AFTER CRISIS IN RURAL NEWFOUNDLAND; EXPLORING THE SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC DETERMINANTS OF COMMUNITY WELL BEING Monique Goguen Campbell, Memorial University of Newfoundland
In rural Newfoundland, some communities continue to sustain negative economic, social, and health impacts since the fishery decline and eventual moratorium in 1992, while others have undertaken community economic development (CED) to help sus- tain themselves. In health promotion circles, CED is said to be capable of improving quality of life in communities when creat- ing opportunities for employment. It has been suggested that social capital, the networks within and beyond the community that promote reciprocity, trust and engagement, leads to increased regional economic development outcomes. Yet rural Canadian research has revealed contradictory results in support of this conclusion. Through a combination of qualitative and quantitative work, the study described in this paper has compared two resilient with two non-resilient rural communities, all substantially
121 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
impacted by the fishery closure. Social capital has been examined as a determinant of CED. There is also a documented need for greater understanding of the psychosocial processes involved in the varied impact of economic change on the health and well being of communities. Social capital and other social psychological constructs such as sense of community are explored to this end. Results shed light on the social processes that enable CED, along with social and economic determinants of community well being.
#69 IMPLEMENTATION EVALUATION OF THE “DISCOVERY UNIVERSITY” PILOT PROGRAM Rebecca Crabb, University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on Community Services; Tiffany Hunt-Shanks, University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on Community Services; Vivien Runnels, Univesity of Ottawa; Michele LaRoche, University of Ottawa; Laura Goodine, University of Ottawa; Tim Aubry, University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on Community Services
The presentation will summarize the findings and conclusions of an implementation evaluation of an 8 week, non-credit, univer- sity course for homeless and/or low income persons. The “Discovery University” pilot program was intended to foster a commit- ment to learning, critical thinking and a stronger sense of citizenship that may further promote personal growth and positive social change. The present evaluation was designed to develop a Program Logic Model for “Discovery University” and to evalu- ate the following 1) Is “Discovery University” being delivered to the intended population? 2) Is the program being implemented as intended, 3) participant satisfaction, and (4) areas for improvement. The evaluation methodology included key stakeholder interviews with program participants (N =16) and professor (N =1), focus groups with tutors (N =6) and planning/advisory com- mittee (N =10), and review of program documentation. Results revealed that the program reached the target population, and was generally implemented as intended. Overwhelming participant satisfaction was expressed, in addition to subjective accounts of personal growth. Some concerns were raised with respect to tutor role clarification and material support, and tutor-professor communication. Recommendations were developed in relation to participant selection and accompaniment strategies, course processes, course content, course personnel (tutors, professor and support workers) and program monitoring
#70 BUILDING EMPOWERING RESEARCH PARTNERSHIPS WITH COMMUNITY AGENCIES: LESSONS LEARNED Joan Nandlal, Unit Centre for Addiction and Mental Health
A strong link between practice and research is crucial to create research projects that have applicability at the clinical and policy levels. Partnerships between community agencies and researchers facilitates the maintenance of this link. Our aim in this paper is to share insights regarding the development of partnerships with community-based agencies serving persons with mental health issues and other marginalized populations. Drawing on tenets of participatory action research, Fetterman’s (1999) view of empowerment evaluation, Nelson, Prilleltensky and MacGillivary’s (2001) value-based partnership framework, and Fawcett et
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY al.’s (1995) strategies for successful partnerships, we describe and examine different types of partnerships that we have forged over the past five years. As part of our review, we compare and contrast principles for ideal partnerships as reflected in these the- ories with the realities of the partnerships we have been involved in. We then offer “lessons learned” regarding: the different manifestations of partnerships, the ways in which partner agencies have different needs from those of researchers, ways of addressing these different needs, the strategies used to build trust in an attempt to overcome partners’ concerns in working with hospital-based/academic researchers. We complete the session with suggestions for how to foster partnerships with community- based agencies.
#71 SUICIDE RISK REDUCTION THROUGH YOUTH ENGAGEMENT: AN EXPLORATION OF KEY GENDER DIFFERENCES Laura Armstrong, University of Ottawa
Although there is some evidence to suggest that youth engagement in structured extracurricular activities may enhance psycho- logical well-being, no previous research has examined this issue in relation to suicide prevention. Further, gender issues are clearly relevant in mental health research. However, the majority of research on youth engagement primarily includes female participants or does not examine the relationship between youth engagement and the promotion of positive mental health by gen- der. Therefore, the purpose of the present research, conducted with 242 high school students (n = 128 females; n = 113 males) in Eastern Ontario, was to examine youth engagement in structured, meaningful activities as it relates to self-reported suicidal ideation by gender. Findings of this research suggest that the subjective quality of youth engagement is a more important direct predictor of suicidality in males than in females, explaining 10% of and 5% of the variance, respectively. In females, but not in males, satisfaction with social support, depressive symptoms, and risk behaviours mediate the relationship between the perceived quality of youth engagement and suicidal ideation. Therefore, there are key gender differences in the ways through which youth engagement in self-reported meaningful activities is related to lower suicide risk.
122 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#72 BÉNÉVOLAT INTENSE, BÉNÉVOLAT INTENSIF ET CAPITAL SOCIAL: UNE ANALYSE COMPARATIVE DU CAPITAL SOCIAL CHEZ LES BÉNÉVOLES DE LIGNES D’ÉCOUTE ET LA POPULATION CANADIENNE Myriam Lebel, Université d’Ottawa
Le capital social est défini comme étant l’ensemble des caractéristiques de l’organisation sociale qui facilitent la coordination et la coopération pour un bénéfice mutuel (Putnam, 1995). Ses principales composantes sont les normes/valeurs, les réseaux soci- aux ainsi que l’engagement civique (Kemenade, 2003). Pour certains, c’est l’appartenance à un organisme bénévole qui permet la création de capital social (Putnam, 1995). Pour d’autres, la création de capital social est plutôt liée au type d’activités bénév- oles effectuées (Arai, 2000) ou à l’intensité des relations qui se développent au sein des regroupements bénévoles (Newton, 1997). Les liens entre le bénévolat et le capital social sont explorés dans le cadre d’une étude réalisée auprès des bénévoles de deux organismes offrant des services d’écoute téléphonique. Le bénévolat réalisé par ces bénévoles est considéré comme étant intense (d’aux types d’interventions téléphoniques effectuées) et intensif (d’au nombre d’heures de bénévolat élevé exigé des bénévoles). Un questionnaire constitué de questions tirées de l’EnquÍte sociale générale de 2003 de Statistique Canada fut rem- pli par 68 bénévoles. Une discussion porte sur la façon dont les individus effectuant un bénévolat à la fois intense et intensif se comparent aux Canadiens en ce qui a trait aux différentes composantes du capital social.
#73 PERSONAL PERSPECTIVES, EXPERIENCES AND CONSEQUENCES OF FOOD INSECURITY IN OTTAWA Melissa Calhoun, University of Ottawa; Elizabeth Kristjansson, University of Ottawa; Vivien Runnels, University of Ottawa; Alexandre Bélanger, University of Ottawa; Moe Garahan, Sandy Hill Community Health Centre, Ottawa FRIDAY / VENDREDI Food insecurity is an inequality that is central in the lives of many low-income Canadians. People lack food security when regu- lar access to nutritious food is limited or variable due to high prices, low income, lack of transportation or inadequate food distri- bution, or they become disadvantaged in other ways through the acquisition of food. Our pilot study was conducted to investi- gate the lived experiences of food insecure individuals in Ottawa. Thirty in-person interviews were conducted with self-identi- fied English and French food insecure participants. Results indicated 11 of 14 households without children experienced food insecurity with hunger, 5 were at the severe level of hunger. Moreover, 12 of the 16 households with children experienced food insecurity with hunger. First person reflections commonly featured feelings of depression, worry, low self-esteem and despair. Participants’ accounts highlighted financial constraints, food insufficiency, lack of choice, poor diet, physical and mental health consequences, and difficult decisions made as a result of food insecurity. Interestingly, many of the contributors to food insecu- rity were the result of external factors, such as expense of food and transportation and difficulty getting to a food store. Future research will be conducted to gain a more comprehensive understanding of food insecurity in Ottawa.
#74 COMMUNITY SERVICE DELIEVERY ISSUES OF DEPRESSED RURAL WOMEN Mandy York, University of Alberta
This study explored the perceptions of community service providers concerning the issues of depressed rural women. Representatives from community and volunteer organizations (N = 37) in Kings and Hants Counties, Nova Scotia were inter- viewed using a semi-structured interview to gain their perspective on the causes, prevention and treatment of depressed rural women. Utilizing a qualitative approach, participants’ responses were subjected to within and between case thematic analyses. Themes were identified for each of following topic areas: the perceived needs and stresses of women with depression; the per- ceived stresses of women in rural areas; obstacles and barriers to accessing services; problems of mental health service delivery in rural areas; and recommendations for improvements to the delivery of prevention and treatment services. The results from this study suggest a discrepancy between how service providers view the needs and stresses of women with depression and the available services to address such concerns. Community implications for this study are discussed.
(Psychology and Religion – Psychologie et religion #75-77) #75 SPIRITUALITY AMONG IMMIGRANT CHILDREN ADJUSTING TO ADVERSE LIFE EVENTS Farah Nanji, University of Alberta; Noorfarah Merali, University of Alberta
Children of immigrant families face several adverse life events that may disrupt childhood functioning and increase their risk for psychological maladjustment. Notably, these populations have not exhibited higher rates of psychological distress than their Canadian-born counterparts. Research suggests that a critical and natural source of strength and resilience for immigrant families is spirituality and religiosity. The purpose of this qualitative study was to explore immigrant children’s conceptions of divine forces and the role this plays in their explanations for and adjustment to adverse life events. Six immigrant children ages 4 through 7 years and their parent(s) who self-identified religion and spirituality as a source of influence in family life were invited to participate. Children participated in a semi-structured interview consisting of open-ended questions and non-verbal strategies designed to elicit their understandings of spirituality. Results are presented from the child’s own perspective and reveal that each
123 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
participant has a notion of spirituality that is unique, detailed and elaborate. Results further convey that each child’s spiritual phi- losophy significantly informs and influences their worldview, particularly their healing and coping attempts. Exploring chil- dren’s unique perspectives of spirituality and the role this plays in their own healing process may support Canadian psycholo- gists’ utilization of this process in treatment.
#76 EVIDENCE FOR THE APPLICABILITY OF THE “SYSTEMIC STAGE MODEL” OF RELIGIOUS CONVERSION TO FEMALE CONVERSION Paulette Hunter, University of Regina
The study of religious conversion has captured the interest of psychologists since the inception of the discipline (e.g., Hall, 1881; James, 1902). The “systemic stage model” of religious conversion published by Rambo (1993) proposes that religious conver- sion involves a series of interacting stages identified by the following terms: context, crisis, quest, encounter, interaction, com- mitment, and consequences. Because this model was based, in part, on research data collected primarily from male participants, it is not known whether it accurately describes female religious conversion. Data collected during semi-structured interviews with five female participants and one male participant were analyzed using a grounded theory approach in order to identify themes. The themes that emerged were titled: roots, interactions, atmosphere, knowledge, age, conversion, and journey. Despite a mostly-female sample demographic, these themes very closely compared to the stages of Rambo’s systemic stage model (i.e., context/roots, crisis/age, quest/knowledge, encounter/atmosphere, interaction/interactions, commitment/conversion, and conse- quences/journey). This data supports the use of Rambo’s systemic stage model of conversion as a model for female religious conversion.
#77 AN EXAMINATION OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN RELIGIOSITY, ATTACHMENT TO GOD AND MENTAL HEALTH W. Trainor, University of Saskatchewan; Enrico DiTommaso, University of New Brunswick, Saint John; Bryn Robinson, University of New Brunswick, Saint John
Previous research has provided support for the mental health benefits of both intrinsic religiosity (e.g., Masters & Bergin, 1992), and a secure attachment to God (e.g., Kirkpatrick & Shaver, 1992). The purpose of the present study was to re-examine these relationships and concurrently, to assess attachment to God as a potential mediator in the relationship between religiosity and mental health. One hundred and forty-one Eastern Canadian university students responded to questionnaires pertaining to attach- ment to God, mental health and religious beliefs, attitudes and behaviors. Using the Symptom Survey-77 (Johnson, 1995) and the Depression Anxiety and Stress Scales (Lovibond & Lovibond, 1995), better mental health was predicted by a more secure (less preoccupied) attachment to God. Moreover, intrinsic religiosity was associated with attachment to God. Specifically, higher secure and preoccupied, and lower fearful and dismissing attachments were related to greater intrinsic religiosity. No association was found, however, between mental health and religiosity. This inconsistency with past research and the implications for the present study are discussed along with analyses. Findings do indicate that perhaps greater attention should be placed on the secure and preoccupied God attachment styles when examining the interplay among religiosity, mental health and attachment to
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY God.
11:00 - 12:55 - BONAVISTA 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE FOR SCHIZOPHRENIA ASSESSMENT AND travail INTERVENTION Clinical Psychology Joel Goldberg, Mcmaster University; Donald Addington, University of Calgary
Canadian Clinical Practice Guidelines for service delivery with schizophrenia patients (CPG-S) have recently been updated by a Canadian Psychiatric Association multi-disciplinary working group using an evidence-based framework. A detailed and exten- sive literature review process was conducted from which level of evidence ratings were derived. This workshop will provide an overview of these up-to-date recommendations and highlight the specific guidelines most relevant to psychologists who are involved in clinical practice and teaching as well as researchers who want to familiarize themselves with current service delivery issues. The CPG-S recommend neuropsychological assessments, citing evidence that cognitive impairment is associated with poor functional recovery and reviewing the NIMH-MATRICS cognitive battery. The workshop will indicate how over the past decade, psychosocial interventions have been studied more extensively with the enhancement of psycho-education and family education programs, vocational and social skills training, as well as the development of cognitive-behavioural treatment for psy- chosis. Special topics will be reviewed in areas such as the ‘recovery’ model, peer support workers, and concurrent conditions, including smoking cessation programs. What psychologists ‘need to know’ about advances in pharmacotherapy for schizophre- nia will be outlined.
124 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
11:00 - 12:55 - RIDEAU 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium ‘REALITY’ TELEVISION AND OTHER DISTORTING MEDIA Women and Psychology Cannie Stark, University of Regina
Over the past few years, we have seen a proliferation of so-called ‘reality television’ programmes, programme series in which social psychological ‘experiments’ are conducted that we, as psychologists, would never even attempt to get ethical clearance for. Although all of these series are fascinating, from a social psychological perspective, for this symposium we have focussed in on several distinct sub-genres that are targeted to young women and, viz., ‘makeover programmes’ and related commercials and websites, a relationship testing series, and two ‘factual entertainment’ series. Rounding out our examination of these potential sources of influence on women and girls, we present results from our analysis of animated features directed to younger audi- ences.
#1 GROWING UP DISNEY: CONTENT ANALYSES OF FEMININITY PORTRAYED IN SELECTED ANIMATED FEATURES Tammy Kirichenko, University of Regina; Kim Fellner, University of Regina; Cannie Stark, University of Regina
In early childhood, girls are often exposed to glamorous heroines and princesses. They identify with these characters and may want to grow up to be just like them. Disney heroines and princesses are popular, and most young girls are exposed to these characters via animated features. Not only are the female characters perfectly beautiful, but they also perpetuate the stereotypical roles of women. It is not only the early Disney princesses (e.g., Snow White, 1937; Cinderella, 1950; and Aurora, 1955), that fit into these categories. Themes of beauty, dependence, helplessness, and sacrifice (usually for the sake of love) are still portrayed by later Disney heroines. Young girls can easily internalise these messages. No matter what their accomplishments, the reward FRIDAY / VENDREDI for these Disney “princesses” is always the “prince”. The concept of true love is so embedded in the cultural ideal of happiness that any woman may feel unhappy and dissatisfied with her life if she does not find her prince (i.e., Mr. “Right”), have a “fairy- tale wedding”, and/or find a man who treats her like a “queen”/“princess”. Implications for females’ relationship ideals, based on content analyses of verbatim transcripts and contextual descriptions from selected animated features are discussed.
#2 YIELD NOT TO TEMPTATION (ISLAND) Kim Fellner, University of Regina; Tammy Kirichenko, University of Regina; Cannie Stark, University of Regina
Television is a major socialising agent; through television viewers learn to internalise the values, beliefs and norms present in their culture. Due to the misconception of reality in ‘reality television’ programmes, individuals also learn to internalise misrep- resentations of values, beliefs and norms (Croteau & Hoynes, 1997). The purpose of this study was to explore the range of val- ues that the media, in this case reality television, legitimises and the kind of behaviours that are deemed normal within intimate relationships. One season of “Temptation Island, Australia” was transcribed and the context of each scene described. Contexts, behaviours, processes, and individual outcomes were analysed using Grounded Theory Methodology (Strauss & Corbin, 1998) to yield an understanding of the larger, over-arching values reflected in the series, as well as many inter-related sub-themes (Mertens, 2005). The careful examination of values portrayed in intimate and casual relationships improves understanding of the allure of reality television as well as the implications of the messages it sends.
#3 BEYOND BODY IMAGE: A GROUNDED THEORY APPROACH TO UNDERSTANDING BODY IMAGE-RELATED TELEVISION PROGRAMMES, COMMERCIALS, AND WEBSITES Erin Rumpel, University of Regina; Michelle McCarron, University of Regina; Cannie Stark, University of Regina
In recent years, the ‘makeover’ television programme has become a staple of many North Americans’ television diets. The ‘makeover’ programme is a potentially harmful influence, particularly for women around the age of 30, who are the target audi- ence. The ideological messages in these programmes involve concern with body image and willingness to change one’s appear- ance (to varying degrees, depending on the programme). Since the characters are ‘real’ people, it is implied that anyone may par- take in this process. Gender and sex stereotypes of personality, behaviours, occupational and social roles, are also present in these programmes. Many of the commercials accompanying such programmes serve to reinforce the notion that women need to live up to certain social expectations, but a few advertisers have been making efforts to shatter appearance-based stereotypes and to promote acceptance of oneself and one’s body. Likewise, there are both negative and positive influences from the Internet: While some websites promote eating disorders and other destructive behaviours as a means of conforming to beauty standards, others are advocating media education.
125 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#4 THE ‘REAL’ REALITY? MISGUIDED MORALS AND VACUOUS VALUES IN ‘FACTUAL ENTERTAINMENT’ SERIES Michelle McCarron, University of Regina; Erin Rumpel, University of Regina; Cannie Stark, University of Regina
Despite the surge of ‘reality television’ programming in recent years, few researchers have undertaken an examination of the morals and values being portrayed on such programmes. Unlike other so-called ‘reality’ programmes in which ‘normal’ people are placed in a variety of abnormal situations, there is another strain of ‘reality’ programming: documentaries chronicling the real lives of not-so-typical people. Two series, both of which take place in the New York/Manhattan area and are produced by UK film company September Films, will be examined. In “Manhattan on the Beach”, filmmakers chronicle the 15 weeks during which rich Manhattanites retreat to their mansions in the Hamptons and the not-so-rich vacation in share houses. In “Bridezillas”, women living in New York are shown sparing no expense in order to ensure the wedding of their dreams. These series are termed ‘factual entertainment’ by September Films, possibly to separate these programmes from the staged ‘reality’ programmes so widespread on television. The findings, based on qualitative analyses of verbatim transcriptions and contextual descriptions of these two series, are discussed as they relate to values and ideals.
11:00 - 12:55 - MOUNT ROYAL 11:00 - 12:55
Paper Session/ Séance de APPLIED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY présentation orale Sean Moore, University of Alberta Social and Personality
#1 A MOTIVATIONAL MODEL OF PERFORMANCE-ENHANCING SUBSTANCE USE IN ELITE ATHLETES Eric Donahue, Université du Québec à Montréal
Very little research has been done on the psychological determinants on substance use in sports. The purpose of this study was to propose and test a motivational model of performance-enhancing substance use with elite athletes (N =1204, mean age = 16.3 years). The model posits that intrinsic and extrinsic motivation toward sport respectively positively and negatively predict sportspersonship orientations, which in turn negatively predict the use of performance-enhancing substances. Participants com- pleted a questionnaire assessing self-determined sport motivation (intrinsic and extrinsic), sportspersonship orientations (respect and concern for the rules and opponents), and drug use in the last 12 months (30 different substances, 15 of them banned by the IOC). Findings supported the motivational model. Results from the path analysis indicated that intrinsic and extrinsic motivation respectively positively and negatively predicted sportspersonship orientations, which in turn negatively predicted the use of per- formance-enhancing substances. In addition, extrinsic motivation positively and directly predicted substance use. The present findings support the role of self-determined sport motivation and sportspersonship in leading athletes to engage in ethical behav-
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY iors. Future research should seek to determine if this model is replicated with professional and Olympic athletes.
#2 MOTIVATION, WILLINGNESS TO COMMUNICATE, AND ANXIETY IN EAST ASIAN LEARNERS OF ENGLISH: A SELF-DETERMINATION THEORY PERSPECTIVE Sabine Stephan, University of Alberta
This study explored the roles of motivation, willingness to communicate and anxiety in international students to Canada who were learning English as a second language. Seventy-four students from Asia (Japan and China) filled out a questionnaire col- lecting information about their motivations to learn English, their motivational intensity, their willingness to communicate, and their anxiety levels. Correlational analyses indicated that intrinsic motivation was associated with greater motivational intensity and willingness to communicate inside the classroom. The results also showed that there was a significant difference between Chinese and Japanese students regarding English class anxiety and amotivation. However, differences in anxiety were not attrib- utable to cultural differences, but to the perceived number of students from the same country in the classroom. The participants were more willing to communicate inside than outside of the classroom. The results have implications for second language learning motivation and structure of the optimal learning environment.
#3 THE PROTECTIVE ROLE OF GLOBAL SELF-DETERMINED MOTIVATION ON WOMEN’S BODY IMAGE CONCERNS FOLLOWING EXPOSURE TO THE ‘THIN-IDEAL’ Lisa Mask, University of Ottawa; Céline Blanchard, University of Ottawa; Katie Thompson, University of Ottawa
The negative impact of media images showcasing the ‘thin-ideal’ body standard on women’s body image experiences and eating behaviours is well documented (Groesz et al., 2002).Yet, recent investigations suggest that women respond differently to socio-
126 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 cultural pressures of thinness (Pelletier et al., 2004). The purpose of the following study was to investigate the protective role of global self-determined motivation (GSDM; Deci & Ryan, 1985) against the media’s ‘thin-ideal’ on women’s body image experi- ences in a laboratory experiment. Ninety undergraduate women were randomly assigned to view a video of the ‘thin-ideal’ or a video of neutral content. We hypothesized that women who were lower in GSDM, relative to women who were higher in GSDM, would report more body image preoccupations, negative affect, and greater intentions to diet and these effects would be stronger following exposure to the ‘thin-ideal’ video. Results from multiple regression analyses revealed main effects for GSDM on all outcome measures. Furthermore, women with lower levels of GSDM, relative to women with higher levels of GSDM, reported greater intentions to diet after viewing the ‘thin-ideal’ video. Overall, these results provide support for the hypothesized protective role of GSDM against harmful societal pressures and messages advocating thinness as the ideal body standard for women.
#4 EMPOWERMENT, PARTICIPATION, AND SENSE OF COMMUNITY IN DISADVANTAGED GROUPS Yvonne Lai, York University
Social identity theory predicts that endorsement of a stigmatised group identity would be detrimental to one’s empowerment. Conversely, sense of community theory predicts that one’s identification with a community would create a positive sense of attachment. Both theories were investigated when seniors’ community and age group identities were primed with group-specific participation. The elderly are a stigmatised group. We therefore hypothesised that empowerment would be predicted only by par- ticipation in community activities. Personal and group status were expected to moderate the effects. Sixty-eight elderly partici- pants completed measures of personal and group empowerment following a report of their participation in either community or seniors’ groups. Regression analyses showed that participation in seniors’ activities predicted neither personal nor group empowerment. However, participation in community activities significantly predicted personal empowerment in interaction with personal and group status, such that only those seniors who reported high personal and group status showed a significant positive FRIDAY / VENDREDI relationship between personal empowerment and participation. Group empowerment was not predicted by community participa- tion. The implications for group identity are discussed.
11:00 - 12:55 - LAKEVIEW 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de BEAT THE BLOCK: WRITING PAPERS FOR PUBLICATION travail Elizabeth Stanford, University of British Columbia; Kelly Smith, Queen’s Students in Psychology University; Kenneth Craig, University of British Columbia
Have you ever experienced writer’s block or been intimidated about preparing a paper for publication in a peer-reviewed jour- nal? If yes, you are not alone! Becoming familiar and comfortable with writing papers is a process that evolves with experience throughout undergraduate and graduate school. Led by two graduate students and the Editor-in-Chief of the journal “Pain Research and Management”, this interactive workshop will address the stages of writing a paper, offer tips for success, and answer common questions about the publication process. Topics include using outlines and structures, working with collabora- tors, targeting appropriate journals, and addressing reviews. The workshop will focus primarily on writing empirical articles, although other types of publications (e.g., review papers and commentaries) will also be discussed. This workshop aims to be practical and useful for writers at all stages of experience ñ from those with no publications, to others wanting to refine their skills. Attendees will leave with references and handouts to help when facing a blank screen in the future.
11:00 - 12:55 - BANFF 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN UNDERSTANDING AND TREATING SEXUAL Clinical Psychology DYSFUNCTION (Section Program) Christine Purdon, University of Waterloo
Sexual problems are common, and can be associated with considerable personal and relationship distress. However, effective psychological treatments are not available for many sexual problems. One obstacle to the development of such treatments may be that our understanding of the phenomenology and etiology of many sexual problems is rudimentary at best. This symposium features five empirically-based papers that address the diagnosis, development and persistence of sexual problems. The first paper provides an overview of issues relevant to Female Sexual Arousal disorder, identifying diagnostic concerns and proposing strategies for developing effective treatment interventions. The second and third papers focus on sexual pain, addressing the phe- nomenology and treatment of this complex, multidetermined problem. The fourth paper examines non-erotic thoughts and arousal recovery strategies in men and women with and without self-reported sexual difficulties. The fifth paper examines the impact of male sexual problems on one’s own and one’s partner’s sexual satisfaction and functioning. Collectively, these papers offer new approaches to understanding and treating sexual dysfunction.
127 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#1 FEMALE SEXUAL AROUSAL DISORDER: A PREVALENT PROBLEM BUT A DEARTH OF PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH AND THERAPIES Lori Brotto, University of British Columbia
Female Sexual Arousal Disorder (FSAD) is a complex diagnostic category with an evolving definition and no effective treat- ments. FSAD is highly comorbid with desire, orgasm, and genital pain complaints in women, and is a common symptom fol- lowing gynaecologic cancer treatment, spinal cord injury, and menopause. Recent surveys indicate that 31% of women experi- ence impairments in physical sexual arousal (Bancroft et al., 2003); however, only a fraction experience distress. In the clinical setting, complaints of reduced or absent subjective sexual arousal are much more common; however, epidemiological data on this problem are not available. Among all of the female sexual dysfunctions within the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV-TR), FSAD is the only one for which effective psychological treatments do not exist. In large part, this is due to the lack of psychological research aimed at testing the efficacy of non-pharmacological treatments. On the other hand, psychophysiological research aimed at understanding the mechanisms involved in women’s sexual arousal has a 30 year history. This paper will explore the diagnostic category of FSAD, summarize the research findings on pharmacological treat- ments for FSAD, and draw on psychophysiological research to propose a method for developing and testing psychological treat- ments for this common problem.
#2 IS “SEXUAL PAIN” REALLY SEXUAL? Caroline Pukall, Queen’s University
Vulvar vestibulitis syndrome (VVS) is a common cause of painful intercourse, affecting up to 12% of pre-menopausal women in the general population. Although traditionally viewed as a sexual dysfunction, recent evidence points to the importance of the pain component in VVS. This presentation will review current research supporting the re-appraisal of VVS as a pain syndrome. Women with VVS and age- and contraceptive-matched control women participated in a series of studies examining pain charac- teristics and affective responses to pain via self-report measures, vulvar and non-vulvar sensory functioning via psychophysical and clinical methods, and brain activation levels via functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). Results indicated that women with VVS reported more affective distress in response to pain and exhibited higher sensitivity to touch and pain in both vulvar and non-vulvar body regions as compared with control women. In addition, women with VVS demonstrated higher levels of brain activation in response to vulvar touch and pain than control participants. The pattern of results from these studies paral- lels findings in the chronic pain literature and supports the reconceptualization of “sexual pain” as a vulvar pain syndrome.
#3 THE PSYCHE AND THE SOMA: THE VICIOUS CYCLE OF PAIN IN WOMEN WITH VULVODYNIA Elke Reissing, University of Ottawa
Pain with sexual activity was a neglected women’s health problem just a decade ago. However, better diagnostic descriptions of different physiological markers (e.g., pain location, onset, quality, intensity, etc.) have led to a significant increase in research
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY and a better understanding of the complex and multidetermined nature of sexual pain. A leading cause of sexual pain is vulvody- nia, characterized by burning type pain in the vulvar or vestibular area initiated and/or exacerbated by sexual activity. While pain characteristics identify sufferers of vulvodynia, no definite etiology has been found. Further, treatment that is effective for the majority of women with vulvodynia is not currently available. However, psychologists and other health care professionals are increasingly able to address chronic or recurrent pain with sexual activity and can offer effective management of symptoms. Pain management is at the forefront of these interventions, closely followed by sex therapy interventions. This presentation will address the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration and reiterate the importance of a biopsychosocial perspective when working with sexual pain disorders.
#4 MALE SEXUAL DYSFUNCTION: PERCEPTIONS OF MALE AND FEMALE PARTNERS E. Sandra Byers, University of New Brunswick
Most research investigating the prevalence of sexual dysfunction has asked individuals about their own sexual functioning. This study used a community sample to investigate the relationship between men and their female partner’s perceptions of two male sexual dysfunctions, premature or rapid ejaculation (RE) and erectile dysfunction (ED). We also investigated their impact on couple functioning. Participants were 152 heterosexual couples. The men were more likely to self-identify as having a current problem with both RE and ED than were their partners. Men with self-identified RE and ED reported significantly lower sexual satisfaction but not lower overall relationship satisfaction than men who did not identify themselves as having a current problem with RE or ED. Identifying their partner as having an RE or ED problem was not associated with either women’s relationship satisfaction or their sexual satisfaction. According to both the men and the women, the man having an RE or ED problem had only a slightly negative impact on their own or their partner’s personal and sexual functioning. Few of the men had avoided intercourse opportunities and/or sought professional help due to either RE or ED.
128 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#5 AROUSAL-IMPAIRING THOUGHTS AND AROUSAL RECOVERY STRATEGIES DURING PARTNER SEX Christine Purdon, University of Waterloo; Chris Watson, University of Waterloo
Barlow’s model of sexual dysfunction suggests that sexual problems develop and persist because anxiety in sexual situations leads to attentional focus on sexual performance at the expense of aspects of the situation that are enjoyable, which in turn decreases arousal. Negative predictions about one’s ability to regain arousal pre-empt use of corrective strategies, such as use of fantasy, and the person then begins to disengage from the sexual situation. This poor outcome will enhance anxiety in future sex- ual situations. The present study was designed to examine some key aspects of Barlow’s model. One-hundred and sixty-five vol- unteers completed questionnaires about non-erotic thoughts, use of strategies to recover arousal, relationship satisfaction, and sexual functioning. Men and women reported a wide range of non-erotic thoughts that detract from their enjoyment of sex, and the frequency of and anxiety associated with these thoughts was associated with sexual dysfunction. Men and women also reported a wide variety of strategies to manage these thoughts, as well as to recover arousal when it is waning. However, these strategies were less successful for individuals with sexual dysfunction. Implications of these findings for understanding and treating sexual dysfunction are discussed.
11:00 - 12:25 - LAKE LOUISE 11:00 - 12:25
Keynote Speaker/ ARE COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGISTS READY FOR INTERPROFESSIONAL Conférencier de section COLLABORATION? Counselling Psychology Nancy Arthur, University of Calgary (Section Program) FRIDAY / VENDREDI Interprofessional collaboration is gaining increased attention as a means of transforming the provision of health care and human services. The shared knowledge and skills of professionals from multiple disciplines is proposed as an essential direction to improve the ways in which client issues are defined and client care is provided. As a profession, counselling psychologists are in many ways ideally positioned for interprofessional collaboration as standard practice. However, we need to think carefully about the implications of this movement and some of the realities faced by counselling psychologists in service provision. The driving forces behind interprofessional collaboration must be translated into real benefits for clients and for professionals. The promise of improved methods and interventions available to clients must be matched with support for professionals to work in new ways. This will require substantial changes in approaches taken to the education and training of counselling psychologists for working effectively on interprofessional teams. Like any change process, new models of interprofessional collaboration will challenge those professions and those individuals who have traditionally held positions of power to consider the benefits of shared decision- making and authority between team members. This presentation will address some of the opportunities and hazards posed by the current call for counselling psychologists to embrace interprofessional collaboration as a key priority for future practice.
11:00 - 12:55 - NAKISKA 11:00 - 12:55
Presidential Symposium/ THREE CANADIAN PROGRAMS IN CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS RESEARCH: Symposium présidentiel COUPLES FACING STRESS, LESBIAN-HEADED FAMILIES AND GENDER DIFFERENCES IN MEMORY Daniel Perlman, University of British Columbia
This symposium will feature three programs of Canadian research helping to advance our understanding of close relationships. Each speaker will briefly synthesize aspects of her basic thinking and then discuss recent directions in her work. Using a combi- nation of longitudinal and daily diary methodologies, Anita DeLongis will examine dyadic coping and support processes among couples facing stressful life experiences (e.g., blending families, chronic illness in a spouse or child). Danielle Julien and Johanna Vyncke collected multi-source observations in 270 Canadian lesbian-headed families in 8 Canadian provinces. They will report findings on stressors specific to lesbian co-parenting, sources of resilience, and the contributions of those variables to the quality of parents’ relationships with their children. They will also look at children’s perception of stigmatization and how they cope with homophobia. Diane Holmberg will explore the phenomenon of women having more vivid memories of relation- ship events than men. She will explore explanations for these effects and discuss the implications these gender differences might have for relational well-being. Finally Susan Boon will serve as a discussant, placing these studies in context and highlighting the contributions they have made.
129 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#1 COUPLES FACING STRESS: DYADIC COPING AND SUPPORT PROCESSES Anita DeLongis, University of British Columbia; Eli Puterman, University of British Columbia; Alison Welsted, University of British Columbia; Amy Zwicker, University of British Columbia
Findings will be presented from a series of studies examining dyadic coping and support processes among couples facing a vari- ety of stressful life experiences. These include couples in stepfamilies, couples in which one partner has been diagnosed with a chronic condition, and couples with a child diagnosed with a chronic disability. Couples were followed over time to examine coping and social support as a dyadic process in which spouses are mutually influential. Couples were interviewed regarding their family relationships, sources of stress, ways of coping, personality and health and well-being, in addition to completing twice daily diaries to allow assessment of stress, coping and support processes as they unfold across time. Across these studies, findings support an interpersonal model of stress and coping in which one spouse’s ways of coping with stressful experiences impacts both the other spouse’s ways of coping and the effectiveness of that coping. Findings suggest that the effect of any given coping strategy should be considered within the larger social context of the reactions of close others. Further, findings indicate that coping and support processes that are beneficial for one member of the couple are not necessarily beneficial to both or to the larger family system.
#2 FAMILY SUPPORT, DYADIC ADJUSTMENT, AND CO-PARENTING IN THE CONTEXT OF LESBIAN HEADED FAMILIES: FINDINGS FROM A PAN-CANADIAN RESEARCH PROGRAM Danielle Julien, Université du Québec à Montréal
Earlier studies of gay and lesbian families have usually focused on comparing children of gay and lesbian parents to control groups of children in heterosexual families. Less attention has been devoted to the particularities and variability of same-sex par- ents’ families. After presenting the overarching theoretical framework built over several years of research with gay and lesbian couples, we will present an overview of our Canadian community-based study designed to examine family lives of gay and les- bian parents and their children. Our study collected multi-sourced observations in 270 Canadian lesbian-headed families in 8 Canadian provinces. For this presentation, we will present preliminary findings on stressors specific to lesbian co-parenting, sources of resilience likely to moderate the impact of stress on parenting outcomes, and the contributions of those variables to quality of relationship with their children. We will complete the presentation with preliminary examination of children’s percep- tion of stigmatisation and coping with homophobia.
#3 GENDER DIFFERENCES IN MEMORIES FOR RELATIONSHIP EVENTS: WHEN, WHY, AND WHO CARES? Diane Holmberg, Acadia University
In recent years, I have been conducting a program of research investigating gender differences in memories for relationship
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY events. Early work showed that people believe women are better than men at relational memory tasks. Women’s memories for relationship events do indeed tend to be clearer and more vivid than men’s. Advantages are not simply subjective, however; women’s memory for relational events seems to be both more detailed and more accurate than men’s, and extends to memory for events in other people’s relationships, as well as their own. I have begun to explore explanations for these effects, including dif- ferences in men’s and women’s self-concepts. I am also investigating the implications these gender differences might have for relational well-being. In ongoing relationships, women seem to value relational memory more than men, and partner’s memory performance is more closely tied to their relationship satisfaction. In scenario studies, it is seen as especially beneficial for rela- tionships when men show good memory for positive relationship events, and when women show poor memory for (i.e., are will- ing to let go of) negative relationship events. Future research directions are briefly discussed, including investigating possible evolutionary underpinnings for these gender differences.
#4 DISCUSSANT Susan Boon, University of Calgary
The discussant will place these studies in context and highlighting the contributions they have made.
11:00 - 11:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 11:00 - 11:55
Paper Session/ Séance de METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES IN GLBTQ RESEARCH présentation orale Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity Issues
130 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#1 SEXUAL ORIENTATION: WHAT IS IT AND HOW DO WE MEASURE IT? Kevin Alderson, University of Calgary; Tricia Orzeck, University of Calgary
Sexual orientation has been differentially defined since the early work of Alfred Kinsey. In this presentation, the presenters will review the (a) definitions of sexual orientation, (b) various instruments used to measure it (copies made available to partici- pants), (c) construct of sexual orientation in light of claims made by conversion therapists, and (d) a new measure of sexual ori- entation (soon to be published) will be reviewed and distributed.
#2 CHALLENGES IN RECRUITING PARTICIPANTS FOR AN INTERNATIONAL ONLINE STUDY OF SAME-SEX AND OPPOSITE-SEX RELATIONSHIPS Karen Blair, Acadia University
This paper will discuss challenges in recruiting a large international sample of same-sex and opposite-sex couples to participate in a longitudinal study conducted over the Internet. The study examined the impact of perceived social support for a relationship on the health of the relationship as well as the mental and physical health of the individuals within the relationship. In order to make meaningful comparisons between same-sex and opposite-sex couples, over 1000 participants were recruited using Internet ads, posters, hand-outs, and magazine ads. Due to the longitudinal nature of the study, it was necessary to have participants pre- register so that all would begin the study at the same time and continue through each successive wave of data collection together. Researchers focused the initial recruitment on same-sex couples but later ran into difficulties recruiting a comparable sample of opposite-sex couples. Discussion will surround the most successful recruitment methods for each type of participant (male vs. female same-sex couples, opposite-sex couples) as well as cost efficiency data for different methods of recruiting. Special notice will be given to issues of recruiting an international sample for a study conducted using the Internet and special considerations which were necessary in order to make the study sound appealing and trustworthy to multicultural sample. FRIDAY / VENDREDI
11:00 - 11:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 11:00 - 11:55
Keynote Speaker/ PSYCHOLOGY AND THE EDUCATION OF SELVES Conférencier de section Jack Martin, Simon Fraser University History and Philosophy (Section Program)
Three conceptions of selfhood are interpreted as underwriting the research and interventions of educational psychologists from the late nineteenth century to the present: (1) an expressive self evident primarily in studies of self-esteem and self-concept, (2) a managerial self evident primarily in studies of self-regulation and self-efficacy, and (3) a communal self, mostly evident in sociocultural inquiry in educational psychology. Historical sources of these self-conceptions are noted, and their critical analysis is undertaken. This analysis focuses on what has and has not been “taken up” from relevant historical sources, and on the ade- quacy of the three conceptions of selfhood with respect to the education of persons and citizens in contemporary multicultural and democratic societies. Particular attention then is given to articulating the central features of the sociocultural and institution- al contexts within which the three conceptions of selfhood have flourished. A need for an alternative conception is posited, one able to support the education of persons and citizens as communal agents capable of embodying a multiplicity of perspectives. This is a conception of selfhood that draws upon recently developed neopragmatic and neohermeneutic approaches within psy- chology that understand selfhood and agency as relationally and nonreductively constituted within cultures, societies, and inter- personal interactivity.
11:00 - 11:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 11:00 - 11:55
Keynote Speaker/ SYSTEMS OF CARE: PROMOTING HEALTHY DEVELOPMENTAL OUTCOMES Conférencier de section Vicki Schwean, University of Calgary Psychologists in Education (Section Program)
Initially created to meet the needs of children with severe psychopathology, Systems of Care is an approach that builds partner- ships to create a broad, integrated process for meeting the multiple needs of children. It is based on the principles of interagency collaboration; individualized, strengths-based care practices; cultural competence; community-based services; and full participa- tion of professionals and families as active partners in planning, funding, implementing, and evaluating services and system out- comes. A centralized focus of Systems of Care is building the infrastructure needed to result in positive outcomes for children and families. This talk will focus on the role of Systems of Care in promoting and supporting healthy psychological develop- ment of all children. The guiding principles and components of Systems of Care and their relationship to prevention and promo-
131 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
tion will be discussed, along with recent applications of Systems of Care aimed at improving outcomes for at-risk children and families within several Canadian communities. Particular emphasis will be directed toward evaluating the effectiveness of and impediments to Systems of Care.
12:00 - 12:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 12:00 - 12:55
Keynote Speaker/ CONDUCTING APPLIED RESEARCH IN ORGANIZATIONS: TRENDS AND Conférencier de la section CHALLENGES Industrial/ Ann Marie Ryan, Michigan State University Organizational
The changing nature of work and the workplace offer more than just new topics for applied researchers to explore – they call for new ways of approaching the research enterprise. Moving beyond the obvious advantages and challenges of technological advances for conducting research, this talk will focus on how the processes of designing, conducting, and disseminating research in applied settings have changed in the last quarter of a century. Recurring challenges to keeping research relevant and rigorous will be noted, and prescriptions for conducting research and training researchers discussed. While the changes in approaches to applied research that have occurred will be a focal point, changes that should occur and ways in which researchers can and must adapt also will be highlighted.
12:00 - 12:55 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 12:00 - 12:55
Conversation Session/ ACCREDITATION CONVERSATION SESSION Séance de conversation Bob McIlwraith, Karen Cohen and Arcangelo Caputo, Canadian Psychology Association
Teachers, trainers, and students are invited to come talk about current issues, developments, needs and concerns in training and accreditation. These will include concurrent CPA/APA accreditation, initiatives on multi-national accreditation as well as any other topics of interest to participants.
12:00 - 12:55 - MAYFAIR 12:00 - 12:55
Keynote Speaker/ IS IQ OBSOLETE Conférencier de la section J.P. Das, University of Alberta International and Cross-cultural (Section Program) FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY
The paper argues that the concept and measurement of IQ were destined to be obsolete from the beginning, as their origin lay in an unintended application of Binet’s original tests. IQ testing has done more harm than good. Its basis in correlations and factor analysis has been questioned. Its transparent relationship with school learning and its failure to link individual differences in IQ to ways of thinking determined by sociocultural histories have contributed to a revision of the practice of IQ measurement. Following the historical review of IQ, the paper shifts to a new breed of intelligence theories based on information processing. Rules of intelligence are then summarized from contemporary studies: Intelligence comprises a variety of cognitive processes; it changes due to cultural demands; some processes may be in modules that are relatively autonomous, and lastly, some processes are domain-specific. Among the new tools, chronometric analysis and componential analysis are exemplified. The latter is applied to understanding the rate of naming words and colors that predict rate of reading.
12:00 - 12:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 12:00 - 12:55
Keynote Speaker/ A FRAMEWORK FOR VIOLENCE RISK ASSESSMENT: STATIC, STABLE, AND Conférencier de la section ACUTE FACTORS Criminal Justice Karl Hanson, Government of Canada Psychology (Section Program)
The evaluation of recidivism risk is crucial in the management of individuals with a potential for violence. There are three types of risk factors: a) static, historical factors (e.g., offence history), which useful for predicting long-term recidivism potential; b) stable but potentially changeable traits (e.g., intimacy deficits), which are useful targets for intervention, and c) acute, rapidly changing factors (e.g., emotional crisis), which are useful for identifying the timing of new offences. In this presentation, I sum-
132 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 marize the research evidence for static, stable, and acute risk factors for sexual offenders (child molesters and rapists). This evi- dence is based on meta-analyses of more than 100 follow-up studies, studies of clinical judgment and actuarial risk scales, and the results of a prospective study of more than 1000 sexual offenders on community supervision (Canada and US). The frame- work for identifying the risk factors for sexual offenders has direct parallels to the ongoing efforts to identify risk factors for other forms of violence.
12:00 - 12:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 12:00 - 12:55
Conversation Session/ VERGOTE’S THEORY OF “DEPRESSION AS NEUROSIS” Séance de conversation Stewart Sadowsky, Duquesne University Psychoanalysis
This presentation focuses on Vergote’s psychoanalytic theory of (major) depression as an atypical neurotic symptom. In contrast to melancholia based in super-ego pathology, depression results from the collapse of a problematic ego ideal based on contradic- tory and conflictual identifications including a defensively idealized same-sex parent on the one hand and a “bisexual” identifi- cation with both parents on the other. This formation establishes a narcissistically aggrandized but destabilized ego ideal predis- posed to oscillations between plenitude and defeat. When the subject’s illusions are undermined the ego ideal undergoes a func- tional ollapse which reverses the aggrandized omnipotence into the psychic powerlessness of depression. The symptoms of depression instantiate a psychic death in which all aspects of life – appetite, rest, sex, capacity to work, to find meaning, to enjoy—are taken from the subject. Far from being a deficit phenomena,however, these symptoms of depression express the sub- ject’s investment in the imaginary death of the figures that populate the depressogenic ego-ideal. While typical neurotic symp- toms employ repression to disguise what the subject uncosnciously desires, the atypical neurotic symptom of depression uses withdrawl from the world and life to avoid facing the lost imaginary omnipotence which reguires analytic work to be relin- FRIDAY / VENDREDI guished.
13:00 - 14:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 13:00 - 14:55
Workshop/ Atelier de THE STOP BULLYING PROGRAM – NINE YEARS LATER travail Rita Ortiz de Waschmann, College of Alberta Pscyhologists Developmental Psychology
The Stop Bullying Program is an early prevention, early intervention community and school program geared to teachers, parents and children. Based on research, the program promotes a safe environment. The goal is to support chidlren and families to be free from bullying and violence through the teaching of social and problem-solving skills and responsibility. The program has been functioning in Calgary sincen 1997 (non-stop), the first in the city, and is research based. Results show (pre-test, post-tests) that the program is effective when parents and teachers are involved and support participating children.
13:00 - 14:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY SECTION SPONSORED SYMPOSIUM Psychopharmacology David Nussbaum, University of Toronto & Whitby Mental Health Centre Section Program
There is a growing awareness that the brain and its attendant neurotransmitter systems are the instruments through which infor- mation processing is expressed as overt behaviour. Psychologists are becoming increasingly involved in both the acquisition and application of this knowledge. This symposium will honour two Canadians who have made significant contributions to basic and applied knowledge in psychopharmacology. By way of introduction, Dr. David Nussbaum will first precis the achievements of Dr. Muriel Vogel-Sprott in understanding the neurocognitive and behavioural effects of alcohol. Second, he will outline the pioneering contributions of Dr. John Bradford in pharmacological treatment of sex offenders.
#1 AN APPRECIATION FOR THE WORK OF DR. MURIEL VOGEL-SPROTT AND DR. JOHN BRADFORD Muriel Vogel-Sprott, University of Waterloo
As a clinical researcher, I have needed models with which to understand basic psychobiological processes and how they might be used to assess and treat differetmn types of individuals. Dr. Vogel-Sprott’s work on the the effects of alcohol on the balance between immediate reward and punishment has provided me with a path towards conceptualizing a significant aspect of psy- chopathy. Dr. John Bradford’s courageous and innovative application of basic neuroendocrine knowledge to help his patienst and society has presenetd a model for application in other areas of antisocial behaviour and its successful management.
133 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#2 PROGRESS IN UNDERSTANDING THE EFFECTS OF ALCOHOL ON HUMAN BEHAVIOUR Muriel Vogel-Sprott, University of Waterloo
This talk will describe salient issues, methods and findings that have advanced our understanding of the effects of alcohol on human cognition, decision-making and observable behaviour over the last three and a half decades.
#3 COMPLEXITIES IN ASSESSING AND TREATING SEX OFFENDERS John Bradford, Royal Ottawa Hospital; University of Ottawa
Sexual offenses continue to represent some of the most difficult crimes to deal with emotionally, therapeutically, administrative- ly and societally. This talk will highlight progress taht has been afforded in assessment of different sex offender types, severity levels and associated treatment modalities, with an emphasis on the pharmacological armamentarium available to forensic clini- cians in the 21st century.
13:00 - 14:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium WELLNESS AND EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION IN NON-WORK ACTIVITIES Industrial/ Kathleen Boies, John Molson School of Business, Concordia University Organizational
This symposium will explore issues related to work-life balance, with a focus on participation in non-work activities, including volunteering, leisure, and health-related behaviours. Millette and Gagné will present results of a study on volunteers that exam- ined the impact of job design on volunteer motivation, satisfaction, and performance (N = 124). Their study also tested the applicability of self-determination theory to volunteerism and validated a measure of volunteer performance. Brown and Hausdorf will present an analysis of the relations between work-life interference and healthy behaviours (e.g., exercise, nutrition, and sleep) using a survey of 900 health care workers from four organizations. Hecht and Boies will present data from a survey regarding participation in community and volunteer activities, and the extent to which these activities affect employees’ work (N = 293). They tested the hypothesis that work and non-work interact with each other in four ways (positive-behavioural, negative- behavioural, positive-emotional, and negative-emotional) and explored links between participation in non-work activities and these different kinds of spillover. Finally, McQuarrie will address an often neglected aspect of “life” in the phrase work-life bal- ance and leisure. She will discuss a survey of 79 employers and their support for employee involvement in leisure activities.
#1 AN EXPLORATION OF POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE SPILLOVER FROM NON-WORK ACTIVITIES TO WORK OUTCOMES Tracy Hecht, John Molson School of Business, Concordia University; Kathleen Boies, John FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY Molson School of Business, Concordia University
There is little doubt that employees today are involved in many different activities outside of work, including family, volunteer- ing, leisure, and so on. The purpose of this study was to understand more about how participation in these different non-work activities can both facilitate and interfere with well-being and behaviour at work. We developed a measure of work/non-work spillover that assessed both emotional and behavioural facets of this process, in order to examine the positive and negative ways in which work and non-work can interact with one another. Survey data were collected from approximately 300 staff and faculty members of a large Canadian university. Based on data analyses, we concluded that a four-dimensional model of spillover (posi- tive-behavioural, negative-behavioural, positive-emotional, and negative-emotional) was useful and we found that different activities were associated with different kinds of spillover. The discussion of our study will focus on implications for employee well-being.
#2 DESIGNING VOLUNTEERS’ TASKS TO MAXIMIZE MOTIVATION, SATISFACTION AND PERFORMANCE Marylène Gagné, John Molson School of Business, Concordia University; Valérie Millette, John Molson School of Business, Concordia University
We conducted a field study of volunteer motivation to test the applicability of the Job Characteristics Model in volunteer organi- zations and understand the impact of job design on volunteer motivation, satisfaction and performance. We tested Self- Determination Theory’s multidimensional measurement of motivation in the context of volunteer work and tested a measure of volunteer performance that included task performance and organizational citizenship behavior. Volunteers (N = 124) from 3 organizations completed measures of job scope, motivation, satisfaction, time spent volunteering, and intent to quit. Supervisors rated their performance. Job scope was related to satisfaction, performance, and autonomous motivation, especially intrinsic motivation. Intrinsic motivation mediated the link between job scope and satisfaction. It did not mediate the link between job
134 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 scope and time spent volunteering and task performance. This study showed that job scope is a viable construct to study in the volunteer domain, and that it is associated with volunteer attitudes and behavior. We developed measure of volunteer motivation, and successfully tested a model of volunteer performance. We found a unidimensional structure to this performance assessment, but suggest that more research is needed to validate the measure. Theoretical and practical implications of these findings are dis- cussed.
#3 UNDERSTANDING THE RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN WORK-LIFE CONFLICT AND HEALTHY BEHAVIOURS Andrea Brown, Guelph; Peter Hausdorf, University of Guelph
It is well recognized that many employees in North America are dealing with issues related to work-life conflict. Moreover, many individuals in North America are also dealing with issues pertaining to their physical health (e.g., obesity). Although many studies have linked work-life conflict with important individual (e.g., job satisfaction) and organizational outcomes (e.g., employee turnover), few studies have explored the link between work-life conflict and healthy behaviours. The current study assessed the relationship between work-life conflict and healthy behaviours (self reported exercise, nutrition and sleep) for approximately 900 health care workers from four organizations. The study was designed as a first step in developing an integrat- ed understanding of the factors impacting the well-being of employed persons in our society. Implications for research and prac- tice are discussed.
#4 EMPLOYER SUPPORT FOR EMPLOYEE LEISURE COMMITMENTS Fiona McQuarrie, University College of the Fraser Valley
The majority of work-life balance research has focused on employees’ actions in managing work and life commitments, but has primarily focused on family as a non-work commitment. Little attention has been paid to employer practices that address employee leisure commitments. A survey of 79 Canadian employers representing a range of sizes and industries indicates that FRIDAY / VENDREDI while many employers offer either formal or informal support for employee leisure, the majority of such support is not governed by any organizational policies and is negotiated on an individual basis on the employee’s initiative. Also, when asked to rank a set of reasons to grant employees time off, leisure-related reasons were consistently ranked lower than other reasons. These results indicate that while employers may theoretically recognize the benefits of leisure to their employees, their actual work- place support for employee leisure is less than satisfactory.
13:00 - 14:55 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium THE ROLE OF PSYCHOLOGY IN INTERPROFESSIONAL COLLABORATION Clinical Psychology Peter Cornish, Memorial University of Newfoundland
In the context of health care reform, there are increasing demands and opportunities for health professionals to practice interpro- fessionally. Psychologists are well positioned to assume a variety of crucial roles in a reformed, more collaborative health care system. This symposium will report on some of the different roles psychologists have assumed in both rural and urban interpro- fessional health care practice settings, training programming and policy development.
#1 PSYCHOLOGISTS AS TEAM BUILDERS: A CENTRAL ROLE FOR PSYCHOLOGY IN RURAL PRIMARY HEALTH CARE REFORM (A REPORT ON 2 PILOT PROJECTS) Peter Cornish, Memorial University of Newfoundland; Cheri Bethune, Memorial University of Newfoundland; Elizabeth Church, Mount Saint Vincent University; Terrence Callanan, Memorial University of Newfoundland; Vernon Curran, Memorial University of Newfoundland
People living in rural communities and remote regions typically have little or no access to psychological services. Community members and existing health care professionals often feel under-prepared to manage the complex social, psychological and psy- chiatric needs of their communities. In response to the challenges posed by distance and the absence of specialists in rural and remote areas, distance technology has been used to provide psychological training to health professionals interested in collabo- rating in the area of mental health. This paper presents the results of 2 pilot projects (involving more than 20 hours each of psy- chological training by videoconference) which serve as background to a larger project now funded by Health Canada. Because there were no psychologists practicing in the rural regions which were targeted for this training, the psychologists leading the training project were able to assume a neutral facilitative role in the context of primary care reform initiatives. The neutrality allowed psychologists with expertise in group process to teach basic psychological counselling skills to a wide range of health professionals while at the same time attending to the unfolding interprofessional team development dynamics.
135 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#2 TRANSITION TO INTERDISCIPLINARY TEAM SERVICE DELIVERY WITHIN AN OUTPATIENT ADULT MENTAL HEALTH CARE PROGRAM Jeannette Prenger, Community Mental Health Services, Thunder Bay; Mary Ann Mountain, Community Mental Health Services, Thunder Bay
Psychology staff play a strong role in interdisciplinary team care provided by physical health, as well as pediatric and geriatric mental health programs. This presentation will describe a process of change implementation that resulted in the development of interdisciplinary teams (over an 18 month period) in an adult mental health outpatient program. Challenges and opportunities in embracing an interdisciplinary model of mental health care in this setting will be discussed.
#3 MAKING A SWITCH: THE ROLE OF PSYCHOLOGY IN A STUDENT-DIRECTED, INTERPROFESSIONAL PRIMARY HEALTH INITIATIVE Maxine Holmqvist, University of Saskatchewan; Dena Derkzen, University of Saskatchewan; Leah Hatton, University of Saskatchewan; Cathy Stewart, University of Saskatchewan
The Student Wellness Initiative Toward Community Health (SWITCH) is a non-profit student organization dedicated to estab- lishing and maintaining a student-directed, interprofessional primary health clinic in a Saskatoon core neighbourhood. Psychology graduate students contribute significantly to the ongoing development and implementation of this unique initiative. Clinical students work on interprofessional teams to provide clinical services and health promotion programming under the supervision of registered psychologists, while Applied Social students oversee the evaluation of the SWITCH project. The SWITCH clinic is a collaborative endeavour, involving student volunteers representing nine different health science disciplines from three different post-secondary educational institutions (the University of Saskatchewan, the University of Regina and the Saskatchewan Institute of Applied Science and Technology), the Saskatoon Health Region, the Westside Community Clinic, professional mentors, community members and community-based organizations. The SWITCH clinic offers an opportunity for clinical students to work with students and professionals from other disciplines, while providing integrated and culturally appro- priate care to an underserved, low-income, primarily Aboriginal population. Applied Social students gain experience in planning and conducting research in a manner that is sensitive to the needs of a marginalized population. The team-oriented approach of the SWITCH clinic can serve as a model in the training of future health professionals in community-based settings.
#4 DISCUSSANT John Service, Canadian Psychology Association
13:00 - 13:55 - MAYFAIR 13:00 - 13:55
Section/ CPA Invited IT’S NOT ALL IN THE HEAD: UNDERSTANDING AND TREATING EXCESSIVE
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY Speaker/ Conférencier HEALTH ANXIETY invité par la SCP et la Gordon Asmundson, University of Regina section Health Psychology (Section Program)
Health anxiety occurs when people sense that their physical well-being is threatened and when there is uncertainty regarding potential causes and consequences. For most, health anxiety arises as an appropriate response to life-threatening disease, or is a mild reaction to changes in routine or minor ailments. For some, however, this anxiety becomes excessively disproportionate to their health status and is debilitating and chronic. These are defining features of the health anxiety disorders on a spectrum of conditions ranging from mild abridged hypochondriasis (e.g., transient hypochondriasis, disease phobia), to full-blown hypochondriasis, and to the most severe presentations of poor-insight hypochondriasis and delusional disorder on somatic type. Health anxiety disorders affect between 5%-10% of the population, often present as part of other Axis 1 disorders, and place considerable burden on the health care system, leading to needless medical consultations and unnecessary and potentially harm- ful medical tests. The primary purposes of this presentation are to outline the current state-of-the-art regarding mechanisms underlying the health anxiety disorders, and highlight recent empirically-based advances in assessment and treatment strategies for these conditions that were once considered “hopeless”. General tactics and challenges in treatment will be illustrated using a case example approach.
136 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
13:00 - 13:55 - BELAIRE 13:00 - 13:55
CPA Education and TRAINING PSYCHOLOGISTS FOR EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE Training Award/ Prix de John Hunsley, University of Ottawa l’éducation et de la formation
Dr. Hunsley obtained his Ph.D. degree in clinical psychology at the University of Waterloo. He has been a faculty member at the University of Ottawa since 1988 and is currently Full Professor. Dr. Hunsley is author of over 75 articles and chapters focused on psychological adjustment, psychological assessment, psychological intervention, and professional issues in psychology. He is also co-author of the book Introduction to Clinical Psychology: An Evidence-Based Perspective (written with C. M. Lee, pub- lished by John Wiley & Sons Publishers). Dr. Hunsley is a Fellow of Canadian Psychological Association and the Canadian Psychological Association Clinical Psychology Section. He is also Editor-Elect of Canadian Psychology. He is actively involved in the profession of psychology at provincial, national and international levels. Amongst others, he was a member of the Association of State and Provincial Psychology Board’s Examination Committee, a member of the Council of the College of Psychologists of Ontario and Chair of the Client Relations Committee of the College of Psychologists of Ontario. Dr. Hunsley has devoted his professional life to education and training, and throughout his career has maintained his passion for the front-line education and training in teaching and supervising graduate students. He has been tireless advocate and teacher in educating others in the knowledge base and methods of evidence-based practice.
The evidence-based practice (EBP) movement has become a driving force in a number of health professions. Given the domi- nant training models in professional psychology and the requirements of the CPA Canadian Code of Ethics for Psychologists, the emphasis on the use of research evidence to inform health care services should be, in principle, neither novel nor controver- sial for Canadian professional psychologists,. However, data from practitioner surveys and reactions from some psychologists FRIDAY / VENDREDI indicate that the tenets of EBP are, indeed, contentious and potentially divisive issues in professional psychology. This address will present the key elements of EBP in psychology, the benefits of EBP to patients/clients, and the current challenges that exist in ensuring professional psychologists can routinely provide evidence-based services. To enhance the likelihood that patients/clients have access to evidence-based psychological services, it is recommended that professional training and continu- ing education should emphasize knowledge and skills stemming from the research on (a) evidence-based assessment, (b) evi- dence-based treatment, (c) additional relevant treatment research (including mental health services research and treatment process research), and (d) clinical decision-making.
13:00 - 14:50 - BRITANNIA 13:00 - 14:50 POSTER SESSION “E” PRÉSENTATION PAR AFFICHAGE (Social and Personality – Psychologie sociale et de la personnalité)
(Social and Personality – Psychologie sociale et de la personnalité #1-74) #1 A VOLITIONAL INTERVENTION: THE EFFECTS OF IMPLEMENTATION INTENTIONS ON SUSTAINING AN ENVIRONMENTALLY RESPONSIBLE BEHAVIOUR Lauren Potvin, Carleton University
Although many people have admirable goals related to behaving in environmentally sustainable ways, there is often a gap between goal intentions and action. In this study, we examined the effects of Gollwitzer’s (1993) notion of implementation intentions (“I will initiate behavior[sic] x when in situation y to achieve goal z”) on the environmentally responsible behaviour (ERB) of using a travel mug. Our overall hypothesis was that implementation intentions may serve to bridge the gap between goal intentions and action by signaling a break in the habit of disposable cup use. Environmental awareness, attitudes and past consumption behaviour were measured (N =100) along with participants’ level of conscientiousness. Diary cards were used to track behavior over a four-week period as an experience-sampling approach to data collection. Similar to past research involv- ing implementation intentions and health behaviours we found that implementation intentions significantly increased the use of travel mugs over the intervention period, but the effects varied based on such factors as environmental awareness, attitudes, past behaviour and participants’ level of conscientiousness. These results indicate a possible social intervention for increasing envi- ronmental conservation and we discuss our data in relation to the use of implementation intentions to increase the level of ERB.
137 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#2 CULTURAL AND PERSONAL ENDORSEMENT OF STEREOTYPES DIRECTED TOWARD ABORIGINAL MEN AND WOMEN IN A CANADIAN UNIVERSITY SAMPLE Rebecca Harriman, University of Saskatchewan; Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan; Paula Brochu, University of Western Ontario; Kimberly Work, University of Saskatchewan
Aboriginal people make up approximately 15% of Saskatchewan’s population, and this rate is expected to increase exponentially over the next 20 years. Although there are affirmative action policies in place that ensure education and employment opportuni- ties, it seems that traditional, negative beliefs about Aboriginal people persist. Although negative stereotypes of Aboriginal per- sons have been documented in other Canadian regions (e.g., Claxton-Oldfield, & Keefe, 1999; Haddock, Zanna, & Esses, 1994), less is known about the stereotypes that exist in the prairie provinces, regions with large Aboriginal populations. Data were gath- ered from 145 (35 male; 110 female) introductory psychology students attending a Canadian prairie university. Results indicated that stereotype ascriptions of Aboriginal men and women were decidedly negative, and a great degree of correspondence was noted between individuals’ personal endorsement of these negative trait ascriptions. The findings are discussed in relation to the theory of intergroup contact, and future directions for research with Aboriginal men and women are outlined.
#3 A MOTIVATIONAL MODEL OF WORK-FAMILY INTERFERENCE IN HEALTH-CARE ORGANIZATIONS: THE ROLE OF SELF-DETERMINATION Céline Blanchard, Université d'Ottawa; Maxime Tremblay, Université d'Ottawa; Mélanie Perras, Université d'Ottawa
At a time when the combination of work and family is the lifestyle preference of most North-Americans, it appears important to explore the processes underlying the effects of these multiple, yet often incompatible roles (McBride, 1990). The purpose of the present study is to propose and test a motivational model of work-family interface based upon the Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 1985) and the Hierarchical Model of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivation (Vallerand, 1997). It is posited that one’s level of self-determination in both domains should mediate the stressors-conflict relationship. Thus, higher organizational and life stressors are expected to be related to lower self-determination in both abovementioned life spheres, which in turn, would be associated to higher experience of work-to-family conflict. Moreover, experienced work-family interference is argued to lower both job and life satisfaction and be related to strain outcomes, such as emotional exhaustion at work. Questionnaires were com- pleted by Health Care Workers (N =105) from a hospital in the south-east region of Montréal during a time of hospital restruc- turing and downsizing. Results from structural equation modeling techniques supported the model. Theoretical and practical implications for future research on the work-family interface are discussed.
#4 THE EFFECT OF VICTIM SUFFERING DURATION ON OBSERVERS’ ATTENTIONAL BIASES TOWARDS JUSTICE Mitchell Callan, University of Calgary; John Ellard, University of Calgary FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY Early justice motive theory research (e.g., Lerner & Simmons, 1966) assumed that the continued (versus ended) suffering of an innocent victim threatens observers’ belief in just world and consequently motivates efforts to reestablish justice (e.g., through victim derogation and blame). We tested this assumption more directly by using a modified Stroop task, which allowed us to examine whether suffering duration does, in fact, produce a search for justice. Participants viewed a video clip of a woman dis- cussing her experiences living with HIV. Some participants learned that the woman went into remission, while others learned that she continued to suffer from the effects of the virus. Participants then completed a modified Stroop task that included jus- tice, death, and neutral words. Death words were included to test whether suffering duration may also impact observers’ terror management concerns. As predicted, we found that participants who learned that the woman was to continue to suffer precon- sciously directed their attention more towards justice words versus neutral words. There were no attentional difference between death and neutral by conditions. The findings support the justice motive theory claim that prolonged suffering of an innocent vic- tim is more justice threatening than suffering that is time limited.
#5 THE LATENT STRUCTURE OF SUBCLINICAL PSYCHOPATHY: DIMENSIONAL OR TAXONIC? Craig Nathanson, University of British Columbia; Delroy Paulhus, University of British Columbia
Although great strides have been made in our understanding of subclinical psychopathy — a less extreme but nonetheless dan- gerous variant of its forensic counterpart — a key question remains unanswered: Is the latent structure of subclinical psychopa- thy dimensional or taxonic (i.e., categorical)? That is, are subclinical psychopaths merely at the high end of a continuum or are they qualitatively different from the population at large? An examination in ‘normal’ samples of histograms of misconduct data, which is a behavior prototypical of subclinical psychopaths, suggested taxonicity with distinct clusters of individuals who very frequently engaged in various forms of misconduct. To further address this question, we conducted taxometric analyses on a well-validated measure of subclinical psychopathy, the Self-Report Psychopathy Scale, based on the responses of 381 students
138 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 enrolled at a large Western Canadian university. In contrast to what was seen in the misconduct histograms, results from taxo- metric analyses suggested that the structure of subclinical psychopathy was dimensional. In sum, the initial suggestion that sub- clinical psychopathy is taxonic was inaccurate: Although apparently distinct, the clusters of individuals who very frequently engage in misconduct — subclinical psychopaths — are at the high end of a continuum.
#6 THE MODERATING ROLE OF RELATIONSHIPS’ CONFLICTS IN THE PATH BETWEEN MALADAPTIVE SCHEMAS AND EMOTIONAL EATING BEHAVIORS AMONG WOMEN Alla Skomorovsky, Carleton University
Child maltreatment has been found to be an important contributor to the emotional eating in adulthood, although the mechanisms triggering an unhealthy eating are not well understood. It was argued in this study that relationships’ conflicts would moderate the maladaptive self- and other-schemas (such as high dependency and fear of abandonment) triggering elevated stress and emo- tional eating behaviour among early-maltreated women. Female university students (N =242) completed measures of Child Maltreatment (Demare, 1996) and Schemas (Young, 1994) Then, women were randomly divided into 3 groups to watch a video evolving relationships’ conflict (abandonment, engulfment or control scenarios). While watching the video, women had an opportunity to eat as many chocolates as they wanted to. At last, the stress levels among women were examined. Hierarchical regression analyses were conducted to test for moderating models. The results indicated that both abandonment and engulfment videos moderated the maladaptive schemas when predicting stress levels among early traumatized women (women with mal- adaptive schemas experienced higher levels of stress than others). While the moderating model for the emotional eating was not significant, probably due to the non-clinical sample, the number of chocolates eaten was strongly correlated to the maladaptive schemas. It was concluded that excessive avoidance and dependence issues in interpersonal relationships may be expressed in emotional eating when interpersonal stressors are encountered, and need to be addressed when treating women with unhealthy eating behaviors. FRIDAY / VENDREDI #7 PERCEPTIONS OF GUILT IN A RAPE TRIAL: THE EFFECT OF SEX-ROLE STEREOTYPE AND JURY INSTRUCTIONS Janna Gates, University of Regina
It has been established that the sex-role stereotype of a mock juror affects perceptions of guilt in a rape trial. In this study, I examined whether this phenomenon occurs when jury instructions are included as an element in the experimental process. I hypothesized that sex-role stereotype will not affect mock jurors’ decisions when jury instructions are included. In order to investigate this, university students who participated in the study completed the Traditional/Egalitarian Sex-Role Inventory. Participants were then given a rape trial transcript to read and were asked to rate the guilt of the defendant. Half of the partici- pants also received jury instructions, which outlined the legal criteria for assessing guilt. Results replicated earlier studies, which found that participants with traditional sex-role stereotypes render a not guilty verdict significantly more often than their egalitarian counterparts. This effect was eliminated, however, when jury instructions were included with the transcript. Moreover, when jury instructions were included, participants rendered a not guilty verdict significantly more often than those who did not receive jury instructions, regardless of sex-role stereotype. These findings support the contention that sex-role stereotype may not have as strong an effect on perceptions of guilt in a rape trial as previously suggested.
#8 USING COMPUTER SIMULATION IN STUDYING SOCIAL VALUES: HOW AND WHEN INDIVIDUALISM AND COMPETITION REDUCE GROUP GAIN Mohsen Haghbin, Carleton University; Warren Thorngate, Carleton University
The Social value orientation (SVO) approach examines the values that people attach to the distribution of rewards across mem- bers of a group. Researchers in this area assume that the outcomes of a group dramatically decline when its members pursue individualistic or competitive values in contrast with cooperative values. In this study, a computer simulation, a new way of studying values, was created to challenge this assumption for the first time. Using different situational factors and group size as independent variables, we simulated a 3?5?5 factorial design to compare both individualism and competition with cooperation. The program repeated the experiment 100 times for each 75 combinations of independent variables. The results indicated that, contrary to the assumption, Individualistic groups did not show great reduction in group gains. Competitive groups, however, demonstrated a considerable reduction in group gains in comparison with cooperative and individualistic groups. The effects on competitive groups of situational factors, such as the type of reward distribution and the number of alternatives, were different from individualistic groups.
#9 THE NEGATIVE PHYSICAL SELF SCALE: INITIAL DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF A MULTIDIMENSIONAL MEASURE OF BODY IMAGE DISTURBANCES FOR CHINESE ADOLESCENTS Todd Jackson, James Cook University, Australia; Hong Chen, Southwest University, China
This research presents four studies on the development and validation of the 53-item Negative Physical Self Scale (NPS), a mul- tidimensional measure of negative physical self concept for use with Chinese adolescents. In Study 1 (n = 1,095), exploratory
139 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
factor analyses identified five dimensions underlying the NPS (General Appearance, Facial Features, Shortness, Fatness, Thinness). In Study 2 (n =1,057), confirmatory factor analyses replicated this factor structure. Gender and age group differences on NPS factors were comparable to those previously observed in the West. In Study 3, adolescents having a shorter height, lower Body Mass Index, or higher Body Mass index reported more concerns than comparison groups regarding shortness, thinness, and fatness, respectively. Also, beauty parlor customers reported more concern with facial features and student athletes reported fewer concerns with general body appearance than comparison groups. In Study 4, the validity of subscales received further sup- port via their significant relations with other body image scales and general self worth but not with theoretically-unrelated mea- sures. Because Chinese adolescents express more concern about general appearance, shortness, and facial features than about body weight, the NPS may have greater utility for assessing body image concerns in China than existing measures focused on body weight.
#10 EXPLORING RELATIONSHIPS AMONG VOCATIONAL CATEGORIES AND MACHIAVELLIANISM Lynda Hutchinson, University of British Columbia; Kevin Williams, University of British Columbia
A review of the literature indicates that students’ vocational preferences are importantly related to their personality characteris- tics (Holland, 1973; Skinner, 1981, 1988). More recent research (e.g., Hare, 1999) has called for an investigation of the suggest- ed links between Machiavellianism and vocational choices. The present study examined the possibility that Machiavellianism may be linked to Holland’s (1973) vocational categories, specifically: realistic, investigative, artistic, social, enterprising, and conventional. Utilizing data gathered from 286 university students from a large Western Canadian city, a series of six regression analyses were conducted to examine the possibility that Holland’s (1973) vocational categories were predictive of students’ self- reports of Machiavellianism. Results indicated negative relationships between Machiavellianism and both the social and artistic vocational categories. Further, a positive association was found between the enterprising vocational category and students Machiavellianism scores. The implications of these results are discussed in light of Holland’s theory of vocational choice and recent developments in the field of personality psychology and psychometrics.
#11 TWO MINUTES FOR LOOKING SO NEUROTIC: PERSONALITY AND HOCKEY POSITION James Cameron, Saint Mary's University; James Cameron, York University; Richard Lalonde, York University; Lori Dithurbide, Brock University
Do hockey players’ personalities differ, and are their traits perceived to differ, by the position they play? We examined these issues in a sample of 489 male hockey players (284 forwards, 152 defencemen, and 52 goaltenders; mean age = 35) recruited in Ontario and Nova Scotia. Respondents completed a brief, self-report measure of the Big Five model of personality and then rated the extent to which they thought the traits applied to players of each position. Forwards were more extraverted than defencemen, but contrary to the “goalies are different” hypothesis (e.g., K. Dryden, 1983), we found little evidence that self- reported personality correlates with hockey position. There were a greater number of differences in ascribed personality, with
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY forwards rated as more extraverted, less agreeable, and less conscientious than other players. More striking were moderating effects of the players’ own position, such that goalies and forwards each saw the other, for instance, as relatively disagreeable and neurotic. Results are interpreted with respect to intergroup phenomena such as stereotyping and ingroup bias.
#12 PREDICTORS OF CONFIDENCE IN SEXUAL FUNCTIONING IN A SAMPLE OF UNIVERSITY MEN AND WOMEN Shannon Ellis, University of Saskatchewan; Paula Brochu, University of Western Ontario; Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan
Previous research has theorized that sexual self-esteem (SSE) and body image self-consciousness (BISC) during intimate rela- tions are significant predictors of confidence in sexual functioning in sexually experienced men and women (Cash, Maikkula, & Yamamiya, 2004). Although these variables were significant, the variance accounted for in confidence in sexual functioning by these two predictors is relatively minimal (R2 = .20 for women and .16 for men, p < .001). Since another body of research has demonstrated a significant relationship between perceptions of genital image and sexual confidence, the current study investigat- ed the inclusion of this additional variable into the proposed model. Specifically, separate hierarchical multiple regressions were conducted using a sample of sexually experienced, heterosexual university students (69 men aged 18 to 50 years; 111 women aged 18 to 53 years). Key results for men indicate that both genital image and SSE are significant predictors of confidence in sexual functioning, whereas BISC is not a significant predictor (R2 = .51, p < .001). For women, all three variables are significant predictors of confidence in sexual functioning (R2 = .55, p < .009). Implications of these results for Cash and associates’ pro- posed model are discussed, as well as limitations and suggestions for future research.
140 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#13 LES RELATIONS INTERPERSONNELLES ET LES COMPORTEMENTS D’ACTIVITÉ PHYSIQUE: QUI ET QUAND? Isabelle Therrien, Université d'Ottawa; Céline Blanchard, Université d'Ottawa; Robert Vallerand, Université du Québec à Montréal
La théorie de l’autodétermination (Deci & Ryan, 1985) postule que certains facteurs sociaux satisfaisants les besoins fondamen- taux d’autonomie, de compétence et d’affiliation sociale favorisent la motivation autodéterminée, ce qui est lié à des con- séquences positives pour l’individu. La présente étude visait à vérifier ce postulat dans le domaine de la santé et de l’activité physique. L’objectif était de vérifier l’impact de la satisfaction des besoins à l’extérieur et à l’intérieur du programme, sur les conséquences positives vécues à travers le programme (ie. intention de poursuivre l’entraînement, satisfaction à l’intérieur du programme et atteinte des objectifs). L’échantillon est composé de 111 participants s’étant inscrits dans un programme de perte de poids. Ces derniers ont répondu à un questionnaire au début, au milieu et à la fin du programme. Il était attendu qu’une plus grande satisfaction des besoins à l’extérieur et à l’intérieur du programme serait reliée avec davantage de conséquences positives vécues à travers le programme. Les résultats ont appuyé les hypothèses. Les relations interpersonnelles associées au centre et celles dans la vie en général contribuent à un meilleur ajustement. Les contributions théoriques et appliquées pour le domaine de l’activité physique et de l’alimentation seront abordées dans la discussion.
#14 BELONGING: FACTORS AFFECTING WOMEN’S PARTICIPATION IN COMPUTER SCIENCE EDUCATION Lynda Ross, Athabasca University
In Canada, women earn approximately 22% of all bachelor’s degrees awarded in computing science; in the United States the fig- ure is closer to17%. Not only are women under-represented in computing science programmes, their numbers are gradually declining. At the same time women’s participation in other historically male dominated careers has steadily increased. The FRIDAY / VENDREDI decline has been attributed to the masculine ‘culture of computing’ dominating pedagogy and curriculum in traditional university classrooms. Drawing upon the detailed experiences of 18 women students from the Computing and Information Systems pro- gramme at Athabasca University, using in-depth, semi-structured interviews, this project looked at factors informing women’s reticence. Participants cited their affinity for the discipline and a sense of belonging as critical factors contributing to their own success and at the same time factors differentiating them from other women not choosing or not succeeding in a computing sci- ence education. Findings are discussed in terms of theories of collective identity and belongingness.
#15 LIFE-SUSTAINING TREATMENT PREFERENCES AS A FUNCTION OF CONTEXT Jill Jacobson, Queen's University; Angela Gibson, Queen's University; Peter Ditto, University of California, Irvine
Policy and law encouraging individuals to document their wishes for life-sustaining medical treatment in advance of illness assumes that these wishes are unaffected by changes in context. However, Ditto et al. (2005) found that older adults who were hospitalised for non-life threatening ailments showed a hospitalisation dip. That is, at hospitalisation, they desired less treatment than they did prior to hospitalisation or three or more months later. The few participants with more serious illnesses showed the opposite pattern. Instead, they desired more treatment at hospitalisation compared to several months before or after it. We hypothesised that seriously ill participants may have been focused on their near death, whereas the healthier participants may have focused on their pain and discomfort. To test these ideas, older and younger adults were randomly assigned to one of three focusing manipulations: a mortality salience, a pain salience, or a control salience condition. As expected, participants focused on death desired more treatment than did those in the control salience condition who wanted more treatments than did the partic- ipants focused on pain. Clearly, preferences for life-sustaining treatment are dependent on the context in which they are made challenging a key assumption underlying the use of advance directives or living wills.
#16 PERSONALITY, EMPATHY, AND MORAL DEVELOPMENT: EXAMINING ETHICAL REASONING IN RELATION TO THE BIG FIVE AND THE DARK TRIAD Kevin Williams, University of British Columbia; Sean Orpen, University of British Columbia; Lynda Hutchinson, University of British Columbia; Larry Walker, University of British Columbia; Bruno Zumbo, University of British Columbia
Although personality and moral development each represent major spheres of psychological research, few empirical studies have examined associations between them. Such research would be informative as to how personality influences perceptions of just and unjust behavior, decision-making processes, and resolutions of moral dilemmas. We examined these links in 311 undergrad- uates, using a comprehensive battery of personality scales (Big Five, psychopathy, narcissism, Machiavellianism), a multidimen- sional measure of empathy, and the Defining Issues Test-2 as a measure of moral development. Results demonstrated that Openness and Conscientiousness were associated with high moral development, as were the empathy facets of Perspective Taking and Empathic Concern. Conversely, Machiavellianism and psychopathy were associated with low moral development. Interestingly, Perspective Taking either fully (psychopathy) or partially (Machiavellianism) mediated each of these latter rela- tionships. Finally, Perspective Taking moderated the relationship between Conscientiousness and moral development: the spe-
141 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
cific combination of low Conscientiousness and low Perspective Taking was uniquely associated with low moral development, whereas Perspective Taking had little impact on the moral development of highly Conscientious individuals. The results are dis- cussed in the context of moral actions.
#17 THE EFFECTS OF AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL MEMORY ON PERCEIVED WARMTH: THE ROLE OF EMOTIONAL ENGAGEMENT AND SELF-DISCLOSURE Roxana Buchsbaum, Concordia University; Nassim Tabri, Concordia University; Caroline Fitzpatrick, Concordia University; Michael Conway, Concordia University
Individuals described as having good memory for personal and social events (i.e., autobiographical memory) are perceived as warmer (Blake, 2001). The current study was conducted to simultaneously examine contributions of perceived emotional involvement and disclosure in explaining people’s perceptions of warmth; these factors have not been considered in combination in prior research. Undergraduate participants (N =369) were presented a target described either as having very good, average, or very poor autobiographical memory. Participants rated the targets on emotional involvement (e.g., “Steven feels emotionally close to others in his life”), disclosure (e.g., “Steven opens up and talks about things he has shared with others”), and warmth. Structural equation modeling was conducted with autobiographical memory as a predictor, and warmth, self-disclosure and emo- tional involvement as dependent variables. The model provided excellent fit (c ≤ = 0.28, p = 0.60, CFI = 1.00, RMSEA = 0.00). Autobiographical memory predicted perceived emotional engagement (b* = 0.36), which in turn predicted perceptions of warmth (b* = 0.41). Self-disclosure was predicted by both autobiographical memory (b*= 0.29) and emotional engagement (b* = 0.20), but failed to predict warmth. In sum, people with good autobiographical memory are perceived as being more emotion- ally involved, which in turn leads to perceptions of warmth; emotional involvement also implies more disclosure. *p < .05.
#18 HUMOR, PERSONALITY, AND QUALITY OF LIFE Anne Gadermann, University of British Columbia; Bruno Zumbo, University of British Columbia
Humor has long been recognized as a coping mechanism for dealing with critical life events. Little is known, however, about the relation between elements of humor (humor production, humor appreciation, and negative attitudes toward humor) and the eval- uation of individual’s daily life experiences, positive experiences such as happiness, and personality variables. The purpose of the present research was to investigate these relationships. In study 1, adults (N =246) completed a humor scale, a satisfaction with life domains scale, and an overall happiness measure. In study 2, university students (N =184) completed a humor scale, an extraversion scale, a self-esteem scale, and a satisfaction with life scale. Results indicate that humor production was significantly related to satisfaction with friendships and quality of life, while humor appreciation was significantly related to satisfaction with friendships, relationships, and happiness. In contrast, negative attitudes toward humor were negatively associated with satisfac- tion with health and relationships. Furthermore, humor production and appreciation were related to extraversion and self- esteem, whereas negative attitudes toward humor were negatively related to extraversion. The results are discussed in the frame- work of quality of life research, emphasizing the importance of integrating the construct humor into this research.
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY #19 USING THE “ALL-OR-NOTHING THINKING” SCALE TO PREDICT EXERCISE ADHERENCE Lianne McLellan, Queen’s University
We tested the predictive validity of the All-or-nothing (AON) scale in the domain of exercise adherence. All-or-nothing thinking can be described as people’s propensity to set high standards and to initially work hard to achieve their goals, but to abandon their goals when a setback occurs (McLellan & MacDonald, 2004). For example, one may begin a strict exercise regimen but abandon it completely after missing only a few work-outs. The scale consists of three reliable factors: high standards (e.g., “I strive for excellence”), sensitivity to failure (e.g., “If I make even one mistake, I feel like a failure”) and lack of perseverance (e.g., “I have a lot of unfinished projects”). Participants (N =141) who were planning to start exercising regularly completed the 32-item AON scale and their attendance at group fitness classes was recorded for five weeks. We expected an AON by time interaction such that participants high in AON thinking would attend relatively more fitness classes at the beginning but that their attendance would drop toward the end, whereas participants low in AON thinking would maintain more consistency across the 5 weeks. Results were consistent with our hypothesis, but only for the subscale “sensitivity to failure”. Implications for iden- tifying who are at risk for abandoning health goals are discussed.
#20 DO PEOPLE PERCEIVE BODY TYPE AS AN INDICATOR OF THE INTELLIGENCE LEVEL OF OTHERS? Tanya Spencer, Lakehead University; Dwight Mazmanian, Lakehead University
Do people make inferences about others’ level of intellectual functioning based on observed physical characteristics such as body weight or body types? Are such inferences accurate? Forty-eight male and female university students completed a measure of intelligence (Shipley Institute for Living Scale; SILS; Zachary, 1996) and were individually photographed against a neutral background wearing jeans and a T-shirt. Faces and upper torsos were then obscured for ratings. No additional cues or informa- tion about the people being rated was provided. One-hundred and thirty-eight university students (60 men and 78 women)
142 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 viewed each of these photographs and provided judgements of each photographed person’s level of intellectual functioning. Although these judgments did not correlate with the objectively measured intelligence of the people being rated, striking and consistent patterns of ratings emerged. Men with high body mass indices (BMIs) were seen as less intelligent than men with moderate or low BMIs. Women with high BMIs were seen as less intelligent than women with moderate BMIs, who were seen as less intelligent than women with low BMIs. The reasons for such consistent but inaccurate judgements about others are unclear, but further investigation is warranted.
#21 THE ROLE OF CULTURE AND IDENTIFICATION IN PREDICTING ATTITUDES TOWARDS RAPE VICTIMS: CANADA AND TURKEY COMPARED Banu Cingoz, York University
The purpose of this study is to examine how culture (defined in terms of country) and identification with that culture influences attitudes towards rape victims. A total of 181 Canadian and 168 Turkish university students participated in the study. The first set of regression analyses revealed a main effect of Country as well as Country X Identification interaction to predict rape atti- tudes. Identification significantly predicted positive attitudes towards rape victims in Canada, in contrast to negative attitudes in Turkey. Due to the gendered nature of the topic, gender was also incorporated as a factor in a second set of analyses predicting rape attitudes. Main effects of Country and Gender as well as their interaction were found to predict rape attitudes. Results are discussed in terms of cultural and gendered aspects of attitude development.
#22 MODELING THE INTERPLAY OF COGNITIVE LOAD AND THREAT REDUCTION ACROSS A RANGE OF DECISIONAL SCENARIOS Matthew Shanahan, University of Western Ontario; Richard Neufeld, University of Western Ontario FRIDAY / VENDREDI This study uses a game theoretic-like approach to model the statistical properties of a series of decisional scenarios where stress reduction is the aim. The composition of this model is guided by existing data which measured stress levels experienced by par- ticipants in conditions matching its theoretical scenarios. Participants in the matching data were tested in a free choice (C), forced choice (U), and no choice condition (No). The present study uses a Monte Carlo technique to determine the mathematical implications of nesting various combinations of level of choice within a given scenario (e.g., CUC, or UNoNo). This quantifica- tion allows for predictions based on response set size, outcome set size, and probability of threat. It is hypothesized that at least two types of coping will emerge, depending on cognitive capacity. The first strategy consists of accepting greater expected threat, in exchange for decreased cognitive load. This strategy is likely to be used by those with less affinity for demanding cog- nitive tasks. The second strategy involves a tendency to increase cognitive load in order to reduce threat. This strategy is suited to those who have greater cognitive capacity. The model developed will allow a quantitative prediction of the stress of decisional scenarios in such fields as psychometrics and clinical assessment, among others.
#23 A TAXONOMY AND MEASUREMENT PROCESS ANALYSIS OF ‘RATING SCALE’ ASSESSMENTS Marion Aftanas, University of Manitoba
Rating scale assessment is arguably one of the most ubiquitous judgement activities undertaken in psychological research and elsewhere. Although the rating procedure was originally devised for human assessment of physical conditions, such as wind- intensity and temperature (see Guilford, 1936), current usage extends to a wide variety of situations. These range from the evalu- ation of physical stimuli and overt behaviours to the assessment of self-reported attitudes, opinions, and personality states or traits. The diversity of target attributes and response-modes embodies a melange of complicating variables that may be camou- flaged by the technique’s apparent simplicity. The so-called ‘Likert-type’ response-mode, for example, has been transferred to situations not originally intended, and the reliability and validity implications of such a transfer have not always been fully examined. A measurement process analysis is outlined that can be used to evaluate whether these rating response-modes poten- tially yield the same or different types of information in these different target situations. In addition a taxonomy of identifiable variance components will be introduced to highlight similarities and differences in rating situations, and to isolate potentially distracting sources of variation that have important implications for reliability, validity, and utility concerns in applied situations.
#24 THE MEMETIC SELF: UNDERSTANDING THE SELF USING A VISUAL MAPPING TECHNIQUE Lloyd Robertson, University of Calgary
The technique of mapping the self would give counsellors and their clients a valuable tool in planning developmental transitions. The development of this technique is dependant on an overall holistic conceptualization of the self including objective and subjec- tive components (James, 1892/1999; Seigel, 2005) and the representation of those components in a visual form that has meaning for those so represented. This presentation reviews the literature on the concept of self relevant to such a mapping project and proposes a way that narrative views of a transient dialogic self may be united with research suggesting a certain cross-contextual stability of self by using the concept of the meme as developed by Richard Dawkings (1976, 1986). It is suggested that these ele-
143 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
mental units of culture (memes) are given connotative and affective valence by individuals which, in turn, allows memes to act as though an attractive force exists between certain memes, thus allowing for the construcition of a stable self. Maps of such selves would then consist of relevant memes with vectors showing the attactive valences holding those memes in place.
#25 ANALYSE FACTORIELLE DES RAISONS DE VISIONNEMENT DE PORNOGRAPHIE SUR INTERNET Yann Le Corff, Université de Sherbrooke; John Tivendell, Université de Moncton
L’Internet est une manne et un fléau. Plus qu’un moyen de communication, les sites pornographiques sont devenus l’élément économique le plus important sur Internet. Cette étude s’intéresse aux raisons rapportées par les jeunes adultes pour y expliquer leur visionnement de pornographie. L’échantillon, recruté dans deux universités Canadiennes Françaises, est composé de 107 hommes et 115 femmes qui visionnent au moins parfois de la pornographie sur Internet. Ils ont complété un questionnaire, présentant 30 raisons diverses, inspiré de Perse (1994) et enrichit des études de Cooper (1998), Goodson et al., (2001), Schneider (2000) et Vanwesenbeeck (2001). Une analyse factorielle avec rotation Varimax révèle sept facteurs, expliquant 67,03 % de la variance. Ces facteurs de raisons sont, en en ordre d’importance : pour se masturber et s’exciter sexuellement, pour en apprendre sur le sexe et rehausser sa vie sexuelle, parce que c’est anonyme, accessible et abordable, pour pallier à sa solitude, pour se divertir, comme exutoire (pour ne plus penser à ses problèmes) et finalement, pour son partenaire. Dans la discussion, nous sug- gérons que cette solution est théoriquement satisfaisante car ces facteurs sont le modèle le plus complet présenté jusqu’à main- tenant et englobent une taxonomie plus adéquate des raisons de consommation envisagées à ce jour dans la littérature.
#26 MEASURING UNIVERSITY STUDENTS’ LEISURE COPING STYLES: PLANNED BREATHERS OR AVOIDANCE? Danielle Patry, University of Ottawa; Lisa Mask, University of Ottawa; Céline Blanchard, University of Ottawa
While some studies suggest that leisure activities provide individuals with coping resources, others view them as an escape tac- tic. The main goal of this research was to propose and test two distinct approaches to leisure coping, namely, the Planned- Breather Leisure Coping Style (PBLCS) and the Avoidant Leisure Coping Style (ALCS). In Study 1 (N =269), the proposed dimensions were tested and supported with a new scale (Leisure Coping Styles Scale; LCSS) using EFA. The convergent and discriminant validity of the LCSS were also examined. PBLCS was positively linked to mastery-approach goals and effective time-management skills, while ALCS was negatively associated with these latter constructs and positively associated with pro- crastination. The purpose of Study 2 (N =262) was to confirm the two-factor structure of the LCSS and assess how the two leisure coping styles relate to hypothesized antecedent, correlates, and consequences. As anticipated, the PBLCS was positively linked to high levels of academic self-determined motivation and positive affect, and was negatively related to general perceived stress. In contrast, the ALCS was negatively related to academic self-determined motivation, and was positively linked to nega- tive affect and general perceived stress. Overall, results of the two studies support the two-dimensional leisure coping styles of the LCSS.
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY #27 COMPARING THE EFFECT OF PRO-DIVERSITY AND COLOUR-BLIND MESSAGES ON DOMINANT GROUP MEMBER’S BEHAVIOR DURING INTER GROUP INTERACTIONS Annette Gagnon, University of Manitoba
Eighty white participants will participate in a study on the effects of different kinds of persuasive messages on behavior during intergroup interaction. Two main kinds of messages designed to improve intergroup relations will be compared, one that stresses appreciating differences and one that stresses appreciating commonalities. The authors predict that the pro-diversity message will prime an impression formation mindset which will increase the intimacy-building behaviours demonstrated by dominant group members in intergroup interaction, whereas the appreciate-commonalities or colour-blind message will foster evaluative concerns that will have a disruptive effect on intimacy-building behaviours. The effects of the messages will be evaluated in comparison to two no-message control conditions, one in which the intergroup nature of the interaction is made salient and one in which it is not.
#28 AN EXAMINATION OF THE RELATIONSHIPS AMONG MORAL SCHEMAS, PERSONALITY TRAITS, AND HUMAN VALUES Candice Bovell, University of Regina
Rest’s theory of moral development stipulates that advanced decision-makers prefer using the Postconventional Thinking Schema. Goldberg’s “Big-Five” model summarizes personality into five personality traits: extraversion, agreeableness, consci- entiousness, emotional stability versus neuroticism, and intellect. Schwartz proposed that behaviour can be understood in terms of 10 universal values: achievement, benevolence, conformity, hedonism, stimulation, power, security, self-direction, universal- ism, and tradition. The purpose of this study was to explore the relationships among moral schemas, personality traits, and per- sonal values. One hundred and ninety-eight undergraduates from the University of Regina, Saskatchewan, completed measures of moral reasoning (Defining Issues Test, DIT), personality traits (Big-Five Factor Markers), and values (Schwartz Value
144 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Survey). The personality trait intellect, cultural/ethnic identification, and political party identification were correlated with moral reasoning. Intellect and stimulation were the only variables that predicted scores on the DIT according to hierarchical lin- ear regression. Therefore, the Postconventional Thinking Schema was related to higher intellect scores and can be predicted by a person’s intellect and value of stimulation. There also were significant correlations among personality traits and values.
#29 ASSESSING MEASUREMENT INVARIANCE ACROSS GENDER FOR PEER BELONGING AND PEER INTIMACY Celina Vergel de Dios, University of British Columbia
Children desire to form close friendships as well as to be members of larger social groups (Parker & Asher, 1993). As such, two areas of peer relationships that children can be discontented with are their social networks and intimate attachments. According to Weiss (1973) the absence of close intimate relationships produces feelings of loneliness that accompanies emotional isolation while the absence of desired social networks produces feelings of social isolation tied to loneliness. Following Weiss’ multidi- mensional conceptualization of loneliness, Hayden (1989) developed The Relational Provision Loneliness Questionnaire (RPLQ) to assess children’s satisfaction with intimacy and group integration aspects of their relationships. The present study assessed the measurement invariance of the Peer Group Integration and Peer Personal Intimacy subscales of the RPLQ across gender. Participants included 542 grades 4-7 boys and girls from a Western Canadian province. The chi-square difference test for multi-group confirmatory factor analysis with maximum likelihood estimation revealed configural, metric, and factor covari- ance invariance across gender. Results add to extant literature on childhood loneliness by providing stronger evidence for the distinctiveness of integration and intimacy as two separate but related facets of peer relationship satisfaction among boys and girls alike.
#30 PRACTICING AT THE LAST MINUTE - DOES FEELING CLOSE TO A TEST MOTIVATE PROCRASTINATORS? FRIDAY / VENDREDI Johanna Peetz, Wilfrid Laurier University; Anne Wilson, Wilfrid Laurier University; Erin Strahan, Wilfrid Laurier University
Procrastination is a common problem for university students and can lead to underachievement in academic tasks. In a prelimi- nary study we found that procrastinators tend to view future goals (especially difficult ones), to be psychologically more distant in time than do non-procrastinators. We expected that by experimentally inducing people to feel close to a future goal (a test in 2 weeks time), we might increase their motivation to study. We successfully altered participants’ perceptions of temporal distance (the test felt subjectively remote or imminent). However, subjective distance was moderated by procrastination and attainability. Generally, non-procrastinators studied somewhat more in the close than the distant condition, whereas an interaction emerged for procrastinators. When procrastinators expected the test to be difficult (low attainability) they studied much more when it felt close than when it felt far. This pattern was not obtained when they expected the test to be easy (high attainability). Test grades mirrored studying patterns. Procrastinators may be more vulnerable to “excuses”. Procrastinators may accept either a test’s remoteness or its simplicity as good reasons to de-prioritize studying. On the other hand, when they saw the test as challenging and imminent, they may have been spurred to study more urgently.
#31 EXPERIENCES OF FORGIVENESS IN A COMMUNITY SAMPLE Nancy DeCourville, Brock University; Kathryn Belicki, Brock University; Tammy Stewart-Atkinson, Brock University
Recent research suggests that how laypersons define and experience forgiveness differs from how it is defined in the literature (e.g., Brenneis, 2002; Mullet, Girard, & Bakhshi, 2004). This apparent discrepancy is important, because understanding the process and consequences of forgiveness is hampered if the manner in which forgiveness is defined and measured by researchers does not reflect the reality of people’s lives. This study examined experiences of forgiveness in a community sample, using Q- methodology (appropriate to intensive examination of phenomena in small samples). Thirty-one participants (21 women), aged 25 to 78, modeled their experiences of forgiveness by sorting and re-sorting a set of 66 statements, extracted from in-depth inter- views, on an 11-point scale (-5, least like my experience to +5, most like my experience). Factor analysis of the Q-sorts yielded three distinct types of forgiveness (conflicted forgiveness, other-oriented forgiveness, forgiveness based on moral/ethical princi- ples), accounting for 45% of the variance. Although each “type” shares elements depicted in the literature, they differ consider- ably from each other and from literature definitions. Taking these kinds of differences into account may help to explain mixed results on consequences of forgiveness for mental and physical health. Implications for measuring forgiveness will be discussed.
#32 SO FAR AWAY: SELF-ESTEEM AND ANTICIPATORY COPING Duncan Stewart, University of Guelph; Ian Newby-Clark, University of Guelph
Maintaining a long-distance intimate relationship can be a challenge, especially for people with low self-esteem (LSE). These people distance themselves from their partner and display little confidence in their relationships at any sign of trouble, leading to more frequent relationship dissolution. The stress associated with the end of a relationship may be ameliorated by anticipatory
145 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
coping strategies, which are used prior to a foreseeable stressor in order to prevent some of the anxiety caused by the event. Unfortunately, LSE is also associated with poor anticipatory coping. Undergraduate students in long-distance relationships are a population that is especially prone to breaking-up. Early in their first term at university, participants will identify what anticipa- tory coping strategies they are using to prepare for the possible dissolution of their relationship. Later in the term, when many of these relationships have ended, the participants’ adjustment to the break-up will be evaluated. The self-esteem, relationship com- mitment, and attachment styles of participants will also be tested in relation to the use of anticipatory coping strategies, the need for them, and their efficacy. It is hypothesized that LSE will be associated with more frequent relationship dissolution and will also be associated with poor adjustment following a break-up due to faulty anticipatory coping.
#33 THE EFFECTS OF HUMAN PENIS SIZE ON PERCEPTIONS OF THE BEARER’S SEXUAL AND SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR Emily Sibbald, Lakehead University; Edouard St-Pierre, Lakehead University; Dwight Mazmanian, Lakehead University
Humans have the largest penis-size to body-weight ratio of all primates (Short, 1981), yet this aspect of human anatomy is con- sistently overlooked and frequently down-played by the adage that penis size does not matter. To date, studies that have investi- gated the association between penis size and sexual functioning, and between size and social perceptions of the bearer, have yielded mixed results (Allgeier & Allgeier, 1995; Fisher, Branscombe & Lemery, 1983; St-Pierre, 2005; St-Pierre & Mazmanian, 2005). In this study, the genital area of a photographed male was digitally manipulated to represent three different sizes (actual, reduced 40%, or enlarged 40%). One hundred and twenty-six (111 female, 15 male) undergraduate volunteers were randomly assigned to one of the three conditions and asked to rate the model on a number of sexual and social dimensions (e.g., sexual attractiveness, ability as a lover, self-esteem, confidence, aggressiveness, dominance, popularity, etc.). Although a num- ber of interesting significant differences emerged, the overall pattern of results did not vary with penis size in any predicted or theoretically meaningful way. We suggest the presence of two potentially important moderator variables that may have affected the current results, and the results of similar studies.
#34 ARE FUNNY TEACHERS MOTIVATING? THE ROLE OF HUMOUR IN THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TEACHERS’ INTERPERSONAL BEHAVIORS AND STUDENTS’ ACADEMIC MOTIVATION Sébastien Normand, Université d’Ottawa
Recently, a few studies have examined the impact of the use of humour on academic outcomes. However, the contribution of humour to academic motivation remains to be investigated. The main goal of the present project was to evaluate the mediating role of humour in the association between teachers’ interpersonal behaviors and students’ self-determined academic motivation. According to Self-Determination Theory (and to a vast array of empirical studies on this topic), when teachers have a construc- tive interpersonal style (i.e., when they support autonomy, provide useful information and offer opportunities for relatedness), academic motivation is optimized. High school students (N = 238) completed a questionnaire that comprised three instruments :
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY the Teachers’ Interpersonal Behavior Scale, the Academic Motivation Scale, and a measure of teachers’ use of humour that was designed for the purposes of the present study. Data were analysed using structural equation modeling (EQS, v. 6.2). In support of our hypotheses, results revealed that humour partially mediated the relationship between teachers’ interpersonal style and stu- dents’ motivation. The possible role of humour in the development of self-determined academic motivation is discussed and sug- gestions for applied educational interventions are offered.
#35 PERCEPTIONS OF PEOPLE WHO STUTTER: STEREOTYPE FORMATION AND THE STATE TO TRAIT GENERALIZATION Sean Mackinnon, Cape Breton University; Shera Hall, Cape Breton University; Peter MacIntyre, Cape Breton University
Previous research has shown that a negative stereotype towards people who stutter exists. The current study examined the possi- ble origin of this stereotype. Participants included 183 undergraduate students from Cape Breton University. Students received questionnaires in which they were instructed to rate (a) the typical male stutterer (i.e., a trait stutterer), (b) a male who stutters temporarily (i.e., a state stutterer), and (c) the typical male. It was hypothesized that either (1) the variables on the state and trait ratings would be highly similar, indicating that stereotypes about stutterers are formed by a generalization from feelings experi- enced during normal speech disfluency, or (2) the variables on the state and trait ratings would be significantly different from one another, indicating that stereotypes of stutterers are formed through person perception. Results of the current study support the generalization hypothesis. Significant correlations were observed between the ratings given to a person experiencing normal speech disfluency, and a person who stutters. Moreover, a high degree of similarity between factor loadings among state stutter- ers and trait stutters indicate that students rated state and trait stutterers in a highly similar way.
146 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#36 THE POWER OF SOCIAL REACTIONS: FROM SOCIAL IDENTITY TO COLLECTIVE ACTION VIA MOOD AND ESTEEM Barbara Cole, Carleton University
Stigma elicits a range of affective and cognitive reactions among disadvantaged group members. While the threat of discrimina- tion is distressing, reactions may be adaptive to the extent that they motivate actions to achieve social change and improve a group’s status. We examined whether mood and state collective esteem mediated relations between strength of group identifica- tion and social identity construal with action endorsements. Participants (N = 139) completed a group identification scale (univer- sity affiliation), watched a videotape portraying their group negatively (threat) or positively (affirmation), then completed mea- sures of mood, collective esteem, and collective action endorsements. Regressions indicated exposure to negative (as opposed to positive) group feedback and greater group identification had additive effects on action endorsements that were mediated by dif- ferent underlying processes. Strong identifiers were less vulnerable to distress and maintained higher esteem, and these processes, in turn, were associated with stronger action endorsements. A threatened (relative to affirmed) identity lowered mood and collec- tive esteem, but members’ ability to retain positive affect and esteem seemed to provide impetus needed to endorse action. Both negative and positive moods, perhaps reflecting emotion versus problem-focused coping, may differentially motivate action.
#37 ANGER AND MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENTS Sandra Young, University of Calgary; Wolfgang Linden, University of British Columbia
Risky driving has been shown to be influenced by anger, and contributes to traffic accidents which are one of the leading causes of disability and death in our society. Facets of the anger construct as they relate to driving anger are explored and applied to account for risky driving behaviors (self report of tickets for moving traffic violations, minor and major motor vehicle accidents (MVAs)). We recruited a large sample (N = 316; 38.6% male, 61.4% female) of current drivers in a university and community sample, (age range = 17-67 years) to complete measures of driving anger, hostile attitude, Type-A personality, anger expression, FRIDAY / VENDREDI demographics, and driving behaviours. Driving anger was found to be correlated with anger out (r = .33, p <.001), anxiety (r = .29, p <.001), hostile attitude (r = .33, p <.001), and rumination (r = .24, p <.001). After controlling for age, gender, and hours driven per week, none of the psychological variables or tested interactions predicted the receipt of tickets for moving violations, or major motor vehicle accident involvement. The receipt of tickets for moving violations, however, along with an interaction between anger out, age and gender, predicted minor MVA involvement (χ2(9) = 36.52, p <.001), for women under 30 years of age (odds = 1.47 for a 1sd increase in anger out).
#38 PAIRING OF PSYCHOPATHIC TRAITS IN CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS Claudia Savard, Université Laval; Stéphane Sabourin, Université Laval; Yvan Lussier, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières
This study examined the nature of psychopathic traits (primary and secondary) in men and women forming close relationships. Patterns of spouses pairing based on their level (low or high) of psychopathic traits are also studied in relation to dyadic adjust- ment. The sample is composed of 130 community couples recruited randomly from the general population of Quebec. Participants completed the French version of the Levenson Self-Reported Psychopathy Scale (Levenson, Keihl, & Fitzpatrick, 1995; Sabourin & Lussier, 1998) and a brief version of the Dyadic Adjustment scale (Spanier, 1976; Sabourin, Valois, & Lussier, 2005). Results showed that there is a non-random pairing in couples on primary psychopathy. Three pairing groups were formed crossing the different levels of psychopathic traits of both spouses. The first group is formed by couples where both partners reported low levels of psychopathic traits. The second group included couples in which only one partner evidenced high levels of psychopathic traits. In the third group, both spouses were characterised by high levels of psychopathic traits. Results showed a significant difference between the first and the third group on dyadic adjustment for secondary psychopathic traits. Secondary psychopathic traits are negatively related to marital satisfaction.
#39 INTERPERSONAL INFLUENCES ON THE EXPRESSION OF POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS Bryn Robinson, University of New Brunswick; Enrico DiTommaso, University of New Brunswick, Saint John
There is a significant body of knowledge regarding the use of positive psychological characteristics (Peterson & Seligman, 2004) as a buffer for stressful situations (e.g., Park, 2004), but no research to date has examined the possible role of interpersonal influences such as attachment security on the expression of our strengths. As an extension of Robinson, DiTommaso, and Brannen (2005), the main goal of the present study was to investigate the behavioural expression of self-reported strengths (optimism, emotional intelligence, self-control) as a function of general attachment security. A sample of 90 students completed self-report measures of adult attachment, optimism, emotional intelligence, and self-control. Pairs of students were then asked to complete a time-limited, decision-making task. Behaviours relating to the self-reported traits were assessed via direct observa- tion. Preliminary findings show that greater confidence in the dependability of others and comfort with closeness and intimacy were related to greater behavioural self-control, optimism, and emotional intelligence. The role of attachment behaviour as a moderator of an individual’s use of self-control, optimism, and emotional intelligence will be discussed.
147 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#40 PREDICTING JEALOUSY WITH PAST INFIDELITY: ONCE BIT, NOT TWICE SHY Edouard St-Pierre, Lakehead University
The relationship between present jealousy and experience as either the victim or perpetrator of romantic infidelity was examined. Male (n = 667) and female (n = 496) participants were asked to think of a committed sexual relationship in which they were presently involved or had been in the past. Then they read two scenarios. One scenario required them to imagine their partner being emotionally unfaithful (i.e., falling in love with another person but not having sex) and the other, their partner being sexu- ally unfaithful (i.e., the partner having sex with another person but not falling in love). Participants reported their expected level of distress in response to each scenario. Each participant also provided data regarding their experience with infidelity. Results showed that male participant’s present ratings of distress in response to sexual and emotional infidelity was significantly predict- ed by their own past sexual and emotional infidelity as well as past experience with a partner’s sexual infidelity. Female distress in response to sexual infidelity was significantly predicted by their own past sexual infidelity and experience with a partner’s sexual infidelity. Women’s ratings of distress in response to emotional infidelity were predicted only by their own past sexual infidelity. The direction of the significant results was surprising. For both men and women as experience with infidelity increased current ratings of jealousy decreased. In other words, the more men and women had cheated and had been cheated on in the past the lower their ratings of distress in response to being the victim of infidelity.
#41 MOTIVATIONAL MATURITY OF ATHLETES: PROSPECTIVE INTERPERSONAL INFLUENCE OF COACHES’ AND PARENTS’ CONTROLLING STRATEGIES Maxime Tremblay, University of Ottawa; Céline Blanchard, University of Ottawa
Mageau and Vallerand’s (2003) proposed model of the coach-athlete relationship stipulates that a coaches’ autonomy supportive interpersonal style is beneficial for athletes’ self-determination. On the opposite, such motivational state tends to be diminished when the coach adopts controlling strategies. Those constraints can either take the form of “ psychological” control, evidenced by self-intrusive manners or “behavioral” control, strictly centered on behavior regulations (Barber, 2002). The present study’s main objective was to elaborate a prospective model of sport motivational maturity tapping the short and long term effects of such interpersonal influences. A secondary objective was to distinguish between the effects of behavioral and psychological con- trol as displayed by parents and coaches. 270 competitive gymnasts completed two questionnaires (T2: N =97) measuring their perceptions of parental and training control, their motivation toward gymnastics, as well as their general training experiences and intentions to pursue. Results supported our hypotheses and indicated that psychological control tends to lead to lower levels of self-determination, which is indirectly linked to positive training experiences. As for behavioral control, it was associated to non self-determination, which was linked to negative affect. Finally, both motivational consequences were good indicators of the intention to re-register the following year.
#42 THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PERSONAL ACQUAINTANCE MEASURE, DURATION OF ACQUAINTANCE, AND ACTUAL PERSONALITY SIMILARITY TO SELF-OTHER AGREEMENT IN ROOMMATES’ PERSONALITY JUDGMENTS
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY Katherine Starzyk, University of Waterloo; Ronald Holden, Queen's University; Leandre Fabrigar, Queen's University; Tara MacDonald, Queen's University
The primary goal of this study of person perception was to evaluate how the 18-item Personal Acquaintance Measure (PAM), a tool for appraising one’s knowledge of and familiarity with any person, relates to person-centered self-other agreement in per- sonality judgments, in the context of other theoretically relevant predictors. Four hundred and twenty roommates (210 roommate pairs) participated after responding to an advertisement for a study of “personality and close relationships.” In the same session, roommates were separated before they provided details about themselves (age and gender) and their roommate (age, gender, time known) and completed the PAM, a self-report personality inventory, and an observer report personality inventory. Results of structural equation modeling analyses in which the nonindependence of ratings was taken into account showed that the PAM related significantly and positively to self-other agreement, even when duration of acquaintance and actual personality similarity were also included as predictors in the same model, and despite that the absolute level of person-centered agreement was high. Thus, the PAM made a unique contribution to the prediction of self-other agreement. We discuss the implications of these results for the PAM and research in person perception.
#43 BRIDGING DIFFERENCES: IMPACT OF AN ADVENTURE PROGRAM ON SELF-CATEGORIZATION OF ADOLESCENTS Robin Westmacott, Carleton University; Kim Matheson, Carleton University
Adventure programs may serve as contexts for fostering not only more positive self-concepts, but also more positive intergroup relations among youth from diverse cultural and economic backgrounds. It was argued that such programs might achieve these positive outcomes by fostering shared superordinate goals which encourage youth to think of themselves and others as being part of a larger category (e.g., humans), rather than as individuals or members of specific ethnic, religious or other social groups. The present study was an evaluation of a community adventure program with adolescent participants (n = 44). Outcome variables (self-concept and self-categorization) were assessed before the program, immediately and 3 months following it, and were fur-
148 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 ther compared with an age and sex matched comparison group (n = 42). ANOVAs indicated that program participants did not report long-term improvements in self-concept (Me or Not Me Scale), but reported a more inclusive social identity (Inclusion of Other In the Self Scale) at both posttest and follow-up. Despite these results, programmers’ ratings of self-categorization were not more inclusive than controls’ at follow-up. These results provide tentative support that group-based experiential learning programs may influence youth to self-categorize at a more inclusive level, thereby more positive relations with other diverse youth.
#44 THE PROTECTIVE PROPERTIES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DISENGAGEMENT AMONG MEMBERS OF A NON-STIGMATIZED GROUP: THE CASE OF POLICEMEN Joelle Laplante, University of Ottawa; Francine Tougas, University of Ottawa; Natalie Rinfret, École nationale d'administration publique; Ann Beaton, Université de Moncton
Numerous studies have reflected on the reactions of a minority group to perceived differential treatment: one reaction studied is that of psychological disengagement from the domain, attained via discounting (the feedback received) and devaluing (the domain as part of the self). More recent studies have demonstrated that employment equity programs established to create equal opportunity within the work environment have generated backlash reactions among the majority group. One can wonder whether a member of the majority group, although not historically stigmatized, can psychologically disengage himself from the work environment, as a result of this perceived differential treatment. This study was conducted by survey among 151 policemen. As predicted, results of structural equation modeling show that perceiving oneself as being the subject of differential treatment, even when part of the majority group, is sufficient to lead to psychological disengagement from the domain. Furthermore, the protec- tive properties of psychological disengagement are explored: although discounting can lead to fluctuations in the level of self- esteem, devaluing protects the self-esteem by increasing its stability. Practical and theoretical implications are discussed.
#45 SHADOWS OF IMPERFECTION: THE EFFECTS OF MORTALITY SALIENCE ON FRIDAY / VENDREDI ROMANTIC RELATIONSHIP INVESTMENT Todd Williams, University of Alberta; Joseph Hayes, University of Alberta; Jeff Schimel, Assistant Professor; Scott Kendall, University of Alberta
Terror management theory (TMT) proposes that we deal with the paralyzing existential anxiety that arises from our awareness of our inevitable demise through investing in a cultural anxiety buffer. This buffer consists of two components, our cultural world- views and self-esteem. Romantic relationships have traditionally been regarded by TMT theorists as an important source of both of these psychological commodities. Recently, some theorists have proposed that romantic relationships can serve as a distinct and unconditional death anxiety buffering mechanism - above and beyond our cultural worldviews and self-esteem. In the pre- sent study we sought to critically assess this claim and to test the hypothesis that under conditions of mortality salience, individ- uals who were primed with thoughts of their romantic partner’s weakness (vs. strength) would show lower levels of relationship investment relative to participants in a physical pain salience control condition. Consistent with this hypothesis, mortality (vs. physical pain) salient participants showed decreased levels of self-reported relationship investment when they were primed with their partner’s weakness. Additionally, mortality (vs. physical pain) salient participants showed increased levels of self-reported relationship investment when they were primed with their partner’s strength. Implications are discussed.
#46 THE IMPACT OF ANTHROPOMORPHIC DEPICTIONS OF DOGS ON THEIR OWNERS’ STRESS LEVELS Timothy Pychyl, Carleton University; Nikolina Duvall Antonacopoulos, Carleton University
Although it is well documented that pet ownership has a number of benefits such as stress reduction, the psychological charac- teristics of the pet-owner relationship that may play a role in human subjective well being (SWB) are not well understood. The purpose of our study was to explore the potential role of anthropomorphism in pet ownership and SWB. Participants (n = 80) completed a questionnaire containing scales measuring pet anthropomorphism, stress levels and social support. The sample con- sisted of canine owners from various dog-walking parks, pet stores and dog training classes. We hypothesized that canine own- ers who ascribed human characteristics to their dogs would report less overall stress than those canine owners who did not anthropomorphize their pets. Results revealed a negative correlation between pet anthropomorphism and stress level. In addition, perceived social support and pet anthropomorphism were negatively correlated. These results are discussed in relation to the role of companion animals in human SWB, stress and coping.
#47 “I THINK I’M TURNING JAPANESE”: THE EFFECT OF SELF-CONSTRUAL PRIMING AND SELF-OTHER DIFFERENTIATION ON ASSIMILATION TO SOCIAL CATEGORIES So-Jin Kang, York University; Kerry Kawakami, York University
In the present research, we examined whether situationally activated interdependent self-construals (i.e., the extent to which peo- ple to feel connected to others) and self-other differentiation (i.e., the degree to which people feel differentiated from others)
149 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
influence implicit identification with East Asians and Euro-Canadians. Participants first completed a scale measuring self-other differentiation and then were randomly assigned to either an independence prime, interdependence prime, or no-prime control condition. Subsequently, they were primed with one of two social categories (East Asian or Euro-Canadian) via a categorization task. Finally, all participants completed an Implicit Association Test (IAT) that measured the speed with which they associated the self with East Asian and Euro-Canadian categories. Participants’ IAT responses revealed that following interdependence priming, individuals who were low on self-other differentiation assimilated to primed social categories, but those who were high on self-other differentiation contrasted away from primed social categories. The present findings suggest that situationally primed interdependence facilitates assimilation to salient social categories, but only among people who do not feel differentiated from others in their social environments.
#48 COMPARISON OF ACTUAL, IDEAL, AND OUGHT FORGIVENESS BELIEFS: A Q-METHODOLOGICAL STUDY Tammy Stewart-Atkinson, Brock University; Nancy DeCourville, Brock University; Kathryn Belicki, Brock University
Numerous definitions of forgiveness have been proposed in the literature (e.g., North, 1987; Enright, Freedman & Rique, 1998), most of which are based on religious or philosophical notions, rather than on empirical evidence. Definitions employed by researchers have typically set very high standards for forgiveness. This research was designed to investigate the possibility that these definitions describe an ideal of forgiveness and may not reflect laypersons’ beliefs and experiences. Using Higgins’Self- Discrepancy Theory as a framework, three types of forgiveness beliefs were investigated: actual, ideal, and ought. Q-methodolo- gy (which permits intensive study of phenomena in small samples) was employed to examine and compare participants’ beliefs about forgiveness across these domains. Thirty participants (20 women), 25 to 78 year of age, were recruited from the communi- ty. They were asked to sort a set of 66 statements about forgiveness according to their level of agreement with each statement. This process was repeated three times, with the goal of modeling participants’ actual experiences, their ideals, and how they believed forgiveness ought to be. Results of preliminary analyses suggest that participants’ forgiveness beliefs vary considerably across these domains. Implications of these findings for understanding the social psychology of forgiveness will be discussed.
#49 VARIABILITY IN PERSONALITY ACROSS STUDENT AND FRIEND ROLES: A DIARY APPROACH Jennifer Theakston, University of Waterloo; Shawn Komar, University of Waterloo; Daniel Heller, University of Waterloo
Recent findings indicate that there is intra-individual variability in personality (e.g., Fleeson, 2001) and that personality varies across roles (e.g., Donahue & Harary, 1998). Instead of relying on hypothetical ratings or retrospections for assessing role-based personality, we propose a new approach- the aggregation of personality states across instances wherein participants report occu- pying a role. Specifically, we examined differences in Big Five personality dimensions between student and friend roles, and tested the prediction that role satisfaction would be best predicted by role-congruent personality compared to both other-role per-
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY sonality and global personality. Eighty undergraduate students participated in a 10-day diary study. The results indicated that individuals were significantly more extraverted, agreeable and open as friends, and more conscientious as students. Correlations between personality in friend and student roles, and with role personality and global personality, tended to be moderate in mag- nitude, indicating that there was both stability and variability in personality. Finally, consistent with predictions, student satisfac- tion was best predicted by student personality, whereas friend satisfaction was best predicted by friend personality. Implications and future directions for the study of variability in personality and social roles are discussed.
#50 QUANTUM LIFE CHANGE IN THE LIVES OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS Michael Wolfson, Carleton University; Timothy Pychyl, Carleton University
Quantum change, a sudden and profound shift in personality, is one of the most fascinating phenomena in the psychology of self change, yet it is also among the least understood. The concept of an ever-enduring discrete transformation that differs subjective- ly from ordinary incremental change has roots in the work of William James, but only recently have comprehensive empirical studies been undertaken to explore it. In this study, we focused on quantum change in the lives of undergraduate students, specif- ically on change that caused students to become more academically motivated. Using a grounded theory approach, we collected interview and questionnaire data from 12 undergraduate psychology students. These data were analyzed for commonalities among the experiences of the participants. Results of the study contribute to the field of quantum change in two ways. First, pre- vious research had focused on narrow segments of the population, namely addicts and religious converts. By using the same method on a student population we validate and generalize the concept of quantum change to other aspects of our lives. Second, understanding the conditions surrounding quantum change might facilitate methods to induce this kind of change, significantly impacting academic counseling strategies.
150 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#51 OPTIMISTIC BIAS, TASK COMPLETION AND DEPRESSION Pamela Stokes, York University; Doug McCann, York University
Previous research has shown that when people make predictions regarding their own task completion times, those predictions are routinely overly optimistic and resemble best-case scenarios. This phenomenon has been dubbed the “planning fallacy”. The pre- sent study sought to replicate and extend on the work by Newby-Clark et al. (2000), in which participants were induced to gener- ate more pessimistic scenarios when creating task completion plans and predictions of completion times for upcoming university assignments. Pessimistic scenarios were found be rated as less plausible and did not affect participants’ predictions or accuracy. Although the planning fallacy in the normal population is well researched, little is known about whether the phenomenon of gen- erating unrealistically optimistic completion estimates extend to the depressed population. In the current study, the relationship betweendepression and optimistic bias in task completion estimates was investigated in an undergraduate sample. Participants were assigned to positive, negative and neutral scenarios, and asked to provide assignment due dates, estimate assignment com- pletion times and scenario plausibility judgments. A follow-up was undergone to obtain participants’ actual assignment comple- tion times. Thisstudy explores the relationship between optimistic bias and depression in terms of the planning fallacy.
#52 TESTS OF THE ATTRACTION-SIMILARITY MODEL WITH DATING COUPLES: PERCEIVED SIMILARITY, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL BENEFITS Tara Reich, University of Manitoba; Marian Morry, University of Manitoba
In close relationships attraction to another individual often increases the similarity one perceives with their partner (Morry, 2005). This phenomenon, termed the attraction-similarity model, has been linked to both physical and psychological health ben- efits (Kito, Morry, Stevens, & Marchylo, 2005). The current study examined the effect of priming relationship satisfaction and dissatisfaction in a sample of 167 introductory psychology students (M = 19.18 years old). Participants were randomly assigned to write about the most positive or negative event in their current dating relationship; priming satisfaction and dissatisfaction FRIDAY / VENDREDI respectively. Participants then completed a series of questionnaires evaluating themselves and their partners on low and moder- ate relationship relevant traits. We hypothesized that participants who recalled a positive event in their relationship (satisfaction prime) would be more likely to perceive their partner as similar to themselves on the moderate relationship relevant traits than participants who recalled a negative event (dissatisfaction prime). A repeated measure ANOVA on mean absolute difference scores indicated that for the moderate, but not low, relationship relevant traits, the satisfaction prime (M = 1.39) lead to greater perceived similarity than the dissatisfaction prime (M = 1.49). The implications for dating relationships are discussed.
#53 “YOU DRIVE ME NUTS”: THE LOCATION OF SOCIAL ALLERGENS IN INTERPERSONAL SPACE Shevaun Nadin, University of Saskatchewan; Brian O'Connor, Lakehead University
People sometimes have allergic-type reactions, involving hypersensitive feelings of annoyance, irritability, or disgust, to the behaviors or characteristics of other individuals with whom they interact. Each of seven hundred participants provided an open- ended description of one of their social allergens, and then rated (a) the allergen, (b) the person who displayed the allergen, (c) a second person with whom they had no allergic reactions, and (d) themselves, on the Interpersonal Adjective Scales. The aller- gens, and the individuals who displayed the allergens, were located in restricted regions of interpersonal space, primarily in the hostile octant. They also had rigid and extreme interpersonal profiles. These findings were in contrast with more even distribu- tions of regional locations and vector length scores that were obtained for the self-ratings and for the ratings of non-allergenic other people. Interpersonal theory provides a rich conceptual context for understanding a pervasive but understudied social phe- nomenon.
#54 PERSONALITY SIMILARITY AS A PREDICTOR OF HUMAN-CANINE RELATIONSHIP SATISFACTION Tania Morrison, Carleton University; Timothy Pychyl, Carleton University
It is indisputable that Homo sapiens and Canis familiaris share a relationship that is unique within the animal kingdom. Despite how important this relationship has proven to be for both species, little research has been conducted to explore what factors con- tribute to human-dog relationship satisfaction. In the present study, we investigated the role that personality similarity might play in the perceived satisfaction of the human-canine dyad. Dog owners (n = 82) were asked to complete several Web-based sur- veys including a measure of canine personality across 4 broad traits (Gosling, 2003): agreeableness/affection, neuroticism/emo- tional reactivity, openness to experience/intelligence, and extraversion/energy, as well as a measure of the dog owners’ personal- ity using a Big-Five self-report scale (John & Srivastava, 1999). Human-canine relationship satisfaction was measured using a modified version of the Relationship Assessment Scale (Hendrick, 1988). Correlational analyses revealed that human-canine personality similarity is positively correlated with relationship satisfaction. We discuss the results of our research in relation to its potential consequences for human well-being, animal welfare and the renewed interest in comparative personality psycholo- gy.
151 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#55 PASSION FOR WORK AND BURNOUT IN NURSES: A PROSPECTIVE STUDY Blanka Rip, Université du Québec à Montréal
Burnout is a syndrome of emotional exhaustion and cynicism that frequently occurs among individuals who do “people work” (ex. health care providers). Research has shown burnout to be a significant problem in the nursing profession (Maslach et al., 2001). Much research has looked at the role of psychosocial and psychological variables implicated in burnout, but none has examined the relationship between passion for work and burnout. In order to examine this relationship, the present study employed a prospective design. A total of 245 female and 20 male nurses completed an adapted version of Vallerand et al.’s (2003) passion scale at time 1, and an abbreviated version of the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI, Maslach & Jackson, 1981) at time 1 and 2 (6 months apart). The results of hierarchical regression analyses indicated that when controlling for the effects of burnout at time 1, obsessive passion for one’s work positively predicted future burnout in nurses, whereas harmonious passion for one’s work was negatively related to future burnout. In conclusion, it appears that passion for work may at least partially explain changes in burnout across time. Future research may want to address psychological factors that mediate this relationship.
#56 DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF THE STATE BOREDOM SCALE Shelley Fahlman, York University; Kimberley Mercer, York University; John Eastwood, York University
The experience of boredom is an important yet understudied phenomenon. Although there are a few scales which measure bore- dom, existing scales: a) are psychometrically limited (Vodanovich, 2003); and b) only measure boredom in its trait-like form. Without a standardized and psychometrically sound state measure of boredom, researchers cannot fully or accurately measure state boredom nor can they validly compare empirical results. The State Boredom Scale (SBS) is intended to fill this gap. Items were developed based on an in-depth qualitative analysis of the phenomenology of boredom (Fahlman, Eastwood, & Williams, 2004), based on both the content and style of responses. The scale was found to be reliable in Study 1 (N = 211; · = .97), Study 2 (N = 110; · = .97), and Study 3 (N = 60; · =.96). Validity evidence was collected in Studies 2 and 3. In Study 2, the SBS was correlated with positive and negative affect, as well as with the Boredom Proneness Scale (BPS). In Study 3, the SBS was corre- lated with positive and negative affect, anxiety, anger, and three recognized (trait) boredom scales, including the BPS. The SBS also successfully discriminated between those participants whose level of boredomwas experimentally manipulated.
#57 AUDIENCE EFFECTS AND VIOLENT VIDEO GAME PLAY Amanda Bolton, University of Calgary; Gregory Fouts, University of Calgary
The two purposes of this study were to determine (a) whether the presence of another while playing (audience) affects how a person plays a video game, and (b) whether player characteristics influence play in the presence or absence of an audience. In the first session of the experiment, players’ trait impression management (IM) and baseline of playing (alone) were assessed. In a second session, changes in play due to the presence or absence of an audience and feelings of competition and evaluation were
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY assessed. As predicted by social facilitation theory, the presence of an audience increased the dominant responses of the game, i.e., the number of enemies killed for both male and female players and the number of innocent people killed for male players only. Competition significantly interacted with the audience effect; IM and evaluation apprehension did not. The dominant behaviors in a video game and potential mechanisms of audience effects are discussed.
#58 LOSING CONTROL FOR SOCIAL GAINS: EXAMINING A POTENTIAL PARADOX OF SELF-CONTROL FOR SOCIAL INCLUSION Catherine Rawn, University of British Columbia; Kathleen Vohs, University of Minnesota; Darrin Lehman, University of British Columbia
We examined whether high or low self-control leads to social inclusion. Although people say they like others who exhibit high self-control (HSC), they also admit to behaving in a low self-control (LSC) manner to gain social acceptance. In Study 1 (N = 282) participants read scenarios describing a target person behaving in a manner indicative of high or low self-control, and rated the target’s personality and likability. Targets portrayed as having HSC were liked more than those portrayed as having LSC. Targets described as having HSC were perceived as cautious and responsible; those described as having LSC were perceived as easygoing and lazy. In Study 2 (N = 174) participants described under what conditions, if at all, they had exerted high or low self-control to gain acceptance. Social situations among peers were mentioned in almost all reports of changing behavior to show LSC. Reports of showing HSC included both social and performance contexts involving both hierarchical and peer relationships. Compared to reports of HSC behaviors, those showing LSC included more deleterious repercussions (e.g., lost study hours and money, illness from drunkenness, anxiety). Results suggest that HSC is often seen as the best way to achieve acceptance, yet people may strategically lose self-control when social inclusion takes priority.
152 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#59 DOUBLE STANDARDS AND PERCEPTIONS OF DOUBLE STANDARDS IN ATTITUDES TOWARD THE ROLES OF MEN AND WOMEN Kathleen Fortune, University of Manitoba; Gerry Sande, University of Manitoba
Two studies examined “double standards” in attitudes toward appropriate behaviours for women and men. A double standard is the belief that certain behaviours, aspirations, and responsibilities are appropriate for men but not women, or vice versa. For example, according to traditional double standards, positions of leadership and authority are more appropriate for men than for women. Some participants’ double standards on six dimensions are assessed (education/career, sexual behaviour, public behav- iour, parenting, relationships, violence) using a traditional method in which behaviours for men and women were judged in the same item. That method is particularly susceptible to socially desirable responding. For a separate sample, those behaviours were judged using a new “mirror-image” technique using two separate scales. The use of these scales in a within-subject design (employing a time lag between testing sessions) not only minimizes social desirability effects but also allows for the discovery of pro-female double standards. In addition, participants’ beliefs about the attitudes of “typical” men and women were measured. Data will be presented regarding participants’ double standards using both methods and their beliefs about the prevalence of double standards among others.
#60 INVESTIGATING THE QUALITY OF OLDER ADOLESCENTS’ ONLINE RELATIONSHIPS Karen Mizeri, Campus Alberta Applied Psychology Program; Paul Jerry, Athabasca University
The purpose of this study was to investigate the quality of online relationships that involved online interaction. Quality is defined as the presence of honesty, authenticity, trust, and caring. This research utilized grounded theory to explore the experiences of six participants between the ages of 18 and 20. Emerging themes in this research documented facets of online relationships. FRIDAY / VENDREDI These themes included a greater freedom to be authentic, emotional safety due to the removal of physical components and real life consequences, and the way that the value of the relationship differs from a more traditional relationship. Implications include a need for helping professionals to be aware of their perceptions surrounding online relationships, a possibility of the Internet as a therapeutic intervention for clients to explore and conceptualize identity during adolescence, a greater degree of disclosure due to the interpersonal safety the Internet provides, and the feasibility of online counselling.
#61 FACTOR ANALYSIS OF MUSIC STYLES AND CORRELATES WITH PERSONAL QUALITIES Kelly Stickle, Canadian University College
The present research examines the influence of music on human experience and personality factors. A sample of 359 subjects from central Alberta answered questions about their preference for and amount of time listening to 30 different styles of com- monly available music. They also completed a questionnaire that assessed (in addition to standard demographics) self-esteem, social skills, locus of control, spirituality, intelligence, conscientiousness, agreeableness, extraversion, openness, emotional sta- bility, hostility, and depression. Factor analysis produced a clear structure of eight primary factors. Correlational and regression analysis found that those who listened to “intense and rebellious” styles of music (grunge, heavy metal, punk, classic rock, alter- native, hip-hop and rap, pop, rhythm and blues, Reggae) were more likely to be low in self-esteem, social skills, spirituality, intelligence, education, conscientiousness, agreeableness, emotional stability, and high in hostility, and depression. The opposite profile was observed for those who listened to classical forms of music (piano and organ, classical instrumental, classical or sacred choral, ballet and opera, Disney and Broadway). The factor structure and other correlates are explored.
#62 SOCIAL IDENTITY AND INDICES OF MENTAL HEALTH: ASPECTS OF BELONGING THAT BEST PREDICT DYSPHORIA IN A COLLEGE SAMPLE Shelley Rhyno, University of Saskatchewan; James Cameron, Saint Mary's University
The transition from high school to university can be a stressful event. Indeed, in a sample of 546 undergraduate students, over 27% indicated feeling moderate to severely depressed (Rhyno, Clark, & Purdon, 2003). Social identity, the part of the self that reflects group membership, has been implicated as a plausible predictor of a plethora of human behaviours and cognitions. Baumeister and Leary (1995) suggested that we are motivated to seek a sense of belonging and that group affiliation is a factor that contributes to good mental health. Recently, Cameron (1999) proposed that social identity is a three-factor construct. In his model, in-group-ties, in-group affect, and centrality form the basis of one’s social identity. The aim of this study was to deter- mine which aspects of social identity would predict depressive symptoms in first-year undergraduate students. Using Cameron’s (2002) 3-factor model of social identity, 95 first-year undergraduate students completed self-report measures of depression and “social identity as a college student” at 2 different times. Results of a hierarchical regression analysis suggested that certain aspects of one’s social identity do predict depressive symptoms. The implications of forming a social identity upon entrance to university are discussed.
153 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#63 INTERNALIZATION OF MEDIA MESSAGES: WHAT PREDICTS AFTER MEDIA LITERACY? Becky Choma, Brock University
Research indicates that it is the internalization of media messages that is most harmful for women. As a result, many researchers have proposed using media literacy to decrease internalization. Such media literacy messages can contain references to the nega- tive media messages (e.g., explaining how advertising encourages thinness) and positive goals (e.g., to educate women to criti- cally evaluate media). Yet our past research however, has shown that despite positive intentions, media literacy messages can have negative effects on women (Choma, Foster & Radford, 2005). Thus, the present research investigated what factors predict internalization, despite having watched a media literacy video. University women (n = 181) viewed the video and completed measures of trait self-objectification, awareness, body shame, and internalization. Regression analyses indicated that women’s appearance anxiety, trait self-objectification, and body shame predicted their level of internalization. Implications for combating the harmful effects of media messages are discussed.
#64 ACCEPTING OTHERS: A CROSS-CULTURAL COMPARISON Mahin Tavakoli, Carleton University; Javad Hatami, Tehran University, Iran
34 Canadian and 32 Iranian undergraduate students answered a questionnaire measuring attitudes towards different groups of people. Canadians were significantly more accepting of other groups of people and cultures than were Iranians. Specifically, Canadians were significantly more accepting of other cultures, interracial marriage, a woman as their primary physician, free- dom of immigrants to maintain their own traditions, similarities and equality among diverse groups of people. Implications for multiculturalism are discussed.
#65 EXPERIENCES OF SHAME AND GUILT IN RELATION TO PROCRASTINATION Shannon Bennett, Carleton University; Timothy Pychyl, Carleton University
The prevalence of procrastination in undergraduate students is well documented, however little research has examined the affec- tive factors which influence procrastination. Across two studies, we examined the relationship of shame and guilt, two powerful, negative emotional experiences, with procrastination. In Study 1, a sample of first-year students (n = 76) completed self-report measures. Results indicate that dispositional procrastination is significantly correlated with proneness to shame. Proneness to experiencing guilt, though not related to dispositional procrastination, significantly predicted a tendency to experience guilt (as opposed to shame) about procrastination. In Study 2, we used interviews (n = 13) to gain an understanding of the subjective experience of shame and guilt in relation to procrastination. As predicted, participants tended to report engaging in procrastina- tion to avoid experiences of shame but not guilt; participants were equally likely to report experiencing shame and guilt as a result of procrastinating, and subsequent behaviour depended on which emotion was experienced. This research indicates an important role for the emotions of shame and guilt in the experience of procrastination. Implications for prevention and treat- ment of chronic procrastination, as well as directions for future research on this relationship are discussed.
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY #66 RUMINATION, GENDER AND GENDER ROLES: FEMININE MEN BUT NOT WOMEN RUMINATE MORE ON SADNESS Caroline Fitzpatrick, Concordia University; Giuseppe Alfonsi, Concordia University; Roxana Buchsbaum, Concordia University; Michael Conway, Concordia University
Whether or not people’s gender role identification relates to rumination on sadness remains unclear (Ellen, 2000; Broderick & Korteland, 2004). Two studies (N = 384 in Study 1 & N = 346 in Study 2) addressed the relationship between gender, gender roles (masculinity and femininity) and rumination. Undergraduate university students completed the Rumination on Sadness Scale (RSS) (Conway et al., 2000) and the Extended Personal Attribute Questionnaire (EPAQ) (Spence, Helmreich & Holahan, 1979). The EPAQ assesses five facets of masculinity: positive femininity (i.e., kind, understanding) feminine verbal aggression (i.e., whiny, nagging), negative femininity (i.e., spineless, servile), positive masculinity (i.e., independent, assertive) and nega- tive masculinity (i.e., arrogant, egotistical). In each study, multiple regression was performed using the participants’ scores on the five facets as predictors of rumination. For women in Study 1, the five facets of masculinity and femininity predicted rumina- tion, but no individual predictor reached significance, F(5,182) = 3.35, p <.01. For women in study 2 the regression was not sig- nificant. In Study 1, men higher in positive femininity (‚ = .15 p <.01), feminine verbal aggression (‚ = .24, p <.01) and lower in positive masculinity (‚ = -.22, p <.01) ruminated more, F(5,169) = 8.90, p <0.01. In Study 2, the findings for men paralleled those of Study 1, F(5,151) = 14.14, p <.01, except that positive femininity did not significantly predict rumination. These results suggest that gender role is clearly related to rumination on sadness in men, but not in women.
#67 EFFECT OF GENDER AND PAY REQUESTS ON HIRING DECISIONS AND PAY OUTCOMES Karina Schumann, University of Guelph
Are job applicants perceived negatively if they request a rate of pay near the top of the pay scale for that position? How do eval- uators rate these same job applicants if they ask for the bottom of the pay scale? Do the same perceptions hold if the candidate is
154 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 a man or a woman? These issues were considered in the present study wherein we examined how differential pay requests by male and female job candidates affected participants’ evaluations of the competence of job applicants. Male and female business students were asked to judge equally qualified male and female interviewees who asked for high or low salaries during a 7- minute audiotaped simulated job interview regarding a position as a personnel officer. Participants were randomly assigned to hear an interview of either a male or female interviewee making either a high ($60,000) or low ($40,000) pay request within the confine of a clearly stated pay scale ($35,000 to $65,000). Participants then completed a questionnaire that assessed, among other things, how likely they would be to hire and what salary they would pay the candidate. Participants were also asked whether they believed the pay request made by the candidate was appropriate, and to explain their opinion. Results are examined in terms of the highly accepted gender roles (Eagly, 1987) that influence our evaluation of men and women who defy our expec- tations.
#68 ADVANTAGED GROUP MEMBERS’ REACTIONS TO TOKENISM Norann Richard, Simon Fraser University; Stephen Wright, Simon Fraser University
Previous research demonstrates that, compared to a completely closed context, tokenism ñ an intergroup context where bound- aries between advantaged and disadvantaged groups are severely restricted but not completely closed ñ can greatly reduce col- lective action by disadvantaged groups. This experiment extends previous work by investigating the reactions of advantaged group members to tokenism. Students received information about their University’s admissions policy for students from two African nations. The policy described access as open (all qualified students accepted), closed (no students accepted), or tokenism (2% of qualified students accepted). A second manipulation raised the salience of the disadvantaged outgroup (improving their educational opportunities) or the advantaged ingroup (potential reduced university spaces). Ratings of the jus- tice showed that, across both salience conditions, the closed system was considered unjust while the open system was considered just. When attention was focused on the ingroup, tokenism was considered as just as the open conditions, whereas when atten- tion was on the outgroup, tokenism was considered as unjust as the closed conditions. However, a behavioural measure (money donated to help the out-group) showed that only when the system was entirely closed and the attention focused on the outgroup FRIDAY / VENDREDI were significant monetary contribution
#69 FACTOR ANALYSIS OF THE PSYCHOPATHIC PERSONALITY INVENTORY MACHIAVELLIAN EGOCENTRICITY SCALE Bonnie MacNeil, Queen's University; Elisabeth Whaley, Queen's University; Ronald Holden, Queen's University
The present study examined the latent structure of the Machiavellian Egocentricity (ME) scale of the Psychopathic Personality Inventory (PPI). Undergraduate students (N = 1235) completed the ME scale of the PPI (Lilienfeld & Andrews, 1996). The dimensionality of the 30 items of the ME scale was analyzed using an exploratory factor analysis. Using Horn’s (1965) Parallel Analysis, the rotated solution showed support for multidimensionality, yielding 4 interpretable factors: Self-Entitlement, Other Harm, Callousness, and Materialism. The 4 ME factor scales demonstrated acceptable reliability (alphas ranging from .60-.81.) and variability. In a separate sample of undergraduates (N = 200), men scored significantly higher than women on the Callousness factor scale. In addition, the Self-Entitlement factor scale was significantly negatively correlated with a measure of verbal ability. Generally, all 4 of the factor scales showed negative relationships with 3 measures of social desirability.
#70 PSYCHOPATHY AND THE DETECTION OF FAKING ON SELF-REPORT INVENTORIES OF PERSONALITY Bonnie MacNeil, Queen’s University
There is a strong intuitive appeal for an association between psychopathy and dissimulation on self-report inventories. However, the relationship between psychopathy and the ability to fake without being caught on self-report inventories of personality has not been established. The present study sought to determine whether psychopathic traits (as measured by the Psychopathic Personality Inventory (PPI), Lilienfeld & Andrews, 1996) enable faking good and faking bad on self-report inventories of per- sonality. Undergraduate students (N = 200) completed the Holden Psychological Screening Inventory, Paulhus Deception Scales- Impression Management Scale, and Personality Research Form- Desirability Scale under experimentally induced fake good, fake bad, and standard conditions. Given the deceptiveness of psychopaths, successful fakers were expected to score high- er on psychopathic traits than respondents caught faking. Results showed that although successful and unsuccessful fakers did not differ on general psychopathy, respondents successful at faking good scored higher than unsuccessful fakers on factors of machiavellian egocentricity and blame externalization and lower on stress immunity. Implications for the detection of faking on self-report inventories of personality are discussed.
155 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#71 VULNERABILITY TO ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES ATTRIBUTABLE TO DRINKING ALCOHOL AS PREDICTED BY POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE AFFECT, DEPRESSION AND HOSTILITY Peter Snelgrove, Brock University; Stanley Sadava, Brock University; Nancy DeCourville, Brock University
Results of research indicate that drinkers are more or less vulnerable to experiencing adverse consequences that they attribute to drinking. Further, evidence shows that after controlling for overall consumption, other factors are associated with differences in vulnerability. Three distinct samples were the source of the data for this study, first year university students, university students in their graduating year and a community sample of young adults. In the student samples, we entered measures of positive and negative affect, and depression, as predictors of vulnerability to adverse consequences, while statistically controlling for overall alcohol consumption. For the community sample, we entered measures of positive and negative affect, depression and hostility as predictors, while statistically controlling for consumption. The two models were successful in predicting differences in vul- nerability to adverse consequences attributable to drinking, over and above alcohol consumption. The results provide support for a two-dimensional model of problem drinking, and identify previously unstudied predictors of vulnerability to consequences.
#72 HEALTHY EATING, EXERCISE, WEIGHT AND BODY IMAGE: THE CLOSER I GET THE BETTER I FEEL Kristine Knauff, Lakehead University
Many studies have found evidence showing that women are dissatisfied with their bodies. Self-discrepancy theory (Higgins, 1987) may be particularly applicable to this area of study due to the difference between the North American ideal of beauty and the reality of most women’s bodies. In the present study, a sample of 121 undergraduate females were asked to rate their prox- imity to and valence of reaching their own definitions of healthy eating, body image, physical activity, and body weight. The participants were also asked to respond to questionnaires, which served as predictor variables. The present study had two main goals: (a) to determine what factors would predict proximity to the healthy definitions; and (b) to determine if valence of reach- ing these definitions would serve as a moderator variable. The results indicated that combinations of the nine predictor variables could predict the four different types of proximity. This study also found support in the areas of eating and body weight for the hypothesis that valence would moderate the relationship between the predictor variables and proximity. The overall results of this study indicated that the closer women are to reaching their healthy ideals, the more likely they are to also experience increased positive affect and better self-esteem.
#73 IS TRUTH ENOUGH? PERCEPTIONS OF JUSTICE WITHIN TRUTH COMMISSIONS Cathy McMillan, Carleton University
Since 1972, more than twenty truth commissions have been established to redress injustices. The best known of the truth com- missions has been South Africa’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC). The TRC was premised on assumptions of FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY restorative justice as a means to deal with the past but left many victims dissatisfied (Allan & Allan, 2000). The present study examined some of the assumptions of truth commissions. In general, the social psychological literature has found that severity and type of crime impact the type of justice favoured (Roberts & Stalans, 2004). Also, when an apology is issued, people tend to be more forgiving than without an apology (Gobodo-Madikizela, 2002). The study examined justice outcomes in a 2 (restorative vs. retributive justice) X 3 (denial, truth telling, truth with apology) design simulating influential features of truth commissions. Scenarios based on events in South Africa were developed along with a scale measuring perceptions of justice. As forgiveness was also integral to the TRC, scales investigating personal forgiveness were also included. Additionally, the literature indicates that Belief in a Just World is an important aspect of stable judgments of how people judge retributive justice. Discussion will focus on the main findings of the study and the implications of this research for future conceptualizations of restorative justice.
#74 ARE TELEVISION PROGRAMS BECOMING MORE VIOLENT? “THE SIMPSONS” CASE STUDY Sally-Joy Reaper, University of Calgary; Amanda Bolton, University of Calgary; Alisha Brown, University of Calgary; Meghan Donohoe, University of Calgary; Ken Kwan, University of Calgary; Amanda MacIntyre, University of Calgary; Melody Tsang, University of Calgary
Many people believe that today’s television programs are more violent than they used to be. To examine this hypothesis, episodes of the very popular television program “The Simpsons” were sampled from its start date in 1990 to present day in order to compare if, over time, they have been containing differential amounts or types of both accidental and aggressive (i.e., inten- tional) physical harm. Programs were obtained from television and officially released DVDs and coded according to a coding manual developed specifically for this study. Episodes were coded for whether each instance of physical harm was done on pur- pose (i.e., aggressive or accidental), who was involved in the instance of harm (e.g., instigator and victim’s age, ethnicity), what happened (e.g., use of weapons, retaliation), and the consequences of the harm (e.g., how seriously hurt was the victim), as well as its realism (e.g., how realistic were the consequences). Results and implications for the effects of exposure to such materials are discussed, especially in terms of children watching “The Simpsons”.
156 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
13:00 - 13:55 - BONAVISTA 13:00 - 13:55
Keynote Speaker/ WOMEN, MEN, AND SEXUAL SATISFACTION: SIMILARITIES AND Conférencier de section DIFFERENCES Women and Psychology E. Sandra Byers, University of New Brunswick (Section Program)
The Interpersonal Exchange Model of Sexual Satisfaction (IEMSS) provides a theoretical framework for the study of sexual sat- isfaction (Byers & Lawrance, 1995). It proposes that individuals will be more sexually satisfied if they: (1) experience a more favourable balance of sexual rewards and costs in the relationship; (2) perceive that their sexual rewards and costs are more favourable than those they expect; (3) perceive equality between their own and their partner’s sexual rewards and costs; and, (4) are more satisfied with the quality of the nonsexual aspects of the relationship. This presentation will review research based on the IEMSS that has examined correlates of sexual satisfaction, the contribution of dyadic factors to sexual satisfaction, and evi- dence for two pathways (expressive and instrumental) through which sexual communication enhances sexual satisfaction. Attention will be drawn toward similarities and differences in the factors that contribute to women’s and men’s sexual satisfac- tion in long-term relationships.
13:00 - 14:55 - RIDEAU 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium PSYCHOLOGY OF IMMIGRATION AND ACCULTURATION: RESEARCH, International and REFLECTION AND ANALYSIS Cross-cultural Valery Chirkov, University of Saskatchewan; Floyd Rudmin, University of Troms¯ (Norway); Saba Safdar, University of Guelph; Randal Tonks, Camosun College FRIDAY / VENDREDI
My intention in initiating this symposium is not so much to provide a place to report empirical studies on acculturation (although, this maybe also the case) but to discuss why, how good, and with what results we, acculturation psychologists, are doing our research projects. I want first and foremost to invite scholars who are concern with the theoretical, methodological and applied aspects of research on acculturation and adaptation of different group of migrants in Canada. They may praise this research or be more critical and analytical, but the goal is to reflect on the state of affairs in this area of cross-cultural psycholo- gy. I strongly encourage the interdisciplinary nature of this discussion, so that anthropologists, sociologists and other social sci- entists may present their vision of this area of studies.
#1 RESEARCH IN ACCULTURATION PSYCHOLOGY: ANALYSIS, REFLECTIONS AND SUGGESTIONS Valery Chirkov, University of Saskatchewan; Floyd Rudmin, University of Troms¯ (Norway); Saba Safdar, University of Guelph; Randal Tonks, Camosun College
This presentation provides a critical analysis of research in the psychology of immigration and acculturation. Based on an exam- ination of the publications on these topics in the Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology and the International Journal of Intercultural relations over the span of four years: 2001-2005, the author will discuss, among other topics, the following aspects of the discontent of acculturation psychology research: the lack of a psychological definition of acculturation and the absence of the theoretical analysis of the acculturation process; the absence of the cultural analysis of the home and host cultures for accul- turating individuals; the dominance of a cross-sectional design that is not suitable for studying a process that stretches over time; the lack of longitudinal comparative studies; the dominance of the ill-related model of acculturation based on the idea of culture shock as a distressful event, with practically no acknowledgment of the positive, growth-provoking consequences of immigra- tion and acculturation; very few references to the research conducted by sociologists and anthropologist; and finally, no account or explanation of the various ‘paradoxes of acculturation”. In conclusion, the author will provide some suggestions regarding the improvement of acculturation research.
#2 WHAT IF A ROBOT WERE ACCULTURATING IN CANADA? A MENTAL EXPERIMENT TO TURN ACCULTURATION INSIDE OUT Floyd Rudmin, University of Tromsø (Norway); Valery Chirkov, University of Saskatchewan; Saba Safdar, University of Guelph; Randal Tonks, Camosun College
Acculturation research has been largely sociological in theory and in research design, with an outside-in approach that describes the social contexts, attitudes, and distresses of inter-cultural contact. Rarely considered are the perceptual and cognitive process- es that underlie these surface phenomena. A mental experiment of imagining the software architecture for a robot designed to acculturate might give some insights into the underlying psychological processes involved. As acculturating robot would need algorithms: 1) to compute the frequency and size of discrepancies between expected perception and actual perception to know when a new culture is encountered; 2) to develop and access a store of semiotic signs of specific new cultures; 3) to sample with- in-culture variation for the first-culture; 4) to cope with 1st culture change by continuous learning by imitation of beings of com-
157 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
parable status and social role; 5) to inhibit imitative learning from inappropriate models; 6) to estimate metacognitive demands and risks of imitative learning and inhibition relative to cognitive resources and demands on them; 7) to differentiate when the models are adapting to the robot’s behavior and thus becoming unreliable sources of information; 8) to develop duplicate behav- ioral programming categorized by culture; 9) to develop criteria for success and failure of use of new 1st-culture and
#3 ACCULTURATION OF INDIAN AND RUSSIAN IMMIGRANTS IN TORONTO, CANADA Saba Safdar, University of Guelph; Valery Chirkov, University of Saskatchewan; Floyd Rudmin, University of Tromsø (Norway); Randal Tonks, Camosun College
In the present study factors that contribute to adjustment of immigrant groups in Canada have been examined. Using path analy- sis, the interplay among ethnic identification, social support, cultural competence, acculturation attitudes, and some internal attributes such as the psychological well-being on adjustment of immigrants were examined. Successful cross-cultural adjust- ment was defined in terms of good relations with the host culture (Out-group Contact), a strong tie with the original culture (In- group Contact), and lack of Psycho-physical Distress. Participants in the study were adult immigrants from Russia and India who lived in Metropolitan Toronto. Comparison was made between the two groups in relation to the demographic characteris- tics (age and sex), socio-economic features (labour force activity and level of schooling), acculturation attitudes, and accultura- tion behaviours. Additionally, competing models of acculturation were tested with particular attention to process and outcome variables.
#4 A QUALITATIVE ACCOUNT OF ACCULTURATION: THE CASE STUDY OF CANADIANS IN CUBA Randal Tonks, Camosun College; Valery Chirkov, University of Saskatchewan; Floyd Rudmin, University of Tromsø (Norway); Saba Safdar, University of Guelph
Acculturation has been described as the two-way processes of change that occur when people from different cultures come into continuous first hand contact. While the majority of studies in this field have involved quantitative evaluations of attitudes and behaviours regarding one’s involvement in the practices of host and traditional cultural groups, this study entails a narrative account of the experiences of a group of Canadian students in Santiago de Cuba. This paper begins with an overview of the methods used in the present study followed by a more detailed account of the experiences of these Canadian sojourners both in Cuba and upon their return to Canada. Drawing from the hermeneutical identity work of Erik Erikson, common issues of adjust- ment and psycho-social stress are examined along with a description of the processes of mutuality, cultural identity and develop- ment. Some discussion of cross-cultural comparison is also raised in the context of understanding the impact of this cultural con- tact on the Cuban hosts.
13:00 - 14:55 - MOUNT ROYAL 13:00 - 14:55 FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY Workshop/ Atelier de CONDUCTING THE PSYCHOANALYTIC INTERVIEW travail Jon Mills, Adler School of Graduate Studies Psychoanalysis
A videotaped recording of a live clinical interview conducted from a psychoanalytic perspective will be shown to the audience. The patient and therapist had never met one another until this time, so the presentation captures the authenticity and awkward- ness of trying to establish a working alliance. Disturbing symptoms and their potential etiologies are mutually explored through- out the consulting process. Audience feedback and participation will be encouraged.
13:00 - 14:55 - LAKEVIEW 13:00 - 14:55
Workshop/ Atelier de META-ANALYSIS: A TRAINING WORKSHOP travail Giovanni Foti, University of Guelph; Kofi-len Belfon, University of Guelph; Jacqueline Students in Psychology Roche, University of Guelph; Jaime-Lee Brown, University of Guelph
In psychology, important issues are typically investigated across numerous independent studies. The need to summarize findings in a particular research domain has traditionally been addressed through narrative reviews. However, reviews employing meta- analytic techniques have become increasingly common because they offer a more quantitative and systematic approach to syn- thesizing results. Meta-analysis employs statistical techniques that convert results from several different studies to a common metric, which is used to compute a single summary estimate of the overall effect. As a result, meta-analysis allows for increased sensitivity to possible underlying effects that remain undetected when analyzed within individual studies. Despite, the increas- ing appreciation for the benefits of meta-analysis, many researchers are unfamiliar with the procedures involved in conducting a meta-analytic review. The goal of the workshop is to provide researchers with an introduction to meta-analysis and its applica-
158 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 tions to research in psychology. Using a fully worked example, participants will be introduced to the research questions that can be addressed by meta-analysis and the basic statistical techniques involved in conducting this procedure.
13:00 - 14:55 - BANFF 13:00 - 14:55
Workshop/ Atelier de ASSESSMENT OF EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONING WITHIN PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL travail DOMAINS Psychologists in Michael Decaire, Harcourt Assessment; Jacinthe Bourassa, Harcourt Assessment; Tanya Education Merx, Harcourt Assessment
The evaluation of executive functioning has become increasingly part of the role of the psychoeducational and cognitive asses- sor. While there is a long history of assessment of this area within neuropsychological domains, the nature and purpose of these assessments is often unique to that context. This workshop examines the need for both psychodiagnostic and functional mea- sures of executive functioning within the psychoeducational context. An overview of executive functioning theory will be pro- vided with assessment based examples as well as an in-depth exploration of two functional measures: the Delis-Kaplan Executive Function System (D-KEFS) and the Behavioural Assessment of Dysexecutive Syndrome (BADS). An assessment framework with these measures as well as the use of executive functioning based behavioural checklists is explored.
13:00 - 13:55 - NAKISKA 13:00 - 13:55
Conversation Session/ PEACE BUILDING AND TRAINING PSYCHOLOGISTS: CURRENT STATUS AND Séance de conversation FUTURE DIRECTIONS International and Jenny Keller, Western Michigan University FRIDAY / VENDREDI Cross-cultural
Amidst the professional proclamations of multicultural- and social justice counselling, is also the directives for counselling pro- fessionals to contribute to building global cultures of peace. The counselling profession’s concern with, and initiatives in peace building are at a juncture when international professional collaboration and discourse, and global events accentuate the roles and functions of counselling in support of an international culture of peace. Counselling professionals are challenged to apply their professional capacities and competencies to not only address the psychosocial trauma of all forms of violence, but also to collec- tively and actively work towards the eradication thereof, and in so doing, build and support communities of peace. The discus- sion will facilitate an exploration of counsellors’ roles and functions in building cultures of peace, and how UNESCO’s Peace Education programmes are informing the training of counselling professionals.
13:00 - 13:25 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 13:25
Theory Review Session/ BEYOND SHAME: A CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK FOR EXPLAINING SHAME AND Séance de revue THE PROCESS OF RECOVERY théorique K. Jessica Altrows, University of Alberta Counselling Psychology
In recent years, we have come to a greater understanding of the central role that shame plays in psychosocial development and functioning. While shame can have adaptive value both to the individual and to society in general, this self-conscious emotion has been implicated in a range of mental health problems such as depression, addictions, and posttraumatic stress disorder. Given the potentially debilitating impact of shame on adjustment, an understanding of the recovery process is essential. However, there is currently a scarcity of research and theory in this area. In this session, I will briefly review existing theories on shame and present the findings of a grounded theory study that I completed to help explain how individuals rebound from dis- tressing experiences of shame. The theory was based on the accounts and perspectives of 13 adults who recalled events or situa- tions that resulted in significant feelings of shame and who reported progress toward recovery. In the study, shame emerged as an intense assault on the self followed by a process of self-reconstruction. Rebuilding occurred through several interrelated social, affective, cognitive, and behavioural processes that helped to enhance the self. These findings will be considered within the context of self theory and emotions theory. Implications for counselling practice will also be discussed.
13:00 - 14:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 14:55
Paper Session/ Séance de WOMEN, DISCOURSE & EMBODIMENT présentation orale Angelina Baydala, University of Regina History and Philosophy
159 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#1 WOMEN AS THE POST-COLONIAL SUBALTERN IN PSYCHOLOGY Philip Philip, University of Calgary
Feminist scholar Sandra Harding offers various definitions of post-colonialism: a historical or political after-event; development policies of international agencies that are an insidious return to former colonial practices; and lastly, a resurgence of pre-colo- nized voices, cultures, and practices by the formerly colonized. While Science (and thus Psychology) in a post-colonial era, is certainly more inclusive of marginal voices, it is still ridden with biases that pander to an androcentric history of human thought. As such, women who speak out against these biases are often relegated to the position of the subaltern ñ which is post-colonial feminist Gayatri Spivak’s notion of marginality that includes the economically, socially, and politically dispossessed. Three main difficulties in eliminating androcentric biases in psychology are discussed: that such assumptions are part of an all-encom- passing belief system; secondly, that these biases are rooted in contextual and constitutive values that inextricably hem them within the cultural constraints of time; and lastly, that these biases are difficult to challenge when women themselves, are forced to become part of the essentialist discourse. Possible solutions to eradicating androcentric biases are discussed, which include epistemologies that call for accommodating the voice of women as the post-colonial subaltern.
#2 THE QUALITATIVE RESEARCH INTERVIEW: PARTICIPANTS’ PARTICIPATION IN KNOWLEDGE MAKING Mirjam Knapik, University of Calgary
In the 1980’s qualitative researchers increasingly demonstrated their concerns about the impact of research interviews on partici- pants (Cowles, 1988; Munhall, 1988). An ethics of care developed in consideration of the potential vulnerability of persons shar- ing their often deeply meaningful experiences (Nodding, 1984). Interviews became sites for persons to tell their stories to empathic listeners whose projects were framed as having both personal and political emancipatory potential (Gergen, 2001). The prevailing ideal became intimate and caring interviews with researchers being the instruments through which this could be real- ized (Brinkman & Kvale, 2005). As ‘subjects’ were transformed into ‘participants,’ their level of participation was often con- structed as a function of what researchers’ activities afforded (Macran & Ross, 2002). What is obscured by an exclusive focus on the extent to which researchers make room for their subjects’ participation is the reflexive engagement of all participants in the exchange and the potential for a variety of possible forms of participation (Brinkman & Kvale, 2005). I will present my analysis of participants’ accounts of past research interviews and how they reflect embodied, rhetorically responsive interactions (Shotter, 1993). I will also explore the implications of this for our orientation to qualitative research interviews.
#3 OF SWIMSUITS AND SWEATPANTS: PROLEGOMENA TO A NEW PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN’S BODIES Julie Quinn, University of Calgary; H. Lorraine Radtke, University of Calgary
Women lead embodied lives, thus requiring our research processes to be grounded in the everyday practices (or in this case, talk) of individuals in their social world (Davis, 1996). The proposed presentation is drawn from a larger work investigating the ways
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY in which women negotiate cultural discourses about their bodies, focusing in particular on women who work in physical occupa- tions (e.g., landscaping). Seventeen women participated in individual, open-ended interviews which were taped, transcribed and analyzed using discourse analysis. While participants often actively distanced themselves from dominant cultural imperatives (such as the emphasis on appearance and being thin), they also drew on some of these same cultural discourses in talking about their bodies (e.g., women should be concerned with weight even when they are within a healthy weight range). Specifically, par- ticipants positioned themselves as being more concerned with having healthy bodies than meeting cultural standards for physical appearance; yet at the same time, they took up familiar cultural discourses such as “watching what you eat”. We discuss the implications of both resisting and operating within dominant cultural discourses, emphasizing the implications for a psychology of women’s bodies.
#4 ‘LIKE ME’ YET ‘NOT LIKE ME’: A PARTICIPANT-RESEARCHER IN CONVERSATION WITH OTHER FILIPINO IMMIGRANT MOTHERS Meyen Hertzsprung, Calgary Health Region; Lorraine Radtke, University of Calgary
This presentation is part of a project that used a discursive approach to examine how Filipino immigrant mothers talk about rais- ing children in Canada. Eleven Filipino immigrant mothers volunteered to participate in five separate conversation sessions dur- ing which we talked about culture and mothering. The conversations were audiotaped, then transcribed for discursive analysis. One of the strengths of the project was the variety in the demographic characteristics and life experiences of the mothers. Some of the mothers were ‘like me’ (MH), while others were not quite ‘like me.’ There was evidence of these similarities and differ- ences between the participants and the participant-researcher in the conversations. For example, in conversations with mothers who were not quite ‘like me,’ there was more explaining, situating, and story-telling; however there were also many instances of exclusive pronouns being converted to inclusive pronouns. We analyzed the conversational contexts in which these shifts from ‘like me’ to ‘not quite like me’ occurred, and explored their function. The analysis is discussed in relation to researcher reflexivi- ty and culture.
160 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
13:00 - 14:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium FROM COPING, TO HEALTH BEHAVIOURS, TO SOURCE TRAITS: NEW Social and Personality INSIGHTS INTO WHY PROCRASTINATION MAY BE BAD FOR YOUR HEALTH Fuschia Sirois, University of Windsor
Procrastination is a common self-regulation difficulty that initial research suggests is associated with poor health. Although behavioural and stress-related pathways have been proposed, many questions about the nature of these routes remain. In this symposium we present four studies that explore the factors that may explain the procrastination-health relationship. Edmondson et al. explore mediators of the procrastination-health relationship. Their findings suggest that avoidant coping may be the proxi- mal source of procrastinators’ poor health and call into question the conceptual distinctions between procrastination and avoidant coping. Sirois replicates and extends previous research on the procrastination-health relationship by examining these linkages with community-dwelling adults. Voci and Sirois continue this line of inquiry by exploring the reasons why procrastination is related to fewer health and safety behaviours, even when there is household accidents have been experienced. Finally, Perkins and Pychyl examine the possible “source” traits associated with procrastination and show that Conscientiousness and Neuroticism, the two best predictors of health-related behaviour among the major personality factors, are related to procrastina- tion. Overall, these studies offer new insights into the procrastination-health relationship and add to our understanding of pro- crastination.
#1 EXPLORING THE MEDIATIONAL ROLES OF COPING AND NEGATIVE EMOTIONS IN THE PROCRASTINATION-HEALTH RELATIONSHIP Jennine Edmondson, Carleton University; Timothy Pychyl, Carleton University; Fuschia Sirois, University of Windsor FRIDAY / VENDREDI A common finding in research relating procrastination to health is that the relation between procrastination and illness is mediat- ed by other variables such as increased stress or delay in seeking treatment. Although these mediating variables certainly add to our understanding of how procrastination may influence health, there are yet other unexplored possibilities for mediating vari- ables in this relation. In this study, we hypothesized that negative emotionality and coping style would mediate the relation between procrastination and health, given that previous research has identified emotions and coping as general mediating vari- ables in many personality-health models. Using self-report data from a sample of 122 undergraduate students, we tested our mediation hypothesis in a regression model. Our results revealed that avoidant coping did mediate the relation between procras- tination and health, however negative emotionality did not. We conclude that procrastination may simply be a summary term used to describe a chronic pattern of avoidance, and that using this term may inappropriately redirect our focus away from the central issue of avoidant coping. Implications of an avoidant coping style are discussed in terms of our understanding and con- ceptualization of procrastination as well as strategies for intervention.
#2 “I’LL LOOK AFTER MY HEALTH, LATER”: A REPLICATION AND EXTENSION WITH COMMUNITY DWELLING ADULTS Fuschia Sirois, University of Windsor
Initial studies implicating stress-related and behavioural pathways in the procrastination-health relationship were conducted with student populations. Thus it is unknown if the relations between procrastination and health and the reasons that may explain these associations are the same for community-dwelling adults. It is also unknown if procrastination is related to other health behaviours or if alternate measures of procrastination will provide the same results. To replicate and extend these findings 261 adults recruited from the community and the internet completed self-report measures of health, stress, wellness and health and safety behaviours. The General Procrastination scale and the revised Adult Inventory of Procrastination were also completed. Consistent with previous work procrastination was associated with higher stress, more acute health problems, and the practice of fewer wellness behaviours. In addition, procrastinators reported fewer health and safety behaviours, and less frequent dental and medical check-ups. Mediation analyses revealed that, unlike previous research with student samples, stress did not explain the procrastination-health relationship. These findings suggest that procrastination is associated with a broad spectrum of health- related behaviours and that other factors may explain the procrastination-health relationship in non-student populations.
#3 PERSONALITY AND PROCRASTINATION: EXAMINATION OF SOURCE TRAITS USING THE IPIP-HEXACO Kathryn Perkins, Carleton University; Timothy Pychyl, Carleton University
Research examining the relation between procrastination and personality has typically been based on Costa and McCrae’s (1992) five-factor model. The purpose of our study was to explore the relations of various measures of procrastination using the six dimensions of personality defined by the IPIP-HEXACO (Lee & Ashton, 2004). These relationships were explored using under- graduate-student, self-report data (n = 143) including questionnaires measuring procrastination and the six trait dimensions of the HEXACO. Correlations with procrastination measures were calculated at the factor and facet level. As in past research with the big-five model, results indicate significant correlations between procrastination and conscientiousness and aspects of emo-
161 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
tionality (neuroticism). This research has important implications as it furthers our understanding of the potential role of traits, or our Basic Tendencies as defined in the Five Factory Theory (Costa & McCrae, 1999), in the prediction of procrastination. The results are discussed in terms of a comparison of the two models of personality and our understanding of the “source” traits for procrastination.
#4 EXAMINING POTENTIAL MEDIATORS OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PROCRASTINATION AND HEALTH AND SAFETY BEHAVIOURS Sabrina Voci, University of Windsor; Fuschia Sirois, University of Windsor
Previous investigations suggest that procrastination is negatively related to health promoting behaviours. However, the processes underlying this relationship are not yet fully understood. Using the Theory of Planned Behaviour as a framework, we investigat- ed if health-specific self-efficacy, attitudes towards health behaviours, and consideration for future consequences of behaviour mediate the relationship between procrastination and health and safety behaviours. A sample of community-dwelling adults (N = 261) recruited from the community and the internet completed measures of procrastination, health and safety behaviours, consid- eration for future consequences, health self-efficacy, and ratings of the importance of household safety. Consistent with past findings, procrastination was associated with fewer self-reported health and safety behaviours, lower ratings of the importance of household safety, lower health self-efficacy, and less consideration for future consequences of behaviour. Separate mediation analyses were not significant suggesting that the relationship between procrastination and health and safety behaviors was not explained by these factors. However, the association with fewer safety behaviors remained robust even for those who had experi- enced previous household accidents. Implications for procrastination and health behaviour research are discussed.
13:30 - 14:55 - LAKE LOUISE 13:30 - 14:55
Conversation Session/ TOWARD COUNSELLING-SPECIFIC ACCREDITATION CRITERIA Séance de conversation Derek Truscott, Unvsersity of Albetra; Kevin Alderson, University of Calgary Counselling Psychology (Section Program)
In the early 1980s the Canadian Council of Clinical Psychology Programme Directors developed accreditation criteria for clini- cal psychology doctoral programs and internships. In 1989 the Section on Counselling Psychology requested to be included in the accreditation process under the same criteria adopted for clinical psychology. Over the subsequent decade-and-a-half, three counselling internships ñ and no doctoral programs ñ sought and attained accreditation. Recently, three doctoral programs have attained accreditation and there are a few more in the process of seeking accreditation. The purpose of this conversation session is to provide a forum for discussing how well the current clinical/counselling criteria “fit” our training of counselling psycholo- gists and whether there is sufficient interest in developing counselling-specific accreditation criteria. Possible topics for discus- sion include the place of qualitative research in doctoral programs, and alternatives to individual supervision in internship train-
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY ing.
13:30 - 13:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:30 - 13:55
Theory Review Session/ GRIEF-PEER DYNAMIC THEORY: UNDERSTANDING EXPERIENCES WITH Séance de revue EARLY-ONSET MS théorique Jennifer Thannhauser, University of Lethbridge Counselling Psychology
MS is a chronic neurological disease primarily affecting young adults. However, a proportion of MS patients have onset during childhood and adolescence. Very little is known about the psychosocial impact of MS on this population. This research aimed to provide insight into the psychosocial experiences of youth with MS and the role of their peer relationships. Six linked parent- youth pairs, from the MS Clinic in Calgary, AB, participated in semi-structured interviews to identify issues pertinent to the par- ticipants’ own experiences. Data analysis was derived from grounded theory, which provided a framework for examining and categorizing interview data into themes. Through this innovative grounded theory, a theoretical paradigm for understanding the psychosocial experiences of adolescents with MS was developed. The theory is comprised of two core categories: “the grief experience” and “dynamic relationships”, each with several sub-categories. There were two primary conclusions drawn from the theory. The first reflected the significance of grief in understanding psychosocial experiences in adolescents with MS. The sec- ond identified that peer relationships play a variety of roles in this grief process. This model can act as a foundation for guiding therapeutic treatment and promoting future research in the area of psychosocial development in individuals with early-onset MS.
162 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
14:00 - 14:55 - MAYFAIR 14:00 - 14:55
CPA Invited Speaker/ RESEARCH ON FAMILIES OF CHILDREN WITH Conférencière invitée par ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER: IMPLICATIONS FOR la SCP UNDERSTANDING BOTH ADHD AND PARENTING Clinical Psychology Charlotte Johnston, University of British Columbia (Section Program)
This talk will review recent research concerning parent cognitions, parenting style, and parent-child interactions in families of children with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), with a particular emphasis on how comorbid child opposition- ality is related to these family variables. Findings are considered within a developmental psychopathology framework that exam- ines how both child ADHD and oppositional behavior interact with parent cognitions and socialization efforts as the parent-child relationship evolves over time. The talk will outline what the research findings may tell us about how variations in child charac- teristics constrain or amplify the effects of parenting. Finally, the implications of this research framework for designing and eval- uating psychological interventions for these child disorders are outlined.
14:00 - 14:55 - BELAIRE 14:00 - 14:55
Conversation Session/ MENTORING STUDENTS WITH DIVERSE MENTAL HEALTH ABILITIES IN Séance de conversation ESTABLISHING SELF-ADVOCACY SKILLS: IMPLICATIONS FOR HEALTH Psychologists in PRACTITIONERS IN POST-SECONDARY LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS Education Robert Roughley, Campus Alberta Applied Counselling Initiative FRIDAY / VENDREDI This conversation session explores past, current, and future practices in the facilitation of self-advocacy skills development throughout students’ post-secondary learning experiences and transition into the workforce. The five Ws (who, what, when, where, and why) and ‘how’ will offer a framework for this provoking discussion. The central goal of this gathering is for partici- pants to return to their practice with a refreshed desire to revisit their individual and institution competencies in assisting stu- dents with diverse mental health abilities. This session is for all levels of practitioners working in this field of interest.
14:00 - 14:25 - NAKISKA 14:00 - 14:25
Theory Review Session/ REVIEW OF RESEARCH AND THEORY ON SOUTHEAST ASIAN IMMIGRANT Séance de revue WOMEN’S EMPLOYMENT ACTIVITY AND EXPERIENCE IN CANADA théorique Nilmini De Silva, McGill University International and Cross-cultural
Leong and Brown’s (1995) review of the vocational research on racial and ethnic minorities showed that the research samples were not sufficiently culturally diverse and that the constructs used were not culturally-relevant. Carter and Cook’s (1992) cri- tique of career theories were that they were based on American middle-class males, founded on European American cultural val- ues, and insensitive to sociopolitical and economic realities and to talents and psychological experiences of racial and ethnic minorities. Thus weaknesses in research and theory on racial and ethnic minorities’ vocational research have been discussed in general. The purpose of this paper is to review recent research on Southeast Asian immigrant women specifically and present related employment theories. For the purposes of parsimony and theoretical cohesiveness, Southeast Asia will be limited to the Indian subcontinent, Malay peninsula and Malay archipelago. This paper will (a) review research conducted on Southeast Asian immigrant women’s employment activity in Canada during the past 5 years and (b) examine theories related to Southeast Asian women’s employment. The paper will use a multicultural theoretical lens and provide guidelines and directions for future research.
14:00 - 14:25 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 14:00 - 14:25
Theory Review Session/ PROFESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGY IN ALBERTA: DEMOGRAPHIC INFORMATION, Séance de revue AREAS OF PRACTICE, AND WORK FORCE ISSUES théorique Sarah Watkins, University of Calgary; Keith Dobson, University of Calgary; Pierre Bérubé, Psychologist’s Association of Alberta
The face of professional psychology is changing in the province of Alberta. To date, however, little information is known about the demographics, work capacity, or future work trends in Albertan Psychology. In an effort to understand these aspects of the profession of psychology, the Psychologists Association of Alberta conducted a survey of all psychologists registered with the
163 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
College of Alberta Psychologists in 2005. This survey inquired about demographic information, areas of practice, and various work force issues. Three hundred and seventy five responses were received. A preponderance of the 375 respondents were female psychologists, and there was a higher percentage of masters- than doctoral-level psychologists. Results showed that most psychologists specialize in counseling or clinical psychology; that adults were the most common client group; and that the most common work setting was private practice. Results concerning average annual income, average hourly fees, number of hours worked, methods of client payment, retirement issues, and the availability of psychological services in different languages will also be discussed. The findings will also be examined in terms of gender, age, and level of education, as well as differences across geographical regions in Alberta. Implications of these results for the future of Psychology in Alberta will be presented, both with regards to training demands and areas of service delivery.
14:30 - 14:55 - NAKISKA 14:30 - 14:55
Theory Review Session/ STRESS AND COPING: NEW IMMIGRANT WORKERS IN TRANSITION Séance de revue Charles Chen, University of Toronto théorique Health Psychology
To resettle in a foreign country permanently can mean an extremely challenging and daunting experience. This change involves many sociocultural, environmental, psychological, and physiological adjustments. Parallel to these adjustments, immigrants encounter challenging experiences in their worklives and career adjustment in the host country. This experience of worklife adjustment is closely linked to a range of related dynamics and factors within the broad context of a cross-cultural and intercul- tural transition. In addition to the various kinds of stress in their personal and social lives in the new environment, new immi- grant workers may endure a considerable amount of work-related stress during this adjustment process. Informed by Lazarus and Folkman’s (1984) theory of psychological stress and coping, along with some other theoretical models on life-career transi- tion, this paper aims to address and analyze the issue of worklife stress among new immigrant workers. It will fist briefly review Lazarus and Folkman’s theory in defining the psychological stress. The paper will then describe some of the main factors that cause the occurrence of work-related stress among new immigrant workers. It will finally propose some ideas that might be use- ful for vocational psychologists and career practitioners in helping immigrant workers cope with worklife stress in the host coun- try.
15:00 - 15:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ CANADIAN GLBTQ RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY: ASSESSING THE IMPACT Séance de conversation AND FORGING NEW DIRECTIONS IN CURRICULUM INFUSION AND Sexual Orientation and PUBLICATION
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY Gender Identity Issues Joseph Gillis, University of Toronto
This conversation session will highlight the increasing quantity and quality of psychological research in the areas of sexual ori- entation and gender identity conducted in Canada by both faculty, graduate, and undergraduate students. The role of the CPA Section on Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity (SOGII) in promoting and sustaining these research efforts will be explored, and avenues for new directions for SOGII will be discussed. Attention will also be focused on: (1) the general lack of federal funding for research in this area, (2) the failure of CPA journals to promote and publish research in this area, (3) the absence of a substantial discourse on sexual orientation and gender identity in our multicultural psychology curriculum and clinical/coun- selling supervision and practice, and (4) the lack of specific attention to sexual orientation and gender identity competence in the Standards for Accreditation. These concerns will be situated within the greater framework of the efforts of the Rainbow Health Network to promote sexual orientation and gender identity inclusiveness across all health care and helping professions, and to advocate for political and professional activism in this cause.
15:00 - 15:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ POLICE PSYCHOLOGY: AN EMERGING AREA OF PRACTICE AND RESEARCH Séance de conversation John Tivendell, Université de Moncton; Dorothy Cotton, Queen’s University; Craig Criminal Justice Bennell, Carleton University Psychology
While there has never been a branch of psychology formally identified as “police psychology” in Canada, there is now little doubt that psychologists can and do offer a great deal to police organizations. This session will provide a forum for psycholo- gists working in a variety of domainsóindustrial/organizational, clinical, and applied researchóto exchange ideas about the inter- action between our profession and policing. Key participants will include psychologists who are also police officers, psycholo-
164 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 gists who are employed by police services and a police chief with expertise in strategic human resource management. It is an opportunity for people providing services to police organizations to exchange information about their own practice and research. In particular, issues related to cultural and professional differences between police and psychologists, including what police want from psychologists and how police use psychological information, will be discussed
15:00 - 15:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ CHANGING THE FACE OF HEALTHCARE IN CANADA - HEALTH SPENDING Séance de conversation ACCOUNTS Industrial/ Terri Ellis, Benecaid Organizational
Found in the Income Tax Act, the Health Spending Account (H.S.A) is a bank account established by self-employed individuals and business owners for the exclusive purpose of healthcare expenses - for themselves and their families. The government recog- nizes deposits made into an H.S.A. as full business deductions and therefore, like an RRSP, reduces taxable income. For the practitioner in private practice, understanding what a Health Spending Account is and how it can save their patients 30% on their services will not only provide value but an opportunity for those clients to afford 30% more services.This session will provide the practitionerWITHDRAWN with insight into the structure of a Health Spending Account. The practitioner will discover the advantages of a Health Spending Account through both the eyes of their employee(s) and themselves gaining a greater perspective on their options for healthcare financial planning.
15:00 - 15:25 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 15:00 - 15:25 FRIDAY / VENDREDI
Theory Review Session/ MULTIDISCIPLINARY COLLABORATION: IMPLICATIONS FOR Séance de revue PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICE IN MEDICAL SETTINGS théorique Greenly H. Y. Ho, Simon Fraser University; Sirad Deria, Simon Fraser University Health Psychology
The past decade has witnessed an increase in the importance of multidisciplinary collaboration in medical settings. Multidisciplinary collaboration is defined as a process in which colleagues with diverse training and backgrounds coordinate their expertise in providing care to patients. The biopsychosocial model of health implies that when specialists from different disciplines work as a team, more comprehensive care could be provided. As psychologists expand their practice to traditional medical settings, many have recognized that working with other health care professionals is an inevitable part of their daily work. Even though the tradition of multidisciplinary collaboration in clinical psychology dates back to 1896 when Witmer set up the first psychology clinic for children at the University of Pennsylvania, lingering questions remain as to how psychologists could be more effectively integrated into medical teams. The current presentation highlights the need to understand the chal- lenges and the implications of multidisciplinary collaboration for psychological practice in medical settings. First, it will briefly review the history and models of multidisciplinary collaboration. Second, it will explore possible barriers to effective teamwork identified in the existing literature. Finally, future research, training and clinical practice directions will be discussed.
15:00 - 15:55 - BELAIRE 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ LINKING TERTIARY EXPERTISE WITH THE REAL WORLD OF RURAL Séance de conversation PRACTICE IN DIVERSE SETTINGS Health Psychology Judi Malone, Athabasca University; Shelley Currie, Alberta Cancer Board
This panel discussion, led by participants of the Alberta Cancer Board’s Psychosocial Oncology Network (PON), will explore “Linking tertiary expertise with the real world of rural practice in diverse settings”. Activities of the PON to date will be reviewed and commented upon by participants of the Network representing different settings and professional backgrounds. Attendees will be invited to reflect on opportunities and challenges in improving access and quality of psychosocial care in rural communities through initiatives of this kind.
165 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
15:00 - 15:55 - BONAVISTA 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ INCLUSIVE EDUCATION AND BEST PRACTICE FOR CHILDREN WITH Séance de conversation AUTISM: A UNITED FRONT Psychologists in Angela Irvine, University of Alberta; Shane Lynch, University of Alberta Education
In this paper, we present an integration of two models of practice for children with autism. The first model is inclusive education (Ferguson, 1995). A review of the research of families experiences with inclusive education has demonstrated that families largely support the inclusive model of education. The second model is based on best practice in intervention with children with autism (Dawson & Osterling, 1997). However, investigations of the experiences, perceptions of, and satisfaction, with the educa- tion system of families have identified that the services that children with autism have received have not been consistent with best practice philosophies and there is general discontentment with the educational practices offered by the schools. Therefore, we provide an integration of the two and explain how the specific services provided to children with autism under the scope of best practice fits within the inclusive education framework. We suggest that the autism community advocate for increased sup- ports from the schools from an ideology of inclusive education, rather than one that is autism specific. In this unified model, all children, regardless of their educational need, can benefit from increased educational supports that are the result of the advocacy of one large and unified movement for children with special needs.
15:00 - 15:55 - RIDEAU 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ LD & ADHD DIAGNOSIS AND ACCOMMODATION AT THE Séance de conversation POST-SECONDARY LEVEL: RECENT TRENDS & CONTROVERSIES Psychologists in Allyson Harrison, Queen’s University Education
Currently, there is a crisis in the field of LD diagnosis, and issues around adult diagnoses of LD & ADHD are causing tremen- dous concern at the post-secondary level. Criticisms of overdiagnosis and failure to adhere to published diagnostic standards are causing post-secondary service providers to become extremely cautions in the type of documentation they accept for provision of service. This conversation hour will identify the current issues facing Psychologists in Ontario when diagnosing and making recommendations for students with LD and ADHD, and make tentative suggestions for how we can assist in addressing these concerns.
15:00 - 15:55 - MOUNT ROYAL 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ PSYCHOLOGY GRADUATE STUDENTS RESEARCH SEMINAR Séance de conversation Andrea Martin, York University; Valorie Salimpoor, York University; Andrea Gibas, Simon Students in Psychology Fraser University
The purpose of this conversation session is to provide an opportunity for psychology graduate students across Canada to discuss their current research interests and initiatives with other students. Participants will prepare a brief introduction to their area of research and discuss the current or recent projects in which they have been involved. The student presentations will be brief (i.e., 2-3 minutes, depending on the number of participants), and will be accompanied by a PowerPoint slide summarizing their research. Participation will be open to all graduate students and presentation is not necessary for attendance. For those interest- ed in presenting, a summary slide and one-page summary of research should be sent to the Chairperson in advance. Participants will be provided with a handout containing all research summary slides and contact information of other students, to allow for collaboration and continued networking.
15:00 - 15:25 - LAKEVIEW 15:00 - 15:25
Theory Review Session/ THE ALEXITHYMIA CONSTRUCT AND IMPLICATIONS IN CHILDREN AND Séance de revue ADULTS théorique Easter Yassa, University of Alberta Counselling Psychology
Evidence suggests that adults with alexithymia are at a higher risk of hypertension (Jula, Salminen & Saarijarvi, 1999), gastroin- testinal disorders (Porcelli, Taylor, Bagby, & De Carne, 1999), eating disorders (Cochrane, Brewerton, Wilson, & Hodges, 1993), heart disease, and even cancer (Lumley, Stettner & Wehmer, 1996; Kauhanen, Kaplan, Cohen, Salonen, & Salonen, 1994). A dimensional trait distributed across the general population, rather than a diagnostic category (Kench & Irwin, 2000),
166 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 alexithymia literally means to have a “lack of words” for emotions, and as a construct involves three main identified factors, also supported in children (Rieffe, Oosterveld & Meerum Terwogt, in press) where a correlation between obesity and somatization and alexithymia has been ascertained (Baldaro et al., 2003). Bucci (1997), in her ‘multiple code theory’ of affect development, maintains that the presence of alexithymia is not as simple as being without the words for emotions, but being without the basic non-verbal symbols for them as well. This disconnect may then allow physiological arousal to occur in relation to emotional stimuli without cognitive awareness (Bucci, 1997). Potential implications of this in counselling will be presented along with a discussion of the construct criteria, and a brief introduction to the literature.
15:00 - 15:25 - BANFF 15:00 - 15:25
Theory Review Session/ BULLYING IN ACADEMIA: A FORM OF TERRORISM Séance de revue Louis Pagliaro, University of Alberta; Ann Marie Pagliaro, University of Alberta théorique Disaster/ Trauma
This presentation presents a meta-analysis of the published literature on the bullying, usually by administrators, of academics in post-secondary institutions. The nature and characteristics of academic bullies and bullying, including related psychopathology and the psychological effects on victims is described and discussed. Narrative examples are provide to increase empathic under- standing of this phenomenon. The Meta Interactive Model of Academic Bullying, which will be presented, has been developed to explain the major noted inter-relationships among bullies, those being bullied, and the academic environment.
15:00 - 15:25 - LAKE LOUISE 15:00 - 15:25 FRIDAY / VENDREDI
Theory Review Session/ DEVELOPMENTAL APPROACH TO INQUIRY BASED DIFFERENTIATION Séance de revue STRATEGIES IN EARLY LITERACY théorique Noella Piquette-Tomei, University of Lethbridge; Anne McKeough, University of Calgary Developmental Psychology
The aim of this design study was to conceptualize and document how primary students can be helped to develop literacy through a systematic developmentally appropriate differentiated approach. We will outline our inquiry process techniques, differentia- tion strategies, and the development of our research based Communities of Practice highlighting the dynamics of inquiry within the classroom. This project involved the longitudinal study of customized literacy programs, involving the teacher-researcher collaborators who designed, developed and differentiated instruction for their student’s literacy development in conjunction with university researchers. They worked together to explore the utility of an inquiry-based approach to supporting literacy develop- ment over a four-year period within four sites. The goal of the study is to measure the effects of instructional differentiation while using an evidence-based comprehensive reading programs across kindergarten and grade one. The general methodology involves identifying where on the multiple pathways to literacy development individual children are located and supporting them in their construction of literacy skills by bridging through the development trajectory. A micro genetic analysis of student’s responses to the teaching and learning activities has been undertaken, where teachers focus on the progress of specific students who require differentiated instruction. Teacher knowledge construction and growth in differentiation cognizance is simultane- ously conducted through qualitative methods.
15:00 - 15:25 - NAKISKA 15:00 - 15:25
Theory Review Session/ EVIDENCE-BASED ASSESSMENT IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY Séance de revue John Hunsley, University of Ottawa théorique Clinical Psychology
Substantial progress has been made in recent years in developing and promoting evidence-based treatments in clinical psychology. In contrast, there has been relatively little attention paid to the role of assessment activities in evidence-based services. This is par- ticularly problematic given (a) the central role that assessment plays in clinical services, (b) the economic and scientific pressures being exerted on current assessment practices, and (c) the clear evidence that accurate and timely ssessment can greatly improve the effectiveness of psychological interventions. In this session I will present a framework for conceptualizing and advancing the domain of evidence-based assessment. The framework is sensitive to the various purposes for which assessment data are collected and has several key elements, including problem/disorder specificity, consideration of psychometric properties, attention to diver- sity issues, and recognition of assessment process parameters that influence the use of assessment measures in psychological ser- vice activities. In addition to illustrating these framework elements, recent examples from both the child and adult assessment lit- eratures will be used to illustrate how this framework can be used to guide both practice and research.
167 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
15:00 - 15:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ USING STAGE OF CHANGE TO GUIDE TREATMENT INTERVENTION Séance de conversation Arlene Cox, Canmore Pain Clinic Health Psychology
Overall Aims: Description of a clinical application of the Stage of Change model (Prochaska and DiClemente, 1992) within an interdisciplinary chronic pain rehabilitation program. Clinical and research advantages to using this model in assessment, group and individual psychotherapy, physiotherapy, substance use, and medication optimization will be overviewed.Learning Objectives: Attendees will gain an understanding of the stages and processes of change. We will explore the utility of the Pain Stage of Change Questionnaire (PSOCQ, Kerns et al., 1997) in guiding self-management strategies and change in client stage during the program. We will share our choice to split the psychotherapy groups into two, one for those in contemplation and one for those in preparation; and the impact this had on group process and effectiveness. Last, we will discuss the stage model with- in the context of substance abuse/dependence and medication reduction.Content: Prochaska and DiClemente (1992) developed a model of behaviour change which is based on the stages and processes of change. The process of change is best understood when formulated as five stages: precontemplation, contemplation, preparation, action, and maintenance. These stages represent specific attitudes, beliefs, and behaviours that are problem-specific. This model has been used to better understand how people change a variety of behaviours, for example, mammography, breast self-examination, condom use, smoking, and exercise (Marcus, Rakowski & Ross, 1992; Cox, 1994; Prochaska & DiClemente, 1992; Prochaska et al., 1992; Rakowski et al., 1992). This research suggests that identifying an individual’s stage of change in relation to self-management can highlight the appropri- ate interventions, which leads to more effective treatment and improves the likelihood of ongoing change.
15:00 - 15:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 15:00 - 15:55
Paper Session/ Séance de DISCIPLINARY VISIONS FOR PSYCHOLOGY présentation orale Judith Misbach, University of Calgary History and Philosophy
#1 THE FRAGMENTATION OF PSYCHOLOGY AND CRITICAL REALISM Jason Goertzen, York University
In this paper I argue that psychology is in a state of fragmentation and that it is a problem because it impedes the integration of knowledge and slows or diverts the evolution of the discipline. I have elsewhere proposed a theory of psychology’s fragmenta- tion which argues that it is caused by three philosophical tensions: subjectivity-objectivity, ontology-epistemology, and individ- ual-social. Traditionally, psychology has employed the guiding philosophies of positivism and constructionism which addressed these tensions; however, they have failed to resolve the tensions in a manner that diminishes fragmentation. Therefore, I argue
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY psychology requires a new philosophy which does not fail in this regard. I cannot expound such a comprehensive philosophy in this paper. Instead, I discuss the promise of critical realism for contributing to such a philosophy. Especially promising is criti- cal realism’s treatment of the tensions. I conclude by discussing the limitations of critical realism with respect to developing a new guiding philosophy and future directions for realizing such a philosophy.
#2 IMPLEMENTING A PLURALIST VISION FOR PSYCHOLOGY Stephanie McKenzie, University of Regina; William Smythe, University of Regina
This paper continues the discussion of Smythe and McKenzie (2005), who argued that human psychology is ontologically plu- ralistic and that therefore Psychology needs to be a pluralistic discipline. Appealing to the mythological image of Indra’s Net of Gems, we offered a pluralistic vision for Psychology. In this paper, we elaborate upon this vision and consider possible avenues for the implementation of a pluralistic approach within the discipline. We aim to give a hermeneutic explication of pluralism drawing upon some of the main ideas from this tradition such as the nature of interpretation and re-interpretation and the under- standing that becomes possible through the fusion of horizons. We then explore two specific strategies for implementing a plu- ralistic vision in Psychology, neither of which has yet received much attention in the context of the unity debate. First, we dis- cuss the possibilities of intra-disciplinary boundary-work, focusing on the discursive strategies involved in drawing and redraw- ing the continually shifting, negotiated boundaries among the various psychological traditions and schools. Second, we consider a dialectical analysis of Psychology’s diverse traditions, which focuses on the essential tensions or antinomies that underlie the discipline’s various substantive debates and seeks to unify seemingly contradictory alternative perspectives.
168 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
15:00 - 15:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ A CONVERSATION ON THE EMERGENCE OF WORLD PSYCHOLOGY, WORLD Séance de conversation MENTAL HEALTH, AND CROSS - CULTURAL SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS Counselling Psychology Beth Hedva, Institute for Transpersonal Psychology
Three-quarters of the world’s population in our emerging global community are from Asia and Africa; and like indigenous cul- tures in the Americas, these populations integrate intuition and spirituality into the fabric of daily life. World Psychology builds a bridge of collegiality and information exchange between developing nations and more developed nations. It is important that the communication is not one-way. This Conversation Session questions 1) how we might better respect the contributions of non-Western cultures and their spiritual healing traditions to World Mental Health. 2) limitations of exporting North American versions of ‘mental health’ around the world, 3) Western cultural dominance (embedded in our academic training bias) as a form of psychological imperialism, and 4) transpersonal psychology, which includes spirituality, as a potential bridge. Currently chair of Continuing Education for the International Council of Psychologists which has members from 60 different nations on six continents, Beth Hedva, PhD, MFT, has trained and taught counselling professionals globally. Currently living in Calgary, Canada, Dr. Hedva holds a Masters Degree in Clinical Psychology, a Masters Degree in Transpersonal Psychology and a PhD in Psychology, was the Director of Clinical Internships and Field Placement at two universities in California.
15:30 - 15:55 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 15:30 - 15:55
Theory Review Session/ THE DYNAMICS OF INTERSUBJECTIVITY IN VIRTUAL LEARNING Séance de revue Paul Jerry, Athabasca University théorique FRIDAY / VENDREDI Psychoanalysis
Psychoanalytic theory, filtered through clinical experience may serve as a theoretical grounding for dealing with the virtual learning environment. This exploration follows the work of Murray (1997), who invoked Winnicott’s notions of intra- and inter- personal space and applied them to virtual learning. Psychoanalytic concepts such as projection and projective identification have utility when considering the subjective (and affective) experience of the on-line learner. Evidence to support this proposal is derived from the presenter’s experience in both classroom and on-line teaching, data gathered from a large-scale survey of motivation factors in a distributed delivery graduate counselling program, and personal experience as a psychoanalytically-orien- tated clinical psychologist. Projection and projective identification and regression can serve as explanatory concepts predictive of student behaviour when looking at the interaction between a learner and the virtual learning environment.
15:30 - 15:55 - LAKEVIEW 15:30 - 15:55
Theory Review Session/ A CURRENT LOOK AT CAREER PSYCHOLOGY AND HUMAN AGENCY Séance de revue Charles Chen, University of Toronto théorique Counselling Psychology
Being rooted in and connected to counselling psychology and vocational psychology, career psychology attempts to address diverse issues pertaining to individuals’ welfare in their life-career development through the entire life span. Among a range of complex intra-personal, interpersonal, and extra-personal variables, human agency appears to a central construct that is worthy of serious consideration. Based on Albert Bandura’s (1986) social cognitive theory, theorists and scholars in the last two decades have developed and studied the construct of career human agency. This paper intends to continue to explore and elabo- rate on the notion of human agency in the life-career context broadly defined, providing insights for scholars and practitioners in the field. With a brief review of recent literature, the paper will define the notion of human agency, especially along with the emerging social constructivist perspectives in the career psychology realm. It will draw attention to Bandura’s (2001, 2004) recent explanation on human agency, demonstrating the meaningfulness of agentic functioning in individuals’ life-career wellbe- ing. Implications for research and practice will be highlighted, with a particular focus on integrating human intention and action in individuals’ life-career journey.
169 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
15:30 - 15:55 - BANFF 15:30 - 15:55
Theory Review Session/ POLYPHARMACY TRENDS, ADIS, AND COGNITIVE STATUS IN Séance de revue COMMUNITY-DWELLING OLDER ADULTS théorique Scott Oddie, Lori-Ann Sacrey, Sarah Hovind, Kim Goddard, Red Deer College Adult Development and Aging
Polypharmacy refers to the use of multiple-medications by an individual, and describes the negative consequences (e.g., cogni- tive deficits) arising from adverse drug interactions (ADIs) between multiple-medications. ADIs have been shown to account for a significant proportion of hospital admissions, prolonged hospital stays, and increased morbidity and mortality in older adult populations. Health care research shows individuals 60 years and older use between 2 to 8 prescribed medications, and 1 to 4 non-prescribed medications, placing this age group is at increased risk for ADIs. However, few studies have examined the rela- tionship between polypharmacy and ADIs among older community-dwelling adults, or the effects of polypharmacy on cogni- tion. This study investigated the number of medications used by older, community-dwelling adults and their therapeutic and potential adverse cognitive affects. Standardized tests assessing neuropsychological function and general cognitive status (MMSE) were also administered to participants to specifically examine the relationship between medication trends and cognitive functioning. The results are discussed in terms of the prevalence of ADIs resulting from medication interactions that are poten- tially problematic for this population, as well as the relationship between ADIs and cognitive functioning.
15:30 - 15:55 - LAKE LOUISE 15:30 - 15:55
Theory Review Session/ CHILDREN’S NONCOMPLIANCE AS AGENCY: A SOCIAL RELATIONAL Séance de revue PERSPECTIVE théorique C. Melanie Parkin, University of Guelph; Leon Kuczynski, University of Guelph Developmental Psychology
We contrast two approaches to understanding children’s noncompliance: social interactional theory and the emerging social rela- tional theory. Social interactional theory conceptualizes noncompliance as a unidimensional predictor of future aggression and delinquency in children. We argue that the social interaction theory cannot address some of the complexities involved in chil- dren’s responses to parent’s demands and suggest social relational theory as an alternative. Social relational theory draws from research in developmental psychology and re-conceptualizes noncompliance as multidimensional. The tenets of social relational theory argue that noncompliance needs to be understood as embedded in the distinctive context of the parent-child relationship which both constrains and enables both children’s noncompliance and parents demands. Second, within a bi-directional relation- ship, children and parents are assumed to be equally agentic, meaning that the goals and perceptions of both parents and children need to be addressed in order to understand noncompliance. Conceptualizing parents and children as agents implies the use of
FRIDAY / VENDREDI FRIDAY new terms such as accommodation and negotiation to replace compliance and noncompliance in descriptions of parent-child interactions. Clinical implications for this approach will be discussed.
15:30 - 15:55 - NAKISKA 15:30 - 15:55
Theory Review Session/ L’ÉVALUATION DU RISQUE DE VIOLENCE CHEZ LES ADOLESCENTS Séance de revue Tiziana Costi, Institut Philippe Pinel de Montréal théorique Psychologie clinique
L’évaluation du risque de violence est au centre des préoccupations de plusieurs cliniciens travaillant dans le domaine de la psy- chiatrie légale, toujours à l’affêt de nouveaux instruments pouvant raffiner leur jugement clinique et structurant leur évaluation, tout en leur donnant des pistes pour mieux gérer le risque et mieux intervenir. Cela est d’autant plus important lorsqu’il s’agit d’adolescents. Pour cette population également, de nouveaux instruments ont récemment été introduits pour améliorer l’évalua- tion du risque de violence. Un de ces instruments est le SAVRY (Structured Assessment of Violence Risk in Youth), qui con- stitue l’équivalent du HCR-20. Notre présentation portera sur l’évaluation du risque de violence chez les adolescents, avec la description des différents instruments utilisés, spécialement le SAVRY. Des données recueillies lors des évaluations dans une unité d’expertise et traitement d’adolescents seront abordées et une discussion portera sur les apports de cet instrument dans l’é- valuation et la gestion du risque pour cette population, ainsi qu’une comparaison avec d’autres instruments (PCL-YV, HCR-20).
170 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
09:00 - 10:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 09:00 - 10:55
Paper Session/ Séance de YOUNG CANADIAN HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY RESEARCHERS: THE BEST AND THE présentation orale BRIGHTEST Health Psychology Sherry Stewart, Dalhousie University
#1 THE PSYCHOLOGICAL CONSEQUENCES OF CARDIAC DISEASE: IMPLICATIONS AND PROSPECTS FOR TREATMENT Paul Greenman, Université du Québec en Outaouais; Jean Grenier, Consortium national de formation en santé
Although the role of psychological factors in the aetiology of physical illness has been the subject of much research and theory for over a generation, the impact of physical disease on psychological well-being has only recently garnered significant atten- tion. Preliminary evidence indicates that cardiac diseases and the medical interventions designed to treat them have numerous serious implications for psychological health, which in turn seems to affect long-term physical health outcomes. The aim of this review was to examine in detail the documented psychological consequences of cardiac illnesses (e.g., angina pectoris, myocar- dial infarction) and cardiac interventions (e.g., angioplasty, coronary artery bypass grafting). Results indicate clear links between cardiac illness and subsequent symptoms of depression and post-traumatic stress. Although the literature suggests that people who suffer from depression, post-traumatic stress, or heightened anxiety following cardiac events and treatment are more likely to have further cardiac complications resulting in death than are people who do not, the integration of psychological interven- tions into cardiac rehabilitation programs appears to be extremely rare. Given these findings, we call for a dramatic increase in the systematic evaluation and ensuing incorporation of psychological interventions into mainstream cardiac care.
#2 BARRIERS TO ACCESS TO HEALTH CARE AMONG CANADIAN SENIORS: RESULTS FROM THE CANADIAN STUDY OF HEALTH AND AGING Nansy Jean-Baptiste, University of Windsor; Kathryn Lafreniere, University of Windsor
Access to health care is a basic necessity. Many diverse groups have been found to have problems of access. This study surveyed a random, population-based sample of 8923 community dwelling Canadians over the age of 65. Every participant was asked if they had a regular family physician or clinic that they went to. Because Canada has a gatekeeper system, this question is a valid measure of access to care. 96.4% of the sample reported having a regular family physician. Factors examined in a regression analysis included race, self-reported ethnicity, education level, literacy level, fluency in language of the interview, physical impairments, gender, region of residence, age and amount of social support. The greatest variability among access levels was related to region of residence. Further, fluency and literacy were related to lower levels of access to health care, while social sup- port was found to be protective for those who were likely to have access problems. Finally, the importance of including interac- tion terms in the analysis of barriers to access to health care is discussed, as well as the difficulty of controlling for need, when level of need both influences access to health care and reported need.
#3 THE EFFECTS OF A SINGLE HIGH FAT MEAL ON CARDIOVASCULAR REACTIVITY Fabijana Jakulj, University of Calgary; Kristen Zernicke, University of Calgary; Simon Bacon, Concordia University; Brenda Key, University of Calgary; Laura VanWielingen, University of Calgary; Tavis Campbell, University of Calgary
Exaggerated cardiovascular responses to stress have been linked prospectively to the development of hypertension. While sever- SATURDAY / SAMEDI al personality traits and behaviors are associated with reactivity, the role of diet has been largely ignored. The present study examined the effect of a single high-fat meal on cardiovascular responses to a series of standard laboratory stressors. Twenty- eight participants were fed a high and a low-fat meal on two separate occasions followed by laboratory stress testing during which blood pressure and measures of cardiovascular function were recorded using impedance cardiography. Repeated mea- sures GLM analyses revealed significantly greater reactivity following the consumption of the high-fat meal for systolic and diastolic blood pressure and total peripheral resistance (p’s < .05). These results suggest that even a single high-fat meal may be associated with heightened cardiovascular reactivity and offer insight into the pathways through which a high-fat diet may impact cardiovascular function.
#4 SOMATIC COMPLAINTS, TRAUMATIC EXPOSURE, AND SLEEP DISTURBANCES Meghan Woods, University of Regina
Chronic pain and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are pervasive, mutually maintaining conditions that reduce quality of life for a significant minority of people (Asmundson et al., 2002). Delineation of their interrelationships has been limited. Sleep dis- turbances, reported by those affected either by chronic pain or PTSD, may enable their mutual maintenance (Harvey et al., 2003). This study assessed the relationship between current pain, sleep, and PTSD with a Veterans’ Affairs sample. Participants
171 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
were grouped as follows: Healthy Controls (N = 1176), participants meeting criteria for PTSD but not reporting sleep distur- bances (n = 28), participants reporting sleep disturbances without PTSD (n = 473), and participants meeting criteria for PTSD and reporting sleep disturbances (n = 145). Participants reporting sleep disturbances alone, and those with PTSD and sleep dis- turbances, had significantly higher levels of current pain than those without sleep disturbances. Regression analysis indicated that sleep disturbances accounted for 11% of the variance in pain; however, PTSD symptoms, specifically hyperarousal, accounted for 30% of the variance in sleep disturbances. In line with the mutual maintenance model, as hyperarousal symptoms increased, so did sleep disturbances, and therein reports of pain, which promote hyperarousal. Implications and future directions are discussed.
#5 EVALUATING THE EFFICACY OF GRADED IN VIVO EXPOSURE FOR THE TREATMENT OF FEAR IN PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC BACK PAIN: A RANDOMIZED CONTROLLED CLINICAL TRIAL Marc Woods, Chronic Pain Centre, Saskatoon Health Region
Psychological treatments for chronic pain, particularly those based upon cognitive behavioural (CB) principles, have generally been shown to be efficacious. Recently, a treatment based upon the fear-avoidance model of chronic pain, which suggests that chronic pain can be relieved by exposing the individual to movements and tasks that have been avoided due to fear of (re)injury, has been developed. This graded in vivo exposure treatment has been found to be efficacious in case studies. The present inves- tigation was the first randomized controlled clinical trial to compare graded in vivo exposure to other treatment/control condi- tions. Forty-four chronic low back pain patients were randomly assigned to either graded in vivo exposure, graded activity or a wait list control condition. Patients in the graded in vivo exposure treatment condition demonstrated (a) significantly greater improvements on measures of fear avoidance beliefs, perceived disability, and pain self-efficacy when compared to those in the graded activity group, and (b) significantly greater improvements on measures of fear-avoidance beliefs, fear of pain/movement, and pain catastrophizing when compared to those in the wait-list control condition. All of these differences were significant at p > .01. Additionally, only patients in the graded in vivo exposure condition demonstrated significant pre- to post-treatment improvements on each dependent variable, and all of these improvements were maintained at one month follow-up. Implications of these findings for the treatment of individuals with chronic pain are discussed in relation to the fear-avoidance model of pain.
09:00 - 10:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 09:00 - 10:55
Panel Discussion PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION IN PSYCHOLOGY: BRIDGING THE PAST TO THE FUTURE IN EDUCATION MODELS AND MULTICULTURAL COMPETENCE Keith Dobson, University of Calgary; Joseph Bascuas, Medaille College; Cynthia de las Fuentes, Our Lady of the Lake University; Janel Gauthier, University Laval; Juan Jose Sanchez-Sosa, Universidad Nacional de Mexico; Don Sawatzky, University of Alberta
Challenges to professional mobility, including student exchange programs, among North American countries often have been a result of different historical traditions in education and credentialing models for the preparation of psychological service providers, as well as differences in linguistic, literacy, and other cultural competencies relative to the populations to which pro- fessional services are provided. This background provides the context for the present panel session, the focus of which is the Doctor of Psychology (PsyD) degree model for professional psychologists, a model that has been implemented in an effort to bridge these differences. During the session, panelists will be invited to answer questions related to the history of the PsyD degree movement in the United States and why it was initiated; how the PsyD degree model has been adapted to quite different historical and cultural contexts in the United States and Canada; and the model’s potential for implementation in Mexico and other Latin American countries. Throughout the session, particular emphasis will be placed on multicultural competencies essential to the professional practice of psychology, and ways in which they are developed in PsyD program models.
09:00 - 10:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 09:00 - 10:55
Symposium ATTITUDINAL, BEHAVIOURAL, AND NEUROLOGICAL IMPACTS OF Environmental SPACEFLIGHT Psychology Peter Suedfeld, University of British Columbia
Representatives of many species have flown in space, for durations lasting from minutes to months. Neurological changes have been found in animal models, while both attitudes and behaviour show significant effects among human astronauts and indirectly among their family members. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
172 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#1 SPACE PSYCHOLOGY AT THE CANADIAN SPACE AGENCY: PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE Nicole Buckley, Canadian Space Agency
Space psychology was a topic of interest to the Canadian Astronaut Office (CAO) at the Canadian Space Agency (CSA), and more recently, has become one of the focus areas for the Life and Physical Sciences Directorate (LPS). The combination of long duration space flight and crews that are mixed in both gender and nationality has made psychological health one of the most crit- ical and complex topics in space research. Past research, results of which will be summarized was restricted to isolation simula- tion studies. In addition, a workshop on space psychology, sponsored by the LPS of the CSA identified several major issues that should be addressed. Attempts to interest the Canadian psychological community have met with limited success. Currently, there are three studies supported by LPS while CAO has supported the development of a questionnaire to gauge facility to work in a multicultural environment. Future plans to support Canadian psychologists wishing to conduct space psychology research will be discussed. The different platforms and ground-based resources will be described as well as possible strategies to ensure Canadian psychologists lead in this area, as they do in so many others.
#2 THE ASTRONAUT CAREER AND FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS: HIS VIEW, HER VIEW Phyllis Johnson, University of British Columbia
From the perspective of the early day astronauts, their spouses, and NASA, work was the primary focus in the lives of astro- nauts. It was acceptable for work to interfere with family activities, but family concerns were not supposed to interfere with the astronaut’s work. From the beginning of the space program, spouses and children were expected to show the “right stuff”, to be the ideal family in the public image, to be there for the launch and reunion, and to participate in media events, parades, and pub- licity trips. Above all, spouses and children were expected to accept that work had priority over family activities. Over the short history of the space program, the astronaut’s work may still be a priority in the life of the astronaut, but how partners and chil- dren expect to participate in his/her career may be different. Drawing upon memoirs, media interviews, and biographies, this paper will contrast and compare the astronauts’ and spouses’ views about the effect of the astronaut career on marriage and fami- ly relationships. The views of the early and later day astronaut families will be compared to identify continuity and change in how work is perceived to affect marital and family relationships.
#3 LIVING AND WORKING ON THE INTERNATIONAL SPACE STATION: AN EARTH-BASED POST-OCCUPANCY EVALUATION Cécile Lacombe, Optimal Environments, Inc.; Robert Gifford, University of Victoria
The International Space Station is an extreme environment with greatpolitical and scientific importance. It may be seen as a sec- ond-generationextraterrestrial living and working environment, succeeding the small capsules and labs that preceded it into space, and as a precursor to the long-distance spacecraft that will be developed and deployed over the next several decades. The ISS is inhabited by multicultural crews, and a number of inerpersonal problems among crew-members have occurred.The next generation of long-flight spacecraft also will be multicultural. This study examined the habitability assessments of the current ISS (through a filmed tour of the ISS that we have produced) by 6 cultural groups that are likely to fly in the future.Their assess- ments, as with any post-occupancy evaluation, should be of use in the design of the next generation of spacecraft, most particu- larly in terms of design elements that should ease any interpersonal tensions arising from cultural differences during months- long flights.
#4 CAENORHABDITIS ELEGANS: A MODEL SYSTEM FOR ASSESSING THE IMPACT OF A SPACE ENVIRONMENT ON THE REPRODUCTIVE AND NEURONAL SATURDAY / SAMEDI SYSTEMS David Baillie, Simon Fraser University
Sydney Brenner proposed to the Medical Research Council of Britain in 1963 to use Caenorhabditis elegans as a model system for “the study of development and the nervous system”. In 2003 Dr. Brenner received a Nobel Prize in medicine for his work. Of all multicelled eukaryotes, the nervous system of C. elegans is probably the very best understood. Not only has the developmen- tal origin of all 302 neurons (falling into 118 categories) been determined, but so has the connectivity of all neurons. This pro- vides an exceptionally rich platform that can be used to study changes in the development and final wiring of the nervous system as well as the resulting behavioural changes. In my presentation, I will discuss the development of a set of Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) linked promoters that result in specific neuronal expression and discuss their potential use in determining the changes brought about by the space environment.
173 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#5 EVALUATING EFFICACY OF HUMAN RELATIONS AND INTERPERSONAL TRAINING USING NASA TASK Rachel Kass, Concordia University
This research project examined the preliminary effects of Human Relations and Interpersonal Training on participants who engaged in NASA’s computer-based task. Performance results on the computer-based task were compared to performance results of untrained participants. The goals of Human Relations and Interpersonal Training are to increase individual awareness of cultural differences (e.g., how people see the world, their expectations, norms and roles), and to increase awareness that inter- actions, rather than “difficult individuals,” cause group friction. The mean performance score of all trained participant groups was higher than the mean performance of untrained participant groups.
09:00 - 10:55 - MANNING (SECOND FLOOR) 09:00 - 10:55
Workshop/ Atelier de MAKING HEALTHY CHANGES RAPIDLY: BRIEF DYNAMIC PSYCHOTHERAPY IN travail CLINICAL HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY Psychoanalysis Dawn Phillips, Royal University Hospital; Laurene Wilson, Saskatoon Health Region; Sarah Hillis, Saskatoon Health Region
In health psychology, behavioral, cognitive, educational, and motivational enhancement interventions dominate. The presenters of this workshop have 30 years combined experience in insight-oriented psychotherapy and health psychology, and regularly employ brief dynamic psychotherapy (as well as other insight-oriented approaches) to a health population. This short-term model succeeds by assisting patients with concurrent health and mental health difficulties to experience powerful emotions pre- viously avoided. This workshop will provide a theoretical foundation and review evidence-based research in the field of brief dynamic psychotherapy and its application in an era of scarce resources and long wait lists. The presenters will share case sce- narios from their work in health psychology and demonstrate some interventions through role-play.
09:00 - 10:55 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 09:00 - 10:55
Workshop/ Atelier de QUALITY ASSURANCE: IS ANYBODY HAVING ANY FUN? travail Deborah McTaggart, Adjunct Professor, University of British Columbia School of Nursing Counselling Psychology
Meeting legal requirements for quality assurance can seem like a challenge - one more task in our already crowded lives! The focus of this interactive workshop is on sharing experience for meeting continuing competency requirements in ways that high- light enjoyable aspects of ongoing professional development. What’s working for you now? What’s still a challenge? What might you do differently to get more fun out of it? Here’s your chance to meet with colleagues in a supportive, solution-focused atmosphere and share ideas.
09:00 - 10:55 - MAYFAIR 09:00 - 10:55
Workshop/ Atelier de ITEM RESPONSE THEORY ANALYSES FOR BINARY AND LIKERT-TYPE DATA travail Theresa Kline, University of Calgary Industrial/ Organizational (Section Program)
This workshop will be primarily focused on how to set up and analyze data for use in the IRT programs BILOG-MG and PARSCALE. Both of these software products are commonly used in conducting IRT analyses. The BILOG-MG program is used to model dichotomously-scored item responses and PARSCALE is used to model Likert-type item responses. While some theoretical background will of necessity be covered, the most interesting and useful part of the workshop will be how to read and interpret the outputs of the IRT programs. Basic trouble-shooting will also be covered. At the end of the workshop participants should be able to download 15-day free trial versions of the software and use them on their own PCs. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
174 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
09:00 - 10:55 - BELAIRE 09:00 - 10:55
Workshop/ Atelier de TURNING POINTS travail Ron Davis, Lakehead University; Amanda McMahan, Lakehead University; Lezlie Gomes, Clinical Psychology Lakehead University; Kristine Knauff, Lakehead University; Meagan Bone, Lakehead University; Sabreena Bola, Lakehead University; Julie Riendeau, Lakehead University
Turning Points2 is a new packaged group therapy program for women who have concerns about their body image and eating behaviour. It builds upon the success of the forerunner Turning Points psychoeducational video program developed in 1994 for treating women with eating disorders. At the heart of the new program is a 14-episode DVD depicting a group of university women freely discussing their own opinions and experiences on such highly relevant matters as body image (phenomenology, social and media influences), eating habits (with a visit to a dietitian), set point for body weight, physical activity, the mind-body connection, “chillaxing”, and relationships of course (romantic, family, and peer). These themes are rooted in the empirically supported cognitive-behavioural and interpersonal therapeutic principles for treating people with eating disorders. The program is currently undergoing pilot effectiveness evaluation that targets younger women in high school, college, university, and spe- cialized eating disorder clinic settings. As part of the dissemination phase of this Health Canada and Ontario Ministry of Health sponsored project, participants of this workshop will receive the necessary training and materials to set up your own therapeutic program; the DVD, web resource manuals for participants and clinicians, posters, outcome measures. See turningpointspro- gram.com.
09:00 - 10:50 - BRITANNIA 09:00 - 10:50 POSTER SESSION “F” PRÉSENTATION PAR AFFICHAGE (Developmental Psychology/Psychologie du développement Clinical Psychology/Psychologie clinique)
(Developmental Psychology – Psychologie du développement #1-59) #1 CHILDREN’S ALLOCATIONS OF PAY/REWARD: THE ROLE OF GENDER Eileen Wood, Wilfrid Laurier University
A large body of literature has demonstrated that adult men and women approach the negotiations and assignments of pay in very different ways (e.g., Callahan-Levy & Messe, 1979; Desmarais & Curtis, 1997; Majors, 1999). Much of this research demon- strates that women expect less remuneration for past and future jobs, and that women generally earn less money than men. The purpose of the two present studies was to assess whether differential expectation with respect to pay emerge early in develop- ment. Two studies were conducted to evaluate children’s allocations of reward/payment for chore completion. Both studies examined the impact of gender for how much reward/pay was allocated for successful completion of tasks. In the first study 52 preschoolers (28 males and 24 females; Mage = 56.9 months) were asked to complete 2 tasks. These tasks assessed affect and reward allocation for a series of children’s chores, and allocation of rewards for self and others. In the second study 72 primary school children (37 males and 35 females) with and without awareness of the value of money were tested. Overall, there were few main effects indicating that children who are just becoming comfortable with gender stereotypes, or with the value of money do not make differential allocations of rewards simply as a function of the gender of the target recipient. However, in both stud- ies the impact of the gender of the experimenter was important in determining whether children would differentially allocate rewards and respond to chores. These findings tie directly to previous conflicting research regarding children’s reward alloca- tion.
#2 TIME OF DAY, ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE, AND BEHAVIORAL PROBLEMS: IS SATURDAY / SAMEDI THERE A SYNCHRONY EFFECT? Constanze Hahn, University of Toronto
A growing literature suggests that performance is at its peak when there is synchrony between chronotype and task demands. We report here the first study to assess the importance of synchrony for intellectual and behavioral assessments in young adoles- cents. 11 to 14 year olds were initially classified as Morning or Evening types and then assessed at either optimal or nonoptimal times of day on subtests of both crystallized and fluid intelligence. We also assessed behavioral adjustment of Morning and Evening types. Performance on fluid intelligence tests shows a synchrony effect; performance is substantially better at optimal versus nonoptimal times of day. In addition, for adolescents who are Evening types, adjustment ratings suggest increased levels of maladaptive behavior relative to adolescents who are Morning types. Thus, adolescents tested at their nonoptimal times of day and adolescents who are Evening types are at risk for poor academic performance and behavioral adjustment.
175 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 A CROSS-CULTURAL MODEL OF ANXIETY AND DEPRESSION IN CANADIAN AND MAURITIAN HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS Assen Alladin, University of Calgary; Shaylyn Cunningham, University of Lethbridge; David Cawthorpe, University of Calgary
The paper will examine the results of a cross-cultural study involving 1543 High School students (grades 9-12) recruited from three geographic locations (urban/rural) in Western Canada and the Island of Mauritius. Participants completed the Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Beck Hopelessness Scale (BHS), and demographic survey during one of their regular school classes. Multiple logistic regression was used to combine all the variables (data) to examine the rela- tionship between BAI, BDI-II, BHS, average grade marks, and gender simultaneously. Overall, one out of five high school stu- dents was found to be at risk of developing emotional disorders. The developmental and cultural implications of the results will be discussed.
#4 A LONGITUDINAL EVALUATION OF FEMALE PREADOLESCENT INTERNET USAGE: CONTENT PREFERENCE AS INFLUENCE ON IDENTITY DEVELOPMENT Dawn Pollon, OISE University of Toronto
This study is a longitudinal analysis of female Preadolescents’ Internet usage. Participants from rural, urban and First Nations schools were followed commencing in Grade 6 over a three-year period. Based on participants’ self-reports of Internet usage, a content analysis of favourite sites, Internet activities, and time-spent on the Internet is examined in contrast with other self- reported interests, hobbies, and attitudes towards school and homework. Preadolescents’ Internet preferences and activities such as virtual-nurturing, consumerism, and information-hunting are discussed in terms of the developmental implications and influ- ences that shape and inform identity formation.
#5 THE EMERGENCE OF DISPLACED REFERENCE IN PRESCHOOLERS DURING MOTHER-CHILD DISCOURSE Jerry Anglin, University of Waterloo; Leanne Ward, University of Waterloo; Marie White, University of Waterloo
The purpose of this research was to investigate the emergence in preschool children of displaced reference (language referring to absent things, events, and situations as well as to both the past and the future). Sixty preschool children from 1.5 to 4.5 years of age were video- and audiotaped during discourse with their mothers in two contexts: conversation and teaching. Displaced lan- guage was rarely produced before two years of age but it did increase proportionally thereafter, and almost half of the 3.5 to 4.5 year olds’ utterances were displaced. Moreover, displaced language was produced more often in the conversation than the teach- ing context. Some subtypes of displaced reference (fantasy talk, proximal future, proximal past, absent now) emerged early, but others (distal future, distal past, absent general) emerged later in development. But our findings for all subtypes support the view that, early in the emergence of different forms of displaced reference, the scaffolding of discourse by mothers may help their children learn to use this important kind of language. Two specific scaffolding devices that our research strongly suggests mothers use naturally, and that encourage young children to produce this important kind of language are: introducing topics and asking questions about things, events, and situations that are not perceptually present.
#6 ORTHOGRAPHIC AND MORPHOLOGICAL AWARENESS IN EARLY READING ACQUISITION Richard Kruk, University of Manitoba; Deborah Baschuk, University of Manitoba
The roles of orthographic and morphological abilities as predictors of decoding and comprehension skills were examined in 135 Grade One children. Orthographic knowledge, as measured by judgements of word-likeness in nonword pairs, and morphologi- cal awareness, as measured by tests focusing on semantic and syntactic components were positively correlated with decoding and comprehension skills, as measured by the Woodcock Reading Mastery Test. Phonological ability (PA) and rapid automa- tized naming (RAN) emerged as significant predictors of reading ability, as expected, and were positively correlated with ortho- graphic and morphological knowledge. Multiple regression analyses showed that orthographic and morphological knowledge accounted for unique variance in decoding and comprehending, after taking into account the contributions of PA and RAN. Path analyses showed that orthographic knowledge was a mediating variable to both decoding and comprehension skills, in addition to the unique contributions of PA and RAN. Morphological knowledge was a mediating variable to comprehension skills, above the contribution of PA, but did not play role, either directly or as a mediating variable, to predicting decoding skills. The results are consistent with an Interactive Common Mediation model, positing roles for both orthographic and morphological skills in very early reading acquisition. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
176 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#7 THE INTERACTION BETWEEN HARSH PARENTING AND CHILDREN’S EXTERNALIZING BEHAVIOURS FROM A DEVELOPMENTAL PERSPECTIVE Zohreh Yaghoub Zadeh, Canadian Council on Learning; Jennifer Jenkins, OISE/University of Toronto; Debra Pepler, York University
The current study investigates the reciprocal relationship between harsh parenting and externalizing psychopathology in young children using data from three waves of National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (NICHD). This large scale longitudinal database was used because of its potential for investigating the role of contextual factors (i.e., parenting) in relation to the trajectories of psychopathology (i.e., externalizing behaviour) over time. Data imputation resulted in a large sample size (N =1364) which makes it possible to use Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) techniques for testing the proposed model. Cross-reported constructs of parenting quality and child externalizing behaviour were created using mother and father rating of parenting and child externalizing behaviour for each wave. The fit model indicates that development of child externalizing behaviour and harsh parenting resides in the relationship between parent and child. Our findings indicate that, after controlling for the concurrent relationship, parental harshness resulted in subsequent child externalizing behaviour and child externalizing behaviour evoked subsequent parenting harshness. This was over and above the concurrent relationship between child external- izing behaviour and harsh parenting. Theoretical, educational, and clinical implications of the findings are discussed.
#8 MEASURING PARENTS’ SATISFACTION AND EXPECTATIONS FOR THEIR INFANTS’ DEVELOPMENT Shannon Wagner, University of Northern British Columbia
The purpose of this research was to provide further theoretical support for newly developed self-report questionnaires that mea- sure parents’ satisfaction with their infants’ development and parents’ expectations for their infants’ future development. Three hundred parents of infants completed a package of self-report questionnaires including: Parents’ Satisfaction with their Infants’ Development (PSID); Parents’ Expectations for their Infants’ Future Development (PEFD); Parents’ Satisfaction with Parenting; Knowledge of Child Development; and Parenting Stress. A model of interaction was hypothesized in which parenting stress and knowledge of child development would independently predict scores on the PSID that would then predict scores on the PEFD. Moreover, the prediction of PSID scores from parenting stress was expected to be mediated by satisfaction with being a parent. This hypothesized model was generally supported in that the best fitting model suggested all relationships as hypothesized, with a single exception – although PSID scores were predicted by a pathway from parenting stress through satisfaction with being a parent, the accepted model also included a direct prediction from parenting stress to satisfaction with development.
#9 PEER REJECTION AND AGGRESSION IN ADOLESCENT HOCKEY TEAMS Geoff Wilton, Carleton University
The purpose of this study is to explore the factors that are associated with peer rejection in the context of adolescent hockey teams. The vast majority of peer rejection research has obtained samples from school classrooms – neglecting extracurricular activities intended to facilitate social interaction. This research has shown that rejected children are often highly aggressive. However, research has also shown an association between aggression and high social status (popularity). Numerous differentia- tions of aggression have been proposed to reconcile this apparent contradiction. Furthermore, different associations may be expected in a hockey team than in a classroom. Unacceptable aggressive behaviours in a classroom (e.g., overly competitive behaviours) may be acceptable in hockey. Male and female, 12 to 14 year old hockey players from recreational and competitive teams will complete measures of effective and aversive aggressive behaviours and prosocial behaviours. Results will be dis- cussed as they relate to sociometric ratings of peer rejection in this unique context.
#10 ARE YOU IN OR ARE YOU OUT?: RESIDENTIAL LIVING ARRANGEMENTS SATURDAY / SAMEDI AND PSYCHOSOCIAL DEVELOPMENT DURING EMERGING ADULTHOOD Selina Elm, University of Calgary; Kelly Schwartz, Nazarene University College
Emerging adulthood is a transitional period marked by peak residential mobility, with 18-25 year olds exhibiting the highest instability in residential status of any age group (Arnett, 2000). Before attaining adulthood, 40% of this cohort will leave their parents’ home only to return and then leave again at least once (Goldscheider & Goldscheider, 1994). Previous research has bro- ken ground in this nascent field, yet findings are burdened with limitations. The present study more thoroughly explored devel- opmental differences among emerging adults living in various residential, coresidential, and semi-residential settings. Questionnaires were administered to 18-25 year olds at a Canadian university to examine the relationship between students’ liv- ing arrangements and parent attachment style, capacity for intimacy, psychological hardiness, self-esteem, and attainment of adult status. Results indicated differences among emerging adults based on their living arrangements. For example, coresidential students scored lower on several psychosocial measures compared to both residential and semi-residential students. Differences also appeared among students based on the geographical distance between their residence and their parents’ home. The discus- sion will focus on emerging adults’ individuation attempts amidst living arrangements that may positively or negatively influ- ence development.
177 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#11 TESTING MODELS OF HOW CHILD ATTRIBUTES, PARENT ATTRIBUTES, AND PARENT SUPERVISION INFLUENCE CHILDHOOD INJURY RISK Nora Klemencic, University of Guelph; Michael Corbett, University of Guelph; Barbara Morrongiello, University of Guelph; Beverly Walpole, University of Guelph
Unintentional childhood injury is a leading cause of death. Yet, we have a limited understanding of the factors that affect risk for injury. Recent research suggests a number of child attributes (e.g., temperament characteristics) and parent attributes (e.g., par- enting style, personality characteristics) contribute to risk. Moreover, evidence indicates that these child and parent attributes influence the nature and extent of parental supervision of children. Notably lacking, however, are studies in which all of these factors have been considered simultaneously (child attributes, parent attributes, parent supervision). The aim of the present study was to address this gap in the literature by determining if supervision is best conceptualized as a moderator or mediator between parent/child attributes and children’s injury risk. A longitudinal study in which parents track supervision and children’s injuries, along with completing standardized measures of child and parent attributes previously shown to relate to injury risk, will allow us to answer these important questions regarding how these factors interact to affect injury risk.
#12 “NOW SAY YOU’RE SORRY, DEAR...” Sara Schleien, University of Waterloo; Hildy Ross, University of Waterloo; Michael Ross, University of Waterloo
Apologies are admissions of blameworthiness and regret on the part of offenders. Specifically, they serve to acknowledge that social or moral rules have been broken, and to draw attention to those rules. Parents encourage their children to apologize to one another; however, little is know about impact of parent directives to apologize. This research compares spontaneous and parent solicited apologies in longitudinal naturalistic data to examine how the spontaneity of children’s apologies children influences conflict outcomes. Additionally, we ask whether parents’ solicitation of apologies influences their children’s tendency to apolo- gize spontaneously for later sibling transgressions. Children were observed in their homes for nine hours when the older sibling was four years old and the younger was two years old, and then for another nine hours two years later. Results indicate that spontaneously offered apologies are associated with more reconciliation following conflict than are apologies that are solicited by a parent. Solicited apologies are more likely to result in continuing hostility or rejection. The tendency to offer spontaneous apologies was found to increase over time. Furthermore, there is evidence that parents’ solicitation of apologies is not associat- ed, either contemporaneously or longitudinally with increases in children offering apologies spontaneously.
#13 GOALS FOR PARENT-CHILD SHARED BOOK READING Diana Audet, University of Guelph
This study examines the relationship between parents’ goals for shared reading and the behaviours they engage in while reading with their children. Parents of children in senior kindergarten (N =100) and Grade 1 (N =100) were observed and audio recorded while reading with their child and completed a questionnaire with items pertaining to various goals for shared reading. To deter- mine the subsets of shared reading goals parents have, a factor analysis will be conducted. Book reading sessions have been tran- scribed and coded to identify how the goals that parents express for shared reading are related to their specific behaviours while reading with their child. It is expected that parents who more highly rate goals related to the entertainment and enjoyment of reading will display behaviours that focus on increasing the child’s enjoyment of the reading process (e.g., animating the text and expressing interest in the story), whereas parents who more highly rate goals related to the acquisition of reading skills will make more comments focussing on knowledge and skills regarding the printed word and subskills for decoding it (e.g., letter sounds and rhyming words). The results will inform our understanding of parenting behaviour in the context of their goals for shared reading.
#14 ASSOCIATION OF PARENT-CHILD RELATIONS WITH CONFLICT NEGOTIATION STRATEGIES IN RECENT IMMIGRANT FAMILIES FROM EAST ASIA, EASTERN EUROPE AND CANADIAN FAMILIES Dessislava Marinova, University of Waterloo; Hildy Ross, University of Waterloo
This study examines the association between the quality of parent-child relationships and conflict negotiation strategies in fami- lies with preadolescent children from three cultural groups. 60 families were included in the study with 20 families in each cul- tural group: Canadian families and immigrant families from East Asia and Eastern Europe. Children’s average age was 8.7 years. Parents and children independently filled out questionnaires on parent-child relations and conflict negotiation strategies. The questionnaires for immigrant parents have been forward and backward translated to assure consistent meaning. Children who perceived their mothers and fathers to be more warm and supportive reported more positive strategies used by them in con- flict situations. In contrast, children who perceived their parents to be more controlling reported more negative strategies used by them in conflict situations. Similar patterns of relationships emerged in the reports by both parents: the findings revealed that parental warmth and support was positively associated with children’s use of constructive strategies in conflicts with them. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY These findings suggest that despite cultural differences in parenting behavior, certain aspects of parent-child relationships show common patterns of association with negotiations strategies used by both parents and children in conflicts with one another.
178 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#15 CHILD MALTREATMENT IN ADOPTIVE AND CONSANGUINEOUS FAMILIES: RESULTS FROM A Michelle Wesley, University of Guelph; Michael Grand, University of Guelph
Though adoptive families are screened prior to placement, a small proportion of these families are reported to child welfare ser- vices. The following is an exploratory study of a national sample of child welfare investigations (N =2418) and provides a descriptive account of the factors associated with child maltreatment in adoptive families. This study compares two-parent con- sanguineous families to families of adopted children along a number of measures (e.g., household characteristics, support sys- tems, caregiver functioning and substance abuse, child characteristics and functioning) to determine which sociodemographic factors and caregiver characteristics differentiate these family types. The information garnered from this study will improve our understanding of adoptive families that are in greatest need of support. Understanding the factors that pose the greatest risk for adoption failure is critical for improving the delivery of adoption services and ensuring the long-term well being of adoptees.
#16 EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATORS’ KNOWLEDGE AND ATTITUDES TOWARDS EARLY IDENTIFICATION OF AUTISM Marcia Gragg, University of Windsor; Tammy Whitlock, University of Windsor; Lynnette Ridley, Windsor Regional Hospital; Beth Johnson, City of Windsor
Early Childhood Educators are in a unique position to identify young children with autism. The Autism Survey (Stone, 1987) and questionnaires on experiences and attitudes toward children with autism in child care centres were completed by 91 partici- pants working in child care centres. Knowledge of autism was good overall, with over 90% of participants correctly indicating that children with autism can show affection, need special education and can be tested; and that autism can be mild to severe, is not outgrown, is not the same as schizophrenia nor due to cold parenting or high SES. Two key misconceptions held by most participants were confusion over the cognitive abilities of children with autism, and belief in emotional factors as a major cause of autism. About 66% were comfortable discussing children’s risk for autism with parents, although only 34% reported their education prepared them to do so, and only 35% had discussed a child’s risk for autism with a parent twice or more. Over 90% of participants believe early identification is important, and would attend training on screening for autism and talking to parents about autism. Over 80% believe their workplace was open to new screening programs for autism. Staff training on screening children for autism was offered as both the major obstacle and the best way to identify more children with autism in child care centres.
#17 THE INFLUENCE OF INSTANT MESSAGING ON ADOLESCENT SELF-CONCEPT: A GENDER COMPARISON Nathan To, Trinity Western University
Despite recent research examining the impact of Instant Messaging (IM) on social development, few studies have examined IM use in relation to adolescents’ perceptions of their friendships. The present study addresses this important topic by examining how time spent using IM influences male and female adolescent self-conceptions of their same and opposite sex relations. As part of a larger study on Internet use conducted in the Lower Mainland region of British Columbia, 363 adolescents (184 males, and 170 females), aged 11-19, completed a questionnaire that included the variables used in this study. Same and opposite sex self-conceptions were measured using Marsh’s Self-Description Questionnaire II. Time spent using IM was categorized into three levels of IM use: low (0-4 hours/week), medium (5-6 hours/week), and high (7-11 hours/week). Preliminary results from the Kruskal-Wallis analyses revealed significant differences for both genders; however, these differences varied according to time spent communicating over IM. That is, males who spend medium amounts of time and females who spend high amounts of time using IM have greater self-conceptions of their opposite sex relations. The analyses revealed no significant differences for same sex relations. The implications of IM use for adolescent development, particularly the formation of friendship relation- SATURDAY / SAMEDI ships, are discussed.
#18 ADOLESCENTS’ PREVIOUS RESPONSE TO PROBLEMS AND THEIR WILLINGNESS TO SEEK HELP FROM PEERS AND FROM PARENTS Mary Simmering, University of New Brunswick; Heather Sears, University of New Brunswick
Research on adolescents’ help seeking has shown that youths are more willing and likely to seek assistance from peers and par- ents than professionals, and that help is sought more often for problems with peers or school than family or personal problems. However, previous work has assessed this construct as if youths are asking for assistance for the first time instead of considering their previous response to a problem (e.g., whether or not they spoke to someone). This study examined whether adolescents’ willingness to seek help from peers and parents for a family or personal problem differed by gender and recent experience with the same type of problem or response to that problem. Survey data were collected from 391 teenagers (221 girls, 170 boys). The results showed that, for a family problem, girls were more willing than boys to seek help from peers and parents. Youths who recently experienced, or had talked about a family problem were also more willing to turn to parents. For a personal problem, girls and youths who had talked about their problem were more willing to seek help from peers and parents. The significance of these variables for understanding adolescents’ willingness to seek help is discussed.
179 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#19 “YOUR CHILD IS SO SENSITIVE”: A STUDY OF SENSORY SENSITIVITY IN CHILDREN Heather Allin McDonald, University of Guelph; Mary Ann Evans, University of Guelph
This study investigated sensory-processing sensitivity (SPS) in a cross-sectional sample of children using a new sensitivity mea- sure developed by the authors. Sensory-processing sensitivity is a trait whereby individuals are more sensitive to environmental stimuli as well as process things more deeply, are highly aware of their surroundings, and “pause-to-check” the environment before proceeding (Aron & Aron, 1997). Although sensitivity to environmental stimuli has been studied among adult introverts and inhibited children, there is less research investigating the other types of sensitivities included in the definition of SPS, including the extent to which individuals notice and are overwhelmed by their environment and others in it. A sample of 271 students in Grades 2, 5, and 8 and one of their parents participated in the study. Students and parents completed the SPS scale which taps seven areas of sensitivity: intensity of noise and light, food, clothing, smell, pain, surroundings, and potential dis- tracters, as well as a measure of shyness. Overall, children had higher self-ratings in almost all areas of sensitivity compared to parent reports. Furthermore, children who were shy reported higher ratings of sensitivities, particularly to noise and light. Clinical and research implications are discussed.
#20 HOW CHILDREN SOLVE EQUIVALENCE PROBLEMS: THE STRUGGLE BETWEEN OPERATOR AND RELATIONAL STRATEGIES Julianna Charchun,Student; Jeffrey Bisanz, Professor
The great majority of children in elementary grades fail to solve equivalence problems, such as 6 + 2 + 1 = __ + 4. The equal sign is misinterpreted by young children as an operator symbol that indicates “write the answer,” and so children typically pro- vide an answer based on inappropriate addition (e.g., 9 or 13 in the example). A more appropriate interpretation of the equal sign is relational, indicating that two sides of an equation must denote the same quantity. Although children typically use the operator interpretation, the extent to which they might accept the relational interpretation is unknown. In the present study, chil- dren in Grade 2 were given a pre- and posttest consisting of standard equivalence problems. During an intervening phase, chil- dren rated operator, relational, and nonsensical solution procedures for solving equivalence problems. Relational procedures were rated as more appropriate than nonsensical procedures but less appropriate than operator procedures. Children consistently solved equivalence problems using an operator strategy but varied the strategy depending on the structure of the problem. Thus the operator bias is pervasive and children do not find the relational interpretation of the equal sign to be very acceptable. These results provide compelling clues to how children construct a solution procedure for these relatively novel problems.
#21 STAY OUT OF MY BUSINESS: THE ROLE OF PARENTAL INTRUSIVENESS ON ADOLESCENT’S INFORMATION MANAGEMENT Lisa Catto, The University of British Columbia; Sheila Marshall, The University of British Columbia
Research has determined that adolescents are not always forthcoming to parents with information on their activities or where- abouts (Marshall et al., 2005; Stattin & Kerr, 2000). Intrusive parenting may further reduce adolescents’ disclosure of informa- tion as the latter engage in efforts to develop a sense of autonomy. The purpose of this paper is to examine the effects of parental intrusiveness on adolescent’s disclosure of information about their whereabouts and activities. Using survey data from 556 students (mean age = 14.86; males = 242; females = 314), the relationship between adolescent’s perception of parental intru- siveness and adolescent’s information disclosure was examined. Results from OLS regression indicate age, sex of the adoles- cent, and residing with a parent were not found to moderate the association between parental intrusiveness and information dis- closure but there are main effects of age, sex of adolescent, and residence with parent. Parental intrusiveness is negatively asso- ciated with adolescent disclosure of information about whereabouts and activities to mother [α = -.30, p <.001, F(4,543) = 31.07, p <.001] and father [α = -.26, p <.001, F(4, 533) = 25.99, p <.001]. Discussion will focus on the importance of consider- ing parental intrusiveness in adolescents’ willingness to disclose information about their whereabouts and activities.
#22 LEVEL OF PEER-PERCEIVED POPULARITY AND AGGRESSION: LINKS TO FRIENDSHIP QUALITY AND CONFLICT IN EARLY ADOLESCENCE Vanessa Da Silva, University of Guelph; Susan Lollis, University of Guelph
Recent investigations of social relations in adolescence have begun to report that adolescents who are perceived as popular by their peers display higher levels of aggression than average and low popular adolescents. The goal of this study was to investi- gate how level of peer-perceived popularity relates not only aggression, but also to friendship quality and conflict. 187 grade 6 – 8 adolescents (108 girls, 79 boys) completed measures of peer-perceived popularity and aggression, and questionnaires on friendship quality and conflict within their friendship groups. Popular adolescents were found to be more overtly and relational- ly aggressive than adolescents of average and low popularity. For grade 6 and 8 adolescents, those of high popularity tended to
SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY report lower friendship quality than those with average popularity. Popular students reported significantly more use of third- party intervention to solve peer conflicts as well as more conflicts involving spreading of rumors than students of lower popular- ity. Additionally, all members of 4 distinctive popular friendship groups (low aggressive, overt aggressive, relationally aggres-
180 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 sive, and overtly and relationally aggressive) were interviewed. The popular friendship group with high levels of both overt and relational aggression reported experiencing more emotionally negative and hurtful conflicts than the other 3 popular friendship groups.
#23 FILTERING ATTENTION: THE EFFECTS OF ONSET ASYNCHRONY ON TARGET IDENTIFICATION Tamara Dawkins, McGill University; Tara Flanagan, McGill University; Darlene Brodeur, Acadia University; Jacob Burack, McGill University
As children are bombarded by an abundance of information from the environment, the development of the ability to filter extra- neous information in order to attend to the most relevant information is crucial for optimal information processing. The ability to effectively filter effects every aspect of children’s functioning, including educational activities and social interactions. To assess the development of filtering with ecologically relevant factors, a forced-choice filtering paradigm in which the target and dis- tracting stimuli were presented at different times was used to measure the speed and accuracy of target identification. Targets were presented at the centre of a computer screen with distractors presented to their left and right along the same horizontal plane. Distractors that varied with regard to proximity to the target were presented 200 ms or 400 ms before, at the same time as, or 200 or 400 ms after the presentation of the target. The distance between targets and distractors was varied to assess the ability of participants to optimally narrow their focus of attention. Temporal differences in the onset of the target and distractors were used to assess issues of attentional modulation in a real-world context, where attention must be maintained within a changing environment. Findings are discussed in relation to developmental changes from age 5 years to adulthood.
#24 PREADOLESCENTS’ SELF-CONCEPT AND POPULAR MAGAZINE PREFERENCES Sandra Bosacki, Brock University; Anne Elliott, Brock University; Mira Bajovic, Brock University; Spogmai Akseer, Brock University
Although popular media plays an important role in the socialization of children, and may influence their developing self-concep- tions (e.g., Hansen & Hansen, 1991), few studies look at the influence of popular magazines on preadolescents. Accordingly, this study explored the connections between preadolescent’s self-concept and their preferences regarding popular magazines. Drawn from a larger project on children’s self-concept and media habits (Elliott et al., 2001), this study involved 626 preadoles- cents (Grades 6-8) with an approximate equal number of girls and boys in each grade, drawn from 14 Ontario schools. Children were group- administered a self-report questionnaire including self-descriptions and their media preferences. Content analysis showed great diversity in preadolescent’s magazine reading habits and self-descriptions. Results showed that Grade 8 girls pre- ferred mainly fashion and celebrity-based magazines, whereas Grade 6 boys preferred mainly sports magazines and their prefer- ences became more diverse with age. All preadolescents described themselves in terms of being funny, smart, and nice, although boys were more likely to describe themselves in terms of being cool and athletic. Results from the present study sug- gest that preadolescents’ popular magazines reading habits may differ according to age and gender, and may reflect their self- conceptions.
#25 SOCIOEMOTIONAL COMPETENCE, SELF-PERCEPTIONS, AND LANGUAGE IN SOCIALLY-WITHDRAWN SCHOOL-AGED CHILDREN: GENDER DIFFERENCES AND DEVELOPMENTAL CHANGES Sandra Bosacki, Brock University
This study explored the developmental gendered links among socioemotional competencies, self-perceptions, and language in shy or socially withdrawn children. This short-term, longitudinal study investigated 91 mainly middle SES, Canadian-European chil- SATURDAY / SAMEDI dren (52 girls, 39 boys) over the period of two years (Year 1, ages 5-6; Year 2, ages 6-7). Children were classified as shy or with- drawn (n = 26) based on teachers’ behavioural ratings in Year 1. Each year, children completed tasks including self-perceptions and vocabulary ability, and were rated by their teachers on socioemotional competence. Results showed that across the 2 years, shy boys scored the highest on the vocabulary task, whereas shy girls scored the lowest. Also, shy boys were the only group to receive a significant increase in their teacher ratings of emotional competence over the 2-years. Correlational analyses revealed that over time, for shy children, teacher ratings of emotional and social competence were negatively related to aggressive behav- iours, whereas no relation was found for non-shy children. Also, for shy children only, the positive association between language competence and perceived self-worth strengthened over time. Taken together, these findings suggest that teachers’ perceptions, and the influence of language on self-perceptions may differ for shy girls and boys throughout middle childhood.
#26 INVESTIGATING THE GROWTH OF DEFINITIONAL SKILL IN FRENCH IMMERSION AND REGULAR ENGLISH STREAMED CHILDREN John DeLazzari, University of Waterloo; Jeremy Anglin, University of Waterloo
This study examined the effect that learning a second language, within an immersion program, has on the development of a met- alinguistic ability. Specifically the growth of definitional skill in students from a partial French immersion program was com-
181 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
pared to that of students in a regular English streamed program. One hundred and twenty children (60 from each of the two pro- grams) were matched across age and grade (6, 8, and 10 year olds in grades 1, 3, and 5, respectively), sex, and SES. The chil- dren were tested on their knowledge of a large sample of nouns and asked to provide definitions where possible. The quality of these definitions was assessed using two newly derived scales. Both groups of students showed marked improvement in the quality of their noun definitions as a function of age. It is also clear from our findings that the French immersion students at each grade level produced definitions of English words that were comparable to those produced by their peers schooled solely in English. Additionally, these same students had estimated English vocabulary sizes that were statistically equivalent to their English streamed counterparts. These findings can be viewed as being quite positive in light of the fact that the French immer- sion students were doing this while learning a second language.
#27 RURAL-URBAN COMPARISONS OF YOUNG CHILDREN’S LITERACY LEARNING AND LITERACY CONTEXTS Jubilea Mansell, University of Guelph; Mary Ann Evans, University of Guelph; Kate Spere, University of Guelph; Carol-Anne Hendry, University of Guelph
In 2002 Statistics Canada reported of a rural-urban reading gap in the literacy skills of 15-year-old Canadian students, favouring urban students. American research has similarly found that rural children, as a group, score significantly lower on literacy and language measures than urban children (Israel, Beaulieu, & Hartless, 2001; McCracken & Peasley, 1995). This longitudinal study will investigate whether there are rural-urban differences in the literacy skills of young children followed from junior kindergarten through first grade. Specifically, 40 rural and 40 urban children annually complete measures of early literacy skill, phonological awareness, and word decoding. Parents complete questionnaires regarding qualities of the home literacy environ- ment, their perceptions of parents’ roles in children’s literacy learning, and the frequency and types of involvement and contact parents have with their children’s schools. Rural-urban comparisons will be conducted controlling for SES to determine if rural- urban differences are present prior to and at school entry. It is possible that the rural-urban gap is better explained by group dif- ferences in SES. Parents’ contributions to children’s literacy skill development will also be investigated through regression analyses. Results of the study will provide insights into the literacy learning and literacy environments of a group often over- looked in the literature: rural Canadian children and their families.
#28 INTERNAL FEATURES GUIDE PRESCHOOLERS’ KNOWLEDGE OF ANIMAL GROWTH AND METAMORPHOSIS Andrea Welder, University of British Columbia-Okanagan; Rachel Baker, University of Massachusetts Amherst
Although researchers have demonstrated that by school age, children have an emerging understanding about animal growth and metamorphosis, the information used to guide this knowledge is unclear. Our main goal was to examine whether preschoolers will use internal features to determine whether two animals share a novel property. Four-year-olds were shown a picture of a baby animal and told a characteristic of that animal (e.g., “eats zav”). They were then asked whether this property applied an adult animal of the same type, depicted as similar in appearance but larger in size (Growth condition, e.g., small to large frog) or as different in appearance and size (Metamorphosis condition, e.g., tadpole to large frog). In Experiment 1, one group of chil- dren was shown baby and adult animals and their similar internal features (“insides”). Another group was not shown the ani- mals’ insides. In Experiment 2, children were shown baby and adult animals whose insides differed. As expected, we found that participants generalized the nonobvious properties more often when the insides were visible and similar, and when the adult animal had undergone a less obvious change (Growth condition). Our findings offer important insights into preschoolers’ ability to use internal cues to guide biological knowledge.
#29 WHERE THE STREETS HAVE NO NAME: DEVELOPMENTAL ASSETS PREDICTING THRIVING AND RISK OUTCOMES IN A SAMPLE OF AMERICAN URBAN YOUTH Kelly Schwartz, Nazarene University College
As the field of positive youth development continues to move forward it is crucial that scholars explore and understand the dynamics of positive development within diverse settings. Developmental assets have been conceptualized as one ways of understanding the key personal and systemic resources available to youth. The current study explores the internal and external assets available to urban youth in the U.S. and their contribution to positive development in these young people. A subsample of 7,191 middle and high school students who live in urban centers over 200,000 in population were drawn from the 1999-2000 Search Institute Profiles of Student Life Attitudes and Behavior survey. Individual and ecological assets were used to explore the presence of assets in urban youth and their ability to predict the presence of thriving and the reduction of risk. Findings indicat- ed that urban adolescents report access to important positive ecological and individual assets that contribute significantly to thriving and avoidance of risk, confirming that positive development involves the interplay of personal and contextual factors.
SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY The findings provide helpful insights to parents and youth workers wanting to leverage the resources available to urban young people through their families, neighborhoods, and within themselves.
182 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#30 AN EMPIRICAL TEST OF RULES VERSUS STATISTICS: CHILDREN’S LEARNING OF SPELLING CONVENTIONS Hélène Deacon, Dalhousie University; Sebastien Pacton, Université Paris 5
Spelling in English is governed by a number of regularities, including both orthographic patterns (e.g., that consonants are fol- lowed by -s and rarely -z) and morphological conventions (e.g., that plural nouns are spelled with -s). Current debate surrounds children’s degree of sensitivity to orthographic versus morphological patterns and how it is that this awareness develops (e.g., rules vs. statistics). We are conducting a study to address these questions. We compare grade 2 to 4 children’s spelling of non- words that end in the /z/ sound that are more (after consonants; e.g., pleens not pleenz) or less likely to be spelled with an -s (vowels; either prees or preeze). We also contrast children’s spelling in conditions in which they are given morphological infor- mation (spelling non-words in sentence contexts; e.g., ‘those prees’) to cases in which they are not (spelling in isolation). If chil- dren appreciate the role of morphology in spelling, they should be more likely to use -s when the non-word is presented as a plural (in the sentence condition). Further, if children are learning morphological rules, rather than relying on statistics, the word-level context in which the plurals occur (consonants vs. vowels) should not affect spelling. We discuss results in light of contemporary theories of literacy and cognitive development.
#31 CRITERION VALIDITY OF THE MMPI-A STRUCTURAL SUMMARY IN A FORENSIC SAMPLE: AN EXAMINATION OF ETHNIC, GENDER AND AGE DIFFERENCES Joshua Slatkoff, University of Victoria; Esther Strauss, University of Victoria
The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory-Adolescent (MMPI-A) is widely used in forensic settings. The MMPI-A Structural Summary was developed to aid in parsimonious interpretation of the instrument’s 69 scales and subscales. Previous criterion validity studies of the Structural Summary have not been conducted with forensic samples and have not examined cor- relates as a function of demographic characteristics. The current study of 130 male and female young offenders evaluated the criterion validity of the Structural Summary as a function of ethnicity (First Nation versus Caucasian), gender, and age (16 years and under versus 17 years and older). Correlates examined included criminological, cognitive, medication history, substance use, externalizing, suicide, trauma, and family disruption variables.The MMPI-A Structural Summary showed strong evidence of criterion validity and few ethnic, gender, or age differences were noted. Results support the criterion validity of the Structural Summary across ethnic, gender, and age groups.
#32 TWO FORMS OF POPULARITY: LINKS TO PEER AGGRESSION, SELF-CONCEPT AND ATTACHMENT IN EARLY ADOLESCENCE Trudy Willis, University of Guelph; Susan Lollis, University of Guelph
Researchers within two separate traditions have investigated popularity using different methods, resulting in terminological and conceptual confusion. Perceived popularity, measured by asking adolescents who is popular, represents social visibility. Sociometric popularity, measured by asking adolescents who they like most and least, represents a measure of likeability. It was the goal of this study to delineate these two meanings of popularity by examining correlates associated with each method inde- pendently, and concurrently. Accordingly, 187 grade 6 – 8 adolescents (108 girls, 79 boys) completed peer and self-assessments of peer groups, friendships, overt and relational aggression, prosocial behaviour, self-concept, and attachment to parents and peers. Results indicated that perceived popularity and sociometric popularity were distinct constructs. Perceived popularity was associated with high levels of overt aggression, relational aggression and social self-concept, and lower self-ratings of behav- ioural conduct. Sociometric popularity was associated with high levels of prosocial behaviour, social self-concept and global self-worth, and lower levels of aggression. Additionally, perceived popular adolescents who received lower likeability ratings from peers exhibited the highest levels of overt and relational aggression, and the lowest levels of prosocial behaviour. The utili- ty of combining both popularity and likeability in order to achieve a clearer understanding of adolescents’ social experiences is SATURDAY / SAMEDI discussed.
#33 PREDICTORS OF RISK AND WELL-BEING AMONG ABORIGINAL AND NON-ABORIGINAL ADOLESCENTS Tara Flanagan, McGill University; Elizabeth Roberts, McGill University; Catherine Zygmuntowicz, McGill University; Grace Iarocci, Simon Fraser University; Jacob Burack, McGill University
The relations among measures of social, emotional, and behavioural competence were examined among Aboriginal and non- Aboriginal adolescents from a community in Northern Québec in order to assess predictors of psychological well-being and risk in both groups. In light of their contribution to discussions of adolescent well-being among other groups of at-risk youth, particu- lar attention was paid to the roles of anxiety and perspective-taking in these pathways. 49 students (25 female) who were divid- ed into 4 groups based on age (11 to 13 years or 14 to 17 years) and group (Aboriginal or non-Aboriginal) completed measures of anxiety, depression, and perspective-taking abilities. An assessment of social skills provided by their teachers and school grades were also considered. Anxiety emerged as a risk factor as it was related to higher rates of depression, to poorer grades, and to poorer social skills. However, among the younger Aboriginal adolescents, perspective-taking skills emerged as a possible
183 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
protective factor since high perspective-taking abilities predicted lower anxiety levels (r = -0.66). These results contribute a unique story to the larger discussion of adolescent well-being and suggest that the impact of anxiety may be muted by perspec- tive-taking abilities among Aboriginal youths.
#34 SELF-IMAGE OF ADOLESCENTS WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES: A QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE STUDY Véronique Parent, Laval University, Center for Interdisciplinary Research in Rehabilitation and Social Integration (CIRRIS); Sylvie Tétreault, Laval University and Center for Interdisciplinary Research in Rehabilitation and Social Integration (CIRRIS); Monique Carrière, Laval University
One of the important aspects of transition to adulthood concerns the self-image. The challenge for adolescents with physical dis- abilities is to be an active member of society. More than other adolescents, they live problems like unemployment (29,7%), psy- chological distress (34,8%), and loneliness (30,9%) (Government of Canada, 2004; Government of Québec, 2004). This study measures the self-image of adolescents with physical disabilities and explores how the adolescents’ aspirations are influenced by this perception. Thirty-six adolescents (12 to 25 years old) completed the Rosenberg’s Self-Esteem Scale and took part to an interview about their social participation in six domains: (1) daily activities (school, work, etc.), (2) mobility and transportation, (3) personal cares and health resources, (4) friendships, love and sexuality, (5) housing, and (6) leisure (Blomquist, et al.,1998; Blum, 1995). Methodology includes both quantitative and qualitative analysis. Results support that in general, adolescents with physical disabilities have developed a lower self-image than other adolescents. In particular, they feel useless, are not proud of themselves, and wish to have more self-respect. Furthermore, they link their self-image problems to unemployment and social loneliness. Issues in clinical practice are discussed.
#35 PHYSICAL DISABILITIES, TRANSITION TO ADULTHOOD AND PSYCHOLOGISTS ROLE: WHAT ARE THE NEEDS EXPRESSED BY ADOLESCENTS CONCERNING THEIR SOCIAL PARTICIPATION? Véronique Parent, Laval University, Center for Interdisciplinary Research in Rehabilitation and Social Integration (CIRRIS); Sylvie Tétreault, Laval University and Center for Interdisciplinary Research in Rehabilitation and Social Integration (CIRRIS); Monique Carrière, Laval University
Transition to adulthood involves many developmental challenges. For adolescents with physical disabilities, this period includes academic, professional, and social difficulties (Government of Canada, 2004; Government of Québec, 2004; Stevens, et al., 1996). The main goal of this exploratory study is to identify needs related to social participation from fourteen adolescents with physical disabilities (12-25 years old). Six fields of activity were explored during a semi-structured interview: (1) daily activities (school, work, etc.), (2) mobility and transportation, (3) personal cares and health resources, (4) friendships, love and sexuality, (5) housing, and (6) leisure (Blomquist, et al.,1998; Blum, 1995). Qualitative analysis of the interviews shows that adolescents with physical disabilities report numerous needs, especially in school and work integration, financial and residential autonomy, and social relationships. Related to these findings, the role of developmental psychologists is explored.
#36 INFORMATION PROCESSING BIASES IN BEHAVIORALLY INHIBITED CHILDREN: RESPONSES TO THREAT AND NOVELTY ON A PICTORIAL DOT PROBE TASK Marlena Szpunar, Simon Fraser University; Arlene Young, Simon Fraser University
Behavioral inhibition (BI) is a temperament style that has been implicated as a risk factor for the development of anxiety disor- ders. A potential mediator in this relationship is an attentional bias for threatening stimuli (also found in individuals with anxiety disorders). Further, given that avoidance of novelty is a characteristic feature of BI, novel stimuli may also be particularly salient for BI children. The purpose of this study was to assess a) whether BI children selectively attend to threat, b) whether initial vigi- lance for threat is followed by avoidance, and c) whether BI children respond differentially to novelty compared to uninhibited children. Twenty females and 22 males ages 8-14 participated in the study. Children played a memory game in order to familiar- ize them with a subset of faces. These faces were later used along with novel faces in a pictorial dot probe task which included a novelty condition (familiar versus unfamiliar faces) and a threat condition (angry versus neutral faces). BI ratings were obtained using two self-report measures: the Behavioral Inhibition Questionnaire and the Behavioral Inhibition Scale. Results showed that children with higher BI exhibited an attentional bias towards threat, and that they responded faster to unfamiliar faces across tri- als. There was no evidence for avoidance of threat following initial vigilance.
#37 CLAUSAL ORDER AND THE ACQUISITION OF DUTCH DEVERBAL COMPOUNDS Eva Laarman, University of Alberta SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY The purpose of this study was to explore how Dutch-speaking children acquire deverbal compounds, particularly in ordering verbs and nouns. English-speaking children correctly form deverbal compounds like “hairdryer” around 5-6 years of age, but
184 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 make reversal errors such as “dryer hair” at younger ages. These errors have been attributed to the clausal ordering in the English language. Dutch allows more variations in clausal ordering, which could facilitate Dutch-speaking children’s compound acquisi- tion. To test this hypothesis, 24 Dutch-speaking preschool children were assessed on their production and comprehension of novel compounds, such as “bottle breaker”, referring to something or someone who breaks bottles. The study found that their production of grammatical compounds resembled that of English-speaking children, but their comprehension was better. Variable clausal ordering in Dutch therefore may facilitate compound acquisition, particularly in comprehension.
#38 COMPARING SITUATIONAL MODEL BUILDING IN CHILDREN WITH SPINA BIFIDA AND TYPICALLY DEVELOPING CHILDREN Amber Johnston, University of Guelph; Marcia Barnes, University of Guelph
Spina bifida (SB), a neurodevelopmental disorder, is associated with difficulties in reading comprehension despite good decod- ing. Comprehension skills such as vocabulary and syntax are intact, but text-level skills (e.g., inferencing) are deficient (Barnes et al., 2004). Text-level comprehension involves building mental models of situations described by the text. We investigated the construction of situation models in reading for 86 children with SB and 37 age- & decoding-matched controls. A false recogni- tion paradigm (Bransford & Franks, 1972) tested situation model construction for spatial and social-emotional information. Participants studied sentences and then judged if test sentences were identical in wording to study sentences. Results were simi- lar for both groups and materials. Test sentences that differed by one word from the study sentence, but preserved meaning were often falsely recognized as identical to study sentences. Test sentences that differed by one word from the study sentence, but changed the meaning were recognized as different from study sentences. Results suggest that children with SB are as skilled as controls in creating situation models during reading. The results are consistent with Gernbacher’s (2004) structure building framework that locates comprehension problems not in the building of models, but in the suppression of context-irrelevant mod- els.
#39 SOURCE MONITORING FOR ACTIONS IN CHILDREN WITH AND WITHOUT AUTISM Carly McMorris, University of Calgary; Suzanne Hala, University of Calgary
Reality source monitoring is the ability to distinguish memories generated from both internal and external sources (e.g., did I say/do that or did Sally say/do that?). Past research has shown that, in typical development, this ability emerges between the ages of 3 and 4. In contrast, children with autism often find it difficult to correctly attribute source (Hill & Russell, 2002). The majori- ty of research with individuals with autism has examined source monitoring abilities using either a verbal based task, or when there was no collaborative goal to the task. The purpose of the present research was to examine source monitoring in an action- based collaborative task in children with and without autism. Typically developing 3- and 4 year-olds, and children with autism with a verbal mental age of 4 participated in a source monitoring task. Children were required to identify who placed specific farm items on a farm diorama (e.g., who put the horse on the farm – the researcher or the child?) Results indicate that typically developing children correctly attributed the source of an action more often than the children with autism. We discuss the particu- lar pattern of errors in light of claims of underlying deficits in agency and executive function in autism.
#40 ADOLESCENT HELP-SEEKING BEHAVIOUR: THE ROLE OF FAMILY STRUCTURE Alina Carter, University of Windsor; Lindsay Bates, University of Windsor; Rosanne Menna, University of Windsor
This study examined the role of family structure on help-seeking behaviour in a sample of 451 high school students (M = 16.51, SD = +/- 1.37). Self-report questionnaires were used to assess help-seeking behaviours in response to stressful problems. Adolescents with their biological parents living apart (apart/reconstituted families) more often reported family-related problems SATURDAY / SAMEDI and perceived their problems as being more stressful and serious than did adolescents from intact families. Adolescents from apart/reconstituted families sought help significantly less often from fathers and more often from other family members (e.g., grandparents, stepparents) and helping professionals (e.g., psychologists, guidance counsellors) than did adolescents from intact families. Adolescent identified barriers for seeking help are discussed.
#41 “IS YOUR COURSE WORK INCOMPLETE OR ALMOST FINISHED?”: OPTIMISM IN STUDENTS’ TURNING POINT STORIES AND THE TRANSITION TO UNIVERSITY Tara Dumas, Wilfrid Laurier University Masters Student; Michael Pratt, Wilfrid Laurier University - Professor
The relationship between university adjustment and optimism, as measured by questionnaire and in personal life stories, was examined in over 200 first year students from two Ontario universities. High levels of optimism were expected to predict a more successful university transition. Life Orientation Test (LOT) scores for dispositional optimism were obtained in August and in March and participants completed university turning point stories and the Student Adaptation to College Questionnaire (SACQ) in November and in March. Higher August LOT scores and a more optimistic tone in the November stories both predicted posi-
185 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
tively and significantly to March SACQ adjustment scores. Variations in the level of story tone were quite consistent in terms of optimism from November to March (rs in the .50’s). Both the LOT and turning point story optimism in March predicted signifi- cantly and independently to the March SACQ score. Turning point stories about specific life transitions thus may be useful as an addition to general quantitative measurements of optimism such as the LOT. The ways in which people choose to reconstruct and perceive their previous life events in stories may reveal dispositional traits and coping strategies that are involved in deter- mining successful adjustment to transition.
#42 STABILITY AND CHANGE IN PATTERNS OF PEER REJECTION: A LONGITUDINAL STUDY OF POTENTIALLY DIFFERENT EFFECTS ON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHILDREN’S ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE Paul Greenman, Université du Québec en Outaouais; Barry Schneider, University of Ottawa; Giovanna Tomada, University of Florence
Poor school adjustment is a known correlate of peer rejection in childhood. However, the impact of change in sociometric status over time on children’s academic performance is unclear. The aim of this study was to determine whether improvement or decline in children’s sociometric status would predict corresponding changes in their academic performance trajectories. 272 boys and 252 girls in Florence, Italy (mean age at Time 1: 7.42 years) and their teachers participated in this 18-month investiga- tion. Hierarchical linear models indicated that children who were rejected by their peers across the four measurement points of the study demonstrated consistently worse academic performance than did children who were not rejected throughout, whereas children who were regularly accepted by their peers performed better in school than did their peers who were rejected one or more times. A number of children who became rejected exhibited an academic decline, but others who became accepted showed improvement. These results highlight the negative implications of stable peer rejection for children’s performance in school, but they also suggest that improvement in their peer relations might bode well for children’s studies over time. On the other hand, stable acceptance appears to aid children’s academic development, but peer relationship problems might lead to scholastic diffi- culties.
#43 ADOLESCENT PATIENT AND PARENT PERSPECTIVES OF EATING DISORDER RESEARCH PRIORITES Nicole Witton, York University
This study investigated the topics that eating disorder patients and their parents perceive as priorities for future eating disorder research. Method: 72 participants (20 patients, 37 mothers, 15 fathers) filled out the Research Direction Survey, which included four sections: (1) predisposing factors, (2) precipitating factors, (3) perpetuating factors, and (4) treatment factors. Questions required participants to rank-order lists of eating disorder research topics from most to least important. A final open-ended ques- tion had respondents describe, in their own words, what they believed was most important for further study. Results: Overall, participants indicated the following topics as most important: (1) low self-esteem, (2) weight-related comments, (3) body image distortions, and (4) individual psychotherapy. Three themes emerged from the open-ended question: (1) treatment, (2) family dynamics, and (3) societal ideals / media influences. Although there was substantial agreement among patients, mothers and fathers, noteworthy differences among their responses were also revealed. Conclusion: Adolescent patients have the capacity to provide unique insight into research priorities. Study results are elaborated, and the importance of eliciting both patient and par- ent perspectives of eating disorder research is highlighted with respect to future treatment and prevention efforts.
#44 A LONGITUDINAL EXAMINATION OF MATERNAL TEACHING STRATEGIES, LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT, AND SUSTAINED ATTENTION IN FULLTERM AND VERY-LOW-BIRTH-WEIGHT PRETERM INFANTS Lindsay Uman, Dalhousie University; Dale Stack, Concordia University; Natacha DeGenna, University of Pittsburgh
This study was designed to longitudinally examine mother-infant interactions during a puzzle task when infants were 12- and 18- months old. Fullterm (n = 15) and very-low-birth-weight (VLBW) preterm (n = 15) infants were filmed at home with their mothers. The VLBW infants were born at < 37 weeks and < 1,500 grams, but were otherwise healthy, and were tested at 12- and 18-months corrected age. The objectives of the study were to describe and evaluate: (1) maternal teaching strategies, (2) infant verbal abilities and sustained attention to task, and (3) the relationship between maternal teaching strategies and infant verbal ability; all as a function of infant age and group. The frequency of verbal and nonverbal behaviours of mothers and their infants were coded in separate passes. Results indicated that all infants demonstrated increased verbal ability from 12 to 18 months and the VLBW preterm infants did not appear to demonstrate language delays during this period. However, the VLBW preterm infants demonstrated greater difficulty sustaining attention to the task than the fullterm infants. These results help clarify the developmental differences and similarities between fullterm and healthy VLBW preterm infants, and suggest that the latter group may require more guidance during structured tasks to help sustain attention. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
186 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#45 GUESSING VERSUS NO RESPONSE IN INDIVIDUAL ASSESSMENT: A COMPARISON OF SHY AND NON SHY CHILDREN Katherine Spere, University of Guelph; Mary Ann Evans, University of Guelph; Jubilea Mansell, University of Guelph; Carol-Anne Hendry, University of Guelph
It has been shown that shy children fare less well on standardized language measures when compared to more outgoing or talka- tive children (e.g., Evans, 1996; Spere, Schmidt, Theall-Honey, & Martin-Chang, 2004). Furthermore, these differences are likely not a result of performance or test anxiety, and as such are thought to represent legitimate competence differences (Spere, Evans, Hendry, & Mansell, 2005). However, it is also conceivable that shy children are obtaining lower scores on such mea- sures because of an unwillingness to guess in the face of uncertainty. That is, perhaps due to a reluctance to take risks, shy chil- dren are not guessing at answers they are unsure of, and as such are missing out on an opportunity to score as high as their non- shy peers who may be more willing to hazard a guess. The present study will examine this issue by analyzing data concerning children’s response patterns during standardized language and literacy tests. 20 shy and 20 non-shy kindergarten children com- pleted various standardized language measures and their responses were coded as correct, incorrect, or no response. By examin- ing the response patterns of the children, and comparing across the two groups, we will test whether shy children have a dispro- portionate number of no responses in their zero-point answers and how quickly they ceiling compared to their non-shy peers.
#46 IMAGE-RELATED EFFORTS IN PSEUDOMATURE, IMMATURE, AND MATURE ADOLESCENTS Rebecca Williams, University of Alberta
This study addresses the relations among adolescents’ psychosocial maturity and efforts to be popular, appear mature, and man- age their figures. Previous research has identified three maturity statuses in adolescence: mature, immature, and pseudomature. These groups differ in their psychological maturity, problem behavior, and subjective age. Participants were 85 girls and 76 boys in grades 7 and 10. Results were that mature adolescents tried significantly harder to appear mature relative to pseudomature teens. Mature and immature adolescents also reported expending significantly greater effort to appear mature than to be popular or manage their figures. Furthermore, where in general the three efforts were all positively correlated for mature and immature teens, the only significant finding for pseudomature adolescents was a strong positive relationship between effort to be popular and figure management. Therefore, unlike other adolescents, pseudomatures may see genuine maturity as inconsistent with being popular or achieving a “cool” image, whereas maintaining or seeking a more ideal figure will help them achieve that goal. These findings suggest that psychological maturity in teens is related to the effort they expend to be popular and fit versus appearing mature, which, ultimately, may be linked to the goals they set and consequently their behavior.
#47 A CROSS-SECTIONAL INVESTIGATION OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL STUDENTS’ ABILITY TO WORK WITH LINEAR GENERALIZING PATTERNS: THE IMPACT OF FORMAT AND AGE ON ACCURACY AND STRATEGY CHOICE Allison Ley, University of Guelph
Within the context of early algebra instruction, the present study investigated whether the format in which patterns were present- ed had an influence on 97 grade 2-5 students’ ability to work with linear generalizing patterns. Strategy choice varied signifi- cantly based on the format in which patterns were presented. Consistent with existing literature, recursion was the most fre- quently employed strategy, especially on the skip counting format and on near generalizations. Explicit reasoning was rarer; it was generally used by older students, for far generalizations, and on visual/geometric formats. A developmental trend was found; as students aged use of ineffective strategies decreased and explicit reasoning increased. When using explicit reasoning students rarely recognized the constant in a composite function resulting in low accuracy rates. Overall, accuracy was high for SATURDAY / SAMEDI near terms, decreased for medium terms and was extremely low for far generalizations. I also examined what tools/aids students used in their problem solving.
#48 PATTERNS IN ASSOCIATIVE WORD LEARNING: A META-ANALYSIS Krista Byers-Heinlein, University of British Columbia; H. Henny Yeung, University of British Columbia; Jeremy Biesanz, University of British Columbia; Janet Werker, University of British Columbia
Meta-analysis was used to examine 30+ studies of word learning that were conducted using the “switch” procedure with infants aged 8-20 months (Werker et al., 1988). In this procedure, infants are habituated to one or more pairings between moving objects on a screen and words presented over a speaker. After habituation, infants see one “same” trial with a familiar pairing, and one “switch” trial with a novel pairing. If infants learn the original pairing, looking time during the “switch” trial will be longer than for the “same trial”, as the new pairing is unexpected. Data was collected from published and unpublished “switch” studies span- ning 9 years, eliminating bias from including only studies with statistically significant findings – avoiding the so-called “file- drawer problem.” Preliminary analysis reveals that this procedure is statistically powerful, with an average effect size greater than 1.0; effect sizes > 0.8 are typically considered “large,” (Cohen, 1988). This shows that the “switch” procedure is an
187 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
extremely sensitive measure of associative word-object linking in infancy, and provides a quantitative way to compare this pro- cedure with other experimental methods. Subsequent analyses of the data quantified the effects of variables like age, task diffi- culty, and language exposure on measures of word-learning that are not readily available from single-experiment designs.
#49 COMORBIDITY, CO-OCCURRENCE, CONTINUUM: WHAT’S IN A NAME? Bonnie Kaplan, University of Calgary
People commonly speak of ADHD as being “comorbid” with other conditions or as “co-occurring” with problems such as dyslexia. This presentation questions the use of such terminology when referring to developmental problems. First, the language used to refer to developmental problems is examined by referring to the basic dictionary definitions. Second, data we have pub- lished that relate to the issues of co-occurrence and continuum are reviewed in light of the terminology questions. Finally, a new conceptual framework referred to as Atypical Brain Development (ABD) is reviewed and data supporting this framework is pre- sented. The term “comorbidity” makes unsupported assumptions about developmental problems, and it sometimes frightens par- ents. In contrast, co-occurrence is well-established in the literature. Some types of developmental problems seem to fit a continu- um model very well. The new concept, ABD, more accurately describes these relationships across developmental problems. The term “comorbidity” has no relevance to developmental problems, and should not be used. Co-occurrence and continuum are use- ful and apparently accurate terms. ABD provides an explanation for why co-occurrence and continuum data are so striking.
#50 ATTACHMENT IN THE PRESCHOOL YEARS: DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF THE PRESCHOOL-ATTACHMENT Q-SORT (P-AQS) Jacqueline Roche, University of Guelph; Heidi Bailey, University of Guelph
The present study aimed to increase the sensitivity of the Attachment Q-Sort (AQS; Waters, 1987) to attachment-relevant behav- iours emerging in the preschool years. The Preschool-Attachment Q-Sort (P-AQS) was developed to assess controlling behaviours and evidence of a goal-corrected partnership on a continuous scale. In order to begin to establish empirical support for the P-AQS, the measure was employed with a group of adolescent mothers and their preschoolers. Over half of mothers reported having expe- rienced some form of abuse. Attachment classifications were derived at 12 and 24 months and attachment-related behaviours were observed in the home at 12 and 24 months. Furthermore, attachment-related behaviours and levels of maternal atypical behaviour were rated in a lab visit at 24 months. P-AQS data was Q-factor analysed and revealed Goal-Corrected, Controlling, and Insecure- Other factors. Infant and toddler attachment constructs were then used to predict factor loadings. Results revealed that attachment- related behaviours at 24 months predicted Goal-Corrected factor loadings at four years, and maternal role-reversing behaviours at 24 months predicted four year loadings on the Controlling factor. These findings were moderated by sex. Results suggest that the P-AQS has potential to be a valid and reliable measure of preschool attachment behaviours.
#51 A CONCEPT MAPPING OF RESILIENT ADOLESCENTS’ EXPERIENCE OF NON-PARENT ADULT SUPPORT Christopher Armstrong, University of Alberta
Researchers of resilience have established that the support of a caring, nonparent adult may do much to promote the positive adaptation of adolescents experiencing extraordinary adversity. Despite this circumstance, however, the “protective factor” of nonparent adult support is not well understood beyond a few distinguishing features. Consequently, the purpose of this exploratory study is to deepen our understanding of the constituent elements and underlying structure of the nonparent adult sup- port that resilient adolescents have experienced as helpful to their overcoming of extreme hardship. To accomplish this aim, resilient adolescents (between 15 and 18 years of age) have been sought to participate in a concept mapping. Combining qualita- tive and quantitative research strategies (i.e., interviews, unstructured card sorts, multidimensional scaling, and cluster analysis), concept mapping culminates in a simple, descriptive visual map that depicts at a glance what the participants perceive as the pri- mary ingredients of the phenomenon under investigation. Current conceptualizations of adolescent resilience and the protective factor of nonparent adult support are explored, the empirical investigation of these phenomena is overviewed, the concept map- ping process is outlined, and possible implications of this study for promoting adolescent resilience are discussed.
#52 FORMER LATCHKEY CHILDREN: THE INFLUENCE OF PARENTS ON EMERGING ADULTS’ SELF-ESTEEM Rochelle Major, former student of University of Regina
Self-care research has to date yielded conflicting findings in the search for differences between latchkey children (those left home alone after school) and non-latchkey children. The current study examined several overlooked factors in self-care includ- ing the role of the parent, the experiences of emerging adults, and self-esteem. We had emerging adults recall their lives as 12- or 13-year-olds, categorized them as former latchkey or non-latchkey children, and measured their current self-esteem. Attachment and parenting style during adolescence remained influential during emerging adulthood and former non-latchkey
SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY children had higher self-esteem than former latchkey children. These findings suggest that self-esteem is a salient variable in latchkey research. In addition, this study revealed that when determining latchkey status, perceptions of the label “latchkey child” must be considered.
188 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#53 TRENDS AND PREDICTORS OF CHILDHOOD METHYLPHENIDATE USE Stacey Thornhill, University of Ottawa; Elisa Romano, University of Ottawa; Eric Lacourse, University of Montreal
The objective of this study is to examine childhood methylphenidate use over time and to determine potential socio-demographic and behavioural predictors of use. By identifying those variables which are the most predictive of the drug’s use, we can begin to determine if the drug is being appropriately used as a pharmacological treatment for ADHD.Participants in the study will con- sist of males from the National Longitudinal Study of Children and Youth (NLSCY). The NLSCY is a national survey conduct- ed by Statistics Canada. It’s purpose is to follow a representative sample of Canadian youth into adulthood as a way to help guide government policy. Beginning in 1994, data are collected every two years; participants in this study were 2 or 3 years old at this first collection cycle. We will use information on this sample of children across 5 data collection cycles. Three predictor variables will be considered: parent-reported hyperactivity-inattention, disruptive behaviour, and pro-social behaviour. The out- come variable is the response to a question about the child’s use of methylphenidate, as reported by the person most knowledge- able about the child. Trajectories of methylphenidate use over the specified age range (2-11) will be identified. Secondly, regressions will be conducted to identify potential socio-demographic and behavioural predictors of methylphenidate use.
#54 VICTIMIZATION WITHIN DYADIC FRIENDSHIPS: ASSOCIATIONS WITH TEACHER-RATED SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR AND PEER-RATED SOCIAL PREFERENCE Leanna Closson, Carleton University; Tina Daniels, Carleton University; Linda Spence, Ottawa Carleton District School Board
In the present study, associations between teacher-rated social behaviour, peer-rated social preference, and self-reported victim- ization within dyadic friendships were examined. Children (N = 499, ages 9-12) completed sociometric nominations and a self- report instrument that assessed victimization within friendships. Teachers rated children’s use of overt aggression, relational aggression, and prosocial behaviour toward peers. Correlational analyses indicated that both overt and relational victimization by a friend were positively associated with overt aggression toward peers and negatively associated with prosocial behaviour toward peers and social preference. As well, relational victimization by a friend was positively associated with relational aggres- sion toward peers. Extreme groups analyses revealed that children who were highly victimized by a friend, regardless of the form of victimization, were perceived by teachers to engage in more relational and overt aggression toward peers, and less prosocial behaviour toward peers than non-victims, and were also less liked by peers than non-victims. Results from the present study suggest that children who are victimized within their dyadic friendships may also have maladaptive relationships with peers.
#55 THE INFLUENCE OF NEGATIVE PRIMING AND INHIBITION IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF VISUAL ATTENTION Julia Feldstein, Acadia University; Darlene Brodeur, Acadia University
Research on the development of attention in early childhood suggests that attention inflexibility, categorized as perseveration, may be related to problem solving difficulties. Children demonstrate inflexibility when they fail to inhibit an incorrect problem representation or an incorrect response, despite establishing correct intentions to act. This phenomenon has been studied exten- sively in young children using the Dimensional Change Card Sort task (DCCS). Through manipulations of the DCCS paradigm, the contributions of negative priming, inhibition, and executive functioning to preservation behaviour were investigated in the present study. The current study utilized a newly developed computerized version of the DCCS where children were asked to sort familiar figures first by either color or shape and then by the subsequent dimension. Accuracy as well as reaction time mea- sures were recorded. Because performance on the DCCS improves dramatically during the preschool years, it should be possible to track development over a short period of time. To assess this possibility a short term longitudinal methodology was used chil- SATURDAY / SAMEDI dren were tested multiple times over a six month period. Results are discussed in terms of prominent theories related to DCCS performance and the role of reaction time as a measure of cognitive flexibility.
#56 DEVELOPMENTAL ROOTS OF MORAL EXEMPLARITY Lawrence Walker, University of British Columbia; Jeremy Frimer, University of British Columbia
This research examines the developmental origins of exemplary moral action in adulthood, and is premised on the notion that a variety of positive childhood experiences – an early life advantage – contributes to a prosocial moral orientation. These develop- mental origins were assessed through analyses of individuals’ life stories, the psychosocial construction of their identity. Participants were 50 Canadian national award recipients (for either bravery or extraordinary care), as well as a matched compari- son group. They responded to a life-review interview, and the childhood and adolescent sections of this interview were coded for various aspects of early advantage. Results revealed that both brave and caring moral exemplars reported more secure child- hood attachments than did those in the comparison group; as well, they recalled a stronger sense of being blessed or chosen in a special way, and a more frequent presence of “helpers” who had been a positive influence on them. Caring exemplars also were more likely than others to have been exposed to the special needs of the disadvantaged. These findings suggest some of the
189 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
childhood socialization processes that may be operative in engendering mature moral functioning. Discussion focuses on the study of morally exemplary lives and the value of a narrative approach in understanding the complexities of moral functioning.
#57 PROMOTING TRUTH-TELLING IN CHILDREN Cindy Arruda, McGill University; Megan Brunet, McGill University; Mina Popliger, McGill University; Victoria Talwar, McGill University
While there has been considerable research on children’s conceptual and moral understanding of lies, little research has exam- ined children’s actual lie-telling or methods of promoting children’s honesty. The current study examined how to promote truth telling in 65 children (3-7 years old) through the use of three traditional stories in order to determine whether children apply the principles of honesty from these stories to their own truth telling behavior in a peeking paradigm. Differences in overall frequen- cy in truth telling or lying after exposure to one of the story conditions (positive consequences for telling the truth, negative con- sequence for telling a lie, and a neutral story) was examined. In line with previous research, most children in our study lied about peeking at the toy when the researcher left the room. However, compared to controls, children who were exposed to the story with the negative or positive outcome prior to the opportunity to lie or tell the truth, showed significantly lower amounts of lying. Younger children were less likely to lie than older children. The implications for the development of children’s moral behavior and factors that facilitate such development will be discussed.
#58 COMPLEXITÉ DE LA CLIENTÈLE CONSULTANT EN PSYCHIATRIE EN PETITE ENFANCE Marie-Julie Béliveau, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Nicole Smolla, Université de Montréal; Suzanne Lépine, Université de Montréal; Alain Lévesque, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Claude Berthiaume, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Marie St-George, Hôpital rivière-des-Prairies; Julie Bélanger, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Nathalie Valois, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Chantal Robidoux, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Ève-Julie Rioux, Hôpital Rivièr-des-Prairies
L’importance de la comorbidité de diagnostics psychiatriques chez les jeunes enfants, ainsi que la fréquente co-occurrence de problématiques touchant les sphères du développement et du comportement est rapportée par plusieurs auteurs (Cohen et al., 1993 ; Lavigne et al., 1998 ; Shevell et al., 2001). La présente étude permet de vérifier si cette multiplicité de symptômes se présente chez la clientèle consultante de la Clinique psychiatrique de la petite enfance, qui offre des services aux enfants de moins de 6 ans du territoire de l’est de Montréal. À partir de questionnaires complétés par les parents, des informations ont été recueillies sur la clientèle des années 2003-05. Sur 146 dossiers actifs au cours de cette période, 92 possédaient des question- naires complétés. Les diagnostics psychiatriques ont été recueillis à partir du dossier clinique de l’enfant. Des analyses prélimi- naires permettent de relever que 82% des enfants ont plus d’un diagnostic et que leurs parents rapportent qu’ils ont des diffi- cultés dans plusieurs sphères (sommeil, alimentation, relations, développement). De plus, cette population présente une mixité d’origines ethniques. L’analyse de ces résultats permettra de discuter de la spécificité de la pratique clinique en petite enfance et de la nécessité d’avoir accès à des ressources multidisciplinaires spécialisées.
#59 DRINKING AND DRUGS BEFORE SEX: WHAT’S THE RELATION TO SEXUAL HARASSMENT? Cailey Hartwick, University of Guelph; Carol-Anne Hendry, University of Guelph; Karl Hennig, University of Guelph
Alcohol and drug use have been shown to be related to risky sexual behaviour and sexual victimization. This study specifically investigated the relations between self-reported alcohol and drug use in adolescent girls prior to sexual activity and the incidence of sexual harassment. Participants were 111 adolescent girls between the ages of eleven and seventeen who completed a Youth Behaviour Survey assessing substance use and sexual practices. Findings demonstrated that adolescent girls who reported more frequent alcohol and drug use prior to sexual activity were both more likely to sexually harass others as well as to be victims of sexual harassment. These findings compliment research that has shown that drug and alcohol use are related to sexual vulnera- bility as well as sexual aggression.
(Clinical Psychology – Psychologie clinique #60-74) #60 ATTACHMENT, REJECTION SENSITIVITY, AND PATTERNS OF RISKY BEHAVIOR IN ADOLESCENTS Cailey Hartwick, University of Guelph; Karl Hennig, University of Guelph
Most current interventions in adolescent sexual behavior emphasize instruction in accurate biological information and resis- SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY tance/refusal skills. The motivation of youth to engage in sexual activity is presumed to primarily involve peer or partner pres- sure, thus the emphasis on providing refusal skills. However, recent research indicates that there are personal/internal motives for youth to engage in sexual activity. The purpose of the current study is to investigate a range of motives for engaging in sexu-
190 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 al behaviour within a normative and at-risk adolescent sample. Relations with a range of other health risking behavior (alcohol, fighting) and personality variables (rejection sensitivity, agency, self-esteem including body-esteem, narcissism) were also examined. Hypotheses were formulated from within attachment theory, social construction, and self-enhancement theories. Preliminary findings suggest that desire to express love and the physical pleasure of satisfying sexual urges are more prominent motivations for youth than peer or partner pressure. These results suggest that social pressure may not be as highly relevant to youth’s sexual decision making as previously assumed and thus intervention programs may need to be restructured to enhance their effectiveness.
#61 CLINIQUE PSYCHIATRIQUE DE LA PETITE ENFANCE DE L’HÔPITAL RIVIÈRE- DES-PRAIRIES : MODÈLE D’INTÉGRATION DE LA RECHERCHE À LA PRATIQUE CLINIQUE Nicole Smolla, Département de psychiatrie Université de Montréal; Marie-Julie Béliveau, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Suzanne Lépine, Département de psychiatrie, Université de Montréal; Alain Lévesque, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Julie Bélanger, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Nathalie Valois, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Chantal Robidoux, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies; Eve Julie Rioux, Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies
Chez les enfants de 0 à 6 ans, les troubles psychiatriques seraient d’environ 15-20% ; quant au trouble développemental du lan- gage, d’environ 7.4%, il serait sous-diagnostiqué alors qu’il s’agit d’un prédicteur des problèmes psychiatriques présents et futurs. La Clinique psychiatrique de la petite enfance (CPPE) de l’Hôpital Rivière-des-Prairies dispense les services psychia- triques ambulatoires de courte et moyenne durée pour tous les enfants de 0-6 ans du territoire hospitalier. Nous décrivons ici la méthodologie d’intégration de la recherche à la CPPE, dont les objectifs sont : (1) d’étudier la stabilité et la validité des diagnos- tics psychiatriques précoces, en lien avec les variables associées à la condition des enfants; (2) d’évaluer l’impact des interven- tions cliniques et l’évolution à long terme des enfants. Pour intégrer la recherche, des assises méthodologiques convergent vers l’établissement d’une base de données sur des variables-clés. Nous comptons : (1) instaurer un protocole d’évaluation des vari- ables associées en adaptant les questionnaires informatisés de l’Étude longitudinale du développement des enfants du Québec (ÉLDEQ) (N =2,120) pour les utiliser auprès de notre clientèle ; (2) intégrer les récents développements concernant les diagnos- tics psychiatriques chez les 0-6 ans, au moyen du electronic Preschool Age Psychiatric Assessment (Egger & Angold, 2004).
#62 INTERNALIZING AND EXTERNALIZING BEHAVIOURS OF CONDUCT DISORDERED YOUTH IN TREATMENT Jillian Nutini, University of Regina; Regan Shercliffe, University of Regina
The purpose of this study is to compare levels of distress, with respect to internalizing and externalizing behaviours, between 2 groups of adolescents diagnosed with conduct disorder (CD) and in treatment, (N = 92): 1) conduct disorder youth with sub- stance abuse-present, and 2) conduct disorder youth with substance abuse-absent. Comparisons are made with respect to gender. T-tests and chi≤ analysis compare the scales of the Behaviour Assessment System for Children – Adolescent version (BASC-A), in terms of the self-perceptions of youth and the perceptions of parents and teachers of the youth. Results indicate that the youth perceive themselves as less “at-risk” than parents and teachers perceive them and that there are gender differences with respect to the aggression and locus of control scales of the BASC-A. Clinical implications and further research implications are dis- cussed, with respect to treatment of CD, its effectiveness and outcome.
#63 PROGRAM EVALUATION OF THE COLCHESTER EAST HANTS ATTENTION DEFICIT HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER CLINIC Melissa McGonnell, Dalhousie University; Penny Corkum, Dalhousie University SATURDAY / SAMEDI The purpose of this study was to conduct a program evaluation of the Colchester East Hants Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Clinic (ADHD Clinic). The ADHD Clinic is a partnership between the Colchester East Hants Health Authority and the Chignecto Central Regional School Board with strong ties to Dalhousie University. Increased demand for expanded services by the ADHD Clinic led to the decision to undertake an evaluation of current services before deciding on future directions. This evaluation employed a mixed methods design and occurred in two phases. In Phase 1, service providers were interviewed regarding their thoughts about their roles as well as the current functioning of the clinic with regard to teamwork, the organiza- tion of the clinic day, and the information provided to families and schools. Themes of satisfaction, belief in the clinic’s effec- tiveness and suggestions for future directions emerged through qualitative analysis. In Phase 2, surveys were mailed to parents, family physicians, and teachers of the children who had attended the clinic so as to ascertain opinions about the services provid- ed by the ADHD Clinic and their suggestions for possible improvements. Similar themes emerged. Results are discussed in terms of implications for the ADHD Clinic specifically and the provision of mental health service in general.
191 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#64 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARENTAL SYMPTOMS OF ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER AND MATERNAL COGNITIONS, STRESSFUL LIFE EVENTS, AND SOCIAL SUPPORT DURING THE TRANSITION TO PARENTHOOD Jerilyn Ninowski, University of Calgary; Eric Mash, University of Calgary; Karen Benzies, University of Calgary
The relationship between mothers’ and fathers’ ADHD symptoms and maternal cognitions, stressful life events, and social sup- port was examined in 48 couples expecting their first child. Assessing parental ADHD is important because parental ADHD symptoms are related to impaired family functioning and higher rates of psychopathology in offspring. Assessing these variables prior to the birth of the first child helps elucidate the role of parental ADHD in the family functioning of children with ADHD. When both parent and child have ADHD it is difficult to tease apart the interactive effects of parental ADHD symptoms and dif- ficult child behaviour. Both mothers and fathers were assessed for current ADHD symptomatology and mothers reported their expectations about becoming a mother and maternal self-efficacy, stressful life events, and social support. Maternal ADHD symptoms significantly predicted maternal expectations about becoming a mother, and maternal self-efficacy, whereas, partner ADHD symptoms significantly predicted maternal satisfaction with social support and maternal stressful life events. Findings suggest that ADHD symptoms in both parents may adversely affect a mother’s transition to motherhood, and subsequent child development. Consequently,it may be important to identify high levels of ADHD in first-time expectant parents, so appropriate interventions can be implemented.
#65 EFFECTS OF CULTURAL FACTORS AND ADHD LABEL ON ATTRIBUTIONS FOR CHILD BEHAVIOR Janet Mah, University of British Columbia; Silvia Liu, Student; Charlotte Johnston, University of British Columbia
The attributions made by 115 undergraduate students were assessed to examine the influence of cultural background (Euro- Canadian vs. Chinese-Canadian) and the presence/absence of a label of Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) on causal explanations for child problem behaviors. Child behavior descriptions were presented in audio format and across partici- pants, ADHD and nonADHD labels were randomly assigned to the child behaviors. When participants were told that the child had ADHD, they attributed the child’s behavior significantly more to a disabling condition, F(1,111) = 13.367, p <.001 and sig- nificantly less to the child’s personality, F(1,111) = 6.676, p <.05 than when the child did not have ADHD. Furthermore, Chinese-Canadian participants made significantly stronger attributions to child personality, F(1,111) = 6.066, p <.05, parental inability or lack of effort, F(1,111) = 4.252, p <.05, and child lack of effort, F(1,111) = 8.155, p <.01 for child problem behavior in comparison to the Euro-Canadian participants. Chinese-Canadian participants also reported more unreasonable beliefs about ADHD than Euro-Canadian participants, F(1,113) = 3.971, p <.05, although the two groups did not differ in reasonable beliefs about the disorder. Findings from this study have implications for gaining a better understanding of the cultural uniqueness of attitudes regarding childhood ADHD.
#66 VISUAL AND TEMPORAL PROCESSING DEFICITS IN READING DISABLED YOUTH Derek MacDonald, Acadia University; Darlene Brodeur, Acadia University
Visual and auditory processing refers to our ability to extract information from visual and auditory items respectively temporal processing refers to our ability to extract information from the environment over time. These abilities are recognized as impor- tant components of the reading process (e.g., Klein & Farmer, 1995). In an attempt to replicate and extend the findings of previ- ous studies investigating these abilities in reading disabled children (Booth et al., 2000) and adults (Edwards et al., 2003), the present study investigated visual, auditory and temporal processing abilities in a RD sample in the process of special educational remediation. Participants were students from a school for youth with reading disabilities. The children were aged 11 to 18 years, and were tested on measures including the Useful Field of View test (UFOVÆ), a multiple object tracking task, temporal order judgment tasks, a phonological task, and an orthographic task. The role of age and amount of special education received were examined to determine their role in performance on all measures. Potential explanations are suggested for discrepancies in previ- ous studies examining these abilities in children varying considerably in age and educational opportunities.
#67 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SYMPTOMS OF ATTENTION-DEFICIT /HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER AND PARENTAL COGNITIONS AND BEHAVIOURS IN MOTHERS OF YOUNG INFANTS Sarah Watkins, Clinical Psychology Program, University of Calgary; Eric Mash, Clinical Psychology Program, University of Calgary; Karen Benzies, Faculty of Nursing, University of Calgary
SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY The relationship between maternal symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and various parental cognitions and behaviours was studied in mothers of six-month-old infants. This study is the first to assess important dimensions of parent- ing during the first year of development in mothers who may be at risk for poorer parenting practices due to their symptoms of
192 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
ADHD. Based on the numerous impairments observed in adults with ADHD, it was hypothesized that mothers with symptoms of ADHD will display certain cognitive and behavioural deficits relating to parenting that could adversely impact the psycholog- ical, emotional, and behavioural development of their children. Participants were recruited from immunization clinics at com- munity health centres in the Calgary Health Region. Results will be discussed in terms of relating maternal ADHD symptoms to parental self-efficacy, maternal hostile-reactive behaviours, parental overprotection, perceived parental impact, comorbid psy- chopathology, social support, and infant temperament. Findings from the present study can contribute to the development of early interventions for mothers with ADHD symptoms, potentially reducing the severity of child ADHD symptoms and other adverse developmental outcomes.
#68 THE ASSESSMENT OF STRENGTH-BASED FUNCTIONING, BEHAVIOURAL PROBLEMS, AND ADAPTIVE FUNCTIONING IN ADOLESCENTS WITH AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS AND DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES Katharine Filbert, Graduate Student; Edward Rawana, Master's Thesis Supervisor
Minimal research focus has been allotted to the strengths of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders as a differenti- ating feature. Specifically, very few studies have examined the connection between strengths, behavioural difficulties and adap- tive functioning within these diagnostic groups. Comparison of individuals with these disorders with a sample of individuals with developmental disabilities may further strengthen the distinctness of these conditions based upon behavioural difficulties, IQ and adaptive functioning, as well as provide evidence of strengths potentially predictive of adaptive behaviour. Thus, the pur- pose of this investigation was to have primary caregivers (e.g., parents/guardians) complete two strength-based questionnaires, an adaptive measure and a behavioural checklist on adolescents with four different diagnoses. These diagnoses included Low- Functioning Autism (IQ below 70), High-Functioning Autism (IQ 70 and above), Asperger syndrome, developmental disability, and a control group with no formal diagnosis. The overall focus of this thesis was exploratory, however, some specific hypothe- ses were also tested. Results indicated different and unique profiles for each group in terms of strengths, adaptive functioning, and behavioural difficulties.
#69 SOCIAL INFORMATION PROCESSING AND PROSOCIAL BEHAVIOUR OF CHILDREN WITH AND WITHOUT DISRUPTIVE BEHAVIOUR Brendan Andrade, Dalhousie University; Daniel Waschbusch, University at Buffalo
The present study investigated the relationship between children’s social information processing (SIP) abilities and prosocial behaviour. Thirty nine children with ADHD and 29 typically developing control children completed a SIP task. The ADHD group was further subdivided into aggressive (n = 21) and non-aggressive (n = 18) children. Following a framework developed by Dodge and colleagues (1980), children were asked a series of questions assessing their perception of a variety of social situa- tions. Children’s responses were compared with parent and teacher rated prosocial behaviour. As hypothesized, the ADHD group demonstrated the most impoverished prosocial behaviour, with the aggressive ADHD group the most deficient. Additionally, in positive, negative, and ambiguous social situations, children’s responses to situations that focussed on the outcome of the social situation, and positive responses, were positively associated with adult reported prosocial behaviour. Results suggest that children with ADHD, and children with ADHD and aggression, have deficient SIP abilities and dysfunctional prosocial behaviour.
#70 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TEMPERAMENT AND DEPRESSION IN CHILDREN WITH ASPERGER’S DISORDER Mary Konstantareas, University of Guelph; Gillian Stanley, University of Guelph; Bethany Butzer, University of Western Ontario
Depression is well documented in children with Asperger’s Disorder. Temperament, a neglected factor in understanding psy- SATURDAY / SAMEDI chopathology, was considered for its possible relationship to depression. Specifically, we examined how three of its dimensions might predict parent- reported and self-reported levels of depression within a sample of children and adolescents with Asperger’s Disorder. The three dimensions of temperament we looked at were: flexibility/rigidity, approach/withdrawal, and mood. Of them, a regression analysis revealed that only flexibility/rigidity was a significant, unique predictor of depression. Thus, children with Asperger’s Disorder who are unable to adapt flexibly to their environment are more likely to experience depression. The findings are discussed with reference to early prevention and intervention in this population.
#71 ATTACHMENT AND ADOLESCENT DATING RELATIONSHIPS: AN EXAMINATION OF SECURE BASE SCRIPTS Karl Hennig, University of Guelph; Kofi-len Belfon, University of Guelph; Cailey Hartwick, University of Guelph
The present study examined attachment as a predictor of the quality and amount of abusive behavior perpetrated within adoles- cent romantic relationships. Participants were an equal number of Grades 11/12 male and female adolescents in a dating relation- ship longer than 2 months (final N = 40). Two methods of assessing attachment representations were used: two self-report mea- sures and a word prompt narrative approach to assessing secure based scripts (Waters, & Rodrigues, 2001). Six attachment nar-
193 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
ratives were collected in total. The dependent variables were quality of dating relationship and the Conflicting in Adolescent Dating Relationships Inventory (Wolfe et al., 2001). Results indicated that while the two self-report measures were correlated with each other and secure base scores were strongly correlated between narratives within persons, self-report measures and the narrative script measure did not correlate together. Secondly, while self-reported anxious attachment predicted decreased quality of dating relationship and increased sexual and verbal/emotional abuse in the relationship, the narrative script measure did not. While the Adult Attachment Interview and the narrative secure base scores have been shown to be associated, it may be that the adolescent relationships are not truly attachment-based relationships. The implications of the findings are discussed.
#72 IMPACT OF CHILD SEXUAL ABUSE ON ADULT ATTACHMENT Chantal MacDonald, University of Manitoba; Rayleen De Luca, University of Manitoba
Even though attachment difficulties have been noted as part of the negative sequelae of child sexual abuse, very few studies have investigated the relationship between attachment and child sexual abuse. Consistent with Roche et al’s., (1999) findings, this study hypothesizes that child sexual abuse victims will be significantly less secure and significantly more fearful than their non- victim counterparts. One hundred eighty undergraduate students were sampled and each completed a set of questionnaires. Results revealed that, as predicted, the child sexual abuse group scored significantly lower on attachment security than their non- child sexual abuse counterparts and this finding was replicated using an additional attachment measure. The results from this study represent an encouraging new direction to the child sexual abuse research base.
#73 FACTORS FACILITATING THERAPIST PERFORMANCE IN INTERVENTIONS FOR AUTISTIC CHILDREN: COMPARING PARENTS AND PROFESSIONALS Andrea Zicherman, University of Windsor; Marcia Gragg, University of Windsor
A growing number of parents of children with autism are choosing to take part in training programs in order to be therapists for their own children. This study compared professional behaviour therapists with parents of children with autism trained as thera- pists. The purpose of the study was to examine how professionals and parents compare on factors that contribute to effective therapist performance. Participants included 36 professionals and 33 parents. They completed self-report questionnaires exam- ining their knowledge of behavioural principles, self-efficacy, social support resources (including number of supports and satis- faction with support), and beliefs in the efficacy of behavioural interventions. The results revealed that parents had significantly less social support than did the professionals. Among participants with high socioeconomic backgrounds, parents were signifi- cantly less satisfied with their support than were professionals. The groups did not differ significantly in their knowledge, self- efficacy, or beliefs in the intervention. Implications of these findings for therapist performance and suggestions for improving parent training programs and support services for families are discussed.
#74 THE CLINICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS WHO RECEIVE PEDIATRIC EMERGENCY MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES Allison Kennedy, Psychologist; Paula Cloutier, Research Associate; Clare Gray, Psychiatrist
This study examines the clinical characteristics, based on standardized measures, of youth who present to emergency mental health services. A battery of self-report and clinician-rated measures comprise part of the clinical assessment in the Crisis Intervention Program at the Children’s Hospital of Eastern Ontario. In a 6-month period, 175 individuals met inclusion criteria for this study (8 to 17 years; mean age 13.9 years; 57 % female). Of the children who presented to the service (8 to 11 years; 65 % male), 19% reported clinically significant depressive symptoms (CDI) and anxiety (MASC-10). Forty percent of the children were rated by clinicians as having clinically significant noncompliant behaviour (CAPI). The adolescents were primarily female (65%) with a high proportion reporting clinically significant depressive symptoms (65%). Thirty-two percent reported clinically significant anxiety and 43% reported clinically significant conduct problems (CRS). Preliminary analyses of a clinician-rated measure of strengths (CANS) suggest that the children generally had strong (100%) and stable (82%) family bonds and were included in their communities (82%). Adolescents also had strong (67%) and stable (69%) family bonds and 39% had well established community bonds. This data has important implications regarding where clinicians should focus their interventions with youth in crisis.
09:00 - 09:25 - BONAVISTA 09:00 - 09:25
Theory Review Session/ LE MODÈLE DU TRIPLE CODE D’AHSEN Séance de revue (IMAGE-RÉPONSE SOMATIQUE-SIGNIFICATION) : VERS UNE théorique NOUVELLE THÉORIE DE L’APPRENTISSAGE MOTEUR ET DE LA Perception, Learning and PERFORMANCE MOTRICE Cognition Khaled Taktek, Collège Militaire Royal du Canada SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY Le présent article offre, tout d’abord, une revue critique des fondements théoriques et épistémologiques de l’apprentissage moteur en le distinguant des différentes autres formes d’apprentissages cognitif, affectif, etc. Ensuite, cet article discute des qual-
194 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 ités requises d’un intervenant pour enseigner des techniques professionnelles et identifie les meilleures stratégies pédagogiques pour l’appropriation et la mutualisation des habiletés cognitivo-motrices. Finalement, la théorie du triple code model d’Ahsen (Image, Réponse-somatique-Signification) est proposée comme stratégie active d’imagerie mentale désignée pour l’amélioration de l’apprentissage moteur et de la performance motrice ainsi que le développement intégral des apprenants.
09:00 - 10:55 - RIDEAU 09:00 - 10:55
Workshop/ Atelier de MEETING BEHAVIOURAL CHALLENGES: A SCHOOL-WIDE APPROACH TO travail POSITIVE DISCIPLINE Psychologists In Juanita Mureika, New Brunswick Department of Family & Community Services Education
Positive Behavioural Interventions and Supports are being promoted as an approach to school discipline that is both educational- ly based and data driven. Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of this approach in both reducing discipline problems in schools and improving academic achievement scores. This session will introduce an Atlantic Provinces developed teacher resource and staff professional development package which enables school staffs to create individualized positive behavioural supports and interventions in their schools.
09:00 - 10:55 - MOUNT ROYAL 09:00 - 10:55
Symposium AN ASIAN PERSPECTIVE OF ADOLESCENT CONCERNS Counselling Psychology Wan Har Chong, American Educational Research Association; Rebecca Ang, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Nanyang Technological University, Singapore, Lay See Yeo, National Association of School Psychologists; Vivien Huan, Educational Research Association of Singapore
The symposium offers an Asian perspective of the concerns of adolescents in Asia, with a specific focus on a Secondary School population in Singapore. Paper 1 provides an overview of the prevailing issues and concerns encountered by adolescents in Asia. Paper 2 reports the preliminary validation of the Adolescent Concerns Measure, a new instrument developed to measure con- cerns of adolescents in an Asian context. Paper 3 explores the relationship between adolescent concerns and psychological well- being. Paper 4 examines the relationship between adolescent concerns and academic stress.
#1 CONCERNS AND ISSUES IN ADOLESCENCE: AN OVERVIEW OF THE PROBLEM Wan Har Chong, American Educational Research Association; Vivien Huan, Educational Research Association of Singapore; Lay See Yeo, National Association of School Psychologists; Rebecca Ang, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Nanyang Technological University
Adolescence is a time of change within almost every domain of experience and presents numerous challenges to individual adap- tation. Secondary school education also entails major adjustments both in the academic and social domains. The structure of the learning environment is more complex, and expectations for academic achievement increase. Academic competition also intensi- fies. Relationships with peers, teachers, and parents take on different dimensions and significance. These various demands can become excessive, and the stress of living up to expectations that are conflicting or unattainable can sometimes overwhelm. When the students are unable to cope effectively with worries, their behavior can also have an adverse effect not only on their own lives but those around them. Identifying the causes and types of stress that adolescent students experience is important SATURDAY / SAMEDI because certain types of events may affect adjustment more than others, depending on the meaning of the event to the individual. Students can then be taught to cope with stress and stressful situations in their lives more effectively. Most of the research on adolescent concerns and coping are situated within Western contexts. This paper describes an overview of the state of research in Asian contexts, and provides the basis for understanding these issues in the Singapore educational context. The implications on school practices will be discussed.
#2 PRELIMINARY VALIDATION OF THE ADOLESCENT CONCERNS MEASURE Rebecca Ang, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Nanyang Technological University; Wan Har Chong, American Educational Research Association; Vivien Huan, Educational Research Association of Singapore; Lay See Yeo, National Association of School Psychologists
The Adolescent Concerns Measure (ACM) is a self-report measure assessing concerns of adolescents. An original pool of 54 items was generated, and these items reflected adolescent concerns in various domains such as family, personal, friends, and school. Two studies were conducted. For the first study, we conducted an exploratory factor analysis (EFA) to assess the factor structure of the scale items, and to investigate the initial estimates of internal consistency and convergent validity of ACM scores using 619 Grade 7 and Grade 8 adolescents from one secondary school in Singapore. EFAs using principal components analysis
195 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
with promax rotation were performed on the 54-item ACM resulting in a 4-factor, 24-item instrument. For the second study, an independent sample of 811 Grade 7 and Grade 8 adolescents from two secondary schools in Singapore participated in the study. Through confirmatory factor analysis (CFA), we tested the factor structure of the scores obtained from the 24-item ACM that was determined in Study 1. We randomly divided the sample into two, permitting the testing of our model on two separate data sets through two-fold cross-validation. Internal consistency estimates, convergent validity estimates, and multiple fit indices from CFA analyses provided preliminary evidence that ACM may be a reliable and potentially valid measure of adolescent con- cerns among Asian adolescents.
#3 THE IMPACT OF ADOLESCENT CONCERNS ON PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL-BEING: AN ASIAN STUDY Lay See Yeo, National Association of School Psychologists; Rebecca Ang, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Nanyang Technological University; Wan Har Chong, American Educational Research Association; Vivien Huan, Educational Research Association of Singapore
While much has been written about adolescent adjustment and coping in Western countries, relatively little is known about simi- lar issues in Asia. This paper examines the emotional adjustment of young adolescents in Singapore. It reports adolescent con- cerns and how they influence adaptive functioning and psychological well-being. Data were obtained from three self-report mea- sures: the Adolescent Concerns Measure, ed scales of the Behavioral Assessment System for Children Personality Self-Report, and the Emotional Distress Scale of the Reynolds Adolescent Adjustment Screening Inventory. Emotional well-being emerged as a dominant concern for Singapore youths. Females reported a more positive attitude toward school, better friendship skills, and stronger relationship with parents than did males. However, females registered significantly greater worries about self and emotional distress compared to males. These findings suggest that Asian females in middle adolescence, like their peers in the West, are at risk for developing psychological malfunctioning. Implications for teachers and mental health professionals will be discussed.
#4 THE IMPACT OF ADOLESCENT CONCERNS ON ACADEMIC STRESS LEVEL Vivien Huan, Educational Research Association of Singapore; Lay See Yeo, National Association of School Psychologists; Rebecca Ang, School of Humanities and Social Sciences Nanyang Technological University; Wan Har Chong, American Educational Research Association
The objective of this study is to examine the contributing role of the different aspects of adolescent concerns on the academic stress level of youths in Singapore. Data were obtained using two self-report measures: the Adolescent Concerns Measure and the Academic Expectations Stress Inventory. The study examines four different aspects of adolescent concerns, namely, family, personal, peer, and school concerns. Gender differences are also explored in terms of these predictions as well as the academic stress level experienced by the adolescents. Results obtained showed that only the scores on the Personal Concerns subscale were positively associated with the academic stress level arising from self and other expectations, in both male and female ado- lescents. For the girls, school-related concerns were also predictive of academic stress arising from other expectations. They also obtained significantly higher scores on the Academic Expectations Stress Inventory than boys did. Possible explanations for the obtained results are suggested and implications of the findings will also be discussed.
09:00 - 10:55 - LAKEVIEW 09:00 - 10:55
Paper Session/ Séance de SELF, EMOTION, & MOTIVATION présentation orale Sean Moore, University of Alberta Social and Personality
#1 THE EFFECT OF WORLDVIEW THREAT ON DEATH THOUGHT ACCESSIBILITY Joseph Hayes, University of Alberta; Todd Williams, student; Jeff Schimel, associate professor
According to terror management theory, if the cultural worldview protects people from thoughts about death, then threatening this structure should increase death thought accessibility (DTA). Three studies tested this DTA hypothesis. Study 1 showed that threatening participants’ own cultural values (vs. those of another culture) increased DTA on a word fragment completion task. Study 2 showed that when participants could dismiss the threatening content of the communication, DTA remained low. Study 3 replicated the results of Study 1 using a lexical decision task, comparing response latencies to death, negative, and neutral con- tent. Worldview threat increased DTA relative to accessibility for negative and neutral content. Discussion focused on theoreti- cal implications and directions for further research. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
196 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 DO HEALTH CARE IMAGES INDUCE MORTALITY SALIENCE? Leigh Henderson, University of Calgary; Philip Coppard, PROVOKE; Mitchell Callan, University of Calgary; John Ellard, University of Calgary
Terror management theory research has shown that a variety of stimuli, such as gory films and physical proximity to a funeral home, make death thoughts preconsciously salient. Mortality salience in turn has a variety of consequences including cultural world view defense, self-esteem striving, and engaging in health threatening behaviours. As part of a study of the ironic and unintended effects of health care communications, participants were incidentally made aware of either health care images or edu- cation images displayed on a screen saver. They then completed a mood measure and a word completion task designed to assess death-thought accessibility. As expected, there were no screen saver effects on mood, but participants exposed to the health care images had significantly higher scores on the death thought accessibility measure, than those who had been exposed to the edu- cation images (p < .01). Therefore, it would seem that mere exposure to health care related images has the ability to trigger mor- tality salience. Important implications of these results for wellness communications are discussed.
#3 SELF-CONCEPT CLARITY AND EMOTIONAL REACTIVITY TO SELF-IMPORTANT SOCIAL FEEDBACK Krista Socholotiuk, Trinity Western University; Will Reimer, Trinity Western University
Level of self-esteem (SE) is a rigorously cited explanation for why negative personal feedback hurts some more than others. Yet, the research is still unclear as to why SE manages to trump alternate explanations. This study addresses an important conceptual gap in the SE literature by exploring whether self-concept clarity (SCC), a structural variable of the self-concept, and a known concomitant of SE, might help explain the stalwartness of SE in predicting emotional susceptibility to self-important social feed- back (Brockner, 1984). SE and SCC indices were obtained for 74 participants of both genders at a small Canadian university. Participants were randomly assigned to receive either favourable or unfavourable feedback, and then completed a measure tap- ping emotional reactivity to the evaluation. SE and SCC were anticipated to similarly buffer against negative evaluations, and a SCC and valence of feedback (VF) interaction was hypothesized to mediate the SE x VF interaction in predicting emotional reactivity. After controlling for base-level mood, only VF and SE exhibited main effects; furthermore, VF x SE was the only sig- nificant interaction term. The findings of this study replicate and extend previous research by showing the organizational clarity of the global self-concept is less important than the VF, or global SE, in predicting emotional reactivity following feedback.
#4 ACCESSIBILITY MEASURES IN RELATION TO DEPRESSION AND NEGATIVE IDEATION Sébastien Morin, Centre de recherche interdisciplinaire sur les problèmes conjugaux et les agressions sexuelles
Research has consistently shown a link between high frequency of negative ideation on the Automatic Thoughts Questionnaire – Negative (ATQ-N) and higher levels of depressive symptoms. This interpretation relies on the assumption that people can accu- rately recall the number of times they have had specific thoughts in the past few days.Our study has shown that negative ideation could be reflected by accessibility measures, namely reaction time (RT) tasks, as well as measures of attitude strength. Based on the literature on attitude strength, we designed two computer tasks pertaining to negative and positive self-evaluations. Participants showing highest levels of negative self-perception on scales such as the Self-esteem scale from Rosenberg (SES) retrieved negative judgment about themselves significantly faster than other participants with high self-esteem. In other words, results of our study indicate that negative trait terms are retrieved faster from memory (are more accessible) for participants showing higher levels of depression. This study also demonstrates that scores on the ATQ-N are a reflection of how negatively people feel about themselves in general, based on four dimensions of attitude strength: extremity, certainty, accessibility and intensity (R≤ = .72, p < .001, F(5, 50) = 25.35, p < .001), with an accounted variance of 40.4%. SATURDAY / SAMEDI
#5 IS THERE MORE TO SELF-ESTEEM THAN JUST POSITIVE SELF-VIEWS? DEVELOPMENT OF A MEASURE OF SECURE SELF-ESTEEM Cherisse Seaton, University of Northern British Columbia
Self-esteem (SE) is believed to be an indicator of positive adaptation; but instead we see that violent children, hit men, genocidal maniacs, and gang leaders report high, not low SE (Seligman, 2000). To explain these paradoxical findings, SE theorists have proposed that there are two forms of high SE, secure and insecure; however current self-report measures assess positivity rather than security of self-views. The purpose of the present research was to develop a self-report measure of secure SE. In study 1 (N = 84), 23 items were tested and 7 items that were normally distributed and uncorrelated with narcissism were selected. These items primarily assessed stable SE and self-acceptance. In Study 2, we proposed a 3-dimensional model of self-esteem and tested a pool of 47 SE items. Participants completed an initial and a retest questionnaire (N = 230) as well as a daily diary (N = 140) assessing emotional reactivity to daily events across 14 days. Items for dimension 1 (self-worth/self-acceptance) were selected on the basis of convergence with existing measures of SE. Items for dimension 2 (SE stability) were selected on the basis of convergence with daily diary measures of SE stability and low emotional reactivity to daily events. Finally, items for dimension 3 (realistic self-views) were selected on the basis of negative correlations with narcissism and self-enhancement.
197 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
09:00 - 10:55 - BANFF 09:00 - 10:55
Symposium POSITIVE AFFECT, OPTIMISM, AND CULTURAL EMPATHY: PROPOSED Counselling Psychology FACTORS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ALLIANCE Winnifred Hunter, McGill University; Emily Kerner, McGill University; Emily Blake, McGill University
Several decades of research indicate that a strong collaborative relationship between therapist and client (Martin, Garske, & Davis, 2000), characterized by empathic understanding (Watson & Geller, 2005), and in-session exploration (Hendricks, 2002) is associated with positive therapeutic outcomes. Maneet Bhatia will examine client explanatory style, or optimism, and its rela- tionship to the working alliance both from session to session and across the course of therapy. Emily Blake will explore how explanatory style is related to the type and quality of affect clients experience in session. Optimists and pessimists are compared in terms of their differences in experience of affect across therapy sessions. Emily Kerner presents a pilot study of the develop- ment of a method for rating the positive affect of interest in therapy sessions. Julie Irving will discuss the counsellor/client rela- tionship from a multicultural perspective and will evaluate the potential for training and development of culturally empathic counselling skills. The aim of the symposium is to explore factors implicated in the development of the alliance and examine positive affect in therapy.
#1 AN EXPLORATORY STUDY OF THE RELATIONSHIP OF OPTIMISM AND AFFECT IN PSYCHOTHERAPY Emily Blake, McGill University; Marilyn Fitzpatrick, McGill University; Marta Lewandowski, McGill University
Client explanatory style (optimism/pessimism) is a dispositional factor used to describe how people habitually explain the causes of events. Research has linked optimism with decreased levels of depression and improved therapeutic outcome (Barber et al. 2005).While little is known about the mechanisms or processes that lead to these outcomes (Peterson & Steen, 2005), optimists have been found to engage (approach coping) and pessimists to disengage (avoidance coping) (Carver, Scheier, & Weintraub, 1992). The question of how optimism influences subjective well-being has not been adequately addressed (Snyder & Lopez, 2005).In therapy, we theorized that an optimistic style could cause clients to engage (approach coping) and that affective involvement would follow from the engagement. This study examines the relationship between optimism and affect in psy- chotherapy. Specifically how early in treatment do optimists and pessimists experience strong affects? Are there differences in the kinds and levels of emotions they each experience? Given that optimists tend to be more willing to receive negative feedback about performance, and more willing to confront relationships (Aspinwall & Brunhart, 2000), we hypothesized that a partici- pant’s level of optimism will be positively correlated with the number of emotions experienced in therapy, and that these emo- tions will be experienced more readily and at a deeper level. All data has been collected on a sample of 43 participants who received 13 sessions of psychotherapy. The paper will consider the implications of explanatory style on affective involvement in the therapeutic process.
#2 THE INTEREST-EXPLORATION SPIRAL: DEVELOPMENT OF A METHOD FOR RATING THE POSITIVE AFFECT OF INTEREST IN THERAPY SESSIONS Emily Kerner, McGill University; Marilyn Fitzpatrick, McGill University; Mariana Rodriguez, McGill University
Although not yet numerous, studies have very consistently related positive emotion to therapeutic outcome (Orlinsky et al, 2004). At the session level, alliance and the perceived quality of a session have been related to the presence of positive emotion (Mertika et al., 2005). Interest is a specific positive emotion, including curiosity, intrigue, excitement, wonder, challenge, and intrinsic motivation (Fredrickson, 2000) that impels growth-oriented behaviors such as exploration, learning, and creativity (Hunter & Csikszentmihalyi, 2003). Interest has been connected to valued therapeutic outcomes, such as intrinsic motivation to treatment outcome (Ryan, Plant, & O’Malley, 1995), and curiosity to interpersonal closeness (Kashdan et al, 2002). This paper will present the theoretical model of an upward spiral of positive emotion (Frederickson, 1998), whereby the experience of inter- est leads to exploration which engenders more interest and thus further exploration, and discuss its application in psychotherapy research and practice. Results of a pilot study to develop a method for rating the presence of interest in psychotherapy sessions will be presented. Practical implications of this study are considered with respect to the importance of identifying interest in psy- chotherapy sessions and how clinicians can motivate clients based on their level of interest in session.
#3 CLIENT OPTIMISM ACROSS STAGES OF THERAPY: RELATIONSHIP TO THE THERAPEUTIC ALLIANCE Maneet Bhatia, McGill University; Lisa Barbagallo, McGill University; Marilyn Fitzpatrick, McGill University; Emily Kerner, McGill University
SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY The therapeutic alliance is one of the most reliable predictors of treatment outcome. Bordin (1979, 1994) defined the working alliance as the collaboration between the client and counsellor based on their agreement on goals and tasks of treatment and the development of a bond. In another vein, research shows that an individual’s explanatory style (optimism/pessimism) has an
198 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 impact on how they view experiences. Optimists tend to have positive expectations for their future, have better emotional well- being, adjustment to stressful life events and they are able to persist in their goal-directed efforts (Heinonen et al., 2004). This paper will examine the relationship of client optimism to the different aspects of the therapeutic alliance and the changing impact of optimism across different stages of therapy. Alliance (WAI) and explanatory style (ASQ) data were collected from a group of 43 client who received between 12 and 15 sessions of psychotherapy. Exploratory analyses examined the relationships of the task, bond and goal aspects of the alliance and optimism and pessimism. The results have significance to practitioners in making judgments about forming alliances based with optimistic and pessimistic clients and understanding when optimism exerts an impact in therapy.
#4 CULTURAL EMPATHY IN COUNSELLING: IMPLICATIONS FOR RESEARCH AND TRAINING Julie Anne Irving, McGill University; Winnifred Hunter, McGill University
Empathy is of fundamental importance to producing effective psychotherapy and outcome (Greenberg, Watson, Elliot, Bohart & Aurthur, 2001). To date, most literature on empathy tends to neglect how different cultures and ethnicities experience empathy. As Canada’s population becomes increasingly culturally diverse, multicultural research has responded with a new addition to the traditional Rogerian approach to empathy, termed cultural empathy. Ridley and Lingle’s (1996) model of cultural empathy requires counsellors to integrate cultural data and counsellor/client differences into their empathic understanding of clients. Following this model, cultural empathy entails three parallel processes at the levels of cognition, affect, and communication (Ridley & Upidi, 2002). It has been suggested that cultural empathy should become a key component of counsellor multicultural competence (Chung & Bernak, 2002; Dyche & Zayas, 2001). Motivated by this positive response to cultural empathy the pro- posed presentation will review the existing literature, and evaluate the potential for training and development of culturally empathic counselling micro-skills. In addition, recommendations for future research that will address assessment and outcome measurement will be presented.
09:00 - 10:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 09:00 - 10:55
Symposium “I REMEMBER IT LIKE IT WAS YESTERDAY...”: DIVERSE Criminal Justice APPROACHES TO STUDYING EMOTION AND MEMORY Psychology Kristine Peace, Dalhousie University; Stephen Porter, Dalhousie University
This symposium will address the effects of negative emotion and trauma on the reliability of memory over time. A series of diverse studies, ranging from a highly controlled experiment using photographic stimuli to studies of memories for traumatic autobiographical events (e.g., sexual and non-sexual trauma), will be described by the authors. The collective results will inform ourunderstanding of the complex relation between emotion, misinformation, and memory.
#1 SEXUALLY VERSUS NON-SEXUALLY TRAUMATIC EXPERIENCES: AN EXAMINATION OF QUALITATIVE AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL MEMORY DIFFERENCES Kristine Peace, Dalhousie University; Stephen Porter, Dalhousie University
In forensic and therapeutic settings, understanding of memory processes that are involved in the retention of traumatic events is critical. There is a long-standing debate about the nature of traumatic memories. The present study involved an examination of the characteristics of emotionally salient experiences, as well as variations in the qualities of memory as a function of the type and level of traumatic impact, and age at the time of experience. Women recruited from a local sexual trauma agency (N = 44) were asked to recall one incident of sexual trauma (child sexual abuse or sexual assault), non-sexual trauma, and a positive emo- SATURDAY / SAMEDI tional event. Memory characteristics were evaluated using both subjective and objective measures. Levels of traumatic impact, dissociation, and alexithymia were also assessed to determine if these factors influence memory for traumatic or emotional events. Specifically, the authors wished to investigate whether sexually traumatic experiences are recalled in a distinctly differ- ent fashion from other types of traumas. The findings of this study will contribute to the scientific understanding of memory processes with respect to specific types of victimization and emotional events in general.
#2 THE RELIABILITY OF TRAUMATIC MEMORIES: A THREE-YEAR FOLLOW UP Stephen Porter, Dalhousie University; Kristine Peace, Dalhousie University
This prospective study examines the relative consistency and characteristics of memories for trauma (criminal and non-criminal) and other non-traumatic emotional experiences over time. In 2001-2002, our original communityparticipants (N = 52) reported a recent clinically traumatic event and were asked to recall both the traumatic and a positive emotional experience in twointer- views separated by approximately three months. Traumatic memory imagery tended to persist in memory (with no apparent impairment), whereas features of positive memories were subject to considerable distortion. In the present work, we are attempt- ing to re-interview as many of the original participants as possible, in order to examine the reliability of traumatic memories over three years. This research will contribute to our understanding of the long-term retention of traumatic experiences.
199 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 RELATIVE CONSISTENCY OF MEMORIES FOR NEGATIVE, POSITIVE, AND NEUTRAL SCENES OVER TIME: A TEST OF THE PARADOXICAL NEGATIVE EMOTION HYPOTHESIS Sabrina Bellhouse, Dalhousie University; Ainslie McDougall, Dalhousie University; Stephen Porter, Dalhousie University
Although distortion is commonly present in memory, the relation between the emotionality of a witnessed scene and susceptibili- ty to mistaken memories over time is not clear. Based on previous research, it was hypothesized thatnegative stimuli may be recalled more reliably than positive emotional events when there is little misinformation present but recalled more poorly with- exposure to misinformation (the paradoxical negative emotion hypothesis). In the ongoing research, participants are being asked to view each of a highly positive, neutral, or highly negative emotional scene (e.g., graphic fatal accident) from the International Affective Picture System (e.g., Lang, Bradley, & Cuthbert, 1999). Participants subsequently will be asked to freely recall the content of the photos. Misleading questions will be presented to half of all participants following the viewing of the emotional scenes. Consistency of accuracy over time will be measured after one week and one month to examine the manner in which emotional content and misinformation interact to influence memory quality.
#4 SELLING YOUR SYMPTOMS? TRUTHFUL AND FABRICATED SYMPTOMS OF TRAUMATIC VICTIMIZATION OVER TIME Brianna Cook, Dalhousie University; Kristine Peace, Dalhousie University; Stephen Porter, Dalhousie University
Legal decision-makers and psychologists are faced with the challenge of determining the credibility of traumatic memory reports (e.g., child sexual or institutional abuse). In such cases, clinicians often rely on measures of symptomology to discern genuine individuals from those who are feigning symptoms for some psychological motivation or financial profit. However, little research has examined symptomology as a determinant of trauma veracity. This issue is further complicated by lengthy delays between initial symptom reporting/assessment and verification or questioning in the context of court. The present study evaluat- ed both truthful and fabricated trauma symptoms over three time intervals: initial (n = 291), 3 months (n = 252), 6 months (n = 181). Participants were assessed using a variety of self-reported measures of traumatic stress and post-traumatic stress disorder at each time period. The purpose of this research was to investigate differences in truthful and fabricated symptom profiles (e.g., are fabricated symptoms inflated?), and determine if these patterns are consistently maintained over extended intervals. The results of this study have important implications for assessments of credibility based on symptom reports.
09:00 - 11:25 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 09:00 - 11:25
Symposium ETHICS UPDATE 2006 History and Philosophy Jean Pettifor, University of Calgary; Carole Sinclair, The Hincks-Dellcrest Treatment Centre; Frank Auld, University of Windsor; Tom Strong, University of Calgary; Marie-Josée Lefaivre, Dalhousie University; Ronna Jevne, University of Alberta
This symposium includes a variety of perspectives on ethical thinking in 2006. Activities of the CPA Committee on Ethics are described, including “going on-line” and a consideration of psychologists’ roles in protecting the interests of national security. While Freud influenced the development of professional ethics in conducting individual therapy, today’s psychoanalytic thera- pists expand, and sometimes revise, theories in order to address the psychology of women, the collectivist values of many abo- riginal and non-western cultures and the therapeutic work with groups and families. Discourse theory and research today suggest that ethical considerations and questions in the course of therapy are collaboratively managed through conversational practices.Research principles are applied to the dilemmas of informing parents of the results of psycholigcal tests that are con- ducted on chldren for the purpses of research. Finally, in considering the “ethics of hope” we must address the question of what we understand about hope in order to ethically and intentionlly use it in psychotherapy.The significance of these issues on the evolving nature of ethical thinking are discussed.
#1 ETHICS UPDATE: RECENT PROJECTS OF THE CPA COMMITTEE ON ETHICS Carole Sinclair, The Hincks-Dellcrest Treatment Centrea
Three of the functions of the CPA Committee on Ethics are to generate formal opinions on specific ethics questions or issues, develop new guidelines as needed, and develop resources for ethics education. This presentation will provide an update on sever- al activities of the Committee on Ethics related to these functions, including: generation of a formal opinions on use of “titles”; guidelines for e-therapy/counselling; article on psychologists and torture; development of an ethics page for the CPA Website; and the CPA online ethics course. Participants will be invited to provide feedback regarding the current projects and ideas for the SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY future.
200 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 WHAT PSYCHOANALYSIS HAS CONTIRIBUTED TO OUR UNDERSTANDING OF ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR - AND WHAT WE STILL NEED TO REASON ABOUT Frank Auld, University of Windsor
As he developed psychoanalytic therapy at the turn of the twentieth century, Freud also brought about a change in the relation- ship of therapist to patient - he placed decisions about how the patient should live her or his life in the hands of the patient. This recognition of the autonomy, the self-determination of the patient, fits with the emphasis in current ethical codes of respect for the patient and recognition of the patient’s autonomy. Psychoanalysis, however, is just now coming to terms with the issues raised by feminist critics (cf. writings of Shafer, of Auld, of Holzman and Kulish) and with the issues that arise from considering how other cultures value individualism less than ours and place more value on inclusion in the social matirix, and with issues that arise when one considers the interdependcne of wife and husband in marital therapy, of all family members in family thera- py, and of all members in group therapy.
#3 TOWARD A CONVERSATIONAL ETHICS IN PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICE Tom Strong, University of Calgary; Olga Sutherland, University of Calgary
Recent developments in discourse theory and research suggest that communications between psychologists and clients involve more than exchanges of information. The conversational practices used by psychologists, viewed discursively, contribute to how such communications are managed and, correspondingly , to what can arise from those communications. The ethical considera- tions and questions we raise relate to how such communications are collaboratively managed in the course of psychotherapy. Drawing from discourse analysis of actual interviews, we examine how clients and psychologists manage their turns at talk, and how much turn-taking relates to the focus and accomplishments of internviews. We consider the psychologists’s conversational practices in these micro-dynamics of professional communication with respect to the Canadian Code of Ethics for Psychologists.
#4 OFFERING PARENTS INDIVIDUALIZED RESULTS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING CONDUCTED FOR RESEARCH PURPOSES WITH CHILDREN: ETHICAL ISSUES AND GUIDELINES Marie-Josée Lefaivre, Dalhousie University; Christine Chambers, Dalhousie University; Conrad Fernandez, Dalhousie University
Paediatric research protocols often include psychological testing as part of an assessment battery. This raises the question of whether parents (or others) should be provided with individualized results of their children’s psychological testing conducted for research purposes. Recent literature has highlighted the moral and ethical necessity of offering participants with aggregated research rsults at the end of a study. Guidelines on how to handle dissemination of aggregated results to research participants have also been proposed. However, providing individualized feedback requires consideration of a number of distinct issues, in particular the reliability and validiiy of the results and their clinical application, and the potential to confuse the roles of research and clinical psychologists. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss the specific ethical issues related to (1) informed con- sent procedures; (2) children’s right to privacy; (3) parents’ legal and moral obligations to protect their children’ welfare; (4) the possiblity of coercion due to undue incentives; (5) the clinical utility and implication of research assessment; (6) scientfic or methodological implications of the feedback; and (7) the impact on the researchers’ role(s). Comprehensive guidelines for how this issue should be dealt with by paediatric researchers will also be provided.
09:00 - 09:25 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 09:00 - 09:25
Theory Review Session/ PROVIDING A THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVE ON SUBJECTIVE-WELL BEING SATURDAY / SAMEDI Séance de revue AND PSYCHOLOGICAL ADJUSTMENT AMONG YOUTH théorique Rich Gilman, University of Kentucky; Scott Huebner, University of South Carolina Psychologists In Education
Research investigating subjective well-being (SWB) during the last three decades has captured the attention of a variety of disci- plines, such as psychology, education, sociology, and medicine. Subjective well-being is viewed as a key component of a larger multidimensional entity labled “quality of life”, and specifically focuses on subjective perceptions and evaluations that facilitate optimal psychological functioning. The nature and correlates of SWB have only recently been investigated in applied settings using child and adolescent samples. Extant findings reveal a number of psychological, psychosocial, and psychoeducational benefits afforded to youth who report high SWB, and these findings yield numerous implications for clinical practice and social and educational policy making. Nevertheless, one oft-cited concern surrounding the study of SWB is that the construct is con- ceptually difuse. More specifically, while SWB has been studied from multiple cognitive perspectives (e.g., life satisfaction, hope, self-concept), there has been no attempt to theoretically link these components into a unified model. The purpose of this brief presentation is to provide an integrative theoretical model of child/adolescent SWB that may help form the nexus between basic research and clinical practice.
201 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
09:30 - 11:25 - BONAVISTA 09:30 - 11:25
Workshop/ Atelier de ACCREDITATION PANEL SESSION ON THE PROPOSED 5TH REVISION TO travail THE ACCREDITATION STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES FOR PROGRAMMES AND INTERNSHIPS IN PROFESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Karen Cohen, Canadian Psychology Association
The CPA Accreditation Panel is undertaking the 5th revision of its Standards and Procedures. Now that we have a few years experience with the revised prescriptive and outcome-based accreditation standards, we wanted to focus the 5th revision on streamlining procedures, improving clarity and reducing redundancies. The Panel invites all of its stakeholders to join this ses- sion to help us identify the standards and criteria that may need to be; clarified; added, removed or integrated with another stan- dard or criterion; more clearly conveyed in a table.
09:30 - 10:55 - LAKE LOUISE 09:30 - 10:55
Symposium DEVELOPING BEHAVIORAL RESEARCH METHODOLOGIES FOR International and CROSS-CULTURAL RESEARCH THROUGH MULTI-INSTITUTIONAL Cross-cultural COLLABORATION: THE EXAMPLE OF ARTS-NETLANTIC Annabel Cohen, University of Prince Edward Island
The Arts-Netlantic Project (Atlantic Research Network in Culture, Multimedia, Technology, and Cognition) was conducted dur- ing 2003 and 2004 by three Atlantic-Canada universities (UPEI, UNB, and U de Moncton). It focused on the role of Atlantic Canadian cultures on the use and appreciation of new media by artists and audiences respectively. New media refers to art resulting from applications of computers or technology. One of the three goals of Arts-Netlantic was to conduct a program of behavioral research to determine the role of culture on audience responses to new media and artist response to new media tech- nology. Over the year of the project, a tri-campus, cross-cultural, pan-provincial research team met regularly via video-confer- ence and developed and piloted three research methodologies. The present symposium tells the story of this intensive research endeavor. The context of the Arts-Netlantic project is first described in a paper by the Project Leader and Campus Research Leaders. Then each of the Behavioral Research Principal Investigators discusses one of the three methodologies and associated research. The symposium ends with a panel of the Principal Investigators discussing lessons learned about advantages and chal- lenges of large collaborative behavioral research networks that focus on cross-cultural issues (Supported by Canadian Heritage/CFI-related).
#1 ARTS-NETLANTIC: A CONTEXT FOR BEHAVIORAL RESEARCH ON CULTURE, ARTISTS, AUDIENCES, AND NEW MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES Annabel Cohen, University of Prince Edward Island; Chadia Moghrabi, Universite de Moncton; Wladyslaw Chicocki, University of New Brunswick; Janet Stoppard, Department of Psychology, University of New Brunswick; John Tivendell, Universite de Moncton
Arts-Netlantic refers to a network of over 60 artists, researchers, and information technologists from many sectors in PEI and NB sharing an interest in culture and new media. Three university network nodes(Charlottetown, Moncton, and Fredericton) provided simultaneously translated videoconferenced forums as well as facilities for new media production and training. These initiatives responded to the lack of technologies for artists in the region, lack of critical forums to evaluate and judge new media artistic activity, and barriers to communication among artists, academics, and information scientists arising from provincial bor- ders, languages, and cultures. The Network had three primary goals: developing an arts and culture inventory for the two provinces, fostering creativity in new media through arts-technology partnerships, and conducting behavioral studies of both audience response to new media and artist’s willingness to embrace new media tools. The project was sponsored by Canadian Heritage’s Canadian Culture On-Line Program, New Media Research Networks Fund with secondary support from academic and industrial sectors. The presentation establishes the context for three behavioral research paradigms designed and executed by the team: Qualitative Interviews, Concept Mapping, and Naturalistic Observation. A video showing the Arts-Netlantic context will also be presented.
#2 QUALITATIVE INTERVIEWS: ARTISTS’ PERCEPTION OF NEW MEDIA TECHNOLOGY IN ART Janet Stoppard, Department of Psychology, University of New Brunswick; Susan Voyer, University of New Brunswick; Annabel Cohen, University of Prince Edward Island; John Tivendell, Universite de Moncton SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY The purpose of this research was to explore artists’ perceptions of new media technology in relation to art and how this technol- ogy has affected or might affect their work as an artist. Five artists in New Brunswick from varied fields (film, creative writing,
202 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 mixed media, music, animation) were interviewed individually using a semi-structured interview approach. Interview transcripts were analyzed thematically focusing on perceived advantages and disadvantages of new media technology in art and perceptions of “art” and “artist” when the artistic process draws on computers and digital technology. The artists shared a view of New Media Technologies as offering useful tools for artistic expression and creativity, while emphasing the importance of the person of the artist as central to the artistic endeavour. A comparable study in PEI was also conducted.
#3 CONCEPT MAPPING: A STUDY OF ARTISTS’ AND TECHNICIANS’ CONCEPT OF CULTURE John Tivendell, Universite de Moncton; Jean-Francois Martel, Universite de Moncton; Annabel Cohen, University of Prince Edward Island; Janet Stoppard, Department of Psychology, University of New Brunswick
One of the aims of the Arts-Netlantic research network was to foster collaboration between artists and scientists by making available to creative artists state-of-the-art new media equipment and technologies. The behavioural science research team in particular wanted to better understand the relationship between the users of new-media and the potential of these information technologies, by exploring some of the cognitive processes involved. One new-media tool available to behavioural scientists is Concept Mapping. In brief, this is a graphical technique for representing a network of ideas and questions that are in turn organ- ised in a hierarchical fashion (Novak, 1998). In this research project we used two concept mapping techniques to explore the dif- ferences and similarities between various users’ concept of culture. In study 1, participants were asked to draw a concept map of culture using a paper and pencil format. In study 2, participants used a web based graphical technique, first to attend a short tuto- rial and then draw their own concept map of culture. The results are presented and commented, and the role of cultural back- ground is also discussed.
#4 NATURALIST OBSERVATION: AUDIENCE RESPONSE TO NEW MEDIA AND TRADITIONAL ARTWORKS Annabel Cohen, University of Prince Edward Island; Betty Bailey, University of Prince Edward Island; Jennifer Ghiz, University of Prince Edward Island; Kelti MacMillan, University of Prince Edward Island; Janet Stoppard, Department of Psychology, University of New Brunswick; John Tivendell, Universite de Moncton
New media art provides new avenues both for audiences to explore artistic media and for artists to control audience viewing, hearing or interacting. Options for reacting to or interacting with new media raise questions about audience response to new as compared to traditional art. For example, does interactivity increase the time spent sampling new media as compared to tradi- tional art? The present study aimed to develop a naturalistic observational method for examining these issues. The experimental design compared time spent in a library setting with three traditional and three new media (computer motion picture) artworks as a function of age and gender. Sessions were unobtrusively recorded by a research assistant and by video, the latter for validation. Data were analysed for gender and approximate age of audience observers and choice and duration of viewing the art works. Computer software recorded time spent with new media works. Data were consistent with prior work on viewing time in muse- ums (Diamond, 1986). No significant differences were found as a function of gender or new versus traditional art over the two days during which testing was conducted. The study established a methodology for further research on audience response to art in various cultural settings.
#5 PANEL DISCUSSION: PLANNING AND EXECUTING A TRI-UNIVERSITY, PAN-PROVINCIAL, CROSS-CULTURAL BEHAVIORAL RESEARCH COLLABORATION John Tivendell, Université de Moncton; Janet Stoppard, Department of Psychology, SATURDAY / SAMEDI University of New Brunswick; Annabel Cohen, University of Prince Edward Island
Multi-institutional research on broad research goals in costly mega-projects is becoming a more common paradigm for psycholo- gy researchers. Yet the rules for successful collaborations of this type are unknown. In this portion of the symposium each of the three Arts-Netlantic behavioural research principal investigators will present his or her perspective on the advantages and disad- vantages of the team approach to the cross-cultural research goals. The purpose is to share with the cross-cultural psychology audience the lessons learned about the process of trying to conduct cross-cultural behavioural research with a team initially sepa- rated by geographic, cultural, language, and institutional boundaries. The application of video-conferencing, shared web-sites, and other computer technologies to facilitate the research and overcome barriers and resource constraints will be addressed. Also to be reviewed are the benefits of real versus virtual meetings, the importance of formal agendas, record keeping, shared bibliography, projected milestones, and the timely development of ethics proposals. Discussion from the audience will be wel- comed.
203 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
09:30 - 11:25 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 09:30 - 11:25
Paper Session/ Séance de HISTORIES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL CONTROL présentation orale Thomas Teo, York University History and Philosophy
#1 HISTORIES OF PSYCHIATRY AND ANTI-PSYCHIATRY: HERMENEUTICS OF COMPASSION AND CONTROL Angelina Baydala, University of Regina
Two differing understandings of the history of psychiatry seem to pervade modern consciousness. One tells the tale of progres- sively more refined treatments for individuals’ madness, illness and mental disorder: from chains and wet blankets, to tranquiliz- ers and skills training. The other understands madness as the expression of relationships and tells the story of treatments as the outcome of socioeconomic conditions. This paper outlines the standard history of psychiatry, the medicalization of madness, and asylums in the 19th and 20th centuries, followed by a brief Foucauldian history of psychiatry and the anti-psychiatry of Laing, Szasz, and Rose. This provides a historical context for presenting the results of a Ricoeurian inspired narrative discourse analysis of an inpatient psychologist’s reflections on mental health care provision in a residential psychiatric hospital. Ambiguous mean- ings of psychiatric care in institutional settings are made more understandable by the telling of a psychologist’s time of provid- ing care. In this analysis, the quest for resolving conflicts between compassion and control defines the plot of psychiatric asylum.
#2 PATIENTS, DR. WORKMAN AND LIFE AT THE PROVINCIAL LUNATIC ASYLUM Jennifer Bazar, York University
The emergence of institutionalization in the treatment of the mentally ill in Canada during the 19th century is a topic that has only recently attracted the attention of historians. Further, the bulk of the research that has been completed to date has been nar- row in focus examining only one aspect at a time — for example, the administration, the patients, or the physical building itself. This presentation will provide a more encompassing analysis of early institutional life. Focus is on the Provincial Lunatic Asylum in Toronto, the first purpose-built institution for the care of the mentally ill in what was then Canada West, during the term of one of the first and most influential Medical Superintendents, Dr. Joseph Workman. Data for this investigation has been derived primarily from primary sources housed at the Archives of Ontario, namely selected patient clinical records, correspon- dence, institutional reports of both the Medical Superintendent and the Inspectors, as well as several journals of the time.
#3 THE GENDERED CONSTRUCTION OF MELANCHOLIA IN NINETEENTH CENTURY PSYCHIATRY Judith Misbach, University of Calgary; Henderikus Stam, University of Calgary
Societal norms and relationships are reflected in our definition of the body and its illnesses. The issue of gender forms one node at which the metaphors of the social and the corporeal intersect. Consequently, changes in how we define gender roles are accompanied by changes in how we think of the body, of health, and of sanity. The dynamic transformation of the nineteenth century affords us a historical glimpse at this reciprocal interrelation. Psychiatry participated in some of the attendant profession- al transformations when it strove to be recognized as an independent medical profession: the aberrance of the mind was to be reformulated within a medical framework. Melancholia emerges as a diagnosis that is especially useful in illustrating how the reformulation of psychiatric discourse relied on popular gender constructions. Initially, we trace general androcentric biases in the construction of melancholia. Melancholia was medicalized on the basis of gender and skewed to disproportionately patholo- gize women’s experience. However, in some instances the codification of gender became problematic (as in the case of the male melancholic). We conclude with a focus on reciprocity: while psychiatry recruited existing gender norms in the construction of insanity, it also exerted a moral agency that solidified its professional status.
#4 PROFESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGY IN ALBERTA: ERODING PROFESSIONAL IDENTITY? Christy Bryceland, University of Calgary
Using Alberta as a case study, this paper explores the limitations that are placed on practicing psychologists through the process- es of regulation and bureaucratization. The method of Institutional Ethnography was used to investigate linkages between the everyday experiences of psychologists; larger organizations, including regulatory bodies and institutional contexts; and translo- cal processes such as bureaucratization. The purpose of examining such linkages is to identify the means of co-ordination and control within the psychology profession, tracing the influence of institutional regulation from the private experience of individ- ual psychologists to the generalized basis by which that experience is contained and controlled. A group of long-time psycholo- SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY gy practitioners were interviewed about their experience of changes to the profession over the years. In general, interviewees did not identify feeling constrained by professional regulation. In fact practitioners within the public healthcare system often identified a need to defend their professional identities from a sense of erosion. They also identified increasing constraints of
204 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 working within a healthcare bureaucracy. In contrast, private practitioners did not identify similar threats to their professional identity or bureaucratic limitations. The institutional constraints on professional identities are discussed.
11:00 - 12:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de MINDFULNESS-BASED STRESS REDUCTION: RESEARCH AND PRACTICE travail Linda Carlson, University of Calgary; Laura Van Wielingen, University of Calgary Health Psychology
Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction (MBSR) has become an increasingly common mind-body intervention for the alleviation of symptomatology and promotion of positive psychological and spiritual growth in diverse groups of medical and clinical popula- tions. The intervention utilizes the practices of meditation and gentle yoga as tools to bring moment-by-moment non-judgmental attention into the forefront of awareness. The purpose of this workshop is to familiarize participants with the MBSR model, share research findings, and expose participants to some of the experiential aspects of the intervention. The MBSR program at the Tom Baker Cancer Centre has been in operation since 1996, and since that time over 700 patients and support persons have participated in the groups, led by the presenter and other trained professionals. Research on the program has also been rigorous- ly conducted over this time period, and results published in a wide range of academic and popular venues. The MBSR model will be presented, including the rationale and philosophy behind it, the history of MBSR, a summary of research findings from the TBCC program and other relevant research, and the process of training to become an MBSR teacher. Interspersed in the didactic presentation and group discussion will be mindfulness exercises similar to those taught to class participants.
11:00 - 12:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de LIFTING THE VEIL OF BLUE: CLINICAL PRACTICE WITH WOMEN’S travail EXPERIENCES OF DEPRESSION Women and Psychology Judy Chew
Women’s experiences of depression have been a critical focal point of recent research. As such, there is a concerted effort to examine and understand the contextual factors that are related to women’s depression. More work needs to be done to translate these important findings and theories into clinical practice. Toward this end, this workshop will highlight some of the research findings, examine existing perspectives/models, and provide practical strategies and interview considerations to promote femi- nist-based assessment and treatment. Opportunities for translating knowledge to clinical practice will be optimized through mini lectures, creative storytelling, vignettes, role play, discussion, and experiential exercises.
11:00 - 12:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium EDUCATION AND ENVIRONMENT SUSTAINABILITY: THE INTERFACE Environmental Psychology BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Frederick Grouzet, McGill University
“Our future depends on informed and educated citizens who contribute to the development of a socially, environmentally, and economically sustainable society.” (Learning for a Sustainable Future; http://www.lsf-lst.ca/). Therefore, the role of environmen- tal education is crucial for the development of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values that will enable students to be responsible, SATURDAY / SAMEDI productive and active members of society. Recent research (presented by Beth Covitt and Enrico Wensing and colleagues) has shown that psychological factors such as self-actualization, identity, and motivation can explain how education can influence ecological well-being and contribute to a sustainable environment. However, education takes place within an environment, specifically classrooms and schools. Therefore, research in psychology of built environment (as presented by Sae Schatz and Clint Bowers) may contribute to the elaboration of optimal classroom environments that will enable students to acquire knowl- edge and be happy learners, as well as to become responsible citizens. In conclusion, this symposium should then demonstrate how research and work in Educational Psychology interface and are compatible with the goals pursued by Environmental Psychology (and vice-versa).
#1 USING THE (PHYSICAL) ENVIRONMENT TO IMPROVE STUDENTS’ ATTITUDES: METHODOLOGICAL CHALLENGES, LESSONS, AND AN EMPIRICAL EXAMPLE Sae Schatz, University of Central Florida; Clint Bowers, University of Central Florida
It has been hypothesized that treatments to an academic environment can improve students’ attitudes and motivation. Using a classroom building and college-level digital art program, we tested the notion that environmental treatments would increase stu-
205 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
dents’ satisfaction with the building and that this would lead to improved attitudes toward the program. Using a pre-test/post-test design, we measured students’ attitudes with the Classroom Environment Scale (Johnson et al., 1999), a validated survey of aca- demic social climate; 20 of the 40 items showed significant improvement. In addition to the CES, we created and administered a research-based environmental satisfaction questionnaire. However, the data from the questionnaire were incongruent with stu- dent narratives and the CES results. The contradictory findings could be rooted in a misunderstanding of the process that con- nects satisfaction with attitude improvement. Alternatively (and more likely, in our opinion), our understanding and measure- ment of “environmental satisfaction” could be flawed – oversimplified and incomplete. In this session, we will present method- ological lessons-learned from our empirical experiment. We will also discuss our ongoing efforts to develop a usable construct of environmental satisfaction and how practitioners can apply this construct to environmental interventions in their own academ- ic settings.
#2 “I AM SUSTAINABILITY”: ACTION RESEARCH RESULTS OF AN EDUCATION PROGRAM THAT ATTEMPTS TO CONSTRUCT AN ECOLOGICAL SELF IDENTITY FOR GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY Enrico Wensing, Saybrook Graduate School; Christine Shirran, University of Waterloo; Peter Jones, Bauu Institutes
Both education and identity formation are social constructionist events, yet the traditional pedagogical approach to environmen- talism has had limited success. Largely unexplored, ecopsychology and the ecophilosophy can play important roles in education by helping to construct an ecological self as part of a school curriculum. An ecological self, with its pluralistic consciousness, will be less likely to abuse the environment and may in fact be more likely to be active in seeking a sustainable one. We present research results and one program called “I am Sustainability”. This global sustainability education program is based in the process of self-actualization, constructionist psychology, body as place research, complex systems science as well as anthropolo- gy and east-west spirituality/consciousness studies. Taught and tested in small group school and seminar settings via action research, the program attempts to connect personal ecology with global ecology through the construction of a pluralistic con- sciousness and connection to an ecological self generated through what can be viewed as a trialectic collaboration between the human needs, the environment and the corporation. These discussions are based in a synthesis of the philosophy of deep ecology and ecopragmatism. Lastly, the programs have multicultural applicability so that become part of global sustainability.
#3 DISCUSSION ON EDUCATION AND ENVIRONMENT SUSTAINABILITY Loraine Lavallee, University of Northern British Columbia
11:00 - 11:55 - MANNING (SECOND FLOOR) 11:00 - 11:55
Fellow Awards Ceremony COMPARATIVE-INTEGRATIVE PSYCHOANALYSIS Psychoanalysis Brent Willock, Toronto Institute for Contemporary Psychoanalysis (Section Program)
This talk will address the longstanding division of psychoanalysis into diverse schools of thought and practice. It will provide an analysis of the reasons for our pluralism and consider arguments for and against a more unified field. The need and the means for fostering not only comparative psychoanalysis but also a comparative-integrative approach will be explored.
11:00 - 12:55 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de APPLYING PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH METHODS TO THE EVALUATION OF travail SOCIAL PROGRAMS Students In Psychology Nancy Carter, Rotman School of Management, University of Toronto; Colin Perrier, Brock University
This workshop is intended for students/psychologists interested in the field of program evaluation, whether as a career or as a supplement to academic pursuits. It is facilitated by two PhD students who worked in the evaluation field for two years subse- quent to the completion of their Masters degrees (both as associates with private consulting companies and as proprietors of their own evaluation consulting company). The workshop provides an overview of program evaluation and demonstrates how the research methods of psychology can be applied to the evaluation of diverse programs of the not-for-profit, public and private sectors. Participants will be instructed on the various components of program evaluations (e.g., logic models) and guided through the development of an evaluation framework. Finally, the facilitators will discuss lessons learned during the establish- ment/operation of their consulting company. Participants will learn the theory and methods of program evaluation as well as SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY receive practical advice on entering the field and working with clients with diverse needs and resources.
206 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
11:00 - 12:55 - MAYFAIR 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium UNDERSTANDING THE IMPACT OF AGGRESSION ON EMPLOYMENT Industrial/ Manon LeBlanc, Bishop’s University Organizational (Section Program)
The aim of this symposium is to advance our understanding of the impact of aggression on employment. The first paper (Schat, Desmarais, & Kelloway) examines whether exposure to aggression from various sources (e.g., supervisors, colleagues) differen- tially relates to workers’ health, attitudes towards work, and behaviors. The authors also examine the role of affect in mediating these relationships. The second paper (Neuman) brings together two distinct lines of inquiry – research on workplace aggression and organizational learning. Drawing on data from the Workplace Stress and Aggression Project, a five-year research initiative within the United States Department of Veterans Affairs, the second author demonstrates how Collaborative Action Inquiry (CAI) can be used to reduce workplace aggression and enhance individual and organizational learning. The third paper (Harlos) introduces a model that examines subtle, ambiguous form of aggression in a healthcare setting. The fourth paper (LeBlanc) examines whether aggression occurring outside of the workplace has an impact on victims’ employment (e.g., absenteeism). Dr. Loraleigh Keashly will be the discussant in this symposium.
#1 CORRELATES OF EXPOSURE TO WORKPLACE AGGRESSION FROM MULTIPLE SOURCES Aaron Schat, McMaster University; Serge Desmarais, University of Guelph; E. Kelloway, Saint Mary's University
We conducted a study to investigate whether the exposure to aggression from various sources are differentially related to work- ers’ health (e.g., psychological well-being), work attitudes (e.g., job satisfaction), and behaviour (e.g., enacted aggression). We also examined the role of affect (i.e., fear, irritation) in mediating the relationships between exposure to aggression and these outcome variables. Nearly 500 undergraduate students who worked in a variety of occupations and industrial sectors during the summer completed a survey based on their summer employment experiences. Results of latent variable path analyses revealed that exposure to workplace aggression predicted health-related, attitudinal, and behavioural outcomes and that the nature of these relationships is affected by the source of aggression. The results also showed that most of these relationships were mediated by workers’ affect. In this presentation, we will provide the conceptual basis of our proposed model, summarize our findings and discuss their implications for research and practice
#2 WORKPLACE AGGRESSION AND ORGANIZATIONAL LEARNING Joel Neuman, State University of New York at New Paltz
In recent years, separate groups of organizational scholars have focused increased attention on two seemingly disparate lines of inquiry – research on workplace aggression and organizational learning. This increased attention is motivated, in part, by the recognition that workplace aggression is a common experience in work settings and adversely impacts the productivity and well- being of individuals and organizations. Conversely, organizational (generative) learning has been recognized as vital to organi- zational success in today’s highly competitive business environment, one in which creativity and innovation is essential. In this presentation, I will highlight major findings and issues associated with each research stream and demonstrate how they share common theoretical bases. Finally, drawing on data from the Workplace Stress and Aggression Project, a five-year research ini- tiative within the United States Department of Veterans Affairs, I will demonstrate how Collaborative Action Inquiry (CAI) can be used to reduce workplace aggression and enhance individual and organizational learning. SATURDAY / SAMEDI #3 IDENTIFYING AND EXPLAINING AMBIGUOUS AGGRESSION IN HEALTHCARE WORKPLACES Karen Harlos, McGill University
Increasingly, researchers and policymakers in healthcare have become concerned about workplace aggression toward hospital employees. Despite the diverse forms of aggressive behaviour, studies generally have neglected passive forms in favour of active forms and have focused on physical rather than verbal behaviours. Recent research has begun to examine these subtler, ambigu- ous forms of aggression that stem from interpersonal interactions or organizational practices. The ambiguity of these actions (or inactions) arises, in part, from the difficulty of identifying them, especially when the motive to inflict harm is unclear, and of demonstrating their effects. This presentation builds on the growing interest in ambiguous aggression at work by introducing a model drawn from relevant research that integrates behavioural and social sciences with healthcare. Preliminary findings from a study testing the model will be reviewed. Implications for research and policy toward healthy and productive workplaces for healthcare employees will be considered.
207 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#4 THE EFFECTS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL AGGRESSION ON EMPLOYMENT AND ACADEMIC OUTCOMES Manon LeBlanc, Bishop’s University
It is well established that physical abuse from an intimate partner has negative consequences for women’s physical (e.g., injuries) and emotional (e.g., depression) well-being. Recent evidence also suggests that physical aggression from a partner can have detrimental effects on women’s work and school functioning. For example, being a victim of physical abuse has been asso- ciated with difficulties finding and maintaining employment as well as increased absenteeism and turnover. Current research in the marital literature has shown that the effects of psychological aggression on victim well-being may be as deleterious as those of physical aggression. To date, however, the impact of psychological aggression on women’s employment and school out- comes has received little research attention. In my presentation, I will discuss two studies that have examined these relation- ships. The first study looks at the relationship between psychological aggression and work withdrawal, operationalized as cogni- tive distraction, job neglect, partial absenteeism (arriving late for work, leaving work early), absenteeism, and intent to quit. The second study examines the link between psychological aggression, school withdrawal, and grades. The implications of these two studies for research and practice will be discussed.
11:00 - 12:55 - BELAIRE 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de HELPING CHILDREN TAME EXCESSIVE ANXIETY travail Greg Schoepp, University of Alberta Hospital; Jonathon Eustace, University of Alberta Clinical Psychology Hospital
The workshop allows participants to acquire knowledge of the principles of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) in the treatment of childhood anxiety. The causes and maintaining factors of childhood anxiety are briefly reviewed. Participants gain awareness of how to structure CBT sessions and effectively modify CBT techniques for children. Specific techniques used in individual or group therapy with anxious children are presented. Participants can expect to become more aware of strategies to calm anxious physical arousal, change the tendency to over interpret situations as threatening, reduce avoidance behavior, and promote a “cop- ing coach” role for parents. The workshop includes experiential practice sessions of the presented skills. Applying CBT tech- niques in a family based group therapy program for 9 to 11 year old children is also covered.
11:00 - 12:50 - BRITANNIA 11:00 - 12:50 POSTER SESSION “G” PRÉSENTATION PAR AFFICHAGE (Criminal Justice/Psychologie et justice pénale Disaster & Trauma/Désastres et traumatismes International & Cross-Cultural/Psychologie internationale et interculturelle)
(Criminal Justice Psychology – Psychologie et justice pénale #1-37) #1 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MOTIVATION, THERAPEUTIC ALLIANCE AND TREATMENT COMPLETION FOR GANG MEMBERS Chantal Di Placido, Regional Psychiatric Centre, Saskatoon
Effective correctional programs can reduce the risk of recidivism (Lˆsel, 1995); however, offenders who drop out of treatment also tend to be those who most require it (Wormith & Olver, 2002). Gang members, generally considered high risk and resistant to treatment, have to be motivated to engage in correctional treatment to reduce their risk of recidivism. This study will investi- gate the relationship between motivation, therapeutic alliance and treatment completion for gang members admitted to a high intensity program for violent offenders between 2000 and 2005 (n = 97). Early treatment motivation is assessed with a treatment performance rating scale and a stages of change measure (Wong & Gordon, 2000); therapeutic alliance is measured with the Working Alliance Inventory (WAI; Horvath & Greenburg, 1989). Treatment completion is indicated by treatment length and a successful versus unsuccessful designation in the program report. Correlations of the treatment performance items and WAI with treatment length will show the relationships between motivation, therapeutic alliance, and treatment retention. Analyses between the treatment completers and dropouts on their stage of change will show the relationship between readiness for change and treatment completion. A better understanding of the factors affecting treatment completion can inform treatment decisions with gang members.
#2 THE EFFECTS OF PRIMING ON GENDER STEREOTYPES OF EXPERT WITNESSES AND THEIR TESTIMONY Catherine Power, Thompson Rivers University SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY Research regarding gender stereotypes has received a great deal of attention over the years. Several studies have examined such biases in the court of law and have found that incongruencies between the gender of the witness and the gender domain of the
208 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 case influence how a jury is persuaded. A review of the literature shows that such studies have not been conducted by introduc- ing legal priming to the jury before testimony is given. This study examines the influence of priming on such gender stereotypes regarding congruencies and incongruencies between the expert witness’s gender and occupation. The independent variables in this study are 1) gender of the expert witness, 2) occupation of expert witness, and 3) priming effects on the jury. The dependent variable is the amount of money that participants award to the plaintiff according to the testimony given by each of the witness- es. It is hypothesized that there will be a difference between the amount of money awarded in the two types of priming condi- tions (i.e., the occupational stereotype priming condition and the non-priming condition).
#3 INSECURE ROMANTIC ATTACHMENT STYLES OF FEMALE INTIMATE PARTNER ASSAULTERS Kristin Kendrick, University of British Columbia; Alicia Spidel, University of British Columbia; Tonia Nicholls, Forensic Psychiatric Services Commission; Caroline Greaves, Simon Fraser University; Donald Dutton, University of British Columbia
Little research has focused on female perpetrators of domestic violence, and even less attention has been given to the romantic attachment styles of these individuals. Research on males indicates that insecure attachment styles may increase the chances of an individual being violent in intimate relationships. The current study assessed partner abuse and insecure romantic attachment styles in a sample of 136 female undergraduates with a history of assaulting their male partners. The results demonstrate that Avoidant and Anxious romantic attachment styles were associated with different patterns of abuse perpetration and victimiza- tion. Overall, women that were higher in Avoidance tended to utilize less tactics in response to conflict than individuals scoring lower on this subscale. This is logical, as these individuals tend to avoid intimacy and have a discomfort with closeness. In con- trast, highly Anxious individuals tended to perpetrate more physical abuse than their less Anxious counterparts. As differences in attachment style were associated with different patterns of violence, screening for insecure romantic attachment could possibly be used as an indicator of risk for intimate violence, and could potentially be utilized in devising treatment plans.
#4 COGNITIVE DISSONANCE IN THE SOLICITATION OF SEXUAL SERVICES? Joan Ewasiw, University of British Columbia; Carolin Klein, University of British Columbia; M. Alexis Kennedy, University of Nevada, Las Vegas; Boris Gorzalka, Univeristy of British Columbia; John Yuille, University of British Columbia
This presentation examines the attitudes of 375 men referred to the Prostitution Offender Program of BC (POPBC) for soliciting sex and compares their attitudes to their solicitation behaviours. It was found that individuals who had only solicited sex once or twice endorsed feeling there was something wrong with prostitution. Interestingly, as solicitation frequency increased, seeing nothing wrong with prostitution similarly increased. These findings may be explained by cognitive dissonance theory (Festinger, 1957), in which individuals reduce dissonance caused by conflicting attitudes and behaviours by changing attitudes rather than behaviours. A similar phenomenon, potentially providing a model for understanding these changes, has been found with addic- tive behaviours (Halpern, 1994; John, 1988). Congruent with reported attitudes, those who indicated feeling nothing wrong with prostitution were more likely to have told others of their behaviours. Following the POPBC a shift of comparable magnitude towards the belief that there is something wrong with prostitution was found among all men, regardless of solicitation frequency. This indicated that the POPBC has an effect on participants independent of frequency, but that further interventions may be needed with men who have solicited sex more frequently in order to change their attitudes to the same extent as “first-timers.”
#5 CHARACTERISTICS OF CUSTOMERS OF STREET PROSTITUTES Joan Ewasiw, University of British Columbia; Carolin Klein, University of British Columbia; M. Alexis Kennedy, University of Nevada, Las Vegas; Boris Gorzalka, Univeristy of British Columbia; John Yuille, University of British Columbia SATURDAY / SAMEDI
Although the last decade has seen an increase in research on men who solicit sex, much remains unknown about this population (Kennedy, Klein, Gorzalka, & Yuille, 2004; Monto, 2004). This presentation expands on a 2003 CPA presentation on the demo- graphics of sex trade consumers by considering additional characteristics of a new group of men. Variables related to physical and mental health were examined. For example, substance abuse was examined to test the hypothesis that these men may be prone to addictive personalities, including sexual addiction. No support was found for this theory; of 375 participants, only 1.1% indicated being current alcoholics and 0% indicated current problems with drug addiction, with these numbers being lower than the Canadian average (Statistics Canada, 2002).Participants were also asked whether purchasing sex was premeditated or an impulsive act and whether they were carrying a condom at the time of solicitation. 83.9% indicated solicitation was an impulse. Only 6.7% stated that they had a condom with them.These findings have important implications for understanding why men solicit sex, STD/AIDS prevention, and for gaining a better understanding of the characteristics and behaviours of men who go to prostitutes in general.
209 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#6 PRE-CHARGE DIVERSION PROGRAMS FOR PERSONS WITH A MENTAL ILLNESS: A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RESEARCH Erica Procter, University of Guelph; Joan Nandlal, Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; Linda Yuval, University of Guelph
This paper presents the findings of a critical review of the international published and grey literatures pertaining to pre-charge diversion for persons with a mental illness. The main findings of the review concern the identification of the principles (collabo- ration, training and education, program operations, and research) and goals of pre-charge diversion (diversion away from arrest, jail, and hospitalization to provision of appropriate services, and justice system benefits). The literature relating to the evalua- tion of diversion programs is predominantly descriptive and outcome results are mixed and difficult to interpret. We argue that this stems from definitional problems, a failure to consider a diverse range of outcomes that are meaningful to persons with men- tal illness (empowerment, recovery, and peer support), and a lack of information concerning the relative success of different types of diversion programs and methods of service delivery. The definitional problems relate to the lack of a clear and concise distinction between pre-charge and post-charge program models, and factors related to the practical aspects of gathering valid and reliable evaluation data regarding pre-charge diversion programs. Suggestions for overcoming limitations and challenges relating to evaluating pre-charge diversion programs are discussed along with directions for future research.
#7 CIVIC ENGAGEMENT AND DELINQUENCY IN ADOLESCENCE Naomi Slonim, OISE, University of Toronto
When youth feel connected to authorities and institutions of their communities, they are less likely to violate norms and more likely to engage in prosocial behaviour (Eccles & Gootman, 2001). It may seem intuitive that delinquent youth are less involved in their communities and, indeed, past research has focused on the negative relationship between delinquent youth and institu- tional authority (Levi, 2001). There remains a need to identify areas in which delinquent youth may be engaging in prosocial civic behaviour and to provide a comprehensive model of the interaction between delinquency and civic engagement, while accounting for decreased opportunities for youth who are disadvantaged. Two sets of questions are addressed: (a) How do youth with varying levels of delinquency and involvement with the justice system define what a community is? What factors have motivated or dissuaded these youth from being involved in their communities? (b) Is self-reported delinquency related to civic engagement over and above socio-demographic factors such as socioeconomic status (SES), gender, and race? Data will be pre- sented from a larger study on civic engagement and delinquency in adolescence with a sample of 150 participants from Toronto, Canada aged 14-18 years who range in the extent and severity of their delinquent behaviour and involvement with the justice system.
#8 COGNITIVE STYLE IN NATIONAL PAROLE BOARD RELEASE RECOMMENDATIONS Renée Gobeil, Carleton University; Ralph Serin, Carleton University
This study examined the processes of decision making used by the National Parole Board (NPB) in making release recommenda- tions, an area which has been surprisingly neglected, given the importance of NPB decisions in terms of public safety and offender freedom. Specifically, differences in release recommendations, breadth of information considered, and decisional con- fidence were investigated by gender, length of NPB experience, type of offender file being decisioned, and scores on measures of cognitive style. Over 60 NPB members from across Canada, including National Headquarters, used a secure website to com- plete six vignette-based release decision making tasks, each involving a different type of offender. The participants also com- pleted three cognitive style questionnaires measuring Need for Cognition, Personal Need for Structure, and Personal Fear of Invalidity. Decision making differences among respondents are discussed in terms of gender, length of experience, and offender type; the relative abilities of each cognitive style to predict these differences are also examined. The study concludes with a dis- cussion of the practical implications of the findings, including possible changes to current training practices for new Board mem- bers.
#9 VALIDATION OF A RISK-NEEDS MEASURE FOR ASSESSING VIOLENCE RISK IN YOUTH Keira Stockdale, University of Saskatchewan; Mark Olver, Mental Health and Addiction Services; Stephen Wong, Regional Psychiatric Centre and University of Saskatchewan
The current study involves the validation of a new risk-needs measure for assessing violence risk in youths, the Violence Risk Scale: Youth Version (VRS:YV; Lewis, Wong, & Gordon, 2003). The VRS:YV is comprised of 4 static (i.e., historical, unchanging) and 19 dynamic (i.e., changeable, malleable) items. The VRS:YV and relevant behavioral criteria were rated on a sample of 115 male and female youths convicted for violent offenses (e.g., assault, robbery), who received services from a com- SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY munity mental health facility. Two additional youth risk measures were also coded, the Youth Level of Services/Case Management Inventory (YLS/CMI) and Psychopathy Checklist: Youth Version (PCL:YV). All measures were rated on the basis of information gathered from the youths’ court and treatment files and CPIC. Psychometric properties of the VRS:YV investigat-
210 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 ed include inter-rater reliability, postdictive validity for past violence, predictive accuracy for future violence, and convergent validity with respect to the other young offender risk measures. Applicability of the VRS:YV with respect to different gender, culture, and youth age groups is directly examined and discussed.
#10 ARE MALE AND FEMALE BATTERED DEFENDANTS JUDGED EQUALLY IN CASES OF INTIMATE PARTNER HOMICIDE? Erika Y. Rojas, Simon Fraser University; J. Don Read, Simon Fraser University; Caroline Greaves, Simon Fraser University
We investigated participants’ responses to a mock trial scenario wherein a battered defendant who was involved in a heterosexu- al, gay male, or lesbian relationship killed his or her abusive partner. Compared to female defendants, male defendants who killed their abusive partners received more guilty verdicts. Furthermore, participants placed more confidence in their verdicts when the defendant was male as opposed to female. Participants also rated the defendant on five attributes: credibility, likeabili- ty, strength, traditionalism, and trustworthiness. Overall, there was a significant effect of defendant’s gender on one attribute (traditionalism); that is, compared to male defendants, female defendants (regardless of their sexual orientation) were viewed as more traditional. In addition, participants indicated a greater likelihood for a gay male, lesbian, and heterosexual woman to expe- rience physical abuse from their intimate partners than for a heterosexual male to experience abuse from his female partner. Finally, we found that as participants’ belief in a just world increased they recommended a more severe punishment for the defendant. Altogether, our results indicate that male defendants were judged differently than female defendants. The gender-role stereotype model is used to explain participants’ responses and legal implications of the findings are discussed.
#11 CAN A TREATMENT PROGRAM DESIGNED PRIMARILY FOR VIOLENCE RISK REDUCTION REDUCE RECIDIVISM IN PSYCHOPATHS? Treena Witte, Regional Psychiatric Centre
Psychopathy has been repeatedly associated with criminality and future risk to recidivate (Hemphill et al., 1998; also see Hare, 2003). Many are skeptical about the efficacy of treating psychopaths and believe that “nothing works” (see Wong, 2000). However, most studies on the treatment of psychopaths were poorly conducted or used inappropriate treatment approaches such as unstructured or client-centered techniques (Wong, 2000; Duggan, 2005). The personality characteristics of this group of offenders probably require a highly structured cognitive-behavioral relapse prevention based approach targeting criminogenic factors linked to violence (Wong & Hare, 2005). The Aggressive Behavioral Control (ABC) program at the Regional Psychiatric Centre, an accredited cognitive-behavioral treatment program designed for violence risk reduction, is based on the principles of relapse prevention and the risk/need/responsivity principles (Andrew & Bonta, 2003). The present study will investigate the efficacy of the ABC program in the treatment of psychopaths. Offenders with high PCL-R ratings (Hare, 1991) who completed the ABC program will be matched with an untreated control group with similar PCL-R ratings. Treatment out- come will be assessed with rates of institutional offenses and post-release recidivism.
#12 INTENDING TO BE AGGRESSIVE: APPLYING THE THEORY OF PLANNED BEHAVIOUR TO REACTIVE AND INSTRUMENTAL ADOLESCENT AGGRESSION Jonathan Brown, The University of British Columbia; Stephen Wormith, University of Saskatchewan
Adolescents’ intentions to behave in both reactive and instrumental aggression were assessed using the Theory of Planned Behaviour (TPB; I. Ajzen, 1985). Along with examining the TPB, perceptions of self-efficacy (A. Bandura, 1982) towards both types of aggression were also assessed. Self-report questionnaires were administered to 162 grade 10-12 students in two school districts. Using Path Analysis, the TPB was shown to significantly explain both instrumental and reactive aggression. In the SATURDAY / SAMEDI context of reactive aggression, attitudes were found to have the greatest influence on intentions to behave aggressively. As for instrumental aggression, self-efficacy was found to have the greatest influence on intentions. Overall, the results of this study provide support for using the TPB to explain adolescent aggression. In addition, this study further demonstrates the need to dis- tinguish between reactive and instrumental functions of aggression.
#13 THE ROLE OF THE THERAPEUTIC ALLIANCE IN PSYCHOTHERAPY WITH SEXUAL OFFENDERS Daniel Rothman, University of Manitoba
The conclusion that psychotherapies are generally effective (Smith & Glass, 1977) and the inability of researchers to find a con- sistent difference in the effectiveness of psychotherapy across orientations (Wampold et al., 1997) have led researchers to look for common factors across therapies that can explain therapeutic outcomes. In the past two decades, researchers and practitioners have focused on the therapeutic relationship as an essential element of the therapeutic process. Of the common factors associated with most psychotherapies, the therapeutic relationship has emerged as a consistent and robust predictor of positive outcome across psychotherapies of different types and with diverse clinical samples (Horvath & Luborsky, 1993). Recent literature reviews (e.g., Marshall et al., 1999) and a meta-analytic study (Hanson, 2000) indicate that sexual offender treatment is effective
211 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
in reducing subsequent recidivism. However, these studies also suggest that reoffense rates are higher than are desirable. Yet most treatment programs for sexual offenders persistently adhere to the precepts of the medical model of psychotherapy, holding that highly specified procedures alone will maximize treatment outcome. The present study will investigate whether the thera- peutic alliance is significantly associated with indices of positive therapeutic outcome in psychotherapy with a population of sex- ual offenders.
#14 SEXUAL AGGRESSION IN A UNIVERSITY SAMPLE Adele Beauregard, University of Saskatchewan
Sexually aggressive behaviour is a prevalent problem in high school and college-aged men. The Narcissistic Reactance Model of Sex Aggression combines some of the variables associated with sexual aggression (low empathy, negative reactance, and sex- ual overperception) and predicts that narcissistic individuals will be more likely to engage in sexually aggressive behaviour than non-narcissistic individuals (Baumeister, Catanese, & Wallace, 2002). A survey regarding ones past sexual experiences, social desirability, narcissistic qualities, and beliefs about rape victims and women’s sexual intent was distributed to male university students. Surprisingly, social desirability was not associated with any of the independent or dependant variables. Lack of rape victim empathy, sexual overperception, and narcissism were all associated with persistent sexual aggression, with narcissism being the strongest predictor. In addition, a significant interaction revealed that those high in both sexual overperception and narcissism reported using more sexually aggressive strategies than other groups. In conclusion, this study provides partial sup- port for the Narcissistic Reactance Model of Sexual Aggression.
#15 ALTERNATIVE INTERVENTION FOR MARIJUANA SUSPENSION (AIMS): PRELIMINARY RESULTS OF THE PILOT PROJECT Aarin Frigon, University of British Columbia Okanagan; Jonathan Brown, University of British Columbia Okanagan; Marvin Krank, University of British Columbia Okanagan; Peter Molloy, School District #23, Central Okanagan
School administrators and the RCMP have found it increasingly difficult to effectively address marijuana use among school age adolescents. These difficulties arise from changing attitudes about enforcement and increasing use in this population. This poster will describe a unique harm reduction approach to the problem, the Alternative Intervention for Marijuana Suspension (AIMS) Pilot Project. AIMS combines brief secondary intervention methods with suspension and enforcement protocols. AIMS was established through the collaborative efforts of School District #23 (Central Okanagan, British Columbia) administra- tors, University Of British Columbia Okanagan researchers, and the RCMP. AIMS targets adolescents who are suspended from school for possessing or being under the influence of marijuana. After being suspended students are required to complete a screening questionnaire assessing their social norms towards, experiences, and memory associations with marijuana. Feedback from the screening session is used to individually tailor a brief counselling session using principles of motivational interviewing (W. R. Miller, 1983). Six months after attending the counselling session participants completed a follow-up questionnaire. The program improved the handling of marijuana suspensions for both the schools and the RCMP. Preliminary data analysis sug- gests promising reductions in marijuana use.
#16 THE RELEASE AND REINTEGRATION INVENTORY (RRI): A SELF-PREDICTION TOOL Daryl Kroner, Jenstone Consulting; Jeremy Mills, Carleton University
This paper introduces the Release and Reintegration Inventory (RRI). The RRI is a self-prediction, self-report inventory which measures three domains of antisocial and criminal behaviour: Personal, Social, and Behavior. The RRI was developed to assess areas that may be of difficulty for individuals released from an institution or hospital (i.e., “It will be tough to find a job”).The first version of the RRI was 107 items assessing Impulsivity, Excitement, Anger, Antisocial Associates / Social Pressure, Social Alienation, Interpersonal and Family Concerns, Substance Abuse, and Financial/Employment. This version was administered to 96 offenders via a computer. Items with an endorsement of greater than 96% were dropped. Five items had 100% endorsement. The items with the poorest contribution to coefficient alpha to their respective scale were also deleted. The MCAA was also administered in this sample. If an item had a stronger correlation with a MCAA subscale than with its own subscale, the item was either dropped or reworked. There were 12 such items. It was hypothesized that the RRI items should have a stronger rela- tionship with the Antisocial Intent subscale of the MCAA than with the other MCAA subscales. This was based on the future emphasis of the Antisocial Intent subscale and the similar future focus of the RRI. There were 18 such items. The RRI will be presented with concurrent risk assessment tools and follow-up data.
#17 OFFENDER SUICIDE ASSESSMENT AND PREDICTION: A META-ANALYSIS Tamara Jensen, Carleton University
SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY A critical meta-analytic review of all published English-language peer-reviewed studies of offender suicide was conducted in order to summarize and compare findings on the predictors of suicidal behaviour in correctional institutions. Studies are orga- nized according to outcome variables of suicidal ideation, self-harm or self-mutilation, attempted suicide, parasuicide, completed
212 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 suicide, and suicide risk. Effect sizes are reported for identified predictor variables, and findings are interpreted with respect to methodological strengths and weaknesses of each study. Suggestions for future research are made, including the need for large- scale prospective longitudinal designs and a requirement of consensus regarding conceptualization and reporting of statistics.
#18 BELIEF IN A JUST WORLD AND BYSTANDER LIABILITY Kristine Gardner, Thompson Rivers University
General belief in a just world is the belief that overall the world is fair and just for others (Dalbert, 1999). People’s belief in a just world is correlated with both victim-blaming and conforming to authority (Begue, & Bastounis, 2003; Connors, & Heaven, 2001). Furthermore, Menec and Perry (2001) state that people are less likely to view those responsible for their own problems as deserving of help. The present study sought to examine the relationship of just world beliefs, perceived responsibility of the victim, and legal obligation to give aid (e.g., Good Samaritan Law) to participants’ view of the responsibility/liability of bystanders to aid victims. Half of the participants read an excerpt from the Good Samaritan Law in the legal obligation condi- tion. The participants in the no legal obligation condition were not exposed to this excerpt. Because the belief in a just world is correlated with respect for authority, it is hypothesized that participants who obtain relatively higher just world belief scores in the legal obligation condition will perceive more responsibility of bystanders to assist than those in the no legal obligation condi- tion. It is further hypothesized that this difference between the two legal obligation conditions will not be evident for low scor- ers in a belief in a just world.
#19 PREDICTIVE UTILITY OF THE LEVEL OF SERVICE INVENTORY (LSI) AND OTHER VARIABLES FOR FEDERALLY SENTENCED WOMEN Jean Folsom, Correctional Service Canada; Jill Atkinson, Queen's University
To date, there are no actuarial tools that have been validated on federally sentenced women in Canada. This leaves the risk assessment of federally sentenced women in a state that is similar to that of male offenders approximately twenty years ago, that is, based on clinical judgement and on some independent variables that have been shown to predict recidivism. The present study was designed to assess the utility of the Level of Service Inventory (LSI) in predicting the recidivism of federally sen- tenced women, because the LSI has been shown to predict recidivism in provincially sentenced women (Coulson, Ilacqua, Nutbrown, Giulekas and Cudjoe, 1996). Other measures were also explored - the Childhood and Adolescent Taxon Scale – Self Report (Quinsey, Harris, Rice & Cormier, 2002), and a number of variables shown to predict recidivism in women offenders (Bonta, Pang & Wallace-Capretta, 1995). Each measure was administered to 100 federally sentenced women at the Prison for Women in 1997. The results of a six-year follow-up of these offenders will be presented. The predictive utility of each of the measures will be reported along with a consideration for future directions in the prediction of recidivism for federally sentenced women.
#20 ADULT PERCEPTIONS OF YOUTH CRIME: APPLICATION OF SOCIAL IDENTITY THEORY Albert Brews, University of Saskatchewan; Stephen Wormith, University of Saskatchewan
The application of social identity theory (Tajfel & Turner, 1979) topublic perceptions of crime suggests adults should perceive youth crimemore negatively than adult crime in order to enhance their self-identity, which is derived from their membership in “adulthood.” Moreover, adults should perceive youth crime as being internally motivated but adult crime as being externally motivated because one has less control over externally motivated crime. Young adult participants (N = 139) completed a three- part, questionnaire, counter-balanced for order, about their perceptions of youth crime and adult crime and the degree to which they identified with adulthood. Age group identification was not related to internal or external attributions of either youth or adult crime. However, an interesting theoretical and methodological finding was that order of presentation was related to internal SATURDAY / SAMEDI and external attributions for youth and adult crime. When presented in the youth – adult order, attributions for youth and adult crime did not differ significantly. However, in the adult – youth order, young adult participants attributed more internal motiva- tion to youth crime than to adult crime (p < .05). This is consistent with social identity theory in that participants evaluated the crime of outgroup members more negatively (i.e., internally motivated) after having evaluated crime by ingroup members.
#21 ATTITUDES, KNOWLEDGE, AND THE PRACTICE OF ELECTRONIC MONITORING: COMPARING THE OPINIONS AND UNDERSTANDING OF CITIZENS AND PROBATION OFFICERS John Dufton Lewis, University of Regina
Public support is an important component in the implementation of community-based programming. Past research surrounding electronic monitoring (EM) has often focused on efficacy and offender experience, with only a handful of studies exploring pub- lic attitudes and opinions towards the use of EM. Further, an examination of the literature yields little research into the attitudes of community corrections workers and probation officers who implement the programming. The present study explored and compared the knowledge, attitudes, and opinions of members of the general public and probation officers regarding the rationale and practice of EM. It was hypothesised that these two groups would differ in attitudes towards the use of and the purpose for
213 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
EM. Although both groups supported the use of electronic house arrest, public support towards the use of EM was limited.Factors associated with predicting an overall level of support for the use of EM were also explored. It was hypothesised that an increased level of knowledge about EM would result in increased acceptance of its utility. This hypothesis was supported in that self-rated level of knowledge was a good predictor of level of acceptance. Political orientation (i.e., Conservatism- Liberalism) also played a role in predicting acceptance towards the use of EM sanctions. Implications of these findings were dis- cussed.
#22 QUALITY OF RECALL IN SEX TRADE WORKERS’ MEMORIES OF SEXUAL VIOLENCE Anacaona Hernandez, University of British Columbia; Holly Kleban, University of British Columbia; Dorothee Griesel, University of British Columbia; John Yuille, University of British Columbia
Little research has examined eyewitness memory in sex trade workers. This is intriguing considering sex trade workers are vic- tims of a tremendous amount of violent crime. This poster reports on a field study of the psychological consequences of trauma in prostituted victims of sexual violence. This is one of the first studies of its kind - examining posttraumatic stress and memory in actual victims of sexual assault. It explores the quality of details (e.g., action vs. descriptive) in prostitutes’ memories of two types of events: a positive experience and a sexual assault. The sample consists of 120 sex trade workers from BC who were asked to provide ‘free narratives’ of their memories, followed by a number of open-ended and specific questions. The coding of the narratives will involve a procedure originally developed by Yuille and Cutshall (1986) that was refined in more recent pro- jects. Based on the literature and the results from our pilot phase (Griesel et al., 2005), we expect that recall of sexual assaults can be as detailed as recall of positive experiences. We also expect more action than descriptive details in memories of sexual assaults. The results will add to our understanding of how trauma impacts memory within the context of sexual violence. The findings will be discussed in terms of their implications for the criminal justice system.
#23 LIVE NON-PARTICIPANT OBSERVATION: DOES WITNESSING AN INTERROGATION FIRST HAND FACILITATE THE DETECTION OF DECEIT? Mary Ann Campbell, University of New Brunswick-Saint John; Josh Redfurn, University of New Brunswick-Saint John
Deception detection research has been based primarily on the use of brief, video-taped scenarios of a series of targets that either lie or tell the truth about some event, opinion, or emotion. However, this research has not compared to benefit of real-time (non- participant) observation of a target during an interrogation, as occurs in police settings, with detection based only on a videotape of the interrogation. Further, this research rarely uses professional lie detectors as interrogators. In the current study, real police officers conducted interrogations of 50 mock suspects accused of being involved in a theft. The suspects were a priori randomly assigned to either an honest or deceptive condition. In study 1, detectors individually observed interrogations from behind a one- way mirror (with audio). At the end of the interrogation, they judged the suspect’s credibility and noted the rationale for this decision. In study 2, a new group of detectors rendered credibility judgments after viewing only videotapes of the interrogations from Study 1. Detection accuracy rates were compared between the two types of observation formats and decision-making ratio- nales were analyzed. Results will be discussed in terms of methodological issues in deception detection research and limitations to the ecological validity of deception research to real-world police interrogations.
#24 INTERPRETING THE ACCURACY AND USEFULNESS OF OFFENDER PROFILES: THE POTENTIAL IMPACT OF DESCRIPTOR AMBIGUITY AND DESCRIPTOR VALENCE Natalie Jones, Carleton University
In serial homicide investigations, offender profiles are frequently constructed in which potential perpetrator descriptors are inferred from crime scene variables. In the present study, both profile accuracy and usefulness were evaluated as a function of descriptor ambiguity (ambiguous vs. non-ambiguous) and valence (positive vs. negative), despite the fact that all descriptors were actually true as related to the case in question. University students (n = 109) were provided with crime scene details from a solved homicide series, one of four offender profiles, and a written description of the suspect. As revealed through analysis of variance, profiles consisting of ambiguous suspect descriptors were deemed more accurate than profiles containing non-ambigu- ous descriptors. Profiles comprised of negative suspect descriptors were judged to be more accurate than those containing posi- tive descriptors. However, when participants were required to evaluate the usefulness of the profile in assisting with offender identification, the effects of ambiguity and valence disappeared. Potential explanations for these findings are explored and impli- cations for homicide investigations are discussed.
#25 FORENSIC INPATIENTS’ AND CLINICIANS PERCEPTIONS OF CARE Ainslie McDougall, East Coast Forensic Hospital, Capital District Health Authority SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY Emphasis has recently been placed on involving the patient more influentially in the mental health treatment process. However, little research has been completed on the extent of knowledge that mental health consumers have about the professionals
214 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 involved, in their care as well as the impact of the knowledge on the patient’s satisfaction with services. This study examined the extent of discordance between client and clinician ratings of client progress in treatment, and then contrasted discordance with various other patient and clinician reported variables related to treatment outcomes. Data was collected from 25 patients at the East Coast Forensic Hospital in Dartmouth, Nova Scotia. While discordance scores were not found to be related to any patient-reported variables, they were significantly related to staff-reported levels of involvement and adherence to the treatment plan (i.e., greater discordance was seen in cases where staff rated the client as less involved/adherent). Discordance levels were unrelated to the patients’ knowledge of clinician roles or satisfaction with the services they are receiving. The high and low dis- cordant groups did not differ demographically, however emerging trends showed that discordance seems to decrease as length on stay on the unit increased.
#26 YOUTH IN CONFLICT WITH THE LAW: DRUGS, SEX AND VIOLENCE Amber Fougere, IWK Health Centre Assessment Services
The purpose of the present study is to examine sexually aggressive youth and violent youth on several constructs to provide use- ful data to augment the current literature on youth crime. Six hypotheses were proposed. First, young persons who offend vio- lently will have higher rates of drug use than sexually aggressive youth. Second, young persons who offend sexually will have higher rates of alcohol use. Third, young persons who offend violently will be more likely to have been under the influence of drugs or alcohol at the time of their offence than sexually aggressive youth. Fourth, youth with a history of offences will display a progressive increase in seriousness of offence. Fifth, violent youth and sexually aggressive youth will not differ in scores on the Hare Psychopathy Checklist: Youth Version. Finally, Hare PCL:YV scores will be positively correlated with the severity of the crime for which the adolescent underwent the assessment, as measured by the Cormier-Lang System for Quantifying Criminal History. Results supported hypotheses one, three, four and five. Further implications of the results will be discussed.
#27 THE TEMPORAL CONSISTENCY OF CRIME SCENE BEHAVIOURS IN SERIAL SEXUAL HOMICIDE Alyssa Taylor, Carleton University
Hodge (in press) identified three forms of offender-victim interaction in serial sexual homicide based on the role the victim plays for the offender. The victim can be a “vehicle” used to express an aspect of the offender’s self-identity, an “object” to fulfill a violent fantasy, or a “person” used to obtain an intimate relationship. Each form is characterized by certain crime scene behav- iours, which vary in consistency in how they are exhibited across an offender’s crime series. Examining temporal consistency is useful for police who use behaviours to determine if unsolved crimes are linked to a single offender. Receiver operating charac- teristic curves were used to quantify the degree to which 96 serial sexual murderers displayed consistent patterns of behaviour in their crimes. Results showed that offenders exhibited behaviours from each form of interaction consistently, with vehicle behav- iours as most consistent, followed by object and person behaviours, respectively. These findings can be understood by consider- ing the degree to which behaviours are dependent on situational factors, such as victim response. That is, vehicle behaviours are least situationally dependent and so the most consistent, whereas person behaviours are most situationally dependent and there- fore least consistent. Potential implications concerning the linking of serial sexual homicides are discussed.
#28 SELF VS. OTHER REPORT OF PSYCHOLOGICAL INJURY LITIGANTS Karla Jackson, Student; William Koch, Clinical Professor; Kevin Douglas, Assistant Professor
An important difference between clinical and forensic assessment is the former’s emphasis on client-supplied data (e.g., inter- views, test responses), and the latter’s greater emphasis on collateral data (e.g., family member interviews, health records). Generally, forensic mental health experts view self-report data generated by personal injury claimants as potentially less valid
than collateral data. It is therefore important to understand the relationship between claimant-generated reports of psychological SATURDAY / SAMEDI distress and collateral data. The current study compares claimant-generated data with family member generated data concerning posttraumatic stress symptoms and motor vehicle travel avoidance in a sample of auto insurance accident claimants. Our hypotheses were that (a) there would be a positive correlation between self- and other reports, and (b) that this relationship would be affected by claimant response style (negative or positive impression management). However, preliminary analysis (N = 25) suggests a notable discrepancy between self- and other reports (48% of the difference scores exceeded 1 SD). In addition, the relationship appears to be moderated by a negative response style (odds ratio of 5 that there is a moderate difference between scores). Further analysis based on 42 cases will be presented at the conference and will include other measures, such as anxiety and life functioning.
#29 GENDER DIFFERENCES AND METHODOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS IN ADOLESCENT RISK-NEED ASSESSMENT: A META-ANALYSIS Laurie Green, University of New Brunswick - Saint John; Mary Ann Campbell, University of New Brunswick - Saint John
Young offender risk-need assessment involves estimating the likelihood of delinquency involvement, and making decisions with regard to appropriate rehabilitation, based on the presence of significant risk factors. As a moderating variable, gender of the
215 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
offender can influence the appropriateness of these decisions; however, delinquency research often ignores this factor. Thus, risk-need assessment protocols may not capture all the information that would most accurately reflect recidivism risk for each gender. In order to investigate the relative strength of individual risk-need factors in the prediction of male and female criminal- ity, the current study synthesized the past 15 years of juvenile delinquency and recidivism research. It was hypothesized that results would support the importance of being sensitive to gender variations in the relative magnitude of specific risk-need fac- tors. As an exploratory analysis, this research also investigated the influence of methodological factors that may create or mask gender differences in the literature. Overall, this research identifies the salient risk-need factors involved in delinquency that are relevant to both adolescent male and female offenders, as well as those with unique gender relationships. This meta-analysis will help guide the development of assessment practices with young offenders, as well as programs intended to reduce recidi- vism in both genders.
#30 AGGRESSION: IT HAS MORE TO DO WITH EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE THAN DEFICITS IN EMPATHY Naomi Doucette, University of New Brunswick-Fredericton; Mary Ann Campbell, Univeristy of New Brunswick- Saint John; Laurie Green, University of New Brunswick-Saint John; Enrico DiTommaso, University of New Brunswick-Saint John; Bryn Robinson, Univeristy of New Brunswick-Saint John
Understanding the factors that underlie aggression is essential for the development of preventative programs and interventions. The current study investigated the relative influence of empathy and emotional intelligence (EI) on aspects of aggression in a large non-forensic sample. University students (N = 227) completed three self-report measures: the Modified Schutte Emotional Intelligence Scale (Austin et al., 2004), the Aggression Questionnaire (Bush & Perry, 1992), and the Interpersonal Reactivity Index (Davis, 1980) to assess EI, aggression, and empathy, respectively. Results indicated that total aggression was moderately associated with deficits in total EI, but was uncorrelated with overall empathy. Regression analyses indicated that problems with the regulation of one’s emotions and a tendency for emotions to influence thought predicted higher overall aggression. Further, an emotional regulation deficit predicted higher levels of physical aggression, anger, and hostility. Although aspects of empathy were much weaker predictors of aggression relative to EI abilities, they were most involved with the emotional (anger) and cog- nitive (hostility) components of aggression. In conclusion, EI plays a significant role in aggressive reactions on a variety of lev- els, while the influence of empathy is more restricted.
#31 MORAL IMBECILES AND THE MODERN GROTESQUE: PHYSICAL DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PSYCHOPATH WITHIN THE MAINSTREAM CANADIAN NEWSPAPER MEDIA Matthew Burnett, University of Saskatchewan; Lucinda Presse, University of Saskatchewan
In literary works, a character’s physical description often serves to communicate information regarding his/her inherent moral attributes, personality traits, etc. This research examines physical descriptions of the “psychopath”, as they appear within main- stream Canadian newspapers. Using ethnographic content analysis as the sampling method, Canada’s national and major munici- pal newspaper archives were examined for a one-year period; all articles containing the term “psychopath” were selected (328 articles). Macroscopic discourse analysis was used to explore the manner in which the psychopath was described physically within individual articles. Findings revealed that the psychopath is often presented as animalistic, ghoulish, and quasi-monstrous; indeed, the psychopath appears to be cast as a modern variation of the literary grotesque. This depiction of the psychopath seems related to early clinical writings on congenital deficiencies of “moral sense”, and legal definitions of “moral imbeciles”. It is also linked to 19th century views of the evolutionarily retarded “homo delinquens” or “born criminal”. An appreciation of these his- torical associations, and of their modern mass media representations, seems critical to understanding both the public’s fear of offenders depicted as psychopaths, and the persistent belief among some clinicians that such individuals are “untreatable”.
#32 THE PSYCHOPATH AS ANTIHERO: FINDINGS FROM A QUALITATIVE ETHNOGRAPHIC CONTENT ANALYSIS OF THE MAINSTREAM CANADIAN NEWSPAPER MEDIA Matthew Burnett, University of Saskatchewan; Cara McDougall, University of Saskatchewan; Lucinda Presse, University of Saskatchewan
Culturally-sanctioned/scripted accounts of the “psychopath” tend to be dark, sinister, and fear-inspiring. Macroscopic discourse analysis of 328 articles, selected from the country’s national and major municipal newspaper archives, indicates that the psy- chopath is generally represented as wantonly violent, sexually deviant, mentally ill, elusive, and incurable. Media sources also tend to situate the psychopath within a discourse of religious evil, essentially constructing the psychopath as a modern folk devil. While such unsettling portrayals of the psychopath appear normative, deviant cases occasionally emerge. At times, shifting dis- course within an article will present the otherwise evil psychopath as quasi-heroic and worthy of muted admiration – that is, the SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY psychopath comes to be cast as the literary antihero. The present research explores these deviant antiheroic themes in detail, acknowledging the importance of deviant case analysis within qualitative research. Results suggest that these antiheroic con- structions serve to communicate intense ambivalence, not only about the psychopath, but about the legal/justice system more
216 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 generally. Indeed, just as is true within literary works, the antihero motif appears to reflect modern society’s ambivalence towards existing socio-cultural institutions. The significance of such ambivalence to the Canadian justice system is discussed.
#33 RISK FACTORS FOR COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT IN FEDERAL OFFENDERS Dorothy Cotton, Queen’s University
The rehabilitation of offenders within correctional systems is accomplished in large part by the implementation of programs and treatments that address offenders’ criminogenic needs and risks, while bearing in mind specific responsivity factors that can affect the offenders’ success in these programs. The principle of responsivity suggests that programs and interventions must be tailored to the learning styles of the offenders. Research into responsivity factors has typically addressed concerns as diverse as motivation and treatment readiness on the one hand, to age and cultural heritage on the other hand. The concept of responsivity can also refer to factors such as cognitive ability and cognitive style but to date there has been little in the way of empirical research about the role these factors play in the offender population or in the design and implementation of appropriate treat- ments. This study describes an analysis of the presence of cognitive risk factors such as significant learning problems, ADHD, possible FASD, significant head injuries and other types of brain damage in a large (500+) sample of male federal offenders. Results suggest that almost half (45%) of incoming male offenders possess at least one such risk factor in their history and that many experience multiple co-morbidities. Implications for long term institutional adjustment, management, treatment and follow up are discussed.
#34 MEMORY, CRIME AND THE GUILTY KNOWLEDGE TEST WITH A POLYGRAPH Michael Bradley, University of New Brunswick, Saint John; Fauz Malik, Memorial University
Polygraph accuracy with Guilty Knowledge Tests (GKT) depends on remembering crime details. Laboratory mock crimes stud- ies may instruct participants to memorize details before acting out their crime. Our study included details that instructed or not would result in the same activities for guilty participants. For examples, finding a murder weapon required removal of 4 heavy boxes. Instructions said either “…remove the 4 boxes one at a time…” or “…remove the boxes one at time…” or “…select the gun as a murder weapon…” versus “…select a murder weapon…” where other weapons were heavily secured (all criminals choose the gun). Participants who had read eight details before their crime were more detectable on GKTs (F(1, 39) = 10.5) and had better memory for items (F(1, 39) = 8.5) than participants who dealt with the same details but had not read about them. Planned crimes may be appropriate for information tests. Spontaneous crimes by individuals uninterested in the details with influences from drugs, alcohol, time between a crime and interrogation, and emotional states, may involvedegraded memory lev- els and render GKT’s less valuable than they appear to be from typical laboratory studies.
#35 CHILDREN’S EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATIONS AFTER EXPERIENCING A STRESSFUL OR NON-STRESSFUL EVENT Heather Price, Simon Fraser University; Deborah Connolly, Simon Fraser University
Understanding memory for stressful and neutral events is essential for interpreting children’s testimony. This study examined children’s eyewitness identifications of persons involved in a stressful or non-stressful, unique or repeatedly experienced event. The event was private swimming lessons for beginners that, because of natural variation in water fear, were stressful for some and non-stressful for others. When selecting a photograph of their instructor from a line-up in which instructors wore bathing caps, repeated-lesson children made more false identifications than single-lesson children. When selecting a photograph of instructors in ordinary clothing, repeated-lesson children and those least anxious made more correct identifications.
#36 A PROFILE OF GANG MEMBERS’ MOVEMENT THROUGH THE FEDERAL CORRECTIONAL SYSTEM: THE EFFECT OF TREATMENT ON INSTITUTIONAL SATURDAY / SAMEDI BEHAVIOUR Jayna Brulotte, Regional Psychiatric Centre, Saskatoon; Chantal Di Placido, Regional Psychiatric Centre, Saskatoon; Deqiang Gu, Regional Psychiatric Centre, Saskatoon; Treena Witte, Regional Psychiatric Centre; Stephen Wong, Regional Psychiatric Centre, Saskatoon
Appropriate treatment programs can reduce prison misconduct (Gendreau & Keyes, 2001). A significant reduction may result in lower recidivism rates (French & Gendreau, 2003) as well as cost savings, given that institutional offending affects inmate cus- tody assignments and offenders could therefore be managed at a lower security level. As gang members are responsible for a dis- proportional amount of prison violence (Ralph, Hunter, Marquart, Cuvelier & Merianos, 1996), the impact of correctional treat- ment programs on this population needs to be investigated. We will develop a profile of how treated and untreated gang mem- bers progress through the federal correctional system, from sentence commencement to warrant expiry. We will examine treat- ment outcome of gang members, comparing the treated and untreated groups on such factors as segregation time, security classi- fications, and prison misconduct. Treated offenders (n = 68) completed the Aggressive Behavioural Control program at the Regional Psychiatric Centre between 1993 and 2004, while untreated offenders (n = 56) were admitted but did not complete the program. Management strategies for incarcerated gang members could be informed by an overview of this group’s institutional behaviour and movement through the system.
217 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#37 EFFECTIVENESS OF THE CHALLENGE FOR CAUSE IN JURY SELECTION Lynne Jackson, King's University College at The University of Western Ontario
In response to a 1998 Supreme Court ruling, trial judges in Canada have the option of using the “Parks question” to challenge potential jurors on their ability to be impartial in cases involving a defendant from a disadvantaged or minority group. The chal- lenge typically involves simply asking potential jurors if they are able to be impartial those who reply in the affirmative are retained, and those who show any hesitance are often excused. Pilot research using a mock trial found that responses to the Parks question fell into four categories: (i) expressions of concern that issues of group identity were inherently relevant to the case and thus needed to be considered, (ii) the view that issues of group membership were simply irrelevant to the case entirely, (iii) com- mitment to being without prejudice, and (iv) concern that one might be influenced by unconscious, unintended, bias. There was suggestive evidence that those who were confident of their impartiality were more likely to rate a minority defendant guilty than where those who acknowledged some possibility of bias. A follow-up study using a manipulation of defendant group identity is currently being conducted to determine the generality of this effect.
(Disaster/ Trauma – Désastres et traumatismes #38-50) #38 THE ROLE OF EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND ATTACHMENT IN MEDIATING THE EFFECTS OF CHILDHOOD ABUSE Irina Goldenberg, Department of National Defense; Kimberly Matheson, Carleton University
Emotional intelligence (EI) is comprised of a number of skills in processing emotions. How the development of EI may be dis- rupted by experiences of childhood maltreatment, and how compromised EI may, in turn, be related topsychological functioning and well-being, were examined. Further, in order to explore the convergent and discriminant validity of EI, the relations between EI and attachment were assessed, and how EI and attachment mediated the relationship between childhood maltreat- ment and adult well-being were compared. Based on the responses of a community sample (N = 223), EI was found to be lower among those who had experienced childhood maltreatment, which, in turn, was associated with lower well-being. EI and attach- ment were intercorrelated and, although both mediated the effects of childhood maltreatment on well-being, they were not redundant, as both made independent contributions to individuals’ well-being. Attachment played a stronger mediational role than did EI.
#39 POSTTRAUMATIC GROWTH AMONG WAR-ZONE IMMIGRANTS Lana Stermac, OISE, University of Toronto
It is well recognized that the traumatic experiences of war and civil unrest can have a particularly damaging effect on psycholog- ical and physical health. Although high rates of posttraumatic stress have been noted in individuals exposed to war zones, accu- mulating research evidence in this area suggests that exposure to war-related trauma may also lead to positive adaptation and posttraumatic growth. Given the prevalence of war-zone migration throughout the world, understanding the processes of post- war adaptation among immigrants is important. This study investigates psychological health and post-immigration adaptation among war-zone immigrants in Toronto within the framework of posttraumatic growth theory. Participants included recent immigrants to Toronto from global war-zone regions. Participants completed questionnaires and a semi-structured interview about their exposure to stressful life events, current and previous psychological health and overall functioning. Participants reported prolonged exposure to violent events in their country of origin. Although high levels of posttraumatic stress were reported proximate to the events, less was reported at present and participants all reported improved health and psychological well-being. Posttraumatic growth was related to cognitive processing factors and psychosocial supports.
#40 PTSD AS A MEDIATOR OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CHILDHOOD MALTREATMENT AND WOMEN’S HEALTH Marsha Runtz, University of Victoria; Erin Eadie, University of Victoria
This study examined the associations among three forms of child abuse (child sexual abuse, child physical abuse, and child psy- chological maltreatment), PTSD symptom severity, dissociation, depression, and physical health symptoms to determine if the psychological variables mediated between the relationship between child abuse and physical health. A sample of 260 community women completed in-depth interviews and detailed questionnaires. Multiple regression was used to assess the association between child abuse, mental health, and physical health. Bivariate correlations showed that all three forms of child abuse assessed were related to most of the physical and mental health variables. Multivariate analyses showed that only child psycho- logical maltreatment (CPM) continued to be associated with all the physical and mental health variables when all three forms of abuse were entered into the equations at once. Child sexual abuse (CSA) was associated only with PTSD and child physical abuse (CPA) was not significantly related to any of the variables. Of the three psychological variables, only PTSD was related to physical health symptoms. Using the Baron and Kenny method of determining statistical mediation, PTSD was shown to be a mediator of the relationship between CPM and physical health symptoms. This study demonstrates the importance of examining SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY multiple forms of childhood maltreatment in child abuse studies and shows the complexity of the relationships among childhood abuse, mental health, and physical health.
218 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#41 VIOLENCE IN THE HEALTH CARE WORK ENVIRONMENT: THE EXPERIENCE OF A SAMPLE OF LICENSED PRACTICAL NURSES Bobbi Stadnyk, University of Regina; Jaime Williams, University of Regina
Workplace violence has been recognized as a serious problem worldwide and individuals who are employed in healthcare facili- ties are at particular risk. Nurses especially have reported being exposed to high levels of violence in the work environment. Violence can be physical or nonphysical and can present in many forms including: physical assault, verbal abuse, and bullying/mobbing. The purpose of this study was to examine the prevalence rates of the different types of violence Licensed Practical Nurses (LPN) experience while working and to determine their perceptions of the violence. The Workplace Violence in the Health Sector Survey Questionnaire (2003) was used to measure exposure and perceptions. A sample of 187 Licensed Practical Nurses participated. Seventy-two percent of the respondents reported being exposed to some form of violence at work over the previous year. Of these, 41.7% experienced physical violence, 64.4% experienced verbal abuse, and 22.9% experienced mobbing/bullying. When asked to report whether this was typical of violence in their workplace, 91% of those who experienced physical assault said yes, 85% of those who experienced verbal abuse said yes, and 81% of those who experienced bullying/mobbing said yes. Implications of these results are discussed.
#42 BEREAVEMENT STORIES OF FEMALE ADOLESCENTS: PERCEPTIONS OF PRESENT AND FUTURE SELF AS IMPACTED BY THE LIFE AND DEATH OF A PARENT Jodi Kresowaty, University of Calgary; Alexandra Sanderson, Nazarene University College
Adolescent bereavement presents a life crisis at a time when development is marked by significant transitions. Although the study of bereavement in children and adults has provided a rich context for researchers, adolescent grief, particularly in response to the death of a parent is an area of limited research. This has led to a gap in understanding how parental death impacts the development of self in youth. To move forward in our understanding of the impact of parental death on adolescents’ present and future sense of self, it is necessary to refer to the experts on loss. One way to do this is to investigate life stories of bereaved teens. This study uses a narrative approach to explore the impact of loss on the development of self of bereaved adolescent girls ages 15 through 19. Findings from this study centre on McAdams’ redemptive and contaminative sequences which assist us in exploring positive and negative impacts of these interpretive stances on the adolescent’s view of self and world. The findings will also speak to the teen’s perception of themselves, life events and anticipated future. Results of the current study can be used to increase our understanding of bereaved female adolescent’s unique needs.
#43 CARING FOR SENIOR TRAUMA SURVIVORS WITH DEMENTIA Angele Palmer, University of Western Ontario; Connie Kristiansen, Carleton University
Given the emergence of PTSD with dementia, 5 family and 3 professional caregivers participated in one-hour semi-structured interviews regarding their experiences caring for a senior trauma survivor with dementia. Guided by grounded theory (Strauss & Corbin, 1998), analyses of the interviews revealed that caring for senior trauma survivors with dementia has two primary out- comes for caregivers: burden (emotional, physical and financial) and personal growth (improved relationships, personal transfor- mations and compassion). Directly affected by seniors’ disruptive states and behaviours (e.g., anxiety and traumatic relivings), caregivers’ burden depended on the availability of external (e.g., education and programs), personal (coping skills and self-effi- cacy) and interpersonal (healthcare providers, family/staff relations and support groups) resources. Caregivers’ personal resources, which also depended on the availability of external resources, facilitated personal growth. The implications of these findings for caregivers and future research are discussed.
#44 ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES OF ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION AND FREQUENCY OF SATURDAY / SAMEDI INTOXICATION AS PREDICTED BY TRAUMATIC DISTRESS Colin Perrier, Brock University; Peter Snelgrove, Brock University; Danielle Molnar, Brock University; Stanley Sadava, Brock University
Traumatic events have been demonstrated to have a variety of impacts on a person’s life. We explored the impact of various traumas (e.g., bereavement, breakups, crime victimization) on frequency of intoxication and the adverse consequences resulting from alcohol use. We were also interested in the possible mediating role of adult attachment. The sample consisted of 219 clients of an addiction treatment facility as well as 229 graduating university students. We found that general traumatic distress predict- ed adverse consequences, but not frequency of intoxication. Traumatic distress for different types of trauma (e.g., bereavement) offered greater predictive ability for the clinical sample than for the student sample. The predictive value of attachment varied by type of trauma, however mediation was only evident for bereavement in the clinical sample. Implications for clinical interven- tions are discussed.
219 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#45 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN RECALL OF SEXUAL ASSAULTS AND POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS IN SEX TRADE WORKERS Laura Buchanan, University of British Columbia; Susan Daflos, University of British Columbia; Lianne Tomfohr, St. Paul's Hospital; Dorothee Griesel, University of British Columbia; John Yuille, University of British Columbia
As part of a larger field study on the psychological consequences of sexual violence, this study reports on the relationship between trauma recall and posttraumatic stress. Memory processes play an important role in the development PTSD. Paradoxically, traumatic memories have been reported to be fragmentary and inconsistent but also vivid and accurate. This is the first study to explore this phenomenon within-subjects for the same type of trauma. 120 sex trade workers were interviewed with regards to one well-remembered and one poorly-remembered sexual assault. The Clinician Administered PTSD Scale (Blake et al, 1998) was used to assess PTSD. The Memory Characteristic Questionnaire (Johnson et al., 1988) was used to obtain ratings of the cognitive quality of each memory. These ratings will be compared between the two events and linked to PTSD symptoms and diagnoses. Most sex trade workers have experienced sexual violence while working in the trade. Sexual trauma is associated with extremely high rates of PTSD, marking such events a serious problem for many sex trade workers. The literature has paid little attention to the psychological consequences of sexual violence in marginalized populations such as prostitutes. The results of this study will be discussed in terms of victim and mental health services offered to victims of violence.
#46 FACTORS RELATED TO CHILD MALTREATMENT: AN ALBERTA SAMPLE Megan McCormack, University of Calgary
The proposed study examined child and family characteristics associated with domestic violence and physical abuse. Data for this project were drawn from the Alberta Incidence Study of Reported Child Abuse and Neglect (AIS-2003), which included a sample of approximately 1,600 substantiated investigations of child abuse and neglect. In the fall of 2003, Child Welfare work- ers from areas throughout Alberta completed a three-page standardized data collection form that included questions about the investigated abuse. Other demographic information was also obtained as well as child and caregiver functioning and household risk factors.Child risk factors examined in this analysis included characteristics such as depression/anxiety, violence towards others, and self-harming behaviour. Caregiver and household risk factors included in these analyses were household income, alcohol and drug abuse, and caregiver’s history of being maltreated as a child. Using a series of logistic regressions we found that violence towards others, caregiver alcohol abuse and income correctly predicted 85% of cases of physical abuse. In the sec- ond regression, factors such as violence towards others, caregiver criminal activity and unsafe housing conditions correctly clas- sified 78% of cases of domestic violence. The policy implications of these results were discussed.
#47 CONCEPTUALIZING TERRORISM THREAT IN CANADA: SOCIO-POLITICAL CONTEXT, OUTCOMES, AND IMPLICATIONS FOR PREPAREDNESS Stacey Gibson, University of Ottawa; Louise Lemyre, University of Ottawa; Mélanie Clément, University of Ottawa
Although Canada has not experienced a major terrorist attack, an increased global pending threat has put psychosocial and instrumental preparedness at the forefront of the Canadian government’s agenda. In response, this qualitative study examined perceptions of terrorism threats among Canadians (N = 75). Conceptualizations of terrorism threat, psychosocial impacts, and sense of preparedness were explored in a series of qualitative interviews. Data were analyzed to identify salient themes regarding the psychosocial conceptualizations and impacts of terrorism threats. Findings revealed that the majority of Canadians do not feel overly threatened by terrorist attacks, due in part to a perception of terrorist threats as related to global socio-political events and a positive Canadian identity. In addition, while most respondents did not feel they were individually affected by the threat of terrorism, there was some concern regarding larger societal impacts, such as increased paranoia, discrimination, and changes to public policy. Finally, implications related to emergency preparedness in Canada focused largely on the utility of preparedness, as well as the factors which could mitigate or inhibit preparedness at the individual and institutional levels.
#48 THE ROLE OF ATTACHMENT: QUALITATIVE EXPLORATION OF COPING WITH SEXUAL TRAUMA Becky Stewart, Trinity Western University
Attachment style is becoming increasingly prominent in current research with regard to its relationship with posttraumatic stress and individual coping styles. In this study, the experience of PTSD and coping for female survivors of sexual assault (N =30) was explored using the Listening Guide method. The first analysis of the interviews with the women identified overall themes in coping behaviours, as well as relationship and general life changes. These experiences were then re-examined within the frame of specific attachment styles. Each of the women’s interviews was place into one of three groups based on their respective attachment style (as identified by the Adult Attachment Interview) and the interviews underwent another full Listening Guide SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY analysis. The unique themes identified within these specific attachment style groups were then compared and contrasted with one another. Themes relating to the nature of coping for the women both overall and within particular attachment style cate- gories are discussed.
220 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#49 LAY PERCEPTIONS OF CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL AND NUCLEAR (CBRN) TERRORISM Holly Etchegary, University of Ottawa; Louise Lemyre, University of Ottawa; Jennifer E.C. Lee, University of Ottawa; Marie-Pierre L. Markon, University of Ottawa; Daniel Krewski, University of Ottawa
The global threat of terrorism raises questions about preparedness and risk communication in the context of public health and security. While experts discriminate between chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear (CBRN) terrorist events, little is known about how members of the Canadian public perceive these forms of terrorism. A stratified random sample of 1502 Canadians participated in a telephone survey on perceptions of CBRN terrorism. Results from the survey showed significant dif- ferences across types of terrorism. Aspects of chemical and biological terrorist events were confounded, while radiological and nuclear were not consistently distinguished. Qualitative analyses of open questions revealed an emphasis on pathways over sub- stance typology. ‘Bomb’ or ‘explosion’ most often came to mind in response to nuclear terrorism, and some respondents incor- rectly associated nuclear terrorism with ‘dirty’ bombs. Implications of lay perceptions of CBRN terrorist events for risk commu- nication and management are discussed.
#50 VICARIOUSLY WITNESSING TRAUMA IN THE CLASSROOM: LETTERS TO A HOLOCAUST SURVIVOR Patrice Keats, Simon Fraser University
Imagining the reality of a young man’s struggle to survive the brutality of Auschwitz was an emotional and moral awakening for secondary students learning about the Holocaust. Literature that has focused on evaluating current forms of Holocaust education minimally addresses this emotional and moral struggle for students exposed to the extreme trauma experienced by victims and survivors of Nazi concentration camps. This paper explores the content of over 60 letters written to a Holocaust survivor after the survivor presented his story to secondary school students. Themes that emerged through a content analysis of the letters included: educational gains from hearing the story (e.g., insights, identifying with the survivor specifically around racism, under- standing the devastation of the camps), concern for the survivor, the importance of telling and remembering, student’s experi- ences of truth versus fiction (e.g., personal contact with a survivor versus reading literature), difficulties in imagining the trauma, and the emotional consequences of secondary exposure to the trauma. Discussion includes the use of vicarious witnessing as an educational tool, secondary traumatization, and means of managing emotional responses to Holocaust material.
(International and Cross-cultural - Psychologie internationale et interculturelle) #51 A CROSS-CULTURAL EXAMINATION OF BELIEFS AND ATTITUDES REGARDING MENTAL ILLNESS AND THE MENTALLY ILL Assen Alladin, University of Calgary; Alishia Alibhai, University of Calgary; Amanda Epp, University of Calgary; Laura Henwood, University of Calgary; Cathie Wu, University of Calgary
The purpose of the present study was to conduct a cross-cultural comparison of the attitudes and beliefs regarding mental illness and the mentally ill among two minority groups within Calgary and a majority population sample. The groups included in the study were Calgarian Muslims, Calgarian Sikhs, and second and third generation Canadians born in families who immigrated to Canada from Western Europe and North America. Sixty-three (63) Muslims, 73 Sikhs, and 100 second and third generation Calgarian Canadians completed questions about a vignette depicting depression, and another depicting schizophrenia, as well as the Community Attitudes Toward the Mentally Ill scale (CAMI). Differences and similarities were assessed among the three cul- tures by comparing beliefs about the causes and treatments of mental illness along five dimensions: biological/physical, person- al/psychological, interpersonal/social, spiritual/supernatural and chance/uncontrollable. The results will be presented in terms of how beliefs about the causes and treatments of mental illness vary by culture, gender, age, and level of education, and combina- SATURDAY / SAMEDI tions thereof. Implications for the cultural competence of mental health professionals within Calgary, a growing and diverse city, will be discussed.
(Disaster/ Trauma – Désastres et traumatismes) #52 EXPLORING DISASTER RESPONDER STRESS: IMPLICATIONS FOR WORKER CARE Robin Cox, University of British Columbia
Research on disaster response work-related stress has grown significantly in the last decade. The ecological validity of stress interventions developed from this research is questionable. Existing research fails to address the differences in the training, expe- rience, organizational support, and professional culture of non-professional disaster responders (NDRs), and how these might influence NDRs’ stress and coping experiences. This study employed an experiential 2-day workshop utilizing Forum Theatre (Boal, 1995) techniques to explore the subjective work experiences of NDRs. We addressed the question: What do NDRs iden- tify as either contributing to, or undermining effective coping capacity and resilience? Participants were 12 managerial NDRs recruited from disaster response organizations in BC. A focus group was held prior to the workshop, and 1-month post work- shop. These sessions were audio taped, transcribed, and analyzed following the constant comparison method (Glaser, 1967).
221 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Results revealed several work dynamics that contribute to work-related stress and inhibit effective coping: (a) unacknowledged and unresolved interpersonal conflict, (b) lack of awareness and misinterpretation of nonverbal communication cues, and (c) organizational and structural impediments to teamwork. Implications for more effective coping strategies and interventions are discussed.
(International and Cross-cultural - Psychologie internationale et interculturelle #53-69) #53 YOUNG MOTHERS’ RELATIONSHIP WITH THEIR OWN MOTHERS AND SELF-ESTEEM Tara Gokavi, University of Saskatchewan; Krista Trinder, Univeristy of Saskatchewan; Charissa Cheah, University of Maryland, Baltimore County
A young mother’s relationship with her own mother has been found to enhance self-esteem. However, this relationship appears to vary by culture. There is a dearth of research on Canadian Aboriginal parents, particular their young mothers. Thus, we examined the associations between Aboriginal and European-Canadian young mothers’ relationships with their mother (Network of Relationship Inventory) and their self-esteem (Self-Perception Profile for Adolescents). Seventy-six mothers (M = 19.96 years, SD = 1.58) participated. Correlation analyses revealed culturally specific findings, including a: a) negative relation between companionship with their own mother and social acceptance; and b) a negative association between instrumental aide from one’s mother with both social acceptance and self-worth, for Aboriginal young mothers. European-Canadian young moth- ers reported a negative relation between conflict with one’s mother and self-worth. Implications of these results on young moth- ers in light of cultural values will be discussed.
#54 THE ROLE OF ACCULTURATION ON THE SELF-ESTEEM AND LIFE SATISFACTION OF CANADIAN ABORIGINAL YOUNG MOTHERS Krista Trinder, Univeristy of Saskatchewan; Tara Gokavi, University of Saskatchewan; Charissa Cheah, University of Maryland, Baltimore County
Acculturation to one’s heritage culture has been found to have positive effects such as enhanced psychological well-being, more specifically higher reported levels of self-esteem and life satisfaction. As well, correlations have been found between maternal self-esteem and healthy parenting practices. At present, minimal research exists regarding acculturation and well-being among Canadian Aboriginal peoples. In this study, we examined the relationship between acculturation to Aboriginal culture, self- esteem and life satisfaction. Fifty-eight urban Aboriginal young mothers (Mage = 19.54, SD = 1.80) participated. Correlational analyses revealed that acculturation to heritage culture is associated with greater levels of: a) global self-esteem; b) perceived social acceptance; c) self-acceptance; and d) life satisfaction. Therefore, stronger associations with one’s cultural heritage appear to have a positive impact on Aboriginal young mothers’ evaluations of themselves and their lives. Findings will be discussed with regard to the sociocultural setting of the sample, and their implications for these young adult Aboriginal mothers.
#55 CULTURAL VARIATIONS IN THE SOCIAL SUPPORT OF YOUNG CANADIAN MOTHERS Tara Gokavi, University of Saskatchewan; Krista Trinder, Univeristy of Saskatchewan; Charissa Cheah, University of Maryland, Baltimore County
Social networks consist of important people who provide economic, instrumental, and emotional support, which enhances young mothers’ well-being. Moreover, cultural variations in the social networks of young mothers have been found. There is a great lack of research on parenting in Canada’s Aboriginal cultures. Therefore, Aboriginal and European Canadian young mothers were compared with regard to their relationships with individuals in their support network. One-hundred-twenty-one mothers between the ages of 15 and 22 (M = 19.7 years, SD = 1.8 years) were interviewed regarding the relationship quality of their social supports. Results revealed that compared to their European-Canadian counterparts, Aboriginal young mothers reported: a) lower levels of intimacy with, and instrumental aide from, immediate family; b) higher levels of intimacy with, and instrumental aid from, extended family members; but c) lower levels of negative interactions with close family, and e) higher levels of nega- tive interactions with other family. Implications of these results will be discussed.
#56 ETHNIC IDENTITY, ACCULTURATION ORIENTATION AND LINGUISTIC CONFIDENCE REVISITED: THE CASE OF INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY STUDENTS Ruby Pi-Ju Yang, Univeristy of Alberta; Kimberly Noels, University of Alberta
Clément and Noels (1992) situated ethnic identity approach postulates that feelings of ethnic belonging vary across situations depending on the intimacy of the situation. Research on situated identity has been carried out on immigrant groups, to date little research has examined sojourners. To that end, 106 international university students completed a questionnaire assessing their SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY situated ethnic identity, English self-confidence, and acculturation orientation. The results suggested that they retained their orig- inal culture orientation rather than adopted the Canadian culture. Regarding situated ethnic identity, although identification with the heritage culture was stronger in intimate domains, identification with the Canadian group was stronger in the less intimate
222 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 domains. These results suggest that global assessments of acculturation may not capture the quite different acculturation experi- ence felt on a moment-to-moment basis. In addition, correlational analyses showed that although English language variables were positively related to Canadian cultural contact and Canadian cultural orientation, contrary to expectation, they were unrelat- ed to situated ethnic identity. These results are discussed with regards to the unique role that English plays in the lives of sojourning international students, which is likely quite different from settled migrant groups.
#57 CULTURE AND ATTENTION: COMPARING WESTERNERS’ AND EAST ASIANS’ PATTERNS OF EYE-MOVEMEMT DURING VISUAL TASKS Takahiko Masuda, University of Alberta
Recent cross-cultural research suggests that East Asians are more likely than their Western counterparts to be sensitive to the contextual information. These findings, however, have been vulnerable to the criticism that complex stimuli with social factors and language-based measurement remain a room for participants to misinterpret the experimenter’s instruction according to their conversational rule or social norm. To eliminate such possibilities, more controlled cross-cultural experiments with a clear instruction and simple stimuli have been expected. In the current research, participants engaged in two visual attention tasks (Kitayama, Duffy, Kawamura, Larsen, 2003; Masuda, Akase, Radford, 2005). We measured the participants’ eye-movement during the task, using an eye-tracker (Takei, inc). The results in general indicated that the Japanese were more likely than their Western counterparts to be attentive to contextual information. Based on the findings, we maintain that behaviors could be dif- ferent not because people simply tend to comply with their cultural norms but because their ability is culturally shaped.
#58 SOCIAL DISTANCE OF INTERNATIONAL COLLEGE STUDENTS AS A FUNCTION OF RELIGIOSITY Peter Doell, Nazarene University College
This paper represents an overview of a study that examined the social distance perceptions of two groups of college and univer- sity students regarding members of other ethnic groups than their own. The main purpose of the study was to determine whether religious affiliation of respondents affected their reported feelings of prejudice toward members of other ethnic groups than their own, including the majority cultural group. The purposive sample consisted of the population of international students at a small Alberta Bible college and a non-representative sample of international students at a provincial Alberta university. I hypothesized that because of their affiliation with a conservative Christian Bible college the international students from that sub-sample would register significantly lower social distance (SD) scores on a modified Bogardus Social Distance scale than would their counter- parts from the public university. The literature review, which focused on pertinent theories including Cross-cultural psychology and Contact Theory as well as several dimensions of religiosity, summarized findings that indicate that intrinsically religious individuals tend to be less prejudiced than both extrinsically religious individuals and the general population. The literature reveals as well that those of a fundamentalistic religious orientation are inclined to be more prejudiced than others.
#59 EMIC AND ETIC ASPECTS OF JOB RELATED ATTITUDES: AN EXPLORATORY STUDY ACROSS AMERICAN, CHINESE, AND RUSSIAN SAMPLES Elena Lvina, Concordia University; Steve McGuire, California State University LA
The objective of this paper is to contribute to a better understanding of national culture and its influence on job related attitudes. Various cultural dimensions have been proposed in the literature. The work of Kluckhohn and Strodtbeck (1961), Hofstede (1980), Trompenaars (1993) and others was intergated in a framework of nine cultural dimensions that affect attitudes and beliefs at work. This study aims at (1) developing an instrument on national culture and assessing its applicability across three major cultures: the China (N = 397), Russia (N = 269), and the U.S. (N = 864); and (2) revealing emic and etic aspects of the proposed constructs.Starting with a long (150 items)uestionnaire based on the literature and using CFA and expert evaluation SATURDAY / SAMEDI analysis, we refine the instrument, and bring it to a smaller and more usable number of questions. For example, in new instru- ment, Uncertainty Avoidance dimension includes 4 items and demonstrates cross-cultural universality of the construct: whole sample Alpha = 0.747; Chinese sample Alpha = 0.673; Russian sample Alpha = 0.589; US sample Alpha = 0.724. At the same time some dimensions (e.g., Tolerance of diversity, Universalism) show inconsistent results for different cultures. Emic/etic character of the constructs is discussed. Practical applications are proposed.
#60 INVISIBLE MINORITY IMMIGRANTS AND ACCULTURATION STRESS: THE MODERATING EFFECT OF ADAPTIVENESS ON PSYCHOLOGICAL WELLBEING Jocelyn Thorp, Trinity Western University
This study examined whether there was a mediating and/or moderating effect of adaptiveness in coping on the relationship between acculturation stress and psychological wellbeing. The primary focus was on invisible minorities, a substantial portion of immigrants (particularly to North America) that research has largely ignored due to perceived cultural similarities and lesser acculturation stress. 151 adult South African expatriates, mostly living in Canada, completed the S.A.F.E. acculturation stress scale, the Personal Functioning Inventory, and the Psychological Wellbeing Scale. Results of the study confirmed the hypotheses that acculturation stress was significantly negatively correlated with adaptiveness and with psychological wellbeing, and that
223 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
adaptiveness was significantly positively correlated with psychological wellbeing. No full mediation effect was found. Results of hierarchical multiple regressions supported the hypothesis that adaptability moderates the relationship between acculturation stress and psychological wellbeing in a sample of invisible minority adults.
#61 MENTAL ILLNESS AND THE TREATMENT OF THE MENTALLY ILL: AN EXAMINATION OF THE ATTITUDES AND BELIEFS OF THE CALGARY SIKH POPULATION Navdeep Ghali, University of Saskatchewan; Assen Alladin, University of Calgary
The attitudes and beliefs towards mental illness and the treatment of the mentally ill of Sikhs living in Calgary were examined, as higher levels of cultural sensitivity in mental health services are needed. 73 participants volunteered and were recruited through the Dashmesh Culture Centre Calgary and were asked to fill out a three-part questionnaire which focused on demo- graphic information, levels of acculturation, strong or weak endorsements of different causes and treatments of depression and schizophrenia, and attitudes towards mental health facilities and the treatment of the mentally ill. Acculturation was not strongly related to biological, psychological, social and spiritual causes and treatments of mental illness. Individuals with higher levels of education assigned the highest ratings to biological, psychological, and social causes of depression and schizophrenia than those individuals with lower levels of education. Participants were found to rate psychological, social and chance causes significantly higher for depression than for schizophrenia. Participants also assigned higher ratings to biological and social treatments for depression than for schizophrenia. Spending more time with the family was found to be the most likely treatment for both depression and schizophrenia. Overall, the participants supported a community-based treatment for mental illnesses.
#62 PRIVATE AND PUBLIC IDENTITIES OF BIRACIAL PERSONS: RELATIONSHIP TO WELL-BEING AND MULTICULTURAL EFFECTIVENESS Michiko Motomura, University of Windsor; Shelagh Towson, University of Windsor
The purpose of the current study was to explore: the diverse racial identities of biracial individuals; the relationship between pri- vate and public identity; and the impact of identity on psychological well-being and multicultural effectiveness. An internet sur- vey on these issues was completed by 271 individuals living in Canada or the United States of mixed White and non-White racial backgrounds. Participants were placed in one of four private identity categories: singular non-White identity (SNWI), sin- gular White identity (SWI), dual identity (DI), or non-racial identity (NRI); and one of two public identity categories: inconsis- tent identity, or consistent identity. Those with a private SNWI had a more inconsistent public identity than any other private identity group. Private identity was not related to psychological well-being, but those who perceived their society as more closed to racial diversity had lower psychological well-being than those who believed their society was more open. Those with a SNWI were also more multiculturally effective than those with a SWI or NRI. Those with an inconsistent public identity were more open-minded, had greater cultural empathy, and less emotional stability than those with a consistent identity. Differences between the racial identity and societal perceptions of biracial individuals living in the United States and Canada will also be reported.
#63 PREDICTING THE ADJUSTMENT OF NEW INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS USING A MULTIDIMENSIONAL INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCE ACCULTURATION MODEL Kealee Playford, University of Guelph; Saba Safdar, University of Guelph
International students have been reported to be one of the largest sojourning groups (1.3 million world-wide) and their contribu- tion to national economies around the world is substantial (Hayes, 1998). International students are valuable for universities and for economies in general, and it is important to examine factors that may impact their adjustment in new societies. The objective of this study was to predict the acculturation and adjustment of international students over time using a Multidimensional Individual Difference Acculturation Model (MIDA; Safdar, Lay & Struthers, 2003). In this model, individual difference factors (e.g., ethnic identification and cultural competence) as well as situational factors (e.g., social support and hassles) are examined in relation to behavioral, psycho-physical and academic adjustment. First year international students participated in the study and data was collected at the beginning and end of the 2005-2006 academic year. The utility of this model for predicting the adaptation of international students is discussed.
#64 ACCULTURATION AND SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT: ARE THERE UNIQUE BENEFITS TO INTEGRATION? Donald Watanabe, Concordia University; Andrew Ryder, Concordia University; Angela Ring, Concordia University
Berry’s (1997) acculturation framework endorses bicultural integration as the best predictor of adjustment. The assessment of integration used in this research has, however, been criticized on psychometric grounds (Rudmin, 2003). Ryder et al. (2000) SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY directly assessed the heritage and mainstream dimensions of acculturation and found that only mainstream acculturation predict- ed psychological adjustment. Given that the effects of integration may be underestimated without direct assessment (Berry & Sam, 2003), various methods to compute integration from separate heritage and mainstream scores have been proposed. We test-
224 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 ed five of these methods using the Vancouver Index of Acculturation (VIA) in order to (a) evaluate their psychometric properties and (b) test the hypothesis that integration predicts adjustment. A sample of 141 female and 63 male Chinese-Canadian students (age: 18-25 years) from a large Canadian university completed the VIA and social adjustment measures. Only one integration method (“interaction multiculturalism”) was independent of the heritage and mainstream dimensions; this method had no rela- tion with social adjustment. None of the other integration methods were related to social anxiety after controlling for mainstream and heritage dimensions. There was no evidence in this sample that integration offers unique benefits above and beyond main- stream acculturation.
#65 EXAMINING A BIDIMENSIONAL MODEL OF ACCULTURATION ACROSS THREE DOMAINS OF CULTURAL CHANGE IN A MULTI-ETHNIC COMMUNITY SAMPLE Jessica Dere, McGill University; Laurence Kirmayer, McGill University
Acculturation is widely recognized as a crucial concept in understanding the experiences of immigrant groups. However, debate continues to exist regarding the validity of unidimensional versus bidimensional models of acculturation. This study proposed a bidimensional model, where identification with one’s defined ethnicity is assessed independently of identification with one’s new cultural milieu. This model was examined across three domains – ethnic loyalty, ethnic behaviour, and situational ethnic identity. The sample consisted of Caribbean (n =109), Vietnamese (N = 97), and Filipino (N =109) immigrants, who were con- tacted as part of a large community survey conducted in Montreal. Correlational analysis provided strong support for the bidi- mensional model in all three domains, across all three groups. For ethnic behaviour and situational ethnic identity, identification with one’s defined ethnic group was unrelated to identification with the Canadian society. For ethnic loyalty, loyalty to one’s defined ethnic group was positively related to loyalty to Canadians. Factor analysis with oblique rotation revealed two largely orthogonal factors for each ethnic group (r <.14) accounting for 67% to 75% of the total variance. The results support the validi- ty of a bidimensional model of acculturation, and suggest the importance of assessing multiple domains of acculturation inde- pendently.
#66 THE ROLE OF SOCIAL NETWORK IN EXPATRIATE ADJUSTMENT Xiaohua Wang, The University of Western Ontario; Jiao Li, The University of Western Ontario
Expatriate adjustment is an important area in international management research, and many researchers have explored the antecedents of expatriate adjustment. However, expatriate’s social network is still under-emphasized in literature.This paper first modified the construct of expatriate adjustment by dividing it into three dimensions: psychological well-being, socio-cultural adjustment, and work adjustment. Then the function of social network was proposed. An expatriate’s social network can be cate- gorized by two dimensions: relationship setting and contacts’ nationality. Relationship setting refers to the environment where the social network relationship is nested. For an expatriate, his social network can be divided into work relationship and non- work relationship. According to contacts’ nationality, expatriate’s social network can be divided into host national network and home national network. In my model, work setting network was proposed to lead to social-culture adjustment and work adjust- ment; non-work setting network leads to psychological well-being; host national network is related to all the three adjustment dimensions; and home national network is associated with psychological well-being. The possible research method was dis- cussed as well.
#67 SELF-PRESENTATION SYLES IN A JOB INTERVIEW SITUATION: THE IMPACT OF CULTURE AND PERSONALITY Stryker Calvez, University of Saskatchewan
Self-presentation is the tendency to create and maintain a desirable image in eyes of an audience. Often the final stage of the hir- ing proces involves two candidates of equal skill, self-presentation skills becomes an important influencing factor. In a job inter- SATURDAY / SAMEDI view simulation, characteristics of both judges (interviewers) and targets (interviewees) were studied. Four videotaped inter- views were rated by 85 undergraduate participants (33 European-heritage; 52 Asian-heritage). The four targets had been pre- selected to be comparable in actual knowledge but different in ethnicity (European; Asian) and narcissism (low; high). Rating variables included three performance dimensions (knowledge, personality, intelligence), as well as an overall hiring recommen- dation. No sex differences were observed. Asian raters were generally more lenient, but both European- and Asian-heritage raters underestimated the knowledge of Asian targets. The European narcissist was given high performance ratings but the Asian narcissist was not. It appears that both Europeans and Asians prefer an individualistic self-presentation style, but Asians are reluctant to enact such a role in interviews. Implications of this study for potential employers are discussed.
#68 EXPLORING THE NATURE OF THE ACCULTURATION PROCESS AMONG CHINESE-CANADIAN MOTHERS AND ITS IMPACT ON SOCIALIZATION PRACTICES Lianne Fisher, Brock University; Christine Tardif-Williams, Brock University
Despite vast differences in the conceptualization and measurement of acculturation (e.g., length of time in new country, behav- ioural and psychological adaptation, ethnic identity), this construct continues to be linked to various factors, e.g., attitude change,
225 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
parenting practices. The main objective of this study was to explore the interrelationships between several different measures of acculturation, and in turn to explore whether these measures might be differentially related with authoritarian parenting prac- tices. The participants included 36 mothers (M = 38yrs) who had recently immigrated to Canada from China. The results indicat- ed that length of time in Canada (median 3yrs) was positively correlated with Canadian identity scores, authoritarian parenting scores, and number of children; negatively correlated with Chinese identity scores but not with a behavioral measure of accultur- ation. Identity and behavioral measures of acculturation were not correlated. Mothers did not indicate a desire for cultural prac- tices to be Canadian most of the time and unexpectedly, differences between authoritarian parenting practices and the remaining measures of acculturation were not found. Discussion focuses on both length of time in Canada as a proxy variable for accultura- tion, and the importance of teasing apart domain of measurement when focusing on acculturation and socialization.
#69 ADOLESCENT ETHNIC IDENTITY DEVELOPMENT AND PARENTING STRESS AMONG SOUTH ASIAN IMMIGRANTS Aneesa Shariff, University of Alberta; Noorfarah Merali, University of Alberta; Shipra Seth, University of Alberta
In a pluralistic society like Canada, immigrant parents face the challenging task of transmitting the family’s cultural heritage to their children, who are continuously exposed to competing cultural behaviours and values (Santisteban & Mitrani, 2003). Existing research suggests that immigrant parents closely monitor adolescents’ levels of ethnic identity development and act to counter opposing cultural influences (Segal, 1991). The present study attempted to relate South Asian immigrant adolescents’ levels of ethnic identity development to parenting stress levels, and to identify parent variables that relate to adolescent ethnic identity formation. Forty South Asian immigrant parent-adolescent dyads participated in this study. Adolescents completed the Multigroup Ethnic Identity Measure (Phinney, 1992), which assesses their level of identification with and commitment to their heritage culture. Parents completed the Stress Index for Parents of Adolescents (Sheras, Abidin, & Konold, 1998) and a demo- graphic questionnaire. As expected, adolescents’ levels of ethnic identity development were negatively correlated with parenting stress levels. Parent gender appeared to be an important factor related to adolescent ethnic identity, with t-test results identifying higher ethnic identity scores among adolescents paired with their fathers than among adolescents paired with their mothers.
11:00 - 11:25 - RIDEAU 11:00 - 11:25
Theory Review Session/ POLYPHARMACY TRENDS, ADIS, AND COGNITIVE STATUS IN CONTINUING Séance de revue CARE RESIDENTS théorique Scott Oddie; Psychology; Erin Fenton, Psychology; Robin Thresher, Psychology; Kim Goddard Adult Development and Aging
Polypharmacy refers to the use of multiple medications by individuals, and describes the negative consequences (e.g., cognitive deficits) arising from adverse drug interactions (ADIs) between these medications. Health-care research shows that individuals 60 years and older use between 2 to 8 prescribed medications, and 1 to 4 non-prescribed medications, placing this age group is at increased risk for ADIs. ADIs also occur frequently in nursing homes, and because they have been linked to poor medication management, ADIs are potentially preventable. However, medication management in this population is challenging due to age- related physiological changes, as well as the increased likelihood of chronic conditions that typically require pharmacological intervention. Medication management challenges are further compounded by the incidence of dementia, which is in excess of 50% in continuing care facilities. It is possible that some cases of dementia result from ADIs due to polypharmacy. This study examined polypharmacy in continuing care facilities and correlated contraindicated drug combinations with residents’ general cognitive status. The findings are discussed in terms of 1) polypharmacy-induced ADIs among residents in continuing care facilities, and 2) the development of both educational programs aimed at preventing ADIs, and best practice models in continu- ing care.
11:00 - 11:25 - MOUNT ROYAL 11:00 - 11:25
Theory Review Session/ ANALYZING DISCOURSES OF RACE(ISM) IN THE CANADIAN SAME-SEX Séance de revue MARRIAGE DEBATE théorique Joseph Warren, University of Calgary Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity Issues
Between February and July 2005 a great deal of debate took place in Canada’s Parliament and Senate regarding Bill C-38 – “an SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY act respecting certain aspects of legal capacity for marriage for civil purposes.” From a variety of different perspectives, conserv- atives, liberals and others drew on discourses of race(ism) in their accounts of what same-sex marriage means for equal rights and religious freedom in Canada. In my presentation, discourse from the official Hansard transcriptions will be used to demon-
226 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 strate how the rhetoric of race(ism) has been deployed in the same-sex marriage debate. Theoretically grounding my discourse analysis in the social constructionist work of Wetherell and Potter (1992), I will examine how the rhetoric of race(ism), imbued with the ideologies of liberalism and egalitarianism, paradoxically maintains other more subtle forms of inequality. Furthermore, from a queer theoretical perspective, I will discuss how these discourses of race(ism) intersect with other axes of oppression such as sex, gender, sexual orientation, and class. Finally, I will address some of the implications this analysis has for counselling the- ory and practice.
11:00 - 12:55 - LAKEVIEW 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium INCREASING OUR UNDERSTANDING OF ADDICTION MODELS, COMORBIDITY Clinical Psychology AND TREATMENT David Hodgins, University of Calgary
Our understanding of behavioural and substance abuse addictions has become increasingly sophisticated with a greater recogni- tion of and focus on the similarities and comorbidities of different forms of addiction. This symposium will provide an update on current research findings. Currie takes a population-based perspective on depression and substance abuse comorbidity. He reports prevalence of concurrent disorders as well as the association if these disorders and suicidal ideation. Stewart describes the relationship between depressive symptoms and drinking behaviour in a treatment sample of alcohol dependent women. Hodgins examines the effect of concurrent substance abuse of the course of gambling addictions. Von Ranson investigates the use of addiction treatment models with individuals suffering eating disorders.
#1 COMPARING DEPRESSION COMORBIDITY IN DRUG AND ALCOHOL DEPENDENT INDIVIDUALS IN THE GENERAL CANADIAN POPULATION Shawn Currie, University of Calgary; Scott Patten, University of Calgary; Jeanne Williams, University of Calgary; JianLi Wang, University of Calgary; Cynthia Beck, University of Calgary; Nady el-Guebaly, University of Calgary; Colleen Maxwell, University of Calgary
Population-based estimates of comorbidity in Canada were, until recently, extremely limited. Using data from the 2002 Canadian Community Health Survey – Mental Health and Well-being cycle (CCHS-1.2), the objectives of the present study were to (1) estimate the prevalence of major depressive disorder (MDD) in persons with drug or alcohol dependence in the Canadian adult population; (2) estimate the prevalence of drug or alcohol dependence within persons with current and lifetime MDD, and; (3) examine the impact of comorbidity on the prevalence of suicidal thoughts. The results revealed the 12-month prevalence of MDD as 16.1% (95% CI: 10.3 – 21.9) in persons with drug dependence and 8.8% (95% CI: 6.6 – 11.0) in persons with alcohol dependence. Conversely, the 12-month prevalence of drug dependence and alcohol dependence in persons with a 12-month diagnosis of MDD were 3.2% (95% CI: 2.0 – 4.4) and 5.8% (95% CI: 4.3 – 7.3), respectively. The prevalence of sui- cidal thoughts was highest in persons with current MDD, followed by persons with drug dependence, and then alcohol depen- dence. Comorbidity rates derived from the CCHS-1.2 are noticeably lower than recent US-based estimates, although the pattern of findings is similar. For example, major depression is nearly twice as common in persons with drug dependence compared to alcohol dependence.
#2 RELATIONS BETWEEN DEPRESSIVE SYMPTOMS AND DRINKING BEHAVIOR IN WOMEN ALCOHOLICS Sherry Stewart, Dalhousie University; Catrina Brown, Dalhousie Universtiy; Peter Horvath, Acadia University; Sandra Reyno, Dalhousie; Juliana Wiens, Dalhousie; Sarah Larsen, Dalhousie University SATURDAY / SAMEDI
Fifty women receiving treatment for alcohol problems completed measures pertaining to their depressive symptoms (i.e., Beck Depression Inventory – II [BDI-II]; Hamilton Depression Inventory [HDI]) and their alcohol use (i.e., Short Inventory of Drinking Situations [IDS-42]; Five-Factor Drinking Motives Questionnaire [5DM]; and a Quantity-Frequency Index [QFI]). Correlational analyses reveal several interesting patterns. First, HDI and BDI-II scores were significantly related only to coping motives, and not to enhancement motives, on the 5DM suggesting that women with substantial depressive symptoms drink to cope with negative emotions rather than to self-medicate for anhedonia through enhancement drinking. Second, BDI-II, but not HDI, scores were significantly related to drinking in negatively reinforcing and temptation situations on the IDS-42. Further exploration via scoring of the BDI-II according to its two subscales revealed that negative reinforcement and temptation drinking situations were more strongly and consistently related to somatic than to cognitive depressive symptoms. Finally, somatic (but not cognitive) depressive symptoms on the BDI-II were related to usual drinking quantity (but not frequency) on the QFI. Implications of the findings for better understanding of the common co-morbidity of depression and alcohol use disorders will be discussed.
227 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 THE ROLE OF COMORBID SUBSTANCE ABUSE AND DEPENDENCE AND MOOD DISORDERS IN THE OUTCOME FROM PATHOLOGICAL GAMBLING OVER FIVE YEARS David Hodgins, University of Calgary; Nicole Peden, University of Calgary; Nady el-Guebaly, University of Calgary; Sandra Young, University of Calgary
The role of comorbid substance abuse and dependence and mood disorders in the outcome from pathological gambling was investigated by following over a five-year period a naturalistic sample of pathological gamblers who had recently quit gambling (N =101). The media recruited sample included 36 women and 64 men with a mean age of 39 years. Follow-up data were avail- able for 83% at 3 months, 80% at 6 months, 79% at 12 months, and 52% at 5 years. Over the follow-up period 68% of partici- pants had a minimum 3 months of continuous abstinence, 47% had a minimum 6 month period of continuous abstinence, 30% had a minimum 9 month period of abstinence, and 21% had a minimum 12 month period of abstinence. Participants with a drug use disorder during their lifetime were less likely to have a minimum 3 month period of abstinence, and those who had been involved in gambling treatment were more likely to have a minimum 12 months of continuous abstinence. Involvement in gam- bling treatment and gambling severity were most commonly associated with a shorter time to achieving a period of abstinence of any length. Lifetime history of a mood disorder also predicted a longer time to reach a minimum 3 months of continuous absti- nence. We concluded that comorbid mental health disorders are predictive of shorter term outcome.
11:00 - 12:55 - BANFF 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY IN YOUTH AND FAMILIES: AN ACTION Counselling Psychology THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVE Sheila Marshall, The University of British Columbia
The purpose of this symposium is to advance understanding of positive psychology by presenting a conceptual framework for the purpose of guiding empirical research. Efforts to build qualities that allow individuals and societies to flourish, as Seligman (2000) suggested as the mandate for positive psychology, has to begin with a conceptualization of human behavior grounded on intentionality and reflective of goal-directed processes. These efforts also have to embrace research methods that allow for the simultaneous description of goals, internal processes and social meaning. A theoretical paper outlining Action Theory as a Conceptual Framework for Positive Psychology sets the stage for the symposium. This treatise is followed by three empirical studies employing action theory to study the transition to adulthood, urban-residing Aboriginal youths’ career development, and youths’ avoidance of drug use.
#1 ACTION THEORY AS A CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK FOR POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Richard Young, University of British Columbia; Celine Lee, The University of British Columbia
Notwithstanding considerable recent interest in positive psychology, commentators have noted the lack of a guiding conceptual framework. Positive psychology focuses on identifying and nurturing strengths of individuals directed at coping and the better- ment of life. This focus distinguishes positive psychology from psychology’s earlier emphasis on psychopathology. The lan- guage and the content of positive psychology to date have been evaluative, as the word “positive” suggests. Similarly, the focus on strengths of an individual has reflected the content issues of positive psychology such as wellness enhancement and primary prevention. However, at the core of positive psychology is intentional, goal-directed behavior. Thus action theory encapsulates the processes and outcomes of the ultimate human experience that positive psychology intends to address. By elucidating how positive psychology reflects (1) the levels of human action, that is goals, functional steps, and elements; (2) the perspectives of human action, that is, manifest behavior, internal processes and social meaning, and (3) the systems of human action, that is indi- vidual and joint action, project and career, we will argue that action theory provides an important conceptual framework for pos- itive psychology and also directs us to suitable research methods.
#2 TRANSITION TO ADULTHOOD AS A FAMILY PROJECT: IMPLICATIONS FOR POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Corinne Logan, University of British Columbia
Twenty family dyads comprised of a parent and a youth were studied intensively over a period of eight months in order to identi- fy and describe the joint transition-to-adulthood project that each dyad was engaged in. Based on an action theoretical conceptu- alization, this study used the qualitative action-project method to access the dyads’ joint behavior, internal processes guiding their behavior, and its social meaning. The findings include how transition is jointly constructed, shared intentionality of parent and youth, their orientation toward specific short-term, mid-term and long term goals, and the importance of relationship goals SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY and actions. Results suggest that positive outcomes are achieved when families engage in joint goal-directed behaviours, inten- tionally pursuing common goals around the transition to adulthood. These findings reflect positive psychology’s concern that it is not the absence of negative factors that contribute to the psychological health, but the ability to create positive outcomes
228 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 through individual and joint agency. We argue in this paper that action theory is not only a useful conceptual framework to investigate the transition to adulthood but also that its principles grounds the understanding of the positive outcomes and processes of transition to adulthood in joint intentional human action and projects.
#3 AN ACTION THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVE ON ABSTINENCE CHOICES Matthew Graham, University of British Columbia; Anat Zaidman-Zait, The University of British Columbia
An action theoretical understanding of adolescent abstinence choices and behaviours is an important and timely contribution to the literature on positive psychology and adolescent development. Results from a study on alcohol and marijuana abstinence choices (N = 8) inform these conceptualizations and are reanalyzed in light of developments in the positive psychology litera- ture. Findings offer a window into the social meaning, goals, behaviours, relationships, cognitions and emotions surrounding such ‘health’ or ‘resiliency’ behaviours. Abstinence choices appear to be organized around a goal or goals within individual and joint projects. Several authors propose reworking the resilience construct into a more complex, more dynamic and less tautolog- ical construct. This reworking sees purposeful and positive youth behaviour not as an external factor to be imparted but some- thing indwelling and able to be nurtured. One constructionist perspective characterizes resilience as a negotiation between indi- viduals and their environments with the purpose of maintaining a self-definition that is healthy. Action theory offers an integra- tive theoretical understanding that enhances a current movement towards a salutogenic, contextualized, action-focused and goal- directed understanding of adolescent resilience and health behaviours.
#4 CAREER DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS AMONG URBAN-RESIDING ABORIGINAL FAMILIES Sheila Marshall, University of British Columbia; Richard Young, University of British Columbia; Alison Stevens, The University of British Columbia; Stewart Deyell, University of British Columbia; Andrea Martel, The University of British Columbia; Wayne Spence, University of British Columbia
Much of the research on Aboriginal youth focuses on issues such as low rates of educational completion (Statistics Canada, 2002) due to boredom and early transition to parenthood (Statistics Canada, 2003). While extant literature is critical for under- standing Aboriginal experiences it tends to focus on failure rather than positive psychosocial outcomes. The purpose of this study is to identify how urban-residing Aboriginal parent-adolescent dyads coactively construct the youths’ career development in coordination with social supports. The qualitative action-project method was employed to study 10 parent-adolescent dyads and their social supports (maximum 4 individuals per family) over 6 months. Data includes observations of videotaped conver- sations about the adolescents’ future, video recall, and telephone logs. Analysis of the conversation data involves coding each turn of speech and then integrating the analysis with the data from the video recall. The entire data from a case is then used in cross-case analysis assessing how dyads coactively construct the youths’ careers. Findings reveal that dyads are engaged in efforts to escape negative stereotypes of Aboriginal people through positive educational and career pursuits. Results are dis- cussed with regard to the processes employed to disconnect from negative assigned identities through constructing future careers.
11:00 - 12:55 - LAKE LOUISE 11:00 - 12:55
Workshop/ Atelier de LIABILITY AND STANDARD OF CARE ISSUES IN THE ASSESSMENT OF travail ADOLESCENTS AT RISK FOR VIOLENCE SATURDAY / SAMEDI Psychologists In Angela Bardick, University of Lethbridge; Kerry Bernes, University of Lethbridge Education
This workshop will address liability and standard of care issues in assessing adolescents at risk for violence. Specifically, a full forensic model for the assessment of adolescents at risk for violence will be provided.
229 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
11:00 - 12:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 11:00 - 12:55
Symposium A MULTI-SOURCE VIEW OF THE SOCIAL, ACADEMIC, AND EMOTIONAL Developmental Psychology PROBLEMS OF CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS WITH ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER (ADHD) Judith Wiener, OISE, University of Toronto; Rosemary Tannock, OISE, University of Toronto; Thomas Humphries, Hospital for Sick Children; Molly Malone, Bloorview MacMillan Children’s Centre
Although children and adolescents with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) are defined in accordance with a set of symptoms outlined in DSM-IV, they are also acknowledged to have a variety of associated learning, behaviour, social, and emotional problems. The focus of this symposium is on the different views and beliefs of children and adolescents with ADHD and their parents regarding these problems, the interactions between children and parents, and the impact of these perspectives on the children’s academic achievement, social skills, and mood. The participants in these studies (all done at the ADHD research lab at OISE, University of Toronto and funded by SSHRC) are children and adolescents with and without ADHD rang- ing in age between 7 and 17 and their parents. The symposium will also address measurement issues (i.e., the degree to which findings differ when data are collected from the children themselves, their parents, or through standardized tests and behavioural observation), and developmental issues (e.g., differences in attributions for problematic behaviour between 9 to 13 year old chil- dren in elementary school and adolescents in secondary school). The implications for interventions directed at children and ado- lescents with ADHD themselves, at parents, and at families will be discussed.
#1 CONTRIBUTIONS OF ACADEMIC AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS TO THE PREDICTION OF DEPRESSIVE SYMPTOMS IN PREADOLESCENTS WITH ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER (ADHD) Monica Apostol, OISE, University of Toronto; Judith Wiener, OISE/University of Toronto; Thomas Humphries, Hospital for Sick Children; Rosemary Tannock, OISE/University of Toronto; Molly Malone, Bloorview MacMillan Children's Centre
Considerable data indicate that ADHD is associated with elevated levels of depressive symptoms. Based on the dual failure model of depression, this study examined whether chronic failure in academic and social domains plays a role in the develop- ment of depressive symptoms in children with ADHD. Eighty-eight children with ADHD and 57 children without ADHD in grades 3 to 9 were administered the Children’s Depression Inventory and standardized measures of social and academic func- tioning. The social and academic problems were hypothesized to mediate the relationship between ADHD and depressive symp- toms. Two mediational models were tested: the first model investigated the mediational roles of social and academic problems as assessed by children’s parents and teachers and as reflected by standardized academic tests, and the second model was based on children’s perceptions of their academic and social functioning. The first mediational model met with partial support. Social problems mediated the depressive symptoms while the academic problems did not. However, the second model was fully sup- ported. Children’s perceptions of their academic and social functioning were found to mediate depressive symptoms. Findings are discussed in terms of implications for clinical practice and future research.
#2 THE ATTRIBUTIONS OF ADOLESCENTS WITH ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER (ADHD) FOR THEIR PROBLEM BEHAVIOURS Angela Varma, OISE, University of Toronto; Judith Wiener, OISE/University of Toronto; Thomas Humphries, Hospital for Sick Children
The objective of this paper is to present a study that examined the attributions that adolescents with Attention- Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) make about their self-identified most problematic behaviours. Gaining an understand- ing of adolescents’ attributions for their most concerning behaviours is important in order to determine whether their attributions are consistent with those of individuals who are likely to respond to interventions designed to change behaviour (i.e., control- lable and modifiable). To identify problematic behaviours, approximately 20 adolescents with ADHD and a control group of approximately 20 adolescents without ADHD viewed pictures of an adolescent engaging in various problem behaviours and were asked whether they, like this character, frequently engaged in those behaviours. A structured interview was employed to assess the degree to which they viewed their behaviours as global, stable, controllable, stigmatizing, and internally caused. The interview was then repeated in order to assess the participants’ attributions for ADHD as a disorder. Findings are discussed in terms of attribution theory and the implications for intervention. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
230 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#3 PARENTAL SCAFFOLDING OF SOCIAL INTERACTION SKILLS DURING PERIODS OF SIBLING CONFLICT IN CHILDREN WITH ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER Jennifer Theule, OISE/University of Toronto; Judith Wiener, OISE/University of Toronto; Brian McDonald, OISE/University of Toronto; Sophia Bello, University of Toronto; Todd Cunningham, OISE/University of Toronto
The goals of this research are to investigate the nature of sibling relations in children with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and to determine whether differences in parental scaffolding of social interaction skills (in the context of sib- ling conflict) provide a plausible account of their social skill deficits. This paper is a presentation of some initial data that com- pares families of children with and without ADHD. Participants are approximately 10 families of children with ADHD and 10 families of children without ADHD. Each family consists of one parent and two children (older child aged 8-11 years, younger child aged 4-8 years). Using the Sibling Relationship Questionnaire and the Parent Behavior Questionnaire, as well as observa- tions during a 15-minute structured play task, the families are compared on level of sibling conflict (number of conflicts, intensi- ty of conflict, and conflict duration) and amount and type of parental intervention (parent-centred vs. child-centred). The parents’ sensitivity of control and responsiveness when dealing with episodes of conflict are also evaluated to provide a composite scaf- folding measure. Implications of the findings for parenting and social skills intervention programs will be discussed.
#4 ACADEMIC PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT IN CHILDREN WITH AND WITHOUT ATTENTION-DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER (ADHD): THE MEDIATING ROLE OF HYPERACTIVITY, INATTENTION, AND IMPULSIVITY Maria Fagan, OISE/University of Toronto; Judith Wiener, OISE/University of Toronto; Daniella Biondic, OiSE/University of Toronto; Jenny Leung, OISE/University of Toronto; Rosemary Tannock, OISE/University of Toronto
Students with ADHD are at high risk for academic underachievement, which occurs in up to 80% of these children. While some research has been conducted on the nature of these academic difficulties, little attention has been paid to the role that parents play in the learning and education of children with ADHD. Given that children with ADHD experience such widespread acade- mic difficulty, it is important that we understand the role that parents play in the school achievement of these children. The pre- sent study sought to investigate the nature of academic parental involvement in children with ADHD. Fifty children with ADHD and fifty children without ADHD were assessed using various well-established measures of parental involvement, ADHD symp- tomology, and academic outcomes. Data were collected using a multi-source method, including child, parent, and teacher. The mediational role of hyperactivity, impulsivity, and inattention in the relationship between parental involvement and children’s academic outcome variables will be examined in the ADHD and control samples. Results will be discussed based on these empirical findings and clinical applications will be discussed.
#5 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PERSPECTIVE TAKING AND EMPATHY AND THE SOCIAL SKILLS OF CHILDREN WITH ATTENTION DEFICIT/HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER (ADHD) Imola Marton, OISE/University of Toronto; Judith Wiener, OISE/University of Toronto; Amy Hsu, OiSE/University of Toronto; Yili Wang, OiSE/University of Toronto; Rosemary Tannock, OISE/University of Toronto
Approximately 50% of children with ADHD suffer from increased risk of social rejection related to their deficits in the develop- ment of appropriate social responding. They are described as being intrusive, inappropriate, disorganized, aggressive, and unco-
operative in their peer relationships. Nevertheless, few studies have examined whether their problems with peer relationships and SATURDAY / SAMEDI social skills are related to difficulties in perspective taking and empathy. Social perspective taking, an important aspect of social interactions, is the ability to recognize and understand that others can have different emotions, motives, and perspectives than oneself, and to utilize this knowledge during social interaction. The ability to empathize involves emotional matching and the vicarious experiencing of a variety of feelings consistent with the emotions of another person. This study examines the perspec- tive taking and empathy skills of children with ADHD and its relationship to the development of social skills in a sample of 100 children (50 with ADHD and 50 controls) using established measures of perspective taking, empathy and social skills. Examining the contribution of perspective taking and empathy to the development of appropriate social skills has important implications both for refining our understanding about the nature of these children’s social difficulties and developing so
11:30 - 13:25 - BONAVISTA 11:30 - 13:25
Symposium SOCIAL JUSTICE RESEARCH IN CANADA Social and Personality Mitchell Callan, University of Calgary
This symposium brings together cutting edge research findings and new theoretical ideas from Canadian researchers interested in the psychological study of justice. Each of the researchers gathered for this symposium begin with the assumption that justice
231 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
plays an important role in people’s lives, and each examines different aspects of the justice motive. Included in this symposium are talks that focus on the justice-relevant circumstances and individual differences that give rise to negative treatment of out- groups, changes in fairness perceptions, vengeance, and victim derogation and blame. The researchers also examine and discuss broader theoretical issues relevant to contemporary justice research, including: (a) the extent to which the need to believe in a just world helps people work toward long-term goals, (b) whether deserving concerns underlie how we treat out-group members, (c) how and to what extent fairness perceptions change over time, (d) the role that people’s self-construal plays in their desire to seek revenge, and (e) whether people can reconstruct the past in order to facilitate their justice motive concerns in the present. Discussion will focus on future directions and limitations and the role that Canadian justice researchers have had in expanding our understanding of the psychology of justice.
#1 BELIEF IN A JUST WORLD AND PSYCHOPATHIC PERSONALITY Julie Dempsey, Brock University; Becky Choma, Brock University; Carolyn Hafer, Brock University
The present studies explore the implications of psychopathic personality for the need to believe in a just world. In Study 1, we assessed participants’ long-term goal focus and psychopathy (i.e., their commitment to deserving their outcomes). In a second session, participants were then exposed to a victim whose situation did or did not contradict a belief in a just world. When the victim’s situation contradicted a belief in a just world, the greater participants’ tendency to focus on long-term outcomes, the more they blamed the victim for her misfortune; but this relation only occurred for participants low in psychopathy (i.e., those with a strong commitment to deserving their outcomes). The results are consistent with previous work arguing that a belief in a just world helps people to work toward long-term goals and to do so in such a way that they are deserved. Alternative explana- tions of the findings were explored in a second study in which participants’ psychopathic tendencies were assessed, as well as their physiological arousal in response to a victim who presumably did or did not threaten a belief in a just world.
#2 WHO IS MOST LIKELY TO AVENGE AN INJUSTICE AND WHY? THE ROLE OF INDEPENDENT SELF- CONSTRUAL Agnes Zdaniuk, University of Waterloo; D. Bobocel, University of Waterloo
In recent research, we have examined the role of people’s self-construal in determining revenge behaviour following an injus- tice. Drawing on existing theory and research, we hypothesized that individuals with a stronger independent self-construal would be more likely to avenge an injustice in an effort to restore a threat to their self-identity. The results from several stud- ies—in which we employ different methodologies and multiple measures of revenge—are consistent with our reasoning. Moreover, mediation analyses provide insight into the process underlying the relation between independent self-construal and revenge. In the talk, we will discuss the results of our research, and highlight the implications for current justice theory.
#3 JUSTICE MOTIVE EFFECTS IN RECONSTRUCTIVE MEMORY Mitchell Callan, University of Calgary
Working from Lerner’s (1980) justice motive theory, I examined whether biased recollection of the past may serve to help peo- ple sustain their belief in a just world. In a first study, I found that participants who learned that a “bad” person won a lottery prize later recalled the man winning less money than participants who learned he was a “good” person. Participants’ recall of the lottery prize seemed to reflect their deservingness expectations, as having a “bad” person win less money is more consistent with what a “bad” person deserves. In a second study, participants were given a photograph and a story of a woman who suffered either minimally or a great deal as a result of being in a house fire. They were later asked to recognize the woman’s photograph among six other digitally altered photographs, which were each pre-rated for physical attractiveness. Consistent with victim derogation effects, participants who learned that the woman suffered a great deal recognized a less physically attractive version of her than participants who thought she suffered minimally. The limitations and theoretical contributions of this research are discussed.
#4 THE ROLE OF JUSTICE CONCERNS IN ACTIONS TOWARD OTHERS James Olson, Brock University; Carolyn Hafer, Brock University; Alexandra Peterson, University of Western Ontario
The psychological processes that underlie negative treatment of outgroups (e.g., discrimination, genocide) have been of consid- erable interest to social psychologists. Researchers have proposed numerous factors that can influence actions toward outgroups, including victim derogation, perceived value threat, social identity processes, and perceived competition for scarce resources. Our research is designed to investigate another important factor that may underlie reactions to outgroups, namely concerns about justice or fairness. Several theorists have suggested that perceivers sometimes believe that justice is not a relevant consideration for deciding how to treat a particular outgroup (or individual). The target group or person is perceived to be outside the scope of SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY justice, which means that it is unnecessary to follow normal rules of fairness when acting toward them. We propose that targets whom researchers presume to be excluded from the scope of justice may often be seen as deserving negative treatment.
232 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Perceiving targets as deserving negative treatment implies that justice considerations are relevant, even though the treatment is harmful. We will describe three studies that were aimed at disentangling such concepts as scope of justice and perceived deserv- ingness.
#5 ORGANIZATIONAL JUSTICE OVER TIME: HOW PERCEPTIONS OF FAIRNESS CAN CHANGE David Jones, University of Vermont; Daniel Skarlicki, University of British Columbia
We developed a model about how fairness perceptions can change over time. We integrated aspects of uncertainty management theory and fairness theory to provide insight into fairness change processes. We propose that how individuals process informa- tion about the fairness of an event (e.g., an interaction with a supervisor) depends on whether it is deemed to be consistent or inconsistent with pre-existing impressions and expectations about an entity (e.g., whether the supervisor is a “fair” or “unfair” person). When an event is consistent with an impression-based expectation for fairness, individuals process the event with little scrutiny and interpret it in the direction of their initial impression. When impression-based expectations are violated, however, individuals engage in sense-making processes (e.g., counterfactual thinking), which can lead to impression change. The likeli- hood of impression change is affected by perceiver characteristics, impression certainty, direction of the potential change, and features of the justice event. For instance, surprising events that violate core psychological needs (control, self-esteem, belong- ing, and moral purpose) and that arouse justice motives (instrumental, relational, and deontological) are more likely to lead to impression change. We discuss the implications of our model for managerial practice.
11:30 - 11:55 - RIDEAU 11:30 - 11:55
Theory Review Session/ YOUNG GAY MEN AND HIGH-RISK SEXUAL BEHAVIOUR: WHERE DO WE GO Séance de revue FROM HERE? théorique Robert Roughley, Campus Alberta Applied Counselling Initiative Health Psychology
This theoretical review examines the current phenomenon of and the associated factors in young gay men’s participation in high- risk sexual behaviours. From a health psychology perspective, this review addresses past and current practices in health promo- tion efforts, while arguing for the importance of multi-level interventions in meeting the personal and cultural needs of this pop- ulation. A clear examination of the educational and psychological literature suggests that meeting the mental and sexual health needs of young gay men is an intricate and complex process. This discussion will suggest that in order to adequately offer cul- turally appropriate health promotion measures, we must first examine the lessons of the past, and implement strategies that clear- ly represent the multicultural millennium. Without essential and competent prevention and intervention measures, HIV infection in young gay men within Canadian mosaic will most likely continue to rise.
11:30 - 13:25 - MOUNT ROYAL 11:30 - 13:25
Paper Session/ Séance de STEREOTYPING, PREJUDICE & DISCRIMINATION présentation orale Sean Moore, University of Alberta Social and Personality
#1 NATIONAL STEREOTYPES IN THE UNITE STATES, CANADA, CHINA , AND
IRAN: A CROSS-CULTURAL STUDY SATURDAY / SAMEDI Warren Thorngate, Carleton University; Mahin Tavakoli, Carleton University; Jianghe Niu, Carleton University; Fatemeh Bagherian, Tehran University; Said Pournagash, Tehran University; Nicolas DiFonzo, Rochester Institute of Technology
University students from Iran, China, Canada and the United States listed up to five words or phrases that first came to mind when thinking about each others’ countries, then rated the goodness/badness of the words/phrases they listed. Americans gener- ally received negative ratings (especially from Canadians), Canadians and Chinese generally received positive ratings, and Iranians received positive ratings from everyone except Americans. Contrary to the in-group bias hypothesis, respondents did not generally rate their own nationality higher than they rated the other three nationalities. Concordant with the out-group homo- geneity hypothesis, most respondents showed more variability in rating their own nationality than in rating the other three nationalities. Exceptions were common, suggesting that in-group and out-group phenomena shift with nationality and culture.
233 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#2 PERCEPTIONS OF THE GROWING CANADIAN POPULATION: STEREOTYPES OF OVERWEIGHT INDIVIDUALS Rebecca Harriman, University of Saskatchewan; Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan; Paula Brochu, University of Western Ontario; Kimberly Work, University of Saskatchewan
Canada is facing an obesity epidemic. In a recent national survey, it was found that 33% of Canadians aged 20 to 64 were over- weight, with an additional 15 % being obese. Thus, nearly half of Canadian adults are currently overweight or obese. Further, it has been documented that overweight people experience discrimination in a number of areas including employment (e.g., Rothblum, Brand, Miller, and Oetjen, 1990), health care (e.g., Adams, Smith, Wilbur, & Grady, 1993), and education (e.g., Crandall, 1991; 1995). In Western culture, it seems that expressing negative thoughts and feelings towards overweight individu- als is socially acceptable. To accompany the prejudice and discrimination literature, the present study examined the cultural rep- resentations of stereotypes that exist towards overweight men and women in Canada. Participants were 144 (35 male; 109 female) introductory psychology students, who indicated both their cultural awareness and personal endorsement of the traits typically ascribed to overweight men and overweight women. Results from this study suggest that, consistent with past research, individuals’ will continue endorsing explicitly negative beliefs about men and women who are overweight.
#3 THE IMPACT OF TRUST GOALS ON STEREOTYPE ACTIVATION Justin Friesen, University of Winnipeg; Lisa Sinclair, University of Winnipeg
One study investigated the impact of trust goals on stereotype activation, the extent to which a stereotype is accessible or on one’s mind. Previous research has demonstrated that people may activate stereotypes in the service of their goals. These past studies have mostly explored self-enhancement and comprehension goals. The current study extended this work to trust related goals. Using a scrambled sentence task, experimental group participants were primed with either a trust or a distrust goal. Control group participants were primed with a neutral goal. All participants then watched a videotape of a White or Black doctor and completed a lexical decision task to measure activation of the Black stereotype. Compared to the control group, we found that participants primed with a distrust goal activated the Black stereotype whereas participants primed with a trust goal did not activate the Black stereotype. Results are discussed in terms of a goal-based theoretical framework for stereotype activation.
#4 THE EFFECTS OF MULTIPLE GROUP MEMBERSHIP ON STEREOTYPING Danielle DeSorcy, University of Saskatchewan; Lisa Sinclair, University of Winnipeg
Today, instances of overt prejudice are considered socially unacceptable. However many people continue to discriminate in a more subtle fashion (Gaertner & Dovidio, 1986). Research indicates that in ambiguous situations or when the appropriate social response in unclear, people will respond in a discriminatory or racist manner. In the current research, participants provided stereotypic trait ratings of pen pal ad writers who were either prisoners or non-prisoners of Aboriginal or Caucasian back- grounds. Based on aversive racism theory, I expected that when people were given socially acceptable reasons to express preju- dice such as with the prison population, people would be more prone to discriminate and show their biases toward those who are also an ethnic minority. I further hypothesized that when participants were not given a socially acceptable reason to discriminate (i.e., when the individuals are rating a non-prisoner), the participants would rate the minority ad writers (Aboriginals) more favorably than the majority ad writers (Whites). Results and implications for Aboriginal Canadians are discussed.
#5 HOW STIGMA SENSITIVITY INFLUENCES OLDER ADULTS’ RESPONSES TO STEREOTYPE THREAT Sonia Kang, University of Toronto
When making judgments about others, people often rely on stereotypical information associated with the category to which they believe others belong. Unfortunately, much research has shown that categorization on the basis of age, and in this case, as “old” or “elderly”, may lead not only to inaccuracies on the part of perceivers, but can also have negative consequences for the targets of stereotypes. One way that ageist stereotypes negatively affect older adults is through a mechanism known as stereotype threat, in which anxiety about fulfilling a negative stereotype about one’s group worsens performance on tasks related to the stereotype. Past research has shown that stereotype threat can lead to decreased cognitive and, more specifically, memory performance in the older adult population. One interesting characteristic of stereotype threat is that it does not affect all group members to the same degree. Although research has shown that older adults are often affected by aging stereotypes, no research has shown whether older adults who are more or less susceptible to stereotype threat perform differently on tests of memory performance. In this research, high and low susceptible older adults completed a series of everyday memory tasks under stereotype threat or no threat conditions. Results and implications of this work for prevention and intervention techniques are discussed. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
234 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
11:30 - 12:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 11:30 - 12:55
Paper Session/ Séance de SUBJECTIVITY AS CONTEXT présentation orale Angelina Baydala, University of Regina History and Philosophy
#1 PSYCHOLOGICAL AGENCY IN CONTEXT Roger Frie, Columbia University
In contemporary psychotherapy, there has been a progressive movement towards incorporating postmodern ideas in clinical practice. Gone are the fixed concepts and universalist assumptions of Enlightenment thinking. The embrace of difference, multi- plicity, and embeddedness has created new opportunities for understanding clinical practice and theory. For many postmod- ernists, the “person” is seen as embedded in social, linguistic and historical contexts, and as having no natural or intrinsic organi- zation. As a result, however, such notions as will and choice, which comprise the activities of psychological agency, are progres- sively dismantled and overlooked. And without a psychological agent who develops, changes, and learns, the therapeutic process would seem to lose its meaning. I will discuss these changes within contemporary psychotherapy with the objective of providing a coherent articulation of agency. I will argue that a clinically and theoretically relevant concept of psychological agency can only exist in the space between modernist essentialism and postmodern relativism.
#2 CONTEXTUAL UNDERSTANDING IN IDENTITY DEVELOPMENT Jeremy Beile, The King’s University College
This paper discusses the implications of social constructionism’s losing the phenomenal self through a focus on discursive prac- tice. I argue that this focus leaves out the essential quality of embodiment that provides the contextual background for meaning. The result is not, as some critics have claimed, a relativistic nihilism, but rather a reductionistic social determinism. I theorize a dialogical formation of personal identity embedded within the physical and sociocultural world, influenced by the limitations and possibilities of contextual interpretation. Identity cannot be reduced to mere response (as behaviorism would suggest) or to a social construct (as some forms of social constructionism insist) but is the result of dialogical interaction between the phenome- nal self and the context (physical and social) in which it is embedded.
#3 THE INARTICULACY OF INDIVIDUALISM Mark Reich, The King’s University College
Psychology in its cognitive, humanistic, and clinical orientations has tended to support an individualistic understanding of the person. This might seem a laudable and necessary response in our contemporary times characterized by ‘mass’ phenomenon (such as bureaucracies, consumerism, globalism, corporations etc.). It is my argument however that psychology’s egocentric focus on the self leads paradoxically to negative consequences for us as individuals. Using Charles Taylor’s notion that we are “inarticulate” about the ideals that guide our practices and discourses, I apply this understanding of “inarticulacy” to our under- standing of individualism. If individualist, subjectivist, relativist focus is in truth animated by an ideal of authenticity, then to be “articulate” about ourselves as individuals we must engage in discourses that transcend a self-centered focus, and speak about selfhood relative to the ideals, communities, and society that enable us to be the individuals we are.
12:00 - 12:25 - RIDEAU 12:00 - 12:25
Theory Review Session/ DOUBLE-BARRELLED QUESTIONS: DO YOU USE THEM AND DO YOU KNOW SATURDAY / SAMEDI Séance de revue NOT? théorique Floyd Rudmin, University of Tromsø, Norway; Charlene Christie, Indiana Teaching Of Psychology University-Purdue University Columbus
Psychologists, political opinion pollsters, and others who use questionnaires have known for decades that double-barrelled ques- tions should be avoided. Thurstone was perhaps the first to state this, in 1928. Since then, virtually every psychometrician and statistics how-to manual has recommended against using questions that ask two or more propositions in one expression. The rea- sons are many. Nevertheless, several areas of psychological research continue to use double-barreled questions, and research results from these faulty measures reveal in various ways the mismeasurements that arise from this faulty form of inquiry. This paper will review this history, and will systematize the reasons that double-barreled questions should not be used in psychomet- ric studies.
235 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
12:30 - 12:55 - RIDEAU 12:30 - 12:55
Theory Review Session/ OUTLINE FOR AN ALTERNATIVE INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY Séance de revue Ron Sheese, York University théorique Teaching Of Psychology
Introductory Psychology courses are typically encyclopedic in nature, surveying notable empirical results across a standard spec- trum of content divisions considered independently of one another — perception, cognition, learning, social, abnormal, etc. History and theory are absent or relegated to brief sections with no connection to other portions of the course. Psychology is presented as individualist, apolitical, biologically reductionist and based on the methods of classical natural science. This ses- sion outlines a course designed to introduce Psychology as a historically and politically situated activity subsuming a variety of discourse communities contending over both method and content. The course is seen as welcoming students into the ongoing passionate discourse of psychologists and assisting students in their first attempts to participate in that conversation. Special emphasis is given to interpretivist and idiographic approaches, to work originating in psychological practice, and to the relation- ship of Psychology to the Social Sciences. The course seeks to prepare students well for the material of conventional upper- level courses while providing them with a solid basis for critiquing it.
13:00 - 13:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 13:00 - 13:55
Conversation Session/ REGISTRATION, LICENSURE AND MOBILITY IN CANADA AND THE UNITED Séance de conversation STATES Catherine Yarrow, Association of State and Provincial Psychology Boards
The presentations will provide information on requirements for registration and licensure in Canada and the United States, ser- vices such as credentials banking, practice examinations and score transfers, and mechanisms for mobility in Canada and the United States
13:00 - 14:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium DIFFERENT FORMULATIONS OF THE SAME FORENSIC CASE: A COMPARISON Psychoanalysis OF COGNITIVE BEHAVIOURAL, INTERPERSONAL, AND PSYCHODYNAMIC APPROACHES Michael Sheppard, University of Saskatchewan; Jon Mills, Adler School of Graduate Studies; Andrew Starzomski, East Coast Forensic Hospital; Steve J. Wormith, University of Saskatchewan
At CPA in 2005, Andrew Starzomski organized a symposium on psychotherapy in criminal justice settings. The emphasis of this symposium was that there are more approaches to treatment with forensic patients than CBT, and that this is often ignored. The present symposium is a continuation of this idea. Three clinicians will present the same forensic case from their respective orien- tations: Cognitive behavioural, Interpersonal, and Psychodynamic. The presenters will have had the same information on which to base their formulations, and some of this information will be shared with the audience prior to the presentation of the first for- mulation. If possible, part of the interview with the patient will be videotaped and this will also be shown prior to the presenta- tion of the first formulation. The case formulations will include directions for treatment. This symposium is meant to highlight similarities and differences among orientations.
#1 AN INTERPERSONAL FORMULATION OF A FORENSIC CASE Andrew Starzomski, East Coast Forensic Hospital
This will be an interpersonal formulation of a forensic case. The presenter will not have worked with the patient, and will not have any special information about the patient. Information from which the formulation is based will come from the same source as the other formulations in this symposium. The formulation will include directions for treatment.
#2 A PSYCHODYNAMIC FORMULATION OF A FORENSIC CASE Michael Sheppard, University of Saskatchewan
This will be a psychodynamic (Kleinian/object relations) formulation of a forensic case. The presenter will not have worked with the patient, and will not have any special information about the patient. Information from which the formulation is based will SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY come from the same source as the other formulations in this symposium. The formulation will include directions for treatment.
236 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#3 A COGNITIVE-BEHAVIOURAL FORMULATION OF A FORENSIC CASE Steve J. Wormith, University of Saskatchewan
This will be a cognitive-behavioural formulation of a forensic case. The presenter will not have worked with the patient, and will not have any special information about the patient. Information from which the formulation is based will come from the same source as the other formulations in this symposium. The formulation will include directions for treatment.
13:00 - 14:55 - MANNING (SECOND FLOOR) 13:00 - 14:55
Paper Session/ Séance de CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS présentation orale Sean Moore, University of Alberta Social and Personality
#1 DISTANCE MAKES THE HEART GROW WORRIED: EFFECTS OF SELF-ESTEEM ON WORRY AND OPTIMISM IN CLOSE AND LONG DISTANCE RELATIONSHIPS Rhiannon MacDonnell, University of Calgary
New technologies make relating at a distance an increasingly feasible endeavour for today’s couples. Instead of bowing out of a satisfying relationship because it is “too hard”, couples now have the opportunity to communicate in many ways (e.g., telephone, e-mail, text & web messaging, video-chat, etc.) in order to nourish their relationships. There is a substantial amount of insightful literature on self esteem in same-city or close-distance (CDR) relationships, but there is far less that we know about how self- esteem affects people in long-distance relationships (LDRs) (Murray et. al. 2000, 2002, etc.). This study demonstrates that self- esteem continues to prove itself as a force to be reckoned with in both CDRs and LDRs, and that it affects how optimistic people feel about the future, how satisfied they are in their relationship, and how much people worry about being replaced or forgotten by their partner. We also demonstrate the importance of face-to-face contact in relationships – not for LDRs like one might expect, but for those partners in same-city relationships.
#2 EQUITY AS A PREDICTOR OF RELATIONSHIP SATISFACTION: MODERATING EFFECTS OF EXCHANGE AND COMMUNAL ORIENTATIONS Mie Kito, University of Manitoba
According to Equity Theory, individuals feel satisfied when they are engaged in equitable relationships, where the ratio of bene- fits to costs is the same across partners (e.g., Buunk & VanYperen, 1991). Exchange orientation (e.g., Buunk & VanYperen, 1991) and communal orientation (e.g., Jones & Vaughan, 1990) are found to be moderators on the relation between equity and relationship satisfaction. In the current study, a total of 372 introductory psychology students (159 men, 210 women) completed measures for equity, relationship satisfaction, underbenefiting exchange orientation (UEO), overbenefiting exchange orientations (OEO), and communal orientation. Half of participants responded for their dating relationship, and half for their same-sex friendship. As predicted, the more equitable relationship individuals were in, the higher satisfaction they reported. In addition, relationship satisfaction was positively correlated with communal orientation and negatively with UEO. As predicted, UEO, OEO, and communal orientation significantly moderated the relation between equity and satisfaction. A model predicting that UEO, OEO, and communal orientation affect the level of equity, which in turn leads to satisfaction was significant using hierar- chical regression analysis. Differences across gender and relationship type will be also discussed.
#3 SECURING SOCIAL SUPPORT: PARTNERS’ INSECURITIES AND SUPPORT COMMUNICATIONS IN ROMANTIC RELATIONSHIPS SATURDAY / SAMEDI Kelley Robinson, University of Manitoba; Jessica Cameron, University of Manitoba
Social support has been identified as a fundamental aspect of satisfying relationships. Insecurity is one individual difference variable that impacts support seeking and caregiving perceptions and behaviours. Previous research fails to integrate the individ- ual characteristics of both support seeker and caregiver to create a full model of the dynamics of social support in romantic rela- tionships. In study 1, 63 undergraduate students completed numerous insecurity scales and responded, from their randomly assigned perspective of support seeker or caregiver, to three hypothetical support scenarios. Hierarchical linear regression revealed a significant interaction between self esteem and assigned role of support seeker or caregiver. Low self esteem (LSE) support seekers desired greater levels of support from their partners than high self esteem (HSE) support seekers, while HSE caregivers perceived greater support needs in support seekers than did LSE caregivers. Also, LSE support seekers had higher estimations of their conveyed support needs than HSE support seekers. Overall, HSE caregivers overestimate and LSE care- givers underestimate their partners’ need for support. Similar results were obtained on assessments of anxiety and negative model of self. Practical implications and study 2, testing this process in a real interaction between dating couples, will be dis- cussed.
237 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#4 INTERNET INITIATED RELATIONSHIPS Robert Stephure, University of Calgary; Susan Boon, University of Calgary; Vicki Deveau, University of Calgary; Stacey Nairn, University of Prince Edward Island
Online dating is a growing trend in North America; however, the existing literature on online dating is sparse and often examines sensationalistic classes of behavior such as cybersex rather than the more mundane processes by which people use the internet to identify and meet potential dating partners. In the present study, 252 individuals recruited via the Internet completed an online questionnaire regarding their attitudes, perceptions, and experiences of online dating. Data were collected over an 18-month period between July of 2004 and January of 2005. The results of several analyses converge to suggest that age is a key determi- nant of individuals’ experiences with and beliefs concerning online dating and, thus, that the age distribution of a study’s sample will heavily influence its findings. We think this is an important result given that past studies in this area have typically obtained one of two types of samples: younger, college-aged samples recruited from academic institutions and older, community samples recruited online. Based on our results, we argue that online dating is best conceptualized as simply another means to achieve social functioning. In addition, we offer tentative evidence that some of the stigma often associated with meeting dating partners over the internet may, at least in the eyes of those who have themselves met partners online, be decreasing.
#5 ATTACHMENT, CONFLICTS, AND DYADIC ADJUSTMENT IN INTIMATE RELATIONSHIPS Audrey Brassard, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières; Yvan Lussier, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières; David Brochu, Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières
In North America, the high risks of divorce and couple instability can explain the deep interest of researchers in understanding and preventing marital discord (Heyman, 2001). Conflicts have been described as the most important proximal factor affecting couple satisfaction and ultimately relationship stability (Christensen & Walczynski, 1997). Karney and Bradbury (1995) suggest- ed that models of couple outcomes needed to consider individual strengths and vulnerabilities. Recently, Campbell et al. (2005) indicated that insecure attachment influenced both negative perception of conflicts and dysfunctional reactions to them. The pre- sent study was aimed at exploring the role of attachment in the longitudinal links between conflicts, dyadic adjustment, and cou- ple stability. A sample of 180 women and 140 men, recruited randomly from general population of Quebec completed on two occasions measures of dyadic adjustment (Spanier, 1976), attachment (Brennan et al., 1998), conflicts (Sanford, 2003), and sta- bility (Rusbult, 1991). Results of path analysis revealed that the level of conflicts mediated the relationship between both dimen- sions of attachment (anxiety and avoidance) and dyadic adjustment one year later in men and women. The same pattern of results emerged for the prediction of couple stability. Results are discussed in terms of their clinical implications for couple ther- apy.
13:00 - 14:55 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium ATTACHMENT AND DEVELOPMENT: A MEMORIAL SYMPOSIUM TO SUSAN Developmental Psychology GOLDBERG Leslie Atkinson, Centre for Addiction and Metal Health
Susan Goldberg entered the public research area in 1966 with a publication on preschool children’s probability judgements; the paper was sole-authored, appeared in Child Development and was based on Sue’s Master’s thesis. Between that submission and receipt of the Bowlby-Ainsworth Award in 2005, Sue published in the areas of heart rate, information processing, sex differ- ences, nuclear threat, prematurity, chronic illness, and behaviour problems. Later in her career, Sue concentrated on attachment research, but again, her interests were broad. She addressed issues such as chronic illness, adoption, behaviour problems, affect regulation, and physiology. This symposium addresses issues in attachment; not surprisingly, it requires multiple contributors to survey the expanse of Sue’s work. Each presentation exemplifies some of the ways in which her work has been expanded.The presentations address the significance of comforting infants in the context of international adoption, cortisol stress response in mothers and infants, the relations of adolescent mothers’ attachment representations to their reflections on emotions, and disrupt- ed maternal behaviour and behaviour problems in healthy and chronically ill children. Attachment theory permits the integration of seemingly diverse phenomena with a parsimonious set of principles.
#1 ON THE SIGNIFICANCE OF COMFORTING INFANTS WHEN THEY ARE DISTRESSED: EXPLORATION OF A FUNDAMENTAL ATTACHMENT HYPOTHESIS IN AN INTERNATIONAL ADOPTION SAMPLE Rejean Tessier, Université Laval; George Tarabulsy, Université Laval
One of Susan Goldberg’s contributions to attachment research and theory was the emphasis she placed on the proposition that SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY not all categories of parenting behavior contribute to the secure-base phenomenon that is assessed in the Strange Situation Procedure (SSP). In this view, attachment primarily served a protective function, highlighting the importance of parental protec- tion and comforting behaviors in the process of building relational security. Thus, attachment is an outcome of infant experi-
238 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 ences of a specific set of parenting behaviors. In light of the difficulty that attachment researchers have had in demonstrating links between early maternal behavior and later infant attachment (Atkinson et al., 2000), it was important to test this issue in a longitudinal context, with prolonged observation periods. We tested this proposition in an international adoption sample in the province of Québec. 62 infants adopted from Southeast Asia were seen in their homes 3 months post-adoption, aged between 6 and 15 months. Observations regarding of the quality of maternal caregiving behavior and stimulation (HOME inventory; Caldwell & Bradley, 1984) and a specific set of observations regarding maternal behavior when infants are distressed are made during a 12 hour home visit. Home observation schemes are based on Belsky et al.’s work (1984). Infants and parents are seen in the SSP and mothers complete the Waters Attachment Behavior Q-Sort (AQS) 12 months later. Results show that none of the 6 HOME subscales predict AQS scores (all p’s > .12), whereas an association is observed between the quality of maternal com- forting behavior assessed at 3 months post-adoption and maternal AQS scores reported at 15 months post-adoption (r = .25, p <.05). These results, which support Goldberg’s emphasis on comforting behavior in the development of attachment security, will be further tested with the SSP when coding is completed. Discussion will focus on the roles of parental responses to infant fear and distress in the development of attachment security.
#2 CORTISOL STRESS RESPONSE IN MOTHERS AND INFANTS: MATERNAL CORRELATES AND MEDIATORS Leslie Atkinson, Centre for Addcition and Metal Health; Susan Goldberg, Hospital for Sick Children; Eman Leung, OISE, University of Toronto; Diane Benoit, Hospital for Sick Children
In 1995, Sue Goldberg and colleagues were awarded a grant to study attachment and emotion regulation. That same year, my colleagues and I received funding to investigate relations between attachment and information processing. On discovering this synchronicity, we combined grants to launch an integrated research programme. This presentation represents one product of that collaboration.Infants react to separation from the mother with an increase in salivary cortisol. The magnitude of this increase depends on the infant’s attachment classification, i.e., infants who are securely attached to their mothers secrete less cortisol than insecurely attached infants in response to maternal separation. Based on these findings, and because infant attachment is consis- tently associated with maternal sensitivity, investigators infer that infants’ cortisol stress response (CSR) is related to maternal characteristics. Using a sample of 20 low-risk mother-infant dyads, we assessed the relation between infant cortisol stress response, on the one hand, and maternal physiological, cognitive, and behavioural variables, on the other. We found that mater- nal and infant CSR were significantly correlated. Furthermore, we found that significant relations between, attachment classifi- cation, perspectives on the child, attention allocation, and sensitivity towards the child’s attachment signals, on the one hand, and mother and infant CSR, on the other. Our results show a pattern inconsistent with a strong genetic explanation of mother-infant CSR correlations, suggesting instead that maternal CSR may be transmitted to the infant through maternal behaviour toward the infant. These findings have implications for the co-regulation of mother-infant physiology.
#3 ADOLESCENT MOTHERS’ ATTACHMENT REPRESENTATIONS RELATED TO THEIR REFLECTIONS ON EMOTIONS Carey Anne De-Oliveria, Child and Parent Resource Institute; Greg Moran, Unversity of Western Ontario; David Pederson, University of Western Ontario
One of Susan Goldberg’s many contributions to attachment theory and research was to articulate attachment as a theory of emo- tion regulation. Goldberg and her students showed that relative to secure children, avoidant children expressed more negative emotions in a free play and clean-up sessions with their mothers, but their emotional expressions seemed less intense. Mothers of avoidant infants also reported less intense emotions when providing emotional labels to the IFEEL pictures. In one of the last Ph.D. dissertations supervised by Sue, Kirsten Blokland found that autonomous mothers (as assessed on the Adult Attachment Interview) were most accurate in labelling videoclips of infants in various emotional states. Inspired by Goldberg’s work, we further examined how mothers with different attachment states of mind reflected on their own and their children’s emotions. SATURDAY / SAMEDI The purpose of our study was to examine the associations between maternal representations of attachment, as assessed with the Adult Attachment Interview (AAI; George, Kaplan, & Main, 1996), and mothers’ thoughts and feelings about their own emo- tions and emotions emerging in their toddlers. Eighty-nine adolescent mothers completed the AAI and the Center for Epidemiological Studies Depression Scale (CES-D; Radloff, 1977) and Katz, Gottman, Shapiro, and Carrere’s (1997) Meta- Emotion Interview for Parents of Toddlers. Autonomous mothers demonstrated the most open and flexible mindset around a variety of emotions in themselves and their toddlers.Dismissing mothers exhibited a tendency to minimize internalising emotions in themselves and their children, while Unresolved mothers described the most emotion regulatory difficulties.
#4 DISRUPTED MATERNAL BEHAVIOUR AND BEHAVIOUR PROBLEMS IN HEALTHY AND CHRONICALLY ILL CHILDREN Sheri Madigan, University of Western Ontario; Diane Benoit, Hospital for Sick Children; Sabrina Voci, University of Windsor
The purpose of this study is to examine the potential effect of disrupted and anomalous maternal behavior on child mental health outcome at 10-years of age. Participants are 83 mothers and their children from a longitudinal study that includes three groups: 28 medically healthy children, 28 children with cystic fibrosis, and 27 children with congenital heart disease. Disrupted maternal
239 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
behavior was assessed during mother-child interactions at 1-year of age and again at 7-years of age using the Atypical Maternal Behavior Instrument for Assessment and Classification (AMBIANCE; Bronfman, Parsons, & Lyons-Ruth, 1999). Childhood behavior problems were assessed at 10-years of age using the Teacher Report Form (TRF) and the Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL; Achenbach & Eldelbrock, 1983). Child health status did not significantly impact the mother’s display of disrupted behaviors or later parent and teacher-rated behavior problems. Mothers who displayed disrupted behavior had children with sig- nificantly more teacher and parent-rated behavior problems at 10 years than mothers who did not display disrupted behavior dur- ing mother-child interactions at 1 and 7 years. Further research is needed to investigate the impact of disrupted maternal behav- ior on various aspects of the child’s physical and mental health.
13:00 - 14:55 - MAYFAIR 13:00 - 14:55
Workshop/ Atelier de DIAGNOSIS OF COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT AND DEMENTIA USING THE travail KAPLAN BAYCREST NEUORCOGNITIVE ASSESSMENT (KBNA) Clinical Neuropsychology Larry Leach, Baycrest Centre for Geriatric Care
The Kaplan Baycrest Neuorcognitive Assessment (KBNA) is a battery of 25 tests developed to identify cognitive impairment. The KBNA was standardized on a normative, non-clinical sample of 1000 subjects ranging in age from 20 – 89. The KBNA has been found to discriminate people with and without dementia (sensitivity = .91; specificity = .97; correct classification = .94). The clinical validity and utility of the KBNA as well as the interpretation of the global measures and individual subtest scores afforded by the KBNA will be discussed. Case studies will be used to illustrate how the KBNA can be utilized to facili- tate the diagnosis of different types of dementia. Special cases will be described that require assessment measures in addition to the KBNA. The learning objectives of the workshop are as follows: 1. You will acquire knowledge about the clinical predictive ability of the KBNA 2. You will be able to use the KBNA to rule in or rule out the presence of dementia. 3. You will be able to identify the KBNA subtests with the best predictive ability for dementia. 4. You will know how to use the KBNA along with other neuropsychological tests to diagnose cognitive impairment. 5. You will understand how the KBNA can facilitate the diagnosis of individuals in a multidisciplinary clinic.
13:00 - 14:55 - BELAIRE 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium RETIREMENT IN CANADA IN THE 21ST CENTURY: HOW IS IT DIFFERENT? Adult Development and Dolores Pushkar, Concordia University Aging
This symposium explores the nature of retirement in the 21st century from a variety of perspectives, in the context of the changes that have occurred in Canadian society and the life course. Dr. Lynn McDonald presents an overview of the Canadian history of retirement and examines the extent to which the current work, family and policy contexts actually result in a new experience of retirement. Dr. McDonald argues that it is changes in women’s retirement, with large numbers of women entering retirement after participating in the labour force for most of their lives and how this affects men, that causes the biggest impact on the current experience of retirement. Dr. Martine Lagacé also focuses on how retirement has changed in the last two decades and examines retirement as a transition that builds upon previous work experiences. This continuity of experience from the end of career stage to the post-employment stage influences affective quality and social integration in early retirement. Amanda Beaman continues the study of social integration in the transition to retirement for men and women after leaving full time employment. She discusses multiple indices of social skills and functioning as positive and negative influences on life satisfac- tion within a longitudinal framework. Dr. Mohammed Khalid concludes the symposium by focusing on the experience of “boomers” entering retirement, discussing how the transition to retirement of the large numbers in the “boomer’ generation dif- fers from earlier generations with regard to their characteristics, expectancies and experiences.
#1 WHAT’S NEW ABOUT THE NEW RETIREMENT Lynn McDonald, University of Toronto
The purpose of this paper is to examine retirement within the context of the transformations that are claimed to reflect changes in the life course. It has been argued that changes in the temporal ordering of the stages of the life course and in the time spent in various stages have affected the retirement transition. This paper examines what is ‘new’ about the new retirement by taking a brief tour through retirement history in Canada, argues that the ‘new retirement’ is really women’s retirement and how this applies to men. It is the first time in Canadian history that a generation of women will enter retirement who have worked in the labour force most of their adult lives. These women are in the majority so they are likely to have a significant impact on retire- SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY ment in the future. Data on labour force participation rates by age and sex are presented and data on the various routes into retirement. Canadian data indicates that the new retirement includes changes in the age of retirement, new routes into retirement, retirement by default, forced retirement, reverse retirement and no retirement. Retirement also occurs within the context of the
240 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 family and, at minimum a marriage, both of which influence the retirement decision. Some researchers now argue that it is no longer relevant to talk about the ‘individual’ retirement decision but rather the coordination of two decisions. With these changes on the horizon, the fundamental issue facing Canadians is that pension policy is still embedded in the 19th century breadwinner model of the family that serves neither Canadian men or women in their retirement.
#2 WORK-RETIREMENT CONTINUITY : THE EFFECTS OF WORK EXPERIENCES ON WELL-BEING AND SOCIAL INTEGRATION Martine Lagacé, University of Ottawa
The meaning of retirement has dramatically changed over the last two decades. It is no longer seen as an abrupt end-of-career episode but rather as a transition that builds on previous work experiences. In fact, work and retirement have never been so closely linked as previous research has shown that end-of-career experiences impact the quality of life during retirement years (Mutran, Reitzes & Fernandez, 1997; Tougas, Lagacé, de la Sablonnière & Kocum, 2004). One of the goals of the current research is to understand how this continuity perspective applies to the new generation of retirees. Precisely, we hypothesized the following: feelings of stress and depression experienced during end-of-career as well as perceived differential treatment and discrimination based on age are negatively linked to psychological well-being and social integration during retirement. The hypothesis was tested among 80 young retirees. The results of the regression analysis confirmed the hypothesis of continuity between work and retirement. Implications of results are discussed.
#3 THE ROLE OF SOCIAL SUPPORT IN FACILITATING ADJUSTMENT DURING THE RETIREMENT TRANSITION Amanda Beaman, Concordia University
Social support, especially negative support, is an important predictor of health and well-being in later life. Negative interactions in older adults tend to be stable over time and generalized to different relationships, suggesting that characteristics of the older person (e.g., social skills) may play a role in reduced social support. Social skill may be essential during retirement when one must engage in new activities to rebuild a dwindling social network. In the current longitudinal study, recent retirees completed questionnaires which assessed social skills (i.e., the ability to be aware of one’s own and other’s emotions), the frequency of negative and positive interactions, amount and satisfaction with social support, activity engagement, and satisfaction in retire- ment. It was hypothesized that poor social skills would predict greater negative, and fewer positive interactions, and that this pat- tern of interactions at Time 1 would lead to decreased social support, less activity engagement, and decreased satisfaction over a 5 year period. Cross-sectional results at Time 1 suggest that greater negative interactions are associated with less social support, more illness, less activity engagement, and decreased satisfaction in early retirement. Results concerning the role of social skills and longitudinal data will also be presented.
#4 UNE RETRAITE ATYPIQUE POUR LES BABY-BOOMERS Mohammed Khalid, Universite de Quebec en Outaouais
Les spécialistes du vieillissement prédisent que toutes les sociétés modernes seront confrontées à une gérontologisation sans précédent de leurs populations. Cette mutation sociodémographique entraînera forcément de nombreux impacts tant au plan indi- viduel que collectif tels que : allongement de l’espérance de vie qui augmentera notre crédit moyen de vie à la retraite de 25 ans, abolition de la retraite obligatoire, départ massif des baby-boomers à la retraite entre 2011 et 2031, diminution sensible du nom- bre de jeunes et de travailleurs, sévère pénurie de main-d’oeuvre qualifiée.Comment freiner l’élan des baby-boomers à prendre leur retraite à 65 ans ou du moins comment les inciter à effectuer un retrait progressif plutôt que complet de leur boulot ? Est-ce possible de tolérer longtemps la présence de travailleurs âgés sur le marché du travail sans générer un conflit intergénérationnel ? Tout en apportant des éléments de réponse à ces questions, l’auteur tentera d’expliquer sa vision sur cette nouvelle culture de la SATURDAY / SAMEDI retraite qui émerge et qui s’interroge sur son avenir.
13:00 - 14:50 - BRITANNIA 13:00 - 14:50
POSTER SESSION “H” PRÉSENTATION PAR AFFICHAGE (Psychologists in Education/Psychologie en éducation Student in Psychology/Étudiants en psychologie Teaching of Psychology/ Enseignement de la psychologie Women and Psychology/Femmes et psychologie Sexual Orientation & Gender Indentity Issues/ Orientation sexuelle et identité sexuelle Psychoanalysis/Psychoanalyse)
241 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
(Psychologists in Education – Psychologie en éducation #1-22) #1 FETAL ALCOHOL SPECTRUM DISORDERS: RESEARCH KNOWLEDGE FOR SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGISTS Noella Piquette-Tomei, University of Lethbridge
Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder is a lifelong yet completely preventable set of physical, mental and neurobehavioral birth defects associated with alcohol consumption during pregnancy and it is the leading known cause of mental retardation and birth defects. An overview of the characteristics of FASD including the complex diagnosis procedures, and physical and/or neurologi- cal manifestations in educational settings will be provided. The goal of this presentation is to provide current research on FASD through Canadian and International studies, and to examine current gaps in research knowledge, assessment practices and practi- cal applications of FASD knowledge. Best practices and community resources will be provided. Furthermore, the role of the school based psychologist with families and students with FASD affects will be highlighted.
#2 MULTICULTURAL COMPETENCY AND TRAINING IN CANADIAN SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY PROGRAMS Laurie Ford, University of British Columbia; William McKee, University of British Columbia; Suretha Swart, University of British Columbia; Jillian Popovic, University of British Columbia; Kellie Brown, University of British Columbia; Rachel Horodezky, University of British Columbia
Multicultural issues relevant to social science, education and psychology have been frequently addressed in the literature. In par- ticular, both the potential positive (APA 1997, Bowman 2000) and the potential negative outcomes (Berlinger & Hull, 1998; Ellington, 1998) of multicultural training and competencies have been described. In spite of a number of criticisms, multicultur- al training appears to facilitate the development of critical thinking skills and multiple perspective taking for students (Kearns & Ford, 2001). Much of the professional literature and systematic investigation of multicultural training and competencies in psy- chology practice is based on data from programs in the United States. While indeed there are many similarities across the US and Canada, there are also significant psychosocial differences that impact psychological and educational service provision (Bowman 2000). With over 50 university programs and internships in clinical, school and counseling psychology accredited by the American Psychological Association (APA) in Canada there has been an on going dialogue on how the multicultural criteria (Domain D) and the APA Guidelines for Providers of Psychological Services to Ethnic, Linguistic and Culturally Diverse Populations impact training programs in Canada.
#3 MULTIDIMENSIONAL PERFECTIONISM AMONG ADOLESCENTS: DIFFERENTIAL RELATIONSHIPS WITH GENDER, RACE, PSYCHOLOGICAL AND PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL VARIABLES Alexander Nounopoulos, University of Kentucky; Rich Gilman, University of Kentucky
Recent empirical studies find that perfectionism consists of two separate but related subtypes: adaptive (i.e., high personal stan- dards, little rumination when performance does not meet expectations) and maladaptive (i.e., high personal standards, high dis- tress when performance does not meet expectations). Studies among adults find that adaptive (but not maladaptive) perfection- ism is positively associated with a number of psychological and behavioral benefits. The majority of research has studied adult populations, although research investigating perfectionism among general samples of youth has recently begun. Although find- ings obtained from youth samples are similar to studies among adults, further research is necessary to clarify how demographic, psychological, personality, and psychoeducational variables may differentially relate to perfectionistic subtypes. In this exploratory investigation, 850 high school youth were administered the Almost-Perfect Scales-Revised (APS-R: Slaney et al., 2001). Scores on the APS-R differentiated youth into adaptive and maladaptive subtypes. Results showed that both perfectionis- tic subtypes reported significantly different psychological, interpersonal, and achievement profiles, and these differences were noted across gender and race. Implications of these findings, as well as suggestions for future research conclude the poster pre- sentation.
#4 BUILDING SOCIAL SKILLS: A TRAINING PROGRAM FOR CHILDREN WITH HIGH FUNCTIONING PERVASIVE DEVELOPMENTAL DISORDERS Janine Montgomery, University of Saskatchewan
A review of the literature was conducted to establish best practice in design and delivery of social skills training for children with high-functioning autism, asperger syndrome, and pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified. Six children between the ages of 11 to 14.5 were selected to participate on the basis of verbal IQ and common intervention needs. The pro- gram was then designed to address the identified needs of individuals in the group. Pre- and post-test information was gathered SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY using both quantitative and qualitative measures. Results will be discussed in terms of the implications for design and delivery of social skills intervention programs for children with high functioning pervasive developmental disorders.
242 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#5 INTER-RATER AGREEMENT OF SOCIAL SUPPORT AMONG CHILDREN AT-RISK FOR EMOTIONAL AND BEHAVIOURAL DIFFICULTIES Mina Popliger, McGill University; Nancy Heath, McGill University
The perceived availability of support received from others has protective functions for individuals in stressful situations (e.g., Cheng, 1998; Sarason, Pierce, & Sarason, 1990). Despite these positive effects found primarily among adults, there is compara- tively less empirical research with younger populations, particularly children at-risk for emotional and behavioural difficulties. Furthermore, information from significant others (e.g., parents and teachers) about at-risk children’s social support is especially lacking. Regarding children’s behavioural and emotional problems, inter-rater agreement is reported to be low (e.g., Achenbach, McConaughy and Howell, 1987). In contrast, no investigation has examined the level of agreement among child, parent, and teacher raters of at-risk children’s social support. It was predicted that raters would significantly differ from one another on their ratings of overall support. Fifty-four children, 56 parents, and 27 teachers completed the Survey of Children Social Support- Abbreviated Version (Dubow & Ullman, 1989). Parent and teacher ratings of overall support were significantly associated. Despite this directional agreement in scores, as a group, significant inter-rater differences were found for each pair of raters (e.g., child and teacher mean scores differed), therefore supporting the hypothesis. Implications of considering differing perspectives of social support when planning appropriate treatment programs for children at-risk are discussed.
#6 “WRITING IT WELL, I WOULD IF I COULD”: THE WRITING STRATEGIES OF POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS WITH WRITING DIFFICULTIES Gina Harrison, University of Victoria
Writing samples were collected and examined for 20 post-secondary students with writing difficulties who took part in a larger study exploring the impact of reading-related deficits to writing. Samples were examined for evidence of difficulties with lower- order transcription processes (e.g., spelling, punctuation, etc.) and higher order composition skills (e.g., organization, theme development, etc.) for these students. Students were also asked to report on the kinds of strategies they use for writing, the impact their writing difficulties have on their academic performance, and the types of accommodations they considered most helpful in bypassing their writing difficulties. No significant differences were found between lower and higher level skills with students experiencing difficulties across both levels of the writing process. Students’ reports of their writing strategies; however, reflected difficulties enacting the lower-order skills necessary for fluent writing. Problems with writing were also reported as a major source of stress in students’ academic lives. Suggestions are made regarding the kinds of interventions and accommoda- tions most needed by students to promote their academic success.
#7 INVESTIGATING THE INTER-RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SCHOOL OUTCOMES, HEALTH AND NUTRITION, NEIGHBOURHOOD VARIABLES, AND DEMOGRAPHIC DIFFERENCES IN CANADA Yvonne Martinez, University of British Columbia; Kadriye Ercikan, University of British Columbia
There has been an increasing focus on monitoring student health and school outcomes while developing health policies and pro- grams in Canada (Boyce, 2004; and Leventhal & Brooks-Gunn, 2003). Social context and educational environment must be considered in understanding school outcomes, as research has consistently found that poor communities have fewer types of social/health services available, as well, these communities show poorer health outcomes (Breen, 2000; Brownell et al., 2001). The Canadian Ministries of Education Canada, have collected pan-Canada datasets for the School Achievement Indicators Program (SAIP). The main objective of SAIP is to better understand how the Canadian education system plays a role in acade- mic success (measured in math, reading/writing and science), as well, to identify the inter-relationship between school outcomes, SATURDAY / SAMEDI health, nutrition, neighbourhood variables, and demographic differences. The current study will examine the impact of health/nutrition factors in predicting school outcome, while considering the role of social context (i.e., rural vs. urban) and edu- cational environment in Canada. It is anticipated that the findings will provide a framework in understanding (1) the relationship between health related factors and school outcomes; (2) the development of health policies and intervention; and (3) the areas warranting future research.
#8 DEVELOPING A RESEARCH TOOL TO ASSESS ELEMENTARY STUDENTS AT RISK FOR SOCIO-EMOTIONAL MALADJUSTMENT AND ACADEMIC FAILURE Lynda Hutchinson, University of British Columbia; David Oborne, Coquitlam School District; Ying Hoh, Coquitlam School District
The literature is replete with studies linking students at risk for academic failure and school dropout to behavioral and emotional difficulties(McDougall & Hymel, 1998; Schonert-Reichl and Hymel, 1996). These difficulties are commonly present in stu- dents’ school adjustment at the elementary level and remain during the transition they make to middle school which, coincides with the onset of puberty. Research shows that few sub-clinical measures have been developed to identify early adolescents who are at risk for socio-emotional maladjustment. Thirty teachers from 17 Western Canadian elementary schools participated in this
243 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
study. We investigated the structure of an assessment tool designed to identify elementary students at risk for socio-emotional maladjustment. Data gathered on 820 Grade 5 students were employed to conduct a set of exploratory principal components analyses with Varimax rotation and Kaiser Normalization. Eigen values and scree plots indicated the presence of seven compo- nents: academic and social regulation, expressiveness, English comprehension, cautiousness, assistance, first language compre- hension, and attendance. These were compared to the Achenbach Child Behaviour Checklist to ascertain the measure’s validity. Teacher’s knowledge of their students’ behaviors during adolescence and how this could forecast potential adjustment difficul- ties was discussed.
#9 A QUALITATIVE EXAMINATION OF ADOLESCENT PERCEPTIONS ON THE EFFECTS OF ADVERTISING ON YOUTH GAMBLING BEHAVIOUR Sandra Mansour, McGill Universiy; Jeffrey Derevensky, McGill University; Rina Gupta, McGill University
Youth problem gambling has become an important educational and social policy issue. Approximately 80% of adolescents report having gambled, while 4-7% of adolescents develop serious gambling problems and another 10-15% remain at-risk for a gambling problem. Revenues in the gambling industry have grown 400% in the past 10 years, partially attributable to a marked increase in gambling advertisements. The objectives of this study are to examine general themes found in gambling advertise- ments, to determine the characteristics (situational and structural) of ads that have an effect on youth, and to determine the extent to which adolescents are influenced by these ads. Results of the focus group testing suggest that aesthetic characteristics (bright colors, flashing lights) associated with gambling advertisements are influential in capturing and maintaining adolescent’s atten- tion and increasing their desire to gamble. Youth also appear to be drawn to ads typifying young, happy adults having fun, engaging in a pleasurable activity with the potential for winning money. Further analyses suggest a number of developmental and gender trends. Attractive females in the ads influence male adolescents’ positive attitude and motivation towards gambling. The results are discussed with respect to the initiation and maintenance of youth gambling behaviours.
#10 GOAL SETTING: EFFECTS ON EXECUTIVE FUNCTION AND ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT Dominique Morisano, McGill University; Robert Pihl, McGill University; Jordan Peterson, University of Toronto; Bruce Shore, McGill University
One fourth of students who enroll in 4-year universities never finish. Precipitating causes of early departure include poor acade- mic progress and a lack of clear goals and motivation. Research shows that a major cause of trouble adjusting to university is students’ failure to cognitively assimilate new experiences. Recent studies demonstrate that goal setting leads to heightened wellbeing. Neuroscience research also closely links working memory (WM) and goal setting, as WM is related to the use of attention to activate information, e.g., goal states or action plans. The present study investigated whether an intensive goal-set- ting program for struggling students would have positive effects not only on wellbeing, but also on academic achievement and cognitive functioning, specifically WM. Eighty students experiencing difficulty (GPA<2.7) were recruited from McGill University. Participants completed baseline measures of mood and cognition, and were randomly assigned to one of two groups: half completed an intensive goal program and half a control task. In four months, all students will be retested on cognitive and mood measures, and course grades will be gathered. MANOVA will be used to compare group performance on dependent mea- sures. Applications of this research could be extended to students in earlier stages of education, where dropout has severe reper- cussions.
#11 RELATIONSHIPS AMONG UNIVERSITY STUDENTS’ ACADEMIC GOALS, GRADES, SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS, AND MACHIAVELLIANISM Celina Vergel de Dios, University of British Columbia; Molly Lawlor, University of British Columbia; Nicholas Skinner, King's University College; Lynda Hutchinson, University of British Columbia
During the past decade, researchers have demonstrated that students’ academic goals have important implications for their acad- emic success (Midgley, 2002; Pintrich, 2000). Additionally, studies have suggested that patterns of goal pursuit are associated with adaptive and maladaptive patterns of behavior, personality characteristics, and achievement (Dweck & Leggett, 1988; Hutchinson et al., 2005; Paulhus & Williams, 2002; Skinner 1988). Utilizing data gathered from 123 university students in an urban central Canadian city, we examined relationships among mastery and performance goals, grades, self-consciousness, and Machiavellianism. Results indicated that university students’ performance goals were significantly and positively related to the tactics, views, and morals that characterize Machiavellianism; conversely mastery goals were negatively associated with Machiavellianism. Further, all aspects of self-consciousness were significantly and positively associated with students’ perfor- mance goals. That is, students who obtained high scores on the dimensions of self-consciousness had high scores on the perfor- mance goals scales. Regression analyses demonstrated that performance goals and self-consciousness significantly predicted SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY Machiavellianism. We discuss how students’ academic goals are related to the development of adaptive and maladaptive person- ality characteristics.
244 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#12 ENHANCING EI IN POST-SECONDARY STUDENTS: IMPACT OF A FIRST-YEAR BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COURSE Laura Wood, Trent University; Asaf Zohar, Trent University; Kimberly Bates, Trent University; James Parker, Trent University
A continuing controversy in the emotional intelligence (EI) literature is whether (and to what extent) relevant abilities can be taught. This study examined whether a first-year business course that attempts to promote and develop various emotional and social competencies enhances students’ EI. 102 students in the course completed a measure of EI, the College Achievement Inventory (CAI), at the beginning of the course (September) and again at the end of the course (December). These results were compared with the test-retest results of a group of 1st-year students at the same university not taking the business course. Although the two groups of students did not differ in EI-levels at the start of term, EI scores for business students were signifi- cantly higher at the end of the course. EI-levels did not improve for students not taking the business course.
#13 CHILDHOOD OTITIS MEDIA: RELATIONSHIP TO ADULT INTELLIGENCE, ACHIEVEMENT, LANGUAGE, ATTENTION, AND AUDITORY PROCESSING Megan Davidson, Queen's University; Allyson Harrison, Queen's University
Otitis media (OM) is an infection or inflammation of the middle ear that is usually associated with a build-up of fluid. OM can cause temporary conducive hearing loss, and left untreated can lead to permanent hearing impairment. There are a wealth of studies demonstrating a negative relationship between childhood OM and later intelligence, achievement, language skills, audi- tory processing, and attention. However, one major limitation of this literature is the lack of studies investigating the effects of childhood OM in adulthood. Studies have generally been limited to samples of children between the ages of 2 months and 18 years, with the majority being focused on children up to age 12. Few studies have attempted to examine the long term effects of childhood OM past age 12, and no studies could be found investigating the effects in adults. The goal of the present study is to examine the relationship of a childhood history of OM to adult functioning. Participants will comprise post-secondary students referred for psychoeducational assessment. We compare the abilities of those students reporting a history of OM to those with no history of the disease. Abilities within a number of domains were investigated, including intelligence, achievement, language, attention, and auditory processing.
#14 STUDENTS AT RISK FOR ACADEMIC DIFFICULTIES: BULLYING AND BEING BULLIED Laura Quilliams, University of Calgary
Bullying has become recognized as a significant school issue (Beran & Li, in press). Although it has been linked to poor out- comes such as depression and anxiety (Cammack-Barry, 2005), few researchers have examined whether children who are bullied obtain low levels of school achievement. Preliminary results from the United States suggest that they obtain low marks in school (Dulmus, Theriot, Sowers, & Blackburn, 2004). It is not yet known, however, if bullied children in Canada experience low achievement. We, therefore, developed a structural equation model of bullying and achievement using several family and indi- vidual characteristics. The sample consisted of 2,084 children age 10-11 years drawn from the National Longitudinal Survey of Children and Youth, which is a stratified random sample of 22,831 households in Canada. The model illustrates that children, who are bullied at school and bully others, are likely to obtain low levels of achievement, c2(32) = 300.00, p < .001; SRMR = .05; CFI = .94. Moreover, factors such as children’s conscientiousness and school enjoyment, as well as parental support for school work, are related to achievement. These results are discussed according to Eccles’ Expectancy-Value theory (Eccles, et al., 1983).
#15 GRE SURVEY: HOW IS THE GRE USED IN THE EVALUATION OF POTENTIAL SATURDAY / SAMEDI GRADUATES Stryker Calvez, University of Saskatchewan; Delroy Paulhus, University of British Columbia
In order to help select prospective students, universities use an assortment of criterion measures. The most controversial of these measures is the Graduate Records Examination (GRE). Reportedly, more than 90% of doctoral programs and 80% of Master’s programs require GRE scores. This requirement of the GRE makes it an important concern that all potential graduate students must contend with. This survey of psychology professors looked to develop an understanding of current GRE judgements that are made and the level of influence that these judgements have on graduate student admissions. As found in the literature, the researchers expect to find varying degrees of usage and a common misunderstanding of the intended use of the are to be collect- ed to assist in interpretation the responses.
245 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#16 SUPPORTING PRESCHOOL SCIENCE LITERACY: A FOCUS ON LIFE PROPERTIES Jaime Palmer, University of Calgary; Hayli Stock, University of Calgary; Anne McKeough, University of Calgary; Susan Graham, University of Calgary
By 5 years of age, children have developed a Biological Life framework in which properties such as growth and breathing are attributed to animals. However, these children have difficulty attributing the same properties to plants. This study assessed how effectively a Life Properties instruction unit moved 4- and 5-year-olds towards a more adult-like framework. At pretest, 21 chil- dren completed a task that evaluated their knowledge of what is alive, and assessed what life properties they attributed to ani- mals, inanimate objects, and plants. Subsequently, children assigned to an experimental condition participated in 6 instruction sessions. The comparison group did not receive any instruction. All children’s life properties concepts were reassessed at post- test. Analyses indicate that the experimental group participants’ understanding of what is alive, and what properties can be attrib- uted to different forms improved, compared to the comparison group. Children’s increased understanding of life properties that apply to plants, and understanding that plants are alive was largely responsible for this effect. These results confirm the previ- ously identified developmental progression and offer early childhood educators an empirically validated program for supporting developmental change.
#17 TRAINING IN WORD DECODING AND METACOGNITIVE STRATEGIES FOR READING: ARE THERE BENEFITS TO UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS? Barbara Rutherford, UBC-Okanagan; Carol Abernathy, Okanagan College; Andrej Brygin, UBC Okanagan; Tavi Nicholson, Okanagan Abilities Centre
The research tests whether undergraduate students benefit from 20 hours of training in word decoding skills and metacognitive strategies for reading. Students whose first language was English, who did not have a diagnosed reading disability, but who did report difficulty with reading academic material participated. All completed standardized tests of word and pseudoword reading, reading comprehension, and reading speed as well as non-standardized measures of text comprehension and motivation to read before and 3 months after either receiving the course in reading (training group) or not (control group). There were no signifi- cant differences between the groups at pre-test. At post-test, the training group placed a significantly higher value on reading texts and reading in general. Indeed, within-group comparisons revealed the training program was associated with a significant increase on each of the six measures of motivation to read, while the control group showed significant improvement on only one. Moreover, while the training group showed significant improvement in reading speed and word and pseudoword decoding, the control group showed significant improvement only in word decoding. Taken together, the results suggest that a short training course in reading does benefit the motivation to read and the reading skill of students who struggle with reading academic mater- ial
#18 AN EDUCATIONAL TOOLKIT FOR CHILDREN WITH TOURETTE SYNDROME Nicole Chaisson, University of Calgary; Tanya Beran, University of Calgary
Tourette Syndrome (TS) is a neurological disorder, identified in early childhood or adolescence. It is defined by multiple motor and vocal tics lasting for more than one year. Individuals with this disorder often have a wide range of other difficulties. In an effort to determine their learning needs, an educational toolkit was developed based on a review of relevant research. The toolkit contains questions about various classroom accommodations and individual and group learning strategies that participants rate on a Likert scale according to their usefulness. This toolkit was administered to 20 male students and their respective parents and teachers. The students were selected from the Tourettes Clinic in Glenrose, Alberta. To summarize the responses, scale analyses were conducted to derive five scales with internal consistency reliability ranging from alpha = .84 to .90. Mean scale scores range from 2.2 to 4.3 with the standard deviation ranging from 0.8 to 1.7 suggesting that most of the strategies were considered useful. A visual comparison of mean scores suggests that the strategies related to instruction are seen as best supporting academ- ic achievement. These results have implications for the types of academic support that children with TS need.
#19 INCREASING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF SEXUAL EDUCATION: THE EFFECT OF BIRTH ORDER ON SEXUAL KNOWLEDGE, ATTITUDES, AND RISK-TAKING BEHAVIOURS Katherine Sutton, Queen’s University
There has been a great deal of research literature on the influences of parents and peers in relation to adolescent sexuality; specifically knowledge, attitudes, and behaviour. However, few studies have examined the potential influence of siblings. The current study examined the effect of birth order and sibling sex on adolescent sexual knowledge, attitudes, and risk-taking behaviours. The study consisted of 98 participants, 30 males and 68 females, who were recruited from the research pool at The University of Western Ontario. To minimize potential confounds, the participants were recruited from nuclear, four-member SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY families. Each participant completed a brief demographic survey, followed by a battery of six questionnaires to assess the dependent measures. Contrary to the hypothesis based on modeling behaviour, the current study found that opposite sex sibling pairs were more likely than same sex sibling pairs to perceive sexual activities as involving risk F(3, 94) = 4.29, p <.05. The
246 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 overall non-significance of the birth order results implies that birth order may not be significantly relevant to sexual attitudes, knowledge and behaviour. Post-hoc examination of the results suggests that through addressing the current limitations in future studies there are some important implications regarding the influence of siblings on sexual attitudes, knowledge, and behaviour.
#20 CONCORDANCE BETWEEN TEACHER AND STUDENT REPORTS OF DIRECT PHYSICAL AND INDIRECT BULLYING Shannon Stewart, University of Calgary; Tanya Beran, University of Calgary
School bullying has received increased attention in the media (Beran & Shapiro, in press). Methods typically used to measure bullying include self-report questionnaires; however, the consistency between teacher and student reports of bullying has received little attention in the research. The purpose of this study was to compare teacher and student reports of two types of bul- lying: indirect (e.g., gossiping, exclusion) and direct physical (e.g., hitting, kicking). Reports from 14 teachers and 120 of their students in grades four through six completed the Olweus Bully/Victim Questionnaire. After hearing the definition of bullying, the participants read through 10 items, rating the frequency of their occurrence on a Likert scale. Using a principal component analysis of questionnaire items, indirect and direct physical bullying factors were derived for both teacher and student responses. The correlation between teacher and student reports of direct physical bullying was .51 (p < .01) and of indirect bullying was .33 (p < .01). Gender differences in reporting were also found, suggesting that direct physical and indirect bullying are complex con- structs that are perceived differently according to the reporting source. The importance of these findings relative to identifying and intervening in various types of bullying was discussed.
#21 STUDENTS AT RISK FOR ACADEMIC DIFFICULTIES: FAMILY, PEER, AND SCHOOL FACTORS RELATED TO ACHIEVEMENT Giselle Shea, University of Calgary; Tanya Beran, University of Calgary; Judy Lupart, University of Alberta
The purpose of this study is to determine the relative importance of various family, peer, and school factors in relation to achievement. We used data from two cycles (1993-1996) in the National Longitudinal Survey of Children and Youth. For com- parative purposes we selected 2,084 grade 5 students and 4,111 grade 7 students from provinces across Canada. Academic achievement was measured by several questions about the child’s overall achievement according to teacher, parent and student reports. Exploratory analyses included scale analyses of questions used to develop scale scores on variables (studied in previous research) we correlated with achievement. We then calculated separate step-wise regression analyses using variables highly cor- related with achievement to determine which factors are most closely related to achievement. Results show that for parent, teacher and student reports of achievement in grade 5, conscientiousness is the best predictor of achievement. Distal factors include student characteristics such as conduct problems, students’ attitudes toward school, hyperactivity, property offences and peer relationships. For grade 7 students, family characteristics are proximal determinants of achievement, and distal factors include student characteristics such as theft, attitude towards school, and peer relationships. The importance of these results are discussed.
#22 SUPPORTING PRESCHOOL SCIENCE LITERACY: A FOCUS ON BIOLOGICAL INHERITANCE Meadow Schroeder, University of Calgary; Anne McKeough, University of Calgary; Susan Graham, University of Calgary; Hayli Stock, University of Calgary; Jaime Palmer, University of Calgary
By the time they enter into formal education, preschool-aged children already understand many concepts of inheritance however, many make judgments that are not consistent with an adult-like framework. The Child As Scientist: A Beginning Biology SATURDAY / SAMEDI Program aims to augment childrenès knowledge of biology and increase their reasoning and theory development. This study used a pretest-instruction-post-test design to examine the effectiveness of the Biological Inheritance unit. At pretest, seventy- eight 4- and 5-year-olds completed two biological reasoning tasks to assess their level of understanding of inheritance. Children were also administered the Life-Theorizer questionnaire to determine if they possessed a basic biological theory of ‘life’. Children in the Experimental condition then participated in a 5-week, 15 lesson instruction unit. Upon completion of the ses- sions, all children were reevaluated with alternate versions of the biological reasoning tasks. Analysis suggested children in the Experimental group showed significant gains compared to children in the Control group on biological reasoning. The response patterns exhibited by the Experimental group suggest that a Biological Inheritance program can be effective in supporting con- ceptual development in early educational settings.
(Students in Psychology – Étudiants en psychologie #23-29) #23 POTENTIAL MEDIATORS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF INTIMATE RELATIONSHIPS Ava Agar, University of British Columbia Okanagan
K. van Shaick and A. Stolberg (2001) accounted for similarities between intimate relationship outcomes of adult children from intact and divorced families by the level of paternal involvement; however, little is known about the potential mediating effect of
247 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
male role models. At least 180 participants from third and fourth year classes at the UBC-O campus will be required to complete a 20-min questionnaire. This study will explore the impact of both paternal and male role model involvement on adult commit- ment and intimacy levels, as well as sexual attitudes and behaviours, which have previously not been investigated in this context. Additionally, the applicability of social learning theory and the socialization perspective to the development adult intimate rela- tionships will be considered.
#24 SUPPORT FOR INTERCULTURAL DATING AMONGST SOUTH ASIAN CANADIAN AND EUROPEAN CANADIAN POPULATIONS: DO CULTURAL, GENERATIONAL, AND GENDER DIFFERENCES EXIST? Sheila Konanur, York University; Richard Lalonde, York University; Ayse Uskul, University of Michigan; Banu Cingoz, York University
South Asian Canadians are less likely to engage in intercultural relationships compared to other Canadian visible minorities. Two hundred and thirty-eight South Asian and Euro-Canadians from the Greater Toronto Area were recruited to study the poten- tial relationship between different variables and individuals’ support for intercultural dating. Comparisons on these variables were made between South Asian and Euro-Canadians; First generation immigrants and Second generation adult children of immigrant parents; and males and females. Participants read a story about a young South Asian Canadian involved in an inter- cultural dating relationship with a Euro-Canadian, despite disapproval from the South Asian parents. Participants then rated sup- port for the child and parents in the story, degree of family allocentrism, social dominance orientation (SDO), ethnic identifica- tion, and support for intercultural dating. South Asian participants scored higher in family allocentrism and SDO than Euro- Canadians. South Asians were less supportive of intercultural dating than Euro-Canadians, with South Asian males expressing the least support. The older generation was less supportive of intercultural dating than the younger generation. Greater Canadian ethnic identification was associated with more support for intercultural dating.
#25 QUESTIONNAIRE SATURATION: WHEN ENOUGH IS ENOUGH Ken Cramer, University of Windsor
Using a sample of several thousand university undergraduates, we tracked the reliability of a commonly used and well-estab- lished psychological measure (self-esteem; Rosenberg, 1967) as administered in a battery of eight different questionnaire lengths: 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, and 400 total items. We also varied the placement of the self-esteem scale within the battery (either early, middle, or late). Results of this study are outlined, and the implications for the optimal size of our question- naire batteries are discussed.
#26 EXPERIENCES OF MENTORING AND BEING MENTORED IN ACADEMIA: PERSPECTIVES OF MENTORS AND PROTÉGÉES Michelle McCarron, University of Regina; Cannie Stark, University of Regina
Mentoring involves the provision of support and guidance by a senior (and usually older) member of a profession to a junior (and usually younger) member. The bulk of the mentoring literature has been conducted in business environments, with a grow- ing body of literature emerging from researchers in academic contexts. The vast majority of these studies have been quantitative in nature and researchers have typically conducted these studies with either mentors or protégé(e)s, but not both. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 12 faculty mentors (three female, nine male) and eight female graduate students. Data were analysed using a grounded theory approach. A comprehensive model of constructive relationships among faculty mentors and graduate student protégées emerged. Included in this model are the characteristics of a good mentor, protégé(e), and mentoring relationship; current and potential support and encouragement of mentoring in university settings; the power differential between faculty mentors and graduate student protégé(e)s; challenges faced by graduate students in general and female graduate students in particular; and the academic/career preparation and psychosocial functions offered by mentors. The implications of the find- ings for building mutual understanding of the experiences of mentors and protégé(e)s within academic mentoring relationships are discussed.
#27 MEDIATING FACTORS AFFECTING PSYCHOSOCIAL WELLNESS AMONGST YOUNG ADULTS EXPOSED TO INTIMATE PARTNER VIOLENCE IN CHILDHOOD Bee Jay Carter, University of Saskatchewan
Resiliency refers to the ability of individuals to survive and thrive despite exposure to negative circumstances. Exposure to inti- mate partner violence is one such risk factor that over 120,000 Canadian children witness each year in their own homes. This exposure to intimate partner violence represents a serious risk factor that encompasses both short- and long-term adjustment problems for children. The present study draws on an integrated theoretical model of well-being, referred to as psychosocial wellness, in an effort to understand the long-term social and psychological effects of childhood exposure to intimate partner vio- SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY lence. Further, the present study considers the collective impact of important variables that potentially mediate the outcomes of these children in young adulthood, including the age of exposure to violence, and whether or not they were also victims of physi- cal child abuse. It is anticipated that the results of the present research project will lead to further understanding of the effects of
248 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 exposure to intimate partner violence on developing children. Through this increased understanding, it is hoped that contribu- tions will be made to best practice by investigating the influence of potential protective and risk factors and thereby informing the development of more specialized interventions for children and youth exposed to intimate partner violence.
#28 THINKING AND TALKING ABOUT RELATIONSHIPS: DETERMINANTS AND OUTCOMES OF RELATIONSHIP AWARENESS Jennifer McClellan, University of Guelph; Serge Desmarais, University of Guelph
People differ in the extent to which they think and talk about their romantic relationships. Individual differences in ‘relationship awareness’ (Acitelli, 1988, 1992) have been shown to predict relationship outcomes such as satisfaction and conflict (Cate, Koval, Lloyd, & Wilson, 1995). We hypothesized that effects of relationship awareness found in previous research were likely due to relationship variables not included in the study design and that relationship awareness would only account for modest por- tions of unique variance in outcomes once the explanatory power of relational variables were controlled. We proposed and tested a model that includes two sets of predictors (1) personal predictors: uncertainty intolerance, private self-consciousness, worry, and interpersonal orientation and (2) aspects of the relationship: dyadic trust, relationship commitment and conflict. Outcome measures include relationship satisfaction, positive support-willingness and fairness and advantage. The model was tested on a moderate size community sample of males and females, all of whom were currently in a romantic relationship of at least 6 months in duration. Surveys were completed online. Results generally supported our hypotheses. Our discussion highlights the need to consider both contextual and dispositional variables when examining relationship dimensions such as relationship aware- ness.
#29 RESILIENCY IN THE FACE OF INTERPARENTAL VIOLENCE: A QUALITATIVE INVESTIGATION Jacqueline Rhinas, University of Saskatchewan; Jennifer Nicol, University of Saskatchewan
Childhood exposure to family violence is a risk factor for dysfunctional intimate relationships in adulthood (e.g., Fagan & Browne, 1994). Family violence research has commonly utilized Social Learning Theory to explain cross-generational patterns of family violence. However, not all individuals who experience a violent home environment become abusers or victims in their parental or marital roles (e.g., Duffy & Momirov, 1997), which illustrates resiliency - positive adaptation or development in spite of serious threats or significant adversity (Masten, 2001). Considering strengths and resources, rather than risks and vulnerabili- ties, is relatively new in the field of family violence. Consequently, a basic interpretive qualitative research design (Merriam, 2002) was utilized to investigate the experiences of four heterosexual women who self-identified as (a) having observed a pat- tern of interparental violence in childhood and (b) currently being in non-violent intimate adult relationships. The study’s pur- pose was to describe and understand this phenomenon, with special attention given to identifying possible resiliency and protec- tive factors. Interviews were conducted on multiple occasions and transcripts were analyzed in terms of descriptive categories and shared meaning (Kearney, 2001). Findings are described alongside implications for counselling practice and future research.
(Teaching Of Psychology – Enseignement de la psychgologie #30-36) #30 PROMOTING REFLECTIVE PRACTICE AND DEEP UNDERSTANDING: USING VIDEO CAPTURED CLASSROOM EXPERTISE AS CASE STUDY RESOURCES TO LINK THEORY AND PRACTICE Latika Nirula, OISE, University of Toronto
Research shows that a strong relationship between University course work and school field experience is important in preparing teacher candidates. This study evaluates the efficacy of bringing experienced teachers into the pre-service classroom through the use of video highlighting their insights when discussing a case study. Experienced teachers thought aloud as they read and reflect- SATURDAY / SAMEDI ed on case studies used in the B.Ed. Pre-service program. Segments were rated, highlights chosen, and videos made of composite responses. The goal was to evaluate the efficacy of using this method to foster deep understanding of the educational principles and theories within the case study and to promote reflective practice in the “Psychological Foundations of Learning and Development” course. Students in the experimental group watched videos in-class and online, engaging in discourse, both face- to-face and in an online database (Knowledge ForumÆ Version 4.5). Control groups carried out traditional case study analyses face-to-face and online, without access to the experienced teachers’ video recorded insights. Data sources included database con- tributions, observation notes of in-class activities, pre- and post-intervention questionnaires, and semi-structured interviews with a subset of students and the instructor. Findings and implications for Pre-service Education instruction will be discussed.
#31 VALUING THE UNDERGRADUATE TA: ON THE IMPORTANCE OF TRAINING AND SUPPORT Kirsten van Dorsser, Brock University; Kathryn Belicki, Brock University; John Mitterer, Brock University
This poster explores the invaluable contribution undergraduate TAs make as members of the teaching community in Canadian universities and describes a successful model for providing the appropriate training and support they need to excel. We ground
249 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
our comments in our experience working with undergraduate TAs in the introductory psychology course at Brock University. Previous research has shown that students who are taught by undergraduate TAs perform just as well in their courses as those taught by graduate TAs. Further, we have found that undergraduate TAs are in a unique position to relate to and mentor more junior undergraduates. Students have reported that undergraduate TAs are more helpful and approachable compared to graduate TAs. Furthermore, course instructors have also commented that undergraduate TAs’ enthusiasm for their work brings a distinc- tive vitality to their courses. The importance of TA training and support is widely recognized. In this poster we describe the training and support model we have developed for the introductory psychology course at Brock. Our model combines participa- tion in university-wide TA training initiatives with a course-specific orientation day, weekly meetings, and periodic workshops. As an example, the workshop dealing with common teaching issues will be presented in some detail.
#32 EFFECTS OF TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT ON UNIVERSITY ATTENDANCE Catherine Power, Thompson Rivers University
Research indicates that positive reinforcement has been very successful in increasing students’ attendance rates; however nega- tive punishment has not been examined in relation to attendance. Past researchers examining negative framing effects on persua- sion have suggested that people are more motivated to avoid losses rather than to seek out gains. Two introductory psychology classes at Thompson Rivers University were randomly assigned to one of two conditions: 1) negative punishment or 2) positive reinforcement. The difference between the conditions was a matter of framing effects. In the negative punishment condition, stu- dents were told that they started with full marks for attendance (10% of their final grade) and for each class that the student was absent their final mark would be deducted by .05%. In the positive reinforcement condition, the students were told that they started at 0 for their attendance mark and that they would receive .05% of their final attendance mark for each class the student attended.The results suggest that positive reinforcement had a greater impact on influencing students’ decisions to attend class than negative punishment.
#33 TRAINING CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY GRADUATE STUDENTS TO ADDRESS CLIENTS’ SEXUAL CONCERNS S. Andrea Miller, University of New Brunswick; E. Sandra Byers, University of New Brunswick
Research suggests most clinical psychologists will be asked about sexual issues by clients (Di Giulio & Reissing, 2004). Thus, all clinical psychologists, including those who are not sex therapists, need to be able to respond to clients’ sexual concerns. However, self-doubt may interfere with clinicians’ willingness to take on this role (Bandura, 1997). Thus, it is important that graduate training increase students’ confidence in their ability to address sexual issues (sexual intervention self-efficacy). We examined the impact of various forms of graduate training on sexual intervention self-efficacy, as well as the relationship between sexual intervention self-efficacy and willingness to treat clients with sexual concerns. One hundred and seventy-two clinical psychology graduate students from Canada and the United States completed an Internet survey. As predicted, students with more formal and informal didactic education related to sexuality, more sex therapy experience, and more experience observing a clinician conduct sex therapy, had stronger sexual intervention self-efficacy. These experiences contributed to stu- dents’ self-efficacy over and above general clinical training, underlining the importance of directly training students to deal with sexual concerns. Students with greater sexual intervention self-efficacy were more willing to treat clients with sexual concerns.
#34 GOOD TEACHING: IX. TEMPERAMENTAL PORTENTS OF ACADEMIC DISHONESTY Nicholas Skinner, King’s University College, The University of Western Ontario
The present investigation examined putative personality correlates of academic cheating behaviour. A representative sample of 90 Introductory Psychology students completed the Eysenck Personality Inventory twice: first, honestly (Actual Group); and, second, simulating an academically honest or academically dishonest person. Predictably, Extraversion and Neuroticism (Anxiety) groups were highly similar (presumably most students would like to see themselves as honest). By contrast, Simulated Cheaters were characterized by: (a) significantly higher Extraversion scores, explicable in terms of their higher Impulsivity (rather than Sociability) quotients (i.e., impulsive individuals would be more likely to cheat “in the moment”); and (b) remarkably low Neuroticism scores, which (i) disconfirmed the hypothesis that the students most likely to cheat would be those who were highly anxious about their examination performance, and (ii) suggested the possibility that this heuristic notion may be an inappropriate (or, at best, limited) stereotype. Future research will explore the complementary view of cheaters as markedly unemotional (i.e., so as to be able to withstand the inevitable stress generated not only by behaving dishonestly but also perhaps being found out).
#35 EVALUATION OF THE MSVU STUDENT SUCCESS COURSE Allison Merritt, Mount St. Vincent University; Elizabeth Bowering, Mount St. Vincent University; Carol Shirley, Mount St Vincent University; Joanne Mills, Mount St. Vincent University SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY It is well known that university students with ineffective learning strategies and weak motivation are at risk for lowered grades and academic distress. Given the needs of these students, Mount Saint Vincent University (MSVU) developed the Student
250 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Success Course, a 14 week program that offers instruction in the use of appropriate learning and motivational strategies. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of the Student Success Course for 122 undergraduates placed on academ- ic probation in the summer and fall of 2004. Prior to and after the completion of the course, participants completed the Learning and Study Strategies Inventory and the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire. Over time, participants reported a sig- nificant increase in study skills, self-regulation strategies, cognitive strategies, resource management skills, motivation, and aca- demic self-efficacy, as well as a significant decrease in test anxiety (p’s < .05). These results support the hypothesis that the Student Success Course is an effective intervention, at least in the short-term, for improving learning and motivational strategies in at risk students.
#36 TRIALS AND TRIBULATIONS: DEVELOPING AND DELIVERING A TRADITIONAL PROGRAMME IN A NON-TRADITIONAL WAY Gary Hughes, Yorkville University; John McLaughlin, Yorkville University; Michael Markovitz, Yorkville University
In this presentation, we describe the process of developing a traditional Master’s Degree in Counselling Psychology and deliver- ing it in a non-traditional way, that is, in a blended (on-line and in-person) format. We trace the path from the conceptual stage to developing the programme, navigating the government approval process, dealing with non-academic barriers, marketing the pro- gramme, hiring the faculty, admitting the students, delivering the programme, and, finally, graduating the first class. We describe the demographic to which such a programme appeals and provide examples of student activities and of observations from stu- dents with respect to the academic rigor of the programme. We provide suggestions for the development of an approval process that establishes academic excellence as the primary criterion and eliminates non-academic criteria from the process. Finally, we solicit feedback from conference participants for enhancements to the approach and content of the programme.
(Women and Psychology – Femmes et psychologie #36-49) #37 POLICE OFFICERS, FEMININITY AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF IDENTITY IN COMMUNITY DISCOURSE Tanya Darisi, University of Guelph
From the perspective of Discursive Psychology, this study examines the production of controversy occasioned by a charity fundraising campaign of a local policewoman’s association. The campaign makes relevant both the feminine and officer status of the policewomen, and invoked varying objection and support in the community. A discourse analysis of news, opinion and edi- torial articles published in a local paper was conducted. Analysis focuses on the ways in which community discourses regulate the expression of femininity and power, and maintain ideological boundaries around category-based identities. As well, resis- tance to these boundaries and attempts to establish alternative discourses are examined.
#38 EVALUATION OF AN INNOVATIVE GROUP PROGRAM: WOMEN, SELF-ESTEEM AND ANGER Stephanie Martin, University of Saskatchewan
The Women, Anger and Self-Esteem (WASE) Group is based on an innovative feminist-grounded, experiential learning model and provides a forum for women to explore the origins of their anger and/or violence and associated belief systems and behav- iors. Through the group process, including targeted interventions (e.g., body-focused emotion awareness, meditation, examina- tion of the social/cultural context of womens anger and identity), women are encouraged to: (1) explore and identify the origins of their anger; (2) identify belief systems and behaviors associated with their experience and expression of anger; (3) broaden their emotional repertoire by increasing body awareness/experience of anger without shame; and, (4) incorporate alternative ways to express anger in a variety of situations without harming themselves or others. Due the WASE groups popularity and SATURDAY / SAMEDI anecdotal reports of positive therapeutic outcome, a community-university partnership was developed to formally evaluate the program. The first part of the evaluation project incorporated a repeated measures design, using four survey measures of key variables of change, with a sample size of 30 women. The second part of the project involved interviewing 10 women on their subjective experience of change related to the WASE group experience. Results emerging from this study inform theory and practice in the area of women.
#39 DISCOURSES OF GENDER AND LEADERSHIP IN A CANADIAN MILITARY CONTEXT: A QUALITATIVE STUDY Angela Febbraro, Defence Research and Defence Canada - Toronto
Psychology of women theorists have argued that leadership is constructed largely in masculine terms, and that this may be espe- cially true in male-dominated contexts such as the military. This qualitative interview study examined the discursive construc- tion of gender and leadership among 26 women in the Canadian Forces combat arms. Results indicated that although most women felt that both masculine and feminine behaviours are needed for effective leadership, the discourse of many participants constructed feminine characteristics of female leaders in negative ways. Many participants warned against a female leader act- ing like a “girly-girl,” “bubble-head,” or “wussy;” against a female leader playing the role of “mom” or “kid sister;” and against
251 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
a female leader being too “emotional.” On the other hand, many participants also constructed masculinity in a female leader in negative ways. They warned against a female leader being too “manly” or “aggressive,” and against a female leader being a “bitch,” “butch,” or “bull-dyke.” Such discourses suggest that women in leadership positions continue to face a dilemma, or catch-22, between masculinity and femininity, but that leadership and the combat arms are still constructed largely in masculine terms. Implications for the gendered theorizing of leadership in a military context are discussed.
#40 EXAMINING THE SOCIOHISTORICAL AND POLITICAL CONTEXT TO UNDERSTAND ABORIGINAL WOMEN’S EXPERIENCE OF ABUSE Bette Brazier, Saskatoon Health Region: Continuing Care and Geriatrics; Carmen Poulin, University of New Brunswick
The present study examines Aboriginal women’s experience of intimate partner violence within its sociohistorical and political context. The Psycho-social Ethnography of the Commonplace guided the study’s design and analysis (Poulin & Gouliquer, 2004). Interviews took place with thirty five First Nations women. Findings show that there is a lack of institutional response to violence against First Nations Women. This gap influences how Aboriginal women respond to the violence in their lives. The analysis sheds light on how the federal government and the Native leadership benefit by ignoring the issue of woman abuse, and identifies the complications this creates for First Nations women. It also shows how women’s experience of violence occurs within a context that works to maintain its invisibility and normalises its occurrence. The schemata women employ to cognitive- ly make sense of and deal with these complications are examined. The discussion focuses on the clinical implications and politi- cal direction needed to address the lack of services for abused First Nations women.
#41 PARENTAL ATTACHMENT, EMOTIONAL REGULATION AND BINGE EATING IN YOUNG FEMALES Kimberley Vaughan, University of Calgary
The relationships among parental attachment, emotional intelligence and binge eating behaviour were examined in 154 female undergraduates. Parental attachment was assessed using the Parental Attachment Questionnaire, which subcategorizes parental attachment into affective quality of the parent-child relationship, parents as facilitators of independence, and parents as sources of support. Emotional intelligence was assessed using the Trait Meta-Mood scale, which subcategorizes emotional intelligence into emotional attention, emotional clarity and emotional repair (synonomous with emotional regulation). Binge eating was assessed with the Binge Eating Scale. Age and body mass index were also assessed. A hierarchial multiple regression was con- ducted examining the ability of parental attachment, emotional attention, emotional clarity and emotional repair to concurrently predict binge eating scores; age and body mass index were statistically controlled. It was found that emotional clarity and emo- tional repair significantly predicted binge eating behaviour. That is, females with poorer ability to clarify their emotions and to repair (regulate) them had higher binge eating scores. Implications are discussed.
#42 FEMINIST DISCOURSE AND ORDINARY MOTHERS Paige Marshall, University of Calgary; H. Lorraine Radtke, University of Calgary; Julie Quinn, University of Calgary
In her feminist annotated bibliography of research on mothers and mothering, Penelope Dixon (1991) reviewed 351 pieces of research published since 1970 with a feminist perspective on mothering. Feminist researchers have continued to be interested in mothering up to the present time, and we now ask “Has feminist discourse been taken up by mothers in the contexts of their everyday lives?” To address this question, we brought together five pairs of mothers to have a research conversation with a researcher on the topic “Do you think feminism has had an effect on yourself as a mother?” The mothers varied in age, ethnicity, religious background, marital status, and employment situation. The research conversations typically lasted 60 minutes. They were tape-recorded, transcribed, and analyzed using discourse analysis. Although most of the mothers did not specially identify themselves as feminists, the conversations included many instances where the mothers drew on feminist discourse. We identified two specific ideological dilemmas across all five conversations: (1) being a “good” mother versus individual achievement in education or paid work and (2) promoting gender equality versus fitting in/accepting the status quo. The results are discussed in the context of feminism as a political movement, social change, and mothering in the 21st century.
#43 PERCEPTIONS AND EXPECTATIONS OF THE FEMALE BODY: DISCIPLINED EATING AND EXPERIENCE Jelena Komljenovic, Brock University; Christine Tardif, Brock University; Hans Skott-Myhre, Brock University
While research has long focussed on individual pathology and on uncovering truths about the female body, relatively less is known about its power and role as a catalyst for social acceptance in postmodern society (Hoskins, 2002). Womyn become SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY addicted to the notion of the ideal body through cultural images, messages, and are pressured to maintain these defined social requirements (Foucault, 1977;Bordo, 2003).This study adopted a uniquely qualitative feminist auto-ethnographic methodology to allow participants the opportunity to share personal narratives, based on deconstructs highlighted by the researchers. The par-
252 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 ticipants included 4 womyn aged 19-26 with self identified concerns around body image and disordered eating. Interview ques- tions were open and fluid, and were referred to as deconstructs to diminish the process of creating a truth using predetermined meanings. The auto-ethnographic process of co-research served as a catalyst along with the narratives to highlight the voices, and facilitate connections between our own experiences with disordered eating and the body. The methodological importance and power of personal narrative were evident throughout the findings. From a clinical perspective, engaging young womyn in the process of self-reflection and critical inquiry about the female body ideal is essential to prevent the passive internalization of the thin body ideal. An exploration of narrative therapy as an intervention in order to understand the internalisation of percep- tions and expectations were critical in my own self-exploration and reflection as a womyn/researcher with an eating disorder.
#44 WOMEN SCIENTISTS’ ACCOUNTS OF THEIR LIVES IN SCIENCE Minji Kang, University of Calgary; Lorraine Radtke, University of Calgary
The present study examined how women scientists create a place for themselves within the scientific community by analyzing their accounts of their lives as scientists. Using the theoretical and methodological framework of Discourse Analysis, the current study focused on the ways in which women negotiate participating in the culture of science and the cultural resources they draw on in constructing meaningful stories of their lives in science. Participants were 20 women who are graduate students, professors or working-scientists in the areas of math, chemistry, physics and biology. They were recruited from the University of Calgary and research institutes associated with the university through personal contact by phone and by email. Participants were inter- viewed either individually or in pairs using a semi-structured interview format. The interviews were tape-recorded, transcribed, and analyzed according to accepted convention. The findings are discussed in terms of their implications for understanding what enables women to participate in science and conversely what discourages their participation and advancement in science.
#45 A PORTRAIT OF A RECOVERING MOTHER Cheryl Barry, University of Calgary; Constance Barlow, University of Calgary
Many women experience motherhood in conjunction with the overlapping triad of challenges of addiction, mental illness, and abuse. The literature reveals that treatment plays a vital role in helping women stabilize and re-establish their lives. However, many residential rehabilitation programs do not accommodate children while their mothers are engaged in recovery. Previous studies indicate that ‘being a better mother’ is a motivating factor towards entering and remaining in treatment. This presentation will provide an overview of the findings of a grounded theory qualitative research study, which sought to gain an understanding of how being in recovery influences the mother-child relationship. Six women enrolled in a long-term residential treatment pro- gram were interviewed. The results revealed a portrait of a recovering mother. The core category that evolved was the nature of the mother-child relationship throughout the process of recovery, which was influenced by (a) the mother’s childhood, (b) her concept of self, (c) her relationships with others, (d) her triad of challenges and (e) her recovery. A description of these factors and how they impact the mother-child relationship will be the core of the presentation. In addition, implications for research and counselling mothers in recovery will be addressed from a feminist perspective.
#46 WOMEN’S DECISIONS REGARDING HRT: EXPERIENCES WITH THE MEDICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL INSTITUTIONS Kerri Gibson, University of New Brunswick; Carmen Poulin, University of New Brunswick
In recent years, medical treatments, such as hormone replacement therapy (HRT), have become popular for women experiencing menopausal changes. In the present study, we examine women’s decisions regarding HRT. In particular, attention is given to their experiences with the medical and pharmaceutical institutions. Participants were nine postmenopausal New Brunswick women. The Psycho-social Ethnography of the Common Place (Poulin & Gouliquer, 2004) was employed. Accordingly, we examined both influences of the medical institution and pharmaceutical industry on the cognitive processes of women. We iden- SATURDAY / SAMEDI tified three organisational moments (events that serve the institutions and complicate the lives of marginalised groups): 1) brief physician visits, 2) advertising HRT, and 3) prescribing HRT. Women used cognitive schemata to make sense of these organisa- tional moments (e.g., women evoked a “quality of life” schema to provide a rational for their decision to take HRT, despite its possible negative health consequences). Women adopted both cognitive and behavioural coping strategies to manage the contra- dictions (e.g., seeking knowledge from resources other than their physicians on how to manage menopause). The discussion focuses on the mismatch between the medical and pharmaceutical institutions’ representations of menopause, and the experi- ences of women. The discussion examines the implications of these findings for menopausal women.
#47 ABUSED WOMEN NEGOTIATING ACCESS TO SERVICES: A COMMUNITY’S PERCEPTION AND EXPERIENCE Debbi O’Brien, University of New Brunswick; Carmen Poulin, University of New Brunswick; Deborah Doherty, Public Legal Education and Information Service of New Brunswick; Jennie Hornosty, University of New Brunswick
Recent statistics reveal that over one quarter of Canadian women are abused by intimate partners at some point in their lives (Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2004). Within the framework of services available to victims, service delivery is often
253 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
fragmented. Women must independently seek several services to address their unique needs. Furthermore, in rural areas, women have fewer options and additional barriers to contend with when attempting to resolve violence in their lives (Hornosty & Doherty, 2002). In the present study, focus groups were conducted with community service providers, health care workers, and female residents of a rural community to explore the perception of services available for abuse women. Poulin & Gouliquer’s (2004) method, “Psycho-social Ethnography of the Common-Place,” was employed to analyse the findings. Organisational moments (events serving the institutions while complicating the lives of oppressed groups) were identified. Further, ways in which women make sense of these institutional practices, and the coping strategies used to manage the resulting complications were examined. Findings revealed three organisational moments: influences of fragmented service delivery, the role of health care in the delivery of services, and unique barriers for rural women in seeking services. Implications of findings, as well as recommendations are discussed.
#48 TRAUMA, SOCIAL SUPPORT AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE IN RELATION TO RECIDIVISM IN CANADIAN WOMEN OFFENDERS Jeannette Dixon, Correctional Services of Canada
The purpose of this study was to examine the hypothesis that Canadian federally sentenced women offenders who have experi- enced trauma, have decreased social support and have substance abuse problems will have increased recidivism rates. A nation- al sample of 74 women was obtained representing the Atlantic Region, Quebec Region, Ontario Region, Prairie Region and Pacific Region. Measures included a trauma scale, the Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support (MSPSS), the Alcohol Dependence Scale (ADS), and the Drug Abuse Screening Test (DAST-20). Recidivism data was gathered from the computerized databank used by the Correctional Services of Canada known as the Offender Management System (OMS). Hierarchical multiple regressions were conducted and while the overall hypothesis was not met, drug use/abuse was found to significantly predict both reoffending rates and readmission rates. In addition, trauma was found to significantly predict alcohol use/abuse.
#49 IT’S NEAT AND TIDY, ALL TUCKED UP THERE OUT OF SIGHT: THE DEVELOPMENT OF A FEMALE GENITALS PERCEPTION SCALE Shannon Ellis, University of Saskatchewan; Patricia Warkentin, Red Deer College/University of Calgary
The purpose of this study was to investigate women’s perceptions of their genitalia in order to develop a representative instru- ment measuring this construct. Seventeen women, aged 18 to 64 years, participated in five focus groups. Participants first com- pleted a questionnaire regarding body image satisfaction, drive for thinness, depression, anxiety, and stress. Results from the sur- vey indicate a diverse and representative sample of women. Findings of the semi-structured focus groups reveal that the partici- pants believe the existing Female Genital Image Scale (FGIS) is too visually oriented and anatomically complex, such that many participants were unable to accurately answer several scale items. Further, thematic analysis of the focus group transcripts sug- gest that these women are highly sensitive to the smell and feel of their genitalia, usually perceive their genitalia in some situa- tional context, and prefer evaluating their genitalia using frequency of occurrence (1 = always to 5 = never) rather than level of satisfaction (1 = very dissatisfied to 5 = very satisfied). The focus groups were valuable in creating the Female Genitals Perception Scale (FGPS) that demonstrates high levels of content validity. Sample scale items include “I (would) worry about the smell of my genitals while I am menstruating” and “I (would) worry about the tightness of my vagina during intercourse.”
(Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity Issues – Orientation sexuelle et identité sexuelle #50-58) #50 GAY MEN’S AND LESBIAN WOMEN’S BODY IMAGE SELF-CONSCIOUSNESS DURING PHYSICAL INTIMACY Shannon Ellis, University of Saskatchewan; Paula Brochu, University of Western Ontario; Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan
Previous research (e.g., Brochu et al., 2005) has shown that sexually experienced heterosexual men and women report body image concerns that are related to body image self-consciousness during physical intimacy with a partner. However, little is known about gay men’s and lesbian women’s body consciousness during physically intimate encounters. The present study addressed this omission. Specifically, 44 sexually experienced gay men and 42 sexually experienced lesbian women, who ranged in age from 18 to 27 years (M = 19.06, SD = 1.90) were recruited through the university and community. Participants completed an online questionnaire measuring several body image (e.g., body esteem, genital image, and drive for muscularity/ thinness for men and women, respectively) and sexuality (e.g., sexual confidence) variables. Results indicate that lesbian women experienced greater body image self-consciousness than gay men. Further, lesbian women’s body consciousness corre- lated in the hypothesized direction with body esteem, genital image, drive for thinness, and sexual confidence. Although gay men experienced significantly less body consciousness, gay men’s body esteem, genital image, and sexual confidence were sig- nificantly related to body consciousness during physical intimacy. The implications and future directions of this research are SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY discussed.
254 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#51 SUPPORT FOR LESBIAN AND GAY HUMAN RIGHTS: A PSYCHOMETRIC INVESTIGATION Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan
The Support for Lesbian and Gay Human Rights Scale (SLGHRS; Ellis, Kitzinger, & Wilkinson, 2002) was developed in the UK in an effort to determine the extent to which individuals are supportive of gay and lesbian persons in a human rights context. To date, there have been no psychometric investigations of the SLGHRS’s properties. As the SLGHRS includes items that per- tain to both lesbian women and gay men, two sets of data (SLHR and SGHR) were collected in an effort to tease apart the differ- ential salience of human rights accorded to the two social groups. Participants were 165 (SLHR) and 169 (SGHR) undergraduate students in the Republic of Ireland. To assess the dimensionality of the SLHR and SGHR, Principal Axis Factoring was used. Results indicated that 6 factors (eigenvalues >1; 45.3% of variance accounted for) and 7 factors (eigenvalues>1; 47.4% of vari- ance accounted for) emerged for the SLHR and SGHR, respectively. Additional dimensionality assessments, subsequent scale score reliability coefficients, and correlations with variables thought to be related to both forms of the SLGHRS are presented. A psychometric overview of the SLHR’s and SGHR’s properties, and their implications for use in countries outside the UK, are discussed.
#52 HATE/BIAS CRIME IN CANADA: EXPLORING THE INTERSECTIONS AND COMMONALITIES OF SEXUAL ORIENTATION, RACIAL, ETHNIC, AND RELIGIOUS BIAS CRIME Joseph Gillis, University of Toronto
Hate or bias crimes are being increasingly recognized as significant societal issues in both Canada (Janhevich, 2001) and the United States (Cogan, 2002). Crime victimization findings from the 1999 General Social Survey (GSS) indicated that 4% of criminal victimization experiences were hate or bias motivated. The percentage of hate motivated crime increased with the severity of the offence. Race/ethnicity was the most common motivation for hate crimes (Janhevich, 2001), and young people and visible minorities were the most likely to be targeted. While we have some estimates of bias crime prevalence, much less is known about the psycho-social impact of bias crime and discrimination at the individual and community levels. Victims of bias crimes, whether based on sexual orientation, racial, ethnic, or religious membership, face the same negative psychosocial conse- quences as other crime victims, but, in addition, are put at increased risk for distress because their attack focuses on a central aspect of their identity. This presentation will integrate research and clinical findings from the GSS, police force hate crime reporting statistics, and published and unpublished research articles to identify the common experiences and distress experienced by these different minority groups. A model integrating the individual and community impact of bias crime will be proposed.
#53 GAY WIDOWERHOOD: LOSING A PARTNER TO NON-AIDS-RELATED CAUSES Nina Hornjatkevyc, University of Calgary
In the wake of a growing body of research exploring gay male bereavement, it is noteworthy that the experiences of gay widow- ers who have lost a partner to non-AIDS-related causes have received little attention. The purpose of this study was to give voice to the experiences of gay widowers who have lost a partner to non-AIDS-related causes. In-depth, unstructured interviews were conducted with 8 men who self-identified as gay and had experienced the death of a long-term partner to a non-AIDS-related cause. A hermeneutic phenomenological analysis generated experiential themes, articulating multifaceted meanings and devel- oping understanding of the varied experiences associated with partner loss. These themes will be explored in terms of their implications for gay widowers, counselling practice, and areas of further research.
#54 THE EFFECT OF SELF-PERCEIVED PARENTING STYLES ON GENDER ROLES AMONG YOUNG ADULTS SATURDAY / SAMEDI Jan Gilroy, Red Deer College; Jane MacNeil, Red Deer College
Gender roles in young and adult children are influenced by parents. This study investigated the relationship between parenting styles and gender roles in young adults. The Parental Authority Questionnaire was used to place the parents of participants into one of Baumrind’s (1967) parenting style categories: authoritative, authoritarian, permissive or indifferent. These categories are based on two dimensions, demandingness and responsiveness. Parenting styles impacted the young adults on a variety of dimen- sions including self-confidence, delinquent behaviours and academic achievement. Gender roles were examined using the Personal Attribute Questionnaire which places individuals in one of four categories: feminine, masculine, androgynous or undif- ferentiated. Measures of religiosity and family structure were also included in this study. The data was analyzed using the LIS- REL technique, a path analysis connecting gender roles to parenting styles and other family demographics. The results indicated that parenting styles affect one’s gender roles, with authoritarian leading to the most androgynous gender role. Different family characteristics, such as who was the primary caregiver and employment status of the mother also impacted gender roles. This research has implications for enhancing public knowledge about the development of gender roles and the effect of parenting styles.
255 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#55 MODERN AND OLD-FASHIONED HOMONEGATIVITY: EXAMINING AGE AND GENDER DIFFERENCES IN A NON-STUDENT SAMPLE Krista Trinder, Univeristy of Saskatchewan; Melanie Morrison, University of Saskatchewan; Janelle Ocrane, University of Saskatchewan; Edwin Rogers, University of Saskatchewan
Homonegativity (i.e., negative attitudes and behaviours directed toward gay men and lesbian women) is a pervasive social force. To date, no published research on modern homonegativity (i.e., heterosexuals’ contemporary concerns about homosexual men and women) has been conducted with non-students. The present study examined non-students’ gender and age differences in homonegativity towards gay men, in both modern and old-fashioned forms. Participants (N =251) completed a questionnaire containing measures of modern and old-fashioned homonegativity, as well as a series of sociodemographic items. Results indi- cated that: no gender differences were found for older participants (44-88 years) on either old-fashioned or modern homonega- tivity; younger men (18-43 years) and older women endorsed modern and old-fashioned homonegativity more so than younger women; older men were more likely to endorse old-fashioned homonegativity than younger men; and no differences emerged for males in either age category on modern homonegativity. The implications of these findings and future research directions will be discussed.
#56 THE PSYCHOMETRIC SOUNDNESS OF A MEASURE OF MODERN PREJUDICE TOWARD GAY MEN AND LESBIAN WOMEN WHEN ADMINISTERED TO IRISH UNIVERSITY STUDENTS Todd Morrison, National University of Ireland
The psychometric properties of the gay and lesbian versions of the Modern Homonegativity Scale (MHS-G and MHS-L, respec- tively) were examined in samples of heterosexual Irish university students (Ns = 353 and 242). Confirmatory factor analyses revealed that the MHS-G and MHS-L were unidimensional and factorially distinct from a well-established measure of old-fash- ioned homonegativity (Attitudes toward Lesbians and Gay Men Scale [ATLG]). Alpha coefficients for both versions of the MHS were good (range = .81 to .86), with 95% confidence intervals suggesting that unsatisfactory levels of scale score reliability (i.e., alpha values < .70) were relatively implausible. As hypothesized, participants’ level of modern homonegativity correlated posi- tively with their levels of old-fashioned and modern racism, patriotism, nationalism, religious fundamentalism, social domi- nance, religious self-schema, religious attendance, and perceived political conservatism. A substantial inverse correlation also was observed between modern prejudice toward sexual minorities and support for their human rights. Finally, a series of multi- ple regression analyses indicated that, despite their interrelatedness, modern and old-fashioned homonegativity, particularly as they pertain to gay men, possess differential predictors. The need to conduct further research of this sort within an Irish context is discussed.
#57 DO ASEXUAL PEOPLE MASTURBATE? Catherine Fawcett, Brock University; Anthony Bogaert, Brock University
Asexuality, defined as a lack of sexual attraction, has been the subject of recent academic (Bogaert, 2004) and public (e.g., New Scientist; CNN) discourse. In the first empirical examination of this phenomenon, Bogaert (2004) demonstrated a number of biological and psychosocial correlates of asexuality, but was unable to investigate whether some asexual people, despite a lack of attraction (i.e., no erotic interest directed toward anyone), masturbated. Here we report on a group of asexual people (N = 79) surveyed in a national probability sample of Britain aged 16 to 44 (NATSAL II; N >12,000). Participants were asked to report on their masturbation patterns. Most asexual people reported never having masturbated or did not reply to the question, but about 15% (N =12) reported having masturbated in the last 6 months. This suggests that sexual desire (i.e., an interest in sexual stimulation), although much lower than in sexual people (58% reported having masturbated in the last 6 months), is not absent in all asexual people.
#58 THE CONSTRUCTION AND VALIDATION OF THE HOMOPOSITIVITY SCALE Anomi Bearden, University of Victoria, Victoria, BC, Canada
Social scientists often focus on negative beliefs about, and attitudes toward, gay men and lesbian women. This emphasis, though understandable in view of the widespread oppression of gay and lesbian individuals, is somewhat myopic because it ignores what might be referred to as the positive dimension of stereotypes. Although such a concept may appear oxymoronic, it is widely recognized that individuals may endorse a mixture of positive and negative stereotypes toward stigmatized groups such as African Americans and women. The purpose of the current series of studies (Study 1, N = 212 Study 2, N = 105) was to devise an instrument measuring endorsement of positive stereotypes about gay men (Homopositivity Scale HPS). Two versions of the HPS (of varying length) were evaluated, with scale scores on both appearing to be internally consistent and factorially distinct from scales measuring negative stereotypes and prejudices about gay men. These studies also suggest that females are more like- ly than males to endorse positive stereotypes about gay men, and that such endorsement is negatively associated with need for
SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY uniqueness and need for cognition, and positively associated with media contact and benevolent sexism. Limitations to the stud- ies are outlined and the importance of assessing positive stereotypes about gay men in conjunction with oft-examined homoneg- ativity is discussed.
256 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
(Psychoanalysis – Psychoanalyse #59-68) #59 THE RELATIONSHIP OF DEFENSE STYLES TO THE EXPERIENCE OF PREMENSTRUAL SYMPTOMS Erin Hamilton, University of Sasktchewan; Caryn Brown, University of Saskatchewan; Michelle Presniak, University of Saskatchewan; Micheal MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
Research has demonstrated that premenstrual symptoms are related to stress, locus of control and coping styles. This study investigated the relationship between both emotional and physical premenstrual symptoms and defense. Method: 211 females of reproductive age completed the Premenstrual Syndrome Assessment (PMS) Questionnaire and the Defense Style Questionnaire. Correlational analyses were conducted using total PMS score and emotional and physical symptom scores. All PMS symptom scores were related to defense styles and to individual defense mechanisms. Defense styles are related to the overall premenstru- al syndrome score (r’s ranging from -.19 to .56). Some defense styles, however, were only associated with emotional symptoms and not physical symptoms. For example, the Maladaptive defense style was significantly related to the emotional premenstrual symptoms subscale, but not the physical symptom subscale. PMS scores were also related to specific defense mechanisms. For example, Inhibition was related to emotional premenstrual symptoms (r = .20, p < .01). Defense mechanisms were associated with the emotional symptoms of PMS more than the physical symptoms. Further investigation of defense styles may further con- tribute to our understanding of both the physical and emotional symptoms of PMS.
#60 DO DEFENSES TELL US SOMETHING ABOUT PERSONALITY THAT THE LEXICAL APPROACH DOES NOT? Brooke Crozon, University of Saskatchewan; Trevor Olson, University of Saskatchewan; Kristin Calverley, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
The Five Factor Model (FFM) of personality, and its lexical approach, is purported to account for all of the important ways that people differ. This study examined the extent to which unconscious defenses can contribute to the understanding of personality disorders over the FFM of personality. 285 participants completed the Personality Diagnostic Questionnaire-4 (as a measure of personality disorders), The Big Five Inventory-54 (as a measure of the five factors of personality), and the Defense Style Questionnaire. 12 regression analyses were performed with personality disorder traits as the dependent variable, the five factors of personality as block one of the predicted variables, and the four defense styles as block two. The five factors of personality accounted for a significant amount of the variance in all 12 personality disorders, ranging from 7.6 % (Narcissistic) to 39.5% (Avoidant). Defense styles accounted for an additional amount of the variance in all 12 personality disorders, ranging from 4.4% (Histrionic) to 15.3% (Paranoid). Although the FFM accounts for a significant portion of the variance in personality dis- orders, results indicate that unconscious processes may also be important to understanding personality disorders, and may not be fully represented in the lexical personality approach.
#61 CAN DEFENSES AID IN DEPRESSION AND ANXIETY DIFFERENTIATION? Amanda Kiedrowski, University of Saskatchewan; Trevor Olson, Universirty of Saskatchewan; Michelle Presniak, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
Depression and Anxiety are two of the most prevalent mental disorders. Prevalence rates are found to be as high as 25% for depressive disorders and as high as 33% for anxiety disorders. Depression and Anxiety have high comorbidity rates sharing sim- ilar symptomatology, such as fatigue, concentration difficulties, and sleep disturbance. This overlap in diagnostic criteria often complicates differential diagnosis. How people unconsciously interact with their environment has been proposed as one method to assist clinicians in distinguishing and understanding these two types of disorders. This study examined differences in defense use between those with depression and anxiety symptoms. Participants were administered the Thematic Apperception Test, SATURDAY / SAMEDI from which defense use was assessed using the Defense Mechanism Manual. Participants also completed the Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI) and the Beck Depression Inventory-II (BDI-II) to assess anxiety and depression respectively. Defense use was compared between those high on depression and those high on anxiety, and a control group that was low on both depression and anxiety using ANOVA analyses. Specific differences between anxiety and depression groups were found for defense mecha- nisms. These findings may contribute to our understanding of depression and anxiety and subsequently, our ability to differenti- ate between the two disorders
#62 THE UNIQUE CONTRIBUTIONS OF HUMOR STYLES AND DEFENSE MECHANISMS TO UNDERSTANDING PSYCHOPATHOLOGY Colin Ouellette, University of Saskatchewan; Trevor Olson, University of Saskatchewan; Michelle Presniak, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
Considerable research has indicated that defense styles are related to psychopathology. This study examined how humor styles uniquely contribute to our understanding of psychopathology over the information already provided by defense mechanisms. Participants completed a measure of Axis I pathology (Personality Assessment Inventory; PAI), defense mechanism styles (Defense Style Questionnaire; DSQ), and humor styles (Humor Styles Questionnaire; HSQ). Hierarchical regression analyses
257 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
were conducted to determine the unique variance that both humor and defense styles account for in psychopathology. Each psy- chopathology scale from the PAI (e.g., depression, anxiety) was used as a dependent variable in the analyses. Defense styles (Block 1) and humor styles (Block 2) served as predictor variables. Results indicate humor styles account for unique variance over and above that accounted for by defense styles in a number of the PAI scales. For example, DSQ defense styles accounted for 11% of the variance on the Suicidal Ideation scale of the PAI and humor styles uniquely accounted for an additional 15% of the variability over and above defense styles. The assessment of humor styles uniquely contributes to the understanding of psy- chopathology. Understanding how people use humor may aid in assessment, treatment, and prediction of psychopathology.
#63 CARDIOVASCULAR HEALTH AND ATTACHMENT STYLES Chassidy Puchala, University of Saskatchewan; Michelle Presniak, University of Saskatchewan; Michael Macgregor, University of Saskatchewan
The goal of the current study was to examine the relation between one aspect of cardiovascular health, blood pressure, and attachment style. We examined whether those high or low on various attachment styles differed in their blood pressure (BP). 167 participants had BP measurements taken prior to (baseline), during (reactive), and after (recovery) an interpersonally stressful interview. Participants also completed the Experiences in Close Relationships Inventory as a measure of adult attachment styles (Secure, Fearful, Preoccupied, and Dismissing). Participants were divided into high and low groups for each attachment style, based on tertile splits. Four repeated measures ANOVA’s were conducted with baseline, reactive, and recovery BP serving as the dependent variables and high and low attachment styles serving as the between subjects factors. Results demonstrated that for some attachment styles, there was a significant interaction between the attachment style and blood pressure (baseline, reac- tive, or recovery). For example, those persons with high Secure attachment styles returned to baseline BP more quickly than those with low scores. Attachment style may affect an individual’s cardiovascular health. As such, individuals low on secure attachment may be at increased risk for cardiovascular problems, such as hypertension.
#64 THE ROLE OF ANXIETY AND DEPRESSION IN UNDERSTANDING EATING DISORDERS Nicole Haugrud, University of Saskatchewan; Michelle Presniak, University of Saskatchewan; Trevor Olson, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
Research has demonstrated that there is an association between eating disorders and depression and anxiety. The goal of the cur- rent study was to examine this association further. Two hundred and seven participants completed the Eating Disorder Inventory – 2 (EDI-2) as a measure of bulimia and anorexia traits. Participants also completed the Personality Assessment Inventory (PAI) to assess depression and anxiety. Two separate hierarchical regression analyses were conducted with the bulimia and anorexia scales of the PAI serving as the dependent variable. In both these regressions, anxiety was entered as block one of the predictor variables, and depression as block two of the predictor variables. Results indicate that anxiety accounted for a significant amount of the variance in both bulimia and anorexia. Furthermore, depression accounted for additional variance over that of anxiety. For example, anxiety accounted for 20.3% of the variability in anorexia and depression accounted for 14.3% of the variability above and beyond that of anxiety.This research demonstrates that anxiety contributes to our understanding of eating disorders and also that depression can provide us with unique information about eating disorders.
#65 THE FIVE FACTORS OF PERSONALITY AND DEFENSE STYLE: ACCOUNTING FOR VARIANCE IN ANGER EXPRESSION Tanis Kershaw, University of Saskatchewan; Trevor Olson, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
Previous research on anger expression has focused on the relation between anger expression and cardiovascular disorders (e.g., hypertension, coronary heart disease). Less research, however, has examined the relation between anger expression and person- ality. The present study examined to what extent two different approaches to personality, the five factor model and defense mechanisms, can account for the variance in anger expression. Two hundred and eighty-five introductory psychology students completed Spielberger’s Anger Expression Scale (AES), the Big Five Inventory-54 (BFI-54), and the Defense Style Questionnaire (DSQ). Data were analyzed using a hierarchical regression with the five factors of personality entered on step one, defense style entered on step two, and anger expression entered as the dependent variable. The five factors of personality accounted for 38.3% of the variance in anger expression and defense styles accounted for an additional 6.8% of the variance. Combined, personality and defense style accounted for nearly half of the variance in anger expression. Results indicate that understanding personality, including unconscious defense mechanisms, may help us to better understand anger and may there- fore assist in anger management programs and the treatment of anger disorders. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
258 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#66 THE RELATION BETWEEN ALCOHOL USE, DEFENSE STYLES, AND THE FIVE FACTOR MODEL Dana Bain, student non-member; Michelle Presniak, Graduate Student Affiliate; Michael MacGregor, professor
Previous research has shown that alcohol abuse is associated with immature defense styles, as well as unique personality charac- teristics such as high extraversion. The current study examines the extent to which the five factors of personality and defense styles contribute to our understanding of alcohol abuse. Participants completed the Big Five Inventory-54, as a measure of the five factors of personality, and the Defense Style Questionnaire (DSQ). Hierarchical regression analyses were conducted with number of drinks one has in a sitting as the dependent variable, the five factors of personality as block one of the predictor vari- ables, and the four defense styles from the DSQ as block two of the predictor variables. Results indicates that the five factors of personality account for a significant amount of variance in the amount of alcohol one consumes in a single sitting (12.4%). Furthermore, defense styles account for 8% additional variance over and above that of the five factors of personality. The five factors of personality can contribute to our understanding the use of alcohol. Moreover, defense mechanisms can contribute unique, additional information to our understanding of alcohol consumption.
#67 REFERENTIAL ACTIVITY AND THE EARLY MEMORY INDEX Frances LeBlanc, Université de Moncton; J. Éric Dubé, University of Moncton
This current study concerns the convergent validity between measures of Refenrential Activity (RA) (that reflects the degree from which the relevance between émotions and, vernal and non-verbal imageries) and the Early Memory Index (EMI) (Shedler, Karliner & Katz, 2003). The EMI consists of 18 items which cluster in three factors that all refelcts different narrative qualities. The study aims at determining the degree of convergence between RA scores and the two first factors of the EMI. Preliminary results (N = 29) suggest significant correlations between the RA scores and Factor II of the Emi for all four early memories. However, there is an absence of significant correlations betwenn RA and Factor I of the EMI. The conclusion will discuss the convergent validity between these two measures and their respective caracteristics that permit to identify particular individual narrative style.
#68 THE ROLE OF ANGER AND DEFENSE MECHANISMS IN BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER Michelle Presniak, University of Saskatchewan; Trevor Olson, University of Saskatchewan; Danielle Inkster, University of Saskatchewan; Michael MacGregor, University of Saskatchewan
Aggressive behaviour or anger is understood to be a key element of Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD). Past research has investigated the association between anger and BPD. In psychodynamic literature, however, the anger or aggressive behaviour is often discussed in relation to many factors, including attachment, ego identity integration, defense mechanisms, etc. The current study focused on one of these psychodynamic concepts, defense mechanisms. 218 participants completed the Personality Assessment Inventory (PAI) as a measure of BPD traits, the Defense Style Questionnaire (DSQ), and the Anger Expression Scale (AES). Hierarchical regression analyses were performed with the BPD scale from the PAI serving as the depending vari- able and anger styles from the AES as block 1 of the predictor variables and defense styles from the DSQ as block 2 of the pre- dictor variables. Additional hierarchical analyses were conducted with the same predictor variables, but with the PAI subscales of the BPD scale as the dependent variables. Results demonstrated that defense styles account for a significant amount of unique variance of BPD over and above that of anger expression. This research supports the psychodynamic theories, which argue that defense mechanisms play an important part of BPD. SATURDAY / SAMEDI 13:00 - 14:55 - RIDEAU 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium ANXIETY SENSITIVITY AND HEALTH-RELATED BEHAVIOUR Health Psychology Sherry Stewart, Dalhousie University
Anxiety sensitivity (AS) is an individual difference variable characterized by a fear of arousal-related sensations. High AS is a known cognitive risk factor for the development of anxiety and related disorders (e.g., Maller & Reiss, 1992; Schmidt et al., 1999). More recently, AS has been found to be associated with other health-related behaviour; such as drinking, smoking, and chronic pain (see Asmundson et al., 2000). The proposed symposium involves a panel of researchers investigating various aspects of the relationship between AS and these health-related behaviours. The first paper will report on the findings of a study linking AS levels to negative and temptation context drinking behaviors. The second presentation will report the findings of a study linking AS to state anxiety experienced during the early stages of smoking cessation. The third presentation will report on evidence for the avoidance of physical activity among individuals with elevated levels of AS. The final presentation will review evidence for the relationship between AS and pain anxiety and avoidance. Finally, an expert in the area of anxiety and related disorders including pain, will provide an integrative discussion of the findings from this new area of research.
259 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#1 ANXIETY SENSITIVITY AND SITUATION-SPECIFIC DRINKING IN WOMEN WITH ALCOHOL PROBLEMS Sandra Reyno, Dalhousie University; Sherry Stewart, Dalhousie University; Catrina Brown, Dalhousie University; Peter Horvath, Acadia University; Juliana Wiens, Acadia University; Sarah Larsen, Acadia University
Depression, hopelessness, anxiety, and anxiety sensitivity (AS) are all considered risk factors for alcoholism. We examined the unique contribution of these negative emotionality factors in predicting frequency of drinking in different situations among women receiving treatment for alcohol problems. Participants completed the Beck Depression Inventory-II (BDI-II), Beck Hopelessness Scale, Beck Anxiety Inventory, Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI), and Inventory of Drinking Situations (IDS). Together, these variables reliably predicted scores on the IDS Unpleasant Emotions, Physical Discomfort, and Conflict with Others scales (negative situations), as well as scores on the IDS Testing Personal Control, and Urges and Temptations scales (temptation situations). The independent variables did not reliably predict scores on the IDS Pleasant Emotions, Social Cues to Drink, or Pleasant Times with Others scales (positive situations). With one exception, only the ASI contributed unique variance in predicting negative and temptation context drinking behaviors. However, with respect to the prediction of IDS Conflict with Others scores, both the ASI and BDI-II contributed unique variance. Findings indicate that AS (as opposed to depression, anxi- ety, or hopelessness) best relates to negative and temptation context drinking in women.
#2 ANXIETY SENSITIVITY AND SHORT-TERM SMOKING CESSATION OUTCOME Sherry Stewart, Dalhousie University; Jennifer Mullane, Dalhousie University; Ellen Rhyno, Dalhousie University; Dan Steeves, Capital Health; Kelly Evans, Capital Health; Paul Helwig, Capital Health; Tom Payette, Capital Health; Allison Eisner, Dalhousie University
Theory and research suggest associations between anxiety sensitivity (AS) and smoking behavior (cf. Stewart, Samoluk, & MacDonald, 1999; Zvolensky, Schmidt, & Stewart, 2003). We hypothesized that high AS smokers would show poorer short- term outcomes from a standard smoking cessation program. Participants were 119 smokers attending a smoking cessation pro- gram, which included both cognitive behavioral strategies and optional nicotine replacement therapy. AS levels were assessed with the Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI: Peterson & Reiss, 1992). Smoking status was assessed via telephone interview at one- month follow up. Logistic regression showed that those who were smoking (vs. not smoking) at the one-month follow-up scored higher in AS at pre-treatment (Mean ASI = 26.2 vs. 21.8, respectively). Clients self-monitored their state anxiety and DSM-IV (APA, 1994) nicotine withdrawal symptoms for two weeks following their quit day. As hypothesized, baseline AS levels pre- dicted significantly greater levels of state anxiety during the early phase (first week) or the quit attempt. Contrary to expecta- tions, baseline AS levels were unrelated to nicotine withdrawal symptoms during either week. Methodological limitations (e.g., poor self-monitoring compliance) will be discussed as will clinical implications (e.g., need for anxiety management training dur- ing early phase of quit attempt for high AS smokers).
#3 ANXIETY SENSITIVITY AND PAIN AVOIDANCE Margo Watt, St. Francis Xavier University; Lindsay Uman, Dalhousie University; Sherry Stewart, Dalhousie University; Amber Johnston, University of Guelph
Anxiety sensitivity (AS) refers to the fear of arousal-related sensations. High AS has been linked to a variety of disabling health conditions including anxiety disorders (e.g., panic) and pain (see Asmundson et al., 2000). The present study investigated rela- tions among AS levels, pain anxiety, and performance on a pain-induction task. Participants included 90 undergraduate women who scored high or low on the Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI; Peterson & Resiss, 1992). Participants were tested individually on a lab-based cold pressor task using a variety of self-report and observer-measured variables. As expected, high AS (vs. low AS) individuals scored significantly higher on the Pain Anxiety Symptoms Scale (PASS; McCaracken, 2002) including the pain avoidance subscale. High AS (vs. low AS) individuals reported significantly more fear in response to the cold pressor as mea- sured by the McGill Pain Questionnaire, and significantly more pain as measured by the Present Pain Index (PPI). High AS par- ticipants did not differ from low AS participants on other aspects of the cold pressor task (e.g., pain threshold, pain recovery time). Results will be discussed in terms of implications for our understanding of the relationship between anxiety and pain, and for improving approaches to the treatment of pain conditions.
#4 ANXIETY SENSITIVITY AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY PARTICIPATION IN YOUNG ADULTS Marie-Josée Lefaivre, Dalhousie University; Margo Watt, St. Francis Xavier University
Anxiety sensitivity (AS) refers to the fear of anxiety-related physical sensations arising from the beliefs that these sensations have harmful somatic, physiological, or social consequences (Reiss & McNally, 1985). AS is known to be an important person- ality risk factor for the development and maintenance of anxiety and related disorders (e.g., depression). Physical activity, a pos- SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY itive health behaviour, shares similar physiological sensations with anxiety (i.e., arousal-reactive symptoms). Researchers have proposed that high AS individuals might avoid physical activity given their fear of physiological sensations. Avoidance of physi- cal activity, would effectively limit these individuals’ access to a valuable coping strategy and protective factor against disor-
260 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 ders. Reduced exposure to the feared physical sensations also would serve to maintain fear of the sensations. Despite interesting links between AS and physical activity, the relationship between these two variables has received little research attention. The present study investigates whether there is a negative relationship between AS levels and physical activity participation. Preliminary results indicate that high AS individuals describe themselves as less fit than low AS individuals. There is also a trend for high AS individuals to participate less in organized sports. Implications and future directions for research and treatment will be discussed.
#5 DISCUSSANT Gordon Asmundson, University of Regina
An expert in the area of anxiety and related disorders, including pain, will provide an integrative discussion of the findings from this new area of research.
13:00 - 13:25 - LAKEVIEW 13:00 - 13:25
Theory Review Session/ SELF-KNOWLEDGE, SELF-AWARENESS, AND PSYCHOLOGICAL ADJUSTMENT Séance de revue Edward Johnson, University of Manitoba théorique Clinical Psychology
The aim of this theory review is to clarify the nature of the complex and multifaceted relationship that self-knowledge and self- awareness have to psychological adjustment. The traditional clinical perspective on the necessity and value of self-knowledge dates back to the Delphic injunction to “know thyself”. A wide variety of psychotherapeutic orientations that otherwise differ in many respects share a common interest in and use of self-knowledge and self-awareness processes within therapy. Despite this broad consensus about the value of self-knowledge and self-awareness to clinical work, empirical research on psychological adjustment has yielded conflicting findings concerning the value of self-knowledge and self-awareness (e.g., research on positive illusions). A partial resolution to this apparent contradiction is proposed through an analysis of different forms of self-knowledge and self-awareness according to their level of automaticity/intentionality, valence (positivity/negativity), and role with respect to self-regulation. The conclusion is that much of the negative relationship observed between self-knowledge, self-awareness and adjustment arises from automatic, unintended forms of self-awareness that are poorly regulated, whereas intentional efforts to self-reflect engage different self-regulatory processes and yield more positive outcomes.
13:00 - 13:25 - BANFF 13:00 - 13:25
Theory Review Session/ THE HEALING JOURNEY PROJECT: EMERGING LESSONS IN ADVANCING Séance de revue MULTI-DISCIPLINARY COLLABORATIVE RESEARCH PRACTICE théorique Stephanie Martin, University of Saskatchewan Counselling Psychology
Inter-professional collaborative service providing frameworks are being promoted extensively in a number of primary care, edu- cational, and teaching forums. Although the idea of moving towards enhanced inter-professional collaborative work is intuitive- ly and economically appealing, practitioners and researchers in this area are often left questioning how to best advance these models of practice in keeping with intended outcomes. A current Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada Community-University project, entitled The Healing Journey: A Longitudinal Exploration of Women Experiencing Intimate SATURDAY / SAMEDI Partner Violence, provides a case example of an inter-professional collaborative research project. In terms of anticipated out- comes, this project is designed to have far reaching implications for research, education, primary health care service delivery, and program and policy development in the area intimate partner violence. Project partners are located across the Prairie Provinces, and include approximately 40 academic and community-based researchers from disciplines such as sociology, psy- chology, womens studies, social work, nursing, law/justice and business. Community partners include front-line anti-violence responders working in community organizations and safe shelter environments, mental health service providers, policy analysts and government representatives. Some of the challenges and opportunities inherent in conducting this large-scale project will be discussed with a focus on informing the advancement of collaborative research practice.
261 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
13:00 - 13:25 - LAKE LOUISE 13:00 - 13:25
Theory Review Session/ CLINICAL HYPNOSIS: A PRACTICAL AND EFFICACIOUS RESOURCE FOR Séance de revue PSYCHOLOGISTS théorique Linda Sabatini, Canadian Federation of Clinical Hypnosis Teaching Of Psychology
Professional and public interest in alternative approaches to treat medical and psychological problems has increased. A limited amount of information is available on the applications of hypnosis as an effective adjunctive approach to treating a variety of medical and psychosocial conditions (e.g., the management of pain, anxiety, and habit disorders). Clinical hypnosis is a thera- peutic procedure used by various healthcare professionals (e.g., physicians and psychologists) who recognize the benefits of hypnosis in therapy in the day-to-day work of a trained practitioner. However many professionals continue to share the same myths and misconceptions about hypnosis as those held by the lay community (Thomson, 2003). It is possible for health profes- sionals to change their beliefs, attitudes, and practices with current information about clinical hypnosis as a legitimate and effec- tive treatment approach. In this session, participants will improve their professional understanding of clinical hypnosis by reviewing: (a) The prevalent definitions of hypnosis; (b) the various applications of hypnosis as a therapeutic technique or adjunctive approach to therapy; (c) the state of research on hypnosis, including the application of study guidelines from the Cochrane Collaboration; and (d) the educational and training opportunities available for developing professional skills in hypno- sis.
13:00 - 14:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 14:55
Symposium CURRENT ISSUES IN EATING DISORDERS AND EATING PATHOLOGY Clinical Psychology RESEARCH: AETIOLOGY, TREATMENT AND ASSESSMENT Kristin von Ranson, University of Calgary; Stephanie Cassin, University of Calgary; Audra Gross, University of Calgary
Eating disorders and related symptoms – broadly termed “eating pathology” – are serious problems often associated with sub- stantial distress, disability, and mortality. Eating pathology is common. In total, the eating disorders of anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and binge eating disorder affect as many as 3.5% and 9% of adolescents and adults, and clinically significant eating pathology, such as binge eating and purging, affects at least another 10% of the population. Research projects are underway in several Canadian research groups that address important and diverse elements and implications of the aetiology, treatment, and assessment of eating pathology. This symposium will include presentations on the following topics: the association of attach- ment style to eating disorders in a treatment sample, whether binge eating disorder should be considered a behavioural addiction, the utility of a new psychoeducational group in reducing disordered eating behaviours among individuals in a cardiac rehabilita- tion program, and psychometric characteristics of new measures of (1) quality of life in eating disorders and (2) muscularity con- cerns. This symposium offers an interesting cross-section of some recent findings regarding eating disorders and eating patholo- gy and will be of interest to psychopathology researchers and clinicians alike.
#1 PATIENTS WEIGH IN ON THE DEBATE OVER THE ADDICTIONS MODEL OF EATING DISORDERS Stephanie Cassin, University of Calgary; Kristin von Ranson, University of Calgary; Audra Gross, University of Calgary
Much controversy surrounds the conceptualization of eating disorders as behavioural addictions, yet no empirical studies have examined whether individuals perceive their eating disorder as addiction-like. The current study examined whether individuals with a lifetime diagnosis of bulimia nervosa or binge eating disorder would meet diagnostic criteria for a behavioural addiction, and identified participants’ views of similarities and differences between binge eating and addictions. Men and women (N = 92) completed a version of the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV (SCID) substance dependence module that was modified to apply to binge eating, as well as an interview based on Goodman’s (1990) proposed diagnostic criteria for Addictive Disorder. Almost all participants (91.3%) qualified for a SCID diagnosis, whereas fewer than half (42.4%) qualified for a diagnosis using Goodman’s more conservative criteria. The findings suggest that many individuals with eating disorders experience their symp- toms as similar to addictions in certain respects. Most binge eaters eat more than they intend, despite knowledge of the adverse effects of binge eating (89.1%), and make repeated unsuccessful efforts to stop binge eating (84.8%). Relatively fewer experi- ence physiological symptoms of tolerance (51.1%) and withdrawal (64.1%) or significant impairment in functioning (50.0%). SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
262 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 CHANGE IN DISORDERED EATING SYMPTOMS AMONGST CARDIAC REHABILITATION PATIENTS PARTICIPATING IN A BRIEF PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL GROUP Andrea Stevenson, University of Calgary; Kristin von Ranson, University of Calgary; Colleen Cannon, Cardiac Wellness Institute of Calgary; Wendy Shah, Calgary Health Region
Individuals with disordered eating symptoms including binge eating are rarely given priority in treatment settings and may go without professional help due to scarce specialist expertise. A stepped-care model, beginning with self-help, may be the most practical way to treat disordered eating. The purpose of this study was to explore the utility of a novel 2-session, 4.5-hour cogni- tive-behavioural psychoeducational guided self-help group, termed “Food and Mood,” for individuals in a cardiac rehabilitation program who were concerned about their eating behaviours. Participants were 11 women, ranging in age from 45 to 70 years (M = 58.4, SD = 7.7), and 15 men, ranging in age from 40 to 71 years (M = 56.3, SD = 7.8), who completed “Food and Mood” groups at the Cardiac Wellness Institute of Calgary. Significant improvements were found between pretest and posttest scores in global disordered eating, t(25) = 2.23, p < .05, eating concerns, t(25) = 3.44, p < .05, shame, t(25) = 14.58, p < .05, guilt, t(25) = 18.78, p < .05, and pride, t(25) = 3.12, p < .05. Results provide preliminary support for the usefulness of this brief cognitive- behavioural self-help group in improving disordered eating and related symptomatology. Controlled research is needed to pro- vide a more stringent test of this program’s efficacy.
#3 ATTACHMENT AND EATING DISORDERS: DIFFERENCES AMONG DIAGNOSTIC GROUPS AND ASSOCIATIONS OF ATTACHMENT STYLE TO EATING DISORDER SYMPTOMS IN A CLINICAL SAMPLE Vanessa Illing, University of Ottawa; George Tasca, The Ottawa Hospital; Louise Balfour, The Ottawa Hospital; Hany Bissada, Ottawa Hospital
We examined the extent to which secure, anxious and avoidant attachments were related to eating disorder diagnoses and symp- toms. The goals were to assess: 1) differences in attachment styles between 3 eating disordered samples and a non-clinical sam- ple; and 2) relationships between attachment styles and eating disorder symptoms over and above DSM-IV diagnosis. 172 female patients diagnosed with anorexia nervosa restricting subtype (ANR), AN binge purge subtype (ANB) and bulimia ner- vosa (BN), and 74 non-symptomatic female students completed attachment and eating disorder scales. Eating disorder diagnosis and attachment scales were entered in two steps of a hierarchal regression to assess their relationship to eating disorder symp- toms among the patient samples. Students had significantly higher levels of secure attachment compared to those with ANB and BN, but not compared to those with ANR. Those with ANB had significantly higher levels of avoidant and anxious attachments compared to those with BN. Attachment anxiety and avoidance were significantly related to eating disorder symptoms over and above diagnostic categorization. DSM criteria for eating disorders are useful but incomplete for assessing and treating eating dis- orders. Attachment anxiety and avoidance may be relevant to the etiology, prognosis and treatment of eating disorders.
#4 A NEW QUALITY OF LIFE INSTRUMENT FOR EATING DISORDERS: ITEM GENERATION, REDUCTION, AND PRE-TESTING Carol Ewashen, University of Calgary; Gisele Marcoux, University of Alberta; Carol Adair, University of Calgary; Marlene Reimer, University of Manitoba; Brian Cram, Calgary Health Region and University of Calgary
We discuss development of the first known disease-specific quality of life (QL) instrument to evaluate treatment effectiveness for adolescent and young adults diagnosed with eating disorders (ED). Generic QL measures lack the responsiveness to detect changes important to evaluating treatment in this population. Additionally, traditional outcome measurement in ED predomi- nantly focuses on symptom reduction rather than functioning or QL. Item generation involved systematic literature content SATURDAY / SAMEDI analysis, patient and expert provider interviews, and first-person narratives from the internet. Patient focus groups further (a) val- idated identified domains, and (b) tested specific items of concern. Focus groups were extremely valuable in identifying items participants considered most relevant, and in offering suggestions for item revision. Several stages of pre-testing reduced a pool of approximately 500 items to the final set of 40 over 12 domains. The final 40 item-instrument, the Eating Disorders Quality of Life Scale (EDQLS), was piloted with 41 girls and women with anorexia, bulimia or both (30%, 40%, 10% respectively) aged 15-44 (mean 24.4, SD 8). The EDQLS has good preliminary psychometric characteristics, including a most encouraging finding – those in treatment longer reported better QL. National field testing and validation in 10 programs across Canada is planned for 2005/2006.
#5 PSYCHOMETRIC EVALUATION OF THE SWANSEA MUSCULARITY ATTITUDES QUESTIONNAIRE Amy Wojtowicz, University of Calgary; Kristin von Ranson, University of Calgary; Paige Marshall, University of Calgary; Carly McMorris, University of Calgary
Instead of desiring thinness, men typically desire a muscular body shape (McCreary & Sadava, 2001). Few assessment tech- niques have been developed to assess problematic behaviors intended to achieve a heavier, rather than lighter, weight goal. The
263 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Swansea Muscularity Attitudes Questionnaire (SMAQ; Edwards & Launder, 1999) is a 20-item questionnaire that assesses atti- tudes about muscularity and motivation to become more muscular. The present study evaluated the psychometric properties of the SMAQ in a university sample of 53 male and 51 female recreational weightlifters and nonweightlifters. Participants complet- ed the SMAQ, the Drive for Muscularity Scale (DMS; McCreary et al., 2002), and the Drive for Thinness (DT) subscale of the Eating Disorder Inventory (Garner, Olmsted, & Polivy, 1983). Results indicated that weightlifters scored higher on the SMAQ total score than nonweightlifters, F(1,100) = 9.38, p < .001, and that men scored higher on the SMAQ total score than women, F(1,100) = 90.29, p < .001. Convergent validity was demonstrated by a high intercorrelation between the SMAQ and the DMS (r = 0.83). Discriminant validity was evident from a weak correlation between the SMAQ and the DT subscale (r = 0.16). These findings suggest the SMAQ has utility measuring muscularity-related body image concerns among university students.
13:00 - 15:55 - EAU CLAIRE SOUTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 15:55
Workshop/ Atelier de WHAT YOU ARE SUPPOSED TO PICK UP ALONG THE WAY: EFFECTIVE travail TEACHING STRATEGIES FOR NEW FACULTY AND TEACHING ASSISTANTS Students In Psychology Rajiv Jhangiani, University of British Columbia; Andrea Perrino, University of British Columbia; Catherine Rawn, University of British Columbia; Nicholas Skinner, King’s University College; Roxanne Sterniczuk, University of Calgary
Embarking on teaching at the postsecondary level is often fraught with many unknowns and concerns, especially considering that the varying approaches to many teaching situations are not often made salient. Co-sponsored by the Section for Students and the Section for Teaching of Psychology, the workshop will provide information and encourage discussion on topics pertinent to the teaching assistant and new faculty member (and those who wish to explore ways to improve their teaching practices). Presentations will be informed by current research, as well as the success, obstacles and scenarios faced by each of the presenters themselves. Areas of focus will include: finding balance in the teaching-research roles, developing course materials, creating a positive learning environment, effective grading practices, student communication and relationships, as well as ways to motivate both students and instructors alike.
13:00 - 13:25 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:00 - 13:25
Theory Review Session/ PSYCHOPATHS AS SOCIAL PREDATORS Séance de revue Angela Book, Brock University théorique Criminal Justice Psychology
Hare (2001) suggested that psychopaths are social predators. Being a successful social predator would necessarily involve at least two skills: 1) being able to interpret a variety of signals related to victimization (including facial expressions of emotion, and other body language cues) accurately, which would enable successful victim selection, and 2) avoiding detection when being deceptive. Frank (1988) suggests that, in order to avoid detection, it would be essential to be able to display the full range of emotional expression. Thus, psychopaths, if they are social predators, should be able to read body language cues (including facial expressions), make fairly accurate judgments on vulnerability to victimization, and would be able to display the basic (happy, sad, angry, fearful, and disgusted) and social emotions (i.e., empathy and remorse). The discussion will include current findings and future directions for research on the relationship between psychopathy and a number of variables related to victim selection and avoiding detection.
13:30 - 15:25 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 13:30 - 15:25
Symposium PSYCHOSOCIAL RISK FACTORS IN THE ONSET, RELAPSE, AND Clinical Psychology RECURRENCE OF MAJOR DEPRESSION Alisa Singer, University of Calgary; Steven Skitch, McGill; David Dozois, University of Western Ontario; Kate Harkness, Queen’s University
Research is needed to understand the role of psychosocial risk factors in the development of depression, in order to identify those individuals who are at risk and to assist in the development of psychosocial treatments. A number of theoretical models exist to explain the role of life events, interpersonal, cognitive, and behavioural factors in the development of depression. Using a variety of research paradigms, studies have investigated the theoretical underpinnings of these models and shed light onto the SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY role of a number of psychosocial factors in depression. The purpose of this symposium is to discuss the findings from recent experimental, longitudinal, and treatment outcome studies. Data from a longitudinal study will be presented that highlights the role of dysfunctional attitudes and self-esteem in the emergence of depressive symptoms in children. Data regarding the role of
264 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 the organization of the self-schema in depressive relapse will also be described. The results will also be presented from an exper- imental study that demonstrates the role of rumination as a risk factor and acceptance as a preventative factor in relapse to depression.Finally, the data from a treatment outcome study that demonstrates how interpersonal therapy may protect formerly highly stress-reactive and recurrently depressed women from suffering a further recurrence in the face of severely stressful life events. The symposium will conclude with a discussion about the integration of these findings and the research and clinical implications of these results.
#1 SELF-REPRESENTATION AS A PREDICTOR OF RELAPSE IN PREVIOUSLY DEPRESSED INDIVIDUALS David Dozois, University of Western Ontario
Understanding how personal information about self is organized is important to schema-based models of depression. Previous research has shown that the organization of self-referent content (in particular, negative interpersonal content) is sensitive, spe- cific, and temporally stable. A remaining question is the extent to which this construct may be predictive of relapse or recur- rence. This study examined information processing and cognitive organization in a sample of previously depressed individuals (n = 82) and nonpsychiatric controls (n = 74). Participants completed an emotional Stroop task (to assess attentional processing) and the Psychological Distance Scaling Task (PDST; used as an index of cognitive structure). The stimuli used for these tasks were comprised of positive and negative interpersonal- and achievement-oriented adjectives. Participants were also followed for a period of one-year to determine which cognitive variables were predictive of relapse. Content-specific attentional processing did not differ between groups and was not predictive of relapse. In contrast, significant group differences were found on the cog- nitive organization of interpersonal negative content and on interpersonal and achievement positive content. Indices of cognitive organization correlated with depression scores at follow-up but this relationship dissipated once initial depression was accounted for.
#2 EXAMINING BECK’S COGNITIVE THEORY OF DEPRESSION IN CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS: A LONGITUDINAL ANALYSIS OF A HIGH RISK SAMPLE Steven Skitch, McGill; John Abela, McGill
A large quantity of research has examined Beck’s (1967, 1983) cognitive theory of depression in adult populations. However, no published prospective study has examined the diathesis-stress component of Beck’s theory in a sample of children, which may be attributable to the belief of many theorists that schemata do not become consolidated until adolescence or even early adult- hood (Hammen and Zuppan, 1984; Young, 1990). At the same time, support for other theories of cognitive vulnerability to depression, such as the hopelessness theory (Abramson, Metalsky, & Alloy, 1989), has been obtained in samples of children and early adolescents (e.g., Abela, 2005; Conley et al., 2001). Given these promising results, it is important to examine other theories of cognitive vulnerability to depression in youth populations.The current study tested the diathesis-stress component of Beck’s cognitive theory of depression in a sample of children between the ages of 6 and 14. We also examined whether high self-esteem buffers cognitively vulnerable youth against experiencing increases in depressive symptoms following increases in hassles. To provide a powerful test of hypotheses, a high-risk sample (children of parents with a history of major depressive episodes) and a multi-wave longitudinal design were used. At Time 1, children (n = 140) completed measures assessing dysfunctional attitudes, self-esteem, and depressive symptoms. Every six weeks for the next year, children completed measures assessing depressive symptoms and hassles. Hierarchical linear modeling analyses indicated that children possessing high levels of dysfunctional atti- tudes and low levels of self-esteem reported greater elevations in depressive symptoms following elevations in hassles than other children. Implications of these results for our understanding of the etiology, treatment, and prevention of depression in children will be discussed. SATURDAY / SAMEDI #3 AN EXPERIMENTAL ANALYSIS OF THE INFORMATION PROCESSING THEORY OF DEPRESSION Alisa Singer, University of Calgary; Keith Dobson, University of Calgary
The information processing theory of relapse to depression proposes that rumination predisposes individuals to relapse, while acceptance – based processing can reduce the impact of negative moods and alter attitudes towards feeling sad. The present study employed an experimental design, to examine the effect of different metacognitive styles on the intensity of induced nega- tive mood, attitudes towards negative experiences, and the positive bias for rumination in individuals who had remitted from depression. Eighty remitted depressed participants were randomly allocated to receive training in rumination, distraction, accep- tance or no training control prior to a negative mood induction. The results indicated that rumination prolonged the intensity of the negative mood consistent with no training, whereas both distraction and acceptance reduced the intensity of the negative mood. Changes in attitudes were only found in the acceptance condition, as this condition reduced negative attitudes towards negative experiences. These results are consistent Teasdale and colleagues’ information processing theory and imply that accep- tance based interventions may operate by both reducing the intensity of sad moods and altering one’s attitudes towards tempo- rary moments of sadness. Directions for future research are discussed.
265 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#4 INTERPERSONAL PSYCHOTHERAPY PROTECTS WOMEN FROM THE DEPRESSOGENIC EFFECTS OF STRESS Kate Harkness, Queen's University; Eric Bulmash, Queen's University; Ellen Frank, Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic; Barbara Anderson, Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic; Patricia Houck, Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic; James Luther, University of Pittsburgh; David Kupfer, Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic
Major depression is a highly recurrent illness, with some studies placing the risk of recurrence at 70% to 80% within two years of recovery. The highly recurrent nature of MDD has significant treatment implications and has led many researchers to propose providing patients with maintenance psychotherapy following acute episode recovery as a prophylactic against the development of future episodes. Maintenance interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT-M) produces signification reductions in recurrence rates, yet the mechanism for its prophylactic effect remains unclear. The present study tested the hypothesis that IPT-M works by decreas- ing the potency of stressful life events in provoking recurrence. We compared the role of life events in predicting time to index episode onset under conditions of no or variable treatment versus the role of life events in predicting time to recurrence during IPT-M. Eighty-three women with recurrent major depression participated in acute IPT treatment followed by two years of IPT- M. Life events were assessed using contextual interview and rating methods. Cox regression survival analyses indicated that, although severe life events were significantly associated with time to index episode onset, there was little evidence of an associa- tion between events experienced during maintenance treatment and time to recurrence. These results provide evidence that an important mechanism of action of IPT-M may be to protect formerly highly stress-reactive and recurrently depressed women from suffering a further recurrence in the face of severely stressful life events.
13:30 - 15:25 - BONAVISTA 13:30 - 15:25
Symposium EXPLORING PREJUDICE & DISCRIMINATION: A TRIBUTE TO KENNETH International and DION (1944-2004): JOINT SECTIONS SYMPOSIUM Cross-cultural Gira Bhatt, Kwantlen University College
This symposium is a tribute to Kenneth Dion, a brilliant scholar, a fine researcher, and a passionate social psychologist who passed away in the midst of his shining career in 2004. Acknowledging Ken’s valuable contributions, three sections of the CPA; International & Cross-cultural Psychology, Social & Personality, and Women & Psychology (SWAP); have gathered in this symposium to share their research on topics dear to Ken’s heart; prejudice, discrimination, human relationships, and gender issues. The first presenter Jay Van Bavel, who was Ken’s graduate student, will present findings of an empirical study examining the role of religion in anti-gay attitude. Don Taylor who has extensively explored the issues of prejudice & discrimination, will share his scholarly reflections on “prejudice gone underground” while highlighting the theoretical perspective on “modern” prej- udice. The results and implications of an empirical study of “inadvertent prejudice” and the “race of the alibi” in a jury decision are presented by William Huggon. Gender issues, which Ken investigated with his partner/colleague Karen Dion inspiring many research studies, are being discussed by Connie Kristiansen. The symposium will end with the Social Psychology & Personality section presenting its Kenneth Dion Award to the best student presenter at CPA ‘06.
#1 APPLYING AN 80-20 RULE TO THE NORMATIVE STRUCTURE OF PREJUDICE Donald Taylor, McGill University; Roxane De la Sablonniere, McGill University
In the past decades there has been a dramatic shift in the overt expression of racism and sexism. Blatant acts of discrimination are no longer acceptable. We analyze this dramatic shift in public expression by applying a universal “80-20” rule to the norma- tive structure of social organizations. Our theoretical analysis underscores the unappreciated extent to which the norms have dra- matically changed. The current view that prejudice has not diminished, but gone underground, has stimulated important new the- ory and research on “modern” prejudice. While acknowledging this important development, we point to the dramatic change in public norms as an important and not fully understood process
#2 ATTITUDES TOWARD SAME-SEX MARRIAGE: GENUINE RELIGIOUS OPPOSITION OR MERELY ANTI-GAY PREJUDICE? Jay Van Bavel, University of Toronto; Dominic Packer, University of Toronto; Kenneth Dion, University of Toronto
In 2005 the Government of Canada became the fourth legislature in the world to officially recognize same-sex marriage. Religious groups have been among the most vocal critics of this legislation; equating homosexuality with adultery, prostitution and pornography, and argued the Bible restricts marriage to a man and a woman. Supporters of same-sex marriage have coun- tered that critics are merely homophobic. We examined whether attitudes toward same-sex marriagewere motivated by genuine SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY religious opposition or anti-gay prejudice. We conducted two studies before and after the same-sex legislation to test the rela- tionship between explicit and implicit anti-gay prejudice, religiosity and attitudes toward same-sex marriage. In study one, oppo- sition to gay marriage was highly correlated with explicit (r = .78) but not implicit (r = .11) anti-gay prejudice. However, step-
266 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 wise regression showed that religiosity explained opposition to gay marriageover-and-above anti-gay prejudice. In study two, religiosity again explained opposition to gay marriage over-and-above anti-gay prejudice. The effect of religiosity was not explained by a belief that all religious people are heterosexuals, implying that religious opposition to same-sexmarriage was due to the content of religious identity rather than ingroup bias. Together, these studies provide evidence that anti-gay prejudice accounts for most of the opposition to same-sex marriage; but there may still be room for genuine religious opposition
#3 PREJUDICE AND DISCRIMINATION AGAINST WOMEN: REMEMBERING THAT ‘THE PERSONAL IS POLITICAL’ Connie Kristiansen, Carleton University
During his research career, Ken Dion conducted a number of studies documenting the negative effects of prejudice and discrimi- nation (i.e., sexism) on women’s psychological well-being, particularly less ‘hardy’ women, and the contribution of perceived sexism to women’s attitudes toward social change strategies (e.g., affirmative action, militancy). In my presentation, I will talk about this research, the interrelated consequences of sexism (e.g., violence against women, women’s poverty), and the need to identify strategies that address the power-related and structural factors that contribute to sexism rather than women’s ability to cope with sexism or the ‘empowerment’ of individual women
#4 EFFECT OF WITNESS RACE ON JUROR DECISION MAKING William Huggon, University of Toronto; Jonothan Freedman, University Of Toronto
Past controlled research using mock trials and jurors has found black defendants guilty consistently more often than white defen- dants (Johnson, 1985). Recently however, research has generally failed to find this effect (Sommers & Ellsworth, 2000). One explanation of these failures is that prejudice has been greatly reduced, though this is most likely true, a parallel is that social norms now judge prejudice less acceptable than it used to be and as a result, an effort is made to avoid being (or appearing to be) influenced by racist stereotypes. Thus, participants in the research may make a conscious effort to be fair to a black defendant. This raises the possibility that while negative stereotypes will not affect defendants, if attention is expended (because of focus on the defendant) so conscious choice is removed, it might affect the judgments and treatment of black witnesses and affect the defendant’s verdict negatively. The current research focuses on this inadvertent prejudice. In five studies race of the defendant and a key alibi witness were varied. Participants were randomly assigned to one of four conditions, read a trial transcript, and rendered a verdict. There was no effect of race of the defendant, but there was a varying effect on both white and black defen- dants when their main alibi witness was black rather than white.
13:30 - 14:25 - MOUNT ROYAL 13:30 - 14:25
Conversation Session/ FROM CLINICAL TRIALS TO CLINICAL TRAINING Séance de conversation Catherine Lee, University of Ottawa Clinical Psychology
Meta-analyses indicate that psychological treatments for children and youth can have substantial effects on psychological symp- toms (Hibbs & Jensen, 2005; Kazdin & Weisz, 2003). Various organizations have developed lists of evidence-based interven- tions for children and adolescents including scientifically supported psychosocial treatments for the most commonly occurring Axis I disorders. Clinical practice guidelines for addressing mood disorders, anxiety disorders, ADHD, and externalizing disor- ders are now available for clinicians and patients and their families. It is incumbent on clinical training programs to prepare stu- dents to offer evidence-based services (CPA, 2002). This somewhat daunting task goes far beyond the scope of clinical work- shops that offer training in a particular approach. The focus of this conversation session will be to discuss the goals of such train- SATURDAY / SAMEDI ing, including: helping students to understand the development of evidence-based services; understanding the distinction between efficacy and effectiveness trials; developing skills in identifying evidence-based treatments for specific problems; development of skills in preparing evidence-based treatment plans; tailoring treatments to specific clients, and development of skills in the delivery and evaluation of evidence-based treatments. Classroom exercises and innovative assignments will be pre- sented.
13:30 - 15:25 - LAKEVIEW 13:30 - 15:25
Symposium LOSS AND TRAUMA: INTERVENTION AND RESEARCH Disaster/ Trauma Stephen Fleming, York University
This symposium contains papers dealing with intervention and research in trauma and bereavement. The first paper examines the experience of living with metastatic cancer in patients with various degrees of desire for hastened death, depression, and hope- lessness. The second presenter, drawing on her clinical experience, will illustrate the importance for children to process and work through two key cognitive constructs (safety and security; personal responsibility) in order to competently relearn their
267 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
world after a traumatic death. The third paper explores the experiences of bereaved mothers and fathers parenting their surviving children. Results highlighted the changes they noticed in their surviving children after the death, the need to revisit the loss at various developmental levels, the sense of powerlessness they felt, and the attempt to make meaning of the death for their bereaved children. The fourth paper addresses the strengths in the use of internet resources for grief and trauma research, includ- ing global reach, speed and cost-effectiveness, and control over the response sequences. Issues specific to this vulnerable popula- tion are also addressed. The final paper will present data comparing the opinions of bereaved individuals and research ethics board members on ethical issues in bereavement research.
#1 RELEARNING THE WORLD AFTER TRAUMATIC LOSS IN CHILDHOOD Leslie Balmer, Fleming Alcock Vigna Balmer; Stephen Fleming, York University
The traumatic death of a loved one represents one of the most powerful disruptions in a child’s existence. A central part of the grief process subsequent to traumatic loss includes the need to understand and challenge beliefs which are central to, 1) safety and security issues, and 2) personal responsibility (guilt, blame, culpability and prevention). Based on the presenters clinical experience, and through the use of case examples, this paper will illustrate the importance for children to process and work through these two key cognitive constructs in order to competently relearn their world after a traumatic death.
#2 PARENTING BEREAVED CHILDREN AFTER THE DEATH OF A CHILD Jennifer Buckle, Sir Wilfred Grenfell College, Memorial University; Stephen Fleming, York University
Bereaved parents with surviving children must contend with the devastating loss of their child and face the new challenges of parenting bereaved children. This study investigated the experiences of bereaved mothers and fathers parenting their surviving children. In-depth interviews with bereaved parents were conducted, transcribed, and analyzed using the grounded theory method, with methodical hermeneutics as its supporting methodology. The findings of this study detail the new demands and the sensitivity required to parent bereaved children. The parents in this study highlighted the changes they noticed in their surviving children after the death, the need to revisit the loss at various developmental levels, the sense of powerlessness they felt, and the attempt to make meaning of the death for their bereaved children. The clinical implications of these findings are discussed.
#3 CAREGIVING FROM THE PATIENT’S PERSPECTIVE Rinat Nissim, York University
This longitudinal qualitative study examined the experience of living with metastatic cancer in patients with various degrees of desire for hastened death, depression, and hopelessness. This study is being carried out in ambulatory patients with stage IV gastrointestinal (GI) and lung cancer. Purposeful criterion sampling was adopted to select patients with a range of desire for has- tened death, depression, and hopelessness scores, based on self-report measures. Once recruited, patients participated in discov- ery-oriented, bi-monthly interviews, until the time of death. A grounded theory method was employed to discover patterns in the interview transcripts. Analyses of 15 baseline interviews have been conducted. The quality of relationships with family care- givers emerged as a central theme in the experience of patients. Key attributes of patients’ perspectives of caregiving were iden- tified: Patients expressed “a need to maintain a role in the family’, as well as “a need for a care-partner rather than a caregiver”; they felt empowered when they were able to reciprocate care and contribute to the well-being of their family caregivers. Participants also highlighted the importance of caregivers in the process of accepting and preparing for death.
#4 ETHICAL ISSUES IN THE STUDY OF BEREAVEMENT: A COMPARISON OF THE OPINIONS OF BEREAVED INDIVIDUALS AND RESEARCH ETHICS BOARD MEMBERS Andrea Beck, University of Calgary
There are many ethical issues to consider when carrying out research with bereaved individuals. For example, it is important to consider issues such as appropriate recruitment methods and timing when recruiting bereaved individuals. Despite the impor- tance of considering ethical issues in bereavement research, few studies have been conducted in this area. The present studies were conducted to compare the opinions of bereaved individuals and research ethics board (REB) members on opinions about ethical issues in bereavement research. Two studies were carried out which surveyed the opinions of bereaved individuals and REB members about the ethical issues pertinent to conducting bereavement research. The responses provided by bereaved indi- viduals and REB members will be compared and presented descriptively. It is particularly important to determine whether bereaved individuals and REB members have similar or different views about the ethical issues in bereavement research, to determine whether research ethics boards are likely to approve bereavement studies that accurately reflect the views of bereaved individuals. This research will inform both bereavement researchers and research ethics board members about the ways in which the ethical views of bereaved individuals are predicted well or poorly in research settings SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
268 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#5 ISSUES IN INTERNET-BASED GRIEF AND TRAUMA RESEARCH Katerina Tolstikova, University of Saskatchewan; Brian Chartier, St. Thomas More College
Internet-based surveys are gaining increasing popularity and offer unique new potentials; however, at the same time such sur- veys are controversial. The use of the Internet in trauma and grief research raises issues and questions related to both the appro- priateness of World Wide Web as a research tool, and the ethical responsibilities to the participants due to their specific vulnera- bilities. This presentation addresses the strengths in the use of Internet resources for grief and trauma research, including global reach, speed and cost-effectiveness, and control over the response sequences. The weaknesses, such as representativeness and generalizability of the results, privacy, confidentiality and security, are also discussed. In addition, issues specific to the vulnera- ble population are addressed, including participants’ capability to consent, risks and benefits of participation, timing, non-intru- sive recruitment and debriefing strategies.
13:30 - 15:25 - BANFF 13:30 - 15:25
Symposium EMERGING ISSUES IN SUPERVISION Counselling Psychology Paul Jerry, Athabasca University
Supervised practice is the cornerstone in the education and training for all psychologists. The last decade has seen a growing body of literature addressing supervision as a separate activity requiring specialized education and training. Even with the work done to date, however, questions remain as research into the supervisory process is translated into everyday professional prac- tice. This symposium aims to increase awareness of the importance of supervision and some of the current issues in the practice of supervision as they have emerged in the Canadian context. Specifically: What are the legal and ethical issues for supervisors and supervisees? What are the professional obligations of supervision? How are problems in supervision best addressed? How are supervision competencies best achieved? Who is responsible and accountable for the quality of supervision?
#1 ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES IN SUPERVISION Derek Truscott, Unvsersity of Albetra
Because supervision is a professional activity, psychologists have ethical and legal obligations arising out of supervision. These obligations arise out of psychologists’ duties to supervisees and to the clients receiving services from supervisees. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that supervisees are afforded free and informed consent, confidentiality, competent supervision, and freedom from exploitation. Supervisors may be found liable for harms to clients arising out of their erroneous actions or omis- sions in supervision, or from the actions of supervisees. Unfortunately, many psychologists providing supervision have only a cursory awareness of these duties. The aim of this presentation is to 1) raise awareness of the ethical and legal issues for supervi- sors and supervisees, and 2) provide specific suggestions for ensuring ethical and legally defensible practice.
#2 WHAT ARE THE PROFESSIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF SUPERVISION? Bonnie Rude-Weisman, Private Practice
This symposium presenter regards the provision of supervision as a professional obligation. Yet, we are often poorly prepared for this task that ultimately has monumental significance for the future of the profession and potentially, for our individual pro- fessional status. Whether the supervision is to meet licensing requirements, to fulfill course/program requirements, or to facili- tate the development of competence, the supervising psychologist is ultimately responsible for the work provided by the super- visee. It is imperative the psychologist be aware of the implications of this responsibility. Furthermore, the psychologist must be clear on his/her level of responsibility for being a “gate-keeper” to, and protector of, the profession. How does one balance SATURDAY / SAMEDI the monitoring and protection aspects of supervision with the mentoring and teaching roles? Emphasis will be placed on the monitoring and protection responsibilities of supervision in this presentation and how to balance these obligations with our other roles.
#3 A MODEL FOR ADDRESSING PROBLEMS IN SUPERVISION Paul Jerry, Athabasca University
One challenge for all supervisors is how to manage supervisees and a supervision process that may not be meeting acceptable levels of competence. This symposium contribution will discuss a model for mapping the content and process of supervision in anticipation of being proactive regarding problems in the supervision context. Supervision is defined as a relationship between a supervisor and a supervisee wherein basic elements of a working alliance apply. The process of supervision is defined as having specific goals, specific tasks to achieve these goals, and a relationship in which these goals are achieved. A model of profession- al competence defines the content of supervision. All psychologists need to acquire a body of knowledge, develop a set of skills, develop a level of judgment regarding professional practice, and maintain their competence through some form of reflection or diligence regarding their work. Problems in supervision may occur as the result of a breakdown in the supervisory alliance. Problems in supervision may also occur as a result of inadequate achievement of competence. Clear articulation of the supervi-
269 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
sory working alliance provides a context within which specific problems of achievement in competency may be addressed. Special attention is paid to the question of the development of judgment and the emotional maturity of the supervisee.
#4 HOW ARE SUPERVISION COMPETENCIES BEST ACHIEVED? Teresita Jose, Calgary Health Region
What do competent psychology supervisors and supervisees look like? When one accepts the role of supervising psychologist, is one always clear as to what competencies are required to fulfill the role of supervisor? Similarly, is the psychology supervisee clear on the specific competencies required to successfully meet programme and/or registration requirements? Are there clear and established guidelines for both supervisor and supervisee? This presentation will examine the basis for evaluating the psy- chology supervisor and supervisee, and how the evaluation might be done. Finally, the need for ethical, competency-based train- ing programs to enhance supervisees’ and supervisors’ skills for undertaking this unique aspect of psychological practice will be explored.
#5 WHO IS RESPONSIBLE AND ACCOUNTABLE FOR THE QUALITY OF SUPERVISION? Terrance Wilton, Private Practice
At its core, supervision is a power-infused relationship, as are all psychologists’ professional relationships. This presentation will discuss the roles and responsibilities of psychologist supervisors and supervisees from the perspective of who has the most power. Particular attention is paid to exploitation and abuses by supervisors – financial, conflicts of interest, boundary violations – and how these poison professionals-to-be and the future of the profession. Established standards of practice for our profession- al relationships with clients are examined for guidance for our supervisory relationships. The role that collaboration, empower- ment, socially responsible problem solving, and encouraging personal responsibility play in this process is discussed.
13:30 - 13:55 - LAKE LOUISE 13:30 - 13:55
Theory Review Session/ PRESENTEEISM AT WORK: AN INTRODUCTION FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS Séance de revue Gary Johns, Concordia University théorique Industrial/ Organizational
Although psychologists have studied absenteeism from work for decades, there has been virtually no attention devoted to presen- teeism. While there is not exact consensus regarding its definition, presenteeism usually refers to attending work while ill and/or the productivity decrement that is thought to accompany such unfit attendance. In the past five years, there has been a dramatic increase in research concerning presenteeism among scholars in medicine, epidemiology, and occupational health, and there have been at least 14 new instruments developed to measure presenteeism, most funded by pharmaceutical firms. Much interest has been sparked by preliminary estimates that the costs associated with presenteeism far exceed those due to absenteeism and employer contributions to health care. Nevertheless, extant research in this domain reveals serious anomalies and contradictions, many attributable to the failure to apply psychological knowledge. The purpose of this Theory Review Session is to introduce this topic to psychologists, who are well equipped to make vital contributions in the area. The review will cover the many defin- itions of presenteeism, the context surrounding interest in it, the psychometric challenges of measuring it, and some likely causes of the phenomenon. It will also present a theory-driven agenda for studying presenteeism.
13:30 - 14:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 13:30 - 14:55
Theory Review Session/ DRUGS AND HOMICIDE: A PHARMACOPSYCHOLOGIC MODEL OF Séance de revue EXPLANATION théorique Louis Pagliaro, University of Alberta Criminal Justice Psychology
Forensic psychologists are increasingly confronted with complex cases of violent behavior resulting in death,including vehicular homicide and first and second degree murder. In many of these cases, the perpetrator or victim – or both, have used various drugs, including the drugs and substances of abuse, either illicitly or by medical prescription, within a time frame proximal to the SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY commission of the homicide. In our criminal justice system, the use of these drugs often presents a significant confounding vari- able in regard to determining a verdict of guilty or not guilty. This presentation is for those forensic psychologists who require specific knowledge of this complex situation in order to properly assess these patients and to provide related expert testimony in
270 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006 court. An explanatory model of drug use and homicide has been developed and will be presented. Clinical case examples from the presenter’s forensic practice will be used to illustrate related principles and to promote a fuller understanding of this complex phenomenon.
14:00 - 15:55 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE PLAZA (MET CENTRE) 14:00 - 15:55
Workshop/ Atelier de THE TAPESTRY RETREAT PROGRAM: AN ALTERNATIVE SUPPORT PROGRAM travail FOR CANCER PATIENTS Health Psychology Maureen Angen, Alberta Cancer Board; Helen MacRae, Alberta Cancer Board, Tom Baker Cancer Centre; Marilyn Hundleby, Alberta Cancer Board/Cross Cancer Institute; Steven Simpson, University of Calgary/ Alberta Cancer Board
This workshop presents a very successful and novel intervention in psychosocial support for cancer patients, now in its eighth year. The Tapestry Retreat is an on-going psychosocial program of the Alberta Cancer Board funded through government, cor- porate and private donations. Designed to provide psychosocial support and a number of complementary care strategies to a clinical population, Tapestry is an innovative multimodal residential program.The multidisciplinary core team will describe and facilitate some hands on experiences of the various modalities used in this five-day residential program - the Arts-in-medicine Story’d basket, the Jungian Sandtray, Narrative Group work, Yoga and Meditation sessions. Participant demographics and pro- gram evaluation data will be covered. Recent program developments have included the addition of retreats specific to palliative couples. Outcome data to be presented.Retreat programming is particularly effective in providing services to those who live in isolated rural areas, regions otherwise not well served by psychosocial programming now offered in large urban cancer centres. Our outreach project, which had the goal of increasing participation from rural Alberta and the North West Territories, will be described.To date the Tapestry program has served over 350 participants from across Alberta and NWT.
14:00 - 15:55 - LAKE LOUISE 14:00 - 15:55
Symposium WECHSLER SCALES: ADVANCES IN THEORY AND PRACTICE Psychologists In Donald Saklofske, University of Calgary; Lawrence Weiss, Harcourt Assessment; R. Education Stewart Longman, Calgary Health Region; Marie-Josee Gendron, Harcourt Assessment
The last year has again proven fruitful for advances in design and clinical interpretation of the Wechsler scales in Canada. Our understanding of the clinical significance and interpretive utility of all of the Wechsler scales continues to grow, and for the first time we now are able to provide valid and reliable assessments of Canadian populations in both English and French. This sympo- sium will explore these advances through an examination of current research and trends in advanced clinical interpretation of the WISC-IV and WAIS-III scales. The future of the Wechsler scales will also be explored with the introduction of the Wechsler Nonverbal Scales of Ability, a complete and multidimensional measure of cognition administered within a nonverbal framework.
#1 ADVANCED WISC-IV INTERPRETATION: MOVING FROM IQ TO INDEX SCORES Lawrence Weiss, Harcourt Assessment; Donald Saklofske, University of Calgary
Advanced WISC-IV interpretation requires a complete understanding of the constructs measured by the four Indexes from a clinical perspective. This presentation goes into depth regarding the clinical correlates of the four index scores, and how they interact with each other to influence learning and the expression of intelligent behavior. An improved method for determining
Index score strengths and weaknesses will be presented. Appropriate use of the Canadian General Ability Index will be dis- SATURDAY / SAMEDI cussed and a rationale for the new Cognitive Proficiency Index (a composite of WMI and PSI) will be offered. Data will be pre- sented on the discrepancy between GAI and CPI in various clinical groups. Finally, several theory based clusters of conceptual- ly related WISC-IV subtests are presented, with a focus on interpretation.
#2 A CONTEXTUAL APPROACH TO WISC-IV INTERPRETATION Lawrence Weiss, Harcourt Assessment
Advanced interpretation of cognitive ability test scores occurs within the context of multiple societal factors that influence the development of cognitive ability in children and the expression of intelligence in various situations. Home environment factors that facilitate or impede the development of cognitive abilities in children are discussed in the context of a bio-ecological model of intellectual development. Data are presented regarding the effects on IQ test scores of static demographic variables including parental education, income, and number of parents living in the home. Data are also presented regarding the effects of parental behaviors in the home such as the amount of time parents spend reading to young children, amount of time children are permit- ted to use computers or watch t.v., and the expectations parents have for children’s academic success. The amount of variance in children’s cognitive ability attributable to these home environment behaviors is compared to the amount of influence due to stat- ic demographic variables.
271 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#3 WECHSLER INDEX SCORE PROFILES FOR VARIOUS CLINICAL DISORDERS R. Stewart Longman, Calgary Health Region
Index score profiles for published studies using the WAIS-III, WISC-III, and WISC-IV were located and combined, for the fol- lowing conditions: traumatic brain injury, autistic spectrum disorders, learning disabilities, and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Overall profiles indicate a clear pattern for severe (but not moderate) traumatic brain injury and a distinct profile for autistic spectrum disorders, with weaker patterns, of limited clinical significance emerging for learning and attention disorders. Profiles were highly consistent between tests, with the exception of the WISC-III POI after traumatic brain injury, likely reflect- ing the timed nature of pecific subtests for that measure.
#4 THE WECHSLER TESTS IN CANADA: INTRODUCING THE FRANCOPHONE SCALES AND THE WECHSLER NONVERBAL SCALE OF ABILITY (WNV) Marie-Josee Gendron, Harcourt Assessment; Jacinthe Bourassa, Harcourt Assessment; Michael Charron, Harcourt Assessment
With the publication of the WISC-IV, WAIS-III, and WIAT-II French editions we are now able, for the first time, to provide valid and reliable assessments of cognition and achievement for both French and English Canadians. The process of adaptation is explored in order to provide a framework of interpretation within these scales. Finally, the forthcoming Wechsler Nonverbal Scale of Ability (WNV) is introduced. The Wechsler Nonverbal Scale of Ability provides an exciting new addition to the Wechsler battery of assessments. With the application of the Wechsler cognitive framework to a nonverbal scale, clinicians will now be able to work within a familiar multidimensional context that minimizes the language based demands typical of standard measures of intelligence. The Wechsler Nonverbal Scales of Ability will prove particularly useful for clients of which English or French are not their primary language, as well as those clinical populations in which language deficits prove to be the primary reason for declined performance on standard measure of cognition.
#5 COGNITIVE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN CANADIAN ADULTS ON THE WAIS-III Donald Saklofske, University of Calgary; Richard Gorsuch, Fuller Theological Seminary; Hoyee Lee, Fuller Theological Seminary
This study examined cognitive age differences using the WAIS-III Canadian normative data. Processing Speed (PS) subscales showed the expected pattern of decreasing scores with increasing age while Verbal Comprehension (VC), Perceptual Organization (PO), and Working Memory (WM) showed lesser effects. Due to the slowness with which they changed, no one age can be said to show the highest scores on any of these ability measures. Compared to mean scores at 18 years, means were lower for the 30 year olds for PS, 60 year olds for PO, and 70 year olds for WM and VC. Correcting for a possible Flynn effect reduced the decreases but still left clearly lower scores among older adults except for Verbal Comprehension. Following the assertion that lower ability scores are a function of PS and partials it out, PO shows clear decline in latter adulthood, WM shows some decline, but VC continually increased with age.
14:00 - 15:55 - EAU CLAIRE NORTH (ARCADE LEVEL) 14:00 - 15:55
Symposium PROFILING FEDERAL OFFENDERS WITH DRUG AND ALCOHOL ABUSE Criminal Justice CHALLENGES Psychology Brian Grant, Correctional Service Canada; Patricia MacPherson, Correctional Service Canada; Derek Lefebvre, Correctional Service Canada; Dave Varis, Correctional Service Canada; Dan Kunic, Correctional Service Canada
Approximately 80% of offenders entering federal penitentiaries have identified substance use problems that require some level of intervention. The purpose of the session is to provide a descriptive analysis of these offenders from a number of different per- spectives including status at time of admission, results of random urinalysis, methadone maintenance treatment participants and offenders who participated in a multi-method evaluation of Intensive Support Units. The severity of substance use challenges, as measured by standardized assessment tools, will be related to criminal behaviour to support the need for treatment during the period of incarceration. Results of random urinalysis will be used to describe offenders who continue to use substances while incarcerated. Methadone maintenance treatment is provided to persons addicted to opiates. Characteristics of these offenders provides information on a group of the most severely addicted offenders. Finally, a review of characteristics and outcome data from the Intensive Support Unit research will be used to characterize those offenders who, given the challenges of dependency, seek to reduce their risk of exposure to drugs and alcohol to increase their chances of a successful outcome. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
272 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#1 SEVERITY OF SUBSTANCE ABUSE PROBLEMS AND CRIMINAL BEHAVIOURS: RESULTS FROM THE COMPUTERIZED ASSESSMENT OF SUBSTANCE ABUSE (CASA) Brian Grant, Correctional Service Canada; Dan Kunic, Correctional Service Canada
On admission to a federal penitentiary, most offenders are assessed for severity of substance abuse problems using the Computerized Assessment of Substance (CASA) that includes standardized assessments of substance abuse severity (Alcohol Dependency Scale, Drug Abuse Screening Test and others), type of drug use and the association between drug and alcohol abuse and criminal behaviour. In addition, other assessments completed at the time of admission provide additional information on criminal behaviour and actuarial measures of risk to re-offend. In addition to providing a profile of the offenders entering the correctional system, the paper will report on the relationship between criminal behaviour and severity of substance use. Results indicate that the most severely addicted offenders are more likely to re-offend after release and have higher ratings on both dynamic and static risk factors. These results support the notion that addressing the substance use problems of these offenders will result in a reduction in criminal behavour in the community.
#2 RANDOM DRUG TESTING OF INCARCERATED OFFENDERS PROVIDES INSIGHT INTO INSTITUTIONAL DRUG USE PATTERNS AND TRENDS AND CHARACTERISTIC OF DRUG-USING OFFENDERS Patricia MacPherson, Correctional Service Canada
In 1995, all federal penitentiaries in Canada began a program of random drug testing. Each month, urine samples are requested of a group of randomly selected offenders, representing 5% of all offenders incarcerated during that month. Random selection is done to ensure that the group being tested is a representative sample of all federally incarcerated offenders; therefore the data that are gathered provide a representative picture of the substance use patterns of the general offender population and not only those who are severely addicted. Data has shown that those who were chosen to provide a sample were similar to those who were not on a number of variables including demographic characteristics, level of substance abuse and criminal history. Trend data on institutional drug use will be presented. In addition, offenders were divided into three groups: those whose sample showed evidence of drug use (positive), those who refused to provide a sample (refusal), and those whose sample showed no evidence of drug use (negative). Results indicated that offenders who provide a positive sample and those who refuse to pro- vide a sample have more static and dynamic factors identified upon admission, have more problems with institutional adjustment and are more likely to be charged with institutional misconduct.
#3 CHARACTERISTICS OF OFFENDERS SEEKING METHADONE MAINTENANCE TREATMENT IN AN INSTITUTIONAL SETTING Derek Lefebvre, Correctional Service Canada; Dan Kunic, Correctional Service Canada
Offenders admitted to federal penitentiaries may be prescribed methadone as part of an integrated treatment regime for address- ing their opiate addiction. These offenders have one of the most serious addictions and, as such, they represent an extreme- group among offenders who have problems with substance abuse. A descriptive analysis of these offenders will be provided to assist in the development of a more complete picture of offender drug problems. The presentation will also address the associa- tion between methadone initiation and criminal history. Dynamic and static risk factors will also be associated with methadone initiation. Finally, regional comparisons will be presented to demonstrate variations in types of opiates used, co-occurring dis- orders, and other needs by region. Results of these analyses will be used to guide the development of other interventions for these offenders and to understand the distribution of cases across the country.
#4 OFFENDERS WHO ARE MOTIVATED TO ADDRESS THEIR SUBSTANCE ABUSE SATURDAY / SAMEDI CHALLENGES: CHARACTERISTICS OF OFFENDERS AND RESULTS FROM THE INTENSIVE SUPPORT UNITS Dave Varis, Correctional Service Canada; Derek Lefebvre, Correctional Service Canada; Brian Grant, Correctional Service Canada
In a pilot project, offenders were offered the opportunity to move to a specialized unit within the penitentiary to assist them with their challenges associated with substance use and abuse. These units, know as Intensive Support Units, required that the offender accept higher levels of searching (personal and cell) and drug testing than is normally used. A signed contract with the offender ensured the participation was voluntary and that they accepted all of the rules. Staff and offender expectations were measured and shown to be positive for the potential success of the units. Offenders on the units may be viewed as representing a group of motivated individuals who were willing to take personal positive action to address their problems. An analysis of the characteristics of these offenders will be provided along with outcome data from their participation on the unit. Results indicate that the units were perceived as having fewer drugs, searches produced less contraband than in other parts of the prison and dis- cretionary release was more likely for participants. In addition, offenders who were on the units were less likely to be returned to prison after release than those in comparison groups.
273 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
14:30 - 15:25 - MOUNT ROYAL 14:30 - 15:25
Conversation Session/ NATIONAL COLLABORATIVE PRIMARY CARE PROJECTS: CPA'S ROLE Séance de conversation John Service, Canadian Psychology Association, Karen Cohen, Canadian Psychology Association
In this session, we will review and update CPA’s participation on two, recently completed multi-million dollar, federally-funded projects on collaborative primary health care: The Canadian Collaborative Mental Health Initiative and the Enhancing Inter-dis- ciplinary Collaboration Project. Both projects were undertaken to develop a charter for the delivery of collaborative health care in communities as well as a toolkit to guide collaborative practice. Implications and opportunities for collaborative education and practice for psychologist will be discussed.
15:00 - 15:55 - STRAND/TIVOLI (MET CENTRE) 15:00 - 15:55
Conversation Session/ STUDENTS INTERESTED IN PSYCHOANALYTIC/PSYCHODYNAMIC Séance de conversation APPROACHES: WE EXIST! LET’S START COMMUNICATING! Psychoanalysis Michael Sheppard, University of Saskatchewan
Students comprise roughly half of the membership of the CPA section on psychoanalysis, yet we are very underrepresented at presentations put on by the section. This conversation is intended to provide a context in which students interested in psychoana- lytic/psychodynamic approaches to psychology can meet and discuss their wishes and hopes. Proposed topics of discussion include providing information about the section, and getting training in psychoanalytic/psychodynamic approaches at practical and pre-doctoral internships, but it is hoped that attendees will bring topics to discuss.
15:00 - 16:55 - MANNING (SECOND FLOOR) 15:00 - 16:55
Symposium DECONSTRUCTING TRAUMA: DELINEATING VULNERABILITIES FOR Disaster/ Trauma POSTTRAUMATIC SEQUELAE R. Nicholas Carleton, University of Regina, The Traumatic Stress Group; Jennifer Stapleton, University of Regina, The Traumatic Stress Group
Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a pervasive response to a diverse range of extremely stressful stimuli. Although we have a wealth of information on PTSD as well as several treatment options, our understanding of risk factors for and sequelae of comorbid conditions remains limited. The focus for this symposium will be delineating some of these risk factors and responses; in particular, personality variables, risks for experiencing somatic sensations, and potentiated suicidal behaviour. Presenters include leaders in trauma research from the CIHR-funded Traumatic Stress Group. First, Pagura, Cox, and Enns examine the association of personality traits in the development of PTSD. Second, Hart, Shercliffe, John Brown, and Pfeifer examine the effects of traumata history on development of PTSD and Borderline Personality Disorder. Third, Collimore, Carleton, and Asmundson investigate the specificity of fundamental fears as predictors of comorbid PTSD and chronic pain. Fourth, Wald, Carleton, Taylor, and Asmundson assess differences in PTSD symptoms and anxiety sensitivity across various traumatic events. Fifth, Belik, Cox, Stein, Asmundson, and Sareen discuss predilections for suicidal behaviour following traumatic events. These presentations emphasize prevention through accurate risk assessment, contextualized by discussant Dr. John Walker, renowned expert in anxiety disorders.
#1 PERSONALITY & PTSD: A REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW LONGITUDINAL RESEARCH INITIATIVE Jina Pagura, University of Manitoba; Brian Cox, University of Manitoba, The Traumatic Stress Group; Murray Enns, University of Manitoba
Traumatic events are relatively prevalent in the population, however many individuals who experience these stressors do not go on to develop post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). In a representative sample of the United States, Kessler et al. (1995) found that although 61% of men and 51% of women reported experiencing at least one traumatic event, only 8% of men and 20% of women went on to develop PTSD. This presentation will review the literature surrounding pre-existing personality traits and their function in the development of PTSD. Topics covered will include broad personality domains such as neuroticism and spe- cific personality traits such as self-criticism and anxiety sensitivity. Other personality factors such as coping styles and locus of control will also be discussed. There will be an emphasis on data from representative community samples. Additionally we will describe details of a new research initiative examining the role of broad and specific personality constructs and their interactions with traumatic life events in the development of PTSD using a longitudinal community-based survey. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
274 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
#2 EVALUATING FEAR OF PAIN AS A SHARED VULNERABILITY FOR CHRONIC PAIN AND POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER Kelsey Collimore, University of Regina, Traumatic Stress Group; R. Nicholas Carleton, University of Regina, The Traumatic Stress Group; Gordon Asmundson, University of Regina
Increasing evidence indicates that post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and chronic pain frequently co-occur. Prevalence rates of PTSD in chronic pain patients range from 10%-35% and, likewise, chronic pain is elevated in patients with PTSD (Asmundson et al., 2003). Shared vulnerability models (e.g., Asmundson et al., 2002) posit high levels of anxiety sensitivity (AS) as being key for developing PTSD and chronic pain. However, fear of pain is a significant predictor of chronic pain (Hursey & Jacks, 1992) and therefore may also account for differences in PTSD symptoms. Carleton et al. (2005) evidenced that fear of pain, AS, and fear of negative evaluation (FNE) are elevated in people with PTSD and chronic pain. Participants in the present study were measured on levels of PTSD symptoms, depression, fear of pain, AS, and FNE, and were subsequently divid- ed into groups with high, low, or no PTSD symptoms. The high PTSD symptoms group scored significantly higher on fear of pain and FNE; however, these differences disappeared when controlling for AS or depression. Regression analysis revealed that, independently, AS or depression accounted for 50% of the variance in PTSD symptoms. Although fear of pain is significantly higher among persons with elevated PTSD symptoms, the shared vulnerability is more likely related to AS or depression. Future research directions are discussed.
#3 ANXIETY SENSITIVITY DIMENSIONS AND POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER: COMPARISONS ACROSS DIFFERENT TRAUMATIC EVENTS Jaye Wald, University of British Columbia, Traumatic Stress Group; R. Nicholas Carleton, University of Regina, The Traumatic Stress Group; Steven Taylor, University of British Columbia, Traumatic Stress Group; Gordon Asmundson, University of Regina
Anxiety sensitivity (AS) is the fear of anxiety-related sensations arising from belief that these sensations have harmful conse- quences. AS subsumes three categories of fearful cognitions: physical, psychological, or social. People suffering from posttrau- matic stress disorder (PTSD) tend to have elevated levels of AS; however, questions remain regarding whether AS categories have differential correlations based on type of traumatic exposure. Specific trauma-related cognitions are associated with various forms of traumatic exposure (e.g., guilt-related cognitions from being sexual assaulted), making likely anxiety-related cognitive differences. For example, PTSD from motor-vehicle accidents (MVA) may result in higher levels of physically related AS, par- ticularly if the collision resulted in injury and/or chronic pain. This investigation compared AS profiles across samples with dif- ferent traumatic exposure and healthy controls. Participants completed questionnaire batteries including measures of AS, PTSD, depression, anxiety, and pain. Group differences on ASI total and sub-scale scores are presented along with inter-relationships and predictive validity of ASI sub-scale scores for PTSD-related symptom severity. Implications further delineating specific anxiety-related cognitions in PTSD include improved assessment and treatment. Directions for future research are discussed.
#4 PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT INVENTORY PROFILES OF WOMEN WITH BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER: THE EFFECTS OF TRAUMA Regan Hart, University of Regina; Regan Schercliffe, University of Regina; John Brown, University of Regina; Jeffrey Pfeifer, University of Regina
In terms of comorbidity, Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) has been associated with Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). In particular, early childhood abuse has been linked to both chronic PTSD symptoms and BPD development. The pur- pose of this study was to examine Personality Assessment Inventory (PAI) profiles of 19 women who reported traumatic back- grounds. All participants had either a diagnosis of BPD, or strong symptoms of BPD, as determined by clinical interview. Participants were administered the PAI twice: T1) before entering a group treatment program for BPD; and T2) after completing SATURDAY / SAMEDI the treatment group. Results indicated that the most frequent scale elevations (T-score >70) occurred on Depression, Anxiety, Anxiety Related, Somatization, Borderline Personality Disorder, and Suicide. Following completion of treatment, significant T- score reductions were seen on the following scales: Depression (Affect), Anxiety (Cognitive, Physiological), Somatization (Conversion, Health Concerns), and Borderline Personality Disorder (Identity Problems, Negative Relationships). There was a trend indicating a reduction in Traumatic Stress scale scores. Scores on the Suicide scale remained stable throughout treatment. These results indicate that with treatment measures thought to be relatively stable indicators of personality can show significant reductions in symptom severity.
275 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#5 THE IMPACT OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAUMATIC EVENTS ON THEIR ASSOCIATION WITH SUICIDAL BEHAVIOUR IN A NATIONAL MENTAL HEALTH SURVEY Shay-Lee Belik, University of Manitoba; Brian Cox, University of Manitoba, The Traumatic Stress Group; Murray Stein, La Jolla Village Professional Center, Traumatic Stress Group; Gordon Asmundson, University of Regina; Jitender Sareen, University of Manitoba, Traumatic Stress Group
Suicide is a serious public health concern. Correlates of suicidal behaviour include trauma exposure and psychiatric disorder, especially posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). The current study examined whether exposure to traumatic events is associated with suicidal behaviors, even when adjusting for sociodemographic correlates and psychiatric disorders. Data came from the National Comorbidity Survey Part II subsample (NCS; n = 5877, aged 15-54 years, response rate: 82.4%) public-use dataset. Traumatic events were assessed using a list of 11 life events as part of the assessment ofposttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Participants were able to endorse as many traumas as they had experienced. Assessment of suicidal ideation and attempts was conducted during the life-event history section of the interview. Interpersonal traumas and exposure to three or more types of traumatic events was significantly associated with suicidal ideation and suicide attempts (significant adjusted odds ratios ranging from 1.32 to 8.42). The results imply that, even after controlling for other sociodemographic and psychiatric factors, exposure to traumatic events is associated with the onset of suicidal behaviors.
15:00 - 16:55 - ABERHART (SECOND FLOOR) 15:00 - 16:55
Workshop/ Atelier de GUIDED IMAGERY: EFFECTIVE CLINCIAL AND COUNSELLING travail APPLICATIONS OF TRANSPERSONAL THERAPEUTIC METHODS Counselling Psychology Beth Hedva, Institute for Transpersonal Psychology
Transpersonal therapeutic methods, including guided imagery, have been evolving over the last 40 years. They integrate intu- ition, emotions, sensations and the growth of spiritual awareness with ego development and cognitive functions. Guided imagery is especially effective with trauma recovery and as a brief-therapy tool to address change due to job-loss, divorce, life- threatening illness, relationship issues, and symptoms of depression or anxiety. Through lecture, demonstration and dyad work, participants practice using guided imagery to 1) diagnosis and assess; 2) short-cut resistance 3) foster emotional integration; 4) empower client-centered-choice; 5) enhance intuitive awareness; and, 6) prescribe homework. Chair of Continuing Education for the International Council of Psychologists, Dr Hedva is a recognised authority in the field of ‘change’. She was brought in by the Indonesian Psychology Association and Tarumanagra University in Jakarta to train psychologists working with Tsunami vic- tims. Her transpersonal approach for dealing with both personal and global traumas is being offered as a condensed workshop for the CPA. She has a M.A. Degree in Clinical Psychology, an M.A. in Transpersonal Counselling Psychology and a Ph.D. in Psychology, was the Director of Clinical Internships at two universities in California, and trains professionals globally.
15:00 - 16:55 - RIDEAU 15:00 - 16:55
Workshop/ Atelier de THE INTEGRATION OF BUDDHISM AND PSYCHOTHERAPY FOR SUBSTANCE travail ABUSE: MINDFULNESS TECHNIQUES FOR RELAPSE PREVENTION Counselling Psychology Julie Anne Irving, McGill University; Jeeseon Park, Assistant Professor
Recovery from addiction to alcohol or drugs is particularly challenging as individuals are overwhelmed with intense physical cravings, as well as thoughts and emotions which may have previously been masked or numbed. Buddhist contemplative prac- tices are explicitly designed to counteract craving. Craving, according to Buddhist philosophy, concerns the acquisition or main- tenance of some desirable object or situation for oneself, wherein desirable qualities of the object or state are overemphasized, and undesirable qualities overlooked. The proposed workshop aims to explore the potential for Mindfulness-based meditation, which involves the promotion of awareness and non-judgmental acceptance of thoughts, emotions, and bodily sensations, to complement existing substance abuse relapse prevention programs. Mindfulness-based meditation techniques will be explored as a means for coping with cravings and as an alternate method of emotion regulation. Exercises focused upon traditional Buddhist meditation, as well as more contemporary integrative Mindfulness-based therapy techniques will be included. Implications for clinical applicability across the recovery process will be raised and directions for future research will be discussed. SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY
276 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
15:00 - 16:55 - BARCLAY (ARCADE LEVEL) 15:00 - 16:55
Workshop/ Atelier de GUESS WHO IS COMING TO DINNER? INTERPROFESSIONAL PRACTICE IN travail THE FIELD OF EATING DISORDERS Counselling Psychology Shelly Russell-Mayhew, University of Calgary; Nancy Arthur, University of Calgary
An increasing number of health care agencies and professionals are trying to work from an interprofessional model of practice out of the necessity to blend expertise and pool resources to address complex health issues. Some of the challenges identified for working collaboratively in practice include issues of power, stereotypes, and misunderstandings about other disciplines. There are also challenges in positioning clients as active members of interprofessional teams. As we consider the general implications for psychologists working on interprofessional teams, we also need to take into consider unique influences posed by specific contexts of practice. This workshop will focus on principles and issues for interprofessional practice in the field of eating disor- ders. The metaphor of dining together will be used to help participants appreciate some of the unique challenges and learning opportunities posed through interprofessional practice. Our dinner table setting will help illustrate how professionals in the field of eating disorders might move from a menu of individual items to a gourmet experience through interprofessional practice. Challenges and considerations specific to client eating issues and treatment approaches will be highlighted with experiential activities. You are invited to be a guest at this unique dinner party as we explore ways to integrate ideas about interprofessional collaboration into practice.
15:30 - 17:25 - LAKEVIEW 15:30 - 17:25
Awards/Prix 2006 SOCIAL & PERSONALITY STUDENT RESEARCH AWARDS Social & Personality
FOR THE KENNETH L DION AWARD FOR BEST UNDERGRADUATE SUBMISSION WINNER: Annette Gagnon (University of Manitoba) Honourable Mentions: Justin Friesen (University of Winnipeg), Danielle DeSorcy (University of Saskatchewan)
FOR THE BRENDAN GAIL RULE AWARD FOR BEST GRADUATE SUBMISSION WINNER: Benjamin Giguère (York University) Honourable Mentions: Johanna Peetz (Wilfrid Laurier University), Alishia Alibhai (University of Calgary)
15:30 - 17:25 - METROPOLITAN CENTRE ROYAL (MET CENTRE) 15:30 - 17:25
Symposium INCORPORATING DIVERSITY INTO ORGANIZATIONAL STUDIES: A FOCUS International and ON SOCIAL CULTURE, GENDER, POWER DYNAMICS, PERSON-ORGANIZATION Cross-cultural FIT AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT Catherine Kwantes, University of Windsor
The effects of globalization have resulted in organizations whose workforces are are increasingly more diverse in nature. This shift, as well as an increasingly greater number of multinational organizations, has increased the need to better understand cul- ture- and gender-based differences in employees’ perceptions and attitudes toward work and the workplace. Issues such as the effect of social culture on organizational culture, role expectations, power dynamics, person-organization fit, and the manage- ment of workplace conflict are greatly influenced by an employee’s gender and cultural background, often in complex and covert ways. Although contemporary organizational behavioural theory research has recently begun to address such issues of SATURDAY / SAMEDI diversity in the workplace, the need is still great for both theoretical and practical models to incorporate culture and gender dif- ferences in ways that can be studied and applied to organizational behaviour. Limitations of the existing research and implica- tions for the findings obtained from this work will be discussed.
#1 ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURES ACROSS NATIONAL BOUNDARIES Catherine Kwantes, University of Windsor; Cheryl Boglarsky, Human Synergistics International
This study attempted to examine the extent to which social culture influences organizational culture and what aspects of organi- zational culture are more resistant to social cultural influence. Organizational culture data were used to cluster organizations from ten different nations: Australia, Canada, Germany, Hong Kong, Italy, New Zealand, Singapore, South Africa, the United Kingdom and the United States. Two solutions were generated using hierarchical clustering. In the first solution, organizations in Germany and South Africa emerged as single item clusters. Following recommended procedure, organizations from these countries were removed from analysis and the cluster analysis was re-run. Two main clusters emerged: one with Asian coun- tries, and one with European, North American, and Australasian countries. Cluster profiling suggests that significant differences between the clusters were found in each of the organizational culture aspects used to form the cluster variate.
277 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
#2 TOWARD A CONCEPTUALIZATION OF PERSON-ORGANIZATION FIT Simone Arbour, University of Windsor
Person-Organization (P-O) fit has become increasingly relevant as a field of study for both organizational researchers and practi- tioners. For example P-O fit approaches may be used in the realm of vocational counseling or to help organizational researchers account for employee satisfaction and well-being. While P-O fit research has received a surge in interest in recent years, the pre- cise conceptualization and measurement of P-O fit is of some debate. Practitioners traditionally endorse the use of Holland’s the- ory of P-O fit, while academic researchers question its validity and caution against its use. The purpose of this review is to com- pare and contrast the various practitioner and academic models of P-O fit. In addition, the review will also outline various criti- cisms regarding P-O fit measurement, including the over-reliance of fit measures and the failure to acknowledge the direct con- tributions of the person and/or organization on various outcomes. In addressing the problems associated with the over-reliance on P-O research, the review will also attempt to outline a more comprehensive conceptualization of P-O fit and suggest when fit theories are most useful.
#3 EXAMINING GENDERED ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY CROSSCULTURALLY: RESHIFTING THE FRAGMENTS OF TRUTH FOR WESTERN AND WEST ASIAN FEMINIST RESEARCHERS Chantal Thorn, University of Windsor
Challenges to crosscultural research in the field of gendered organizational theory between Western and West Asian feminists exist. Little attention has been given to the role that cultural diversity plays in organizational psychology and the literature exam- ining the interface of both gender and ethnicity is noticeably absent. Unfortunately, the need to incorporate ethnicity does not translate easily into action. Crosscultural research seems predisposed to comparisons that often create distance instead of build- ing bridges. An overview of the unique challenges for Western and West Asian women, including an orientalist history, colonial feminism and Western feminism’s historical universalization of women’s experiences, is provided. Suggestions for more suc- cessful crosscultural research, including acknowledging one’s own privilege, contextualistic behaviourism, standpoint theory and positionality as models for understanding cultural variables and borrowing from pedagogical models of internationalizing, are offered.
#4 SOCIAL CULTURE AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES Ritu Kaushal, University of Windsor
Interpersonal conflict is a common facet of our everyday lives, influencing personal, social, and organizational behaviour. Since a great deal of time is spent interacting with others at work, the successful management of organizational conflict has become a necessary and often desirable skill. Effective social interactions between managers and employees are important for job satisfac- tion, job performance, and the general well-being of both the person and organization. These interactions are greatly influenced by social culture and power differentials. Most of the existing research in this area has explored the unique effects of these two variables without addressing the interaction between them. This paper explores the relevant literature as it applies to the influ- ences of social culture and power differentials within the manager-employee relationship. Power-based and culture-based con- gruence and incongruence within the manager-employee dyad are discussed with respect to workplace conflict management. Both theoretical and practical implications for organizational behaviour are also considered within the context of contemporary organizational behaviour theory.
15:30 - 15:55 - BONAVISTA 15:30 - 15:55
Theory Review Session/ NEW THEORETICAL INSIGHTS ON HEALTH BEHAVIOR Séance de revue Peter Hall, University of Saskatchewan théorique Health Psychology
Five models of health behavior – the Theory of Reasoned Action, the Theory of Planned Behavior, the Health Belief Model, Social Cognitive Theory, and the Transtheoretical Model – have provided the guiding framework for almost all research on health behavior over the past 50 years. All five models, however, suffer from significant limitations: they are composed of exclusively social-cognitive and conative variables, and all posit high levels of intentionality in behavior. The omission of biological variables is perplexing in the presence of strong evidence from the behavioral neurosciences that biologically-imbued executive functions explain capacity to translate intention into actual behavior. Here I describe dominant models of health behavior and present evi- dence that they are incomplete in their articulation. Specifically, I will review evidence from my own collaborative work suggest- ing that consistent performance of health behaviors requires active self-regulation, and therefore relies on biologically imbued SATURDAY / SAMEDI SATURDAY self-regulatory functions that explain unique variance in health behavior. I will also discuss epidemiological evidence that cogni- tive function is predictive of mortality, particularly mortality from illnesses that require consistent performance of health protec- tive behaviors to prevent (e.g., diabetes, CVD). Implications for theoretical accounts of health behavior are presented.
278 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
15:30 - 16:25 - BANFF 15:30 - 16:25
Conversation Session/ ENHANCING COMMUNITY CAPACITY FOR COUNSELLING PRACTICUM Séance de conversation PLACEMENTS: ISSUES AND STRATEGIES Counselling Psychology Vivian Lalande; Associate Professor; Kris Magnusson, Acting Dean; Kevin Alderson, University of Calgary
Essential to all counselling education is the provision of high quality supervised practicum placements where students have the opportunities to practice, gain and integrate counselling competencies with real clients. However, barriers often exist that limit the variety of placements, the quality of supervision, or result in placements that do not meet the training requirements of the counsellor education program. As the demand for counselling practicum placements increase, students find it difficult to find suitable placements and some counselling organizations find it difficult to find placements.This conversation session will focus on issues regarding the acquisition of counselling practicum placements that align with current and emerging trends in the field of counselling psychology, such as competition for placements between counsellor education programs, inter-professional col- laboration in the workplace, and the increasing need for rural counselling professionals. A recent project will be described that involved the collaborative development of an interactive web site to facilitate high quality counselling student practicum place- ments and increase the number of placement sites within Alberta. The audience will participate in discussion regarding barriers and strategies for acquiring high quality practicum placements within the field of counselling psychology.
16:00 - 16:25 - LAKE LOUISE 16:00 - 16:25
Theory Review Session/ SCHOOL ACHIEVEMENT AND BULLYING: MEDIATING FACTORS AND AGE Séance de revue DIFFERENCES théorique Tanya Beran, University of Calgary Psychologists in Education
Two models of childhood bullying and school achievement using several family and school characteristics were developed. The sample consisted of 2,084 children age 10-11 years and 4,111 children age 12-15 years drawn from the Canadian National Survey of Children and Youth, which is a stratified random sample of 22,831 households in Canada. Factors from previous research such as children’s social skills and disruptive behavior problems were created through factor and scale analyses. These factors were then entered simultaneously into a latent variable path model. Considering that cluster scores differed between the younger and older children, separate models were created. Each model converged in six iterations, c2(32) = 300.00, p < .001 with a standardized residual error of .05. The model fit the data better for the younger children (Comparative Fit Index = .96) than the older children (Comparative Fit Index = .91). These models indicate that younger children who are bullied at school are likely to obtain low levels of achievement. However, older children who are bullied may experience poor school achievement if they exhibit disruptive behavior problems and poor peer interactions. These results are discussed according to Eccles’ Expectancy-Value theory (Eccles, et al., 1983).
16:30 - 16:55 - LAKE LOUISE 16:30 - 16:55
Theory Review Session/ ANXIETY, EFFICACY AND ACADEMIC SUCCESS Séance de revue Stephanie Pantel, OISE, University of Toronto théorique SATURDAY / SAMEDI Psychologists in Education
High anxiety and low self-efficacy can be a serious hindrance to student achievement at college and university. Researchers have focused on the relationships among self-efficacy, test anxiety, and academic success in elementary and secondary students (Zimmerman, 2001). Relatively little research has been conducted with post-secondary students in this area. A pattern has been identified where high levels of self-efficacy are related to higher levels of achievement and lower levels of anxiety (Hembree, 1988). I will extend on this by examining the interactive relationships among self-efficacy, anxiety, learning strategies, cogni- tions and past and future academic success in college and university students. Understanding these connections is crucial for stu- dents, educators, researchers and counsellors. Social cognitive theory (Bandura, 1977) and situated motivation theory (Paris & Turner, 1994) provide an understanding of the development of self-efficacy and motivation. Each can be applied to academic assessments that have consequences on students’ orientations to performance and feelings of anxiety and efficacy. Connections among anxiety, self-efficacy, thoughts, learning strategies and academic success and performance will be discussed in relation to the theories.
279 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006 Index of Subjects /Index des sujets
360-Degree Feedback 9 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder 96, Civilization 99 192 Clinical Psychology Training 250 A Attitude 30 Clinical Training 267 Aboriginal 50, 57 Attraction-Similarity 151 Close Relationships 237, 249 Aboriginal Women 252 Attribution of Responsibility 29 Cognition 76 Aboriginal Youth 229 Autism 105, 166, 193, 194 Cognitive Behavioural 237 Academic Achievement 247, 250 Autism & Early Identification 179 Cognitive Function 217 Academic Goals 244 Autism Spectrum Disorders 112 Cognitive Strategy 104 Academic Motivation 146 Autobiographical Memory 142 Collective Guilt 93 Academic Probation 16 Autodétermination 141 Counselling Evaluation 61 Academic Stress 196 Access 171 B Comforting 238 Accessibility Measures 197 Basic Psychopharmacology 133 Coming Out 89 Acculturation 25, 26, 33, 57, 89, 102, 224, Battered Defendants 211 Commitment 12 225, Behavioral Inhibition 184 Communication Training and Evaluation 74 Acculturation Psychology 157 Behaviour Problems 239 Communications 201 Addiction 50 Belief in a Just World 232, Community Development 136 Addictions 227, 272, 273, Belonging 141 Community Violence 56 ADHD 98, 163, 193, 230, 231, Bereavement 18, 219, 268, 269 Community Well Being 121 ADHD Diagnosis 191 Binge Eating 73, 252 Community-Based Research 88 Adolescence 118, 175, 180, 229 Bipolar Disorder 52 Comorbidity 46 Adolescence and Physical Disabilities 184 Biracial 224 Comparative Personality 151 Adolescence Substance Abuse 211 Blended On-Line/In-Person Instruction 251 Competency 174 Adolescent 179, 215, 229 Body Dissatisfaction 75 Complementary and Alternative Medicine 81 Adolescent Adaptive Functioning 196 Body Image 125, 126, 139, 263 Compound Acquisition 184 Adolescent Agression 211 Body Image Self-Consciousness 254 Computer Mediated Interaction 18 Adolescent Concerns 195 Body Modifications 73 Concealed Ovulation 108 Adolescent Dating Violence 193 Body-Type 142 Concept Mapping 203 Adolescent Girls 66 Borderline Personality Disorder 40 Concerned Others of Problem Gamblers 40 Adolescent Nicotine Dependence 78 Boredom 152 Conduct Disorders 191 Adolescent Parenting 222 Bullying 133, 167, 247 Confirmatory Factor Analysis 195 Adolescent Resilience 188 Burnout, Stress 80 Constructive Anger Behavior 83 Adolescent Well-Being 183 Contamination 44 Adolescents 170, 186, 190 C Continuous Quality Improvement 24 Adult Attachment 47 Canadian Space Agency 173 Contrapower Sexual Harassment 65 Advance Directives 41 Capital Social 123 Conversion 124 Adventure Program 148 Cardiac 35 Coping 144 Afghan Women 4 Cardiac Disease 171 Coping With Cancer 268 Agency 64, 101 Career Development 15, 24 Coping With Health Problems 115 Agression 9, 216 Career Psychology 169 Counselling 276 Alcohol 51, 112, 133, 134, 156, 227, 259 Caregiver Stress 31 Counsellor Education 22 Alcohol Consumption 83 Caregivers 44 Critical Thinking 33 Alexithymia 166 Caregiving 77, 115, 121 Cross-Cultural 34, 169, 192, 202, 203, 221 Alliance Development 198 Caregiving Burden 75 Cross-Cultural Consulting 6 Anger Expression 258 Case Formulation 236 Cross-Cultural Study 154, 233 Anger Out 147 Case Study 249 Cross-Cultural Therapy 101 Anthropomorphism 149 Cbt 39 Cultural Competence 224 Anticipatory Coping 145 Cbt Modifications 31 Cultural Differences 222 Anxiety 279 Cheating 250 Cultural Empathy 199 Anxiety Disorders 41 Child And Adolescent Mental Health 194 Cultural Identity 222 Anxiety Sensitivity 40, 51, 259, 260 Child Development 181 Culture 33, 160, 248 Anxiety, Motivation, Justice, Interference 14 Child Maltreatment 179 Curse of Knowledge, Hindsight Bias 107 Apologies 178 Child Sexual Abuse 194 Apprentissage Moteur 194 Childhood 178, 189 D Asperger’s Disorder 193 Childhood Abuse 55 Démence De Type Alzheimer 111 Assessment 89, 114, 167 Childhood Depression 47 Death Thought Accessibility 197 Assessment of Disability 95 Children 78, 123, 208 Deception Detection 213 Astronauts 173 Children’s Memory 217 Defense Mechanisms 257, 259 Asylum 204 Children’s Mental Health 46 Definitional Skill 181 At-Risk Youth 119 Chinese 18, 57 Delinquency 215 Attachment 55, 88, 188, 238 Chronic Illness 86 Dental Fear 79 Attachment Representations 239 Chronic Pain 75, 84, 85 Depressed Rural Women 123 Attachment Style 258 Chronic Shoulder and Neck Pain 82 Depression 22, 38, 39, 41, 43, 46, 48, 51, 53, Attendance 250 Cigarette Smoking 76 109, 133, 265 Attention 104 Civic Engagement 210 Developmental 167
280 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Developmental Problems 188 Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder 121 Interest 198 Diagnosis 166, 240 Fetal Alcohol Syndrome 119 Intergroup Contact 97 Dialogical 235 Film Therapy 17 Intergroup Interactions 44 Diet 171 Filtering Attention 181 Intergroup Relations 155 Differential Treatment 149 Five Factor Model 257 Internalization Of Media 154 Dimensional Change Card Sort Task 189 Fonctions Exécutives 109 International Space Station 173 Disability Management 37 Food Insecurity 123 International Students 224 Disasters 90 Forensic Therapy 102 Internet 24, 153, 238 Discordance 213 Forgiveness 24, 59, 94, 95, 145 Internship 32 Discrimination & Gender 267 Fragmentation 168 Interpersonal 236 Disordered Eating 70, 252 Interpersonal Fairness 10 Diversity 277 G Interpersonal Therapy 266 Domestic Violence 209 Gambling 38, 53, 88 Interprofessional Practice 277 Double Standards 153 Gangs 208, 217 Interracial Relationships 30 Driving 113, 115 Gay Male 255 Intimate Partner Violence 65 Drug Abuse 66 Gay Men 256 Intolerance of Uncertainty 54 Drugs 270 Gender 82, 154, 175, 204, 251 Introductory Psychology 236 Dual Diagnosis 47 Gender Identity 251 Irt 174 Dyadic Adjustment 238 Gender Roles 255 Izof 83 Gendered Retirement 240 E Generalized Anxiety Disorder 56 J Early Adolescents 243 Genetics 87 Jealousy 148 Early Reading Skill 176 Geriatric Medicine 113 Job Insecurity 13 Eating Disorder 263 Goal Setting 244 Just World 212 Eating Disorder Symptoms 263 Graduate Records Examination 245 Justice 7, 231,232, 233 Eating Disorders 71, 72, 73, 77, 80, 175, 258, Graduate Students 64 Justice Motive Theory 138 262, 263 Graphical Perception 106 Ecological Self 206 Grief 267 Ego Strength 21 Grounded Theory 162 K Electronic Monitoring 212 Group Identification 147 Kenneth Dion 266 Embodiment 160 EMDR 47 H L Emergency Preparedness 220 Hate Crime 255 La Retraite a la babyboomer 241 Emerging Adulthood, Living Arrangements Health 4, 79, 174 Language Development 176 177 Health Anxiety 136 Language Learning 25 Emotional Expression 116 Health Behavior 278 Latchkey 188 Emotional Intelligence 6, 11, 62, 63, 218, 245 Health Risk 94 Leadership 14 Empathy 117 Health Spending Account 165 Leadership Vision 14 Employment Equity 15 Help Seeking 17, 179 Learning Difficulties 243 Environment 205, 206 Help-Seeking 42, 185 Learning Disabilities 59 Environmental Satisfaction 205 High-Risk 176 Legal Aid 120 Equity 237 History 33 Legibility 106 Equivalence 180 History of Canadian Psychology 66 Leisure 135 Erectile Dysfunction 128 History of Psychiatry 204 Lesbian-Headed Families 130 Ethics 34, 68, 69, 92, 200 Homonegativity 256 Life Skills 23 Evaluation 120 Hope 20 Life Stressors 138 Evil 29 Hormones 49 Literacy 182, 183 Executive Functioning 159 Human Relations Training 173 Long Term Care 81 Exercise 142 Human Rights 255 M Expatriate Adjustment 225 Humor 142 Machiavellian Egocentricity 155 Exposure 69 Humor Styles 52 Machiavellianism 140 Exposure To Intimate Partner Violence 248 Hypnosis 262 Major Depression 264 Expressive Writing 85 Male Role Model 247 Extended Contact Effect 98 I Mandated Treatment 3 Extreme Response Patterns 72 Imagerie Mentale 105 Marital Transitions 32 Eye-Movement 223 Immigrant 20 Mass Media 71 Eyewitness Memory 213 Immigrants 57, 223 Immigration 22 Mathematical Modeling 143 F Implementation Intentions 137 Meaning 100 Factual Entertainment 126 Impulsivity 111 Media Influences 125 Faking 155 Incentives 13 Media Violence 156 Family 116, 119 Industrial Orgnizational Psychology 91 Meditation 19, 77, 205 FASD Education 242 Infant 239 Memory 199, 217 Fear-Avoidance 172 Infant Language 186 Menopause 253 Female Genitals 254 Information Processing 265 Mental Health 7, 121 Female Sexual Arousal Disorder 128 Insomnia 74 Mental Healthcare Training 100 Feminism 252 Interdisciplinary 136 Mentalization 111
281 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Mentoring Relationships in Academia 248 Partnerships 122 Psychological Injury 215 Meta - Analysis 2, 3, 105, 158 Passengers 113 Psychological Separation, Academic Mindfulness 88, 120, 276 Passion 152 Achievement 21 Misinformation 200 Pathological Gambling 228 Psychology in Iran 36, 37 Missing 23 Patterning 187 Psychology of Acculturation 158, 158 Mmpi-A Validation 183 Peace 98 Psychology of Conflict 36 Modern Homonegativity 256 Peace Building 159 Psychology of Film 66 Modern Racism 97 Peer Rejection 177, 186 Psychology of Immigration And Moral 144 Peer Relations 189 Acculturation 157 Moral Development 89 Peer Relationships 145, 180, 183 Psychology of Self Change 150 Mother-Child Interaction 115 Perception 106 Psychometrics 235 Mothers 253 Perfectionism 16, 42, 47, 48 Psychopathic Traits 147 Motivation 92, 126 Performance Feedback 7 Psychopathy 52, 56, 138, 211, 216, 264 Motivational Interviewing 2, 74 Person-Organization Fit 278 Psychosocial Maturity 187 Multicultural 21, 69, 242 Personality 51, 140, 141, 148, 150 Psychotherapy 4 Multicultural Counselling 61 Personality Assessment Inventory (Pai) 52 PTSD 22, 218, 220 Multidimensional Perfectionism And Youth Personality Disorders 42 Public Speaking Anxiety 242 Petite Enfance191 Multidisciplinary Collaboration 165 Pluralism 168 Q Multiple Sclerosis 86 Police 67, 68, 164 Qualitative 202 Music 153 Polypharmacy 113, 170, 226 Qualitative Research Interview 160 Music Therapy 86 Population Health 99 Quality of Life 75 Mutual Maintenance Model, Pain 171 Pornographie Internet 144 Queer Youth 58 Positive And Negative Spillover 134 N Positive Behaviour Interventions And R Négligence 109 Supports 195 Race 94 Narrative Inquiry 17 Positive Psychology 228 Rape Attitudes 143 National Culture 223 Post Traumatic Growth Counselling 20 Rating-Scale Assessments 143 National Parole Board 210 Post-Colonialism 160 Reading 178, 246 Naturalism 63, Post-Operative Pain 84 Reality Television 125 Neuronal Changes 173 Post-Secondary 59 Recherche Clinique 190 Neuropsychological 110 Post-Secondary Accommodations 60 Recognition Heuristic 107 Neuropsychological Assessment 103, Postpartum 49 Recovered Memory 104 Neuropsychological Assessment Battery 110, Postpartum Depression 85 Recruitment 41, 131 New Immigrant Workers 164 Posttrauamtic Stress Disorder 274 Referential Activity 259 Noncompliance 170 Posttraumatic Growth 218 Refugees 16 Normativity 63 Posttraumatic Stress 19 Registration 36 Posttraumatic Stress Disorder 23, 274, 275, Rehabilitation 76 O 276 Relapse 265 Obesity 81 Practicum Placement and Supervision 279 Relapse Prevention 31 Obsessive Behaviours 48 Pre-Charge Diversion 210 Relationship Stability 117 Offender Profiling 213 Preadolescent Identity Formation 176 Relationships 101, 129, 130 Offender Suicide 211 Prefrontal Cortex 108 Relationships’ Schemas 139 Offenders 211 Pregnancy 89 Religiosity 124 Older Adults 30, 114 Prejudice 96, 97, 218 Research 100, 201, 261 Oncology 165 Prejudice & Discrimination 266, 267 Research Interests 166 Optimism 198 Preschoolers 182 Residential Support Program 271 Optimistic Bias 151 Presenteeism 270 Resiliency 16, 99, 249 Organization 278 Prevention 31 Response Styles 56 Organizational Culture 277 Primary Health Care Reform 135 Restorative Justice 3, 156 Organizational Justice 6, 10, 13 Privation De Sommeil 112 Retirement Experience 240 Otitis Media 245 Problem Gambling 43, 84 Revenge 58 Outcome 15 Procedural Fairness 12 Reversal Theory 82 Ovarian Cancer 82 Procedural Justice 9 Revictimization 50 Procrastination 154, 161, 162 Rey Complex Figure Test 96 P Professional Identity 204 Risk 87 Pain 78, 79, 80 Professional Psychology 163 Risk Assessment 212 Pain And Mood 114 Program Evaluation 122, 206 Risk Factors 220 Parent-Child Relations 178 Prostate Cancer 85 Risk Perception 79 Parent-Child Relationship 117 Prostitution 209 Romantic Relationships 59 Parent-Infant Relationship Quality 117 Psychache 54 Rumination 154 Parental Alliance 118 Psychoanalytic 158 Rural 92 Parental Control 116 Psychoanalytic Theory 169 Rural Mental Health Training 135 Parenting 54, 177, 268 Psychoanalytic Therapy 201 Parenting Stress 256 Psychodynamic 236 S Participatory Action Research 4 Psychogenic Non-Epileptic Seizures 111 Safety Behaviour 55 Partner Aggression 65, 208 Psychological Harassment 11 Safety Climate 7, 8
282 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Same-Sex Marriage 226 Situated Ethnic Identity Scale 26 Trauma 199 Satisfaction 78 Sleep Problems 45 Trauma Symptoms 200 Satisfaction with Development 177 Social Allergen 151 Traumatic Brain Injury 19 Saturation 248 Social Anxiety 40, 42, 45, 55 Traumatic Distress 219 Scale Development 86 Social Cognition 181 Traumatic History 275 Schemas 39, 41 Social Culture 278 Traumatic Loss 268 Schizophrenia 124 Social Distance 223 Troubleshooting 106 School Bullying 245, 279 Social Dominance Orientation 15 Trust 234 School Climate For GLBT Students 26 Social Facilitation 152 Truth Telling 190 School Counsellors 21 Social Identity 127, 153 School Outcome 243 Social Identity Theory 94, 212 U School Psychologists 35 Social Issues 93 Undergraduate Teaching Assistants 249 School Psychology 29 Social Judgment 61 Unforgiveness 58 Science Development 247 Social Netowrk Support 27 Use Of Case Studies 107 Science Education 246 Social Support 81, 84, 237, 241, 243 Scientific Rhetoric 32 Social Value; Computer Simulation 139 V Seasonal 44 Socialskills 242 Verbal Irony 105 Section 90 Socioeconomic Status 76 Vicarious Witnessing 221 Selection 6, 91 Sociotropy-Autonomy 44 Violence 253 Self 143 Source Monitoring 185 Violence Against Women 64 Self-Advocacy, Mental Health 163 South Asian 119 Visual Attention 104 Self-Concept Clarity 196 Southeast Asian Immigrant Women 163 Visual-Spatial Disability 96 Self-Construal 149 Spaceflight 172 Vocation 23 Self-Control 152 Spectatoring 129 Self-Criticism 20 Spina Bifida 185 W Self-Definition 28 Sport Motivational Maturity 148 Wais-Iii 272 Self-Dertermined Sport Motivation 126 Stage of Change 168 Wechsler Intelligence Scales 272 Self-Determination Theory 134 Statistics 38 Wechsler Scales 271, 272 Self-Discrepancy 156 Stereotype Threat 234 Wisc-Iv 271, 271 Self-Discrepancy Theory 150 Stereotypes 27, 30, 138, 208, 234 Women 19, 125, 205, 251 Self-Efficacy 80 Sterotyping 234 Women Offenders 254 Self-Esteem 28, 197 Stigmatized Groups 3 Women Scientists 253 Self-Injury 50 Stress 130 Word-Learning 187 Self-Knowledge 114, 261 Student Symposium 25 Work Engagement 8 Self-Mutilation 17 Students 274 Work-Continuity Perspectives 241 Self-Presentation 255 Stuttering 146 Work-Life Conflict 135 Selfhood 235 Subjective Distance 60 Work-Stress 221 Senior Trauma Survivors 219 Succession Management & High Potential 8 Work/Non-Work Relations 134 Sensory Sensitivity 180 Suicide 43, 48, 53 Workaholism 13 Sex 146 Suicide Prevention 122 Workplace Abuse 10 Sex Offender 134 Supervision 269, 270, Workplace Aggression 207 Sex-Related Differences 107, 108 Supportive-Expressive Group Therapy 73 Workplace Harassment 9 Sex-Role Stereotype; Jury Instructions 139 Survival Analysis 101 Workplace Revenge 11 Sexual Abuse 53 Workplace Stress 8 Sexual Abusers 45 T Workplace Violence 219 Sexual Aggression 211 Teaching 34, 93, 264 Writing 127 Sexual Assault 64 Teaching Competencies 11 Written Language Assessment 96 Sexual Dysfunction 127 Teams 12 Y Sexual Education 246 Teamwork 14 Young Gay Men 233 Sexual Functioning 140 Temporal Coding 108 Youth 174, 211 Sexual Harassment 65, 190 Temporal Comparison Orientation 61 Youth Gambling 244 Sexual Identity 29 Temporal Distance 145 Sexual Murder 215 Temporal Processing 192 Sexual Offenders 210 Terror Management Theory 149, 197 Sexual Orientation 131 Terrorism 93, 221 Sexual Orientation And Gender Identity 164 The Self 27, 28, 28 Sexual Pain 128, 128 Therapeutic Alliance 198 Sexual Trauma 199 Thriving 182 Sexual Trauma and Coping 220 Timeline Followback 49 Sexual Violence 17 Tourette Syndrome 246 Sexuality 27, 256 Training 91, 99 Shame 159 Transgender 1 Shyness 187 Transition 87 Sibling 19 Transition Program 60 Sibling Differences 118 Transition to Adulthood 228 Siblings 116 Transition to Parenthood 118 Situated Ethnic Identity 222 Transition to University 185
283 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Index of Authors / Index des auteurs A B Bergeron, Lise 117 Brassard, Audrey 45, 238 Abbott, Kate 41 Backs-Dermott, Barb 39 Berk, Terri 86 Brazier, Bette 81, 252 Abela, John 265 Bacon, Simon 76, 171 Bernes, Kerry 229 Brazil, Kevin 77 Abernathy, Carol 246 Baerveldt, Cor 57, 63 Berry, John 102 Brews, Albert 2, 3, 212 Adair, Carol 263 Bagby, R. 42 Berthiaume, Claude 117, Brochu, David 238 Adams, Aaron 106 Bagherian, Fatemeh 233 191 Brochu, Paula 27, 138,140, Addington, Donald 124 Bailey, Betty 203 Bérubé, Pierre 163 234, 254 Aftanas, Marion 143 Bailey, Heidi 188 Best, Lisa 105, 106 Brodeur, Darlene 181, 189, Agar, Ava 247 Baillie, David 173 Bethune, Cheri 135 192 Aghakhani, Anoosha 15, 34 Bain, Dana 259 Bhanot, Surbhi 64, 65 Brooks, Brian 110, 110 Akseer, Spogmai 181 Bajovic, Mira 181 Bhatia, Maneet 198 Brotto, Lori 128 Alderson, Kevin 131, 162, Baker, Rachel 182 Bhatt, Gira 266 Brown, Alisha 156 279 Balfour, Louise 263 Bieling, Peter 41 Brown, Andrea 101, 135 Alfonsi, Giuseppe 154 Balmer, Leslie 268 Biesanz, Jeremy 187 Brown, Caryn 257 Alibhai, Alishia 59, 221, 277 Barbagallo, Lisa 198 Bilsbury, Christopher 74 Brown, Catrina 227, 260 Alladin, Assen 176, 221, Bardick, Angela 229 Biondic, Daniella 231 Brown, Jaime-Lee 85, 158 224 Bargh, John 101 Birch, Cheryl 51 Brown, John 275 Allen, Jane 119 Barlow, Constance 253 Birch, Susan 107 Brown, Jonathan 2, 211 Allen, Natalie 12 Barnes, Bree 73, 83 Bisanz, Jeffrey 180 Brown, Kellie 242 Allin McDonald, Heather Barnes, Marcia 185 Bischoff, Theanna 73 Brown, Krista E. 71 180 Barry, Cheryl 253 Bissada, Hany 263 Brown, Laura 4 Altrows, K. Jessica 159 Baschuk, Deborah 176 Bisson, Suzie 53 Brownlee, Janet 74 Anderson, Barbara 266 Bascuas, Joseph 172 Biswas, Parthasarthy 110 Bruce, Alanna 47 Andrade, Brendan 193 Bates, Kimberly 245 Blair, Karen 27, 131 Brulotte, Jayna 217 Andrews, Jac 29, 63 Bates, Lindsay 185 Blake, Emily 198 Brunet, Megan 190 Ang, Rebecca 195, 196 Bax, Karen 54,118 Blanc, Sebatien 11 Brutus, Stephane 9 Angelopoulos, Paul 11 Baydala, Angelina 32, 115, Blanchard, Céline 126, 138, Bryceland, Christy 204 Angen, Maureen 271 159, 204, 235 141, 144, 148 Brygin, Andrej 246 Anglin, Jeremy 181 Bazar, Jennifer 204 Blatt, Sidney 37 Buchanan, Laura 220 Anglin, Jerry 176 Bazaziyan, Saeideh 21 Block, Gerald 50 Buchsbaum, Roxana 142, Anisman, Hymie 59 Beach, Cathy 74 Bloom, Elana 21 154 Antony, Martin 41 Beaman, Amanda 241 Bobocel, D. 232 Buckle, Jennifer 268 Apostol, Monica 230 Bearden, Anomi 256 Bogaert, Anthony 27, 256 Buckley, Nicole 173 Arbour, Simone 278 Beaton, Ann 149 Boglarsky, Cheryl 6, 277 Budworth, Marie-Helene 91 Ardiles, Paola 86 Beauregard, Adele 3, 211 Boies, Kathleen 15, 134 Bulmash, Eric 266 Armstrong, Christopher 188 Beauregard, Christine 54, Bola, Sabreena 73, 175 Burack, Jacob 181, 183 Armstrong, Laura 122 118 Boland, Isabelle 87 Burgess Moser, Melissa 74 Armstrong-Stassen, Marjorie Beausoleil, Natalie 72 Bolton, Amanda 152, 156 Burke, Ronald 13 13 Beck, Andrea 268 Bone, Meagan 72, 175 Burnett, Andrea 107 Aron, Art 98 Beck, Cynthia 227 Bono, Giacomo 94 Burnett, Matthew 52, 216 Arpin-Cribbie, Chantal 38, Bedard, Michel 77 Bonus, Marty 63 Burns, Dane 33 42 Beettam, Erin 21 Book, Angela 264 Buskist, William 34, 93 Arruda, Cindy 190 Beile, Jeremy 235 Boon, Susan 30, 58, 59, 94, Butler, Kate 86 Arsenault, France 58 Bélanger, Alexandre 123 130, 238 Button, Cathryn 120 Arthur, Nancy 61, 69, 129, Bélanger, Julie 190,191 Bosacki, Sandra 181 Butzer, Bethany 193 277 Belciug, Marian 103 Bouchard, Geneviève 117, Byblow, Jessica 114 Aryan, Khadijeh 37 Belfon, Kofi-len 56, 193 118 Byers, E. Sandra 128, 157, Asgary, Veronica 54, 118 Belfon, Kofi-len 158 Bouchard, Marc-André 111 250 Ashbaugh, Andrea 42, 45 Belicki, Kathryn 145, 150, Bourassa, Jacinthe 159, 272 Byers-Heinlein, Krista 187 Asmundson, Gordon 52, 249 Bourgault-Fagnou, Michelle 136, 260, 275, 276 Belicki, Kathy 95 115 C Atkins, Nikki 79 Belik, Shay-Lee 43, 276 Bourque, Paul 111 Cairns, Sharon 15 Atkinson, Jill 212 Béliveau, Marie-Julie 190, Bovell, Candice 144 Calhoun, Melissa 123 Atkinson, Leslie 238, 239 191 Bowering, Elizabeth 250 Callan, Mitchell 138, 197, Aubry, Tim 120, 122 Bellhouse, Sabrina 200 Bowers, Clint 205 231, 232 Audet, Diana 178 Bello, Sophia 231 Boyle, Michael 45 Callanan, Terrence 135 Auld, Frank 200, 201 Bennell, Craig 68, 164 Bradford, John 134 Calverley, Kristin 83, 257 Austin, Elizabeth 63 Bennett, Shannon 154 Bradley, Michael 105, 217 Calvez, Stryker 245, 255 Axelrod, Larry 36 Benoit, Diane 239 Branco, Cinthia 11 Cameron, James 140, 153 Benzies, Karen 192 Brannen, Cyndi 121 Cameron, Jessica 237 Beran, Tanya 246, 247, 279 Brass, Elisabeth 50 Cameron, Sheila 13
284 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Campbell, Mary Ann 213, Collimore, Kelsey 275 De Luca, Rayleen 194 Dyck, Karen 92 215, 216 Collins, Sandra 61 De Silva, Nilmini 163 Dyke, Danielle 108 Campbell, Tavis 76, 77, 171 Comeau, Joseph 98 De-Oliveria, Carey Anne Cannon, Colleen 263 Connolly, Deborah 217 239 E Canrinus, Maaike 47 Connolly, Stephanie 58 Deacon, Hélène 183 Eadie, Erin 218 Caouette, Julie 93 Connors, John 66 Decaire, Michael 159 Eastabrook, Jennifer 62 Cappelli, Mario 87 Conway, Michael 142, 154 DeCourville, Nancy 95, 145, Easterbrook, Adam 118 Caputo, Arcangelo 132 Cook, Brianna 200 150, 156 Eastwood, John 152 Carleton, R. Nicholas 274, Coppard, Philip 197 DeGenna, Natacha 186 Eastwood, John 104 275 Corbett, Michael 178 DeLazzari, John 181 Edigar, James 48 Carlson, Linda 75, 76, 77, Corkum, Penny 191 DeLisle, Michelle 48 Ediger, Jason 55 205 Cornish, Peter 135 DeLongis, Anita 130 Edmondson, Jennine 161 Carr, Jillian 58 Cornock, Becki 24 Dempsey, Julie 232 Ehrenberg, Marion 118 Carrière, Monique 184 Corral, Maria 44 Depape, Anne-Marie 116 Eisner, Allison 260 Carter, Alina 185 Costi, Tiziana 170 Derayeh, Merhdad 9 el-Guebaly, Nady 227, 228 Carter, Bee Jay 248 Cotton, Dorothy 67, 111, Dere, Jessica 25, 225 Elder, Gavin 119 Carter, Nancy 206 164, 217 Derevensky, Jeffrey 244 Ellard, John 29, 197, 138 Cassin, Stephanie 72, 262 Coulombe, J. Aimee 45 Deria, Sirad 165 Elliott, Anne 181 Catano, Victor 6, 11 Coulson, Ronaye 16 Derkzen, Dena 2, 3, 120, Elliott, Corinna 44 Catto, Lisa 180 Courcy, François 7, 8 136 Ellis, Shannon 140, 254 Caughey, Sharon 74 Cox, Arlene 168 Desmarais, Serge 207, 249 Ellis, Terri 165 Cave, Douglas 22 Cox, Brian 40, 43, 53, 274, DeSorcy, Danielle 234, 277 Ellwood, Jennifer 116 Cawthorpe, David 176 276 Destefano, Jack 21 Elm, Selina 177 Chafe, Krystle 9 Cox, Robin 90, 221 Deveau, Vicki 238 Enns, Murray 40, 43, 53, 78, Chaisson, Nicole 246 Coyle, Doug 87 DeVries, Cecile 100 274 Chambers, Christine 41, 201 Crabb, Rebecca 120, 122 Dew, Robert 47 Epp, Amanda 221 Chambers, Lori 77 Craig, Kenneth 127 Dewey, Deborah 112 Ercikan, Kadriye 243 Chan, Eric 84 Cram, Brian 263 Deyell, Stewart 229 Eritz, Heather 116 Charbonneau, Danielle 15 Cramer, Ken 248 Di Placido, Chantal 208, 217 Erlebach, M.A., Anne Charchun, Julianna 180 Cramer, Kenneth 82 DiFonzo, Nicolas 233 Esplen, Mary Jane 86 Charron, Michael 272 Creese, Joy 77 Dindoff, Kathleen 106 Etchegary, Holly 87, 221 Chartier, Brian 269 Cresswell, James 25, 57 Dion, Kenneth 266 Eustace, Jonathon 208 Chattha, Harpreet 75 Cribbie, Robert 38 Dithurbide, Lori 140 Evans, Kelly 260 Cheah, Charissa 222 Crossley, Margaret 107, 108 DiTommaso, Enrico 124, Evans, Mary Ann 180, Chen, Charles 164, 169 Crozier, Sharon 15 147, 216 182,187 Chen, Hong 139 Crozon, Brooke 257 Ditto, Blaine 76 Evens, Thomas 82 Chestnut, Natasha 10 Cullen, Richard 107 Ditto, Peter 141 Everall, Robin 17 Chevrier, Craig 12 Cunningham, Charles 46 Dixon, Jeannette 254 Ewashen, Carol 263 Chew, Judy 205 Cunningham, Shaylyn 176 Djuraskovic, Ivana 16 Ewasiw, Joan 209 Chicocki, Wladyslaw 202 Cunningham, Todd 231 Dobson, Keith 30, 31, 46, 56, Chinnery, Ann 26 Curran, Vernon 135 163, 172, 265 F Chirkov, Valery 157, 158 Currie, Shawn 39, 227 Dodsworth, Carmen 74 Fabrigar, Leandre 148 Choma, Becky 154, 232 Currie, Shelley 165 Doell, Peter 223 Fagan, Maria 231 Chong, Wan Har 195, 196 Cyr, Andrée-Ann 115 Doherty, Deborah 253 Fahlman, Shelley 152 Christie, Charlene 235 Czincz, Jennifer 53 Domene, José 24 Fawcett, Catherine 27, 256 Chung-Yan, Greg 97 Donahue, Eric 126 Febbraro, Angela 251 Church, Elizabeth 29, 135 D Donohoe, Meghan 156 Fekken, G. Cynthia 79 Ciccocioppo, Anna-Lisa 16 Da Silva, Vanessa 180 Doucette, Naomi 216 Feldstein, Julia 189 Cingoz, Banu 143, 248 Dadsetan, Parirokh 21 Douglas, Amy 58 Fellner, Kim 125 Clara, Ian 40 Daflos, Susan 220 Douglas, Kevin 215 Fenton, Erin 226 Clark, David 44 Dallaire, Christine 79 Dozois, David 41, 264, 265 Fernandez, Conrad 201 Clarke, Pamela 85 Daniels, Tina 189 Drahovzal, Deanna 81 Filbert, Katharine 193 Clément, Mélanie 220 Darisi, Tanya 30, 251 Drapeau, Catherine- Finegan, Joan 7, 13 Closson, Leanna 189 Das, J.P. 132 Emmanuelle 11 Fisher, Lianne 255 Cloutier, Paula 194 Dashineau, Amy 80 Drogin, Eric 35 Fitzpatrick, Caroline 142, Cochrane, Don 26 Davidson, Megan 245 Dubé, J. Éric 259 154 Cockell, Sarah J. 71 Davidson, Paul 78 Duffy, John 91 Fitzpatrick, Marilyn 198 Cohen, Annabel 66, 202, Davis, Ron 72, 73, 175 Dugas, Michel 54, 69 Flamenbaum, Ricardo 48, 54 203 Dawkins, Tamara 181 Duggleby, Wendy 20 Flanagan, Tara 181, 183 Cohen, Karen 132, 202, 274 Day, Arla 6 Dumas, Tara 185 Fleming, Mark 7, 8 Cohen-Gelfand, Sara 47 De Koninck, Joseph 112 Dunn, Joshua 16 Fleming, Stephen 267, 268 Cole, Barbara 147 De La Sablonniere, Roxanne Dutton, Donald 209 Fletcher, Crystal 52 Coleman, Ben 78 266 Duvall Antonacopoulos, Flett, Gordon 47, 48 Coleman, Terry 67 De las Fuentes, Cynthia 172 Nikolina 149 Flynn, Deborah 79, 80
285 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Folmer, Amy 47 Gillis, Joseph 164, 255 Hahn, Constanze 175 Hogan, Tricia 113 Folsom, Jean 212 Gilman, Rich 174, 242 Hakim-Larson, Julie 116 Hoh, Ying 243 Ford, Laurie 29, 242 Gilroy, Jan 255 Hakstian, Ralph 6 Holden, Ronald 48, 54, 148, Forhan, Andrea 113 Gobeil, Marie-France 109 Hala, Suzanne 185 155 Fortune, Jennifer 61 Gobeil, Renée 210 Hall, Peter 47, 278 Holder, Mark 78 Fortune, Kathleen 153 Goddard, Kim 113, 170, 226 Hall, Sandra 17 Holleran, Kathryn 95, 96 Foskett, Allison 100 Goertzen, Jason 168 Hall, Shera 146 Holmberg, Diane 27, 130 Foss, Laura 46 Goguen, Amanda 118 Halldorson, Tessa 75 Holmes, Alana 59, 60 Foti, Giovanni 158 Goguen Campbell, Monique Hamilton, Erin 257 Holmqvist, Maxine 120, 136 Fougere, Amber 215 121 Hamilton, Kate 39 Holmvall, Camilla 9, 10 Fouts, Gregory 119, 152 Gokavi, Tara 222 Hamilton, Leah 96, 97 Holub, Alice 53 Fowler, Ken 84 Goldberg, Joel 124 Handy, Lee 68, 69 Hornjatkevyc, Nina 255 Fowler, Sarah 58 Goldberg, Susan 239 Haney, Colleen 23 Hornosty, Jennie 253 Frank, Ellen 266 Goldenberg, Irina 15, 218 Hanna, Cindy 111 Horodezky, Rachel 242 Frankel, Sid 78 Goldfield, Garry 81 Hanson, Karl 132 Horsburgh, Martha 13 Freedman, Jonathan 267 Golding, Dana 7 Harder, Henry 37, 92 Horvath, Peter 227, 260 Freeman, Wendy 116 Gomes, Lezlie 175 Hardy, Cindy 50, 92, 121 Houck, Patricia 266 Frei, Julia 87 Good, Jackie 75 Harkness, Kate 39, 264, 266 Houde, Sebastien 11 Freimuth, Tabatha 78 Goodine, Laura 122 Harlos, Karen 207 Houghton, Jessica 23 French, Douglas 82 Goodridge, David 14 Harriman, Rebecca 27, 138, Houle, Anne-Marie 45 French, Fred 29 Goodwin, Jacqueline 116 234 Hovind, Sarah 113, 170 French, Jared 23 Goreham, Katrina 10 Harris, Katie 58 Hrabluik, Coreen 14 French, Julie 82 Gorsuch, Richard 272 Harrison, Allyson 60, 60, Hsieh, Annie 78, 79, 85 Frie, Roger 101 Gorzalka, Boris 209 166, 245 Hsu, Amy 231 Friesen, Justin 234, 277 Gosselin, Anik 112 Harrison, Gina 243 Huan, Vivien 195, 196 Frigon, Aarin 104, 211 Graesser, Jennifer 28 Harrison, Ray 58 Huebner, Scott 174 Frigon, Isabelle 109 Gragg, Marcia 194 Hart, Regan 275 Huggon, William 30, 267 Frimer, Jeremy 189 Gragg, C. Psych., Marcia Hartwick, Cailey 190, 193 Hughes, Gary 251 Frischen, Alexandra 104 179 Harvey, Steve 7, 8, 10 Humphries, Thomas 230 Fritz, Patti 65 Graham, Ian 87 Hastings, Stephanie 108 Hundleby, Marilyn 271 Fukuda, Eriko 95, 96 Graham, Matthew 229 Hatami, Javad 36, 154 Hunsley, John 137, 167 Graham, Susan 246, 247 Hatton, Leah 136 Hunt-Shanks, Tiffany 120, G Grand, Michael 56, 179 Haubert, Lauren 56 122 Gadermann, Anne 142 Grant, Brian 272, 273 Haugrud, Nicole 258 Hunter, Aren 106 Gagné, Marylène 14, 134 Gray, Clare 194 Hausdorf, Peter 8, 100, 135 Hunter, Paulette 124 Gagnon, Annette 144, 277 Greaves, Caroline 209, 211 Hawkins, Lana 71 Hunter, Winnifred 198, 199 Gagnon, Jean 111 Greemberg, Oded 42, 45 Hayes, Joseph 149, 197 Husain, Iqbal 52 Gallant, Patricia 58 Green, Amanda 80 Heath, Nancy 21, 243 Hutchinson, Lynda 140, 141, Gallant, Stephen 62 Green, Jill 105 Heath, Olga 72 243, 244 Gallinger, Steve 86 Green, Laurie 215, 216 Heathcote, Joanna 9 Hutton, David 90 Gamache, Susan 32 Green, Michelle 95 Hecht, Tracy 5, 134 Garahan, Moe 123 Green, Sheryl 51 Hedva, Beth 34, 169, 276 I Gardner, Kristine 212 Greenman, Paul 171, 186 Heller, Daniel 150 Iacono, William 70 Garland, Sheila 75 Greidanus, Elaine 17 Helwig, Paul 260 Iarocci, Grace 183 Gates, Janna 139 Grenier, Jean 171 Henderson, Leigh 197 Illing, Vanessa 263 Gatien, Bernadette 7, 8 Griesel, Dorothee 213, 220 Hendry, Carol-Anne 182, Inglesi, Rosa 116 Gauthier, Janel 35, 92, 172 Gross, Audra 262 187, 190 Inkster, Danielle 259 Gee, Stephanie 4, 64 Grouzet, Frederick 205 Henkelman, Julie 17 Ireland, Alana 76 Geller, Josie 71 Grover, Lisa 113 Hennig, Karl 56, 190, 193 Irvine, Angela 166 Gendron, Marie-Josee 271, Gruslin, Andrée 74 Henwood, Laura 221 Irving, Julie Anne 199, 276 272 Gu, Deqiang 217 Herba, Joanna 44 Iversen, Elysia 86 Gerritsen, Cory 104 Gupta, Nitin 110 Hernandez, Anacaona 213 Iverson, Grant 110 Gervais, Nicole 54 Gupta, Rina 244 Hertzsprung, Meyen 160 Ghali, Navdeep 224 Hewitt, Paul 47, 48 J Ghelani, Karen 98 H Hibbard, Stephen 56 Jackson, Karla 215 Ghiz, Jennifer 203 H. Tavakoly, Mohamad R. Hickman, Elizabeth 106 Jackson, Lynne 97, 218 Gibas, Andrea 166 21 Hideg, Ivona 14 Jackson, Timothy 12 Gibson, Angela 141 Hadjistavropoulos, Heather Hiebert, Bryan 61 Jackson, Todd 82, 139 Gibson, Kerri 253 115 Hillis, Sarah 89, 174 Jacobson, Jill 141 Gibson, Stacey 220 Hadjistavropoulos, Thomas Ho, Audrey 111 Jaghori, Beheshta 4 Gick, Mary 76, 88 40, 51,114 Ho, Greenly H. Y. 165 Jakulj, Fabijana 171 Gifford, Robert 102, 173 Hadjiyannakis, Stacia 81 Hodgins, David 40, 43, 53, Jamieson, John 38, 38 Giguère, Ben 93, 94, 277 Hafer, Carolyn 232 227, 228 Janzen, Hank 29 Gill, Harjinder 7, 13 Haghbin, Mohsen 21, 139 Hodson, Gordon 97 Jarry, Josee 73
286 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Jason, Gregor 103 Kim, Paul 20 Lau, Megan 25 Luther, James 266 Jassal, Surita 119 King, Emily 38 Lavallee, Loraine 85, 206 Lvina, Elena 223 Jean-Baptiste, Nansy 120, Kirichenko, Tammy 125 Lavarenne, Anaïs 111 Lynch, Shane 166 171 Kirmayer, Laurence 25, 225 Laverty, Susann 19 Jefferson, Steven 74 Kito, Mie 237 Law, Ada 48 M Jenkins, Jennifer 177 Kiu, Leo 98 Lawlor, Molly 244 Mac, Cindy 80 Jensen, Tamara 211 Kleban, Holly 213 Lawson, Karen 120 Mac, Lori 18,57 Jerry, Paul 153, 169, 269 Klein, Carolin 209 Le Corff, Yann 144 Mac Donald, Tara 48 Jevne, Ronna 200 Klein, Raymond 104 Leach, Larry 240 Macaulay, Lauren 41 Jewell, Lisa 26 Klemencic, Nora 178 Lebel, Myriam 123 MacDonald, Chantal 194 Jhangiani, Rajiv 264 Kline, Theresa 14, 174 LeBlanc, Amber 106 MacDonald, Derek 192 Johns, Gary 270 Kloosterman, Patricia 41 LeBlanc, Frances 259 MacDonald, Tara 148 Johnson, Beth 179 Knapik, Mirjam 18, 19, 160 LeBlanc, Manon 207, 208 MacDonnell, Rhiannon 237 Johnson, Edward 55, 114, Knauff, Kristine 156, 175 Leclair, Stephanie 81, 88 MacGregor, Michael 21, 43, 261 Knight, Christine 114 Lee, Andrea 86 75, 83, 257, 258, 259 Johnson, J. Lauren 17 Koch, William 215 Lee, Catherine 54, 118, 267 MacIntyre, Amanda 156 Johnson, Phyllis 173 Kohli, Adarsh 110 Lee, Celine 228 MacIntyre, Peter 146 Johnston, Amber 185, 260 Komar, Shawn 150 Lee, Hoyee 272 Mackenzie, Corey 30, 31, Johnston, Charlotte 163, 192 Komljenovic, Jelena 252 Lee, Jennifer 79, 94 44, 88 Johnston, Dawn 100 Konanur, Sheila 248 Lee, Jennifer E.C. 221 Mackinnon, Sean 146 Jones, David 11, 233 Konnert, Candace 30, 31 Lee-Baggley, Dayna 47, 48 MacLean, Carla 11 Jones, Megan 71 Konopasky, Robert 102 Lefaivre, Marie-Josée 200, MacMillan, Kelti 203 Jones, Natalie 213 Konstantareas, Mary 193 201, 260 MacNeil, Bonnie 155, 155 Jones, Peter 206 Kossert, Amy 73 Lefebvre, Derek 272, 273 MacNeil, Jane 86, 255 Jones, Shannon 73 Krank, Marvin 211 Lehman, Darrin 152 MacPherson, Patricia 272, Jones, Stephanie 106 Krantz, Janet 33 Lejbak, Lisa 107, 108 273 Jose, Teresita 270 Krasman, Joe 7 Lemay, Mario 79 MacRae, Helen 271 Josefowitz, Nina 30, 31 Krawczyk, Andrea 111 Lemyre, Louise 79, 94, 220, Macrodimitris, Sophie 39 Julien, Danielle 130 Kresowaty, Jodi 219 221 Madigan, Sheri 239 Krewski, Daniel 79, 94, 221 Lepine, Chris 57 Magnusson, Kris 279 K Kristiansen, Connie 219, Lépine, Suzanne 190,191 Mah, Janet 192 Kadambi, Michaela 17 267 LeRoy, Zehra 6 Mahar, Chris 11 Kahneman, Daniel 1 Kristjansson, Elizabeth 123 Lestideau, Olivia 85 Mahar, Tammy 11 Kallos, Ashley 38 Kroner, Daryl 211 Letourneau, Jeffrey 22, 47, Major, Rochelle 188 Kang, Minji 253 Kruk, Richard 176 48 Mak, Leanne 116 Kang, So-Jin 28, 149 Kruper, Cheryl 51 Leung, Eman 239 Mak, Meghan 95, 96 Kang, Sonia 234 Kuczynski, Leon 170 Leung, Jenny 231 Malcolm, Claire 18 Kaoukis, George 35 Kumsar, Ayca 12 Lévesque, Alain 190,191 Malhi, Rebecca 30 Kaplan, Bonnie 188 Kunic, Dan 272, 273 Lewandowski, Marta 198 Malik, Fauz 217 Karavasilis, Leigh 120 Kupfer, David 266 Lewis, Darcy 58 Mallin, Barry 29 Kass, Rachel 173 Kwan, Ken 156 Lewis, John Dufton 212 Malone, Judi 165 Katz, Joel 84 Kwantes, Catherine 6, 277 Ley, Allison 187 Malone, Molly 230 Kauffman, Bradley 24 Li, Jiao 225 Maltais, Danielle 90 Kaur, Manreet 110 L Limoges, Kendice 84 Maltin, Elyse 12 Kaushal, Ritu 278 Laarman, Eva 184 Linden, Wolfgang 147 Mangat, Ajitpaul 78 Kawakami, Kerry 28, 94, 149 Lacombe, Cécile 173 Lipson, Alan 35 Mann, Nikki 28 Kazoleas, Veronica 29, 94 Lacourse, Eric 189 Litvack, Aubrey 27, 28 Mansell, Jubilea 182,187 Keats, Patrice 221 Lafleur, Martin 52 Liu, Silvia 107, 192 Mansley, Chrystal 43 Kehler, Melissa 86 Lafreniere, Kathryn 4, 82, Logan, Corinne 228 Mansour, Sandra 244 Keller, Jenny 64, 159 171 Logan, Deena 62 Mantler, Janet 13 Kelloway, E. Kevin 6, 207 Lagacé, Martine 241 Loiselle, Olivier 7, 8 Marcoux, Gisele 263 Kendall, Scott 149 Lahoud, Monique 55 Lollis, Susan 180, 183 Marinova, Dessislava 178 Kendrick, Kristin 115, 209 Lai, Yvonne 127 Longman, R. Stewart 103, Markon, Marie-Pierre L. 94, Kennedy, Allison 194 Lalande, Vivian 279 271, 272 221 Kennedy, M. Alexis 209 Lalonde, Richard 94, 140, Loutzenhiser, Lynn 117 Markovitz, Michael 251 Kennedy, Sidney 109 248 Loza, Wadgy 93 Marks, Owen 113, 113 Kerner, Emily 198 Lambert, Wallace 0 Lozano, Andres 109 Marshall, Paige 252, 263 Kershaw, Tanis 258 Lapalme, Denis 68 Luedemann, Krista 54, 118 Marshall, Sheila 118, 180, Key, Brenda 76 Laplante, Joelle 149 Luft, Toupey 66 228, 229 Key, Brenda 171 LaRoche, Michele 122 Lumley, Margaret 39 Martel, Andrea 229 Khalid, Mohammed 241 Larsen, Denise 22 Lunsky, Yona 47 Martel, Jean-Francois 203 Khatri, Nasreen 30, 31 Larsen, Sarah 227,260 Luong, Duyen 2, 2 Martin, Andrea 117, 166 Kiedrowski, Amanda 257 Latham, Gary 91, 92 Lupart, Judy 247 Martin, Jack 131 Kim, Mira 20 Latimer, Sean 24 Lussier, Yvan 45, 147, 238 Martin, Rod 41
287 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Martin, Ronald 114 Menna, Rosanne 185 Nanji, Farah 123 Palmer, Angele 219 Martin, Stephanie 251, 261 Merali, Noorfarah 34,123, Nathanson, Craig 138 Palmer, Jaime 76, 246, 247 Martinez, Yvonne 243 256 Neilsen, Kate 53 Pantel, Stephanie 25, 279 Marton, Imola 231 Mercer, Kimberley 152 Neufeld, Richard 143 Papadogiannis, Peter 62 Marusiak, Christopher 20 Mercure, Christine 56 Neuman, Joel 207 Parent, Véronique 184 Mash, Eric 192 Merritt, Allison 250 Newby-Clark, Ian 61, 145 Parfyonova, Natalya 12 Mash, Eric 192 Merx, Tanya 159 Ng, Carrie 78 Parhar, Karen 2, 3 Mask, Lisa 126, 144 Meyer, John 9, 12 Ng, Eddy 13 Park, Jeeseon 276 Massfeller, Helen 99 Miceli, Paula 84 Nguyen, Diana 106 Parker, James 41, 62, 62, 88, Masuda, Takahiko 223 Michalica, Kerri 95 Nicholls, Tonia 209 245 Matheson, Kim 59, 148 Miller, Adena 118 Nicholson, Megan 29 Parkin, C. Melanie 170 Matheson, Kimberly 218 Miller, S. Andrea 250 Nicholson, Tavi 119, 246 Patola, Jennifer 108 Matsuba, M. Kyle 119 Millette, Valérie 134 Nickel, Curtis 84 Patry, Danielle 144 Maxwell, Colleen 227 Mills, Jennifer 71 Nicol, Adelheid 15 Patten, Scott 227 Mayberg, Helen 109 Mills, Jeremy 211 Nicol, Jennifer 90, 249 Paulhus, Delroy 138, 245 Maynard, Douglas 12 Mills, Joanne 250 Nimrod, Carl 74 Paulson, Barbara 17, 20 Maze, Ben 1 Mills, Jon 99, 100, 158, 236 Ninowski, Jerilyn 192 Payette, Tom 260 Mazmanian, Dwight 38, 38, Mills, Rosemary 116 Nirula, Latika 249 Peace, Kristine 199, 200 49, 49, 108, 142, 146 Milosevic, Irena 55 Nissim, Rinat 268 Peace-Hall, Jennifer 79 McAteer Early, Teal 11 Misbach, Judith 66, 98, 168, Niu, Jianghe 233 Peden, Nicole 40, 228 McCabe, Randi 41 204 Noels, Kimberly 25, 26, 222 Pederson, David 239 McCann, Doug 28, 151 Misri, Shaila 115 Noka, Mokhtar 8 Peet, Christopher 63, 64 McCarron, Michelle 125, Mitterer, John 249 Nolin, Pierre 109, 109 Peetz, Johanna 60, 145, 277 126, 248 Mizeri, Karen 153 Norman, Cameron 99 Pepler, Debra 177 McClellan, Jennifer 249 Moghrabi, Chadia 202 Normand, Sébastien 146 Perkins, Kathryn 161 McCormack, Megan 220 Mohipp, Charmaine 65 Nounopoulos, Alexander Perlman, Daniel 5, 101, 129 McDonald, Brian 231 Molloy, Peter 211 242 Perras, Mélanie 138 McDonald, Lynn 240 Molnar, Danielle 219 Nussbaum, David 133 Perrier, Colin 95, 206, 219 McDonald, Marvin 20, 21, Montgomery, Janine 242 Nutini, Jillian 191 Perrino, Andrea 264 80 Moore, Robert 73, 83 Peterson, Alexandra 232 McDougall, Ainslie 200, Moore, Sean 29, 58, 60, 94, O Peterson, Cherie 43 213 126, 196, 233, 237, 277 O’Brien, Debbi 253 Peterson, Jordan 244 McDougall, Cara 216 Moran, Greg 239 O’Connor, Brian 151 Petit, André 7, 8 McDougall, Patricia 87 Morel, Pamela 59, 60 O’Neill, Patrick 13 Pettifor, Jean 68, 200 McGonnell, Melissa 104, 191 Morin, Alexandre 7, 8 O’Neill, Thomas 14 Pexman, Penny 105 McGregor, Diane 99 Morin, Sébastien 197 O’Reilly, Natasha 87 Pfeifer, Jeffrey 275 McGregor, Michael 80 Morisano, Dominique 244 Oberlander, Tim 115 Philip, Philip 160 McGue, Matthew 70 Morrison, Melanie 26, 26, Oborne, David 243 Phillips, Dawn 89, 174 McGuire, Steve 223 27, 130, 138, 140, 234, Ocrane, Janelle 256 Phillips, Maggie 52 McHugh, Gabrielle 37 254, 255, 256 Oddie, Scott 113, 113, 170, Pihl, Robert 244 McIlwraith, Bob 132 Morrison, Tania 151 226 Pino, Tory 26 McInnis, Kate 12 Morrison, Todd 256 Offet-Gartner, Kathy 69 Piquette-Tomei, Noella 167, McKee, William 29, 242 Morrongiello, Barbara 178 Oinonen, Kirsten 47 242 McKenzie, Stephanie 168 Morry, Marian 151 Oinonen, Kirsten 108 Placsko, Cheryl 115 McKeough, Anne 18, 167, Mos, Leo 63, 63 Olson, Trevor 21, 43, 75, 80, Playford, Kealee 224 246, 247 Moss, Erin 70 83, 232, 257, 258, 259 Pollon, Dawn 176 McLachlan, Jessica 39 Mothersill, Kerry 32 Olver, Mark 211 Poole, Gary 86 McLaughlin, John 251 Motomura, Michiko 224 Orpen, Sean 141 Popliger, Mina 190, 243 McLean, Holly 19, 22 Mountain, Mary Ann 136 Orr, R. Robert 24 Popovic, Jillian 242 McLellan, Lianne 142 Mrazik, Martin 75 Ortiz de Waschmann, Rita Porath-Waller, Amy 76 McLeod, Peter 48, 52 Mullane, Jennifer 260 133 Porter, Stephen 199, 200 McMahan, Amanda 72, 73, Mureika, Juanita 35, 195 Orzeck, Tricia 131 Potter, Beth 87 175 Murphy, Paul 83 Ottenbreit, Nicole 46 Potvin, Lauren 137 McMillan, Cathy 156 Murphy, Tracy 19 Ouellette, Colin 257 Poulin, Carmen 252, 253 McMorris, Carly 185, 263 Murray, Linda 78 Oulanova, Olga 57 Poulin, Patricia 88 McNeely, Heather 109 Myran, David 30, 31 Out, Jennifer 82 Pournagash, Said 233 McQuarrie, Fiona 135 Power, Catherine 208, 250 McRae, Lissa 10 N P Power, Jenelle 82 McTaggart, Deborah 174 Naaman, Sandra 120 Packer, Dominic 266 Power, Tara 76 McWilliams, Lachlan 46, 51 Nadeau, Marie-Eve 109 Pacton, Sebastien 183 Prakash, Sunjeev 68 Mears, Stephanie 28 Nadin, Shevaun 151 Pagliaro, Ann Marie 66, 167 Pratt, Michael 185 Medved, Maria 76 Nairn, Stacey 238 Pagliaro, Louis 167, 270 Prenger, Jeannette 136 Melnyk, Sonya 6 Nairn, Stacey 58 Pagura, Jina 53, 274 Presniak, Michelle 21, 43, Mengistu, Kidest 38 Nandlal, Joan 67, 122, 210 Pakzad, Sarah 111 75, 80, 257 258, 259
288 Psychologie canadienne, 47:2a, 2006
Presse, Lucinda 52, 216 Roberts, Elizabeth 183 Savoie, Monique 82 Skitch, Steven 264, 265 Price, Heather 217 Roberts, Nicole 54 Sawatzky, Don 172 Skomorovsky, Alla 77, 139 Procter, Erica 210 Robertson, Lloyd 143 Schat, Aaron 9, 207 Skott-Myhre, Hans 252 Provencher, Martin 52 Robertson, Sharon 19 Schatz, Sae 205 Slan Jerusalim, Rebecca 8 Puchala, Chassidy 258 Robidoux, Chantal 190, 191 Schercliffe, Regan 275 Slatkoff, Joshua 183 Puddicombe, Jennifer 47 Robinson, Bryn 124, 147, Schick, Becky 73, 83 Slonim, Naomi 210 Pukall, Caroline 84, 128 216 Schimel, Jeff 149,197 Smith, Angela 49 Purc-Stephenson, Rebecca Robinson, Kelley 237 Schleien, Sara 178 Smith, Kelly 84 81 Robinson, Tom 52 Schmidt, Janelle 49 Smith, Laurence 106 Purdon, Christine 127, 129 Roche, Jacqueline 158, 188 Schneider, Barry 186 Smith, Melanie 87, 120 Pushkar, Dolores 240 Rodriguez, Mariana 198 Schneider, Margaret 88 Smith, M.A., Kelly 127 Puterman, Eli 130 Rogers, Edwin 256 Schoenfeld, Tara 112 Smolla, Nicole 117, 190, Pychyl, Timothy 149, 150, Rohr, Betty 63 Schoepp, Greg 208 191 151, 154, 161 Rojas, Erika Y. 211 Schroeder, Meadow 247 Smythe, William 168 Pye, Angela 61 Romano, Elisa 189 Schuller, Regina 94 Snelgrove, Peter 156, 219 Pye, Charlotte 58 Rooney, Megan 58 Schulz, Benjamin 80 Snook, Brent 107 Pyle, Nathan 100 Rose, Kelly 43 Schumann, Karina 154 Snyder, Joseph 35 Ross, Craig 106 Schwartz, Kelly 119, 177, Socholotiuk, Krista 196 Q Ross, Hildy 178 182 Son Hing, Leanne 97 Quilliams, Laura 245 Ross, Lynda 141 Schwean, Vicki 29, 35, 131 Soucie, Kendall 117 Quinlan, Loriann 55 Ross, Michael 178 Scott, Lorna 44 Spence, Linda 189 Quinn, Julie 160,252 Ross, Sarah 12 Sears, Christopher 53 Spence, Wayne 229 Rothman, Daniel 210 Sears, Greg 13 Spencer, Tanya 142 R Roughley, Robert 1, 58, 64, Sears, Heather 42, 179 Spere, Kate 182 Rachman, Stanley 44 89, 163, 233 Seaton, Cherisse 197 Spere, Katherine 187 Racine, Yvonne 45 Rowbotham, Alexia 62 Senn, Charlene 64, 65 Spidel, Alicia 209 Radomsky, Adam Rude-Weisman, Bonnie 269 Serin, Ralph 210 Sprague, Ann 74 Radomsky, Adam 42, 45, 55 Rudmin, Floyd 37, 89, 98, Service, John 90, 91, 92, St-Amand, Julie 52 Radtke, H. Lorraine 160, 157, 158, 235 136, 274 St-George, Marie 191 252, 253 Rumpel, Erin 125, 126 Seth, Shipra 256 St-John, Bob 105 Rainville, Constant 111 Runnels, Vivien 122, 123 Shah, Wendy 263 St-Pierre, Edouard 146, 148 Rajda, Malgorzata 74 Runtz, Marsha 218 Shanahan, Matthew 143 Stack, Dale 186 Ralston, Margaret 55 Russell-Mayhew, Shelly 277 Shariff, Aneesa 256 Stack, Holly 116 Ramsay, Jason 121 Rutherford, Barbara 246 Sharma, Verinder 49 Stack, Terri-Lynn 84 Randall, Hilary 9 Rutherford, Barbara 104 Sharpe, Donald 16, 40 Stadnyk, Bobbi 219 Rapske, Debbie 58 Ryan, Ann 72 Shaughnessy, Sarah 26 Staite, Berkley 21 Rawana, Edward 193 Ryan, Ann Marie 132 Shea, Giselle 247 Stam, Henderikus 204 Rawn, Catherine 152, 264 Ryder, Andrew 42, 45, 224 Sheese, Ron 236 Stanford, Elizabeth 127 Read, J. Don 211 Sheppard, Heather 42 Stanley, Gillian 101, 193 Reaper, Sally-Joy 156 S Sheppard, Michael 236, 274 Stapleton, Jennifer 274 Rector, Neil 45 Saad, Karene 11 Shercliffe, Regan 52, 191 Stark, Cannie 125, 126, 248 Redden, Krista 104 Sabatini, Linda 262 Sherry, Simon 47, 48 Starzomski, Andrew 99, Redfurn, Josh 213 Sabourin, Michel 70 Shimp, Lana 89 102, 236 Reebye, Pratibha 115 Sabourin, Stéphane 147 Shirley, Carol 250 Starzyk, Katherine 148 Regis, Chantal 56 Sacrey, Lori-Ann 113,170 Shirran, Christine 206 Steeves, Dan 260 Reich, Mark 235 Sadava, Stanley Shore, Bruce 244 Stein, Murray 40, 276 Reich, Tara 151 Sadava, Stanley 95, 156, 219 Sibbald, Emily 146 Stelmach, Liza 30, 31 Reid, Graham 45 Sadowsky, Stewart 133 Sidhu, Kamaljit 33 Stephan, Sabine 126 Reimer, Marlene 263 Safdar, Saba 157, 158, 224 Sikorski, Stephanie 19 Stephure, Robert 238 Reimer, Will 196 Saklofske, Donald 29, 35, Simister-Firth, Heather 48 Stermac, Lana 218 Reissing, Elke 5, 128 63, 271, 272 Simmering, Mary 179 Sterniczuk, Roxanne 264 Reyno, Sandra 227, 260 Salimpoor, Valorie 166 Simpson, Steve 75 Stevens, Alison 229 Rhinas, Jacqueline 249 Samuels, Marilyn 89, 95 Simpson, Steven 271 Stevens, Kristin 56 Rhyno, Ellen 260 Samuels, Sumerlee 23 Sinacore, Ada 22 Stevenson, Andrea 263 Rhyno, Shelley 153 Sanchez-Sosa, Juan Jose 172 Sinclair, Carole 35, 200 Stewart, Becky 220 Richard, Norann 155 Sande, Gerry 29, 153 Sinclair, Lisa 234 Stewart, Brandie 106 Richards, Paige 58 Sanderson, Alexandra 219 Sinclair, Stephanie 50 Stewart, Cathy 136 Ridley, Lynnette 179 Sareen, Jitender 43, 53, 276 Singer, Alisa 264, 265 Stewart, Duncan 145 Riendeau, Julie 114, 175 Sato, Toru 28 Sirois, Fuschia 4, 81, 161, Stewart, Shannon 140, 247 Rinfret, Natalie 149 Saumure, Kristie 25, 26 162 Stewart, Sherry 171, 227, Ring, Angela 42, 224 Saunders, Cory 103 Sitarenios, Gill 62 259, 260, Rioux, Eve Julie 190, 191 Saunders, Kevin 35 Skarlicki, Daniel 233 Stewart-Atkinson, Tammy Rip, Blanka 152 Saunders, Kristin 64, 65 Skinner, Nicholas 93, 244, 145, 150 Ritchie, Kerri 74 Savard, Claudia 147 250, 264 Stickle, Kelly 153
289 Canadian Psychology, 47:2a, 2006
Stock, Hayli 246, 247 Toste, Jessica 21 Warkentin, Patricia 254 Woods, Marc 172 Stockdale, Keira 211 Tougas, Francine 149 Warren, Joseph 226 Woods, Meghan 171 Stokes, Pamela 28, 151 Tousignant, Michel 117 Waschbusch, Daniel 193 Work, Kimberly 27 Stoppard, Janet 202, 203 Towson, Shelagh 224 Watanabe, Donald 42, 45, Work, Kimberly 138, 234 Strahan, Erin 60, 145 Trainor, W. 124 224 Wormith, Stephen 2, 3, 211, Strang, John 103 Tran, Mun 77 Watkins, Sarah 163, 192 212, 236, 237 Strauss, Esther 183 Tran, Trisha 58 Watson, Chris 129 Wouterloot, Elise 24 Streiner, David 103 Travers, Kristen 52 Watt, Margo 83, 260 Wright, Karen 20 Strong, Tom 100, 200, 201 Tremblay, Maxime 138, 148 Waxman, Samantha 79, 85 Wright, Stephen 98, 155 Stubbs, Donald 106 Trinder, Krista 222, 256 Weaver, Bruce 77 Wu, Cathie 221 Stuckless, Noreen 86 Tripp, Dean 78, 79, 84, 85, Weiss, Lawrence 271, 271, Suedfeld, Peter 172 111 271 Y Summerfeldt, Laura 41 Troniak, Mark 94 Welder, Andrea 78, 119, 182 Yaghoub Zadeh, Zohreh 177 Sutherland, Olga 201 Trotter, Theresa 76 Wells, Elisabeth 101 Yang, Jian 45 Sutton, Katherine 246 Truscott, Derek 17, 162, 269 Wells, Kerry 105 Yang, Ruby Pi-Ju 222 Swart, Suretha 242 Tsang, Melody 156 Welsted, Alison 130 Yardley, John 8 Symons, Sonya 104 Tsui, Lily 29, 88 Wensing, Enrico 206 Yarrow, Catherine 236 Szpunar, Marlena 184 Wentzell, Natasha 7, 8 Yassa, Easter 166 U Werker, Janet 187 Yeo, Lay See 195, 196 T Uman, Lindsay 186,260 Wesley, Michelle 179 Yeung, H. Henny 187 Tabri, Nassim 142 Uskul, Ayse 248 Westcott, Mary 19, 89, 95, York, Mandy 123 Tafarodi, Romin 26 96 Young, Arlene 184 Taktek, Khaled 105, 194 V Westmacott, Robin 148 Young, Laura 118 Tal, Tamar 12 Vallerand, Robert 141 Westwood, David 104 Young, Richard 228, 229 Talwar, Victoria 5, 190 Valois, Nathalie 190, 191 Whaley, Elisabeth 79, 155 Young, Sandra 147, 228 Tannock, Rosemary 230, Van Bavel, Jay 30, 93, 266 Wheeler, Carmen 38 Ysseldyk, Renate 59 231 van Dorsser, Kirsten 249 Whelton, William 16, 20 Yuille, John 209, 213, 220 Tarabulsy, George 238 Van Wielingen, Laura 77, Whiffen, Valerie 38 Yule, Ashleigh 29 Tardif-Williams, Christine 205 White, Jessica 58 Yuval, Linda 210 252, 255 Vander Werf, Jeffrey 15 White, Marie 176 Tasca, George 74, 263 VanWielingen, Laura 171 White, Travis 110 Z Tavakoli, Mahin 6, 36, 36, Varis, Dave 272, 273 Whiteford, Simone 72 Zaidman-Zait, Anat 228 154, 233 Varma, Angela 230 Whitlock, Tammy 179 Zanna, Mark 97 Taylor, Alyssa 215 Vaughan, Kimberley 252 Wiener, Judith 29, 230, 231 Zdaniuk, Agnes 232 Taylor, Donald 93, 266 Vergel de Dios, Celina 145, Wiens, Juliana 227, 260 Zeisser, Cornelia 78 Taylor, Robyn 62, 88 244 Wihak, Chrsitine 34 Zernicke, Kristen 171 Taylor, Steven 40, 275 Villard, Jeffrey 58 Williams, Jaime 40, 219 Zhang, Hongbin 44 Teed, Michael 7, 8 Vitoroulis, Irene 45 Williams, Jeanne 227 Zicherman, Andrea 194 Teo, Thomas 33, 204 Voci, Sabrina 4, 162, 239 Williams, John 35 Zohar, Asaf 245 Tessier, Rejean 238 Voelker, Sylvia 116 Williams, Kevin 140, 141 Zomer, Limor 44 Tétreault, Sylvie 184, 184 Vogel-Sprott, Muriel 133, Williams, Rebecca 187 Zumbo, Bruno 78, 141, 142 Thannhauser, Jennifer 162 134 Williams, Tamara 23 Zwicker, Amy 130 Theakston, Jennifer 150 Vohs, Kathleen 152 Williams, Todd 149,197 Zygmuntowicz, Catherine Therrien, Isabelle 141 von Ranson, Kristin 70, 72, Williamson, Kate 111 183 Theule, Jennifer 231 262, 263 Willis, Trudy 183 Thibodeau, Stéphanie 117 Voyer, Susan 202 Willock, Brent 206 Thompson, Katie 126 Vrbancic, Mirna 108 Wilson, Anne 60, 145 Thompson, Maureen 117 Wilson, Brenda J. 87 Thorn, Chantal 278 W Wilson, Chantelle 121 Thorngate, Warren 37, 139, Wagner, Shannon 116, 177 Wilson, Laurene 174 233 Wald, Jaye 275 Wilton, Geoff 177 Thornhill, Stacey 189 Walker, John 40, 78 Wilton, Terrance 270 Thorp, Jocelyn 24, 223 Walker, Larry 141 Wimmer, Randy 26 Thresher, Robin 226 Walker, Lawrence 189 Wing, Megan 3 Tiede, Heather 78 Walker, Mark 87 Wiprzycka, Ursula 44 Tivendell, John 67, 144, Walling, Bobbi 116 Witte, Treena 211, 217 164, 202, 203 Walpole, Beverly 178 Witton, Nicole 71, 186 To, Nathan 24, 179 Walsh-Bowers, Richard 32 Wojtowicz, Amy 263 Toews, Monica 98 Wang, JianLi 39, 227 Wolfson, Michael 150 Tolstikova, Katerina 269 Wang, Tina 111 Wong, Stephen 211, 217 Tomada, Giovanna 186 Wang, Xiaohua 225 Wong, Yuk Shuen 20 Tomfohr, Lianne 115, 220 Wang, Yili 231 Wood, Eileen 175 Tonks, Randal 33, 157, 158 Ward, Leanne 176 Wood, Laura 62, 88, 245 Toplak, Maggie 98 Wardrop, Andrea 44 Woodland, Jennifer 106
290 Notes ______Notes ______